LINK·BELT MATERIALS HANDLING AND PROCESSING .
1
EQUIPMENT CATALOG
1000
L INK • BELT COMPANY Copyright 1958 by Unk-hlt Company
t--t--t-----+-4--
- --
S Al!; - /- L -
/-.e
lntroduction, page 2 Industries served, page 1O
.Bu.l k
handling, page 34
\.
catalog
1000
AND
unloading, page 38
•
hQIJloge mochines 41, cor shokers 50, cor dumpers 52, power unlooding scoops 60, boxear unlooders 62, hydroulic truck dumper 68, receiving hoppers 70, goles ond volves 73
feeding, page 84
EQUIPMENT
opron feeders 117, belt feeders 96, reciprocoting feeders 98, vibrotory feed~rs 100, grovimetric weigh feeders 106, mechonicol vibroting feeders 108, bar flight feeders 11 O, screw feeders 11 2, rotory table feeders 116, rolory plow feeders 119, rotory vone feeders 122
conveying and elevating, page 1 23 belt conveyors 127, oscilloting conveyors 236, opron conveyors 248 , screw conveyors 259, flight conveyors 294, wide choin drog conveyors 301, Sidekor·Korrier 302, circular corrier 304, weigh lorries 306, bucket elevotors 307, skip hoisls 352, Bulk-Flo 357, Rotor·lift 371 , grovity-dischorge conveyor-elevotors 373, Peck corrier 376
M.ARCONA Ml~lNO Co. r: n: t~ .b:I V M:U
1963 PLANT MAINT. SUPT.
Processing equipment, page 386 icing equipment 389, dryers ond coolers 396, vibroting screens 405, revolving screens 421, seporotors, clossifiers ond woshers 423, troveling water screens 429, water, sewoge, ond industrial woste treotment 437, cool preporotion equipment 453, cool crushers 462, foundry equipment 470
Parts and package handling, page 476 e ngineering 483, ploin choin conveyors 484, pusher choin conveyors 487, corrier choin conveyors 489, crossbor choin cooveyors 491, slot conveyors 492, palle! type ond cor type conveyor( '494, Aot belt conveyors 497, orm ond troy elevotors 500, peris feeders 506, trolley conveyors 508, power ond free conveyors 539, Trukveyors 546
Technical infor.mation, page 562 Subsidiary companiés, page 582 lndex, page 587
"""""
Meteríais handling ond processing equipment is on
-- --
integral port of most modern industrial operotions.
1
For more thon 80 yeors Link-Belt has served industry
1
~
~
by developing, designing ond monufocturing this type of mechonized equipment. Todoy, more thon ever before, Link-Belt meteríais handling ond processing equipment is the key to effective cost reduction
!
ond on oíd toword profitoble operotion.
l....
;
- --'
-
~
------ ------.-
......
"
on
~
.-1
-
o
~
- -
-
nn .
>- -
1
..
11~~
.. '
·-
·~
1
rr
~
11
.. ...
n
1
1
(J \ 1
1
4
1 1
~1
1
1 1
~ 1 1 11 1 11 1
-·
1
\
1
1
·
1
1
+-+-
tfn.mc'.-:.M
1
1
1
1
1 1
1 1
1 1
-!
1
·'!:::
1
r
1 ·1 1 1
.
~
m
1 rl
1
1
1 1
1
'
1
1
1
1
L __ J
~~/~ l~Y~~
;
modern are The tool1 of mate rlal1 handllne ore !he vorious types of co nveyors, elevators, f ee ders, ond ou xillory e quipmenl used to tronsport, unloa d, loa d, store ond recla im malerlals. link-Bel! build s a comple te line of this equlpmenl. This auure s you of !he corred se lection for your speciflc a pplication.
Materials handling equipment is of vital importonce in the economical ond efficient performance of all modern industrial operotions where materials are handl ed and rehandled from their source, through monufacturing and processing. In many cases, materials handling equipment is the only possible means of moving materiols becouse of their characteristics or for other reasons such as location, safety and capacity requirements. In fact, in many plants the predominant operotion is the handling of materials from their raw sta te until they become flnished products. Materials handling equipment, whether o si ngle unit or a complex system, con link various processes together and synchronize them in a monner not possible b y any other means. Under certain conditions moterials handling units themselves ore often adapted to process materials. Processing equipment includes such items as Link-Belt screens, d ryers, coolers, mixers, crushers and other related machines. The successful applicotion of moteriols handling and processing equipment requires a thorough basic knowledge of the capabilities and economies provided by eoch unit as o single machine or in combinotion to form a system. Knowledge of the industry ond of the process involved in eoch opplication is of vitol importonce.
The toob of 111race H ln9 a re !he varlous unils such as screens, dryers, coolers, a nd mixen lo lra nsfo rm ro w ar semi-Anishe d malerials lnlo usable pro ducts and for adding value lo origina l materials. Typk al of Industrial applica lions o f p rocessing equip menl ore water, sewoge ond lndustrial wa ste treotment, cool pre paration
and foundries.
2 • LINK - BELT
handling and processing modern indus•rial Link-Belt's extensive experience in materials handling and processing covers a span of more than 80 years. The knowledge gained over this long period is available to you.
Link-Be lt Cat a log 1000 presents the entire line of Link-Belt materials handling and processing equipment. Essential information including application, selection, engineering, speciflcations is presented for this equipment.
Whether a single unit - or a complete sy st e m
The equipment shown in this catalog is presented in three major categories:
No job is too small for Link-Be lt. lnquiries for a small
• bulk handling equipment for unload-
installation or a single unit receive the sorne close attention and careful consideration as inquiries for a complete system. Broad experience in many industries assures the correct selection for each application. Link-Belt is also equipped to develop specially constructed units for special applications beyond the range of catalogued units.
ing, loading, feeding, conveying, and elevating all types of bulk materials which can be handled mechanically. For conven ient reference, this equipment is again divided into three groups: unloading, feeding, convey ing and elevating.
No job is too large for Link-Belt. Link-Belt will design, furnish and install complete systems of materials handling and processing equipment to meet speciflc requirements. Long experience in this fleld has resulted in extensive knowhow in the arrangement of equipment for the most effective and efficient operations . . . and is your assurance of an installation providing the greatest possible economies in flrst cost and operating cost. Link-Belt will assume singlecontract responsibilities for such jobs.
• parts and package handling equlpment for handling work-in-process-indi-
Complete 1y1tem1
link-8elt designs, furnishes ond lnstolls complete molerlols handling systems, lncorpo· roling processing equipment, under single controct responsibilities, generolly where
vidual parts, subassem bl ies and complete assemblies-os well os steel coils, poper rolls, boxes, coses, etc.
• processlng equlpme nt including screens, crushers, dryers, coolers and mixers, for processing a wide variety of materiols.
a Link-Bel• sales office •IS ready
Link-Belt Company Albany 6, New York 21 Colvin Avenue Atlanta 1O, Georgia 1116 Murphy Avenue, S.W., P.O. Box 10514, Station A Baltimore 18, Maryland 2315 St. Paul Street Birmingham 9 , Alabama 321 Oxmoor Road Boston 15, Massachusetts 136 Brookline Avenue Buffalo 23, New York 956 Kenmore Avenue Charlotte 2, North Carolina 1 12 S. Tryon Stre et Chicago 9 , lllinois 301 W . Pershing Road Cincinnati 2, Ohio 138 E. Court Street Cleveland 20, Ohio 3592 Lee Road Dallas 26, Texas 500 Good- Latimer Expressway
Louisville 8 , Kentucky 23 5 E. Bu rnett Streel Milwaukee 3, Wisconsin 808 N. Third St reet Minneapolis 5, Minnesota 200 Lynd cle Avenue, N. Moline, lllinois 161 4 Y2 Fifth Avenue New Orleans 16, Louisiana 2025 Canal Stree t New York 36, New York 530 Fifth Avenue Philadelphia 40, Pennsylvania 20 45 W . Hunting Pa rk Avenue Pittsburgh 13, Pennsylvania 5020 Centre Avenue Portland 10, Oregon 3030 N. W. Ind ustrial Street St. Louis 1, Missouri 317 N. Eleventh Street Salt Lake City 1, Utah l 08 S. Fourth W. Street
Denver 2 , Colorado Schloss & Shubarl, 1626 Wazee Street
San Francisco 24, California 400 Paul Avenue
Detroit 4 , Michigan 5938 Linsdale Avenue
Seattle 4 , Wash ington 3405 Sixth Avenue S.
Duluth 2, Minnesota 30 l W . First Street
Shreveport, Louisiana 3 109 Alexander Street
Grand Rapids 7, Michigan 1330 Bu rton Street, S.E. Houston 1, Texas 3203 S. Wayside, P.O. Box 2563 Huntington 1, We st Virginia 1009 Fifth Avenue, P.O. Box 51 O lndianapolis 6 , Indiana 220 S. Belmont Avenue Ja cksonville 2, Florida 1 37 E. Forsyth Street
Spokane 10, Washington N. 1303 W ashington Street Summit, New Jersey 293 Morris Avenue Wash ington 1, D.C. 7 40 Eleventh Street, N.W. Wilmington 1, Delaware 805 Orange Street
Kansas City 8 , Missouri 2630 Holmes Street
Export division
Los Angeles 22, California P.O. Box 22056 (1200 Sycamore St., Montebello)
New York 7 , New York 233 Broadway Cable address Linkbelt New York
4 • L I N K- B ELT
•o
••rve you Wherever you are •
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
• •
• • • • •
• •
Link-Belt Limited Hal ifa x, Nova Scotia Austen Brothers Limited, 11 8 Holl is Street Hamilton, Ontario 605 Ja mes Street N. Montreal 15, Quebec 945 Be aumont Avenue Scarboro (Toronto 13) Ontario 1960 Eglinton Avenue E., P.O. Box 173, Station H Cable Address Linkb elt Toronto Swastika, Ontario 8 Boisvert Street Sydney, Nova Scotia Austen Brothers Limited, 361 G eorge Street. Vancouver 12, British Columbia 255 0 Boundory Rood Winnipeg 10, Manitoba 1 315 Portoge Avenue
Maleo Industries Limited Ma rrickville, N.S.W. Australia Rich St., P.O. Box 41 Cable Address Molcoind Ma rrickville
Link-Belt Speeder Corporation Cedar Rapids, lowa 1201 Sixth Street S.W. Cable Address Linkspeedr Ced er Rapid s Refer to poge 582
Syntron Company Homer City, Pennsylvania Re fer to poge 584
Link-Belt Africa Limited
Detroit Power Screwdriver Company
Springs, Transvaal, Union of South A frica P.O. Box 287, lndustry Rood, New Ero Cable Address Linkbe lt Springs
Detroit 16, Michigan 280 1 W. Fort Streel Re fer to p age 586
Link-Belt Company Pty. Limited Marrickville (Sydney) N.S.W., Australia Rich Street, P.O. Box 41 Cable Address Linkb e lt Morrickville
Link-Belt (S.A.) Pty. Limlted
EXECUTIVE OFFICES Chicago 1, lllinois Prud entiol Plazo
Adela ide, S.A ., Australia 43· 69 Sturt Street
LINK · BELT • 5
Link-Bel• manufacturing • planl's
-
·.-.. SEA TTLE
SAN FRANCISCO
AUSTRALIA • MA RRI CKVILLE (SYONEY)
Widespread operations . .. strategically located in key industrial oreas to better serve you . These plants-staffed to provide competent enginee ring services and equipp ed with mod ern manufacturing facilities - a re wellprepared to meet the specific requirements of the oreas they se rve. They a re your assurance of the finest quality material s ha nd ling, processing and power transmiss ion equ ipment built for t ho roughly dependable performance .
6 • LIN K - B ELT
PHILADELPHIA OLNEY FOUNDRY
.....__
-
HOMER CITY • SYNTRON COMPANY
BLAIRSVILLE SYNTRON COMPANY
CEOAR RAPIOS LINK-BELT SPEEDER
INDIANAPOLIS •
EWART
SOUTH AFRICA
LINK - BELT • 7
Llnk-Belf re•earch laclll•les
Materlals handling equlpme nt a n d t e ch nlques spe clflcally e nglne ered fo r y o ur p roduct To assist in the proper application of Unk-Belt conveying, elevating, and feeding equipment, pilot or full- scale tests may be conducted to study the characteristics of customer's materials and operating conditions. Photos-Laboratory al Chicago Pershing Road plant.
Physlcal research and testlng facilities The malerials and manufocturing processes used in link-Belt equipment are under constan! check by Link-Belt physical research and testing facilities. Pholo-Laborotory al lndianapolis Ewart plant.
8 • LINK · B E LT
-a servlce •o lnclus•ry
Link-Be lt lobo roto ries ore devoted to progress in the ort of mechonized ha ndling ond processing of moterio ls. These fac ilities ore constontl y used to do two things: • develop ond test new equipment for the purpose of handling ond processing moteriols. • improve the estoblished methods for mecha nized handling ond processing of moteriols. The performance of equipment is evoluoted under the operoting conditions imposed by the chorocteristics of the moteriols hondled, ond oll other factors involved in
opplying the equipment for dependoble, relioble performance. Facilities ovoiloble olso include supplemenlo ry onol yticol instrumentotion for complete onol ysis of processing operotions. lt is occosionolly odvisoble to conduct tests using your particular material to solve speciflc handling or processing problems. Consult your neorest Link-Belt District Soles Office for the feosibility of such tests. Under certoin conditions leosed equipment is ovoiloble for conducting tests on your property. The results of these tests oid in the final selection of the correct equipment for your speciflc opplicotion.
Proce11ln9 tests on smoll, pllot slze or full-scale equlpment Unk-lelt materials handling and processing laboratories indude facilities for both small batch, ond continuous run processing tests. Equipment ranges from small bench size units to actual commercial companents lhat can be arranged to simulate actual fleld condltians. Unk-lelt, wilh its many years of experience in thls type of test worlc, is well qualifled to anolyze completely your materials handling and processing problems. Photos -laboratory at Chlcago Pershlng Road plant.
LINK · BELT • 9
metal mlnlng-ferrous and no n-fe rrous.
metal producers- fe rrous and non·ferrous.
con1tructlon materlal1 including such industries as cement, lime, gyp· sum, sand and grave!, stone, clay, glass, brick, ceramics.
chemlcal1 including such industries as phormaceuticol, fertilizers, paint and varnish, soaps, oils and fats.
Link-Bel• and
water, 1ewage and lndu1trlal wa1te treatment
•
food including such industries as dairies and creameries, grain, flour, cereal, meat packers, sugar milis, breweries, canning plants, bakery and confedionery, ice and cold storage.
10 • LINK-BELT
automotfve and tran1portatlon including such industries o s a uto · mobile, rallrood, truck, aircraft, thips.
foundries-ferrous and non·ferrous.
coal preparation
pulp and paper
power planta
processing equipmen• s erves all lnclus•ry This section contains a selection af photographs of link-Belt equipment in only a few of the many industries served. The combination of illustrations shawn in each industry graup, and throughaut this boak, demonstrates the wide range af link-Belt equipment available and same of the many applications of this equipment. · Far each application illustrated there are many more in daily operation ali over the world. Yaur nearest Link-Belt District Sales Office can give you full information about these and other Link-Belt equipment applicatians in your industry and in your geographlcal orea. general manufacturlng
LINK - BELT • 11
Me111•11••• eteel epre11 teetlere al secondary crvsher 11alion assvre vnlform flow al primary crvsher product from svrge bln to 1calplng K reen1 below. Phato 361 1S
C....ete pwt ayate• where lron ore Is 11nloade d from roilroad cors, crvshed and slodr p~ed al the rote of 6000 tono per hour. loler, lt is reclolmed and loaded inla ocean veueh, olso al 6000 tons per hour. As prime contractor, link·lelt designed, furnished ond ""talled thl1 complete moterlals handling system. Photo 36082
400-ft.
1250 H.P. drive for primory belt
Cor dumper ond primory cNsher (67 90-ton cors dumped per hr. l
77 5-ft. belt conveyor
t
910-ft. belt conveyor
12 • LINK · BELT
Tronsfer from 2 recloim conveyors in tunnel
Short belt t ransfer conveyors wilh rubber impocl supporling idlers ond belts especiolly designed to wilhslond impoct ond obrasion, reduce weor on moin
belt by dischorging shorp, obro· sive ore ot a speed neor to that
of moin belt. Photo 361 35
lelt co nveyor system serving crusher house, screening lower, troveling slocker ond looding pockel offord s the mosl efficienl, flexible, economicol meons of tronsporting ore lhrough processing, slock-piling, recloiming ond looding operolions. Pholo 37276
minlng In metal mining, moteriols handling is often the greotest single ítem of operoting cost-including the stripping ond disposol of overburden, tronsportotion from mine to processing plonts, introplont handling between such operotions os crushing, grinding, screening, concentroting, pelletizing, sintering, stockpiling, recloiming ond flnolly conveying refuse or toilings to spoil oreas. Copocities ore sometimes enormous ond the problems procticolly cover the entire bulk handling fleld, including port facilities for shipment from foreign operotions. To serve the metols mining industries-both ferrous ond nonferrous-link-Belt manufactures o complete line of moteriols handling equipment ond mony reloted processing units. link-Belt will ossist in designing complete systems, or will design, furnish ond instoll plonts where materials handling equipment is of primory importance.
for handling bouxite sinter from coolers lo •ilo•. The lololly enclosed, du•l-lighl conveyors ore oloo •pring mounled ond dynomicolly bolonced. Pholo 35768
Rotary table feeder delivers iron ore concentrate from over·
heod storoge silos lo either of two belt conveyors. This type of feeder is effective in withdrowing - - - -- '
from bin oullets moteriols lhol hove o tendency to pock ond orch over. Pholo 35460
Reclalm belt conveyor ond troveling reciprocoling feeder locoled in tunnel beneolh ore •lockpile. Addilionol feeders in tunne l, when p osilioned under ony of severol oir operote d gole•, permil simultoneous blending of severol grades of ore on lhe bell. Pholo 37277
LINK - BELT • 13
Tltanlum amelter inlegrated with extensive facilities far unloading, storing, redoiming ond con· cenlrating ore. Photo 393 17
Motor propelled apron feed· er in tunnel under slorage building reclaims bauxite ore and feeds to bell conveyar for d elivery lo subsequent processing operations. Photo 3551 2
Belt conve yor, 19 00 feet long with tro veling tripper and p ivote d boom slacking-out conveyor hand i es iro n o re, sin ter, p e ll ets on d li mestone a l s t ee l m ili. Pho to 35755
14 • LINK - B E LT
producers Materials handling equipment is essential for ecanomical operation of the rapidly expanding metal producing industries-steel, aluminum, copper, and all other metal producing plants. Raw and processed ore, fuel and flux meteríais for blast furnaces and smelting operations, must be unloaded from can, barges or vessels-and often must be stockpiled, reclaimed, screened, blended, mixed and weighed. As the metal praducts proceed through various operations, they must be handled and rehandled in numerous forms, such as ingots, billets, slabs, coils, rods-and flnally, scrap. All equipment for such service must be designed for safety, economy and dependability for aroundthe-clock operation. Link-Belt affers broad experience and a wide rang e of e quipment for handling materials in all phases of the metal producing industries and is equipped to design, furnish and install complete systems for many of the required operations.
Heavy billet transfer conveyor between shear run-out table and furnace table in steel mili. Photo 27246
Slde dlscharge downtllter transfers hot strip coil from double-strand roller cho in coil conveyor to troughed gravity rolis. Photo 35647 Stralghtllne collector conveys and elevates mili scale from concentrator, reclaiming 97 per cent of scale from hot strip mili. Photo 34299
LINK · BELT• 15
Thls entlre cool preparatlon plant was d e slgn e d and bullt by Llnk-Be lt to produce metallurgicol coal from 350 tons per hour of runof-mine. This plant uses the duol bed air-pulsated wosh box method of coal cleaning. One man controls the operation of the complete plont from a centrol control station. Photo 38432
coal prepara•lon link-Belt is keeping pace with the coal mining industry's needs for better products to meet more critica! ,m arkets. Coal preparation methods and equipment are adapted to coal obtained from every type of mining operation, including full seam and continuous mining. link-Belt builds complete coal preparation plants and numerous types of equipment to meet every requirement for conveying, crushing, blending, cleaning, screening, heat drying, fines recovery and water clariflcation. Equipment is also available for other coal handling operations, such as loading and unloading railroad cars, trucks and barges, and for the disposal of refuse. Broad experience in all phases of coal preparation and handling is applied by link-Belt to every step of design, manufacture and installation-assuring a single responsib ility for a complete plant as well as a dependable source for components.
Be lt conveyor delivers 1 200 tons of coal per hour in one uninterrupted stream from slope bottom to preporation plant, covering a horizontol distance of 3167 feet and a vertical d istance af 862 feet. Phota 344 1 2
16• LINK- B EL T
Cencentrlc-actfon vlbratln9 1creen1 seporollng wood chips in pulp ond poper plonl. Chips ore fed lo screens In conlrolled flow by rotory vone feeders from bins obove. Pholo 35994.
pulp ancl paper From the unloading and handling of logs at the woodyard, through the various processing operations to the flnol paper product, link-Belt materials handling equipment assures dependable and economical operations. link-Belt feeders, conveyors, stackers, elevators, screens and related equipment perform important functions in the handling and processing of pulpwood logs, wood chips, hog fuel, straw, pulp, chemicals and other materials, as well as for handling flnished paper rolls and other flbre products. Link-Belt serves the requirements of this important industry through the stages of creative applicotion, design, rrranufacture, ond complete erection.
Saddle top palle t conveyor carrying 2000·pa und ralls of newsprinl up incline for lransfer lo storage. Also, troy elevators ore often used for handling paper rolls fram one Aoo r lo anothe r. Pho to 35100
Double a r m travellng stacker receives 80 cords p e r hour o f soft woo d log s from reve rsible b e l! conveyor a nd d e livers to eithe r o ne o f two continuous stock p iles. Pho to 37621
LIN K- B E LT• 17
foundries
Se p-Aerator removes shot ond porticles from recloimed shakeout sond received from buckel elevalor, c e rotes and mixes the sand, and discharges lo b ell conveyor for d islribution lo ind ivid ual moldin9 sla lions. Pholo 38519
Foundry modernization thru mechanization is the key to more profitable foundry operation. Mechanization is the means-for increased production by providing greater capacity in the same building space-for an improved product through better control of quality-for lower costs through the use of continuous flow equipment-for a cleaner, safer and more orderly place in which to work. From the unloading of sand, coke and other materials to the handling of the flnished product including sand preporotion ond reconditioning, mold ond castings handling, Link-Belt with its years of experience in this fleld has contributed substantiolly to foundry modernizotion. LinkBelt builds complete sand handling ond p rocessing systems, individual conveyors and processing equipment and complete mold and costings handling systems. In oddition, the Link- Belt outomatic shell molding system comprises a complete compact and economicol system for high volume production of top quality, intricate precision castings on which mochining costs ore greatly reduced ... often eliminoted entirely. link-Belt's vost engineering experience bocked by loboratory ond fleld testing facilities, plus operoting experience gained in its own malleable iron, grey iron and steel foundries, plus the design and manufacture of oll components and erection of the entire installation, is your assurance of o foundry designed to produce castings ot a profit.
Roto -Louv r e d ry er reduces moislure contenl of foundry sand, for relurn lo system by Link-B elt bucket elevalor and belt conveyor. Photo 33800
Tru- Tr ac car-type mold conve yor carries molds olong pouring line and is synchronized wilh moving operalor's platform lo facilila le continuous p ouring. Photo 36598
He avy duty foundry shakeout seporales sand from caslings by mechanical vibralory motion. Grizzly bars pratect screening surface fram damage by caslings. Pho lo 32948
Osclllatlng conveyor hondles aulomotive costings from shot-blast cleaning process to machining aperalians. Photo 34779
shell moldlng 1y1te m
Four-statlon she ll moldln9 machlne at rl9ht and ahell doaln9 machlne at left ossure high-volume production of precislon castings, requiring little o r no machining. Photo 36932
Tralley convayor with suspended troys p aues through automotic operation where shelf mold Is baclced -up witt. sond by Syntron vibrotory feed er. Photo 38613
LINK · BELT• 19
cons•ruc•ion ma•erials
link-Belt, with its brood line of meteríais handling ond processing e quipment, is o dependoble source for producers of moteriols for the construction industry, such os cement, lime, gypsum, oggregotes, lumber ond doy products. Equipment is ovoiloble for the d iverse handling requirements of this industry ond for mony problems of sizing, clossifying, woshing, groding, mixing, storing ond recloiming. Brood experience in engineering ond instolling this equipment is ossuronce of relioble ond economicol operotion under severe operoting conditions.
.. i
....
1
A complete constructlon 099re 9ates plant, engineered, built and erected by link·Belt, far handling concrete oggregales through oll phases of production. Rugged construction, Rexible in operotion such systems give continuous, economicol ond efficient performance. Photo 26145
20 • L 1 N K - B E L T
~l
'
V lbr atlng 1creen1 in londem, sizing limeslone. Material is screened in lwo sizes ond the oversize is recrushed ond recirculot ed. Rugged Link-Bell screens operote dependobly under lhese severe conditions. Photo 30473
Apron conve yor carrying limeslone on incline lo bucket elevolor far tronsfer lo crusher. While reloining ils bosic design, this versotile ty pe of conveyor has mony voriations far adopting to the handling o f proclicolly ony bulk material, hot or cold. Photo 37174
Revolvlng 1tacker and sectlonal belt con·
Buck et eleva t ors carry slone lo sloroge bins in this stone plont. Avoiloble in wide voriely of styles, Link-Belt bucket elevators ore engineered and buill for continuous, efficienl operalion while requiring little mointenonce. Photo 34661
Belt conveyor feeding troveling lripp e r ond wing conveyor far stockpiling oggregales ol job site. Tronsfer o f material lo preparolion building is perfarmed by redaim belt canveyors in recovery tunnels located beneath center line o f storage piles. Photo 31654
Llnk-Belt Spee d er crane1 leam up lo sel
v e yor slockpiling ond redaiming o vo riety of sizes of sond o nd grovel. Pre-engineered, shop a 55embled standard components p ermil eose of erection in the fleld. Pholo 36665
bridge girders on turnpike construction. link-Bell Speeder sho vels, cranes, hoes ond draglines play on active role in logging, mining, quarrying and construclion. Phalo A86-56
L 1 N K - BE L T • 21
chemicals The chemicol induslry requires moleriols handling ond processing equipmenl lo hondle o wide ronge of moleriols with vostly differenl characleristics. In oddition lo the more common considerolions such as material size, specifk grovily, obrosiveness, moisture conlenl, etc., it is often necessory lo hondle material with chorocteristics thol ore unusuol in other industries. These include materiols thol ore highly corrosive, frogile, explosive, very sticky ond those lhot g ive off poisonous dust or fumes. Broad experience in this fleld enables Link-Bell to odapt its wide range of equipment to the handling ond processing of these hord-to-hondle moleriols for such operotions os feeding, conveying, cooling, drying, mixing, proportioning, screening ond sloring. Often such equipment is combined into complete systems, providing dependoble, continuous ond precisely controlled flow for better quolity control and improved economy.
Vibrat ing scre en sizing phosp hote rock in chemicol fertilizer pion!. Pho to 30814
Complete f e rtlllz e r plant d esigned and built by Link-Be lt. This plo nt manufactures high-onolysis gronulo ted fertilizer by !he continuous ommoniolor process, using such Link-Bel! e quipment as d ryer gronulotor, ommoniator, cla ssi·
fying screens, bucket elevotors, b el! conveyors and numerous other items.
Photo 38150
Two Roto•Louvre dryers processing ammonium nitrate prills in fertilizer plant, completely engineered and equipped by Link-Belt. Photo 38243
Bulk-Flo elevator delivers mineral mix fram two mixers to storage bins in solvent exlraction plant. Gentle handling prevents degradation of moteriol. Photo 27496
Two Monotube dryers used by pharmaceulical manufacturer to recover solvenls in pracessing operatian. lnclined screw canveyors feed the solvent soturated materia ls into the dryers. Photo 33880
Paddle mixe r and Rotor-Llft comprise a simple and effective processing system for mixing, heating, and conveying chemicals. Stainless steel conslruction prevents contamination of materials handled, Photo 28141
lelt conveyor 1y1tem dislributes brlne sal! to 2400-ton storage tanks al electro-chemical plant. Photo 34046
L 1 N K - B E L T • 23
power From lorge central steam generoting stotions lo smoll heoting plonts, Link-Belt cool handling e quipment is widely known for its efficienl ond dependoble operotion. Whether cool is received by roil, water or road corweyonces, handling systems ore required to unlood, feed, crush, somple, weigh, store, recloim ond distribute, enroute to the furnaces. For large or small tonnage requirements, Link- Belt designs, manufactures ond installs systems to suit the individual requirements with full considerotion given to the size of plant, location, transportation facilities, ond speciol conditions
in arder to obtain the highest
efficiency and greatest economy.
450 tons p e r hour coal handling system designed and built by Link-Bel! is an impartanl peri af this pawe r slalian. This system includes track happer, feeder, slacking-aut canveyar, reclaim happer, feeder, crushe r, magnetic separalar, vi braling screen, b elt canveyors and motor-propelled tripper. Photo 36564
Coal handling equlpment for power h ouse serving manufocturing planl, feeds and elevates caal la silo slorage and d islributes to boilers. Photo 34 143
Apron feeder hondles cool in reguloted continuous flow from trock hopper to crusher in this power house cool handling syslem. Photo 31445
Se lf-propelle d b elt trlpper with ovtomotic reversing mechonism dischorges cool into line of storoge bvnkers et lorge power pion!. Photo 35268
Two trove llng woter screens provide cleon condenser cooling water for public utility power stotion. Refuse is retoined ond elevoted by screen troys, dischorged by spra ys ond sluiced owoy for disposol. Photo 31455
Peck carrier instolled in 1 927 continues to hondle coo l efficiently et high copocity in power plont. Peck corriers convey horizontolly ond elevote, ond material con be dischorged al one or more selected points along horizontal rvn. Pholo 34073
Rotary rallroad cor dumpe r unloods cool al the rote of 15 or more cors per hour in ovtomoticolly controlled ond foolproof cycles. Photo 3271 5
Two lnclined belt conveyors deliver cool from tronsfer hovse to twin belt trippers operoling in gollery over bvnkers in o lo rge power pion!. Photo 3881 O
L 1 N K • B E L T • 25
Sewqe tre9'111ellf plent 1enrln9 1-.e -nldpallty includ es b ar K re ens, gril collectors o nd sludg e colleclo rs with copocily of 1 36,000,000 gollons per doy. Equlpmenl has b een d e slg ned , monufocture d ond instolled by link-Belt, far plonls hoving o flow of 200 million g o llons per do y. Photo 3 7 368
Clrcvllne cellectera anti Str...htllne alew lnlaera lnslolled In rectangular settling fonks p rovld e unifor111 dlslrlbutlon a nd remaval af slud ge ond prevent floc break... p in water flltra llon planl. Thb arro ng ement p ermils economicol lank con1lruclion with e ffkienl slud ge removol. l'holo 37536
26 • L 1 N K • B E L T
Two of elght flaah mlxora in lnflu ent chonne ls leading to flocculo tion to nk1 al water treotmenl p lont far ropid ond thorough mixing of chemicols wilh wa ter. Photo 37679
Horlzontal alow mix e r • ot woter softening ond flltrolion p lant a ssure gentle mixing and build-up of maximum size floc. Photo 3205.ol
wa'ler, sewage and indus'lrial In hundreds of cities, lorge ond smoll, Link-Belt sonitory engineering equipment is providing efficient, long-life water puriAcation and sewage treatment service. And in industrial plonts, Link-Belt waste treotment equipment removes solids from waste water, often recovering voluable by-products ... in oll cases, streom pollution is abated. With more thon 35 yeors of experience in the speciolized techniques of water, sewage ond industrial waste treotment, LinkBelt offers a complete modern line of screens, grit collectors, primary ond final sludge collectors, thickeners, mixers, chemical feeders, sludge bed conveyors ond numerous other equipment to perform the functions required for eoch specific installotion, oll designed ond built to the highest standords for moximum efficiency and long life. Solids con be large, smoll or even colloidol in size and regardless of the volume of water or quantity of solids, Link-Belt con furnish the equipment designed to fit the speciAc application requirements. Plants hove been constructed for flows os small os 50 gallons per minute to os lorge as 200 million gollons per doy.
Trltor screen re cloims grit, buttons, pieces of me tal ond othe r inorgonic moteriol from ind ustrial pion! woste. Trito r screens ore the only mechonicol me ons for removing screenings ond grit in one unit. Photo 36562
Two travelin g water screens re mo ve Aooting debris from effluent woter ot sewoge tre otme nt pion!. Photo 34397
Bucke t e levator and scre w conve yor dlstrlbuting syst e m elevote s ond conve ys lime, o lum, ond sulphote to e ight slo ro g e lonks al water flltro tion pion!. Pho to 37845
Se wage d ispos al p la nt serving small communlty consisls of primory settling to nks, o e rotion to nks ond fln o l settling tonks to provide sludge removol without disturbing settling process. Pho to 3 8662
Disc screen ot paper mili. Screen cloth sep a ro tes flne re fuse from water Aow ond e le vo tes it obove wo te r leve! for d ischorge by spray wate r into refuse tro ug h. Pho to 3 7 172
food
Dock-mounted cor leer ond soltlng mochlne feed ing ice ond sclt inlc bunkers el refrigerclcr ccrs. Fcst cnd d e p endcble cperction cssures minimum lrcin delcys. Photo 38394
The wide scope of the food and food processing industries encompasses one of the largesl collec· tive industry groups where link-Belt malerials handling and processing equipment is used. The diversifled line of link-Belt equipmenl applicable to this industry is unmalched. This equipment serves numerous functions lo help provide the enormous quanlities of food required throughout the world. Represenlative of lhe vasl phases of this industry are dairy, meal pocking, sugar, canning, bottling ond the innumerable products grown on the farm os well a s many b y· products. Sanitation is one of the bosic requisites of this entire induslry ond link-Belt speciolizes in research and development for improved meteríais and methods to meel these exacling requiremenls.
ICor-Flo boxcor unloader emplies grcin by unique rocking motion of cor. Economiccl high ccpccity unlocding beneflts terminal grcin elevctors, mailing plcnls cnd soy becn oil extrccting plants. Controls ore grouped in one unil for one·mcn operction. Photo 377 49
28 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Roto-Lauv r e granulator processing sugor. Bucket elevatar, bin cnd screw feeder system delivers wet sugcr lo grcnulctor. Photo 30549
Llquld vlbratl ng screen, with cover remove d , in a corn milling planl, used
Twln scre w fe e dera and screw conve yors hondle flour from sloro ge bins
for seporaling ond dewolering operolions. All peris of screen in conlocl wilh processed material ore sloinless slee l. Photo 34008
through vorious processing operolions in o lorge bakery. Drop lroughs faci lilole quick and eosy cleoning. Phola 35258
bollom
Powe r and fr e e conve yor delivers d ressed hogs lo culling lo ble
Re clalm belt conveyor used to
flat-top
in mear pocking planl. Carriers aulomolicolly d e tach from trolleys to d eposit ho g s on table. Photo 314 12
tronsfer grain in tunne l und e r ro w of storoge silos. Photo 33727
hondling jors of slralned corrots from woshing lo lobeling mochine. Photo 35852
chaln
conve yor
L 1 N K - B E L T • 29
Conveyor syst e ms such os thls help to mak e mass production of automoblles possible . H yd roul i ~ lifl tobl~1 automo ticolly tronsfer bod ies to ony one of Ave roller flig ht selectivity conveyors. O p e ro tions ore complete ly ~ontrolled from Qverheod eontrol stotion. Photo 37 407
Trolley conveyor corries outomobile fromes through p oint spray b ooth ond d rying oven to this sub-ossembly line alter which tronsfer is mode to flnol ossembly line flot top conveyor. Photo 374 20
30 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Slat conveyor with speciol Axtures handling possenger cor front seot cushion ossem blies. Photo 374 18
Link-Belt serves the automotive and transportation industries in many ways.
Materials handling equip-
ment ond systems ore indispensa ble to the highly mechanized production of aircraft, automobiles, trucks and other vehicles - for the dependable, precisely timed, orderly ftow of materials, components and subassemblies through various manufacturing and assembly operations. Also, Link-Belt serves these industries in many other oreas, including coal handling equipment for their power plants and, for their foundries, complete systems for handling and preparotion of sond and the handling of castings. For the tronsportotion industry's exponding needs for raíl, truck and port terminals, Link-Belt builds a brood line of equipment for unlooding, looding, storing and warehousing bulk materials, as well as for the widely diversified mixed corgoes of boxes, bales, cartons and packages-even icing equipment for preservation of perishoble commodities. Such equipment and systems provide dependable, economical operation, often with initial savings in terminal buildings and dock structures.
ln-t he-floor Truk v e yor sys t e m in trucking termino!, tronsfers inbound freight far local d e livery. This system permits disengogement of trucks et ony point, speeding up ond simplifying loodlng and unlooding a peratlans. Phato 3 8877
Ice cruaher 1lln9er receives Ice cokes fram dock canveyo r, crushes ond top-Ices perlshable cammod itles In re frlgerotar cors, Thls type of equipment is also use d far lclng trucks and shlps. Photo 3,¡j723
e lf-unloading vessels for bulk cargos p rovide the means for high ca pocity unloa ding in ports where o ther types o f unlooding e quipment are not available. Stone, coal, pe lle ts nd sized ore ore withdrawn by two parallel bel! conveyars under cargo holds, o bucket elevatar in bow, and a pivate d boom e quippe d with bel! conveyor to sto ckpile. Photo 35847
Slat canveyor assembly line on floor transp a rls automotic coffee mokers through final stoges of ossembly and inspection offering full control o f quolity and p rad uclian. Trolley canveyors above, fitte d with slings, gently cradle highly polished p ercolotor bodies in overhead storog e, ossuring
constant, sleady fl ow of mate rial to final assembly orea. Photo 3547 5
general manufac•uring General manufacturing methods today are based on the steady, automatic handling of materials, peris and assemblies on a mass production basis. Conveyors, such as trolley, slat-assembly, flat belt and others are the arteries of this mechanization. link-Bel! can develop and furnish conveying equipment for almos! every purpose in the manufacture of consumer goods or industrial products, for bulk materials, parts and packages or flnished articles.
Trolley conveyor carrying refrigerator units charged with high pressure air, through inspection tank to detect leaks. Tralley type test and run-in conveyors permit o p eration and inspectian of companents and Anished articles while in transit. Photo 38707
Channel t op ap r an co nveyor carries castings to trolley conveyor loading mechanism where they are automatically sorted by pairs and loaded on the trolley conveyor. Photo 38011
Heavy duty oscillating conve yors receive forg-
ings from rotory tole box dumpers obove. Metal construction with few moving parts assures longer
life, minimum operoting ond maintenonce expense.
Photo 37999
Flex mount oscillati ng conveyors, operoting in po irs in eoch of five porollel trenches, carry off chips brought by choin
conveyors
from
severa! hundre d
outomatic screw
mochines. Swivel-mounted chutes, in floo r pioles, odjust to deposit chips in either of two lines o f conveyors depending on the type of material being recloimed. Photos 39575 ond 39576
Apron conveyor with drain screens in pans, brings bross chips ond turnings from mochining oreo to scrop metal bale r in process of reclo mation. Specifico lly designed to carry sharp, highly obrosive ond hot materiols link-Be l! opron conveyors will hondle scrop costings, hect treated p e ris, chips, slampings and many other ma teriols. Pho to 27964
ln-the-ftoor Trukveyor tronsports b lades for bulldozer-
graders through cleaning, painting and drying operations. Trukveyors provide operoting oreas, free of o bstructians ond work con be performed on material while being conveyed . Photo 37791
L 1 N K - B E L T • 33
bulk handling
BULK MATERIALS HANDLING Bulk materials handling equipment performs a vitally important funclion in most industries, where it is necessary to handle and rehondle bulk moteriols from the time they ore e,.;lrocted from !he eorth until they ore flnally processed in usable form. Often, !he cosl of repeoted handling is a very high proportion of !he total cosl of the end product. For this reason, many modern plonts are designed oround their malerials handling systems. Link-Belt has designed, furnished, instolled ond placed in operation mony complete plants in which the materials handling ond processin g equipment is of primory importonce. This method of handling o project assures the owner of one reliable source for engineering , equipment and fleld erect ion - os well as a single responsibility for performance of the plont. link-Belt manufactures o wide range of equipment to meet the bulk handling needs of proctically oll industries. Sorne of the more importan! and common types of equipment and components are illustrated in this book. In addition, link-Belt designs and builds olher types ond models needed to meet unusuol operating conditions. Sorne of the industries, ond the functions performed in them b y Link-Belt equipment, ore described on the pages that follow.
34 • L 1 N K - B E L T
contents general
34
unloadlng Haulage machines Ca r shakers Car dumpers Power unloading scoops Bo,.;car unloaders Hydraulic truck dumper Receiving hoppers Gales ond valves
38 41 50 52 60 62 68 70 73
f eedlng Apron feeders Bel! feeders Reciprocating feeders Vibratory feeders Gravimetric weigh feeders Mechonical vibrating feeders Ba r Aight feeders Screw feed ers Rotary table feeders Rotary plow feeders Rotary vane feeders
84 87 96 98 100 106 108 110 112 116 119 122
convey lng and elevatlng 123 Bel! conveyors 127 O scillating conveyars 236 Apron conveyors 248 259 Screw conveyors 294 Flight conveyors 301 Wide choin drag conveyors Sidekar-Ko rrier 302 304 Circular carrier Weigh larries 306 Bucket elevarors 307 352 Skip hoists 357 Bulk-Flo 37 1 Rotor-Lift Gravity-discharge conveyor-elevators 373 Peck carrier 376
bulk handling
In mlnlng , meteríais handling is the predominant operation. Stripping and the disposal of overburden from open pit mines is the flrst consideration prior to handling the minerals themselves. Subsequently, the ore or coal must be transported to the processing plant, after which it must be handled repeatedly during such operations as crushing, grinding, screening, washing, concentrating, drying, pelletizing and sintering. The flow sheets of these plants also indicate such material handling operations as unloading, feeding, conveying, elevating, storing in bins, stockpiling and reclaiming, mixing, blending, picking, sorting, sampling, weighing, batching or loading into cars, trucks or ships. Link-Belt manufactures and can furnish equipment to perform these functions economically and d ependably under the severe operating conditions which usually prevail. In th e stone, aggregate, and construction Industries,
L
1
;-i:
1
r.IJ::::=:¡¡;-- -......;;t.;;; IJN;;,: Vl:::'<:::,; lll',..,',,, "'- '-' - - - - - " r-: lOl'<\IE~' TRA.V(L
G"'-~x~;~tllo.
·~
..
1
T~SfL[S
'~SCR([N HClJS( ~ 1.: ANO STOA.\GC BINS
"J
•
UCVAT~
J61
n
CON\IEYOR 6
.. rt
~
""' 'm ~.-:!'..__ fig
SS28
In thls st eel m ill the limit::itions of on existing row moteriols sloroge yord were overcome by o conve ying system thot tronsports ore ot 6000 tons per hour, os well os sinte r, p ellets, stone ond cool more thon o mile to o new storoge oreo. Loter, lhe system is reversed to re turn the recloimed moteriols to blost furno ce ore a . The principal units are e le vated ta ovoid inte rfe re nce with surface tro nsp ortation. A typicol e xomple a f using the type o f bulk ha ndling equipme nt to best flt the conditions.
many of the same functions are performed as in mining, and similar e quipment is available but is d esi gn ed for the particular material to be handled. Aggregates must be washed, sized, screened and stored. On large dams and reclamation projects, aggregates or flll material often may be transported over considerable distances with conveyors more economically than by any other means. Steel plant raw materials, such as ore, sinter, pellets, stone, coal, and coke, must b e unloaded from cars, barges or vessels, and then stockpiled, reclaimed, and often they are screened, blended, mixed, weighed, batched and otherwise handl ed . An extremely high degree of dependability is necessary to meet around-the-clock operating schedules. Some of the most extensive installa tions in the steel industry hove been furnished and installed by Link-Belt.
O verburde n is tra nsported more thon o mile by 36' wide b elt conveyor ot lhe rote o f 1140 tons per hour and is dislributed to spoil pile by o 1 00foot ro dius troveling belt conveyor stocker. Such systems o re copo ble of handling tremendo us volume, operoted oro und-the clock, ot low co st. Photo 3 2 594
Coal and refu se al this mine ore dumped on hillside ot left and conveyed al 750 tons per hour to preporotion plont where the cool is crushed, blended, woshe d, dried, sorte d ond looded into cors. The refuse is conve yed lo spill oreo o t upper righl. This complete pion! wos designed, furnished ond instolled by Link-Belt. Photo 33033
Sto ne an d aggregate p lants must move o great amount of bulk materiols from qua rry to crushing, screening, looding out bins ond storage. At this plant more !han 3800 feel of Link-Belt conve yors ore used in producing many sizes of stone ond oggre gote to exact speciflcolions o nd to se rve stockpile of over 110,000 tons copocity. Photo 37824
L 1 N K - B E L T • 35
bulk handling
Power plants, from lorge public utility stotions to smoll heoting plonts, require cool handling systems to unlood, feed, crush, somple, weigh ond store cool en route to the furnoces. Dependobility, economy, ond often high copocities ore primory requirements. Mony outstonding power plonts in the United Stotes ore Link-Belt equipped.
In the pulp and paper industry, conveyors ond other equ ipment ore ovoiloble for handling the pulpwood logs from pond, flume or yord to the plont, os well os for sorting ond feeding them to chipper or grinder. Other types feed, screen ond convey the chips ond pulp. Bulk terminals, docks and other transfer stations for cool, ore, bouxite, groin ond other
This modern powe r plant, hondles 4 00 tons of cool per hour. Cool is d ischorged from roilrood cors into !rock hoppers ond the n corried to transfer house, to ond from outdoor storage p iles, ond up to bunkers over boilers by a network of belt conveyors to ta ling 1100 feet in length. Photo 38807
bulk moteriols, ore b ecoming more importont to our economy. Here, high copocities ond dependobility ore required to ossure mínimum looding ond unlooding time, ond low operoting costs ore necessory to ossure o p rofüob le operotion.
In plants where bulk materials are processed, handling equipment is ovoiloble for performing such functions os feeding, conveying, elevoting, distributing to bins or mochines, weighing, blending, botching, proportioning, f111ing contoiners or bulk looding. Copocities moy vory from the smoll but exocting requirements of phormoceuticol plonts to those of huge chemicol plonts-ond operoting conditions from the spotless environment of bokeries to the severe service of foundries. Often bulk handling system s ore highly outomotic, with meons ovoiloble for recording performance doto. Requirements for cleonliness ond heolth ond sofety of personnel moy olso influence the design ond type of equipment used in plonts of this kind.
At thls water flltratlo n plant, lime, alum and sulphate a re carried by bucket elevators and screw conve yors far cantrolled, uniform distribution to storoge tonks on roof o f chemicol house. Cleon, efficie nt o p erotion a l lo w casi is o ssured with such sy stems. Photo 37845
36 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Thls paper and board m ili produces 100,000 tons of kroft p a p er annually, and is equipped with many d ifferent lypes o f b ul k handling equip menl for handling pulpwood logs from storage, chips, ba rk, chemicals and pul p. Pho lo 34951
At thls grain terminal, grain is unloaded from boxcars, dislributed to sto rage silos ond b uildings, then reclaimed and loaded into ship s al a ropid rete. Pholo 37 57 4
bulk handling
Selecting the
Selectlon guide for bulk handling equlpment charaderistic
Type of equipment
for the material
Po ge o
.,
e: ¡¡;
The ta ble a t the right w ill serve as a g u ide for tenta tive selection of typ es o f e qu ip ment t o perform th e functions shown and und e r the conditions broadly o utl ined therein. lt illustr ates the no rmal applicatio n o f e ach t y pe, b ut d o e s not cover spe cia l or unusual appl ications. The table list s the location o f mo r e sp eciflc selection and e ng ine ering data for e ach t y pe of e quip ment.
UNLOADING Haulage machines . . . . . Car shakers. ........... . C ar d um p e~ .......... .. Pawer unloading scoop s .... Boxea r unloaders. ... .. . Hydraulic truck d um pers . . . . Receiving hoppers .......... Gales ond valves ....... . . FEEDING Apron feeders............. Belt f eed ers . ........... Recipro coting f eeders ... Vibroto ry feed ers .... G ravimetric weight f eed ers . M echonicol vibrating f eed ers Bar flight feeders . . ... ..... Screw f eed ers ............. Rotary table f eed ers... ..... Rotary plow feeders ........ Rota ry vane f eeders . .. ... CONVEYING AND ELEVA TIN G Belt conveyors .. ......... . . O scillating conveyors .. . ..... Apron conveyors ......... Screw conveyo rs .......... Flight conveyors...... ... W ide choin drog conveyors . Sid ekar-Karrier ........ .... Circular carrier ........... W eigh larries ............ Bucket eleva tors . .... . •..•. Skip hoists ............. Bulk-Flo ....... . ...... .. Rotor lifts ....... ...... .. Gravity-dischar ge conv.-elev. Peck carrier .. .. _.
--
Flowobility
Size
(generolly suitoble far the purpose indicoted)
to be handled The characte ristics and b ehavior of the m ateria l t o b e handl e d is a n extremely imp ort a nt consid e ration in the d esign o f all bul k handling systems. The success of an ind ividual component o r of a com plete syste m d e p e nd s largely upo n its suitability for the materi al it must handle . Link- Belt maintains an extensiv e material s handling l abo ratory for testing and o b se rving the b e h av ior o f materia Is as they a re handled b y va rious t y p es of equip ment, and for stud ying th e unusual bulk handling probl ems of industry. A lso, information is conta in e d on pag e 56 3 wh ich bro adly covers th e cha racte ristics, b e havior a nd classiflca tion o f a wi d e variety o f bul k materi als.
Poth of travel
Material
proper equipment
:;
e: ~
C>
c. E
.,
..2
O>
!1.,
.§ >~
~
u..
Abrosiveness
·¡;,
..oo
O>
i::
~
" zo
¡¡;
..o
T o
>-
>-
~
~
""
~
g E: o - ~ ""., 1: ., o e: o u :.o ·g -¡;.:"" ·-e., Eo N
J:
E
>
E.
""e:.,
:.o
E
o
> u u
38 41 xl x 50 X X X X X X X X X 52 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 60 X X X X X 62 X X X X X X X 68 X X X X X 70 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 73 X X X -- - - - - - - - - - - - 84 X X X X X 87 X X X X X X X X X 96 X X X X X X X X X X X X 98 X X X 100 X X X X X X X X X X 106 X X X X X X X X X X X 108 X X X X X X X 11 0 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 112 X X X X X X 11 6 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 119 X X X X 122 -X X X X X X X - - - - 123 127 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 236 X X X X X X X X X X X 248 X X X X X X X X X X X 259 X X X X X X 294 X X X X X X X X X X X 30 1 X X X X X X X X X 302 X X X X X X X X X 304 X X X X X X X 306 X X X X X X X X X X X X 307 X X X X X 352 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 357 X X X X X X X 37 1 X X X X X X X 373 X X X x ¡: X X X X 376 X X X X
-
:1x
l
xi
Thls Llnk- lelt Materlals Handling Laboratory is
equipped to test various bulk moteriols far feeding, conveying, elevating, d rying , coolin g, sizing, weighi n g,
woshing ond numerous other operotions. Photo 380 48.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 37
bulk handling unloadi ng equipment
• unloading equ1pmen• for bulk ma•erials Unloading common carriers or other means of transportation is an important operation in most plants which consume or process bulk materials. Such materials may be received in trucks, trailers, ships, boats, barges, and various types of cars such as mine ca rs, hopper bottoms, gondolas, and boxcars. Requirements may vary from one or two cars per week to sixty or more cars per hour. Operation of unloading equipment may vary from seasonal or intermittent use at sorne mines, grain elevators, and small plants, to the severe " do y in, doy out" service at steel mills and large steam generating stations. Docks, piers, terminal s and other bulk transfer stations require a high degree of dependability and usually high capacities for maximum economy. Selection of the most effective and economical unloading equipment depends upon th e type of carrier to be unloaded, the characteristics and condition of the material, the unloading rote, annual tonnage, the means of moving cars or barges to and from unloader, and, in the case of large ships, the cost of demurrage. Unloading of free flowing materials seldom requires considerations o ther than those of capacity and appropriate ty pe of equipment. Sluggish or sticky materials often require a car shaker for quick, clean discharge of hopper cars, or a rotary dumper for higher capacities. Frozen coal or ore may require thawing to free it from car sides, after which the discharge of moderate capacities of frozen lumps may usually be accelerated by a car shaker. Higher capacities of frozen material can best be unloaded with a rotary car dumper. The average unloading rote, in cars per hour, includes both the unloading cycle and the time required to move cars to and from the unloading operation. The most effective use of unloading equipment often requires haulage machines or car spotters to reduce the d elays of such movements. Also, feeding and conveying equipment is more economical when the hopper, into which the car is unloaded, is large enough to contain sufficient material to continuously feed the system while cars are shifted to and from the unloading operation. Various types of bucket elevator unloaders are available for unloading ships of grain, barges of coal and other free flowing materials at capacities up to 2000 or more tons per hour. Various standard types of unloading equipment are described on the following pages. Link-Belt has built many other types and sizes for unusual conditions and Link-Belt engineers are available for a ssisting in the selection of such equipment.
38 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling unl oadlng equlpment
Haulage m achin es (page 41) are of two types; capstan and drum. They are used for moving railroad cars and mine cars or performing other industrial pulling jobs. Capstan car spotters are compact, sturdy machines which pull b y means of a rape snubbed around the vertical capstan. Drum t y pe pullers
Fig. 3900
are generally used for heavier service
Car spotter
and larger installations. Both can be arranged with a variety of cable systems for intermittent or continuous operation to suit the track layout and the handling of cars at the site.
/
l
Fig .
.,
~ 187
Mine car d ump er
\
Rai lroad car du m per
Car dumpers (page 52) provide the most rapid and positive method of emptying all ty pes of open top cars, by turning the enti re car upside down.
Fig. 4190
Car shake rs (page 50) are an effective
means of
emptying
hopper
bottom railroad cars when the material fails to run out of the open hopper doors by gravity clone. The machine is set on the car after it has been spotted over the track hopper. A motor drives two eccentrically weighted flywheels. Rota tion of these flywheels produces a vibration which is transmitted to the car. A short period of operation assists in dislodging material.
They are of two forms, one for ra ilroad cars and one for mine cars. The railroad car dumpers are so designed that when rotation is started, the transfer table supporting the rails moves laterally until the side of the car rests against a timbered side frame of the cradle. Simultaneously with this movement, overhead clamps descend to the top of the car to hold it securely. The cradle rotates until automatically stopped at the inverted position. Operation is then reversed. Rotary car dumpers have been built for dumping more than 60 cars per hour. Mine car dumpers may b e furnished to dump single cars, coupled or uncoupled, or several cars in a train. Cars are automatically held in place. Dumpers may be designed to rotate through an angle sufficient for dumping and then return, or through a complete revolution. The frame includes a shield to direct and ease the fall of material. Completely controlled by one man, these dumpers are fast, smooth running, durable and foolproof. Side-tilting type dumpers are also ava ilable for dumping refuse. This dumper is semi-automatic in operation and lifts the car vertically, then tilts it to one side to unload the contents.
Powe r unloading scoops (page 60) are used for unloading grain and other granular materials from boxcars and trucks into hoppers, and for other similar operations. They enable one man to perform tasks which would require the efforts of several men by manual methods. The operator draws the scoop back over the material a suitable distance, and then allows slack in the rape. This starts the winding mechanism, which pulls the scoop forward to push the Fig . 4184
material to the discharge point while the opera tor holds the scoop upright by its handles.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 39
bulk handling unloadlng equipment
Boxear unloaders (poge 62) Kor-Flo boxear unlooder, including spotting to unlooding, will handle up to 5 cars per hour of grain, chemicals, or other free-flowing bulk materials. Th e cor is moved on the self-contained unloader platform, ond is clamped hydraulically. The inner d oor of car is opened hydraulicolly. One rail is instolled high er than the other to give o side tilt to the car. A drive unit creotes a unique rocking motion which conveys the materi al simultoneously from both ends toward the center of the car causing contents to flow smooth ly and continuously to a receiving hopper below. One man controls the unlooding operation. Shallow pit and low overheod el ea ronce requirements keep instollotion costs ot o mínimum. Kar-Fl o bo xear unloader
Tilting type boxear unlooder is o machine for dumping grains and other free-flowing bulk materiols from railrood boxcars by tilting the cars both loterally and longitudinolly. The unloader has o moin cradle ond clomps which hold and automatically center the car. The car supporting plotform mounted on the cradle is first tipped sidewise about l 5 degrees, while the inner door is forced inward. The car is then tilted endwise about 40 degrees in both directions, with a baffle plate inserted on the final tip to deflect the last remoining material. lnstallotions are efficient and economical for extensive operations that involve up to 6 to l O cars per hour.
F;g. 4186
Til ting type boxear unl oader
-== -::Z::::::::
Receiving hoppers (poge 70) of plates and structural steel ore used for receiving material from cors, trucks, etc. and conducting it to feeders, crushers or conveyors. They are usuolly provided with gratings to protect workmen and machinery .
40 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Hydraulic truck dumpe r (poge 68) simplifles the unlooding of cotton seed, soybeons, grain, wood chips, potosh, coke, sugar cane and beets, corn and similar materials thot are t ransported b y trailer truck. Fast acting hydraulic cylinders lift 40 tons to o 40 degree angle in one minute-only 40 seconds required to lower it . Pl atforms will accommodote tractor and trailer assembl ies up to 54 feet overall length.
Gates (page 73) are normally used on the bottoms of hoppers, either singly or in a series, to feed material s onto conveyors for further processing. Numerous styles of gales are available. Mony of these are general purpose goles suitable for handling coal, sand, grave!, crushed rock, stone, ore and similar materials. They are built in o w id e range of sizes to meet ali normal requirements.
bulk handling haulage machines
machines For many years Link-Belt has designed and manufactured haulage machines and systems for handling a wide range of mobile loads. While commonly used for moving railroad cars, there are numerous other industrial applications where haulage machines are being successfully used for pulling heavy trucks into and out of shops, warping vessels through drawbridges and along docks, for mooring service on canal barges, for pulling cars of castings into and out of furnaces, and for moving cars into and out of core ovens and dry kilns. They are used in foundries for pulling flasks over roll tables, dragging heavy materials along the ground and wherever rope pulls up to the maximum capacity of the machines can be used advantageously. These machines are economical to operate, as power is consumed only when the y are in actual operation. Their use has resulted in marked savings due to elimination of switching cha rges and delays in moving or spotting railroad cars. Link-Belt haulage machines are of two typescar spotters which pull loods by meons of o rope wrapp ed around a vertical capstan, and drumtype pullers which exert pulling action through a rope wound upon a horizontal drum.
On e o f 8 Llnk-8elt No, 50 car spotters on pier moves roilrood cars far ship loading ond unlooding operolions. Photo 25182
Reversible endless cable haulage system in sleel mili yord moves roilrood cors over dislonce o f 11 00 fee l. Pholos 23559 ond 23563.
LINK·BELT • 41
bulk handling haulage mach ines
Haulage machines
Barges are shlfte d into looding position quickly ond elficiently by drum-ty p e
Controlle d move me nt of coal barge into position under unloodi ng
pullers o n pier a l coal lransfer dock. Photos 30299 ond 2947 2
elevotor is provided by d rum-type puller on p ier al lorge coke preporation p ion!. Photo 39 160
WIRE ROPE
l ayout shows two single-drum mochines used far pulling borges in either direction. Borge is held in position when stopped by ele ctric brokes o n molors. Two odditionol smoller single-drum machines ore used os snubbers.
fig. 6225
This layout íltustroles borge in position unde r e levotor far unlooding. Haul lines pull borge in either direction ond snub lines ho ld barge ogoinst d ock fo ce.
42 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling haulage machines
Car spotters Link-Belt car spotters are made in two sizes and three types. A sturdy, compact gray iron housing completely encloses and protects the splash-lubricated gears and ball bearings. A capsta n made of hard iron, for use with manila or marline covere d wire rope, is proportione d to obtain maximum traction and pulling power. The capstan face is machine flnished to prolong life of rope. The worm and helical gears are precision cut to exacting speciflcations. The steel capstan shaft runs in bronze sleeve bearings. A ratchet and pawl can be furnished and installed within the capstan when the spotter is required to hold cars on an incline. Accessories such as haulage ropes, car pulling hooks, sheaves and snatch blocks can be furnished.
No. SO and No. 1 00 stationary car spotters The No. 50 ond No. 100 stationary car spotte rs ore equipped with 5 ond l O horsepower motors resp ectively. The molors a re tota lly e nclosed nonve ntilated hoist type which form on integ ral peri of the machines. The No. 50 cor spotter will pull on average of 3 load ed railrood cors, and the No. 100 cor spotter on average of 6 loaded roilroad cars, depending upon track cond itions, curvature ond grade.
No. SS and No. 110 stationary car spotters The No. 55 and No. 11 O stationary car spotters are a lso equippe d with 5 and 1O horsepower motors. The motors, however, are of the conventional foot typ e connected to the car spotte r by means of Link-Belt fle xible coupling s ond are mounte d on motor brocke ts supporled directly from the car spotte r housing.
No. 60 and No. 120 portable car spotters The No. 60 and No. 120 car spotters a re of the portoble type. They ore equipped with 5 ond l O horsepower motors which form en inte gral port of the machines. These motors o re provide d with built-in starters. The spotters o re mounted on steel frome corriages and balonced so that the units moy be e osily rolled to d esired locotions. Corriages include guide rope d e flector s, attachme nts for onchoring ond pulling handles.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 43
bulk handling haulage machi nes
Drum-type pullers with plain drums
36250
Drum-ty pe p ullers with p loin drums o re mode in four sizes with e ighlee n sp eed combinotions. These pull e rs consist of heovy welded steel, d eep -Aong ed d rums with bronze sleeve be o rings ond ore mounted on oversize s1otionory steel shofts. The drum shofts o re supported by rigid welded steel from e s, omply broced ond stiffened to hold the ports in occurote olignme nt. The drive consists of on e nclosed Link- Be lt Mo togeo r connected to the drum through o gua rded Link-Belt precision steel roller choin drive.
A lever o peroted ja w clutch o n the output shoft o f the e nclosed gear drive disconne cts the power when poying out the rope. A retording broke p revents spinning ond over-trovel of the drum. Pull ers can olso be furnished with Geormotor drives, when preferred b y p urcho ser. Accessories such as houloge rapes, cor pulling hooks, sheoves ond snotch blocks can b e furnished.
Drum-type pullers with grooved drums
13563
Drum-type pullers with grooved drums ore used for conditions beyond the ronge of cor sp otters ond drum-ty pe p ullers with ploin drums. A drum-type p uller with groaved drum in combinotian with sheoves con b e odapted to o wide voriety of o rrongeme nts for moving roilrood cors ond for ather industrial usoge. Motion af the vehicle in either direction is o ccom plished b y onchoring b oth e nd s of the rope ta the drum so thot ene end is wound onto the drum o s the other unwinds. This type of p uller is olso used for moving borg es. The rope copocity of the d rum is the limiting factor in !he length of movement of the ve hicle being pulled. A drum-type puller with o poir of g roove d drums is used when
44 • L 1 N K - B E L T
on endless cable is used. This drum-type puller is olsa known os o double drum troction type or e ndless cable houloge mochine. With this orrongement the length af movement of the vehicle is independ ent of the size of the drums used. Bosicolly these units consist of o heavy steel base on which ore maunted two porollel horizontal shofts with o grooved drum on eoch. G eoring connects one or bath shofts to the driving motar. Brokes ond control camponents ore included when required by !he conditions of the instollotion. Accessories such os houlog e rapes, cor pulling hooks, she oves ond snatch blocks con be furnished.
bulk handling haulage machi nes
Typical layouts Car spotter layouts This layout shows a car spotter arrangeme nt indicating how cars are moved over long or short hauls. Cars can be moved in the opposite direction by reversing the snatch block arrangement.
This car spotte r layout requires a longer rope than th e preceding arrangement, but permits moving the car with a single p ull. Cars can be moved in the opposite di rection b y direct p ull from the car spo tter.
-lt:::~~~~~-------~~lt-1 - --++t íl íl+++-íl·-
·ROPE::;;::r·-·-·-
·-
·-
+-m-·-·-·-·-·-·-· -·-·~·-·-·-·--~-=-~-:~
SPOTTER
SNATCH BLOCK ANO ANCHOR
Fig. 3972
In this layout, a guide roller or _deflector is used to guide the rope while pulling the car on a curve. O n straight portian of !rack, the pull is direct from the car spotter.
Fig. 3973
SPOTTER~
ANCHOR IS NECESSARYSNATCH BLOCK MAY BE TRANSFERRED FROM ENO
ENCLOSURE
When th e ca r spotter is located some distance from the !rack, a system of snatch blocks may b e used, as indicated, to move the car in eithe r direction.
TOENO~
I
\~~~TCH
BLOCK ~O ANCHOR
¡fSNATCH BLOCK ~()ANO ANCHOR
:=:=:=-.~R~PE-=-· ,e, ·-·--
~~---..
Drum-type puller layouts
~~-----~ji ,. -
-
-
·- ·- - · ' DOCK FACE WIRE ROPE/ r -·- · - - - - - - - -
.::, . . ~-~. . .
----- - - =
·¡71EJ\ OlLL
~
l .é9'RE:"VERSIBLE
- - - - - - ·- -
HAULAGt;;;c~ES
Fig. 353 4A
In this layout, two drum-type machines are used for pulling barges in either directio n. Whe n stopped, the e lectric b rakes on molors hold the barg e in position. The motor on the unwinding drum appli e s suffici e nt counter-torque to keep the trailing rope taut. Whe re conditions permit, such machines may be located near e nds of barge travel to keep dock cleor of the cables.
...-=-..-- ~ .
- _JI
...:.::=_- -
l couNTERWEIGHTED-·-·--"7- ·TAKEUP WIRE ROPE -
.
coocK FACE -
1L , _
'"G'
'
--1>---
~ ~-- #'"
-·- ·- ·----"?
GREVERSIBLE
- -·
-- ·- -=-.-:--.-:.-:::¡aL=,. ~ -------·-·c0u~TERWEIGHTE~ TAKEUP
HAULAGE MACHINE Fig. 353 49
This layout illustrates application of a d ouble-drum traction or e ndless ca ble machine for pulling barges in either direction. Counte rweighte d takeup on light sid e of rope seats while the counte rwe ighted takeup on the sla ck side ke e ps the trailing rope tout.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 45
bulk handling haulage machines
Typical layouts Drum-type puller layouts r1""'l yALTERNATE LOCATION OF MACHINE IF CLEARANCE BETWEEN TRACKS tt-j~
IS INSUFFICIENT
j
Fig. 3536A
This layout shows lhe drum-lype haulage machines serving o ne or two !rocks. Cars can be pulled in either direclion on either track.
The drum is generally provided with o clutch for disengagement with drive, since rope is p ulled out manuolly.
Fig.
3535A
In lhis layout, o reversible drum-type haulage mochine is used for serving one or two !rocks. Cors con be pulled in either direclion on eilher trock. Through o clutch arrangemenl either drum is connected
to the drive while the other becomes on idle r. When id ling, the drums conlacl drog devices lo preven! spinning. This machine con also be used to service three or more trocks.
Fig. 35 358
This layout shows a reversible drum-lype hauloge mochine for serving o ne lo lhree !rocks. Cors con be pulled in eilher direction
~
L
T:EUP ON EACH ROPE
r ~ ro~ Jc1=1 ~·
WEIGHT
- ---=- - ·-
-
=CAR
====;ilH-
---
-
-
-
L..
u u
.J
•J
uu
.
~
· ~¡
SECTION AA
'1
- - ·- ·-
+¡..,.,...;.:..:...¡...--4...u...,.:...u...J..:. 1------------------t,...,,.-"~º-'_---1- 1 w .J
;._
-
A
íl íl ~ ~ I ' [h~ ~ ~ .
'º""'''-~
. COUNTERWEIGHTED
rsris'-== ~
Al
on ony !rock. The rope is d ead- e nded al opposite ends of grooved drums so lhal one winds a s the other unwinds.
-
CAR
·- ·- ·- · -·-
J] ~
l
- ·-
-
-
llf-~-º_r. .,. .~o..i.+-++-+++H+-H-....H+-'-c+--r-t+, ,
u
~ ¡:'i ::~::~~- -- --- ---J~C ·[::€,::l:fl'Jílfffl~~l: ¡l t1------- --c.=:::.:------ ---------------- --------- - ---- --------------------------------;::¡ n ~~ -tri-10 w-L... ,~~1-: ~= ~~== ~Gtfii:-SYSTEM T0-- -·,~~ :-n-F...:L~t 1 L"üuLifu'tr.tü-tr.c-::H.lt-~ ' 7'.l~7 1~== = ===1fJi:!-u+. -·-·-·- 0 !.. .l.- - --r:;J1
CAN BE ARRANGED
- SERVE ADDITIONAL TRACKS-
~----------------- ------- ------- ------ --- - ------------ ------------ ---- --- -- ---- ------
In this layout, a double-drum lra ction or endless cable reversible haulag e machine is shown for serving multiple !rocks. Cars can b e pulled in eilher direclion on ony !rock. Two counlerweighted takeups
46 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Fig. 35368
are shown; one required for eoch direction of lravel lo remove lhe slock in the lrailing rope. Ro p e travel is nol limited by machine, making it economice) for installations requiring exlremely long lrovel.
bulk handling haulage machines
Selection Calculation of rope pull for railroad cars
no less thon dimension P from the puller, os shown in Fig. 5333. For puller Nos. 1O15, 1520, 1822 ond 2024, P equols 24, 31, 35 ond 38 feet respectively.
To determine the rope pull required to move o roilrood cor using either o cor spotter or drum-type puller with ploin drum, it is necessory to consider the following foctors: Weight of cor ond conlenls Curvoture of !rock Trock grade Trock ond roodbed condition Temperoture of surrounding otmosphere Cors, other thon roilrood cors, will require speciol considerotion. Consult Link Belt.
Fig.
5333
Table 2 • Factor C for pulling railroad cars Factor C Temperature of surrounding otmosphere, Track ond roadbed candition degrees Fahrenheil Below O 1 O to 20 1 20 to 45 1 Abave 45 Even trock, firm bollos! 1 6 3 1 1.5 1 o9 Uneven trock, soft bollos! 21 15 12 1
Weight of car and contents The weight of cor ond contenls is the gross weight in tons.
Track curvature Trock curvoture is expressed in terms of rodius in feet, degrees of curvoture or by chordol fac tor A. The degree of curvoture is the included ongle in d e grees fo r o 100-foot chord ocross the center line of !he !rock. Factor A is !he chordol distonce for o 50-foot chord on the inside roil. To obtoin !he chordol fa ctor, stretch o 50-foot line ocross !he curve ond meosure A os in Fig . 3704.
Rope pull for pulling railroad cars The sto rting rope pull is fo und b y the following formulo: P = W (B+ C) Where
P = storting ro pe pull in pounds W = weight of cor ond contents, in tons B = factor from Table 1 C = factor from Table 2
Examples of rope pull calculations Problem 1 A roilrood cor ond its contents weighing 42.5 tons is to be moved olong o curved leve! !rock where A equols 9 '!4 ". The operoting temperoture is never lower !han 45° F al ony time. The !rock is uneven ond has o soft bollost. Colculote the storting rope pull.
50 FEET--- - -
Fig.
3704
Track grade Trock grade is expressed in degrees of ongle to the horizontal or in per cent of rise. 100 X rise grade in per cent length
Solution In Table 1, Factor B = 45 ond in Table 2, Factor C - 9. storting rope p ull = 42.5 (45 + 9) = 2295 pounds Refer to !he selection tables on the following poge. A No. 50, 55 or 60 cor spotter is sotisfoctory.
... ,,~----....,LENGTH IN FEET- - - - - 1
:::t
Probl em 2 Four roilrood cors ond their contenls weighing 220 tons ore to be moved olong o curved !rock al obout 35 FPM where A equols 6 Y2". Trock rises 3 feel in eoch 100 feet. The operoting temperoture will foil below Oº F. The !rock is e ven ond has o firm bollos!. Colculote the storting rope pull.
¡ -. 1~
F
Fog. 3703
Track and roadbed condition and atmospheric temperature
Soluti on
Co ndition of !rock ond roodbed ond temperoture of surrounding otmosphere ore importan! considerotions. These foctors for use in the colculotion of rope pull ore given in Table 2.
3 X 100 grade = ---¡¡)() = 3% In Tab le 1, Factor B = 100 ond in Table 2, Factor C = 6. storting rope p ull = 220 ( 100 + 6) = 23,320 pounds Refer to the selection tables on !he following poge. A No. 2024-20 drum-type puller, which operotes ot 36 FPM, is sotisfoctory.
Fleet angle To ossisl in winding the rope on the drum in loyers, !he Aeet ongle should not exceed 1 Y2 d egrees. Where required, locote guide sheoves
Table 1 • Factor B for pulling railroad ca rs Factor B
Track curv ature
Rodius of curva ture,
feet
Degree of curvature
•
Chordal factor A,
Trock grade, degrees and minutes
o
1 0 -35 1
1-9
1
1-44
1
6
o
o
o
1146 573 383
5 10 15
3 Y2 6 Y2 9'!4
287 231 193 166 143
20 25 30 35 40
13 16 Y2 20 23 Y2 27
2-18
1
2-52
1
3-27
1
4-1
1
4-35
1
8
1
5-9
1
9
1
5-43
Trock grade, per cent of rise •
inches
o
1
1
30 35
50
40 45
60 65
50
55
1
2
70 75 80 85
70 90 75 95 100 60 80 65 85 105 70 110 90 • Degree ol curvature is the included angle in degrees for a 100-foot chord across center fine of track.
55
1
4
90 95 100 105
110 115 120 125
130 135 140 145
150 155 160 165
7 170 175 180 185
11 0 115 120 125 130
130 135 140 145 150
150 155 160 165 170
170 175 180 185 190
190 195 200 205 210
3
1
1
5
1
6
1
1
10
190 195 200 205
210 215 220 225
230 235 240 245
210 215 220 225 230
230 235 240 245 250
250 255 260 265 270
6 See Fig. 3704.
• Per cent of rise equals 100 times the rise divided by the iength.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 47
bulk handling haulage machin e s
Selection Ca r spotte r s Maximum ro p e pull, pounds
Storting
Ra pe Cor spotter number
*
Runni ng 1
Moto r horse-
Average rape speed, FPM
power
Outside
•
inches 1
5,000
2,500
45
Ma r line cov ered
3,4
Ve
n
l Va l3,4
Manila
10,000
100 1 10 120
5,000
45
"'
2
Marline covered
l
10
1Ye
--
* Boldfoce tyce indicotes cor spotters normolly corried in •
stoc~ with 220 440 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle mators. Mators with other curren! characteristics can be furnished. Electrical contrals and wiring, haulage rape ond other occessories ore not included. TENV, hoist-type mators, ro ted al 55° C fer 15 minutes.
1
13,500 18,500
.41 .60
13,000 21 ,400
.42 .62
22,500 26,500 31 ,000
.74 .88 1.08
26,400 37,600
1.1 o
1Yi
"'
5
Weight p er foot, pounds
1
l \4
Manila
50 55 60
Breoking strength, pound s
d io meter,
Type
.81
6
Manila rape is generally used where its sfrengt h is adequote. 11 consists of three strands of fiber, speciolly selected fer pliobility and sfre ngth. O Morline covered wire rape is stranger lhan manila rape of the sorne diometer. lt consis ts of ftve 19-wire strands o f plow steel rope, morline covered.
Drum-ty pe p ulle r s w ith p lai n drums M oximum rope pull, p ounds
Running
Storting
Average rope c;peedl
Drum. type puller numb er
FPM
First loyer
Fourth lo yer
First layer
7,000 7 ,000 7,600 7,600
5,500 5,500 6,000 6,000
3,500 3,500 3,800 3,800
2,750 2,750 3,000 3,000
10 15-2 10 15 -3 1015-5 10 15-7 Y2
14,000 14,000 15,200 15,200
11 ,000 11,000 11,800 11,800
7,000 7 ,000 7,600 7 ,600
5,500 5,500 5,900 5,900
20,000 18,000 21,000
16,000 16,000 14,000 17,000 15,400
10,000 10,000 9,000 10,500 9,700
26,800 26,800 24,400 24,400 24,400
17,000 17,000 15,500 15,500 15,500
-20,000 -
1
1
First loyer
*
1
20 31 47 70
1520-5 1520-7Y2 1520- 10 1520-15
20 30 37 55
26 38 48 71
8,000 8,000 7,000 8,500 7,700
1822 -5 1822-7Y2 1822- 10 1822-1 s 182 2-20
14 21 31 40 58
17 26 40 49 73
10 15 20
13,400 13,400 12,200 12,200 12,200
2024 - 10 2024 -1 5 2024-20 2024-25 2024-30
16 25 36 45 54
21 31 46 56 69
10 15 20 25 30
-
--
-
with 220 440 volt, 3 pha se, 60 cycle moto rs. M o t a rs with other curren! chara cferisti cs can b e fu rnished. Electrical co ntro ls ond wiring, haulage rape and a ther accessa ries can be furnished. TENV, hoist-type motors, rated at 55° C fer 15 minutes.
48 • L 1 N K - B E L T
2 3 5
Tot al rope length in
four loyers, fe et
360
Type
Wire Á
Outside dio me ter,
inches
Breoking strength, p o unds
Weight per foot, p ound s
Yi
18,700
.40
*
41,400
.90
Ve
56,000
1.23
1
72,800
1.60
7Yi - - -5
7Y2 10 15
500
Wir e Á
-
* Boldfoce ty pe i ndicotes pullers with Motogears narmolly carried in stock •
•
Fourth loyer
16 24 37 56
- - -
-
~40~1 34,000 34,000 31,000 31,000 31 ,000
1
Fourth loyer
Ro pe
Moto r horsepower
5
7Yi
¿
530
Wire Á
570
Wire Á
Wire rape is generally used fer drum-type pullers because of its smaller diameter in relation fa i ts strenglh, thereby increasing rape capacity af drum. 11 consists of six 19-wire strands of plow steel rape wilh hemp cen ter and must be provided wi th a thimble spl ice end to suit the drum connectio n.
bulk handling haulage machlne5
Car spotters C MAXIMUM-'1
f19. JU7
''•· 6 314
No . 50 and No. 100 stationary car spotters
No. 55 and No . 11 O stationa ry car spotters
Car Weigh t, sp otter p ounds number 6 50 55 60 100 110 120
f l9. 3702
600 690 1050 1500 1650 2000
Al
e
B
E
D 1
1
1
F
H
G
1
1
1
K
J 1
INCHES
7 7 7 12 12 12
25Y. 18 v. 6 5A6 9 13A6 1 v. 25 v. 29 l/1 6 •A. 91 % 1 v. 36 lll 76 62 y. 13% 39:Y.. 14 y. 1 V1 33 l/1 26 o/1 9 33 l/1 38 % 9 14 v. 1 V1 44 3/a 84 :y.. 67 3/1 173/a 48
8 8
5 l/4 5 y.
1 y. 1 v.
2 2
... ...
- - -. .-. -...-
-
8 :Y.. 12 lll 2 l/2 1 ll2 8 :y.. 12 l/2 2 v. 1 v.
..
.. .
. ..
Hove dimensians ce rtified fa r i nstollotian purpases. 6 With 50 ar 60 cycle matars.
No . 60 and No. 120 portable car spotte rs
Drum-type pullers w it h pla in drums Drum- type puller number
f09 6)1)
Dru m-type puller with plain d rum and Motogear drive 6
Drum·lype puller number
A 1
B
F
E
D 1
1
1
1
K
J
H
G 1
1
1
L
p
N
M
1
1
1015-2 1015-3 1015-5 1015-7 Y2 1520-5 1520-7 lll 1520-10 1520-15 1822-5 1822-7 lll 1822- 10 1822-15 1822-20 2024-10 2024-15 2024-20 2024-25 2024-30
e
paunds 6
INCHES
895 895 910 980 1735 1790 1810 1845 2770 2820 2895 2895 3000 4135 4135 4160 4250 4285
20 v. 20 v. 22 v. 23 o/1 22 v. 23 v. 26% 27 v. 23 v. 24 :y.. 28 29:Y.. 31 3/a 31 V1 33 v. 35 v. 36 v. 35 v.
Hove dimensians certi fi ed far instollotian pu rpases. With 50 ar 60 cycle mata rs.
s
R 1
1
1
Weight,
1
u
T
V
1
1
INCHES
10 15 1520 1822 2024
10 15 18 20
15 20 22 24
16 15A6 2 1 v. 24 26 V1
16 l/2 21 v. 26 V2 29
31 o/1 42 v. 51 V1 58 3A.
32 5A6 39 v. 50 V1 53%
1311A& 16 3/a 20 3/a 21 o/1
40 y. 47 v. 58 v. 63 :y..
15 y. 15 V1 22 l/1 20 y. 27 22 v. 29 V1 23 v.
12 V1 15 3/a 17 18
:y.. % 1 1 v.
2 2 V1 2 v. 2 v.
8 :y.. 19 l/2 24 11 3/a 3 1 Y. 14 314 34 16
¡
10 % 12% 16 ll2 18
1 l/2 1 ll2 1 v. 1 'la
l/2 3 3/a 5 v. 2 3/1
Hove dimensia ns certified fa r instollotian purpases.
L 1 N K - B E l T • 49
bulk handling car shakers
car shakers
Car s hak er in position for unloading carlaad a f coa!. Pholo 3901 3
The Link-Belt car shaker is an ideal medium for effectively and economically unloading hopper bottom railroad cars. lt produces a series of heavy, hammer-like blows on the top of the car sides, which loasen the contained material and accelerate its Aow through the hopper opening, resulting in broom-clean unloading. This machine supplements our varied line of car dump ers and unloaders and offers an economical car empt ying device for installations requiring moderate or small capacities. lt is ideal for use at central power stations and industrial boiler houses, where the quantity of coal used does not require a rotary car dumper. lt is also suitable for unloading sand, coke, ore, cinders and other materials transported in hopper bottom cars. Link-Belt car shakers can be appl ied to single or multiple track and single or double hopper installations.
Drive sld e af car shaker showing rugged ru bber-cushioned pival lype mo tor suppo rl. Photo 3901 5
50 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling car shakers
Operation The vibrator is located toward one end of the welded, stress-relieved frame and consists of two eccentrically weighted flywheels keyed to each end of a concentric shaH rotating in selfaligning roller bearings. Power for operati ng the unit is supplied by an electric motor driving through a multi ple V-belt drive. Extreme vibration and impact shock is prevented from reach ing the motor by means of a pivoted, rubber-mounted motor platform.
[
~ ---
!
~ BOTTOM
-----
OF SUPPORTING BEAM
----------i i
TW IN CABLE HOIST
i
•'11!1
1 1
To unload , the cars are moved into place over conventional track hoppers in the usual manner by car hauls, car spotters, switch engines or other means . After the car gales hove been opened, the car shaker is lowered into place on the center portian of the car and the motor started. Operation of the machine cau ses the vibrator end of the frame to rise and fall and impart heavy blows to the car equal in number to the revo lutions of the vibrator shaft. The mo tor end pivots on the car top and acts as a guide to ho ld the shaker in place. The action of the car shaker also causes lengthwise motion of the car, resulting in a conveyi ng action on the hopper bottom. Upon co mpleti o n of unloading, the shaker is raised out of the way, the car doors closed, and another car moved in to position. Ca rs need not be un couple d wh ile the shaker is in operation, permitting movement of cars through the unloading zone as a com plete train . The shaker eliminates the destructive o r dan gerous use of picks, augers, sledges or air hammers . W ith the vibrator shaft revolving ata comparatively moderate rote of speed , a much lower o peratin g sound level is obtained than with other machines operating at higher frequencies. Objectionable noise i s correspondingly less, and damage to the cars is no more than that encountered in normal operation over roed bed .
Capacity The rote of car un loading will vary with the natu re of the material in the car, the design of the car, car switch ing and stori ng facilities and the rote at which materi a ls can be co nveyed from the track hopper. Normally, a one to three minute operation of the shoker w ill completely empty the car. Sticky or frozen materials may require additional time. Extremely frozen cars should be partially thawed .
Hoists Where conditions permit, single-hook five- ton capacity stationary or power-propelled, motor operated hoists may be used for lowerin g the shaker into position . For ground levef control, twin - hook hoists a re preferred, as this type machine will lower the shaker onto the car without guidance. l t is recommended that hoi sts be equipped with lower limit or slack line switches t o prevent operation of the shaker un ti l it is properly p laced on the car. Yard cranes and similar hoisting equipmen t can be used to handle car shakers.
2¡•"
'l
.L---'-'-1_~-6-1:~_-~,-,_ ~~ Fig. 6158
LINK - BELT • 51
bulk handling car dumpers
car dumpers Link-Belt car dumpers rapidl y and economically unload all types of open-top cars carrying bulk materials. Th ey are used at power houses, mines, b y -product plants, steel milis, rail- to-water transfer docks, cement mi li s, smelters, concentrators, aluminum plants and sugar reflneries, for unloading such materials as coal, coke, rock, ore, sugar beets and sugar cene. Four types of car dumpers are available, each designed to unload a car by rotating, tilting, or over-turning and dumping the contents into a receiving hopper, in one operation. These four types are: Rotary railroad car dumpers. Rotary mine car dumpers for single cars or multiple cars coupled in a train. Side tilting and transfer refuse car dumpers. Side discharge railroad car dumpers. All types embody Link-Belt's valuable background of experience in the application of unloading equipment and the handling of bulk materials.
Rotary railroad car dumpers
Rotory rollrood cor dumper
handling cool
al 500 lons p e r hour, as parl af a comp lete car-to b a rg e syslem. Pholo 2 56 1 9 A
Rotory roilrood cor dumper will unlood 160 or more cors ln- one eight-hour doy a nd will ha nd le
any o p en type ca r. Opero t ion is simple, oulomalic, and foolproof. Photo 293 1 5
- '. 52 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bul l< handling car dum pers
Rotary railroad car dumpers
Photo 28624
The Link - Belt rotary railroad car dumper is designed to rapidly un load open top railroad cars, primarily coal cars. Th is is accomplished by overturn ing the car, securely held in a rotating cradle, and completely dumping its contents in one operation. The full cycle of turning the car practically upside down and returning i t to a normal position requires 90 seconds for the standard dumper, however drives can be furnished for cycles as low as
40 seconds, when required. Switch ing
time, dependent on local facilities for handling the cars onto and a way from the dumper, must be added to the turning cycle, to determine the total number of ca rs that can be handled.
Dumping operation After th e car has been placed on the dumper tra ck, the turning cycle is started by the operator, located in a cab adjacent to the dumper, where he has a clear view of ali operations. As rotation begins, the transfer table moves sidewise within the cradle , until the ca r side rests against the timbered side frame of the cradle. Simultaneously the overhead self-adjusting clamps descend upon the t0p of the car, and hold it securely to the !rack rail s during the turning cycle. Rotation continues until !he car is overturned and stopped automatically by a limit switch. To return the empty car, the operator reverses !he cycle. As the car nears its normal upright position, the clamp s are automatically released and lifted. The transfer table then moves sidewise until the rails are again in line with those outside the dumper, and !he empty car is ready to be removed.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 53
bulk handling car dum p ers
Rotary railroad car dumpers
-
, " - - - - - -58-0-0VERALL RAILS- - - - - - + < l' ...,_ _ _ _ _ 54.'..Q' RING CENTERS-----+<•1
BASE OF RAIL
/' •
'~·
-
13~3-·13!..3' - -- ----58'...6' 1NSIDE OF PIT s.
º.'t· ~'~·
vO::
•':~ ~ ~~'r
;.._...
TO SUIT SYSTEM
CONVEYO~
'
,.•\:< 1:· ~J.~•.,"rr\"fY_..: 1
l
Fig. 6159
Two-clamp rotary railroad car dumper for 58-foot long ca r
Constructio n The entire enclosing ond car supporting cradle of the two -clamp dumper revolves on four rollers, two under each end ring of the cradle. These supporting rollers are made of high carbon forged steel wit h double flanges and machined contact ing surfaces and are mounted on a struct ural frame to insure accurate align ment at all times. Four-clamp dumpers are available for 90 to 120-ton cars when contents are frozen, and they are equipped with four pairs of equalizing rollers, two pairs under each end ring. The Link-Belt dumper cradle, which receives the car to be dumped, consists of two distinctly separate parts; one, an outer structure made up of two structural steel roller rings, rigidly connected and braced; and the other, a transfer table or platen, supported within the outer structure, on transverse rollers, and provided with track rails upon which the car rests. The two-clamp dumper handles cars 29 feet to 58 feet long over coup lers; 6 feet, 4 inches to 12 feet, 7 inches high; 9 to 11 feet wide; and with capacities up lo 90 tons. One 40 -ho rsepower motor furnishes the power required for complete operation of the two-clamp dumper operating on a 90 -second turning cycle. Where faster cycles are required, the dumper speed can be increased by using a larger motor.
Automatic and safety features Every operation, except placing and removing cars, and operating the controls, is automatic and foolproof. The dumper can be stopped by t he operator, at any time and in any position, where it is securely held in place by an auto mat ic electric bra ke. There are no electrical connections or complica ted interlocks on the dumper cradle. The dumper track rails are always held in correct alignment with the outside rails, after com pletion of the cycle, allowing cars to be moved safely on or off the dumper.
54 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling car dumpe rs
Rotary mine car dumpers Link-Belt rotary mine car dumpers are available for mine cars of all kinds. Operating in a manner simi lar to the Link - Belt rotary railroad car dumper, they rotate and overturn the cars to discharge the contents . They are power driven and can be designed to handle single car s uncoupled, or single or multiple cars coupled in a !rain, depending on capacity requirements . Normally these dumpers are bu ilt for full 360 degree rotation, but designs are available for rotating the cars to an angle sufficien t for dumping and then returning to an upright position. A rotatable structural steel frame equipped with !rock s and means for holdi ng the cars on the !rocks, receives Handling single ca rs, this rotory mine cor dumper ploys on important part in phosphote mining. Photo 30024
the cars either singly or in groups. Th is frame incorporales a dumping shield to ease the drop of ma teria l and i s supp orted by high carbon stee l end rings carried on rollers. Mine ca r dumpers are b uil t with two t ypes of drives, positive and traction . Each type i s capable of completing several dumping cycles per minute. One operat o r can handle the entire dumping opera tion , incl uding the pa ssag e of cars into and out of the dumper . Safety features are i ncorporated to insure trouble- free operation and affo rd protecti on t o the operator and the equipment.
Dumping two cars wlthout uncoupling, this rotary mine cor dumpe r hondles run-o f-mine coal swiftly and efficiently. Pha to 1 5609
Unloadlng 2 800 tons p er hour of run - of-mln e coal, these twin ro ta ry mine dumpe rs eoch handle ten co rs a t o time. Pho to 27 654
L 1 N K - B E L T • 55
bulk handling car dumpers
Rotary mine car dumpers
Positive drive rotary mine car dumper The 360-degree revolving operotion is occomplished by o n electric motor driven enclosed geor drive which delivers power to o ring sprocket through o roll er choin drive. Regordless of the type of cor, shockless, gentle handling ond fost, outomotic operotion ore ossured. This dumper offers moximum positive control of the dumping operotion. A geor drive type is olso ovoiloble.
Tractlon drlve rotary mine car dumpe r The 360-degree revolving operotion is occomplished by direct surfoce contoct of power driven friction trunnions contocting the two dumper end ring s. The dumper is outomoticolly storted, ond speed moy b e controlled to focilitote gentle handling.
56 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling car dumpers
Mine car hauls A mine car haul is essentially a pusher chain conveyor consisting of one or two strands of chain with pushers spaced at intervals to engage the mine cars, either sing ly or coupled together in trains, and propel them along the track as desired. They are chiefly used for feeding cars to rotary, or other types of dumpers. Their use assures rapid, uniform dumping and continuous movement of loaded and empty cars with a minimum of attention. In the design of mine car hauls and in the selection of the materials used in every part, special consideration is given to the shock loads imposed by frequent starting and stopping and to adverse conditions that usually surround this type of equipment. Embodied in every Link-Belt car haul are the following features that give long, reliable service.
Chain wilh gravity tilling pushers for car hauls, showing lhe sturdy canstruction of links, rollers ond attachments. Photo 39306
Fe atures • Sturdy crane ond hoist molors designed for heovy duty cycles with frequent storts ond stops. • Adequote control equipment. • Oversia:e brokes. • Enclosed Link-Be lt porollel shoft geor drives with extra lorge input ond output shofts for torsion loods. • Heovy geored couplings on both input ond output shofts. • Cut steel spur geors between drive shoft ond counter-shoft. • Pinion mounted between beo rings to ovoid overhung load on output shoft of geor drive. • Heovy duty rigid pillow blocks with mochined gibs to relieve cap bolts of side thrust. • Speciol heovy duty casi steel tokeups equipped with Cordwell Westinghouse spring draft geor to obsorb shock. • Cost steel piole center choin sprocket wheels securely keyed to shofts. High grade heot-treoted choins ond pushers ond olloy steel heot-treoted pins. • Salid steel corrying rollers support choins ot pushers ond ot intermediote points to preve n! weor from drogging choin links. Extra heovy choin guides to withstond shock loods, with reploceoble weor bors both top ond bottom. Substontiol steel supports, flrmly onchored to foundotions, ossuring proper olignment. • Adequote occess provided for lubricotion, inspection ond repoirs.
Typical !rack for car haul chain, showing heavy steel angle guides and high carbon sleel wear bars. Figure 6185
Weighing of mine cars Accurote weighing of mine cors while coupled together is occomplished by properly spoced cor stops in conjunction with o cor houl. One poir of stops obove the scole registers the oncoming cor os it is odvonced by the cor houl ond o second poir below the scole holds the cors thot hove possed, thus relieving the cor o n the scole of ony externo! forces thot might offect its weight. The co r stops hove heovy coil springs to obsorb the shock of the moving cors ond speciolly designed hydroulic cylinders to control the rebound. Cor stops ore outomoticolly opened when the dumping cycle is completed, ond closed by o trigger mechonism operoted by the entering cor. With this orrongement, one man controls ond weighs cors, removes, checks ond operotes the dumping mechonism.
Other uses Although cor houls o re used moinly in the m1ning industry, they o re olso useful wherever relioble ond economicol handling of cors is required.
I
MINE CAR HAUL Elevalion of a typical mine car haul installotion, shawing localion of sprockets, takeups and both runs of lhe choin. Figure 3821
L 1 N K - B E L T • 57
bulk handling car dumpers
Ref use car dumpers Two general types of Link-Belt refuse car dumpers are available for discharging cars of mine refuse. These are the side tilting dumper for hillside use and the transfer dumper for transferring refuse to larger cars orto hoppers.
Side tilting dumper Where local conditions are suitable, such as in hilly and mountainous country, it is customary to dispose of mine refuse by dumping it over a hillside . The side tilting dumper is especially adapted to this service as it is portable and requires no expensive pit or trestle. The main structural frame of this machine forms on arch over the track, which permits cars to be run under it onto the dumping cradle. The cradle is attached to an endless chain which runs in guides mounted in the orched Side tilting dumper
Photo 20756A
frame. Power for operating the chain t o raise the cradle is provided by a motor and enclosed gear drive. The cradle with car is tilted to one side for dumping and then returned to its normal position.
Transfer dumper The transfer dumper is a semiautomatic unit which lifts the car vertically and then tilts to dump the contents into a stationary chute or hopper for delivery to side dumping l arries. Loaded cars are elevated and tilted by means of a counterweighted, roller- guided cradle connected to an overhead motor-operated
drum
hoist through
suitably
reeved cables. Limit switches and other inbuilt safety features assure semiautomatic, safe and trouble-free Side tilting dumper
Photo 181 07
op eration.
\
\
\ \
1
1
-
~
Tran sfer dumper
58 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Photo 28653
Transfe r dumper
Photo 28652
bulk handling car dumpers
Side discharge car dumpers
·....:.-······
Simple ope rotlon and constructlon of side d ischorge cor dumper minimize lobor ond mointenonce required to deliver cone to carrier. Photo 8256
Link -Belt side discharge car dumpers are used principally for unloading cars containing sugar cane and similar materials . Cars for this service are specially built and are provided with top hinged sides which permit the entire side to act as a door and to swing out from the bottom to discharge the load. These dumpers consist of a pivoted structural steel platform, suitable in size for the cars being unloaded , and an actuating hydrau lic cylinder. Pla tform pivots are located slightly to one side of the t rack center so that lhe weight of the platform and car act to mainta in stability until the power is applied. Chains are used to anchor the car to lhe platform during lhe dumping cycle. Dlscharging cane to maln carrie r for delivery to mill, this side dischorge cor dumper assures uniform unloading procedure. Photo 27280
Deliv erlng s u gar cane to feeder carrler , lhese side dischorge car dumpers simplify and speed up unlooding operalions. Photos 26419 ond 26322
L 1 N K - B E L T • 59
bulk handling power unloading scoops
power
unloading scoops
U n l o ading grain fro m b oxear is o one- mon oper-
alion with o power unloading scaap. Phalo 29593
Originally designed for the unloading of grain from boxca rs, the Link-Belt power unloading scoop is now used for many other bulk materia l unloading operations. With this mechanism, pebble lime, phosphates, soda ash, alum, bulk cement, sand, sa lt, cottonseed, and similar materials, are unloaded successfully and economically from boxcars and certa in forms of motor truck bodies. The power unloading scoop will handle almost any gran-
ular material that can be scooped up, providing the proper design scoop is used, and its size and shape are such that it will no! overload !he operating mecha nism. In operation, the operator draws th e scoop into the boxear or lruck and stops ba ck of the material to be moved. Slack in !he rope serves to engage the w i ndin g mechanism, wind up the rope , and pull the loaded scoop to the discharge point.
Fig. 4901
Fi g. 4900
Boxear unlooding
60 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Tru ck unloading
bulk handling powe r unloadlng scoops
f The power unlooding scoop mechonism is of ~ubstontiol ond durable construction. The gray iron frome is deep ond heovy. The winding drum is lorge ond of welded steel. Other peris of the mechonism subjecl to shock or unusuol weor ore of steel. Accessories, such os scoops ond sheoves, hove been designed with omple strength ond for eose of handling.
-<- - 3~4: ~ -
1f..1 ~•sf->-< 20;·
Ceili ng s h e ave
Drum
weight
~ r
-1;•1!"
..,
X
10 ~·
3,'¡'
t
;."--¡
10~'
l··" MAX. sic· 1
l l
lever w e ight
__ _ _ _ _ y
1;'
- .,.
Fig. 3743
2- 1,
Single machine
Scoop cable
Power unlooding
scoop number
Weight,
Copocity, cubic feet
Moteriols hondled
pounds
1
* 54 0
RPM
2000
Groins, cottonseed, linseed, etc.
89-3-1
Orum shaft
per hour Á
horse·
Style of scoop
power
65
5
- -- - - -
750 to 1000
55
5
chemicols, sond, cement, etc.
Weíghing 50 lo 100 pounds per cubic foot
600 to 750
50
5
-- --- - - -
include 25-foot weigh t cord, lever weight, drum weight ond ceiling sheove. Woll or íloor sheoves, sno tch blocks, scoop cables, scoop choins ond scoops con be furníshed. Double mochines, consistíng of two single mochines mounted on o common shoft, con be furnished.
Scoop ca bles
•
Weíghing 25 lo 50 pounds per cubic foot
Hove dimensíons certified far ínstollotíon purposes.
19752
Motor
Alum, lime, soda ash,
* Single, righ t hond mochines normolly corried in stock. Machines regulorly
sheave
Flal steel scoop 0 36' wide x 30' híqh
y, • día. 6 x 19 wlre ro pe wi th % • dia. hemp coveríng
Curved steel scoop 6 28 1'.i" wide x 18' hígh
y,• dio. 8 x 19 wire rape
Copocítíes depend on the conditíons a l operotion, human element, etc. • Hígh pull-out-torque motors ore recommend ed. 0 Aluminum scoops con be furnished. 6 Specíol scoops con be furnished l ar handling sulphur ar o the r lumpy moteriols. Á
Accessories
20065
Snatch block
20063 Swivel floor shea ve 20064
Curved steel scoop Swivel w a ll sheave Flat steel scoop
16704C
Scoop chain
167046
Scoop hook
LI NK - B E LT • 61
bulk handling boxear unloaders
boxear unloaders Link- Belt builds two types of boxear unloaders. Both are for high capacity unloading at te rminal grain elev at0rs, large processing plants and other insta llations which require unloading of from 1 O to 70 ca rs per 8 hour do y. The Link- Belt Kar-Flo b oxear unloader discharges bulk meteríais from boxcars b y a unique rocking action which conveys the material simultaneously from both ends of the car and discharg es it through the center door opening. Th is unloader is for applications requiring unloading rotes up to
5 cars per hour. The Link- Be lt tilting ty pe boxea r unload er d ischa rg es bul k materials from boxcars w ith a comb ined end and side tiltin g, alt ernately from each end of the car, to discharge the con· tents b y gravity th rough the center door opening. This unloader is for applications wh ich require unloading rotes of approximately 1O ca rs per hour. Track layouts, spotting faciliti es and receiving equipment must be considered when determining unloading rote s.
Tlltlng type box ear unloade r in maximum end tilt pasilion a l lorge groin processing plonl. Cor is lhen tilted in opposile d irection to complete unlooding operolion. Photo 33479
Ka r-flo boxcor unlooder discharging groin inlo rece1vong hopper o l terminal gro in elevator. Cor is completely unlooded by unique rocking oclion. Phalo 377 49
62 • L 1 N K · B E L T
bulk handling boxear unloaders
Kar-Flo boxear unloader The Link-Belt Kar- Flo boxear unloader represents a complete departure from conven· tional unloading methods. lt uses a gentle, rocking action that sla shes costs of unloading grain, chemicals and other free-flowing bulk material s. Most signif1cant saving is in installationmadc exceedingly simple b y the shallow p it and low overhead clearance requirements. Further economies result from low power and minimum maintenance. In addition, Kar- Flo induces smooth material discharge that reduces d ust and degradation . . . improves working conditions.
37748
one- man control
.. .. ..
....-,-----.,....-,-----.lc::=:J
....
(1/\
·· ~
unloads 4 or more cars per hour
FAST- Unlooding time for corn, borley or rice is 5 to 7 minutes. Hydroulic clomps speed centering of cors on plotform.
SIMPLE OPERATION- Convenient control center facilitotes unlooding. No deftectors or boffles need be inserted into cor•
J___~l._.1_
-a
:zs:
¡
z:s:
n atura l frequency spring actlon
LOW MAINTENANCE-Rubber bushed orticuloting joints in rocker o rm o ssemblies reduce weor, need no lubricotion.
no machlne ry in car, gentle move m e nt of car
SAFE-No cables, scoops, etc. on operotor's plotform or in cor. Clomps provid e sure hold on cor during unlooding. shallow pit, low ove rh e ad cle arance
LOW INITIAL COST-lnstollotion expense is moderote. Spring oction ond hydroulic system keep power needs low.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 63
bulk handling boxear unloade rs
Kar-Flo boxear unloader
••
•• PLATFORM functions a s a see-saw-ends alternately rise and dip app roxima tely four inches. O ne rail is sel higher than the other, g iving car a slight side tilt. Rocking motion moves material from both ends toward doo r ot center, and tilted position o f car assists d ischarge into hopper.
Box ear clampe d in posit ion on Kor-Flo plotform. Groin is being unloaded into hopper. Photo 38285
Hy d r a u lic graln doo r o p ener in p o sitio n to remove grain door. All movements are con-
lrolle d from operatar's position. Pho to 38289 Graln d o or, held abo ve fl o w o f graln , is outo matically deposited on floor when g ra in door apener is retracted. Door remains clear fa r easy acceu a l all times. Photo 38291
64 • L 1 N K - B E L T
A boxear moved onto the platform is automatically cente red and flrmly clamped b y hy draulicall y operated car clamps, securely locking the car to the p latform, preventing endwise movement. Car door on the unloading side is opened, inner door removed, car platform locks are released and the drive is started by a pushbutton a t the control center. Rotation of counterwe ights in drive assembly produces an oscillating action of 140 strokes per minute which the rocker arms convert into a controlled-path rocking motion. Spring assemblies amplify this movement to approxim ately 4 inches at each end of the p latform. This rocking motion produces an actual conveying action, moving material in the car from both ends simultaneously towa rd the center of the ca r. One rail is installed hi gher than the other to give a side t ilt to the car, causing contents to flow smoothly and continuously through the door to the r eceiving hopper below. To obtain maximum unloading rote, sorne manual assistance may be requi red at the end of the unloading cycle for clean-up a round the door.
bulk handling boxear unloaders
Kar-Flo boxear unloader
Rocker arm and sprlng a ssemblles support the car platform and control racking motion which moves material from ends of car to center door opening. Rocker orms are rugged H section weldments mounted on steel encased rubber · bushings clamped in gib-capped pillow blocks. Alloy steel springs ore d esigned for long life. Photo 377 53
Drlv e a ssembly consisls of two 140-RPM counterweighled shafts revolving in opposite directions to produce the reciprocating force. Orive shafls are mounted in self-a ligning roller bearing pillow blocks. The ma in drive unit, pawered by a 40 horsepower motor, is fully guarded to preven! injury to personnel. Photo 37752
Car clamps rise from p i! and slide forward lo automatically center and clamp any standard 40 o r 50-foot boxear on platform. Clamping of the car automatically releases hydraulic platform locks. Retracting car clamps automatically operate hydraulic platform locks and interlock prevents operation of drive when platform is locked . The car platform is constructed of reinforced 36" WF beams. Total weight of the Kar-Flo is 150,000 pounds. Photo 38286
Op e rator's pane l for Kar- Flo and hydraulic door opener is orranged for simple one-man control. Hydraulic car clamps and platform locks are controlled by pushbuttons. Motor controls hove magnetic starters with overload relays and automatic interlocks. The panel is com· plete with indicator lights for all controls. Photo 38294
Hydraullc control unlt, mounted on a 4 by 8-fool welded steel base, contains two low pressure pumps operated by a 2 5 horsepower motor for moving car clamps and two high pressure pumps operated by a 1 5 horsepower motor to produce squeeze pressure to hold cor in position. Photo 37755
Plt dlmenslons ¡·------ - · -·-· --- ·- · -·- ·- · --------~
.
! 1 1 j
1
i
1-1
i i 1 ----/~ -~ 1\_______ ! - Í f ¡r-~ ~+·-·-(¡-T\ .
.
.
.
.'
.
.
Shallow p lt of simple design keeps installalion costs to a minimum; depth of only 7 feet, 3 inches results in economical installation in difficult locations.
Fig. 5879
L 1 N K - B E L T • 65
bulk handling boxear unloaders
Tilting type boxear unloader
28625
The Link-Belt tilting type boxear unloader is designed for installations requiring the maximum unloading capacity. The actual unloading cycle is 4 '12 minutes. In addition to an automatic door opener, a power or hand operated deflector, which is inserted into the door opening prior to the final tilt to effect b room clean unloading, can b e supplied. The complete operation is performed from a one-man control stat ion and eliminates the need for personne l t o enter the car at any t ime. Four d ouble flanged steel trunnion rollers provide maximum stabi lit y and support for the main t il1ing cradle and maintain permanent alignment. The entire machine is of welded construction.
Operatlon The looded co r is spotted on the plotform of the unlooder with the outer door of the cor open on the dumping side. The end clomps of the unlooder ore brought simultoneously into contoct with the cor couplers ond cenler the cor on the moin crodle. This operotion outomoticolly disengoges the two end locks on the side toword which the cor tilts sidewise. The door opener is then brought into contoct with lhe inner door, ond the cor t ilted sidewise 15 d egrees. The moin crodle is next tilted endwise to o moximum ongle of 40 degrees to the horizontal, to dischorge the material from one end of the cor, ond then to 40 degrees in the opposite direction to dischorge the material from the opposite end. The baffle piole is then inserted in o diagonal position
66 • L 1 N K • B E L T
through the door opening, ond the crodle is tilted 40 degrees to the horizontal in the direction of the flrst endwise posit ion, dischorging the remoinder of the material from the cor. After the cor has been emptied of its load, the supporting plotform with the empty cor is ogoin returned to normal horizontal position. The door o pener ond end clomps ore withdrown which outomoticolly locks the sup porling plotform. The empty cor is then reod y to be moved off the plotform. The t ime required for the complete cycle of operotion is 4 Y1 minutes, exclusive of the time required for spotting of cor, ond sweeping, where necessory. Und er favorable opero ting conditions, on average of ten cors per hour con be unlood ed.
bulk handling box ear unloaders
Tilting type boxear unloader
3~·
1
CLEARANCE END LOJ 1 UNDER N EAR RAIL LOAD 60,000 LBS.
ON~ALL
_J
ALTERNATE ARRANGEMENT BELT AT RIGHT ANGLES TO TRACK M1nimum p i! depth A is 20' 0• for conveyor porollel to trock ond 21 ' 6' for conveyor al right ongles to !rock. Pit width B is 1B' o• for conveyor porollel to trock ond 21 ' o• for conveyor al right ongles to trock.
Fig. 3420
Link-Bel! 6 0 -foot tilting type boxea r unloader
Maln cradle A moin slruclurol sleel crodle supported by curved steel roils on four double flonged sleel rollers permits lhe nadie lo tilt endwise oboul 40 degrees in either direclion. This tilt is occomplished by meons of cables secured to both ends of the crodle ond driven by o 30 horsepower motor for lhe shorl mochine, ond o 40 horsepower motor for lhe long mochine, lhrough enclosed reduction geors lo winding drums. An eleclricolly operoted broke holds lhe crodle when slopped al ony poinl in ils movemenl.
Car support ing platform The slruclurol sleel supporling· plotform is pivoted on lhe moin crodle ond con be tilled sidewise 15 degrees by spur geors ond on enclosed geor drive, driven by o 1 1O horsepower motor. An eleclricolly operoled broke on the motor holds the plotform tilted in ony desired posilion whenever the motor is slopped.
End clamps End clomps (acote ond hold lhe cor cenlrolly on lhe unlooder. These clomps operole on lrocks in lhe supporling plotform ond ore driven by sleel screws lhrough cut geors from o 15 horsepower motor. The clamp~ ore roised simultoneously from recesses between cor roils al eoch end of lhe supporling plotform lo engoge lhe couplers on lhe cor, cenler the cor occurotely on lhe unlooder ond secure it ogoinst movement in either direction during lhe unlooding operolion.
End posts and end locks Stotlonory end posts ore provided under the ends of lhe supporting
plotform opposile lhe dumping side; ond two end locks, operoted by the end clamp corrioges, ore provided on the dumping side lo carry lhe weight of a looded cor or locomotive os it posses over the unlooder. Since the end locks ore operoted by the end clamp corriages, they ore o(woys in place when o car or locomotive is run onlo the unlooder. This featu re provides aulomotic protection from accidental tilting.
Door opener Boxcors ore fltted with plonk or poper doors noiled lo lhe inside of the cor door posts to preven! spillage from lhe cors during looding ond in lronsil. These doors ore removed by forcing lhem inwordly ogoinsl lhe pressure of lhe material in lhe cor. The Link-Belt door opener, mounted on lhe unlooder crodle, is placed ogoinst the door ond locked in place while lhe cor is in normal posilion. The door is held slotionary by the opener o nd, os the cor is tilted sidewise, the door is forced inward, allowing lhe contenls to Aow out. Spikes in lhe door opener hold lhe door above lhe Aow until ali material has been discharged. When lhe cor is righted, lhe door opener is withdrown allowing lhe plonk or paper doors to foll lo lhe cor Aoor.
Baffle plate In lhe Anal lilt, lhe material moy move so ropidly thol some may byposs lhe door ond Aow lo lhe lower end of lhe cor. To preven! this, o baffle plote is provided for manual or power inserlion in o diagonal posilion lo deAecl the material through the door opening, thereby completing lhe unlooding operalion.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 67
bulk handling h y d r a ullc truck d ump e r
hydraulic 'lruck dumper The hydroulic truck dumper greotly simplifles the unlooding of cottonseed, soy beons, gro in, woodchips, potosh, coke, sugor beets, corn ond similor moteriols fro m trucks. lt consists of o structurolly reinforced plotform with two hydroulic telescop ing cylinders thot p ivot ot their base ond ot connections on either side of the plot· form. The plotform has o lifting copocity of 80,000 pounds ond con be roised to o 4 0 -degree ongle in 60 seconds ond lowered in 4 0 seconds under smooth, positive, hydroulic control b y one operotor. Ample reserve power mokes ropid unlooding of trucks up to 54-foot overoll length o simple, sofe, one-mon operotion. Hydroulic truck dumpers ore ovoiloble in grade level ond pit types, with or without ~rovisions for scole mounting. Link-Belt will furnish equipment for handling material from the truck dumper to the plont, ond will design, manufacture ond erect complete insto llotions, Jorg e or smoll.
Unlo a d ing graln to silo st ora ge o t gra in e le v ator, this hydroulic truck du mper unloods o 45-foot truck quickly ond sofely. Photo 38504
Rema te con t r o ls and power unlt, opera ted by o ne ma n , simplify o p erotion of this hydroulic truck dumper shown delivering g roin into hopper. Photo 36790A
68 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Unloadlng cane a t a sugar mlll, this hydroulic truck dumper provides reliobility during seosonol horvest. Photo 38852
bulk handling hydr aulic truck dumper
Features
35337
35334
• Fast-acting hydroulic cylinders lift 40
• Reliable performance is ossured by
tons to 40-degree ongle in one minute.
two 20 HP motors direct-connected lo hydroulic pump s, with either motor copoble of lifting plotform ond fully lood e d truck.
• Heavily reinforced truck plotform
prevents twisting ar torsionol bending if truck is not in center of plotform. • Stabllity is provided by wide seporotion of pivot points ond low center of grovity.
35347
• Complete safety is ossure d b y extro-
heovy hydroulicolly controlled stops thot contoct reo r wheels of truck.
for one-mon operotion of hydroulic volves ond pump motors.
• Smooth operation is provided by two four-sleeve hydroulic telescoping cylind ers thot pivot ot base ond ot o pivoted connection on both sides of the plotform.
• Large capaclty to occommodote trac-
• V a rlous types ore o voiloble, such os
tor ond troiler ossemblies up to 54 feet overo ll length.
grade le vel, pit or scole type, with plotform lengths of 50 or 60 feet.
• Remote control equipment supplied
º\ .
~
UNLOADING PIT
\
~
'_·---11'. 5•~ /
...
H
f ig. 5402
s*l
9'-tti
'
2
16!
- - -- -11-4•
G rade level type hydra ulic truck d umper with unl oading pit
L 1 N K - B E L T • 69
bulk handling recelvlng hoppers
• • hoppers rece1v1ng
Link-Belt receiving hoppers are used for receiving bulk materials from trucks or cars, and for providing sufficient surge to permit continuous operation o f a conveyi ng system from the hopper. Bar gratings are furnished to suit material delivered to hopper. Track beams support the grating ond ra il s on installa tions where material is delivered to receiving hopper in hopper bottom railroad cars. For truck delivery or when material is reclaimed from storage by bulldozers , dragscrapers ar cranes, the grating and its supports are designed to suit indi vi dual conditions . Special designs differing in pit depth , bottom slopes or other indivi dual requirements can be supplied when adaptation of hoppers presented here is not practical.
Transferrlng pit sand and gravel from olf-the-roo d houler to o p ron feeder which feed s b ell conveyor. Photo 35567
.
"' .
Olscharglng coal Pholo 28426
lnto
track hopper al munici pal powe r plan!.
70 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Dellvering coal lnto bollerhouse recelvlng hopper. Coal is transferred lo slorage bin by buckel elevator. Photo 36232
bulk handling r ecelvln g h oppers
Track hoppers The track hoppers shown meet the requirements of practically all installations. The four diagrams illustrate suitable arrangements for small, medium, and large unloading hoppers and show the relationship between the door open ings of commonly encountered hopper-bottom cars and properly proportioned track hoppers. For high capacity unloading, select a hopper long enough to receive material from ali gales of a car simultaneously, plus enough end clearance for the inaccuracies of spotting. Also, for most effective over-all unloading performance, the hopper should contain sufficient surge volume so the conveying system will be fed continuously while the cars are being shifted. Such additionol capacity con best be obtained by lowering the hopper rather than increasing its length beyond that required for the car door openings. Double hopper orrongements provide the means for reducing pit depths, particulorly when handling materials requiring steep bottom slopes. T he square hoppers are so designed thot they may be installed with the long axis of the rectangular bottom opening located in either direction with respect to the track. Through the medium of adapler collars, these hoppers can be utilized with the various kinds of commonly employed feeders, which may be installed porallel oral right angles to the track. Suitable gales can be inserted between hopper and adapter collar. Hopper sides have a minimum slope of 50 degrees from the horizontal anda minimum valley angle of about 42 degrees. Since the steel portion of the hopper is completely below the beams, track b eam closure plates are eliminated and consequent aggravoting leakoge is avoided.
AAR STD.50 TON HOPPER CAR CLASS HM
Fig. 3457 Trock hopper 10 feet wide by 6 feet long for unlooding 50-ton cor from one car door at a time.
AAR STD. 50 TON HOPPER CAR CLASS HM
Syntron ele ctric or fluid power bin vibrators at times may be employed to advanlctge with these hoppers. In many inslances their use will aid in attaining an even flow when material variations or uncontrollable choracteristics are the cause of stoppages.
Fig. 3460 Single 14-foot squore trock hopper receiving material from both doors of o 50-ton cor. Dotted lines indicote lowered position of hopper far increosed surge copocity.
Bar gratings are fobricated with angle end closures which stiffen the bars and provide a simple grating support flush with the top of the track hopper pit. The most common grating openings are listed, but others can be provided to suit practically any requirement .
AAR STO. 70 TON HOPPER CAR CLASS HT
Fig. 3459 Double 14-foot squore trock hoppers for rece1v1ng material from oll doors of o 70-ton cor. Dotted li nes indicote lowered posi tion of hoppers for increose d surge capocity.
Fig. 3458 Lorge concrete hopper. incorporoting o 12. foot squore steel hoppe r, for receiving material from oll doors of a 70-ton cor.
LINK - BELT • 71
bulk handling receiving hoppers
Hoppers, beams and gratings
Track b eam
rrc:. H HHHH~ Re ctangular !rack hopper under single ra il
Typica l arrange ment o f bar grating
~ 1
,I
3"
~~'---3...l'.r· k3~o'>l INSIDE
Rectangular !rack hopper under double rail
De ta il of !rack beam pocket
+
H
B
l
l.•.40-J
.. "•
INSIDE
6ª
.,...
Fig. 3958
Square track hopper unde r double rail
De tail of hopper s upport
Hopper Si ze,
fe et Width Length 7 5 10 6 12 12 14 14
Capacity, W eight, cubic pounds feet
•
62 139 395 6 10
ll
Groting
Beams
e
o
o
H
•
Valle y a ngle
Tota l weight, pounds
Size 0
t;,.
Reodion,
pounds 0
llea ring pi a te
. .. . . . .. 8 3,4 9 'A6
72 • LINK - B E LT
G
p
Square openings,
inches INCHES
6 6 12 12
48 4 3° 24 ' 5 4 46° 31 ' 66 42°51 ' 72 41 °49'
1 O"WF®4 9 1 o •wF@49 14 "
[email protected] 14 "W F@78
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. Cap:icity of hopper without vertical sides, level full to base of roil. o Weight based on y.• thick steel plate sides. • Consult Link -Belt regording vertica l sides higher than those listed.
A.
F
inches
INCHES
540 .... 10 3 0 .... 181 0 53 28 20 6 7 Y.
E
si ze,
lb. lb. lb. lb .
41 0 43,000 4 6 0 48,200 9 75 66,000 1300 72,300
1l x l l l xl llx l 13x 1
Y.x l O Y. xlO l4x 12 Vzxl2
10 1 2 72 10 1 2 84 1 4 16 Vi 144 1 4 l 6 V2 16 8
2 , 4 or 6 82 94 2 , 4 or 6 156 6, 8 , 1Oor1 2 180 6, 8 1 1 O o r 1 2
O Reaction ot one end of a single beom. Beom sizes ore bosed on Coope r's
E 60 loading with 253 impact. Beam specificotions a re subject to roi lroad approvol. ~ Weight of eoch beam with two bearing plotes.
bulk handling gates and valves
ga'les and valves
A b atte ry af d uplex gat es d ischarging sand from hoppers to molds on molding machines. Photo 24564
A motor-ope rated h e avy duty unde rcut gate a l coa l preparation plan! conlrolling the d ischorge of refuse from bin to trucks. Pholo 33474
A Syntro n Iris valve contro lling flow of sugar into o scole mounted pan. Pholo 5200235
A rack and p ln lon gate under a truck dump hopper controlling flaw of coal inlo an L-palh Bulk-Flo al sleom pion!. Photo 33383
Gales are normally use d on the bottoms or sides of bins, tanks or hoppers, either sing ly or in a series, to control flow of materials o nto conveyors for further processing ; directl y to machines for bagging, weighing, etc.; or into trucks or railroad cars for shipment to other points. Numerous types of gales are ava ilable. Many of these are general purpose gales suitable for handling coal, sa nd, grave l, crushe d ·rock, stone, ore and similar meteríais. They are buil t in a wide range of sizes to meet all normal requirements. The types listed are those which hove been d eveloped through years of experience in the materials handling fleld.
L 1 N K • B E L T • 73
bulk handling gates and valves
Types Bin gates, Types AS and A Bin gates are designed for attachment to bottoms of bins or hoppers. They ore suitable for handling sized coal, grave!, crushed rock, stone, ore and other similar materials. Type AS gates are mode of plate steel with welded construction throughout. Ty pe A gates o re made of gray iron.
Under cut gates, Types C and D Undercut gates a re general purpose gray iron gates suitable for handling coal, gravel, crushed rock, stone, ore and similar materials. Type C gates are designed for ottachment to bottoms of bins or hoppe rs. Ty pe D gates are used on openings in vertical sides of bins or hoppers.
31337
Bin gate, Ty p e AS
Duple x gates, Types BS and B Typ e BS welded steel and Type B gray iron duplex gates are general purpose gates suitable for handling sand, gravel, crushed rock, stone, ore, coal ond other similar materials. The linkage system of Type BS and the segmenta! geor operating mechanism of Type B result in quick-opening, smooth-octing gales, a utomatically closed by gravity when the pull rod is released. The two gate plates, moving in unison, provide complete opening with a mínimum movement of the pull rod. This is advantageous in bulk moterials handling operations such as bogging, weighing, foundry bench or mochine molding operations and other similar opplicotions.
Bin g ate, Ty pe A
31 335
Unde rcut gate, Ty pe C
Rack and p in lon gate The single ond dcuble rock ond pinion gotes ore of the sorne general design. These gates ore of welded steel construction throughout. They are frequently used ben eoth cool b unkers or trock hoppers in lorge industrial plants ar power generoting stotions. Due to their construction, these gotes ore olso suitoble for handling sond, grovel, crushed rock, stone, ore ond similor moteriols. On the double rock ond pinion gote s, the steel s!ide plote is corried on ball beoring rollers to ossure smooth, e osy operotion under !oad. When the gote is closed, fine material seols the slide plote to prevent dribble.
31336
Undercut gate, Type O
31339
Enclose d ra ck a n d p in io n g a te These goles ore dust-tight ond totolly e nclosed, with welded steel construction throughout. They ore frequently used beneoth cool bunkers or track hoppers in lorge industrial plonls, power generoting stations or wherever dusty materiols ore being hcndled. These gotes, while primorily intended for free flowing or dusty meteríais, con olso be used for sond, grovel, crushed rock, stone, flne· ore ond other similor meteríais. The steel slide plote is corried on boll beoring rollers to assure smooth, eosy operotion under leed. When the gote is closed, flne material seals thc si id e . plote to prevent dribble. An occess plote is provided at the reor of the gote housing to cid in the removo l of material which might occumulate. Reclaimed material moy be returned to the system through on opening provided inside the gote ot the lower end of the inclined housing plote.
Duplex gate, Type BS
10798
Duplex gate, Type B
Enclosed rock and pinion gate
74 • L 1 N K - B EL T
Rack and pinion gale
bulk handling gate s a n d valves
Types Vertical slid e gate Vertical slide goles ore mode of gray iron ond hove o lip chute casi integral with the gote housing. These goles ore suitoble for handling cool, grovel, crushed rock, stone, and similor nonpulverized moteriols. They ore designed for instollotion on vertical sides of wooden, steel, or concrete bins. 632 1
Vertical slide gate
Tun nel g a te w ith fixed chute
Tu nnel gat e Welded steel tunnel goles with either flxed or hinged chutes, ore for instollotion either singly or in series beneoth bins ond hoppers or in recloim tunnels. They ore recommended for handling cool, sond, grovel, crushed rock, stone, ore ond similor moteriols. A hinged looding chute, pivoted on the gote shaft, ond orronged for minimum belt cleoronce in lowered position, ossures gentle looding of material onto the belt. When not in use, this looding chute is roised out of the woy. Material flow is controlled by the segmento! gote operoting within the stotionory portian of the unit. Arronged to close outomoticolly, the gote moy be locked open in ony one of o number of positions. Gotes with either flxed or hinged chutes embody the overcut closing feoture. Heavy duty undercut gafe The heovy duty toggle operoted undercut goles ore suitoble for handling such moteriols os cool, mine refuse, rock ond ore. They con be furnished with either 35 or 45 degree slope bottom piole to suit individual instollo tions. These goles ore ruggedly built with oll steel welded construction. They ore quick octing ond ore eosily operoted by choin wheel or hond wheel ond designed for locking the gafe plote in closed or open position. The lorge throot opening ossures moximum tonnoge ond possoge of lorge lumps.
31342
Motor operated he avy dut y und e rcut gate
Heavy duty undercut gate
31341
Motor operated heavy duty und e rcut gate
Syntron iris flow control valve
The motor operoted heovy duty undercut goles are self-contoined, ond suitoble for run-of-mine cool, mine refuse, rock ond ore. A generous throot opening is provided to ossure moximum tonnoge ond possoge of lorg e lumps. A hinged plote or curtoin weights provide relief for ony lorge lumps thot moy become lodged on the gafe os it doses. The operoting mechonism consists of o Motogeor drive with o motor mounted broke, on enclosed roller choin drive from the Motogeor to the countershoft, ond o toggle mechonism connecting the countershoft to the gote. The cronk of the toggle is mounted between the countershoft be orings to ossure o mínimum of deflection. Com operoted limit switches control the movement of the gote plote ot the extreme positions, but the gafe piafe moy be stopped al ony position when opening or closing ond held ot thot point by the motor broke. A reversing motor control con be supplied.
Syntron Iris flow control valve Syntron iris flow control volves provide positive flow control ond shut-off of free-flowing bulk moteriols such os corbon dust, gelotine, dried food powders, crystolline ond powdered chemicols, cement, sond, pigments, plostics, ceromic o nd refroctory moteriols, etc. in blending, weighing, bogging ond other operotions, or in controlling eddy-free oir for heoting, ventiloting or drying. The principal feoture of this volve is its flexible diophrogm which forms o concentric operture-ond which moy be voried (similor to the iris diophrogm of o camero) to form inflnitely variable openings from fully closed to wide open, merely by moving the lever through o 180° o re. The volve moy be held at ony desired open position ogoinst the heod load of the material or low oir pressure. The flexible diophrogm presents o resilient surfoce which rolls the material with it in closing. There ore no metal ports in which the material con lodge ond jom, thus ollowing opening or closing ot ony critico! point in o process. Usual construction consists of on oluminum housing or frome, ond o brass, rototing control ring. They ore olso ovoiloble in oll-stoinless steel construction. While nylon is the fobri
LI NK - BELT • 75
bulk handling gates and valves
Types Rotary cutoff valve The rotary cutoff volve provid es an easily operoted and q uick-acting mea ns of cutting off or rele a sing the Aow of finely pulverized free Aowing prod ucts such os cernen!, hy drated lime, pulverized coal, etc., lo or from conveyors, bins, botchers or oth er processing equipment. The rotory cutoff valve is fully enclosed ond dust-tighl. The housing is o f gray iron, split vertically for ease of instollotion and fo r removal of rotor. The gray iron rotor turns freely through on ore of 90 degrees, from a fully closed to a fully opened position and return. Housing ond rotor are accurotely machine fini shed to provide close rotor cl e orance and dust-tight joints. W e ld ed steel rotory cutoff valves of special sizes ond for speciol purposes can be supplied.
Rotary cutoff valve
Universal swlng gates and one-way swlng gates Swing gales with spout heods o re made of gray iron. While d esigned primorily for feeding coal from overhead storage bins into stoker hoppers, they are olso used successfully in wholesale and retail cool yord s. In oddition to handling coal, these gales o re suitoble for g ravel, crushed rock, sto ne, ore and other similar materials. The universal gate swings in ri g id hangers, while the hopp e r top of the movable stoker-spout exlension is suspended by o joint which permits leading the discharge e nd to deflnite radial distances from the ve rtical center line . The one-way gate is used for one-direction swing stoker spouls. lt is generally used where the bottom of the spout is flored to cover the stoker hopper.
Segmenta! sand gates, Types A and B
41 77
The Ty pe A segmenta! sand goles are fo r use on vertical si des of bins or hopp ers. Spring pressure holds the self-adjusting gate segme nt against curve d guides on the frame , assuring a light fil with e a se of operotion. The loading spout is hinged separotely to the gate frame and moy be roised ond lowered e o sily by meons o f counterweights. The Ty pe B gales are similar in o p eration to the Type A but ore intended for use o n bottoms of bins or hoppers. The hinged spout is usually unnecessary but can be furnished .
Un ivers al swing gate
Segmenta! gravel gates When handling grovel or slone, the sid e mounting segmenta! grovel gale> hove proven very satisfactory. A special rinsing spout, shown suspended from the main spout, can b e furnis hed. The upper end of the hing ed loading spout is perforated on the bottom and a water spra y can b e placed over the spout to rinse the material as it flows down the spout. To preve n! the dirty water from remixing with the clean material, the rinsing or deflector spout is suspended beneath the perforated portian of the moin spout. Whe n the gote is not in use the main spout may be raised agoinst the bin for clearo nce, allowing the d efl ector sp out to fo ld back against it.
7716
One-way s wing gate
Segmenta! sand gafe, Type A
17 158 10742
Segmenta! gravel gate
76 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Se gme nta! sand gate, Type B
bulk handling gates and valves
Dimensions Bln gates, Type AS • W elded steel
'rf0~~~:· ¡
1
Opening, ~u A
1 e
Short Body
long Body
1 o 1 F 1 H 1 K 1 ~ l1 ~ z ----'---'----'--.:..-,,.,.,,,..,.:,::--...:.....;B:...:o..:; d,_y-"Bo ' -'d'-'y.:..-_ INCHES
12 12 16 16
12 16 16 20
105 125 155 175
112 133 164 185
17 17 21 21
17 21 21 25
18 20
18 20
190 235
200 246
23 25
23 25
5 5
5
4 1'.t 4 1'.t
4 'h 4 1'.t 6 1'.t
5 'h
5'h
61'.t
6 1'.t
5 5
13 13 17 17
18 20 24 28
3 3 3 3
6 6
181'.t 201'.t
30 36
3 3
6 7
'h 'h 'h 'h
y, y,
Hove dimensions certified for i nstollotion purposes. ALTERNATE LOCATION OF LE VER
Bln gates, Type A • G ray iron
8 10 12 12
8 10 12 12
l 1 1 1
13 14 16 20
13 14 16 16
1 1 1 1
p 22077 •
12 20
12 16
6 6
Fig. 386 4
Bin gate, Type AS
Opening, inches
1
RADIUS-~ y 9\ -@-
N
1
' STYLE 6 BODY
Fig. 3862
STYLE 1 BOOY
Fig. 3861
~
LEVER N0.2
LU LEVER NO. 3
Bin gate, Type A
8 10 12 12
13 14 16 20
13 14 16 16
12 20
12 16
Á
• 0
6 o
13 16 18 19
13 16 18 19
3 61'.t
18 20 22 22
18 20 22 26
5
p 24205 0 p 20681 0
200 260 260 330
p 25307 • 6 p 29264 00
225 330
19 22
19 26
e
11123.,. P27153 •
e 25007.,.
...
3
5
5 6
5
5
...
6
3
5 4 y,
3 6
5
IN CHES
... .. .
p 22084 ... p 21041 •
e 11123.,.
5 Y.
p 27 153 .
5
p 22 077 •
... ... ...
e 25007 ... p 24205 0 p 20681 0
...
p 25307 • 6 5 p 29264 00 5%
7 4 5'l'1 5 'l'1
9y, 9 y,
9
11'/1 12 5116
... .
'h 'h 'h
15%
y.
11
'h
4 4
12% 13\4 15 \4 15 Y•
5 'l'a 4
12•,-1, 15 y,
5 'h 5
9y.
.... 131'.t 131'.t 15Y• 131'.t
y, % y,
:v. %
lO:V. 13 15:V. 16
10:V. 13 15:V. 16
16 18 19 1'.t 22Y,
16 18 191'.t 191'.t
16 22 3A
16 19 1'.t
y,
:v.
•¡,
:v. y,
:v. % %
:v. y,
Fig. 3863
Undercut gates, Type C ºfn;~~:9• 1 Pottern 1 Weight, 1 e number
pounds
-
o
-'-- -'---
INCH ES
235 225 270 350
16 18 20 20
20 18 22 22
13\.'.t 8 161'.t 14
131'.t 7
p 29265
950 870
261'.t 26
27 \4 30 1'.t
36 \4 26:V.
14 12 16 16
p p p p
20 • 20 .
24 24
e 26290
H
G
- - ' - - - - ' --
12356 32192 13229 13340
10 12 14 14
A
10 12 14 14
1
14 12 16 16
K
- ' - --
-'--
151'.t
12'Yo 8 141'.t 13
5'h 5 'h
14 15
21 'h 231'.t
1O'h 71-1.
7'h
6 21'.t
9% 9 'l'1 9%
9 'h 25 1'.t 21 Ya
X IN CHES
B
20 . 24 20 • 1 24
Undercut gate, Type C
3 61'.t ... 3
... ... ...
6
Opening , inches
Fig. 3866
. .. ... 5 y. 5
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. Gote has one-piece gray iron gote plote ond sides. Gray i ron gote piole is bolted to gray iron sides. Steel gote plote is bolted to gray iron sides. Rodius S=62Ya" . Rodius S = 36Ya".
A 1 B
/
115 140 175 225
Pottern number
_ A_l_ B_ 8 10 12 12
p 22084 ... p 21041 ...
17
... ... ...
.. . ... ...
9:V.
9% 12 10% 1O'h
...
. ..
3% 7
24 1'.t 22
5 y. 7
5 \4 7
7'h 9'h
.. . 7 'h 9'h
6'h 7'h 8 'h
9%
... .
5 \4 7
3Y, 1 l:V.
.. . ... .. . ... 5 'h
...
6 1'.t
8
7'h
7'h
y, y,
av,
o
171'.t
9
y,
3% ll:V.
143A 11
:v.
y•
y•
Hove dimensions cer tifi ed lor instollotion purposes. Operating lever included. • Con be furnished from 20" minimum to 42" moximum. Fo r eoch i nch increose, odd 6 pounds to listed w eight.
LINK-BELT • 77
bulk handling gates and valves
Dimensions Undercut g a t es, Type D
o¡~~h~~º· 1
A
I e j o 1 e j
jG1
F
H
j J j
p p p p
19 079 9234 6803 2843 0
K 1 L
j
M 1 N 1 P
R
J
INCH ES
1 210 200 500 640
11 Y1 16 Y, 125 20 21 12 24 % 30 21 30 29 Y2 26
13 . . . . .. ... 22 9 y, l 9 y. 18 9 Y112 1!. 17 Y1 4 y, 4 y. 4 y, 4 y. 28 20 Y1 l 8','1 6 6 6 6 27 y, 20V. 20%
7 Y1 11 12 10 11 Y1 20 15 26
j z
y,I
1 % 3 0 'I• 3 y.I y, 3 y, y,
Hove dimensions cer ti fied far insta llotion purposes. 11 11 Gate with steel gate plate con b e fu rnished from 24 minimum to 42" moximum. Fo r each 6 or less increose, add 25 pounds to listed wei ght. Gote with steel gote piol e con be furnished from 24" minimum to 42" moximum. Far eoch 6" or less increase, add 48 pounds to listed w eigh t. Pivo t is bel o w reference point.
BOLTS·Z
• Fig. 3865
number
B
14 10 24 . 24 6
13 14 24 30
~c:'~~~:·
Pcttern
1
L'>
Unde rcut g a te, Type D 0
STYLE 1
STYLE 2
STYLE 5
STYLE 7 fig. 3869
Styles of gate bodies Fig. 3868
Du p lex gate, Type B
Duple x g a t e s, Ty pe B Opening, inches A
styl e
number
Weigt-it, pounds
e
E
D
F
1
1
1
1 1 2 2
PC 17818 CP 27744 p 27343 0 e 178190
145 180 170 150
17Y, 17Y, 17Y2 17Y, 17 Y2 17 y, l 7Y, l 7Y,
1ov. 1o v. 1ov. l ov.
8 8 8 8
16 16 16 16
16 16 16 16
1 2 2 2
PC PC PC PC
215 220 220 220
23 23 23 23
23 23 23 23
l2 Y2 12Y, l 2Y, 12Y,
12 12 12 12
16 18 18 18
. .. 18 18 18
5 1 1 2
e 18113 PC 19597 p 4 1078.4 e 27029 0
215 340 330 345
25 25 25
. . 21 >;. 25 25 25
18 18 20 24
....
5 7 1 1
CP 33950 e 28378 0 p 41079 . e 28 658 .
320 345 4 30 690
25 27 30
24 26 26
24 26
1 1 5
P41076 • e 15906 . PC 24059 •
680 710 640
....
1
17825 178260 261980 248980
1
.. .. . . . ... .
8 8 8 8
.. 12
. . 12 . .. 12 ... . 12
. .. . . .. 14 y, 7 Y, 7 y, 15y, 8 8 9y, 16Yo 9
p
1
. .. .... .... . .. .... . ... ... . . . . .... . ... . .. . ... .... . .. . ... ...
1
1
T 1
w
y
1
y1 1
z Y1 Y1 Yo y,
1
INCHES
9 9 9 9 11 11 11 11
4 y, 1OY, 4 y, 4 y, 5
5 5 5
6 1'1 14 y, 61'1 14 y. 6 1'0 14 y. 6 1'0 14!!.
20% 20% 20 % 20 '!.
Y1 15 '/• 15 % y, .... 15>;. 15 >;. y, 24 15'!. 15% Yo 48 15 y, 15y,
8 1'1 16 !!. 8 1'0 16Y. 8 1'1 16 y, 81'1 16!!.
24!!. 24Y. 2 4 y, 2 4 Y,
Yo Yo Yo Yo
21 21 21 21
% y,
Yo . . .. 19~ Yo .. .. 23 23 Y1 . . .. 23 23 v. 44 23 23
%
.... 48 60 72
21 21 21 21
%
y,
3 y, 8 1'1 7 3/16 9 Y, 7 3/16 10 7t\6 9Y,
16'!. 17 y, 17'!. 17 y,
24'!. 23 Y. 24 !!. 23 y.
9 Y, 9 Y, 12y, 14
17y, 17y, 19 y, 42
23 y, Yo .... 2 1 y, 23y, Yo 72 22 23 28'!. '!. . .. . 24 24 40 Yo 1 .... 27 Y, 27 Y,
15 14 14
23 42 42
41 % % . . .. 27Y, 27Y, \ y• 40 Y1 1 . ... 29'1• 29'!. % . 3/.4 40 Yo y, 29Y2
9 y, 9 9y, .. .. .... 20 Y, 12 30 20Y• 9 9 y, 10 ... . .. .. 17 Yo 8 32 17Y, 9 y, 10 . . . . 31 Yo 17~ . .. . . .. . 2Y, . .. 30 45 17 Yo 8
30 32
s
R 1
1
2Y, 45 45 13 4"A. 7Y, 7 y, .... .... 13 7'/\• 8 8 .... .... 14 % 7 70 9y, .. .. .... 16Yo 10 9
Hove dimensions cer ti fied far instollation purposes. Addilional patterns are avoilable with variable N and W dimensions in case those listed d o not sui t the requirements.
78 • L 1 N K - B E L T
1
. .. ... . . . .. .... . . ..
. .. ....
N
M
2 y, . . . 45 45 11 12 y, . .. 14 y, 7Y, 7% 7y, 7'1• .. .. 13 15Y, 7 y, 7'!. 7y, 7'!. .... .... 14% 14 y, 7y, 7y, 7Y, 7y, . .... 13
. .. 23Y1 14 y,
24 27 30
:é~Rt~S
J 1
INCHES
B
12 12 12 12
18 20 24
H
G 1
1
12 12 12 12
0
Pottern
Body
y, % % % y, % y,
.4 Can be fu rnished wi th either steel or gray iron gote p ioles. •
Gate with steel gate pioles.
bulk handling gafes a n d valves
Dimensions Duplex gates, Type BS • Weld ed sleel
oi~~~!~g. :o:i~;:·l-c-----º--''-E---'1-F.INCHES , .,.l,.,. .G,.,. . .l_H_l_____.__K_-'--z,
A
t
j· ~ <§:3.,
k1a
'·"--<
-
11 «-.(~ ' ~__}'
.J :º --· o,,J· !>
OR TO SUIT-L- 20 OR TO su1r-J
Fig. 3867
Duplex gate, Type BS
1
B
12 12 12 12
12 14 16 18
115 122 129 136
17 17 17 17
17 19 21 23
14 14 14 14
14 16 18 20
135 141 147 153
19 19 19 19
19 21 23 25
16 16 16 18 20
16 20 24 18 20
165 180 195 220 240
22 22 22 25 :Y1 25
22 26 30 25:Y1 25
5 5 5
5 5 5 5
5
5 y, 5 Yo 5•1t So/o
5 5%
5% 5% 5.Ya
5 Y,
5% 6\4 6 Ya
6 V.
6 lla 7 Y2 7 y,
s y, 6Y,
7V.
7 y, 5 y,
6 y,
6 Y, 7 :y, 6 l11 7 Y..
6 Y2 6 V2
3
7 /a 6 l11
7 y, 5Y,
5Y,
8% 8 'A. 8•;,, 1 8 •A.
y, y, y, y,
l OY.i l OY, 1OY, 1OY,
8'A• 8'A. 8'A• 8%
y, y, Y2
12 Ya
10'A6 103A. 103,\o l 2 1',\, 13•/,
y, y, y, y,
10 10 10 10
6\4 6 l11 6y,
6Y.i 6 Y, 6Y, 5 Ya
5 5% 6 V.
l
12 Y1 12\la 14'/a 15Y2
y,
y,
Hove dimensians certified far installarian purpases.
Single rack and plnlon gates
ºfn~~~~g,
1
A
B
12 14 16 18
12 14 16 18
131 146 163 180
19V. 21 23V. 25V.
5:Ya 14 Y, 16Y, 7,:Y1 10 v. 8:Y1 2o y,
15'!. 17'!. 19\4 21 y,
v. 6:Ya
19y, 21 y, 23y, 25V.
20\4 22\4 24'!. 26V.
lOY, 11 Ya 12y, 13Y1
17 18 19 20
12 12 16 18
20Y1 23 Ya 26Y, 29Y,
Hove dimensians certified íor installatian purpases. 4 Extended shaft can be fu rnished. • Outside diameter af hand wheel ar piten diameter a f rag wheel. o lncludes hand wheel.
'
6
1
H
Double r ack and plnlon gates Opening, inches A
1
24 30 36 36 48
Single rack and piñion gate
Weight, pounds
8
o
24 30 36 48 36
324 414 5 10 645 675
I
H
D
1 30Y.i 36Y, 42 Y, 53 41
5Y, 5Y, 5 Y, 4 V. 4 V.
K
J
1
25'!. 31
v.
37'!. 37'!. 49'!.
...u ~ 1 w
T
l
Jt
INCHES
'
6 SPACE::;
D
l
26:Y. 29Ya 15 \4 32V. 35Ya 18\4 39:y, 41 Ya 21 \4 49 y, 41 Ya 26\4 37 y, 53Ya 21 \4
26 29 35 41 35
24 24 30 36 36
48
4,L -
66 66 84
inches
A 1 B
Weight,I pounds
e /
D
12 18 18 24
12 12 18 24
260 310 360 580
17 23 23 29
17 17 23 29
30 36
30 36
770 1000
35 41
35 41
4 •
o
F
1 H
o
3 y, 4Y, 4Y,
1
J
L
-
1
1
H
,.
J4•
Fog 3873
Double rack and pini on gafe
Hove dimensions cer tified for instollo tion purposes. 4 Extended shaft can be furnisheo. • Outside diameter a f hand wheel a r piten diometer a f rag w heel. O lncludes hand wheel.
Enclosed rack and p lnlon gates ' Opening,
6" SPACES
,..
57
_J
1
K
1
M
l
1
1p 1R
INCHES
1
s
T 1
3Y,
3 y, 3Y, 4 Y, 3 y,
15 21 21 27
15 15 21 27
20 26 26 32
20 20 26 32
3 4 4 3
3 3 4 3
4 y, 3 y,
4 y,
3 Y,
33 39
33 39
38 44
38 44
4 3
4 18 3 J 19
13 14 14 17
1
10 10 13 16
...u
~ J w
1
15 15 18 24
12 18 18 24
27 36 36 49
19127 22 30
24 30
58 67
Hove d imensions certified fer instollotion purposes. Gales 18 inches wide and narrawer hove single rocks an center line af gole; oll athers hove d a uble ro cks and pinia ns. Extended shaft can be fu rnished. Outside diameter a f hand wheel ar pitch diamete r a f rag wheel. lncludes hand wheel.
Enclosed rock and pinion gote
L 1 N K - B E L T • 79
bulk handling gates and valves
Dimensions Vertical sllde gates
(COREO HOLES
O p e ning , inches
I
A
,
C a te p ott ern
1
numb er
8
Chute pa tter n
W e ight, , p ounds
number
O 1 E
F
H
1 G
INCHES
1
10 16 16 16
p 18304 p 18297 16 17 CP 20081 CP 21707 17 CP 20081 CP 22067 17 CP 20081 CP 25881
200 140 155 170
26 22 Y, 22Y, 22 Y,
22 24 24 24
18 18 18 18
26 27 27 27
14 y, 10 4 10 127 21 5 3 \1. 10 25:Y. 21 8 Y, 5Y, a:v. 28 21 1OY, 6 :Y. 7 V1 29 \/.
16 16 16 18
20 CP 23993 CP 21707 20 CP 23993 CP 22067 20 CP 23993 CP 25881 p 19197 p 19198 16
150 160 180 250
22Y, 22Y, 22Y, 26
24 24 24 30
18 18 18 18
27 27 27 34
5 21 21 8Y, 1OY, 21 22 Y, 10
3Y. 10 25>;. 5Y, 8>;. 28 6 >;. 7 V1 29 \/. 4 10 27
f ;g. 3859
H ove d imensiens ce r tified fe r installatien p urpeses.
Vertical slide gate
T ..
~-:-==-,.-.=-..;::::;,.=-~
\j
\. )
....)
,)
f ;g. 3860
Fig. 3853
Tunnel gate, fi xed chute
Tunnel gate, hinged chute
Tunnel gates • fi xed chute
Tunnel gates • hing e d chute Conveyor w id th, inches
24 30 36 42 48
405 440 470
505 535
16 20 24 28 32
7 6
5 7 6
12 15 18 21 24
22 26 30 34 38
19 22 25 28 31
24 30 36 42 48
Hove dimensiens certified fer instollo tien purpeses.
1
Wei g ht,I A po unds
e
1
F
H
1 G
IN CHES
425 460 49 5 530
565
16 20 24 28 32
7 6
5 7 6
17 21 25 29 33
22 26 30 34 38
19 22 25 28 31
Hove dimensiens certified fer installatien p urpeses.
Heavy duty undercut gates • 35-degree bollom pla tes
º;~:h~~g, ;º~~~:· A
1
8
e
1o
j
J
O
18 1 181 24 24 30 30
j
K 1 L
j
M
l
N 1 P
1o
1 R
1~I v•
w
1
z
INCHES
320 124 Y, 124 Y, l 2 % 3 y, 15 l111 24 , 8 \/, ,23 :Yol 10 \/119 \l, ,20 118114 ll11 % 41 5 30Y, 30Y, 5 % 3 Y, 115 l11 24 8 \1• 23 :Yo 14 \/o 9 Y. 23 24 14:Yo Y, 580 36 Y, 36Y, 2 :Y1 3 y, 15l11 24 BY. 23 % 17>;. 9 Y. 26 30 18 Y. '/1
Hove dimensiens certified for installation purpeses. & Extended shaft can be furnished.
• Outside diameter el hand whee l er pitch diometer el chain wheel. O l ncludes chain wheel.
RIGHT HAND ASSEMBLY
Heavy duty undercut gates • 45-d e gree bollom plales O p e ning, inchei
18 l 24 1ª 24 30 30
Fig 3870
Heovy duty undercut gate
80 • L 1 N K - B E L T
I
320 2 :Y1\ 3Y, · ¡ ª8 l 2º 18 l 17 15 Y. I :Y y,1 415 l24 30 Y, Y, \ 24 30 Y, Y, l 5 5 Y, \ 17 17 \ 24 26 \ 5Y, 5Y, \ 26 26 Y. \/. \ 1º\I 14 \11 23 1 24 580 36 Y, 36Y, 5 8 Y, 17 29 5 y, 26 \/. 17>;. 8 26 30 21 y, Y1
Hove dimensi ens certified fe r installotien purpeses. Extended shaft con be furnished . • Outside diometer el hond wheel er pitch diameter el choin wheel. o lncludes choin whee l.
&
bulk handling g a tes and v a lves
Dimensions
Mot o r oper a ted heavy d uty un d e rcut gate s
RIGHT HANO ASSEMBLY
36 1 361 3800 1 5 4 1 43 48 48 4850 66 55
28v. 341~
l 33 26 v, l 43 v. ¡ 9 1. 138 1 1 1v.¡ 22 ¡.<, l 35 v. l 13 ¡.<, 50 10 41 13 29 37 Y. 14¡.<, 1
Hove dimensions ce rt ified for instollotion purposes. 3 HP 1800 RPM motor used with 36" x 36" gote. 5 HP 1800 RPM motor used with 48" x 48" gote. Motors ond controls con be furnished to suit requirements.
4' N
Fig. 6120
Motor op e rated hea vy duty undercut gate
THROUGH HOLES·H
Syntron Iris valves Valve
number
1 _....!,.. A 1 __
FV- 4-A FV- 6-A FV- 8-A FV- 10 -A FV-12-A
C
O
E
5~
6'!.
8¡.<, 10¡.<, 12V. 15'.4
8¡.<, 9 y.
l '.4 1 3/o l 'lo l 'lo 1
!.,__
4 6 8 10 12
6 9 Yo 11 y, 13li'> 16
f
1
1
G
H
1
_:__ _..!.IN -= CH ' "'E "S '" ' - - - ' - - - . . . . l . . - -
10~
11
v.
'.4-20 '.4 -20 '.4- 20 l/o- 16 l/o- 16
2% 3 ¡.<, 4 ¡.<,
5V.
v.
6 V.
1
~
60° 60° 60°
''h2 ''112
45° 45°
~ ~
Hove dimensions certified fer i nsta llotion pu rp oses. CONTROL LEVER
FLEXIBLE SINGLE SLEE VE
F1g. 6121
Syntron iris v alve
Rotary cutoff valves Nomino! size,
Valve number
lnches
•
6 9 12 14
*
•
6 9 12 14
Fig. 3742
Rotary cutoff valve
* •
IN CHES
65
348 - 20- A 348- 21 - A 348-2 2 - A 348- 23 - A
Nominol si:z.e, inches
A
Weight, pounds
4'"6 6'" 6 8 9'" 6
120 290 350
G
H
1
K
1
1
:fü l!~ ¡¡~ l
1
1
1
N
M
1
8 11 14 16
1
IN CHES
''""'' 'lo 'lo
""'
2'1-16 4 5Y, 3~
1
3~
~.
1
~.
1
3~
'"'
6 ~. 8~
3 4 5'.4
~
1
11 y, 12"'6
'lo
~
1
~
1
7 10 13 15
1 ~ 1 ~
2Y, 2Y,
Hove dimensions certified fe r instal lation purpo ses. Automatic ond remole controls can be lurnished. Boldfoce type indicotes volve s normally corried in stock. O peroting lever is i ncluded. Top and bottom ílang es match those of r egular discharge spouts o f sc rew conveyor troughs o f sorne size.
LINK-BELT • 81
bulk handling gates and valves
Dimensions
BOLTS· E·
~-o ~
ff:tm UH U
Fig. 3 875
O ne way s w i ng g a te
STYLE 1
STYLE 2
STYLE 3
STYLE 8
R
Fig. 3877
St y le s of gate b odies -
- '-
STOKER ~
HOPPER -----..,·
Fig. 3876
Univers al s wing gate
Swi ng gates Opening. ___ in_ ch_e•__
1 ~~y1! 1
~~~~:;
1
W eigh!, pounds
1
C
E 1 F 1G
D 1
1
Univ~rsal 1 One. woy - - - - --'----'--=---
A
swmg
sw1ng
..
1 2 2 3 3 3 8
PC 11 6 17 PC20995 PC25329 ( 19933 P30855 PC 17190 C 19095
400 420 420 420 410 420 360
370 390 390 390 370 390 330
18 18 18 18 18 18 18
15 % 15 % 15% 15% 15% 1 5 3!. 15
14 14 14
14 14 14
1 3 3
( 19064 (26651 C26042
6 10 6 40 64 0
550 580 580
21 21 21
17 17 17
:y.
16 16 16 16 16 16
16 16 16 16 16 16
1 2 2 2 2 3
PC 12219 PC21650 (26435 (2 1675 P3901 4 C23445
720 770 770 770 800 770
600 650 650 650 690 650
23 23 25 25 23
21 21 21 21 21 2.3 21
Yo Yo Yo Yo
12 12 12 12 12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12
y, y, Yo
y, y, y, %
% %
14 14 14
K
-
M
1
N
1
Q
R
1
S
1
T
I
U
1
X
1 V
1 W
- - - - ' - - - --IN _C_H_E_S - - -- - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - - - ',- D - E_G_R-EE-S
'h 'í'a 'í'a 'í'a 'í'a 'í'a 'h
'I• :y, :y,
7y. 21 'h 714 17% lOYa 28'h 18 7y. 2 1 y, 714 17% 1o •;. 28 'h 35 y, 18 1 v. 21 'h
18
13 V1 13 Y1 13 Va l 3 '1a 13 '1a l 3 '1a 13 Ya
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
17'h 17'h 17'h 17'h l 7Y, 17'h 17Y,
5'l'a 17% 1OY, 28Y2
9 Vo 32Y, 9 '1a 32Y, 9 y, 32'h
9y, 2o v. lO Ya 35 % 22 % 29y, 13V1-15Ya- 17 V1 18 18 9y, 2o v. 10•;, 35:y, 40% 22 % 29'h 13'1a-1 5 Ya-17 Ya 18 18 9y, 2o v. 1oy, 35:y, 27 22 % 29 'h 13 11i -15 V1- 17\la 18 18
4 4 Y2 % 10
y, 'la
4 4 y,
10
32 'h 32 y, 32Y, 32'h 32Y2 32 y,
11 11 11 11 11 11
18
29 Y2 29V2 29 'h 29'h 29 'h 29 'h 29'h
5'í't 21 'h
4 4 'h % 10 4 4 'h % 10
:v..
714 17'1. 1OYo 28 'h 6 6
7 y, 21 'h 714 17'!. 1o•;. 28 'h 33 y, 18 7 y. 2 1 y, 714 17:y, 1OYo 28 y, 36 18 7y, 21 y, 714 17:Y. 1OYt 28 Y2 55'í'1 18
4 4 y, % 10 4 4 'h '!. 10
Hove dimensio ns certified for installotion pu rposes. Spout heod ond o pero ting lever included. Coil choin o nd steel sp o ut extensio n not included but con be furnished .
82 • L 1 N K - B E L T
11 11 11 11 11 11
I
20 V2 11 v. 35% 22 % 38 20 'h 11 y. 35% 24:Y.. 22:V.. 38 20Y, 11 14 35 3¡, 37 31, 22 % 38 20 Y, 11 y, 3531, 46Y. 22 % 38 22:V.. 38 20 'h 11 y, 35 :V.. 30 22% 38
2o v, 11 y, 35 3¡, 72
13 1/a· 15 Ya-17 Ya 13Ya-15Ya- 17 Ya 13 Va- 15 \la -1 7Y1 13 Ye- 15 Va -17 \la 13 Y1- 15 1/1-17 Y1 13 Ya- 15Va-17Ya
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
118 18 18 18
bulk handling gates and valves
Dimensions
Segmenta! sand gafes, Type A Opening,
Weighl
inches A
18 24 /
'
~;r
1 1
B
pounds
18 18
600 690
D 1 1 FEET ANO INCHES
2-0 l/a 2-6%
2-2 2-8
1
1
E
1- 4 1-1 o
Hove dimensions c ertified for instollotion purp oses. H inged chute, sheove ond counte rweights included. W ire ro pe with clips con be furnished .
,
Segmenta! sand gate, Type A
e
ea ch,
Fig. 3879
Segmenta! sand gafes, Type B Opening, inches
A
18 24
1
B
1
17% 17 %
1
Weight ea ch, pounds
o
400 460
2 -2
2-8
F
E 1
G
1 1 FEET ANO INCHES
1
1- 4 1-1 o
1
l-8 '.4 2-2 1.4
1
2
v.
5 V2
Hove dimensions ce rtified for instollo tion purposes. Hinged chute, sheoves, w ire rope o nd counte rw e ig hts as shown fa r Type A con be lurnished .
Segmenta! sand gate, Type B
Segmenta! gravel gafes Opening, inches A
16 18 20 24
1
B
18 18 18 18
Weight ea ch, pounds
540 560 1 575 615
e
D
1 INCHES
16 1.4 181.4 201.4 24 1.4
21 v. 23 v. 25 v. 29 Va
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purpo ses. Hinged chute, sheave o nd counterweights included. Wire ro pe with clips con be furnished.
Se gmental gravel gate
Fig. 3880
L 1 N K - B E L T • 83
bulk handling feed lng equl pment
feeding equipmenl' for bulk mal'erials A uniformly controlled feed is necessory for !he most elfective performance of most bulk conveying systems ond for mony processing operotions. Yorious types of feeders ore mode for obtoining o uniform feed, either mechonicolly, electricolly or b y weight. With most mechonicol feeders, control is occomplished by reguloting !he volumetric flow of material by meons of odjusting !he size of the feed opening ond !he speed of !he feeder. Flow from vibrotory feeders is o lso controlled volumetricolly by size of the feed opening ond the speed ond intensity of vibrotions. Syntron Weigh-Flow grovimetric feeders provide extremely occurote, continuous Aow by weight. When flow must be conlrolled ot vorying rotes, mechonicol feeders moy be equipped with variable speed drives. Or, in sorne coses, manual odjustment of o gote ot feed opening moy be sotisfoctory. Voriotion in Aow from electronic vibrotory f eeders moy be controlled electricolly. Selection of !he most suitoble type of feeder depends upon the required copocity, os well os the size, Aowobility, moisture content ond other chorocteristics of the material. Sorne feeders which provide o uniform Aow when handling free-Aowing moteriols, moy creote o pulsoting flow of moist or sluggish moteriols. Vorious standard types of feeders ore described ond selection informotion is given on the following poges. In oddition, speciol designs ore ovoiloble such o s reciprocoting gote feeders, push bar feeders, ond modifkotions of standard types moy be mode for unusuol conditions. Consult Link-Bel! for f urther informotion.
84 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling f eedlng equlpment
Apron f eede rs (page 87) are used for convey ing heavy, lumpy, or abrasive materia Is and for severe conditions of service. Materials are carried on overlapping pans, mounted on heavy chains operating on rails or rollers.
Syntron gravimetríc welgh feeders (p age 106) accurately feed bulk materials by weight at a constant rate in continuous flow processes. They consist of a vibratory feeder delivering to a constant speed belt conveyor mounted on a scale. The scale is electrically interlocked to control the feeding action of the vibratory feeder, thereby maintaining a preset constant weight on the belt . Small units for weigh feeding chemical reagents, up to large units for weigh feeding high capacities of ore, coal, limestone, and similar b ulk materials are available.
Belt feeders (page 96) consist of short belts operating over idler rolls. Selected for smoothness of operation and uniformity of discharge, they handie virtually all materials except those which are too hot or contain exceptionally large lumps.
Reciprocating feeders (page 98) consist of reciprocally driven plates or pans operating under a head of material, and imparting a pu lsating forward flow to the product. They are adapted to handling non- sticky materials and large lumps.
Mechanical vibrating feeders
Syntron vibratory f e eders (page 100) are electromagnetically driven with variable control of material flowfrom a precisely cont rolled dribble to tons per hour. They will handle most bulk materia ls-hot or cold-damp or dry-from fine powders to large lumps.
J~-----r--~---J
(page 108) are low cost, pan type units, usually operated on a slight decline. Vibratory action is by unba lanced counterweights driven from electric motors. They are economical units for applications that do not require frequent changes in capacity. They are a lso suitable as transfer chutes where limited height may 'Prevent gravity flow of materials. '"
L 1 N K - B E L T • 85
bulk handling feedlng equlpment
Bar fllght feeders (po ge l l O) ore simple ond economicol ond consist of bors or Aights o ttoched to t wo stronds of choin which sli de along the Aot b ottoms of troughs. They ore used for fine ond moderotely lumpy moteriols which ore free Aowing ond nonobrosive ond where heod room is limited .
Screw feede rs (poge 112) ore short .¡;;;;=:;.~;. screw conveyors, used for virtuolly oll moteriols except those which contoin lorge lumps, or which tend to pock. They ore adoptable to specific purposes b y the use of reduced diometers, topered screws ond other voriotions.
Fi g . 4193
Rotary plow feeders (poge 119) consist of troveling corrioges hoving one or more bloded rotors for p lowing bu lk moteriols from o continuous shelf to collecting conve yors. They ar e generolly used in tunnels und er stock piles, but ore suitoble for long storoge bins. Ro tory p low feeders ore the most e ffective type of feeder for moteriols thot would hove o tendency to pock ond orch over conventional gote openings. Also, by withdrowing material from o continuous slotted opening under the ful! length of the pile, they recloim o higher percentoge of the stored material thon could be obtoined through spoced openings.
'I. -
Rotary tabl e feeders (poge l 16) ore most useful for handling moteriols which ore sluggish or tend to interlock or mot ond thereb y orch over restricted openings. They ore usuolly mounted under the bottom of bins and hoppers ond ore especioll y designed to prevent bridging or orching of ma terial. The convey ing medium is o horizontal table rototed under on adjustoble collar. Material Aows from under the collar ond is removed from the table by o plow.
86 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Fig. 4198
Rotary vane feeders (poge 122) ore used for controlling the Aow of fine, free-Aowing dusty moteriols, ond moteriols such o s boggosse ond wood chips where boffling to p revent bockdroft of gases o r sporks is needed. They consist of radial vones rototing in a clase fitting housing designed to mount directly in a chute or spout.
bulk handling apron feeders
apron feeders
Typ e D mongonese sleel opron feeder 60" wide receives iron ore from crusher obove ond feed s it lo two sco lping screens.
Typ e C inclined opron feeder. gote ond hopper ore port of this economicol link-Bell coal handling syslem inslolled in o modern power plont. Photo 29317
Photo 36115
An opron feeder consists essentiolly of on endless opron of overlopping pons, operoting over head and foot terminols ond suitoble intermediote supports. The opron is the conveying medium ond consists of the pons ottoched to two or more stronds of choin. Pon sides of vorious styles moy be ottoched to prevent spilloge. Stotionory skirt plotes, or the sides of properly constructed hoppers ond bins, serve to confine the materia l ond provide the necessory depth of bed for desired copocity, or to occommodote lorge lumps. Apron feeders con be used to hondle procticolly ony loase bulk material such os ores, sond , grave!, stone, cool, cullet, foundry ond industria l refuse . They ore recommended for hand ling moteriols contoining lorge, heovy or shorp lumps, for instollotions whe re they must withstond the impoct of heovy moterio ls folling sorne distonce, ond for receiving ond feeding hot moteriols thot would domoge other types of feeders. link-Belt opron feeders embody design ond construction feotures thot hove been proven over mony yeors of operotion. Link-Belt is olso prepored to design ond build speciol opron feeders to suit unusuol opplicotions.
Type C opron feeder in this power plont has horizontal loading seclion. The cool lrovels from o trock hopper anta lhe opron feeder ond then to o storoge recloiming hopper. Photo 28543
Ty p e D heovy duty mongonese sleel opron feed e rs in steel mili feed ing iron ore from hoppers to conveyors on floor belo w. Photo 37481
L 1 N K - B E L T • 87
bulk handling apron feed e r s
Types
Typ e A apron feed e r Type B apron feed e r
Ty pe A apron feed e rs These feeders ore suitoble for handling both light ond heovy moleriols where mol\imum lump size is limited ond impoct ond service ore nol severe. They ore well suited to tronsferring heovy mo teriols such os slone ond ore from bins ar hoppers which olwoys retoin o bed of material lo obsorb the impoct of material being looded into the bin. With coo l o nd other lighter moteriols such protection of the opron is not necessory. Since relotively shorl pitch choins ond opron p ons ore used, this type is copo ble of delivering o more uniform feed thon other o pron feeders with longer pitch choins. Type A o pron f eeders, incorporoting o self-contoined steel frome , ore sturdy ond simple to instoll. Two stronds of 4" p itch steel bushed roller choin carry the overlopping double-beoded steel opron pons. Greot strength is obtoined by ottoching the pons to, o nd supporting them on the top of, both sidebors of eoch strond of choin, preventing twisting of the choin ond undue weor on choin joints. Choin rollers ride on !rocks we lde d to the steel frome of the corrying run. Skirt pioles ore normolly required to confine the material. Pon sides ore recommended to preven! el\cessive spilloge when fine moteriols ore hondled.
Type C a p ron feeder
Type B apron f eeders These feeders ore designed for heovier service thon Type A opron feeders. They con hondle lorger lump sizes ond withstond substontiolly more impoct. They ore compoct ond economicol, requiring minimum heod room. Double-beoded sleel opron pons ore mounted on two stronds of 6" p itch steel bushed roller choin. The outstonding feoture of this design is thot on the corrying run the choin rides on lorge diometer, wide foce rollers mounted in the frome. These stotionory rollers serve in place of !rocks to carry the weight of the beoded opron. Choins o nd supporting rollers ore locoted under the pons, reducing the unsupported spon ond providing increosed resistonce to bending.
Type O opron fee d er
Type C apron fe e d e r s
Type D apro n fee ders
These feeders ore designed for medium duty but ore more flellible os to length ond opplicotion !han the self-contoined Types A ond B. They ore odopted to instollotion in combined horizontal ond inclined poths. The lighter moteriols, such os cool, moy be hondled under moderote service, ond heovier, obrosive moleriols, such os rock, mcy be hondled under limited service conditions where speeds ore relotively low. The e nds of the single-beoded steel opron pons ore foste ned through ottochments to the inside sidebors of two stronds of 9 " pitch steel bushed roller choin. Pons ore incline d in the direction of trovel, forming volleys which, on inclined runs, restroin material from sliding. The structurol slee l frome includes T-roils for supporting the choin rollers on the corrying run ond ongles for the return run. The cho in has hordened sleel pins ond bushings ond chrome iron flonged rollers. lnside choin side bors ore wider thon normal ond elltend obove the opron pons to form pon sides which, in conjunction with skirt pioles, preven! el\cessive spilloge.
These heovy duty feeders ore el\tremely rugged ond ore built to withstond the most severe conditions of service, impoct ond obrosion. They o re designed for handling such moteriols os ore ond rock contoining o high percentoge of lo rge lumps. The conveying medium consists of substontiol, overlopping cast· mongonese steel opro n pons mounted on two or three stronds of heovy cost choin. Overlopping integrolly cost mongonese steel opron pons ond choin con olso be furnished. Choins ore strotegicolly locoted to support the load p roperly ond minimize pon deflection. On the corrying run the choin is supported by independently mounted corrying rollers. The return run is unsupported on short feeders, but on medium ond long feeders supporting rollers ore provided which operote on lugs projecting from the pon ends. Pons ore heovily ribbed for strength, with o smooth flot top to preven! lumpy material from fouling overlopping edges.
88 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling apr on feeders
Arrangements
"""'""'-"'--''-'-'---'-'-'--"-'-'-'-'....._~~"-'-"--'-'"-"'--'-'-"'---~·"""""->< . ~y,.
P. SS
Fig. 4582 CHU.TE lnclined ap roo feeder with horizontal looding section under o trock ho p per for fe eding moteriol to o crusher which d ischorges it to o bucket elevotor.
.
j
.J ,-i
t
.
::1
' . . ..."'
~:::::~ .• EVATOR ~
... .. ..
...
..
-~~.,.: -,,...~: ~·~ ~ ~ .\~ ·~
Horizontal opron feeder insto lled under o trock hoppe r lo provide uniform feed of moleriol to on odjocent bucke t elevolor. SECTION AA lnclined opron feeder orronged lo leed material from o !rock hopper to o belt conve yor whose poth is al righl ongles to thot of the feeder.
Selection Examples of apron feeder selectlon
Problem 2
Problem 1
Select a Type D horizontal opron feed er lo mee! !he following conditions: Material . ... ... ... . . . . iron ore W eight .... . .. .. .. . ... 150 pounds per cubic foot Copocity . ......... . .. . 1000 tons per hour Moximum lump size . ..... 18", less thon 103 of total volume Shaft centers ... ....... . 12' -11 " Service . .............. . 1 O hours per doy
Select a Type B inclined apron feeder to meet the following conditions: Material .. .. . ... .. .. . . dolomite W e ight . . . . ... .. .. . . . . 100 pounds p er cubic foot Copocity .. ... . ... . .. . . 440 tons p er hour Moximum lump size . .. . . . 12", 103 of total volume Shoft centers .. . ........ 8' - 1" olong incline Incline ........ . . . . . ... 1' -6" lift Service . .. . .... . . .. ... 8 hours p er doy Solutlon
minimum height of skirt pioles= 1 '12 x lump size = 1 '12 x 12 = 18 11 Refer to table for Type B feeders. A feed er with 42 " wide apron is required for !he lump size. This feeder with 18 " high skirt piafes operoting al 20 FPM will hondle 225 TPH of material weighing 100 pound s per cubic foot. 440 X 20 speed of feeder for copocity of 440 TPH = = 39.1 FPM 225 ho rsepower al he od shoft, bosed on 20 FPM fe e d e r speed = 2.15 + (3.5 x .12) + (1.5 x .26) = 2.96 HP
Solution minimum height of skirt plotes = 1 '12 x lump size = 1 '12 x 18" = 27"
Re fer to table for Ty pe D feeders. A 9" pitch feeder with 48 11 wide opron is required for the lump size. This feed er with 30" high skirt pioles operoting ot 20 FPM will hondle 426 TPH of material weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot. for material weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot, copo city of feeder 426 X 150 lOO = 639 TPH speed of feeder for copacity of 1000 TPH
horsepower ot head shoft, bosed o n 20 FPM feeder speed and 150 pounds per cubic foot material =
Refer to table of lerminols. Terminal No. 2 with 3 UA.'' diometer heod shoft is sotisfoctory for 2. 96 HP horsepower al heod shoft, bosed on 39. 1 FPM feeder speed
speed of he od shoft for 39.1 FPM
2.96 X 39. 1 = 5.80 HP 20 5.7 X 39. 1 = 11.2 RPM 20
W ith the horsepower ond sp eed ot !he he od shoft known, refer to Cotolog 1 050 to make !he drive seleclion.
1000 X 20 = 31 .3 FPM 639
3.89 + (5.5 X . 16) 150 OO = 7.15 HP 1
Refer to table of te rminols for 9 " pitch feeders. Terminal No. 3 with 5UA4 diomeler heod shoft is solisfoctory for 7 .15 HP. horsepower ot he od shoft, ba sed on 31.3 FPM feeder spee d 7.15x31.3 = 11.2 HP 20 4.4 X 31.3 speed of he od shoft for 31.3 FPM = = 6. 9 RPM 20 W ith the horse power ond sp eed al the heod shoft known, refe1 to Catolog 1050 to moke the drive seleclion.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 89
bulk handling apr on f eed ers
Type A apron feeders • 4- inch pitch L HEADSHAFT
"~-~~--~~~~1
íl
\-
JI JI JJ
T.,. ~------- =-=- -= - =-.. ,•
1
1
17,_ t<-2•
5L'
l~
ASSEMBLY 2
11 IDISCHL E : A+I , 1 DPENING , SPACES
4 ·_____ _
f/ \: ,.·
1
1 ASSEMBLY 1
. . . -¡'
5
_
-;
n
--6~>-4 }~
5 ~BOLTS
SPACES
•
VIEW XX
I
•
! PANS 1 3 FOR ( PANS
2~ FOR
2' SIOES OPTIONAL
L6Í
Gd" - !'soLTS TAKEUP 4~0, MINIMUM CENTERS ,_,_.__ _ _ _ _9!o"MAXIMUM CENTERS- VARIABLE BY 12'1NCREMENTS
b- A+4~!·--~
DISCHARGE CHU TE
A~ -
- 7!
1'
1,
1,
SECTION AA
f;g. 5669
Moximum lump size, inches
Copocily .A.
Addi tionol
Apron
é)
width
Weight of moteriol,
A,
p ounds p er cu bic foot
inches
50
18 24 30
6 8 8
36 42 48
8 8 8
1
Cubic feet per hour
Unsized ! Sized
1
Tons
Minimum
p er hour
sha ft centers
12
1
18
1
3 4 4
6 6 6
3 3 3
1140 1 1620 2400 2100 3 100
4 4 4
6 6 6
3 3 3
2570 3040 3520
3800 4500 1 5200
24
12
1
18
1
24
4090
120 155
204
5020 595 0 6880
128 152 176
190 225 260
251 296 1 344
12
18
1
24
1
12
18 1 24
1
Terminal N o . 1 1 horsepower •
inche s
D
1
E
1
f
1
w
D
1
E
f
w
1
l.52 l.96 2.20
1.80 .08 2.24 .09 2.52 . 10
.1 5 . 16 .18
l.64 2.08 2.36
. 11 . 12 .14
D
1
E
18 24 30
4% 4% 4%
13 Y4 17 V4 16 Y4 20 % 19 Y4 23 3/4
5 2 7/¡61 %x /i6 2 % 5/o X 5/i6 27/¡, %x5/io
5 Y2 5 Y2
16 3/4 19 %
21 % 24 %
2 15/¡6 2 15/¡6
:Y., x 3la % x 3/a
6
36 42 4B
4% 4 v. 4%
22 Y4 26 % 25 v. 29 % 28 y. 32 %
5/o X 5/io 2 7/io 1 'lex'li• 211i, 211i, 'le x'/Í•
5 Y2 22% 5 Y2 25 % 5 Y2 28 %
2 7 3/. 30 % 33 v.
2"1i• 2 "1i• 21 s1i,
% x 3la %xVa v. x 3la
6 Y4 23% 6 Y4 26 3/. 6 v. 29 3/.
. .
Hove dimensions certified for insrollotion purposes.
Head and foot shafts hove bobbitted bearing blocks and tokeups. .6. Bosed on feeder speed of 20 FPM, handling material weighin g 100 pounds per cubic foot and wilh skirt plates loaded 75°; of theoreticol moximum cross section Capocity o nd horsepower dirt"ctly proportionol to feeder speed ond weigh t o f moteriol. Moximum speed 40 FPM.
6 Feeders may be furni shed with or withoul skirJ plates.
90 • L 1 N K - B E L T
18 1 24
..
..
..
. .
.14 . 18
.24
7.5 7.5 7. 5
.1 6 . 22 .30 .18 .26 .36 .22 .3 0 .40
7 .5 7.5 7.5
Moximum
Terminal N o. 3 3.2 horsepower • \ Keyseat
1
.08 .10 .13 . 12
2 horsepower •
...
1
•
12
.05 . . . . . .06 .08 l.42 .07 . 10
Terminal N o. 2
1Ke ys eo t
speed,
RPM
.60 1 .92 .84 l.18 1.30
Heod shoft selection ond dimensions, inches
Apron width A,
1
Skirt height B, inches0
57 81 105
....
per foot
1
Heod sho ft
Lif t, per foot
centers,
Skirt height B, inches 0
11 00 lo 125
Unsizedl Sized
Horsepowe r al heod shofl .6.
v.
20 v4
1 1
f 1
w
Additional we ight al weight per minimum foot of cen ters, shoft centers, pounds pounds 1Keyseo t
311i,
'fax 7/¡,
1670 191 0 2153
29 % 3 7/¡, 32 v. 3 7/io 35 %\3 7/io
'fax 7/¡, 'fa x 71Í• 'í"ax11i,
2338 2520 2705
..
26 3/4
200 225 250 275 300 325
''' For horizontal feeders 45 , for inclined feeders 63 , 18° maximum incline for feeders . • Based on feed"r speed of 20 FPM and directly proporJ1onal to other speeds. 0 Maximum size lumps for unsized mate rial not to exceed 10% of to ta l volume and at least 75°,::, o f l o ta! to be less than one-holf moximum lump size. Aprons with 2" high pan sides recommended fo r fine material. 0 Recommended minimum he1ght of skrrts, 1!/2 times moximum lump size.
bulk handling apron feeders
Type B apron feeders • 6-inch pitch HEAD SHAFT
1: - : 1 ASSEMBLY 2
I ~ -1
1
ASSEMBLY 1
VIEW XX
z'SIOES OPTIONAL
11 ~'
11t* TAKEUP 4~7*MINIMUM ¡-->ó<----9~t*MAXIMUM
CENTERS CENTERS - -VARIABLE BY 18' INCREMENTS
1
>'<-13!
B
Fig . 5670
Moximum lump size, in ches
Capacity¿
o
Apron width A,
Cubic feet per hour
Weight o f mate rial, pounds per cubic foot
inches
SO
8 12 16
42 48
16 16
Minimum sha ft centers
Tons p e r hour
1
6
8 10 10
5 5
1 12 81 2400 1620 .. 2100 3100 4090 105 2570 3800 5020 128
8 8
12 12
6 6
3040 4500 5950 152 225 297 2.01 3520 5200 6880 176 260 344 2.26
Unsizedl Sized
4 5
4
12
1
18
1
24
1
18 1 24 120 . . .
152 190
Additional cen ters, per foot
1
204 251
12
.87 1.22 1.57
¡
18
1
24
inches
o
1
E
1
F
1
w
1Keyseal
24 30 36
6 y. 6 y. 6 y.
19 22 25
25 28 31
3 A6 3 7A6 3 7A6
rax rax A6 %x 7A6
42 48
6 y. 6 y.
28 31
34 37
3 7A6 3 7A6
%x 7A6 %x 7A6
7
7 /16 7
D
1
E
. . . . . .. 7 22 Y2 7 25 Y2 7 7
28 Y2 31 Y2
1
w
Maximum
. ....
1X Y2 1X Y2
... ...
. ... 7 Y2 26
35 38
1X Y2
7 Y2 7 Y2
Hove dimension s certiíied for instollotion purposes.
Head and faot shafts hove babbitted bearing blocks ond tokeups. A Ba sed on feeder speed of 20 FPM, handling moteriol weighing 100 pounds per cubic fo o t and w ith skir t plotes lo oded 75'7~ of theoretical moximum cro ss section. Copocity ond horsepower directly propor tionol to feeder speed and weight o f material. Maximum speed 40 FPM. t;, Feeders may be lurnished with or without skirt pia fe s.
Termina l N o. 3 4.2 horsepower •
lx Y2
• 24
5 .7 5.7
... .. 29 3 151'16 32 3 15116
3' % 3 151'16
1
2.15 2.33 .09 .12 .16 .18 .26 .36 2.44 2.61 .10 .1 4 .18 .22 .30 .40
D
1
18
5.7 5.7 5.7
[ Keyseal
F
1
. . . . .06 .08 1 .. . . 10 .14 . .. 1.49 .07 .10 .13 .12 .18 .24 1.88 .08 . 11 . 15 . 16 .22 .30
.97 1.36 1.70
Terminal N o . 2 3 . 1 horsepower •
Terminal No. 1 1.8 horsepower •
1
1 12 1 18 : 24 1 12
Head sho f t selection ond dimensions, inches
Apron width A,
Hea d shaft speed, RPM
Lif t, per foot
Skirt height 8, inches0
Skirt height 8, inches0
1 100 to 125
Unsized 1 Sized
24 30 36
Horsepower al hea d shaft A
E
1 .
.. .
29 32
1
F .. . . ... .
1
w . ..
33
... 4 7116
36 39
4 7116 4 71'16
weigh t at
minimum shoft centers, pounds I Keyseal
Additiona l weight per foo t o f ce nters,
pounds
1X%
3088 3460 3753
335 370 400
1X Y2 1X Y2
4055 4353
435 470
. . . .. . ....
~ For horizonta l feede rs 45° , fo r incli ned fe ed ers 63°, 18° ma xi mum incline for feeders. • Based on feede r speed a l 20 FPM o nd d irect ly proportional to o ther speeds. O Maximum si ze lumps fo r unsized mo te riaJ not to exceed 10% of the to ta l volume and a l least 75% o f to tal I:> be less t han o ne-half maximum lump size. Aprons with 2" high p an sides recommended for fi ne mate ria l. 0 Recommended minimum height o f ski rts. 1Yz times maximum lump size.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 91
bulk handling apr o n feed e r s
Type C apron feeders • 9-inch pitch
ASSEMBLY 2
VIEW XX ASSEMBLY 1
16f~- r'-'i=c:t=o~tt?~==4¡;:¡¡.....=,.,,,.~~~~==fu=~==t'M!i:'T'-i--~
•=
t
• MAXIMUM SPACING INTERMEDIATE BENTS S!O' 3~J -18 >'<--MAXIMUM SPACING SUPPORTING BENTS 10-0 '---~ 18" > M - - - - - - --5'2' MINIMUM CENTERS------_..., VARIABLE BY 9• 1NCREMENTS
1 '<-
A- 1 APRON WIDTH
'•
•
• .. A+13 -<-
1 ._
- 11 2
1
,.. 1
l z~r+
SECTION AA
Fig . .1671
Capacity & Apron wid th A, inches
Harsepawer al head shaft •
Mo ximum lump size,
Cubic feet
Tons
Minimum
inches
per hour
per hour
shoft cen ters
o Unsized
1
Size d
4
18 24 30
6 8 12
5
36 42 48
16 16 16
8 10 12
6
12
1
18 1 24
1
1200 .... .... 17602480 . .. . 2240 3200 4240
30
¡ 12 ¡ 10 1 24 1 30
. . . . 30 . . . . 44 . . . . 56
.. .
12
1
RPM
•
18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18 1 24 1 30
.30 . . .. . . .. . .020 .... . . . . ... .036 . ... . ... . . . . . . . .40 .4 8 . ... .. . . .022 .034 .. . ... .052 .07 4 . ... .. . . . . . .58 .65 .72 . ... .026 .038 .052 .... .064 .094 . 130 . ...
4.5 4.5 4.5
.080 .11 6 .15 4 . ... 2720 4000 5200 .... 68 100 130 . . . .76 .82 .89 . ... .030 .042 .056 . 3200 4640 6160 7600 80 11 6 154 190 .97 1.04 l. 11 1.21 .032 .046 .062 .080 .094 .136 . 180 .220 3680 5360 7040 8800 92 134 176 220 1.08 1.16 1.24 1.34 .034 .050 .066 .086 .1 08 .156 .204 .256
4.5 4.5 4.5
...
62 . . . 80 106
Mo,;mom rddm~o;
L
Head shaft selection and d imensions in inches Apron width A, inches
Heod shaft spe'>d,
lift, per foot
Skirt height 8, inches 0
Skirt height 8, inches 0
1
1
Additionol centers, per foot
weight al minimum sha f t centers, pounds
weight p er foot of centers, pounds
8 3 3/í 63/í 83 y, 63/í 8 3 3/í 6 y,
2670 2975 3382
265 295 330
30 " 37 ,. .,,. , • ,, 18 24 8 3 3/í 6 y, 4 V232Y. 37 :Y..2 151Í6 3!.x3/í 5 132:Y..38 V. 3 'A&'l'ax'A. 6 33Y.4031 •fi6 l x V2 18 24 10 3 6 v. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 V2 35 V. 40 :Y..2 1%:Y..xY1 5 35 Y. 41 V23 71161'l'ax 7;1,636 Y.433 1 %lxV. 18 24 10 3 v. 6 v.
3585 4173 4330
355 425 450
ol
E
1
F
Termina 1 No. 3 2.5 horsepower E
Terminal No. 2 1.6 horsepower •
Terminal No. 1 1.0 horsepower •
1W1Keyseat
ol
E
F
W1 Keyseot
ol
F
E 1
lw
Keyseat
Terminal No. 4 3.9 horsepower •
0
E 1F1
Ski rt height
36 42 48
3 ,, ,.
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. Heod shalts hove either Series 2-1500 bobbitted or Series 400 roller bearin g pillaw blocks. Foot shafts hove either Series DS-02800 bobbitted or Series DS 3-400A roller bearing takeups.
.6 Bosed on feeder speed o f 20 FPM, handling material weighing 50 pounds per c ubic foo t and with skir l plates loaded 75% of theorerical moximum cross section. Capacity and harsepower directly proportional to feeder speed and weight of material. Maximum speed 50 FPM.
92 • L 1 N K - B E L T
¡...,. ,
s
1 2 • 24. ond ond I Keyseot 18" 30"
3 V2 19 :Y.,124 V22 1A. Yax 5;1, 4 V2 20 Y. 25 3!. 2 15A-l :Y..x3/í ..... 1· .... ·1 · ........ ·1· ·1· ...... 18 3 V2 22 Y• 27 Y2 2 7A. Y.x% 4 V2 23 Y. 28 :Y.. 2 15A. :Y..x 3/í 5 23 :Y.. 29 V2 3 7Ad'ax 7,-i, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 3 V2 25 :Y.. 30 V.2 1A. Y.x% 4 V2 26 Y. 31 :Y..12 " A-j:Y..x3/í 5 2631.32 V. 3 ~, 'l'ax 7,-i6 6 27 Y. 3431 % l x V2 18 24
'h , ,, , , " , , " , ..,.. , . . " , ,.,, 35" ,,..
R
w
18 24 30
,, ,,, .¡..... ,.. ··l···'·I".......
N
v.
• Based on feeder speed of 20 FPM ond dorectly proportional to o ther speeds. O Moximum size lumps for unsized material not to exceed 103 o f totol volume and o t leost 753 of total to be less than one-hal f maximum lump size. Aprons with 2" high pan sides recommended far fi ne material.
0 Recommended minimum height of skirts, 1Y, times moximum lump size . 0 For horizontal feeders 45°, far inclined feeders 70°, 25° maximum incline for feeders. 6 Feeders can be furnished with o r without skirt pioles.
bulk handling apron feeders
Type D apron feeders • Manga ne se steel Selection table • 9-inch and 12-inch pitch Capacily4
Moximum
Harsepawer al head shafl far 9 " pitch fee der 4
Mínimum shaft
fump size,
Apran widlh A,
inches
Cubic feel per haur
0
center s 7 '-6",
Tons per haur
variable in 18" incr ements
inches
Pitch, inches 9
36 42 48 60 72
15 17 19 20
.
. .. ..
12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 1 2 1 18 1 24 1 30 2500 3760 5000 . . . . . 125 188 250 . . . . . . . 4440 5920 7400 . .. 222 296 370 . . . . 5 120 6820 8520 . .. 256 341 426 . . . . 6460 8600 10800 . .. 323 430 540 .... 7800 10380 13080 . . . 390 519 654
36 42 48 60 72
Mínimum sha ft centers, 8 ' -0" variable in 1 2 11 increments
•
Skirt heighl B, inches
12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18 1.55 1.69 1.92 . ... .06 .08 . ... 2.37 2.59 2.8 1 . . . . .09 .. . . 3.44 3.66 3.89 . . .. .10 . .. . 6.12 6.41 6.71 . .. . .11
. ...
Ha r sep ower al head shafl far Apron widlh A, inches
H ead shafl speed,
Lift per faal
RPM
Skirt heighl 8, inches 0
12 15 17 19 24 30
1
Ad d iliana 1 centers per faal
... . ... . 12"
. ... . ..
24 .11 .12 .13 .15
. . .. ..
..
12 1 18 . . . . .15 .22 .15 .... .26 .16 .... .30 .19 .... .38
1
30
1
.. ..
1
24 1 30 .30 .. .. .35 .45 .40 .50 .50 .6 4
H ead sha f l spee d ,
Lif l per faol
1
RPM
Skirl heighl B, inches
12 1.64
18 1.81 2.50 3.59 6.28 7.38
1
... . .. ..
. .. . . . ..
1
24 2.08 2.77 3.86 6.64 7.68
30
...
12 .06
3.04 4.13 7.00 7.98
.. . . .. ... . ..
1
.
1
1
18 .08 .09 .1 0 .11 .13
24 .1 1 . 12 .13 . 15 .17
1
4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . .
p itch feeder 4
Addilional cenlers per faol
1
.
1
1
30
1
. ..
12 . 15
18 .22 .26 .30 .38 .45
1
...
.15 .16 .19 .21
. .. . .. ...
24 .30 .35 .40 .50 .60
1
1
•
30
3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
...
.45 .50 .64 .76
Termlnals • 9-inch pitch Terminal number
Apron width A, inches
Horsepower a l headshafl •
5
4
7
6
1
36 42 48 60
1
8
10
9
1 1
1
2
1 1
3
1
1
1
1
11
4
1
1
Terminals • 12-inch pitch Apron widlh A, inches
36 42 48 60 72
Te rminal number
Horsep awer al headshafl •
5
8
7
6
10
9
12
13
1
J 5
6
1
H ove dimensi ens certified fer instollatien purpeses. Head and feet shafts are previded with Series 2-1500 bobbitted pillew blocks. 4 Based on feeder spe ed el 20 FPM, handling material weighing 100 pounds pe r cubic fee t ond w ith skirt plotes looded 753 el theereticol moximum cross section. Capocity ond hersepower directly propertionol to feeder speed ond weight of moteriol. Maximum speed for 9" pitch fe eders, 50 FPM; fer 12" pitch feeders, 40 FPM.
14 1
1
7
1
1
'I
11
1
1
1
11 •
Bosed en feeder speed e l 20 FPM and d irec t ly propo rtionol to other speeds.
of total 0 Moximum size lumps fer unsized material not to exceed 103 volume ond o t least 753 of to tal to be less thon one-holf moximum lump size. Aprons wi th 2" high pon sides recommended for fine material. 0
Recommended mínimum height of skirts, 1Y, times moximum lump size.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 93
bulk handling apron feeders
Type D apron feeders • Manganese steel
ASSEMBLY 2
(BOLTS ASSEMBLY 1
Fig 587?
9-inch pitch Terminal N a. 1 Apran width A, inches
oj
f
E
K
1W
Terminal N a. 2
1 Keysea 1
1
1
ol
E
f
K
1
1
Terminal N o. 3
1W1 Key sea D
E
1
f
1
w
K
1
Terminal N o. 4
1 Keysea
1
ol
E
f 1
K
1W 1Keyseal
1
INCHES
36 42 48 60
6 6 6 6
30% 36 33% 39 36% 42 42% 48
y, 6 1 Y2 4 "/Í• 1 Y.xYe y, 67 y, 4 1 S;í6 1 Y. x o/a Y2 73 y, 4 15/Í• 1 Y.x o/a Y2 85 y, 4 "/Í• l Y.x o/a
6 6 6 6
31 % 37 34 3/4 40 37% 43 4 3 :y. 49
y, 63 y, 5'/Í• l Y.x o/a y, 69 y, 5'/Í• 1 Y.x o/a y, 75 y, 5 1 Y.x o/a Y2 87 Y2 5 7/Í• l Y.x o/a
'IÍ•
6 6 6 6
31 3/4 37 3 4 % 40 37% 43 43 % 49
y, 63 y, 5"/Í• 1 Y2x :Y. y, 69 y, 51 S;í6 1 Y2x :Y. y, 75 y, 5 "/Í• 1 Y2x :Y. Y2 87 y, 5"/Í• 1 Y2x :Y.
8 8 8 8
32% 40 35% 43 38% 46 44 % 52
y, 65 y, 6 y, 71 y, 6 y, 77 y, 6 Y2 89 y, 6
y, 1 Y,xo/.i y, 1 Y,x :Y. Y2 1 Y2x :Y. y, l Y2x%
N Apron width A, inches
p
L 12
1
24
18
Addi tional weig ht per minimum faot af centers, shaft centers, pounds paund s
Maximum
Skirt height 8, i nches
Q
T
V
y
z
H
23 23 23 23
17 Y2 17 y, 17 Y2 17 y,
17 y, 17 y, 17 y, 17 Y2
17 % 17% 17 % 17%
11 11 11 11
30
1
1
weighl ot
INCHES
36 42 48 60
4 4 4 4 y,
26
.. . ... ..
1
32 32 32 32
1
38 38 38 38
.. . 44 44 44
9 9 9 9
o/a o/1 o/a o/a
26 26 26 26
Hove dimensions certifled for instollarion purposes.
D. Feeders con be furnished with or without skirt plates.
® For horizontal feeders 45°, for inclined feeders 55°, 10° moximum incline for feeders.
94 • L 1 N K - B E L T
10,500 12,085 13,050 15,4 70
800 860 940 1 130
bulk handling apro n feeders
Type D apron feeders • Mongonese steel 1 2 -inch pitch Apran width A, inches
Terminal Na. 5
o
E
F 1
1
w
K
1
Terminal Na. 7
Terminal Na. 6
Keyseat
o
1
E
1
F
w
K 1
1
Keyseal
D
F
E
1
1
w
K
1
Keyseat
1
1
INCHES
36 42 48 60 72
6 6 6 6 6
131 % 34 % 37% 143 ~. 49 %
37 V2 63 V2 40 V2 69 V2 43 'l:i 75 'l:i 49 'l:i 87 '/:i 55 V2 99 V2
5 " 11• 5 15116 5"11• 5' % 5'%
1 V2x% 1 V2x % 1 V2x% 1 V2x % 1 V2x%
8 8 8 8 8
32 % 35 % 38% 44 %
p
Q
40 43 46 52 50 % 58
6 v. 6 V2 6 v. 6% 6 V2
V2 V2 V2
65 V2 71 'l:i 77 V2 y, 89 y, V2 101 v.
1 V2x % 1 V2x% 1 V.x 314 1 V2x% 1 V2x 314
8 8 8 8 8
32 % 35% 38 % 44%
40 43 46 52 50% 58
65 71 V2 77 V2 89 V2 101 V2
v.
V2 V2 V2 V2 V2
7 7 7 7 7
1 V2x% 1 V2x% 1 'l:ix 314 1 V2x% 1 V2x 314
N Apron width A,
Skirt height B L
V
y
z
H
26 26 26 26 26
19 V2 19 % 19 V2 19 V2 19 V2
19 V2 19 v. 19 'l:i 19 V2 19 V2
18 % 18 314 18 % 18 % 18 %
7% 7 V2 7 V2 7 V2 7 V2
30
24
18
inches
T
1
1
Moximum Additianol weight al weighl per foot of minimum centers, shoft centers, pounds p ound s
INCHES
36 42 48 60 72
v.
4 4 Ye 4 v. 4 \:/1 5 Va
35% 35 V2 35 V2 35 v. 35 V2
41 41 41 41 41
V2 V2 V2 V2 'l:i
47 47 47 47 47
v. V2 V2 V2 V2
12 % 12 % 12 % 12 % 12 \Í'•
31 31 31 31 31
12,645 14,115 15,150 17,925 21 ,850
870 930 10 20 1250 1620
Hove dimensions certified lo r installotion purposes
Special apron feeders WI DTH -
TRAVEL ----+
- - -¡
Fig. 4587 He o vy duly fe eder desig n , odopted to long shaft cenlers. Sleel pans with cushioning timbers , adapled la h andling large jagged lumps. are mounted on pressure-lubrica ted cenler-roller lype chain s. T-ro ils support the chain rallers and lhe central wearing shaes ol lhe loading zone.
TRAVEL---+
~J
Fig. 4588
PITCH
ii
Fee der designe d far inclined inslallotians. Shope of pons forms a series of ledges wh ich offer resistance to sliding of materia l downword when conve yor is operoted on a slope. T- rails weld ed lo the p on b o ttoms odd stiffness and resist impoct by sliding on the intermediote supporls a l th e looding p aint.
TRAVEL---+
yr- Q
1E
WIDTH
~ ·1
-¡ í
1 1
''
Fig. 4589
Heovy d u ly feeder designed íar horizontal installations where long loading openings are required. Apron cansisls of heavy flal pons, reinfo rced by cro ss angles, mounted on Closs SS sleel bushed raller choin. T-rails suppart the chain rallers ond lhe pons a t the looding zone.
TRAVEL--+
,,,,
u Fig. 4590
Feeder designed far severe service, su ch as whe re rock is dropped o considerable distonce. %" lo 1 Y2 " thick pons are moun ted directly on sidebars ar extra heavy Clos¡ SS bar link chain. Chains ride an stalianary rollers. lnlermediote pon supports slide on T-rail al the looding point.
L 1N K - B
~
L T • 95
bulk handling b e lt f eed e n
bell' feeders
f eed ing cle ane d and slzed caa l from crusher to inclined b elt conveyor. Photo 28098
Mlxlng o f raw caal from ten blending bins is corefully controlled by ten belt feeders orronged in poirs ond feeding to o collecting bel! conveyor. Photo 3 2770
Fee dlng coal in o modern power pion! requires o belt feeder designed to meel speciflc conditions. This instollotion includes a standard feeder modif1ed with troughed impoct idlers. Photo 31 284
Belt feeders are similar in construction to belt conveyors and consist of endless belts operating over supporting idlers between head and foot pulley terminals. Conveyor belts with a heavy rubber cover on the carrying side are used to carry the material. Closely spaced flat belt idlers provide the necessary support for the belt and material. Skirt plates extend the full length of the feeder to confine the material and provide necessary depth for desired capacity or lump size. Self-contained, sturdy steel frames sup port and align th e head and foot shafts, intermediate idlers, and the continuous skirt plates. Adjustable rubber strips along the lower edge of the skirt plates reduce belt clearance and possible leakage. 96 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Adjustable regulating gates are normall y furnished with the skirt plates. Belt wipers can be furnished to meet specific conditions. Belt feeders feed uniformly at ali times and will handle practically any bulk material which is not too Jorge, too hot o r will not adhere unduly to the belt. They can be used under bins, track hoppers and other types of containers. For lump sizes and capacities larger than listed, belt feeders can be furnished to meet specific requirements. For such conditions, feed chutes are designed to avoid severe impact and prevent damage to the belt by lumps jamming as they emerge from the chute.
bulk handling b e lt feeders
Example of belt feeder selection
. feeder speed for 165 TPH capac1ty
Problem
J33
=
33.3 FPM
+ (5 X .0 15) + (2 X .065)]
90 = .96 HP
50 Refer to the tab le below. Note that Terminal 2 with 21 SJi6" diameter head shaft is satisfoctory for .96 HP horsepower at headshaft based on 33.3 FPM feeder speed
=
Solution Refer to the table below. Note that a 30" wide belt is satisfactory for the lump size, and operating at 20 FPM will handle 55 TP H of 50 pound p er cubic foot material. feeder capacity for 90-pound per cubic foot material
.96
=
33.3 20
X
headshaft sp eed for 33.3 FPM
l.6 HP
4 7 33 3 · = 7 .94 RPM .7 x
=
20
Knowing horsepower and speed of headshaft, r efer to Catalog l 050 a nd make d rive selection.
90 = 99 TPH
X
20
X
99
horsepower at he ad shaft based on 20 FPM f eeder speed and 90-pound per cubic foot material
Select a belt feed e r to meet the foll o wing conditions: Material . . . . . . . . ..... ore Weight .... . . . . . . . . . 90 pounds per cubic foot Capacity . . . . ......... 165 tons per hour Moximum lum p size ..... 6 inches, 8 per cent of total volume Shaft centers .......... l O feet along incline Incline . . . . . . .... • . . .. 2-foot lift
55
165
=
50
l
F
rl
G E 1 1
- -D+8-'-
y
VI EW XX
l -A+12-'
_j
SECTION AA Belt width A, inches
Maximum
0 Nona brosive J Abrasive
18 24 30 36 42 48 Belt width A, inches 18 24 30 36 42 48
Copocity _..
lump size, inches
4 5
4 5
6 8 10 12
6 6 6 6
Cubic feet per hour 800 1200 2200 3720 5680 8000
1 Tons
1
F
1
K
Minimum shaft
Additional centers, centers 1 per foat .14 .008 .20 .010 .33 .015 .44 .025 .57 .037 .76 .055
per haur 20 30
55 93 142 200
Terminal 2 1. 1 HP •
Terminal 1 .6 HP • E
Horsepower ot heod shoft .Á
1
w
1
E
1
F
1
K
lift, per foot .025 .035 .065 .110 .165 .230
1
Heod shoft speed, RPM
•
Minimum shaft centers, inches 0
4.77 4.77 4.77
54 54
3.82 3.82 3.82
60 66 72 78
Terminal 3 1.5 HP • 1
w
1
E
1
F
K
1
e
Pu lle y d iameter, inches
B
16 16 16 20 20 20
10 12 16 21 27 32
1
w
1
E
1
F
1
K
H
1
1
INCHES
12 16 22 28 34
22 24 28 35 41 46
40
Terminal 4 2. 2 HP • 1
G
D 1
22 25 28 31 34 37
22 !.4 22 * 22 3A 27!.4 27 !.4 27 !.4
Terminal 5 3.4 HP • 1
w
1
E
1
F
1
K
1
w
IN CHES
17 .y. 20 .y. 2 3 5/1 26 .y. . ....
21 % 24% 27 30 .. ...
r. r.
32% 37 3/.t 43 3A 49 %
. ....
2 7A6 2 '116 2'A& 2'A&
. .... . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . ...
21 26 !.4 24 29 !.4 27 32 Y4 30 35 !.4 34 'la 39 3la
38 lf.t 43 % 50 % 56 % 65
21 SJi6 2 15A6 2 1>Ji& 2u¡1, 21•,i,
r.
26 32 '/a 29 % 35 y, 32 % 38 Y2 35 % 41 Y2
Hove dimensions cerlified lor instollolion. purposes. Moximum recommended ongle o f incline, 10°. Moximum recommended speed, 60 FPM lor obrosive moteriols ond 100 FPM for nonobrosive moleriols. Moximum recommended weighl of moleriol, 100 pounds per cubic foo t. Heod shofts ore provided wilh eilher Series 2· 1500 bobbitted or Series P2-400 roller beo rlng plllow blocls. Dimensions shown for bobbitted beorings. Foot shofts ore provided with eilher Series DS-B2800 bobbitted or Series DS 3-400A roller beoring tokeups. Dimensions shown for bobbitted beorings.
43% 50 % 56 % 65
3 7,16 3 7,i, 3 7/16 31¡1,
30 3la 37 y, 33 3la 40 Ya 36 3la 43 Ya
50 % 3 15,i, 60 Y4 3 15Ji& 33 3la 40 Ya 66 !.4 3 1s.116 36 3la 43 'la
60 !.4 66 y.
4 7A6 4 7A6
Copocity ond horsepower bosed on feeder speed of 20 FPM handling material weighing 50 pounds per cubic foo t ond wilh skirt plotes looded 75°/o lheoreli· col moximum cross section. Copocity ond horsepower directly proportionol lo feeder speed ond weighl of molerio l. • Bosed on feeder speed of 20 FPM ond di rectly proportionol to olher speeds. 0 Moximum size lumps not to exceed 103 of the total volume ond ot leost 7s<'/o of the loto! to be less thon one-holf the moximum lump size. ® Moximum centers 18 leet, vorioble by 12• increments. Consul t Link-Belt for longer centers.
.Á
L 1 N K - B E L T • 97
bulk handling reciprocating feeders
Bitumlnous cool Is d ellve r e d to bucke t e le vator ol o role of 4 0 lons per hour by lhis reciprocoling feeder, requiring o minimum of heod
room. Photo 37430
Link-Belt reci p roco ting feede rs ore one of th e oldest on d most relioble types of fe eders for handling o wide voriety of materials. They are widely used for handl ing cool ond stone, ond ore especio ll y odopted to the handling of lorg e lumps ond lorge cop ocities. These feeders consist essentially of o poir of sto tionory skirt plotes ottoched to o bin or hopper beneoth which o roller-supported plote operotes. Reciprocoting motion is imported to th e bottom pl ote by meons of o d isc cronk through o connecting rod. During operotion, material Aowing from o storoge bin or hopper comes to rest on the feeder plote ond is restroined from continued Aow by the skirt plotes ond its natural ongle of repose. As the reciprocoting plote moves forword, it corries with it the material resting upon it. Simultoneously, o s the plote ond material move forword, other materia l Aows into the vocont spoce ot the reor of the feeder. On the return stroke, the bottom pl ote slides beneoth the material, since reorword movement of the material is restroined by th e new material which filled th e spoce creoted on the forword stroke. As th e cycle is repeoted, material is fed from the bin or hopper on the forword stroke ond dischorged from the feeder on the return stroke.
While these feede rs ore not self-cleoning, occumulotion of the material is reduced to sorne extent through the use of d eclined bottom plotes. Where cond itions justify, they con be mode procticolly self-cleo ning by using two-speed motors ond operoting the feed e r ot increosed speed for o p eriod of tim e ofter the Aow of the material has ceosed.
Exa m ple of r e clprocatin g f eed e r selectio n
for l 00 pound per cubic foot material, capacity of feeder 109 X 100 = 218 TPH
Selecl o reciprocoting feed er to meet the following conditions: Material . ore W eight l 00 pounds per cubic foot Co pocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 tons per hour Moximum lump size .............................. l O inches Length . . . . ... . ...................... . .. ... .... . 1O feel
Reci proco ting feeders ore used extensively und er trock hoppers on d bins to hondle ores, sond, stone, cool ond mony o ther nonsticky or nonodhering moteriols where the slightly intermittent d ischorg e is not obj ectiono b le. The y require o mínimum of heod room ond ore designed to hondle lorge copocities ond lorge lumps without difficulty. Reciprocoting feeders ore simple ond sturdy in construction ond eosy to instoll ond mointoin. Lorge diometer, stroight foce, bronze bushed rollers, operoting on sto tionory shofts hung from the skirt pioles, support the bottom plote ond p rovide free reciprocoting movement. Cronk shofts operote in b obbitte d, or roller beo rings ond ore fitted with odjustoble disc cronks. Connecting rod beorings ore bronze bushed.
50
speed of crankshaft for 200 TPH capacity 200 X 50
= -m
= 45.87 RPM
horsepower al crankshaft, based on 50 RPM and l 00 pounds 3. 1 + (2 X .35) X 100 per cubic foot material = = 7.6 HP
50
horse power al cronksha ft, based on 45.87 RPM
Solutlo n Refer to se lection table. A 24" wide feeder is required for l OH Jumps. This feeder with 8 " slroke o nd crankshaft o p eroting el 50 RPM will handle l 09 TPH of 50 pound per cubic foot ma terial.
98 • L. 1 N K • 13 E L T
= 7 .6 ~045:,8 7 =
6 .97 HP
Knowing horsepowe r and speed at headshaft, refer to Catalog l 050 and select drive.
bulk handling reclpr ocatlng feeders
Selection <;lt
ORIVE
C L FEEDER
C L ORIVE
I
~ B-OPENING
P-r -. -
--~-
-
~ ~
A+17"
'1
O
~:;·1
REGULATING GATE
~~~--~~~L._.~r....------------~~--i-
IFfll
R
AOJUSTABLE THROW _._
~
Fig. 61 83
Fe eder without d rive support
1 A+7"
,
~ :
C
t
Ol~~w~~GE
___¡__
FEEDER
j
CHUTE
LI-~~~~~~---'~~L~~~-'--'--'-~~~~~---1~~-__J k-13;"
C L ORIVE
A+l7"
p --
1
B-OPENING-1 ~+-------r
REGULATING GA TE
AOJUSTABLE THROW
l"'
TRAIGHT FACE OR SINGLE FLANGE ROLLERS
NEUrGf~~~W1~
Fig. 6184 OISCHARGE CHUTE
6.
Feed er with d rive s upport Capacily
...
Feeder Maximun w idth lump size lstroko A, inches inche1 Cubic fe et inches 0
per
hour
5 18
6
- - ,_ 24
-
5 10
12
--3~
6 8
-5
30
6 8
6 8
5 15
6 8
1634 1961 26 16 2735 3270 4365 3859 4630 6175 5624 6748 8999
Wilh
Horsepower
...
at cranksha ft
8
1 . !'r 1 por foot per m1n1mum dd't' 1 1 'º"º hour eó' th o lenQlh
D
c
t:i.
1 Tons
41 49 66 68 82 109 96 116 154 141 169 225
1.3 1.5 2.0 ,_____ 2.0 2.3 3. 1
2.5 3.1 4. 1 3.5 4.1
5.5
. 16 .19 .25 .22 .26 .35 .30 .38
.50 .40
.so
F
H
J
l
p
R
s
T
Without
drive
drive
~upport
supporl
V
V
Serles 2- 1400 bobbitted beoring p illow block 1
roller beoring
plllow block
z
y
X
Series P 2- 400
1
z
y
X 1
1
INCHES
26 V2
12
9'A l OYa 14 'A 8 Va 11
3 1 'A
1S'A
93A 14 '% 18
24 V2 2~ 30 37 21 'A
37'A
20
1O'A 15V2 23V2 8V2 16
48 26 114 45'!4 1 V2 12 3A 3 1 716 28V2 2 3A 36 37 24 %
4 2'%
24
10'% 15 '% 28
36 16
30 26 1 S'A
90 28'A
V2
8 'A 2 ~6
96 33V2
V2
93A 2 1 716 26V2 2 V2 30 28 18
31
3
-
42 20
-- - 8 Y1 15V2
- 42 23 102 39% 1
11 '% 3 ~
8 3A 16 ~
.65
Hove dimensions certifoed for instollotion purposes. Recommended cronk shoft speeds, 10 to 60 RPM. High torque motors ore recommended. Cronk shofts provided with Series 2-1 400 bobbitted beoring o r P2-400 roller beoring pillow blocks. "- Copocity ond horsepower bosed on o cronk shoh speed of 50 RPM, handling moteriol weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot ond with skirt plotes looded
7s<'/o
of theoreticol moximum cross section for copocity ond 1003 fo r horsepower. Copocity ond horsepower directly p roportionol to feede r speed ond weight of moteriol.
103
0 Moximum size lumps not to exceed of the totol volume ond ot leos! 7s<'/o of 1he totol to be less thon one-holf the moximum lump size.
t:i. Minimum feeder length listed, moximum length 36" greoter
L 1 N K - B E L T • 99
bu lk handling vlbratory feed ers ¡.
1
Syn'lron vibra'lory feeders Syntron Vibra- Flow vibratory feeders are proven, efficient and economical bulk material feeders, providing a simple and easy means of varying the rote of flow or feed. Num erous rote settings can b e ma de with a single control, from minimum to ma xi mum capacity of the units. Their electromagnetic operation and control enable them to most effectively fili the gap between bulk materials storage and processing operations, or act as a connecting link between processing operations. This is evi dent in the scope of thousands of instaliations in ali t y pes of ind ustriesceramics, chemical, electrical, food, foundry, iron and steel, metalworking, mining, pulp and paper, quarrying, rubber, stone, cla y and glass, water filtration and sewage disposal. Vibra-Flow appl ications include the handlin g of most ali bulk materiols-hot or cold-dry or domp-from powders to lumps- in a number of operations such as batching, blending and mi xing, dryin g , heating and coo ling, inspection, p ackaging, plating, reduction and separation, refining and washing. Syntron Vibra- Flow vibratory fe eders are available in a wide range of models, offering a choice of rated feeding capacities from a few hundred pounds to a thousond tons p er hour. Higher capacity feeders, w ith t win, dual or dualtwin d riving magnets, can be supplied to order. Ali feeders can b e furnished w ith op en or dust- sealed flat pon troughs or w ith tubular troughs. f eedlng crush e d sto ne to conveyor belt in o hot-mix pion!. Photo S 121 22
f eed ing t rap rock t o crusher ot l 00 tons per hour. Photo S 1 6071 C
100 • L 1 N K - B E L T
He a vy duty feeder, mounted under p rimory truck dump hopper, moving p it sond ond grovel onto belt conveyor serving the scrubbing unit. Photo S 14002
bulk handling vlbratory feeders
Opera ting princip ie A trough, mounted on fl exible steel leaf springs, is vibrated at high speed by an electromagnet. The electromagnet, energized by rectifled half-wave AC current through a selenium rectifler, pulls the trough sharply dawn and back-then the leaf springs return it up and forward to its original positian.
----------- -------VIBRATING TROUGH
' The material in the traugh falls as the trough is pulled sharply backward out from under it, to a new position forward in the trough pan, then as the leaf springs return it up and forward the material is carried with it, to hove the sorne action repeated at high speed.
SPRING Fog 6140
This trough action, differe ntial reciprocation or vibration as it is commonly called, makes the material appeor to flow like water. Due to this peculiar trough action, friction be twee n the material and the trough surface is reduced to a minimum, assuring long trough life.
BASE
Separate electric controller Each feeder is furnished with a separate ele"Ctric controller arrang e d for mounting on a wall, either close to ar distant from the feeder. This controller contains the ope rating switches, a dial for controlling the rote of flow of material through the feeder trough, and a rectifler that converts alte rnating current into a sharp, pulsating current for energizing the electronomagnet drive. Multi-controllers, for operating more than one feeder, can be made to order. Also, the additional components required-relays, timers, etc.-for automatic control of feeder operation - can be housed with the standard elements in specially built control boxes.
512000
Control of rate of flow, or fe e d The rote of flow, or feed, is regulated by the dial in the separate controller. The dial in the controller provides considerable regulation from minimum to maximum flow, as shown in photos al right. The feeders can also be automatically controlled by connection to such activating devices as indicators, flow meters, pyrometers, electric motor loads on ball milis, and the over-and-under movement of weigh scales.
-:,,
•'
.. -~ :
..
:
·.
"~
<
•
'),l • . ·~ "
516072-5
516072-F
L 1 N K- B E L T • 101
bulk handling v lbratory feed e rs
Heavy duty models This series of heavy duty vibratory f eeders covers a ronge of mox imum capocities for bulk materiols from 25 to 500 tons per hour. These copocities ore based on handling domp sond or other moteriols weighing 100 pound s p er cubic foot, with the troughs sloping 6 degrees downgrode. Norrower ond longer troughs hove correspondingly less copocity. The dial in the controller su pplied with eoch feeder provides o consid erable number of rote settings. The mounting orrongemenl for the heovy-duty fe eders is usuolly suspension by four flexibl e cables. They con olso be supplied with vibrotion obsorbers for floor mounting on o solid, rigid base, or for floor mounting the eleclromognetic drive ond coble-suspending the trough.
Specificatio ns
Dust-tight enclosures for the electromognet spring system ond controller con be furnished.
Model
1 Capacity, tons per
These feeders ore furnished for either 230 or 460 volt 60 cycle AC operotion; however, models f-22DT ond F-33DT con olso be furnished for 115 volt, 60 cycle AC operotion.
Controller
dim onsions,
60 cycl es,
watts
inches
amperes
25 50 100 200 500
F-22DT F-33DT F-4 4DT F-4 5DT F-55DT
1 al Curr en! input 230 volts,
Input,
hour
350 750 1000 1500 2600
12 1Bll2 22112 25 25
5 9 lB 30 40
X X X X X
21 x6 24 112 X BY. 29 X BY. 50 X 14 50 X 14
Feeder weight, pounds
Controller
375 1000 2100 2900 6200
23112 100 100 150 150
·------F --- A--~
Fig. 6134
Model
Trough type
1
A
1
8
1
e
1
E
D
1
Standa rd flat pan 1o Special flat pan 12 Special flat pan 16 F-22 DT Special tubular 4 Speciol tubular 6 Specio l tubular B Standard flat pon lB 12 Speciol flot pon F-33DT Speciol tubular 12 Speciol tubular B --Standard flot pon 24 Special flot pon 30 F-44DT Special flat pan 36 Special tubular 12 Special tubular 16 Standard flat pan 36 Special flat pon 30 24 Special flot pon F-45DT Speciol flot pon lB Speciol tubular 14 Speciol tubular 12 Special tubular 10 Standard flot pon 48 Special flot pan 42 Speciol flat pon 36 Speciol flot pon 36 F-55DT Speciol flot pon 30 Speciol flot pon 30 Speciol flot pon 24 Speciol tubular 16 Speciol tubular 12 Special tubular 10 Hove d1mensions cerrified for instollolion purposes.
36 Bv, 22 5 22 24 14 112 5 22 20 16112 5 4 4B 20 2112 42 6 22 5112 BY, 24 8 ---- 36 6 2B 42 22 13 6 2B 60 12 36 25 33 29 60 13 B --- --- - - 7y, 34 4B 26 42 29 BY. 35 36 32 BY. 35 60 20 12 3B 4B 26 42 --y,- -16-60- -22 35 BY. 7y, 34 66 13112 7 V, 34 84 lO V. 7 y, 4 Y, 34 96 14 41 112 72 16112 12 B4 4 1/:i 3B 96 10 351/:i -- - - --- -60 12 43 57'Y• 12 43 60 57'!. 12 43 60 57'!. 12 43 72 51% 12 43 60 57% 12 43 B4 4 5'!. 12 96 39Y. 43 72 51 v. 16 47 96 39'!. 12 43 lOB 33V. 10 41
102 • L 1 N K - B E L T
1
G
F
1
H 1
1
J
INCHES
27 9 19 10 19 23 11 19 24 19 2B ll2 6 2B ll2 7 19 19 28 112 9 -- - - 14 -25 - - 37 12 25 37 15 25 36 12 25 36 --35-- -41- - 17 41 18 35 41 19 35 13 46 35 17 46 35 - -- - - 13 35 47 l4 11 35 57Y. 10 35 57\4 35 59112 B 12 35 49112 49112 B 35 7 35 - - -63112 - - - -23 B3 6Bll2 23 6BV. B3 23 6BV. B3 6BV:i B3 22 6BY, B3 23 B3 20 6BV:i 19 B3 6BV:i 22 68 1/:i B1'I• 20 6BV:i 89V. 6BY, 19 B9V.
7* 7* 7* 7V.
7* 7* 13 13 13 13 - lB lB 18 lB 1B - 17* 17* 17* 17* 17V. 17* 17* 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
weight, pounds
bulk handling vlbratory feeders
Extra heavy duty models Model F-66DT íhe Model F-66DT Vibro-Flow vibrotory feeder is o rugged, more heovily constructed feeder, designed for the most demonding opplicotions. lt has o moximum copocity of
500 tons per hour, with o 48" x 60" flot
pon trough sloping 6 degrees downgrode. This copocity is bosed on handling domp sond or material weighing 100 lbs. per cubic foot. Norrower ond longer t roughs hove correspondingly less copocity. Eoch Model F-66DT vibrotory feeder is furnished with o seporote electric controller, for o p erotion from either 230 or 460 volt, 6 0 cycle AC.
Model F-86DT The most powerful feeder of the entire line o nd the lorgest vibrotory feeder built, the model F-86DT has o mo ximum copocit y of 1 000 tons per hour, w ith o 60" x 7 2" flot pon trough sloped 6 degrees downgrode. This copocit y is bo sed on handling domp sond or material weighing 100 lbs. p er cubic foot. No rrower ond longer troughs hove correspond· ingly less copocity. Eoch Model F-86 DT vibrotory f eed er is furni shed with o seporote electric controller, for o p erot ion from either 230 or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.
Mountlng The standa rd mounting orrongement for the Mod el s F-66DT ond F-8 6 DT is suspe nsion b y four fle xible steel cables. These mo d el s con olso be supplied with vibrotion obsorbers for flo or mounting on o solid, rigid ba se, or for Aoor mounting the e lectromognetic drive ond cobl e·suspending the trough. Dust-tight enclosures for the electromognet, spring sy stem ond cont roller con be furnished.
Fóg. 6 134
Model F-66 DT
Model F- 86DT
Trou gh typ e
Trough type
IN CHES
Standard flat pan Special flat pan Special flat pan Special flat pan Special tubular Special tubular
48 48 42 30 16 10
60
59
72
52
60 84
59
72 96
46 52 41
12 12 12 12 16 10
42 42 V:t 42 43 48 43
68 V:t 68 V:t 68 V:t 68 V:t 68 V:t 68 V:t
83 82 83 82 82 90
21 20V:t 21 20 20V:t 19 V:t
22
22 22 22
22 22
Standard flat pan SpecialAatpan Special Aat pan Special Aat pan
60 54 36 48
l l l 72 55 V:t
84 49 V:t 96 43 V:t 96 43 V:t
INCHES
12 12 12 12
36 Y. 36Y. 36Y. 36 y,
l l l 68 V:t 68V:t 68V:t 68V:t
85 Y. 85 % 85'/, 85'/•
Y. , 22~
24 24 V. 24!1• 24Y.
22~
22'.4 22~
Hove dimensions certified for instollation purposes.
Hove dimensions certifie d for insrollorion purposes.
Speclficatlons
Speclflcations
Power consumplio n ot 230 volts, 60 cycles........ . . . . . . . 2800 w orrs C urren! input al 230 volts, 60 cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 amps Controller dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25" x 50• x 14' fe eder weighr (48• x 60' trough) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 50 lbs. Contro ller weight ..... . .. .... . .......... •.. .. .• .. .... .. 190 lhs.
Powe r co nsumption ot 230 vo lts, 60 cycles .. ......... ...... 3000 watts C urre n! input et 230 vo lts, 60 cycles . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 45 amps Controller size . . . . . . . .......... • .. . ...... 25" X X 14' feed er weight (60' x 72• rrough) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 10,000 lbs. Conrroller weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 190 lbs.
so•
L 1 N K - B E L T • 103
bulk handling vib r a tory feed ers
Dual, twin, and dual-twin magnet drives
Dual mognels mounted below the trough. Photo S 16040
When require ments call for vibratory feeders with longer and wider than standard troughs, any of the heavy duty or extra heavy duty models can be furnished with dual, twin or dual-twin magnet drives. Dua l ma gnet drives ore required only if the leng th of !he required feeder is beyond !he capacity of a single magnet feeder. The rote of flow is not materially increased by the add itional magnet. These drives may be mounted either below or above the trough.
Dual magnels mounted above the trough. Photo 5 16005
Twin magnet drives are used on larger capacity, wider troug hs and where large pieces of material foil onto the feeder. Such a magnet orrongemenl provides o stronger, more stoble feeder, able lo withstand the severe jolts impa rted by falling chunks of material. The rote of flow is not mate rially increased by !he additional magnet. These drives may only be mounted below !he trough. Dual-twin magnet drives ore used where the width requires a twin and the le ngth requires a dual. These drives may only be mounted be low the trough. Ali opera ting eleme nts (rectifle rs, switches, etc.) for twin, dual or dual-twin magnet d rives a re contained in one electric controller. Regulation of material flow is simple-one dial controls the action of all magnets. Dual-twin mognets mounted below the trough. Photo S 16071
¡,;;;,-;.;;;;;\
r/-;/-;-7,/;,¡,"' ' ' / / / ,-
''"" -.•
l'////;
l;':;:,o.-•/.' ·l . ,,,,,,,,, , ¡ , . /'//,,;'/ ~//,,-
, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 1 ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
t '//'////,,/, 1
1 1
\..·r:::::::;;
rJ
1/ / / n • /¡
"'"' '/ .J1 L ___
i:.~~/,t~
Fig. 6152
SINGLE MAGNET
104 • L 1 N K - 8 E L T
DUAL MAGNET
TWIN MAGN ETS
DUA L-TWIN MAGNETS
bulk handling vibratory feed ers
Special engineered models W ide feeders
When a wide curtain or !ayer of material is desired, single or multiple electromagnetic drive wide feeders can be supplied. The length of the trough depends upan !he application, and its width may vary from 2 to 12 feet or more. Any of !he electromagnetic drives may be used.
56002
Spreader feeders
Operations requ1rang a wide spread of material can also be handled by diagonal discharge spreader feeders with F-22DT, F-33DT and F-44DT electromagnet drives. This arrangement is also recommended where !he lack of headroom will no! permit use of !he wide feeders. By means of !he angled slot, !he material is distributed over a trough discharge 2 to 4 times the width of !he original material stream. Heat reslstant furnace feeders
This feeder is designed to feed metal peris and pieces to continuous heat-treating furnaces. lt is made of a Aat pan trough having an alloy nosepiece to withstand !he furnace hect, mounted on any of !he heavy duty e lectramagnetic drives. The rote of feed is controllable and, by including an electric timer in the controller, an adjustable intermittent feed can b e obtained. Water cooled and wate r heated feeders
Any of the heavy duty or extra heavy duty feeders can be equipped wíth jacketed Aat pan or tubular troughs for water cooling, preheating or drying. Feeders so equipped are ideal for handling hot calcines, sinter, roasts, and clinker-or for preheating plastics and maintaining materia l hect in transfer from one process to another. The Aow rote thraugh !he trough is generally low to accomplish !he desired temperature increase or reduction.
lnfrared drylng or pre heating feede rs
The combination of Syntron infrared heating panels and the slow, tumbling Aow of material moving in a thin !ayer in a vibratory feeder, accomplishes a ve ry efficient drying or preheating action. The choice of feeder model and pan length, as well as !he size and number of heating panels, depends upon !he application requirements.
Sl 1051
L 1 N K - B E L T • 105
bulk handling gravimetric feeders
Synl'ron Weigh-Flow gravimel'ric feeders
W elgh-feeding fe rtillz:er lngredlents to o blender. Photo 525028
Weigh-fee ding sawdust in plosterboord mcnufocture. Photo 525019
Syntron Weigh-Flow gravime tric feeders ond grovimetric feeder mochines ore used in industrial processes which require continuous Aow feeding, b y weight, of bulk moteriols ot desired constont rotes per unit of time. They ore used to weigh-feed o voriety of bulk moteriols in the cement, chemicol, fertilizer, food, gloss ond oil industries, ond chemicols in water ond sewage treotment processes. Their design incorporales o vibratory feeder, feeding on to, ond controlled by the load oction of o scole-suspended, constont-speed conveyor belt. The scole outomoticolly corrects any voriotion in load on the b elt-electrically, not mechonicolly-by vorying the volt oge to the feeder's electromognetic drive. The ratio of moximum to minimum feed vories with the model of mochine ond the bulk density of the material being hondled; generolly, it is opproximotely 8: l. Grovimetric feeder mochines ore generolly opplied to lowrote opplicotions ronging up to 5 tons per hour. They hove o vibroted supply hopper which, together with the vibrotory feeder ond the constont-speed belt conveyor, is enclosed in o metal cobinet on which the scole is mounted . Grovimetric feeders ore used in processes involving higher tonnoges, up to l 00 tons p er hour. No supply hoppers ore furnished ; the vibratory feeder is base or suspension-mounted under the customer's supply chute or hopper. The constont-speed belt conveyor is enclosed in o cobinet on which the scole is mounted. All grovimetric units ore equipped with electronic controls in which on electronic circuit, instontoneously responsive to ony
l 06 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Welgh-feeding a ch e m ical in cement mcnufccture. Photo 525025
voriotion in belt load or scole movement, controls the feeder's fost or slow feeding oction within l / l 20th of o second. When operoting ot o normal rote of feed, it will produce o uniform ribbon of material on the belt, normolly occurote to plus ar minus overo five minute period . The on-off feeder operation cycle must not be less thon 15 minutes to reolize this occurocy. Smoller units con olso be supplied with on impulse t ype control, in which the slightest over or under scole movement controls the fost ond slow feed b y meons of unbolonced contocts on the scole. W ith this t y pe of control, the scole constontly Aoots bock ond forth; however, the average feed over o reosonoble time is very constont. To counteroct the morked tendency o f sorne moteriols such os activoted corbon, cement, ond d io tomoceous eorth, to Aush ond run, Aooding the weighing system, grovimetric units con b e furnished w ith o speciol built- in Aush control. Syntron grovimetric feeders ond feeder mochines ore availoble in o standard range of styles ond si zes with copocities from o few pounds to l 00 tons per hour. They con be furnished os follows:
13
l. With or without supply hoppers ond hopper vibrotors. (smoll units only) 2. As open models, or in dust-tight cobinets. 3. With or w ithout remole ond recording controls. 4. With or w ithout outomotic Aush control. 5. With or without outomotic interlock, in dicotor lomps ond olorm.
bulk handling gravlmetrlc feeders
Syntron Weigh-Flow gravimetric feeder machines Models G FM-0-8 ond GFM-11-12 grovimetric feeder mochines con be furnished with either electronic or impulse type control. Operotion is from either 115, 230 or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC. The Model GFM-21 -18 uses the electronic control only. Operotion is from either 230 or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.
'4--- - - - - - -A- - - - - ---+i
l
C=1]
f---N--=i
._ _______ ,
;~ OISCHARGE
=
lK
'
k-L.J+-
LJ
DISCHARGE
Fig. 6212
Dlmenslons
Speclflcatlons Model
1
Copacit y, pounds : er hour
GFM- O- 8 1 GFM-11-1 2 GFM-21 -1 8
600 4,000 10,000
1
Volts ot 60 cycles
1 115 11 5 230
1
con~~;;e;ion wa::s •
1
75 200 460
l
1
Input, amps
1
~2
1
Weight, pounds
300 840 1050
.6. Copociti es bosed an sond weighing 100 paunds per cubic faat. Copacities far lighter weight ar finer mesh moteriols prapartianotely less.
Mod el
A l e 1 e 1 o I EI F 1 G 1 H 1 J I Kll \ M 1
N
INCHES
~ ~~1 24:~
GFM- O- 8143 0 \.'.i 1 31 20~1 18Y, 18 120 23 1 116!141 20 15 \.'.i 1 GFM-11-12 66 14 48 31 1 35 : 1 \.'.il GFM-21-18 82 64 42 30 33 49 . .. ... .. . . 12 3 9
8 12 18
Hove dimensians cer ti fied far instal lotian purposes.
Syntron Weigh-Flow gravimetric feeders Grovimetric feeder s ore furnished only with electronic control. O perotion is from either 230 o r 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.
E
t
o
L VARIABLE
C-VARIABLE- - >- - - -- -A- -- -J...,JH
~..~---~
~rFig. 621 1
Dlmenslons
Speclflcatlons Mod e l
GF-22-24 GF-33-24 GF-44-36 GF-45-36 GF-45-48 GF-55-48 Á
1
p¡r
Copocity,
tons
hour
9 15 30 60 80 100
Volts a t
60 cycles
230 230 230 230 230 230
Po wer
llnput,
460 860 1320 1820 2700 4000
6 16 20 30 35 50
'º"',;:;~:ion, omps
I Weight, pounds 1400 2 100 3800 4600 4800 9000
Copocities bosed an sond wei ghing 100 paunds per cubic faat. Copacities far lighter weight ar finer mesh moteriols prapartionotely less.
A
8
D
49 49 61 61 104 168
42 42 54 54 92 92
79 79 87 87 9ó 96
G
H
1 J
30 30 46 46 54 54
3 3 3 3 4 4
6 6 4 4
Model
K
INCHES
GF-22-24 GF-33-24 GF-44-36 GF-45-36 GF-45-48 GF-55-48
49 49 49 49 50 50
30 30 38 38 46 46
. .. .. .....
24 24 36 36 48 48
H ove dimensions certified far instollotion purpases.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 107
bulk handling m e chanlcal v i brating feed e r s
mechanical vibra•ing feeders Link-Belt mechanical vibrating feeders consist of a coble and spring suspended or floor mounted trough octuoted for straightline motion by o mechonical vibrator assembly mounted on the trough frome. Th ey ore suitable for feeding bulk moteriols from bins, hoppers or similar containers at o controlled uniform rote. These feeders ore ideal for handling o wide ronge of moteriols from heavy, sticky ores to light, dry grains. The unitized trough const ruction prevents leakoge ond spilloge. The troughs ore easily reploceoble ond moy be enclosed to reduce dust or other contominotion hazards. When material charocteristics require, troughs of stainless steel or other metals con be furnished. Link-Belt mechonical vibrating feeders are mode in two designs: the motorized counterweight feeder and the geored counterweight feeder.
Motoriz:e d counte rwelght v ibr ating f ee de r 39371
Motorized counterweight mechanical vibrating feeders hove o com poct mechanicol vibrator drive with the motor assembled os on integral power unit mount ed entirely on the lrough frame. Counlerweights on each end of o double extended motor shafl are supported on heavy duty beorings. This power unit is resiliently supporled ond has o p ivoted connection to produce o straightline motion al an odjustoble ongle lo the trough. The material flow con be easily conl rolled by vorying the following: hopper gate opening, trough slope, counlerweight, or vibralor thrust angle. A 3' x 5 ' feeder will handle 200 TPH of damp sand or similor material weighing opproximately l 00 pounds per cubic foot al o slope of opproximately 6 ° downgrade. Steeper trough slopes will substonlially increase capocity. Capocity will vory with other maleriols: lower capocity for lighter or flner materiols and higher copacity for heavier or coarser materia Is. Avoilable in standard widths from 2 to 4 feel ond lengths from 5 to 8 feet. Other sizes can be furnished.
Geare d count erweight vibrating feeder Geared counlerweight mechanicol vibroting feeders ore built in two types: DF for heovy duty ond CF for extro-heavy duty opplicotions. Vibroting oction is produced by o Link-Belt Stroightline vibrator mounted lo the underside of o rugged welded steel frame. The unbalanced shafts in the vibrotor are geared together lo operote al the sorne speed ond produce forces resulting in o stroightline motion. High capacity, self-aligning roller bearings ond o il bath lubrication ossure long bearing life. The material flow con be eosily controlled by varying the following: hopper gafe opening, trough slope, or speed. The DF 3 ' x 5' feede r w ill hondle 250 TPH of domp sand or similor material weighing l 00 pounds per cubic foot at o slope of 6 ° downhill. The CF 3 ' x 5 ' feeder will hondle 400 TPH of domp sond or similor moteriol weighing l 00 pounds per cubic foot al a slope of 6 ° downhill. Types DF ond CF o re built in widths from 2 to 6 feet and lengths from 5 to 16 feet or more, in one-fool increments.
108 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling mechanlcal vlbratlng feeders
Motorized counterweight vibrating feeder
\
r14·
A TROUGH WIDTH
I'
¡:¡ ~
.....
....
---------Motorized counterweig ht vibrating feeder • cable a nd spring suspend ed Dimenslons • motorized counterweight type ,_
Weight, p ounds
Size
MC25 MC26 MC27 MC28
1140 1190 1240 1290
MC35 MC 36 MC37 MC38 MC45 MC46 MC47 MC48
ª_ _ _e _
_A _ _ Fe et
lnches
2 2 2 2
6 7 8
1250 13 10 1370 1430
3 3 3 3
6 7 8
1360 1430 1500 1570
4 4 4 4
6 7 8
'
5
28 Y2 28 Y2 28 Y2 28 y, 40 y, 40 Y2 40 y, 40 Y2
5
52 Y2 52 Y2 52 Y2 52 Y2
5
H ove d1mens1ons cerl1fied for 1nslollol1on purposes.
Geared counterweight vibrating feeder \
\
/
/
l~ TROUGH LENGTH--At---
.>...1
._/
----Fig. 631 4
Ge ared counterweight vibrating feed er • floo r mounted Fig 6315
Ge a red counterweight vibrating fe e d er • cable and spring suspended Dlmenslons • g eo red counterweight type Ex tr a hea v y duty
H eavy duty Feeder
size
Weight, pounds
A
1
Fe et
1
G
8
25 y. 25 y. 25 y.
6 8 7
14 14 14
10 10 10 y,
7 7 7
25 y. 25 y. 25 y.
10 8 12
14 16 16
12 12 12
7 y, 7 y, 7 y,
26 y. 26 y. 26 y.
DF46 DF48 DF57
2900 3200 3500
4 4
DF5 10 DF68 DF6 12
4900 5000 6200
5
Weight, pounds
A
1
CF28 CF35 CF38 CF46 CF48 CF410 CF57 CF5 10 CF68 CF612
3900 4200 5300 5100 6000 7000 7300 8500 8800 10900
2 3 3 4 4 4 5 5
6 6
o
B
Fe et
7 7 7
8
Feeder size
lnches
10 10 10
2 3 3
6 6
F
1
12 12 12
2200 2300 3000
5
1
E
1
DF28 DF35 DF38
5
o
8
5
8 6 8 10 7 10 8 12
E
F
1
1
G
lnches
1
8
1
16 16 16 19 19 19 19 19 22 '22
10 y, 10 Y2 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13
7 7 7 Y2 7 Y2 7 Y2 7 y, 7 y, 7Y2 7Y2 7 Y2
31 31 32 34 34 36 36 36 38 38
Hove d imensions certi fi ed for instollotion purposes.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 109
bulk handling bar fllght feeders
bar fligh• feeders Link-B elt bar flight feeders, a mod ifled form of flight conveyors, constitute compac.t and economical units suitable for handling materials which will not b uild up in the trough and conveyor cha ins and which are granular, Class C ; very free flowing, Class 1 ; free flowing, Class 2 ; nonabrasive, Class 6; and mildly corrosive, Class P. Refer to Table 1, page 563 for further descriptions of material classes. Two strands of Cla ss SS 4678, 6 - inch pitch, chain are employed in the conveying medium. By means of suitable chain attachments, ba r flights are mounted between the conveyor chains at spaced intervals to move the material along the trough bottom. These feeders are usually enclosed and, if necessary, can be made d ust-tight. In horizontal feeders and those inclined up to 1O degrees, material beds several times the depth of the flight, can be handled successfully. Because of their compact desi gn, these feeders sometimes afford a solution to a feeder problem where a minimum of head room is available. When used with inbuilt shallow track hoppers, they provide a means of maintaining minimum pit depths. Since they operate et slow speed, wear and maintenance are reduced to a mínimum, resulting in en economical application.
.
Removlng cool fr om t rack h o p p er, bar Aight feeder discharges into crusher or directly into gravity-dischorge conveyor-elevator serving storage silo. Photo 33315
,
.
.
.. ..,
..
.
,
Types
Solution
Two types of link-Belt bar flight feeders are availableThe self-contained bar Aight feeder is a gene ral-purpose feeder ond is commonly used, either horizontally or inclined, under bins or trock hoppers. In this design, lhe materiol is fed to the top or return run of the conveyor and corried rearward o short distance before it drops through an opening in the trough to the botlom or conveying run. An adjustable slide gafe is used to regulate the rote of feed. The bar Aight feeder with inbuil t shallow trock hopper is a singlepurpose feeder requiring a minimum of pit depth and foundation construction. In this type of feeder, the top or relurn run is shielded ond the material fed directly to the bottom or conveying run. An odjustoble, counterweighted gafe is used to regulate the rote of feed.
Refer to the table for bar Aight feeders with inbuilt shollow trock hoppers. A feede r with Aights 18" wide is satisfoctory for the lump size and operoting al 20 FPM will handle 18.2 TPH of 50 pound per cubic foot material.
Example of bar fll ght f eeder se le ction Problem Select o bar flight feeder with inbuil t shallow trock hopper to meet !he following conditions: Material . .... . .. . .. coal Weight .. . ... . . . . . . 50 pounds per cubic foot Copocity . . . . . . . . .. 30 tons per hour
11 0 . LINK - BELT
30 X 20 speed of feede r for capocity of 30TPH =18T = 33 FPM. horsepower al heod shoft bosed o n 20 FPM feede r speed = .60 + (11.5 X.035) = 1 HP Refer lo the ta ble. Terminal 1 with 2 7A/' diometer heod shoft is so tisfoctory for 1 HP. horsepower al head shoft, bosed on 33 FPM feeder speed 1 X 33 =--w- = 1.65 HP. speed of he od shoft for 33 FPM
5 X 33
=~
= 8.25 RPM.
Knowing horsepower ond speed al !he head shoft, selecl d rive from Cotalog 1050.
bulk ha ndling bar flight feeders
Self-contained bar flight feeders
ntt.
1
A
~
RIGHT HAN D ASSEMBLY
VIE W XX
_ _ _.¡..;;;..;.;.-.-...i~i...-.....- - - - - - - -....-----i~*' ..
~
16
J;;:;!
12·
SECTION AA
7: 6. MINIMUM CENTERS
20-·+ 1 < 0 - - - - - - -15'- s'. MAXIMUM CENTERS;- - - - - - - ' r - + i VARIABLE BY 6. INCREMENTS
...
Copa city
Fl;ght
Moximum
width
lump
Cubic
A, inches
sir e, inches
fe et p er hour
18 24 36
per ho ur
18.2 24.2 36.5
968 1460
H eod sha ft
heod shoft
Tons
1
728
3 3 3
Horsepower at
...
1Add;1;onol I
lift,
centers,
per
centers
pe r foot
foot
•
.41 .5 2 .97
.025
.024 .027 .0 40
5 5 5
.032 .0 42
Terminal 1
Termina l 2
Terminal 3
1.2 horsepower
2 horsepo wer
2 hors e po we r
•
8
speed,
Mini mum
shaft
Fig. 4 576
RPM
E 1
F
1
K
1
w
E 1
•
1 w
F 1 K INCHES
E 1
•
F
K
1 w
1 2217~ 1 31~~~:'12 1 ~6 , ~~ 1 2228 , 3327 , 544 2 , 2•y,. 1 1 1 1 52 2% 29 35 54
:: 24
2~
3~
Bar flight feeders with inbuilt shallow track hoppers
n1r
bd11 VIEW XX
RIGHT HAN D ASSEMBLY
2:2,•- +4-------~ 4'.7;'MINIMUM CENTERS,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____, 32~ 7 ;' MAXIMUM CENTERS VARIABLE BY 6' INCREMENTS
...
C opocíty
FHght
Mox imum
width
lump
Cubic
A,
siz: e, inc-hes
fe et p er
inches
hour
18 24
4 4
Horsepo w er ot heo d sho ft
Tons 1
per hour
728
18.2
968
24 .2
...
Minimum shoft cent ers
.60 .80
Addition a l 1
cent en, p er foot
•
s pe ed, RPM
.035 .0 4 5
Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes. Maximum r ecommended speed, 50 FPM. Maximum recommended weight of material, 100 pounds per cubic foot. Head shalts are provided wilh either Series 2-1500 babbitted or Series 400 roller bearing pillow blocks Foot shalts are provided with either Series DS-B2800 babbitted or Series DS 3-400A roller bearing takeups.
•
E
5
18 21
5
1
F
1
Ter minal 3 3.2 horsepower
Te rmina l 2
Ter minal 1 1.2 horsepo wer
Heo d sho f t
SECTION BB Fig. 4 579
SECTION AA
2 horsep ower
w
E
•
1
F
1
w
•
1
E
1
F
1
w
INCHES
19 2~ 1 22 2~
24 27
20 23
26 29
Capacily and horsepower based on feeder speed of 20 FPM and handling material weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot. Capacity and horsepower directly proportional to feeder speed and weight of material. • Based on feeder speed o f 20 FPM and directly proportional lo othe r speeds.
&
LINK - BELT .1 11
bulk handling screw feeders
screw feeders
Feed in g flour from storoge bins to sifters in o lorge bokery by o vost network of twin screw feed ers with drop bottom troughs. The rote of Aow is corefully con.rolled throughout the syste m. Photo 35258
Soybea n hulls are fed from storage bins to grinding milis by three screw feeders, driven by link-Belt P.l.V. variable speed drives, ot o closely contro lled rote of Aow. Pho to 34014
Li nk - Belt screw feeJers are modified sctew conveyors used to control the flow of material at a cons tant or variab l e rote from track hoppers, storage hoppers, b i ns or tanks. They are suit able for hand ling a w i de variety of materials ranging from fines to a combination of fines and lumps. Under many conditions, the feeder also will serve as a valve. These feeders are totally endosed, compact, simple in design and dust-tight in construction. They aie economical to install, operate and maintain . Link-Belt saew feeders are made in two general types-Type A screw feeder consisting of a screw with regular pitch flighting and Type B screw feeder consisting of a screw with short pitch flighting. Both types are also available with screws having uniform diameters and with screws having tapering diamet ers. Link-Belt screw feeders incorparate the benefits derived from many years of experience with successful applications. Designs ca n be furnished to suit specific requirements.
112 • LINl<- B E LT
bulk handling screw feeders
Types Shown in the following table are Types A and 8 feeders classifled with their other individual design feotures:
Types of screw feeders Feeder type _ A _ l_ A2 A3 A4 81 82 83 84
Description Feeder only Feeder with extended screw conveyor Feeder only Feeder with extended screw conveyor Feeder only Feeder with extended screw conveyor Feeder only Feeder with extended screw conveyor
Feeder screw
Regular pitch, uniform diameter
Regular pitch, topering diometer
Short pitch, uniform diameter
Screw feede rs w ith exte nde d scre w conveyor Screw feed e rs with extended screw conveyors ore necessory when intermediate hangers are required or when it is necessory to convey the material for sorne distance. A screw conveyor of larger diameter than the feeder screw is combined with the feeder lo make the exlension. Typ·es A2, A4, 82 and 84 are such combinations.
Short pitch, tapering diameter
Screw feeders are regularly provided with shrouded or curved cover plotes for a short distonce beyond lhe e nd of the inlel opening lo oblain proper feed regulotion. Longer shrouds, extra short pitch screws and other modiflcalions are occasionally required lo reduce fl ushing of very free flowing maleriols along the feeder screw.
Fig. 3780 Mu ltiple s cre w feed e r Fig. 3691
Screw fe ede r with uniform diame te r screw Screw feeders wlth uniform diameter screws, Types A 1, A2, 81, o nd 82 ore regulorly used for handling fine, free flowi ng metería is. Since the diometer of the screw is uniform, lhe feed of the material will be from the foreporl of the inlet and no t across lhe entire length. Where hoppers, bins, tanks, etc., ore completely emptied or where inerl or deod oreas of material over the inlet ore not objectionob le, this type of feeder is entirely sotisfoctory, as well as economica l.
Multiple screw fe e ders are usuolly used in flot botlom b ins for discharging ma terials which hove o tendency to pack a r bridge under pressure. Frequently, the entire bin botlom is provided with these feeders which convey the material lo collecling conveyors. Such arrangemenls are commonly used for handling hogged fue l, wood shavings, ele.
Fig. 3690
Scre w feed e r with lapering d iame te r scre w Screw feed e rs with taperlng diameter scre ws, Types A3, A4, 8 3 and 84, will reodily handle meteríais conlaining a foir percentage of lumps. In addilion, they are used extensively where it is necessary or desirable to draw the moterial uniformly across lhe enlire length of the inlet opening to e liminote inerl or deod oreas of material ot the foreparl of opening. Stepped pilch screws con be used in place of tapering diometer screws for sorne applications. They consist of screws wilh succeeding sectiona l flights increasing progressively in pitch. The portian of lhe screw with the smoller pilch is located under the inlet opening.
Fig. 3820 Spé cia l scre w fe eder Special screw f e ed e rs may be of lhe revolving lype, os shown, arronged for rotating oround hopper or bin outlels for discharge to points around a n are. O lher feeders con be made to rola le oround the feeder discharge lo reach more than one source of feed. Jacke ted screw feeders consist of troughs or cosings provided with oddilional jackets through which heoting or cooling media circulate to hect or cool or maintain the material temperatures.
LINK - BELT• 113
bulk handling scre w feeders
Selection c
Consider the following foctor s when selecting o horizontal screw feed er:
=copocily in cubic feet per hour
l = lenglh of feeder or feed e r with extended screw conveyor in feel
Kind ond chorocler of material being hondled, such os si ze, flowob ility, obrosiveness, e tc.
8 = length of inle t opening in feel
Weight of material in pounds per cubic foot
K = horsepower factor from Table 3, poges 284-287, bosed on feeder screw diometer A
Moximum ro le al which material is hondled in cubic feel per hour
G = 1.00 when A = 5.0 or more. When A = less than 5.0 obtoin volue of G from Tabl e 5, poge 289
Moximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material ond percentoge of lumps in total volume lenglh of feeder or feeder with extended conveyor in feet With this informotion known, proceed os follows:
Knowing the horsepower ond speed ot the feeder drive shoft refer lo poges 276-277 for typicol drive orrongemenls. Orive moy be locoled al eilher end . The horsepower ot the motor equols the horsepower al the feeder drive shoft divided by the total e ffici ency of the drive sele cted.
Example of sc r ew feeder selection Establish the material class • Refer to Table 1, poges 282
Proble m
ond 283 ond find the material closs ond weighl of the material being hondled. lf this particular material is nol listed, selecl one with similor choroclerislics or determine the clossiflcotion by using Table 1, poge 563. Additionol considerotion relotive to copocity should be given to the handling of moleriols which interlock or mol, Closs X, or oerote ond become fl uid, Closs Y.
Selecl o horizontal screw feeder lo meel the following conditions: Material. ... . . . . .. . .... . .... . .. solt cake, dry, caarse Weighl. . ...... . . .... . .... . . . .. 85 pounds per cubic foot Capacity .. .. . ........ . ........ 1000 cubic feel per hour Ma ximum lump size ... . .... .. .. .. 1 inch, 20 per cent of total valume
Determine the type of feeder screw • Knowing the
l englh of feeder .... ... ... ...... 18 feet
material closs ond lump size, refer lo Table 1, poge 115 ond determine the type of feeder for the requiremenls bosed on length of feeder, inlet opening lenglh ond kind of drowoff.
Kind of feed ...... . . .. .... . .... feed ocross entire length of inl e t
Dete r m i ne the feeder s cre w s iz:e • Knowing the lump size, copocity ond lype of feeder, refer lo Table 2, poge 115 ond determine the feeder screw diomeler ond required speed . For feeder Types A2, A4, 82 or 84, olso determine the e xtended conveyor screw diomeler. Check the conveyor screw diomeler ond lenlolive speed wilh the recommended copocities ond speeds of horizontal screw conveyors lisled in Table 2, poge 284. In sorne inslonces il moy be necessory lo reoch o compromise between the feeder ond conveyor screw diomelers lo moinloin o common speed. I
Calculate th e req u ired h o rs epo w er • The power required to drive o screw feeder depends upen the closs of material being hondled. Use the following formulo for colculoting the horsepower:
Solution Refer to Table 1, poge 283, note thot the material is clossed os 027. Refer to Table 1, poge 115 ond note thot o Type 83 or 84 feeder is recommended for 027 material. Since the length of the feed e r will require an e xtended screw canveyor, select Type 84 feeder. Refer to Table 2. A 12" diomeler feeder screw operoling ot 40 RPM is required for the lump size and capocily. The extended conveyor screw diameter F will b e e ithe r 14", 16" o r 18" depending upen the trough loading. Re fer lo Table 2, poge 284. Note thol o 30 per cent lrough looding is recommended ond thot o 16" diometer conveyor screw operoting ot 32 RPM will handl e the capacity. The refore, o 12" diomete r feeder screw with 16" diometer extended conve yor screw operoling at 40 RPM is salisfoclory. Refer to Table 3, page 286, under material 027. Note that Componen! Group O, with hard iron bearing hongers, shown in Table 4, poge 288, is indicote d. Horsepower H ot the feeder drive shaft = AG
H = AG where H = horsepower ot feeder drive shoft
1000 [ 18 + (3 X 6) 1207 1 000 000--- = 7 .4 5 ' ' G = l .00 A=
H = 7.45 X 1.00 = 7 .45 HP A
C(L+ 28 )K OOO OOO for Closs A ond 8 moteriols 1 ' '
Knowing the horsepowe r ond spee d ot fe e der drive shoft, selecl drive. Assuming that the total e fficienc y of the drive selected is 853, the
7 .45
horsepower al the motor = . C(L + 38)K A = l ,OOO,OOO for Closs C ond O moteriols
114 • LI N K-BELT
85
= 8 .8 HP
Therefore, select a 1 O horsepower motor.
bulk handling screw fee d ers
Table 1 • Selection of feeder type lnlet opening and kind a f drawaff
Moximum lump size, inches
Material closs
A, B 16, 26, 36 17, 27, 37 18, 28, 38
Feeder type
0
Va
Normal inlet opening. Material drowoff, foreport only
Al
Uniform diometer, regular pitch screw
A2
Unifor m diometer, regular pitch screw with extended screw conveyor
Normal inlet opening. Uniform material drowoff thru full length
AJ
Topering diometer, regular pitch screw
A4
Topering diometer, regular pitch screw with extended screw conveyor
Long inlet opening. Material drowoff, forepart only
"' A, 8, C, D 16, 26, 36 17, 27, 37 18, 28, 38
- - -
Long inlet opening. Uniform material drawoff thru full length
3
•
Descriptian af feeder screw
• Unsized material consisting o f coorse and fines where 25°/o o f volume does not exceed moximum lump size ond average size o f balance does not ex· ceed one-holf of the maximum lump size. When lumps exceed 253 o f
81
--
Uniform diometer, short pitch screw
82
Uniform diameter, short pitch screw with extended screw conveyor
83
Tapering diometer, short pitch screw
84
Tapering diameter, short pitch screw with extended screw conveyor
volume or material contains hord unbreakoble lumps, consuh Link-Be lt. 0 Fer length, refer to B. Table 2. ¿ Screw feed ers conno t control materials which become íluid.
Fig. 4595
1
Fig. 4596
Types Al and A4 feeder
Types A 1 and A3 feeder
Section
ot inlet
Fig. 4676 Fig. 4677
Types 82 and 84 feeder
Types 81 a nd 83 f eed er
Tabl e 2 • Copocities ond speeds of horizontal screw feeders Feeder screw diometer, inc.hes
Maximum lump size,
inches
Copocity al
Moximum recommended speed, RPM
o
maximum
re commended speed
•
Copocity al one RPM
•
A
B A
e shroud t
Conveyor screw diometer
f¿
o
E
Trough looding, per cent 45
1
30
1
15
INCHES
Cubic feel per hour
Types A 1, A2 , A3 and A4 feeders
6 9 12 14 16 Typ es 81 , 6 9 12 14 16
v. v. v. v. v.
70 70 60 50 40
315 1120 2250 3100 3740
4.5 16.0 37.5 62.0 93.5
6 9 12 14 16
36 42 48 54 54
12 18 24 28 32
3.0 10.7 25.0 42.0 61.0
6
60 66 72 78 78
8 12 16 20 22
7 9
10 11 11 Y2
14 18 22 24 28
9
9
12 16
14 18
14 18 22 24 28
9
12 14
9 12 16
12 16
82 , 83 and 84 feeders 'A 1 Y2 2 2 y, 3
70 70 60 50 40
210 749 1500 2100 2440
Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes. • Bosed on 903 theoreticol copacity. ¿ Where no diometer is given fer extended screw conveyor, consult Link-Belt. o Unsized material consisting of coarse ond fines where 253 of volume does not exceed maximum lump size and average size of balance does not exceed one-holf o f the maximum lump size. When l umps exceed 253 of
9
12 14 16
7 9
10 11 11 Y2
9
14 18
volume or material contains hord unbreokoble lumps, consult Link-Belt. /:;. Moximum in regular construction. Fer inlets longer thon listed, consul t LinkBelt. t Where most of the material is y.• or lorger, use cu tofl piol e l nsteod o f shroud.
LINK - BELT • 115
bulk handling rota ry t able feeders
ro'lary 'lable feeders
The Link-Belt rctory table feeder consists of o power driven circular plote rototing directly below o bin opening. An odjustoble feed collar, locoted immed iotely obove the rototing table, determines the volume of material d elivered. These feeders are generolly used with round, vertical bins ond for handling materials w hich hove a tendency to orch, such as damp sand, wood chi p s, etc. They provide o foirly uniform feed for most met eríais. The lower edge of the feed collar is helicol in shope, being closest to the rotating table immediately behind the plow ond forthest from it d irectl y in front of the plow. This orrangement permits equal quantiti es of ma teria l to Aow under the collar around the complete circle ond spreod o ver the table a s it revolves. The material is then plowed off in a steady stream into a d ischorg e chute. The rote of f eed is odjusted b y repositioning the f eed collar. Ty pes 1 ond 2 feeders, in sizes ronging from 26" to 84" in diame ter, ore mode for applicotion to b ins of like prop o rtion. Because of the rela tivel y large table diameter, bin openings which ore lorg e in proportion to the bin diameter oct to reduce arching of the material without withdrowing und uly lorge qu antities. O ther ty pes are shown on poge 118. Link-Belt rotory table feeders are accurately ond substontiolly made and embody in design ond construction th e feotures which contri bute to successful o p eration. Delivering a continuous flow of foundry sand lo o distributing belt conveyor, lhis rotory lo ble feeder receives sond from o Link-Bel! circular sloroge bin. Pholo 19149
De llvering pre pare d san d lo belt conveyor, lhis rotory loble feeder is porl of o complete sond cond itioning syslem in o foundry. Pholo 19231 A
116 • L INK - BELT
Assurlng uniform d elivery of foundry sand lo o lempering bell conveyor, this rolory toble feeder, with odjusloble collar, is olloched to lhe botlom of o circular lonk. Pholo 16461 A
bulk handling rotary table feeders
lypes 1and2 Example of rotary table feeder selection Problem Select a rotory table Material Weight Capocity
1
A
TABLE iDIAMETER
DISCHARGE CHUTE MAY BE LOCATED 90º EITHER SIDE AS SHOWN
~L
L_l _J
feeder to meet the following conditions: .... ... . foundry sond . ....... 100 pounds p er cubic foot . ....... 25 tons p er hour
Solution
1
Refer to the tobles: A 60-inch d iameter table feeder opero ting at 5.4 revolutions per minut e will hondle materiol weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot ot the maximum rote of 32.5 tons per hour. Therefore, this size is selected. The drive consists of a Link-Belt worm geo r drive connected to a 3horsepowe r, 17 50 RPM motor.
- E~ F SECTION AA
WORM · GEAR DRIVE
TABLE Fig. 6265
WELDED STEEL BASEPLATE
Type 1 Capacity & Cubic feet TPH Per Haur Min. 1 Max. 1 Min. 1 Max.
Table diameter
•
A, inches
26 36
1
50 93
85 155
2.5
4.7
1
900 RPM Motor, HP
o
Weight, Pounds
B
660 804
16 23 Y2
F
E 1
1
H
R
L
1
1
1
1
INCHES
4.3 7.8
Hove dimensions ce rtifled for in$talloti on purpo<:;.e5:.
v.
•
& Capacity based on feeder operating at 11.25 RPM.
7Y2
10 13
11
1
25 Y2 24
10 15
27~ 1 - 35
1 Y2
Raoi;ed on material weighing 100 pounci~ per cubic foot.
Capacity directly proportional to weight of material.
FEED COLLAR
FEED RING i./DISCHARGE MAY BE ROTATED I"" WITH REFERENCE TO DRIVE
A'
SECTION AA
/
u
\
A
lk-_..,,.~~~~ R ~~~~-+--;,.¡1
+
A
A
1 //
ª'
l_I ~=1.J:;;;;;;;;;;;;~~~~~~~~JJ~~~-+ 1
r·-]'- - - -\ 4 " e=
TABLE
t-.:::;i::t~-:;;;;~
~Grl-H
L.J'
~~~~~~ Fig. 6266
DISCHARGE CHUTE
Type 2 Nominal table d i o meter,
inches
48 60 72 84
Table speed, RPM 6.3 5.4 5.4 6.0
Capocity Cubic feet TPH Per Haur Min. 1 Max. 1 Min. 1 Mox.
•
235 290 380 525
5 15 630 825 11 40
11.8 14.5 19.0 26.3
26.0 31.5 41.3 57.0
Hove dimensions certifie d for instollafion purposes.
1750RPM Weight, Motor, pounds HP
e
B
A 1
1
o
1
F
E 1
H
G 1
1
1
J 1
u
R
K 1
1
1
INCHES
2 3
5 7
y,
1950 2430 2975 4240
49 62 75 88
26 38 50 62
26~
28 32 36
Y2
v.
15 Y2 17 Y2 18 Y2
22 Y2
12 12 12 15
Y2
20 26 25 34
Y2 Y2
12 14 16 18
20 26 30 35
8 9 10 11
12 15 18 21
46 58 70 82
40 40 40 40
y, Ya Y2 Y2
• Based on material weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot. Capacity directly propo rlional to weight of material.
LINK-BELT· 117
bulk handling rotary table feed en
Other types
Link- Belt manufactu res many rotary feeders for speciflc materials and p urposes. The wood chip feede rs shown in the accompany ing photographs are t y p ical of many built for kraft pulp milis, and range as high as seventeen feet in diameter. In this t y pe of feeder the table, because of its size, is independ ently supported on t runnion rollers. Feeding rot e is controlled b y an ad justable feed collar and !he hinged adjustable plow.
A battery af three 17 -foat diameler ratary table feeders reclaiming wood chips fra m sloroge silos. Photo 35997
A close-up view of one of the above feeders illustrating plow aclion. Photo 35998
A 72" diameler rolary table feede r feeding iron ore lo lwo troughed belt conveyars. Photo 35460
Orive s for extra hea vy duty f eeders The spiral bevel gear drive illuslrated is used extensively in sinter plants for rotary table feeders handling iron ore, concentrote, limestone, cake and similar materials. Far this service a direct connected fully enclased drive is preferred. The circular table is bolted directly to the Aange on th e output shaft af the drive unit, which obsorbs oll radial ond vertical thrust loods. Constont or variable speed drives ore ovoiloble.
I ~~~~~~~~) REVOLVING TABLE
F19. 6277
Sp iral bev el gear drive with motorized P.l.V. to provid e variable speed.
118 • LINK - BELT
Spira l bevel gear d rive with addi ti onal speed reducer to p rovid e con stant sp eed.
PLOW DISCHARGE
bulk handling rotary plow feeders
ro'lary plow feeders
The link-Belt rotory plow feeder is designed for dependoble, high-copocity recloiming of bulk moteriols in tunnels under stock piles, ond from beneoth long storoge bins. The feeder consists of o self-propelled, trockmounted troveling corrioge upon which ore mounted one or two motor driven rotors, eoch with four or more orms rototing in o horizonta l plone. The material is plowed by the curved bloded orms from o long horizontal shelf onto o belt conveyor os the entire unit trovels continuousl y bock ond forth between pre-determined limits. These feeders ore used for recloiming ore, sinter, potosh, toconite pellets, coke lumps, limestone, etc.-in foct, they ore recommended for virtuolly ony material thot will not octuolly flush through the opening ond off the shelf. The rotory plow feeder is porticulorly odvontogeous for handling moteriols thot tend to pock or orch. The feed opening is continuous for the entire looding distonce, ond the orching of material is minimized since the rototing orms undercut the orch support on oll but two sides. This orrongement prevents the stoppoge of material flow co used by the dome effect often occurring when material is supported by the four sides of o rectangular opening.
Effectfve n e ss of r otary plow feeder Is lllustrate d by volley in the pile over ane af two tunnels. Material can be piled up ta lower chord of stackpiling bridge. Photo 36 143
LI N K-BE LT • 119
bulk handling rotary plow f eed e rs
Rotary plow feeders .··- ' ... - ·' ... .. V..... .. .. -·. : LEL. 26'-Q'
ORE TROUGH
MAIN T UNN(L
BELT CONVEYOR • . . " •' i, !"'·"' ·"'·;" .·. -•.. _'l. ., . . , . • i
Material is usua lly discharged from th e rotary plow feeders directly onto a collectin g belt conveyor below. For handling high capacities and heavy, sharp materials, a short transfer belt may be mounted on the traveling ca rriage to absorb the impact as ma terial is discharged from the shelf. The transfer or impact belt also assists in regul ating the flow and improves loading to the main collecting belt. A higher percentage of the stored material can be reclaimed by withdraw ing ma terial th rough the continuous slotted opening rather than through a series of spaced openings. lncrements of capacity losses are limited to the d istance the feeder t ravels beneath material t hat may have arched solid l y beyond the cutting range of the rotor blades. Such arches are usually broken down as adjacent m aterial is withdrawn, then reclaimed during the next pass of the feeder.
• "'
TYPI CAL SECTI ON THRO UG H TUNN EL
Ma teria l is r e mov e d b y rot ory p low fee d e r from continuous shelf beneath starage p ile and may be fed directly to moin tunnel belt canveyor or from impact transfer belt as shown. Fig. 35596
Up to 5 " ore is fed by rotary p low feed er from shelf botto m of trough thro ug h continuous, full length feed opening in tunne l. Photo 36159
120 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling rotary plow fee ders
Rotary plow feeders Rotory plow feeders moy be built for copocities of 300 to 3500 tons per hour, depending on number ond speed of rotors, ond the number ond effective rodius of bloded orms. Feeders con be furnished with lateral odjustment to permit feeding material from either side of mochine. Double rotor feeders con be furnished to simultoneously plow material from shelves on both sides. Copocities moy be voried by manual odjustment of rotor speed ond corrioge trove!, or through remote controls interlocked with the conveying system being fed. Orive equipment is normolly mounted on the sorne troveling corrioge with the rotors, but for lorge copocity units ond those requiring considerable elect ricol equipment, the drives con be placed on o seporote corrioge. 3000 TPH of lron ore Is fe d by rotary plow feeder with impoct tronsfer belt from shelf ot upper right to main tunnel belt conveyor in on eJ
lron ore Is reclalmed at 6000 TPH by two rotary plow feeders, each equipped with two rolors. Vorioble voltoge electrical equipment is mounted on a seporote corriage and is controlled from shiplooding stotion sorne dislonce owoy. Photo 36162
Ore up to 6 " Is w lthdrawn from stockpile by rotory plow feeder troveling full length of 450-foot tunnel. Pho to 39463l
O re Is d e llvere d ot 600 TPH from continuous shelf directly to main lunnel by rolory plow feeder equipped with single rotor. Photo 39463R
LIN K - B ELT • 121
bulk handling rotary v ane fee d e r s
ro•ary vane feeders
Batt er y o f Typ e C ratary vane fee d ers delivering wood chips from the b ottom of o storoge b in l o o bel! conveyor. Photo 3003 2
The link-Belt rotary vane feeder, the simplest form of feeder, consists essentially of a r o t ating pocket ed rotor operating in a housing, so that pockets receive material from one ope ning in the housing and deliver it through another. The control of material Aow is obtained by regulating the speed of the rotor. Various forms of rotors and housings are available to suit a variety of materials and installation requirements.
Typ es
~"' l.s:::B2J
4 585
Ty p e A r ota ry v ane feed er
Link-Belt rotory vone feeders ore mode in vorious types. Types A, B ond C ore three of the most common but mony voriotions moy be furnished to suit individual applicotions.
Ty pe A This feeder is recommended for hondling fine, pulverized or granular materiols, smoll enough in size and sufficiently friable so thot lumps will not jom between the close fitting radial vones ond the housing. Material enters the housing from obove ond, as the rotor revolves, eoch pocket dischorges os it reoches the opening in. the bottom. Cleoronce between the vones o nd the housing prevents free pa ssage of oír between the inlet ond outlet sides of the feeder.
Fig. 4584
Type 8 rotary v ane feed er
Ty pe 8 Far lumpy or nonuniform moteriols, o type with substontiol cleoro nce between the vanes and the hausing on the feeding side mus! be used. The Type B feeder provides adequate control af the Aow af material with lumps af reasonable size, and al the sorne time avoids choking or jamming.
Ty pe C This feeder is frequently used for handling materials which are stringy or hove a tendency to mal or cling together. A feature of this orrangement is t he counterweighted, hing ed vertical bin section above the rotar, which restrict the material Aow under normal operating conditions but pravide outamatic meons of relief if an oversized piece becomes lodged against the rotor. Type C rotary v a ne feed er
122 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling convey ing and e levating equi pme nt
conveying and eleva•ing equipmen• for bulk ma•erials Conveying and elevating equipment serves a wide variety of purposes in practically every industry where bulk materials are handled. Primarily, conveyors and elevators provide transportation with a uniform flow from one operation to another, but they also provide the means for performing many other functions en route, such as distributing the material to bins or machines, for weighing, mixing, blending, batching, proportioning, bulk loading, and filling containers. Many types and variations of conveying and elevating equipment hove been developed to meet the widespread needs of industry. They are suitable for handling a wide variety of materials over a broad range of ca p acities. Various types of conveying and elevating equipment are described in this book, but numerous vari ations of these and other types are available for unusuo l conditions. Selection, application and descriptive information for many types is included in the following pages. However, the choice between types for a specific set of conditions requires a careful analysis of the material to be handled, physica l limitations of the site, economics, capacity and other operating requirements. The table on page 37 may be used as a guide for tentative selection of the general typ e of equipment, subject to a more careful study of the specific selection data. Since Link-Belt makes practically every type of elevating and conveying equipment, unbiased selections based on best operating performance, dependability, economy and safety can be made. In addition to manufacturing conveying and elevating equipment, Link-Belt designs, furnishes and installs complete bulk handling systems and often complete plants in which such equipment forms an importan! port.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 123
bulk handling conveying and elevati ng equipment
Belt conveyors (poge 1 27) ore
Fig. 4 179
suitoble for handling mony moteriols in o wide ronge of sizes, over long distonces, up ond down slopes. They ore outstonding for low power requirements, high copocities, simplicity ond dependoble operotion. Material is corried on belts running over onti-friction idler rolls.
conveyors (poge 236) ore odopted to handling hot, obrosive, stringy ond irregulorly shoped lump y moteriols, os well os dusty moteriols or those thot connot be exposed. They hove leokproof troughs in which there ore no moving ports, ond con be enclosed ond seoled for dustproof or gos-tight operotion. The y ore mode in three types for light, medium ond heovyd uty service. Oscillating
Flight conveyors (poge 294) use scroper plotes or flights, corried by one or two stronds of choin, to push cool or other nonobrosive material olong in troughs which mo y b e horizontal, inclined, or o com binotion of both. Dischorge mo y be over the end or through gotes ot intermediote points.
Apron conve yors (poge 248) hondle mony kinds of moterio ls but ore porticulorly suitoble to those which ore heovy, obrosive or lump y. Beod e d, overlopping corrying pons ore usuolly mounted on two strond s of choin operoting on trock. They ore self-feeding ond con be used on combined horizontal ond inclined poths. Wide chain drag conveyors (poge
Screw conve yors (poge 259)
ore odopted to o wide ronge of bulk moteriols of fine ond moderote sizes. They consist of helicoll y formed flighting on revolving shofts, generoll y mounted in stotionory, enclosed troughs which moy be water or steom jocketed for cooling, dryin g, etc. The rototion of the screw odvonces the material.
124 • L 1 N K - B E L T
301) ore simple, ond ore sotisfoctory for handling sowdust, wood chips ond obrosive moteriols such os oshes. Single stronds of wide drog choins slide the material in steel, hord iron or concrete troughs.
bulk handling co nveying and elevatl ng equipment
Sidekar-Karriers
(page 302) are horizontal run-around conveyors consisting of overlapping buckets, each having en undercut gate for unloading. Buckets are equipped with supporting rollers and are pulled by a chain. The bucket line is self-feeding, and discharge is automatically regulated b y the need for material et one or more points.
Circular carriers (page 304) are horizontal run - araund conveyors consisting af two concentric channel rails between which are attached a series of equally spaced steel buckets, each having a single undercut gate which is arranged to automatically open or close as required. The continuous circular frame and buckets rotate as a complete unit supported on a series of roller bearing t runn ion rollers spaced et intervals on steel pedestal supports. They are powered by a booster type chain drive operating in a horizontal p lane. They will efficiently handle any bulk mat erial that will Aaw from the carrying buckets.
Fig. 4 191
Bucket elevators (page 307) Fig. 6197
Weigh larries (pa ge 306) are used to transfer materials from selected overhead storage points to any one of a group of discharge stat ions, recording by weight the amount delivered to each. Scale, hopper, chute and gate are supported by a carriage traveling on overhead rails.
are probably the most widely used method for elevating bulk materials. Various types and designs are available to meet the requirements of different materials and operating conditions. Buckets are mounted on chain or belt. They receive material et the boot and discharge it over the head wheel by centrifuga! action or by gravity. The centrifuga! d ischarge types are normally used for free-Aowing, fine to medium size lump materials. Those discharging b y gravity, which comprise positive discharge, continuous bucket and interna! discharge t ypes, are generally used for materials more difficult to handle dueto large lumps, Auffiness, sluggishness, fragility or similar characteristics.
Fig. 4180
L 1 N K - B E L T • 125
bulk handling conveylng and elevatlng equlpment
Sklp holsts (poge 352) ore porticulorly adoptable to very high lifts ond moy be used to elevote ony bulk moteriols which con be hondled in botches, including moteriols with lorge lumps. A bucket operoting in guides ond roised ond lowered by o hoist-operote d cable comprises the e levoting medium. Opero tion moy be monuolly controlled or fully outomotic.
Gravity-discharge conveyorelevators (poge 373) ore bucket type elevotors which trovel in both vertical ond horizontal poths. The buckets ore rig id ly mounted between two stronds of choin. Material is corried in the buckets on the vertical or steeply inclined runs ond pushed olong sleel troughs on the horizontal ond slig htly inclined runs. Looding is performed b y feeding material into the lower run trough or into o corner boot ond dischorge is effected b y grovity on horizontal runs through open ings in the trough.
Fig. 4210
Fig. 4181
Bulk- Flos (poge 357) ore comp o ct, self-feeding ond se lf dischorging conveyor-elevotors, copoble of corrying bulk moteriols in poths combining vertical, horizontal ond inclined runs, or o combinotion of al! th ree. They ore used for crushed, granular, ground or pulverized materia Is. Material is conveyed in o continuous column b y flights otto ched to choin. Alloy choin flights ond casing con be furnished for hand ling obrosive ond corrosive moteriols. Casing is dust-tight ond material is conflned in such o monner thot surroundings ore protected from objectionoble dust.
Rot or-Llfts (poge 371) ore compoct, dust-tight ond weotherproof vertical screw elevotors which ore odopted to mony of the products hondled by horizontal screw conveyors. They ore mode in convenient sections ond working peris ore few. Screw feeders ore normolly used to deliver material to Rotor-Lifts.
126 • L
1N
K- BE LT
Pe ck carriers (poge 376) ore long-losting dependoble combinot io n elevotors ond conveyors. Buckets ore suspended between two endless choins operoting on lubricoted rollers, remoining in the corrying position until they ore tilted to dischorge by grovity. They hondle mot eriols gently ond dischorge them positivel y.
Fig. 4188
bulk handling b elt conveyors
bel• conveyors Belt conveyors, occupying en outstanding position in the fleld of bulk materials handling, are the most versatile and widely used of all conveyors. They a re capable of handling higher tonnages over greater distances, et lower costs per ton than any other ty pe of conveyor-and often et a lower cost than any other means of transportation. Yet, they are used extensively for small and moderate capacity systems because of their ability to handle practically any kind of material economically and dependably. In addition to their primary use as a means of transporting bulk meteríais, belt conveyors are uniquel y adaptable for performing numerous other functions, such a s weighing, blending, sampling, and stockpiling. Their versatility and sorne of their advantages are illustrated and described on the next few pages. link-Belt has desig ned, furn ished ond instolled some of the world 's most outstonding belt conveyor systems. Also, belt conveyor components and auxiliory equipment manufactured b y link-Belt hove contributed substantially to the success of nume rous other installations, large and small. 60" wlde dock b e lt conveyor of o bel! conveyor system for handling 6000 tons per haur of iran ore and a ther bulk materials fra m vessels to bias! furnace stock y ard, o r to and from a reserve storage orea abaul a mile away- a job which was considered impraclical with othe r mea ns of transpartation. Photo 37468
con tenis belt conveyors In lndustry ........... ... .. ...... 1 27 Advantoges .. . ...................... . .... .... . 128 Typical a rrangements .. .. .. ......... .. .... . . .. . .. 137 Typical cross sections ... ..... . ... . ......... ...... 139
components . . . . . . .. ... . .. . . .. ........ . ...... .. 175 ldlers-speciflcations . .......... . .. ......... . .. . . 17 5 ldlers-dimensions and weights . .. . .. . ............. 181 Orives and other components .. .. ............... .. . 196
engineering ... . . . ..... .... . ... .. .. . .. . . .. . . ... 140
auxillary equipment ....... . . . . ...... . ....... . . 201
General . ... . . . ...... . . ..... . . .. .. . ........... 140 Basic data required for design . ..... . .... .. . . ..... 140 Belt conveyors with respect to materia Is han dled . . .... 14 1 Angles of incline ... . ...... . .... . .... . ........ . .. 14 1 Be lt width and speed .... '. . . .. . .. ... .. ...... ..... 142 Belt idler selection and spacing ... ..... . ..... . . .. . . 146 Power requirements and belt tensions . .... .... . ... . . 150 Belt selection ... . .... . ...... .. . . ............... . 155 Terminal equipment selection ....... . . . . ..... .. . .. . 158 Loading materials on the b e lt .. ..... ...... . ... .... 161 Discharging materials from the belt . ... ............. 163 Other engineering considerations that may apply . . . . 165 Examples of be lt conveyor calculations .. ... ..... . ... 170
Belt trippers . .. ... ......... .. . ........... . ..... 201 Plows, shuttle conveyors, stackers, slingers, and other auxiliary equipment . .......... 20 9
pre-selected termlnals .... ....... . . ............ 2 13 Pre-Bllt sectlonal belt conveyors .. . ....... .. ... 222 Uses in industry ..... .. .......... . ...... .. .. . .... 223 Description of components . .... . ... .. .. •. ... ...... 225 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
L 1 N K - B E L T • 127
bulk handling be lt conveyors
B EL T C ON V EYOR S A RE
suitable for handling a wide variety of materials
Belt conveyors ore most versotile in their obility to hondle o wide voriety of bulk moteriols. Since the moteriols ore corried on the belt, these conveyors ore suitoble for handling certoin corrosive moteriols thot would quickly o ttock the vital ports of ollmetol conveyors. Simil orly, they provide long, d ependoble life for handling obrosive moteriols such os sinter ond olumino. The ronge of sizes which moy be hondled on belt convey ors is limited only b y the wid th of belt. Moteriols moy vory from ext remely fine chemicols to lumpy ore, stone, coal or pulpwood logs. Belt conveyors ore porticulorl y effective for o mixture of sizes, but o lso moy be used for closely sized moteriol s, whether lump s o r fines. Moist ure content of th e moterio ls thot moy b e hondled on belt conveyors vories from wet to dry ond dusty, os well os moteriols thot ore sticky or hove o tendency to pack dueto moisture. Also, friable moteriols moy be hondled on belt conveyors with minimum degrodotion. Since bel! conveyors ore relotively selfcleoning, two or more d issimilo r moteriols moy be hondled ot different times b y th e sorne conveyor.
Coal ot the rote of 750 tons p er hour, is tronsported on bel! conveyor ot left fro m
heodhouse to preporotion pion!. Bel! conveyor a l rig ht corries mine rock through plont to refuse disposol point. Photo 33052
Groin is hondled on o system of belt conveyors ond bel! frippers for delivering to storoge bins. Ancfher system al ground level recloims for shiplooding ot ro le o f 300,000 bushels per doy. Photo 37575
Toconite pell ets ore tronsporte d on this bel! conveyor, 48 inches wide cnd 17 5 fe et long, inclined 1 O degrees, ot the rote of 3 0,000 cubic feet p er hour. Photo 357 50
128 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Pulpw ood logs ore hondled on two belt ccnveyors, 36 inches wide ond 1870 feet long. A lorge
troveling stocker stockpiles 80 cords per hour. Newsprint production ot this pion! has been increosed from 320 tons to 820 fans o doy. Photo 37618
bulk handling belt conveyors
Foundry s and is dislributed by belt conveyor to molding stotions d irectly below. System is designed to h ondle 40 tons per hour o f prepored sond for production o f bross ond oluminum costings. Photo 38527
Nlckel ore is ho ndled from crushing pion! to storoge bin on 5 4 -inch wide belt conveyor, 422-foot centers, operoting on on incline-providing economicol tronsportotion for this heovy, lumpy, obrosive material. Photo 28356
Raw can e sugor rides on ih woy lo sloroge ot 300 tons per hour on thi• 270-fool long bell conveyor inclined ot 14 degrees. Photo 35091
Ove rburde n and le an lron ore o re conveyed over o mile ot o rote of 1140 tons per hour, lo o 100foot rodius pivoted, troveling belt conveyor-slocker for disposol. Photo 32595
Wood chips ore lronsported by 13 belt conveyors, totolling over o mile in leng th, from roilroo d cors or sowmill•. Three othe r belt conveyors hond le high density stock, with specio l white rubber belts to preven! discolo ring. Pholo 36634
Stone and aggre gates o re tronsported on o system of bel! conveyors more thon 3,800 feet long, from q uorry to crushing ond screening pion!, from which o wide voriety of sizes ond speciflcotions o f these moteriols o re conveyed to loodi ng bins ar stockpiles. Photo 37824
Sulphur from stockpile is looded by gontry crone into 5-ton oluminum-lined troveling hopper, equipped with belt feeder. Sulphur is then d ischorged onto o 36-inch wide, 350-foot long belt conveyor running porollel to slockpile, which corries it to tronsfer house ond to ship looder. Photo 381 0 4
L 1 N K - B E L T • 129
bulk handling b e lt conveyors
B ELT CO NV E Y OR S CAN
handle a wide range of capacities Belt conveyors are outstand ing in t heir ab ility to h an dle tremen d ous tonnages o f b ulk materials economically. A number of systems are now operating et rated capacities in excess of 6,000 tons per hour, and equipment is available for capacities beyond any current requirement. Belt conveyor systems are capable of operating virtually around the dock without loss of time for empty return trips or dela ys for loading and unloading. Scheduling ond dispatching is conflned largely to getting the materials to and from the system. High capacity conveyors require no more attendance than those of low ca p acity, and operating costs per ton decrease as tonnages increase. Under these conditions belt conveyors can p ile up annual tonnages that would be more costl y or even impractical for other means of transportat ion. O n the other hand, m any belt conveyors are used to handle exceed ingly small volumes of bulk met eríais from one o p eration t9 another in process plants. 1 200 o r 1800 tons p e r hour of cool from boot unlooder or self-unlooding vessels ore conveyed to storoge or to crushing stotion of modern power pion!. Photo 32437
6000 gross t ons p e r h our of iron ore from o Venezuelon mine ore hondled on o belt conveyor system, from cor dumper to storoge. Ore is then recloimed, weighed, sompled, ond looded into ships. Provisions hove been mode for o dual system to increose looding copocity to 12,000 tons per hour. Photo 361 08
2 800 tons p e r h our of run-of-mine cool ore conveyed from two 1O-cor rotory dumpers by this 60-inch wide moin slope belt conveyor, from which o system of 60-inch belt conveyors hondles the cool through screening, picking, ond blending operotions, ond to borge looding stotion. Photo 28880
1040 g r o ss to ns p er hour (with prov1S1on for 1780 GTPH) of toconite pellets ore hondled by this belt conveyor system which loods roilrood cors in summer ond sfockpiles "oround the dock" during severe winters of northern Minnesoto. The self·propelled belt conveyor stocker is the world's lor9est, with o 275-foot rodius boom. Photo 38273
130 • L 1 N K - B
~
LT
bulk handling b elt conveyors
BELT CONVEYORS CAN
operate over great distances Bel! conveyors provide on economicol ond procticol meons of lronsporling bulk moteriols over longer distonces !han possible with other types of conveyor syslems. Moleriols in lorge plont operotions ore somelimes hondled o total of severol miles on belt conveying systems. A number of instollotions hove demonstroted the economy ond dependobility of bel! conveyors for cross country tronsporlolion. A single belt conveyor more !h an l wo miles long operoted successfully for severol yeors. Another system of conveyors neorly ten miles long hondled oggregotes al o lower cost per ton ! han ony other meons of tronsportolion. The economy in cost per ton for tronsporting moleriols long distonces over belt conveyor systems depends upon sufficient onnuol ond ultimole tonnoges to ossure omortizolion of flrst cost. Due to the low operoling cost of belt conveyors, they become more economicol os onnuol tonnoges increose.
Two-mlle long belt conveyor system handling eorth flll from borrow pit over mountoin ond down to site of Anderson Ronch Dom in ldoho. Photo 26782
3 112-mile belt conveyor system tronsports lignite from a strip mine to o power plant. Photo 36830
Long d i5tance belt conveyor system moves molybdenum ore ot the rote o f 30,000 tons per doy from crushing stotion to processing mili a l left. Photo 36477
Ne arly t e n miles of belt conveyors. consisting of 26 conveyors, each 36 inches wide, handling oggregotes to construction site of Shasto Dom, Corom, Ca lifornia. Photo 24600
5511-foot long "high line" belt conveyor handling cake from screening stolion lo blasl furnoce stock bins. This dependoble conveyor avoids inlerference with surface lronsportotion. Photo 37985
LINK · B ELT • 131
bulk handling belt conveyors
BELT CO N V EY O RS ARE
adaptable to path of travel and terrain Belt conveyors are most adaptable to paths o f travel in plants as require d to meet th e most favorable flow sheet. For the high capacities they will handle, they occup y comparatively little space, can avoid existing equipment and structures, a nd can operate above or beneath other means of t ransportation. Long d istance belt conveyor syslems will negotiate terrain and paths of travel that are not practica! nor economical for most other methods of transportation. Th ey can operate up or down grades three to t welve times as stee p a s most o lher means of transportation . They can cross rivers o r volleys, o r can operate above city streets on relatively lightweight structures. Comparatively small tunnels are sufficient to provide passage underground. An entire system may b e enclosed for all-weather operation.
Carrying llmestone a cross Shenando ah River, from truck du mp ho pper and crusher to shuttle belt conveyor over storoge bin on o pposite si d e. Photo 301 0 8
Tr onsporting co al and min e rock dow n mounto in sid e in two sepa ra te b elt conveyors a perating in one g allery. Coal is then conve yed between b lend ing and cle aning b uild ings an conveyors inclined to suit pion! layout. Photo 3 3039
Moun t o in -climb ing ability o f b el! conveyor system enables it to negolia te lerrain that, fo r other forms o f lransporta tion, would hove required a very costly roed bed . Pho to 27 4 79
\ .;, l Ad apta b llit y to "crow- flight" poth by 1700-foo t long belt conveyor provides economies in transporting iron ore to surface p lan!. Pho ta 34584
132 • L 1 N K - B E L T
':
•.
..:¡..~,., :
...:·
Ope roting over a steep mountoin route, bel! conveyors handle earth ñll from borrow pit to site of Andersan Ranch Dom in ldaho. White line indicates pa th of travel. Photo 26779
bulk handling belt conveyors
B ELT CO N V EY OR S CAN
distribute materials where required Bulk materials, Aowing continuously and uniformly from belt conveyors, may be distributed to desired locotions by o wide voriety of ouxiliary equipment which forms a port of the belt conveyor system. Such meteríais moy be simply dischorged over the heod pulley to bins or piles, or may be distributed o long horizontal runs by meons of trippers or shuttle conveyors. Sorne moteriols, such os wood chips ond foundry sand, may be plowed off the belt ot one or more points simult oneously. The ronge of distribution may be greotly expended with troveling belt conveyor stockers for stockpiling or dist ributing to spoil oreas. Such units hove been built with radii up to 275 feet. Also, belt conveyors and trippers or shuttles on troveling bridges provide large storoge volumes in limited oreas. from v esse l unloaders to b r oad dock s torage ore a , cool is handled by this system of 48-inch wide belt conveyors o nd d islributed by two trove ling belt conveyor bridges. Photo 32765
from rotory car dumpe rs t o t h e hold s o f four s h ip s, these four 60-inch wide bel! conveyor systems load coal rapidly and efficiently for overseas shipment. Phata 32705
from strlpplng shovel to s poil p ile, this bel! conveyor on self-pro pelled crowlermounted stacker, extends 1 90 feet beyond fronl crowle rs, handling overburden a l limeslone quarry. Photo 23675
from processing to sto r a ge t a nks, this 24-inch wide belt canveyar discharges inta tanks by matar prapelled lraveling trippers equipped with reversing shuttle conveyor for wider distribution. Photo 34046
f r o m plant t o stockpiles, this troveling belt conveyor slccker distributes cool to stockpiles on the right, o r ore ond limestone to !he left to be reces! intc a high pile by the bridge. Phcto 37492
L 1 N K - B E L T • 133
bulk handling belt conv e y ors
BELT C ONVEYORS CAN
perform numerous special f uncti ons In addition to transportation and distribution, belt conveyors may be used to perform many other funct ions in handl ing and p rocessing bulk materials. En route on a conveyor, the materia l may be weighed, sorted, picked, sprayed , or magnetic ma teria l may be removed outomatically. Accurate sampling is possible b y cutting the sample from the stream of material Aowing from one belt conveyor to another. Batching may be accomplished automatically by systems of belt fe e ders, scales and hoppers. Materials may be blended as they are bedded into stockpiles by b elt conveyor stackers, or as they are d istri bute d into spe· cial bl ending bins. Also, shuttle type trippers provide the Aexibility necessary to flll multiple compartment mixing or blending bins. De live ring iron ore to lorge ocean vessels, lhis traveling belt conveyor shipload er handles 6000 gross tons per hour al wa ter leve! variations to 40 feet. An exlensive conveyor syslem from stackpile to loader is controlled by shiploader aperator. Photo 36203
lron ore Is w eigh e d on lhis 60-inch wide belt conveyor a l role of 6000 gro ss lons p er hour afler sample has been removed aulomalically al slalion in righl background. Phola 36187
Dlstributing coal in starage are a, this traveling, pivoled boom slacker with 15 0-foot radius receives coal from 1720-foot stacking-out conveyor. Stacker may also be used for blending malerials as they are bedded into piles. Photo 28956
Loadlng lnto ore vessels, 2 5 shuttle belt conve yo rs handle taconite pelle Is al ro te of 7 50 or 1 500 tons per hour fa r each canveyar. As many as ten a llernate halches con be laad ed simultaneously. Photo 38876
Dlsposing of iron ore ove rburde n to spoll p ile, this self-propelled, pivoled b oom belt conveyor stacker is the end link in a mile-long belt conveyor system. Photo 32604
134 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling b e lt con v e yors
BELT C O NVEY O RS CAN
operate over light we ight supporting structures Belt conveyors handle large daily volumes by carrying a continuous stream of material whose weight per lineal foot is quite low. This permits the use of relatively light weight supporting structures. As a result, belt conveyors may be supported and housed at lower cost than most other facilities for transporting similar large volumes. Such light weight structures add little to building loads in plants. Out of doors, belt conveyors may be operated economically over soft, marshy soil, across rivers and valleys, or above city streets. Highly standardized, Pre-Bilt structures are availabfe from link-Belt for belt conveyors up to 36" wide. Radla ting fr om pre par ation build ing, these inclined belt conveyors deliver vorious grades of oggregotes to conicol stockpiles. Quick delivery ond eose of erection on such projects ore ossured with link-Belt stondordized Pre-Bilt sectiono l b elt conveyors. Photo 31 862A
Fabricate d larg ely fra m alumlnum, this belt con· veyor system extends 3 V2 miles, from crusher sto tions neor lignite strip mine to ofuminum reduction power
plant. Photo 36825
Light structures support this 36-inch wide belt conveyor, tronsporting iron ore overburden uphill to tronsfer house ot rote o f 1140 long tons per hour. Photo 32597
Te mpor ary wood structures ore sufficient to support this 36-inch wide belt conveyor which delivers Anished oggregotes from preparation pion! in volley to concrete mixing plant near dom site. Photo 31655
Cable-type sus p enslon b ridge of 450-foot cleor spon supports o portion o f 20-inch wide, 700foo t long belt conveyor, carrying vermiculite o re from storoge sheds to boxear loading stotion on o pposite shore. Photo 33659
L 1 N K - B E L T • 135
bulk handling belt conveyors
BELT CONVEYORS ARE
dependa ble Th eir dependability has been proved in every industry where bulk materials are handled. They are available around the clock, regardless of weather or the calendar. They are less subject to overload and to careless opera tion and abuse by personnel than other types of conveyors. Safe operation is insured by electrical controls, interlocks and other safety devices. Outage time is predictable and repairs of mechanical components are sim ple and can be made quickly.
economical The principal factors contributing to comparatively low operating costs of belt conveyor systems are low power requirements, long life of wearing parts, low labor cost of replacing parts, low cost of inspection and attendance, low casi of loading and unloading per ton hand led, and maximum safety of personnel. Operating casi per ton decreases substantially as rated capacity increases. Grenter utilization of the system reduces amortization cost per ton handled. Thus, two-shift systems handling high annual tonnages often result in surprisingly low over-all costs per ton handled.
De p endabllity o n d e connmy o re the principal reosons why proctico lly oll Jorge powe r generoting slotions d epend upon belt conveyors for their coo l handling needs. Photo 36564
A high d e gree of d e p e ndobility is necessory when equipme nt must operote continuously through rhe ye ar, a s ot this plant for concentra ting o nd
smelting titoniu m ore. Note the widespreod use o f belt conveyors. Photo 393 17
low ope rating costs and d e p e ndabillty o f this belt conveyo r system provided controctors with o new yordstick for their trons po rta tion p ro b lems. The p ioneer for this purpose, !he syste m ho ndled 5,000,000 yord s of excovo ted
1 36 • L 1 N K - B E L T
mate rial from Denny Hill ove r the stree ts of Seo ttle while o peroti ng " o round the dock," quietly ond economicolly. Pho to 18007A
bulk handling belt conveyors
Typical arrangements Poths of trovel Many varied arrangements or paths of belt conveyors are possible. They can be any combination of horizontal, ascending or descending paths. A few are illustrated here. Fig. 4807 Ascending and horizontal path, ar horizontal and d escend ing path, when belt tension will permit ane belt and space will permit vertical
==o
curve.
Fig. 4800 Straight path , horizontal, ascending ar descending .
Fig. 4801 Horizontal and a scending path, ar descending and horizontal path, wh e n space will permit vertical curve and belt strength w ill permit ane bell.
Fig. 4806 Ascending and horizontal path, ar horizontal and descending path, whe n space will not perm it vertical curve but ane belt can be used.
Fig. 4803 Possi ble horizontal and o sce nding path when space will nat permit Fig . 4808 Asce nding and horizontal path, when advisable ta use twa belts.
vertical curve.
Fig . 4802 Possible horizontal and ascending path when space will nat permit vertical curve but belt strength will permit ane belt.
Looding moteriols on the belt Belt co nveyors can be arrang ed to receive materia l a t o ne or more p oints such as ill ustrated.
___,,... =W08 Fig . 4805 Passible descending and horizontal path, when space will nat permit vertical curve.
o
Fig. 4809 One ar more laading chutes ar feeders can be lacated an horizontal, oscending o r descending runs, but it is preferab le to locote them on horizontal or only slightly inclined runs .
o Fig. 4804 Passible descending and horizontal path wh e n space will nat permit vertical curve but belt strength will permit ane belt.
==-;cD
-
==Ji;
Fig. 4810 Troveling loading chute or feeder for receiving materials from a number of bin openings.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 137
bulk handling belt conveyors
Typical arrangements Discharging materials from the belt
e
_,., -"='-
l
Belt conveyo rs con dischorge ma terial over en d or al i ntermedi o te points. A few arro n gemen ts ore illu strote d here. ~;
Fig . 4 8 14 Oischa rge th rough trovel ing tri pper, with o r witho ut cro ss conveyor, lo dislri bule mate ria l lo one o r b o th sid e s of the conveyor fo r the e ntire d istonce of tri pper lrove l. Trippers can be prop elle d by conveyor bell or by se po ra le motor. The motor p ropelled trippers can also b e outomaticolly reversing lo distribule material evenly ar can be monuo lly conlrolled to di scharge al any desired p o int. Fig. 4811 Dischorge o ver end pulley forms conicol pile ot end of b el!.
Fig. 48 17 Dischorge to one side of conveyor lhrough chute from traveling ar stotionory tri ppers or plows.
,,.. Fig.4815 Dischorge over either end pulley to dist ributc lengthwise by reversible sh uttle conveyor. fig . 48 18 Dischorge lo bolh sides of conveyor th rough chute from troveling or starionary trippers o r plows.
Fig. 48 12 Discharge through fixed trippers, with or withoul cross conveyor lo one o r both sides of the belt, to fixed bin openings or pile lacations. Can also be done wilh multiple conveyors as shawn in Fig. 48 1 J or by slopping lroveling trippers in desired position.
Fig.48 19 Dischorge through troveling ar statianory tri ppers la reversing horizontal cross convcyor corried on tripper to provide wide storoge orea.
''
íl.,,·;' ;bJ},2>.c[~~~,~~~~i.:\~~
Fig. 481 J
Oischorge from mul liple conveyors through fixed dischorge chutes, wi th or without cross conveyor lo one or both sides of the belt, to fixed bin openings or pile locotions.
Fig. 4820 Discharge lhrough troveling or slalionary tri ppers to oscending cross canveyors corried on lripper lo provide high storoge pile.
()
Fig.4816 Discharge by hinge d plows to one or more fixed lacations along one or b oth sides of conveyor. Plows may be adjusted to divide discharge inta severa! places simultaneausly in proportion desired.
138 • L
1
N K- B E LT
Fig. 4821 Di scharge through troveling or slotionory trippers to reversing shuttle conveyor carried on trippe r to provide crosswise distributian of material.
bulk handling b elt conve yors
Typical cross sections
Fig. 4825
The load carrying capacity of belt conveyors is determined by the width of the bel! and the shape of its loaded cross section . The orea of the loaded cross section is dependen! upon the shape into which the carrying run of the belt is formed and the angle of repose of the material being carried.
Flat belt on flat belt idlers
fi g. 4826
Flat belts on flat belt idlers • A substantial quantity of bulk materials which hove a steep angle of repose, such as undelinted cottonseed or damp sand can be handled on flat belts. They are especially useful when material is to be discharged at intermediate points by plows or deflector plates.
Flat belt on continuous plate
Flat belts on continuous plate • A continuous flat surface supporting the carrying run of a belt is sometimes used for light, mildly abrasive materials where smooth, even travel is essential. Trough sides can be added to obtain greater capacities when handling materials such as undelinted cottonseed. Fig . 4822
Troughed belt on 20-degree idlers
Troughe d belt s on 20- d e gree idlers • Can be used for handling any bulk material suitable for a belt conveyor. The 20-degree trough permits the use of the thickest belts so that the heaviest materials and maximum size lumps can be carried . This is the most widely used cross section for such lumpy materials as coal, ore, earth and gravel. ' Fig. 4824
Troughed belt on 45-deg ree idle rs ld lers with rolls of unequal length
Troughed belts on 45-degree idlers with rolls of unequal length • These troughed belts accommodate a larger cross section of material than those operating on idlers with rol Is sloping 20 degrees. Special conside ration mus! be given to the belt co nstruction when using 45 º idlers.
Troughed belts on 45-degree idlers with rolls of e qua l length • A cross sectional area of load greater Fig. 4823
Troughed belt on 45-degree idlers ldlers with rolls of equal length
than that possible with idlers with unequal length rolls, and consequently a larger volume, can be carried fo r a given width of bel!. The belt limitations and materials handled are the same as for idlers with unequal leng th rolls.
Tr oug hed b e lts on continuous plate • By troughing
Fig. 48 27
Troughed belt on continuous plate
the supporting surface, such belts will co nvey many bulk materia Is in larger quantities than a flat belt. Covers are frequently provided when handling dusty materials such as carbon block.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 139
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering Th e primary purposes of thls Engln e erlng Sectlon ore to provide informotion on the bosic principies of belt convevor design ond to include formulas from which most belt conveyors moy b e designed. The doto in this section ore bosed on industry sto1.dords where they exist, o s well os link-Belt Compony's brood experience in this fleld. They ore opplicoble to the designs of conveyors for average operoting conditions, which will include o relotively high percentoge of problems. For this purpose the doto ore reoso nobly conservotive. In oddition, on ottempt has bee n mode to d escribe mony unusuol operoting requirements ond conditions thot influence belt conveyor design ond thot creote speciol problems. Where spoce does no t permit complete onolysis ond solution of such problems, they ore described b riefly ond the reoder is referred to link-Bel! for further informotion. Tables ond choris ore included for belt widths up to 84", but wider conveyors ore ovoiloble. However, speciol considerotions ore involved in the d esign of the wider conveyors shown in the tables ond those beyond the limits of the tables. lt is relotively sim ple to colculote opproximote belt conveyor width, speed ond p ower requirement for o g iven set of conditions, but considera ble experience is required to design for optimum o p eroting pe rforma nce, depe ndobility, economy ond sofety. This is porticulorly true for lorg e or importan! conveyors, complex conveyor systems, ond unusuol o p eroting conditio ns. Link-Be l! olwoys is glod to p rovide design ossistonce for ottoining these objeclives. Bel t conveyors hove fewer limitotions thon o ther types of conveyors. Since such limitotions ore conflne d principolly lo the chorocteristics of moterio ls hondled ond ongle of incline, these two subjects ore covered eorly in this section, on poge l 4 l. No te thot two methods ore included fo, colculoting power requirements, both of which ore occurole within their deflned limits. The Grophicol Method is suited for conveyors thot ore relolively simple or for closely opp roximoting power requirements of lorger conveyors. The Anolyticol Method is necessory for precise results when designing lorg e or importan! belt conveyors or those with complex poths of trove!. The doto in this section ore orronged for convenient use of experienced belt conveyor designe rs, yet they ore intended to be complete enough for the use of engineers who ore unoccustomed to designing belt conveyors. For reference, the p rincipal design steps ore listed here to correspond with the letters of the mojar heodings in this Engineering Section.
A •
B.
Determine if belt conveyor is suitable for material to be handled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. l4l
c.
Determine whether angles of lncllnatlon can be establls hed wlthln safe llmits ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
D.
Conslder belt w ldth and speed . . . .... . . . ... .. . . .. 142 for materia l hondled ... ... ... . ... . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. l 4 2 for looding closs .... . . .. .... .. .. .. .. . . .. . ... . .. . . . . 142 for copocity required . .. .. . • .. . ..... . .............. . l 44 for size of lumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. ... . 146
E.
Select proper idler and spacing the type for purpose required . . . . . the series for closs of service . . . . . . . spocing . ..... . ... . .. . . . . .. ... .. lroining idlers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F.
Dete rmine powe r requlr e ment and b e lt t e nsions 150 by the Grophicol Method, from choris .. . . . . ... . .. .... 151 (Exomple shown on poge 170) or, by the Anolyticol Method, bosed on belt tensions . ..... 15 1 (Exomple shown on poge 172)
G. Sele ct the b e lt
. . . .. . .. . ....... ....... ... . .... . .... ..........
. . . . .
. . . ... . 146 . ... . 147 . . . . . . l 47 . ...... l 47 . . . . . 150
... . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . • . .. 155
H.
Dete rmin e requir e d terminal equipment ... . .. .. .. 158 Pulleys Shofls and bearings Tokeups Backstops Electricol equipmenl
l.
Consider m e ans of loadln g mate r ial on th e b e lt .. 16 1
J.
Consid e r m e an s o f discharging mate rial from th e b e lt . . . . . . .
K.
Con side r oth e r e ngin eer lng matte rs that m ay apply . .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . ....... 165 Convex chonges in vertical path of conveyor Concove chang es in vertica l path of conveyor Unusuol conveyor belt orrongements Safety devices Cleaning belt, pulleys and idlers Weighing Mognetic seporation Sampling Dust control Steel supports a nd golleries
L.
Rev le w e x a mples of b e lt c o nveyor calculatlons . . . 170
. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . 163
Basic data required for design
The successful performance of a belt conveyor will depend larsely upen an over-oll design thot meets the requiremenls of oll operating conditions and the selection of componenls that are suitable for those conditions. For these purposes it is ne cessary to consider carefully as much of the following basic dato o s apply to the problems involved in o speciflc project: The m ate r la ls to be handled -The design of a belt conveyor is greotly influenced by the material to be handled. The charocteristics and behavior of a wide variety of materials are described and clossifled on page 563 of the Technicol lnformation section of this catalog. Sorne material charocteristics which limit the use of belt conveyors are covered on page 14 1. There fore , it is necessary to hove such information about the material, o s its size consist (percentages of various sizes), we ight per cubic foot (maximum ond minimum), obrosiveness, moisture content, dustiness, te mperoture s, stickiness, cingle of repose, ond chemical action.
140 • L 1 N K • B E L T
A. Collect basic data requlred for deslgn ..... . . . . .... 140
Capacity-Peok ar surge rote, expressed in tons per hour and cubic feet per hour. Path o f t ravel-Dime nsions should be complete in sketch form, and should be odequo te for considerotion of pcssible olternotes. M ethod o f f eed lng m ate r ial to th e b e lt N u m b er a nd location o f loading p olnts Ope rating condlt lo ns-including hours of operotion (doily, weekly and onnuolly), seosonol periods of operotion ond shutdown, climatic conditions, ombient temperotures (moximum ond minimum ), reversing ar one woy. Will conveyor be enclosed, ar will it b e exposed to weother? Require d life of lnsta lla tlon- Pe rmone nt or te mporory, e:-.pressed in yeors.
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering
B•
Belt conveyors with respect to materials handled
Since moteriols being tronsported by o belt conveyor ore corried on the conveyor belt, such chorocteristics os pocking, obrosiveness, etc., ore of less importonce thon if the material were drogged or pushed olong o stotionory trough. Therefore, belt conveyors will tronsport olmos! oll kinds of bulk moteriols. However, belt conveyors d o hove limitotions imposed by o few moteriols cho rocteristics, sorne of which ore:
Belt conveyors hove been used to carry very hot costings ar e ve n occosionol incondescent lumps when mixed in sond or other fin e moteriols. However, when temperotures reoch 250°-300° F., the economics of o belt conveyor should be compored with other types of conveyors. S peciol considerotion should be given the d esign of the e ntire instollotion when hot moteriols ore hondle d.
Stlckln e s s-Sticky moteriols vory widely in the o mounts thot will odhere to the belt or thot will build up on idlers, pulleys ond chutes. Few moteriols ore so sticky thot o high percentoge will not dischorge from o conveyor belt. Mony sticky moteriols moy be hondled successfully if chutes, cleoning devices, idl e rs, pulleys, belts ond b e lt speeds ore pro perly designed or sele cted to insure dependoble operotion. Consult Link-Bel! if in doubt obout ony material.
Ch e m lcal reaction -Some oils, che micols, fots ond ocid s moy b e injurious to some b elts, idlers ond p ulleys. Neopre ne or other b e lt covers con be obtoined ond the idlers ond pulleys con be mode of or cooted with severo! kind s of substonces to resist corrosion or chemicol reoction. Large lumps-The size of the lorg est lumps, ond the percentoge of the total volume represente d by the lorgest lumps, ore two of the focto rs thot determine the minimum width of the belt os shown in Table 6, poge 146. lt mo y be found odvontogeous to crush the lorgest lumps if they require o very much greoter width of belt thon would otherwise be necessory. As shown in Table 14, pog e 156, the roted te nsion of sorne b elts is determined by size ond weight of lumps.
Temperature-Whe n te mperoture of material corried exceeds 150° F., heot resisting belts ore usuolly require d . De teriorotion of o b e lt is somewhot in proportion to temperoture, olthough o hot, coorse materia l such o s lump cake is opt to be less domoging to o b elt thon o closely pocked materia l of the sorne temperoture.
C•
Angles of incline The ongle of decline for descending conveyors moy b e the some os for oscending conveyors when sluggish moteriols like domp eorth ore hondled, b ut the ongle should be somewhot less for lumpy mo te rio ls ond !hose hoving lower ongles of repose. However, the combinotion of ongle of decline ond speed of b e lt moy not b e o s criticol when o descending conveyor is to dischorg e to o stockpile or into o bin where the e ffects of possible ovolonching will not creote o cleonup problem. From Chori A the ongle of incline ond length of the inclined portion of o conveyor moy be obtoined when the ho rizontal le ng th ond rise of the inclined po rtion is known.
The ongle of inclinotion ot which o belt conveyor will convey o specifk bulk material depends upon such chorocteristics os its size consist, shope of lump s, moisture content, o ngle of repose ond Aowobility. Design fo ctors which offect the behovior of moteriols on on inclined belt include b elt speed, whether material is osce nding or descending, how full y the belt is looded, ond whether it is looded continuously, uniformly ond centrolly. When the incline is too steep, sorne peri of the bed of mate rial moy slid e, Aow or roll bock, resulting in spillog e. Also, when b elt is too steep, lo rge lumps or sphericol pelletized material moy become dislodged from the bed o f fines, either neor the side of belt ar when the bed " toils out" ot the e nd of feed . For lo rge lumps this condition is o g grovoted when be lt is co rrying less thon obout 603 of its normal cross sectiono l load . Also lorge, heovy lumps thot ore thus dislodged, moy roll bock ond bounce, cre oting o sofety hozord. All of these conditions, excep t the " toil outs," o re improved if b e lt con be loo ded on o horizontal or low ongl e run before it curves up to o stee per incline. Ta ble 1, pog e 142, shows conservotive moximum ongles ot which b elt conveyors will ca rry mote riols et their roted copocities, even et high speeds ond whe n looded inte rmittently. However, better ond sofer o peroting conditions will result from inclines less thon these mo ximums, porticulorly whe n handling moteriols contoining lumps lorg er thon 4".
o
~e:_,\~ ~~'\~~e:_,
'Oc:_,
~~~~~ V~c:_, 1~>J'l\f--'31P~--fli¡,:>::~r-:::>l-''T-+-lc::>+-
'OÓ <)::,~ ~~ o~
~,s~t,~Gc:_, ,~~~ ~~~ c:_,c:_,
roe:_,
\~~"º ~ r.c:_,
Chórt A • An gle and length of incline Fig. 4836
Exomple • Belt conveyor with 152 feel horizontol distance ond 38-foot rise. To use the chori for this example, divide these figures by 2, giving 76 feet o nd 19 feet. The intersection o f o vertical line from the 7 6 -foot horizontal length, with a horizontal line from a 19-foo t rise, would accur al o p oint corresponding oppraximately, on the 14 ° line, to a radius of 78 \12 feet. Multiplying this by 2 results in on inclined length o f 1 57 feet for the conveyor. The ongle is 14° for either set of figures.
~~Ó
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE BETWEEN CENTERS IN FEET
LI NK - B EL T • 141
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering C · Angles of Incline, continued
Table 1 • Moximum ongle of incline. Ma>
Material carried ¿ Alumino, dry, free-flowing Beons, whole Cool, onthrocite Cool, bituminous, sized, lump s over 4 inches Cool, bituminous, sized, lumps 4 inches ond under Cool, bituminous, unsized Cool, bituminous, fines, free-flowing 0 Cool, bituminous, fines, sluggish .c. Cake, sized Cake, unsized Coke, fines ond breeze Eorth, free-Aowing 0 Eorth, sluggish 6 Grovel, sized, woshed Grovel, sized, unwoshed G rovel, unsize d G roin
18
8 16 15
16 18
20 22 17 l8
20 20 22 12 15 18 15
.A. See footnote far Table 2, poge 143, far definit ions of sized, unsized a nd fine materiols
• Far asce nding conveyors when uniformly laaded and with constan! feed.
D•
Material carried ¿
Maximum angle of incline,
degrees • Ore (see stone) Pockoges Pellets, depending on size, bed of moteriol ond concentricity (toconite, fertilizer, ele.) Rock (see stone) Sond, very free-Aowing o Sond, slugg ish (moist) 6 Sond, tempered foundry Stone, sized, lumps over 4 inches Stone, sized, lumps 4 inches ond under, over 3/s inches Stone, unsized, lumps over 4 inches Stone, unsized, lumps 4 inches ond under, over 3/s inches - Stone, fines :Ya inch ond under Wood chips
15 to 20 15 to 25
5 to 15 15 to 20 15
20
24 15
16 16 18
20 27
0 Angle of repose 30º to 45° 6 Angle of repose ov e r 45° o Very wet or ve ry d ry, with a ngle of repose less than 30°
Belt width and speed
The best combinotion of belt width ond speed depe nds upon copocity, ongl e of incline, belt tensions, lump size ond other chorocteristics of the material to be hondled. Due to the number ond voriotions of these conditions, it is sometimes necessory to consider severol lentotive combinotio ns o f width ond speed before estoblishing the final design. The increosing need for handling higher copocilies over lo nger distonces has resulted in o trend toword higher belt speeds for conveyor systems. f irst cost is usuolly lower for o no rrow, high-speed conveyor, but high speeds moy creote problems ot looding points, al lronsfers, ond o n inclined portions. Often, lower over-oll operoting costs moy be obtoined with wider belts al lower speeds. The conditions which influence selection of besl width ond speed ore d escribed below:
Abrasive materlals having relotively smoll size lumps moy limit the speed of the belt by thei r degree of obrosiveness.
Speed-as limited by material handled
Type of chutes, trippers and loadlng and unloadlng devlces ore affected by both e xtre me ly high ond low speeds.
In conveying some moteriols, porticulorly mildly obrosive moteriols, it is usuolly found thot the norrowest permissible belt ot the highesl p ermissible speed will be the most economicol. However, with some moteriols ond under cerloin conditions, slower speeds moy prove more profitoble. Some of the material chorocleristics ond conditions which influence the speed of the belt ore:
Light, fine, fluffy materials, such os sodo osh ond soop chips, should be corried et o speed slow enough to preven! them from being blown from the belt or lheir Aow from being relorded due to windoge or oir resislonce. Fine, dry, dusty materlals, such os pulverized cool, should be corried al o speed slow enough to minimize dusting. Fraglle materlals should be corried slowly enough so thot degrodotion hormful lo the use or solobility of the material will be minimized al the lo oding ond unlooding points. Slugglsh, damp materlals, such os fine wet cool or wet sond thot moy hove o lendency to stick or cling to the belt, should be corried al speeds high enough to p rovide o good dischorge from the belt. Hard, coarse, heavy, sharp and ¡agged materials, such os lumpy ore and slone, should trovel ot a moderate speed to minimize damage to the belt al the loading chutes.
142 • L 1 N K - BEL T
Granular, smooth surface materla ls, such os whole grains and beans and malerials si mila r to wood chips and undelinted cotton seed, usually ore carried al higher speeds than most other materials. W idth of b elt, since higher speeds ordinarily ore used for the wid er belts.
Belt tensions sometimes determine speed of belt within the range limited by other factors. A higher spee d with red uced cross sectional load may permit a more e conomical belt.
Trajectory, which may not throw material far e nough beyond head pulley or may throw it too fa r beyond. See Chori F, page 164. Klnd of carrylng ldlers, if other than boll o r roller b eoring , which moy limit speed b y t ype of bearings or diameter of rolls. Consult Link-Belt for the design of slider belts. Table 2, page 143, shows speeds which present p ractice ond experience indicate os the most practica l and economico l. They ore to b e used only a s o general guide for consideration along with the mony o ther factors for obtaining a well balance d design.
Loading Class-cross sectlonal area and volume as d etermined by material A characteristic of the ma terial that gre otly influences b e lt conveyor copacity is its a ngle of repose or, as it is being conveyed on the belt, its angle of surchorge. Some fine meteríais, such as ore, sand and coal, may retain a high sur.charge angle o n the b e lt when they contoin ce rtain proportions o f moisl ure and cloy, b ut ma y slump to a lower ongle when they ore clean and dry. Fibrous moleriols usually hove a high ongle of surcharge. (continued)
'
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering D • Belt w ldth and speed, conlinued Toble 3 shows Looding Closses A, B ond C to d e note the moximum surchorge ongle ond the cross sectionol ore o al which some representotive moteriols ore normolly corried on be lts lroveling over idler rolls. The surchorge ongle, in conjunction with the width of the be lt, the shope of the trough of the b e lt, ond the dislonce from the e dges of the
streom of material to the edges of the belt, dete rmine the volume of material lo be corried pe r line ar foo l o f belt. Subseque nl tables for colculoting required speed of b e lt ore bosed on these Looding Closses. Although the volumes shown ore conservotive, they should no l be e xceeded, e speciolly on incline d conve yors, without due considerotion to Aowobility ond size of lumps, sp e ed ond length of belt, ond ongle of inclines.
Table 2 • Maximum recommended belt speed as determined by material handled. Ma ximum recommended be lt speed, feel per minute "'
Material
Belt width, inches Chorocteristics
14
Material example
1
Mildly obrosive Cool, e orth Moximum size lumps, sized Bonk grovel IVery obro sive, nol shorp or unsized o Very obrosive, shorp ond jogged Stone, ore Cool, eorlh Holf mox. lumps, IMildly obro sive sized or unsized Very obrosive Slog, coke, ore, slone, culle t Flokes Wood chips, bork, pulp Granular, Ya" to Vi" lumps G roin, cool, cotlonseed, sond Soda osh, pulverized cool llight, Auffy, dry, d usty Fines Heovy Cemenl, Aue dust Coke, cool Frogile, where degrodotion is hormful Soop chips
16 , 18 1 20
24
1
30
36
42 1 48
1
54
1
60
72
84
3 00 300 400 400 450 500 5501600 6001650 650 650 650 3 ~ 300 1400 40~ ~o 550 550¡600 600 600 6001600 25 0 250 300 350 400 450 500 500 550 550 550 550 550 3001300 4 00 4~ 5 ~ 600 650 700 700 700 700 700 700 300 300 4 00 400 500 600 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 4 0 0 450 450 500 600 700 800 800 800 800 8 00 800 800 400 4S0,45o l5oo 600 700 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 220-250 feet per minute .. .. ... . . . ... . . .. 250 -300 feel per minute . . . . . .-..... -.. 200-250 feel per minute . ... ... 150-200 feet per minute .. . . . .. ..
450
ore lumps ronging from moximum size to :1'2 moximum size, ot leost 153 ore fines or lumps smoller thon •;,0 mo ximum, ond remoining 75% are lumps of any size smaller than \12 moximum Sized means o uniform mixtu re in which not more thon 20ºlo are lumps
Moximum fa r be lts troveling horizontolly on boll ar roller bearing i:J lers. For picking belts, speed is usuo lly 50 to 100 FPM. Belts with discharge plows should not trovel !aster thon 200 FPM. A speed of ot leost 300 FPM should be mointoined to ossist dischorge of moteria ls lending to cling to belt, such as wet coal, wet sond, d<:1mp eort~. dirty g•ovel. o Unsh:ed means o uniform mixture of mate rial in which not more thon 1010
Á
ronging from moximum size ro ~ maximum size, ond remoining 80% ore lumps no lorger thon '2 maximum size and no smoller than 'Ao moximum siz e.
Tabl e 3 • Looding Closses M a:Kimum
Loading surcharge closs angle Á
A
Co mpo rative cross-se ctional oreas
20-degree trough
1
S e mi- Auid or Aot slump
degrees f ig. 4842
Typical materiols
Ve ry fre e -flowing , hoving ongle of repose of le ss thon 3 0 degrees
~·
5
Ma terial chorocteris tics
Flat bel!
45-degree traugh
Fig. 4842 Very wet or very dry, smoll sphericol or granular porticles
B
20 degrees
-------10'
-~
~o·
__. . . . . . . . . .----__j
1
~:;;~~·!.:°"-'-·''~~~~
~
Fig. 4843
Fig. 4843
Fig. 4843
Mointoins ongle of repose between 30 ond 35 degrees Lorgest lumps pe rmitted by wid th of belt os shown in Tabl e 6, poge 146 Medium size lumps os shown in Ta ble 6, poge 146
e
- /~o·\
Moinloins ongle of repose over 40 degrees
~
30 degrees
'
.
:'•-..
.
'._J
'
fi g. 4844
Á
Fig . 4844
Fig. 4844
Slu ggi sh, flb rous, string y, sh re dded, or Aokes thot cling together
Whole groin, whole beons, whole seeds, dry silico sond, cement, Ay osh, mico flo ke s ar wet concrete
Cool, oshes, sond, grovel, eorth, stone, ore, rock, lump lime, lump gypsum, coorse solt ond crocked groins
Some os for looding Closs B Wood chips, bork, shovings, bogosse, undelinted cotton seed, green molt, hops, shredded cone, shredded rubber, domp fines ond lempered foundry sond
Defined as the maximum cross-secrional surcnarge an91e e t which motenol may be comed on belts trove ling over belt 1dle rs.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 143
bulk handling belt co nveyors
Engineering D • Be lt w ldth a nd sp eed , continued
the volume of material on one linear foot of belt. Since the p e rmissible speed of the belt varíes with different conditions ond differenl widths of b elts, more thon o ne colculotion moy b e necessory to orrive ot the proper combinotion of wid th a nd sp eed. Whe n 20° idlers ore used ond the Looding Closs is B ar C, the speed of the belt mo y b e determined from the to ns p er hour of moteriol to be tronspo rted by interpoloting from Tabl e 4.
W idt h and sp ee d- as d etermin e d by copacity The minimum width of b e lt to carry the required volume of moleriol depe nd s upon the sp eed ot which the be lt will trove! ond the permissible cross sectionol oreo of the load on the bel!. The volume of material lo be hondled is usuolly expressed in terms of to ns per hour, cubic feel per hour, cubic yords p e r hour, or bushels per hour. So thot the conveyor will never b e overlooded, the volume per hour must b e the moximum rote ar peak rote al which materia l will be hondled ot ony momenl ond not the averag e p er hour or the average os d e termined by hourly ar doily re q uireme nts.
However, if o ther thon 20° idl ers ond B or C looding are used, colculate the speed of the belt from the formulo
s where S
To insure that the volume will never be gre oter thon plonned, use surge b ins with feeders unless the flo w of ma terial to the belt is reg ulote d by sorne other method, such o s by other conveyors, or by p rocessing equipment.
=
V¡ -
V2
= sp eed of belt, feet per minute, to carry moximum rec-
ommended cross sectiono l looding of belt V1 = p ea k ro te per hour ot which material will b e hondl ed V2 = role per hour of corrying material a l bel t speed of one foot per minute, os found from Table 5, poge 145.
Table 5, poge 145, shows the permissible cross sectionol o rea s of the load o n the b elt far vorious types of idlers ond far the vorious lood ing clo ssiflcotions in terms of rote per hour of corrying material when speed of belt is one foot per minute ond material is conslontly ond uniformly fed to the belt. These volues, therefore, ore 60 times
lf the minimum belt width resulting from the obove formulo will req uire o b e lt speed greoter thon permitted by Table 2, poge 143, the width should be recolculo te d , ond bosed on o V2 volue sufficient to reduce the speed of the belt within the recommended limits.
Table 4 • Capacities of b elt conveyors using 2 0 -degree idlers Weight o f p er cubic foo t, pounds
Belt sp eed , fee t per minute 4
inches
• 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72 84
Capaci ty , loadi n g Class C, short tons (2000 p ou n d s) p er hour 0
Capacity, loadi ng Cla ss 8, short t on s (2000 pound s) p er haur0
Belt width,
material
100
200
300
~ ~I 54 ~~I 81~~
400
~~
500
·
600
05 : : :
Belt speed, feet per minute 4
700
800
. . . ¡ ::: I ·.. . . .
100
~~
200
300
~¿I ~~
400
1
500
1
600
*~I
1
700
1
800
i 115 108 135 ... 31 63 94 126 157 67 101 135 168 . .. ... 39 79 1181 158 197 lOo ----isa 200 ~ 300 - ..-.- - .-.-.60 120 1- 180 300 ~1--1-81 1621 243 1 324 405 486 567 . . . 97 194 291 389 485 582 68 0 50 117 235 352 470 587 704 822 940 147 295 44 2 5 9 0 737 884 1032 1180 162 325 487 650 812 974 1137 1300 202 405 6 07 8 10 1012 1214 14 17 1620 220 440 ~ 880 ll0o 1320 1540 1760 275 550 ~ 1100 1375 1650 1925 2200 285 5701 855 11401 14251 17 10 19951 2280 357 7151 1072 1430 17871 2144 2500 2860 360 720 1080 1440 1800 2 160 2520 2880 450 900 1350 1880 2250 2700 3150 3600 555 111 o 1665 2220 2775 3330 3885 4440 690 1380 2070 2760 3450 4140 4830 5520 775 / 1550 2325 3100 38751 4650 5425! 6200 970 1940 2910 3880 48501 5820 6790 7760 14 321 64 961 129 . . 1 . . . 1 . . . ... 32) 641 96 129 16 42 84 126 168 210 . . . ... . .. 46 92 138 184 230 18 54 108 162 216 270 . . . ... . .. 63 126 189 252 3 15 20 67 135 202 ~1 337 . . . ... . .. 79 158 237 316 295 24 200 300 400 500 600¡ . .-. -.. .240 360 480 600 ~ - -30 162 324 486 648 8 1o 972 1134 . . . 194 389 583 778 972 1166 1361 100 36 235 470 70 5 940 1 175 141 o 1645 1880 295 590 885 1180 1475 1770 2065 2360 42 325 650 975 130 0 162 5 1950 2275 2600 405 810 12 15 1620 2025 2430 2835 3240 ----- -- - - - - - - - --- - -48 440 880 1320 1760 2200 2640 3080 3520 550 1100 1650 2200 2750 3300 3850 4AOO 54 570 11 40 1710 228 0 2850 3420 3990 4560 7 15 1430 2145 2860 3575 4290 5005 5720 60 720 1440 2160, 2880 36001 4320 5040 5760 900 1800 2700 3600 4500 5400 6300 7200 72 111 o 2220 3330 4440 5550 6660 7770 8880 1380 2760 4140 5520 6900 8280 9660 11040 84 1550 3100 4650 6200 7750 9300 l 0850 12400 1940 3880 5820 7760 9700 11640 13580 15520 - - - --l---14 - -¡a ~---¡-¡¡----i92..-.- --..-.- -. .-.- --..-.- --¡¡¡~----¡-¡¡ 192--- - - - - 16 62 124 186 248 . . . . .. ... ... 68 136 204 272 340 18 80 160 240 320 400 . . . ... .. . 94 188 282 376 470 20 102 204 306 408 51 o . . . ... ... 118 236 354 472 590 24, 150 300 450 600 750 900 . . . . .. 180 360 540 720 . 900 1080 290 582 872 1164 1454 1744 2036 2320 30 242 484 726 968 12101 145 2 1694 .. . 150 36 352 704 1056 1408 1760 2112 2464 .. . 4421 884 13261 1768 2210 2652 3094 3536 42 486 972 1458 1944 2430 2916 3402 .. . ~06 ~ 4 ~o 2428 3034 ~ 4248 4848 824 1650 247 4 3 300 4 124 4948 577 4 6592 48 660 1320 19801 2640 3300 39601 4620 - ..- . 1070, 2144 321 4 4288 5358 6428 7502 1 8560 54 854, l 708 2562 3416 4270 1 5 124 59781 ... 60 1080 2160 3240 4320 5400 648 0 7560 .. 1350 2700 4050 54001 6750 8100 9450 l 0800 1 72 1665 3330 4995 6660 8325 9990 11655 13320 2070 4 140 621 o 8280 10350 12420 14490 16560 84 23 25 4650 6975 9300 11625 13950 16275 18600 29 1o 5820 8730 11640 l 45 50 17 460 20370 23 28 0 27 34
100¡
.t. Refer to Toble 2, poge 143 far moximum speeds. • Refer to Toble 6, poge 146 for mínimum w idth of belt far lump size.
144 • L
1
2401
----:so
N K- B E LT
120
0 Refer to Toble 3, poye 143 for derermining Load ng Closs.
bulk handling b elt conveyo rs
Engineering O • Bel! width and speed , continued Usually, it is mosl economical to operale !he narrowesl permissible bel! al its maximum allowoble speed. However, when it is calculated that the permissible cross sectional load ing al !he maximum permissible speed will handle more thon the required volume, it is usually bes! to maintain !he cross sectional lo ading and select a speed sufficient to convey !he required volume. The width and speed thus determined should be considered a s tentative until b elt tensions
a re established, a s it may be necessa ry lo increase the width to provid e sufficienl operating slrenglh; or, it may be advantageous to operate !he belt al a higher speed with reduced cross sectional loading to decrease lhe req uired tension. Another consideration which may be found later to inAuence the width and sp eed of !he bel! is !he troughability of bel!, as determined b y ils thickness to p rovide adequate strength.
Tab le S • Rote p er hour of carrying material al belt speed of one foot per minute Belt width,
Volume per hour for one foot per minute of belt speed, v, Cubic yards per hour
Cubic feet per hour6
inches
e
A
2.6 3.7 5.3 7.3 11.9
4 .1 5.8 8.5 11.6 18.9
.... . ...
A
B
...... . . . .. . . . .. .. .. .... . .......
1
loading Class Á B
e
Bushels per hour B
e
2.1 2 .9 4 .2 5.8 9.6
3.2 4.6 6.8 9.3 15.2
........
14.4 21.8 30.7 38.8
23.0 34.6 48.7 61.5
..... . ..
47 .6 60.0 85.0 113.0
76.0 89.2 125.0 167.0
A
1
Fl at bel! on idlers • 14 16 18 20 24
... .. . .. ........ . .. .....
0.09 . 13 . 19 .27 .44
.15 .21 .31 .43 .70
........
.66 1.00 1.42 1.78
1.06 1.59 2.24 2.83
. . ...... . . ...... ... .... .
2.20 2.75 3.90 5.20
3.50 4.12 5.80 7.70
30 36 42 48
........ . . .. ... . .. . . . . . .
. .......
18.0 27.2 38.2 48.3
28.6 43.0 60.6 76.4
... . .. .. . . . . .. .. . . . . .. . . .. . .. . . .
54 60 72 84
. .... . .. ....... . . .. ..... ........
59.2 74.5 107.0 142.0
94.7 111.9 157.0 2 10 .0
... .. ... ..
.... .
.. . . . . . . . ......
..... ...
20-degree idlers • 14 16 18 20
3.35 5.04 6.90 8.85
24 30 36 42
13.50 22.60 33.50 47.60
48 54 60 72 84
63.00 80.00 98.00 145.00 200.00
-
6.48 8.40 10.80 13.50
6.48 9.20 12.60 15.8 0
.13 .19 .25 .33
.24 .31 .40 .50
.24 .34 .46 .58
2.70 4.05 5.55 7.12
5.20 6.75 8.70 10.85
5.2 7 .4 10.1 12.9
20.oq_- : 32.40 47.00 65.00
24.00 38.90 59.00 81 .00
.50 .84 1.24 1.76
.74 1.20 1.74 2.41
.89 1.44 2.18 3.00
10.85 18.10 27.00 38.80
16.10 26.00 37.80 52.20
19.3 31.2 47.5 65.0
110.00 143 .00 180.00 276.00 385.00
2.23 2.96 3.62 5 .35 7.40
3.26 4.22 5.33 8.23 10.40
4.07 5.3 0 6.65 10.20 14.20
50.50 64.20 79.00 116.00 160.00
7 1.00 91 .50 116.00 177.00 226.00
88.5 115.0 145.0 220.0 307.0
30.4 50.0 7 0.0 96.0 126.5
.7 4 1.18 1.54 2.12 2.88
.98 1.58 2.15 2.83 3.85
1.13 1.85 2.58 3.56 4.70
15.9 25.7 33.4 46.2 62.8
21.2 34.2 44.5 61.5 83.0
24.4 40.2 56.2 77.2 102.0
22.9 38.5 56.5 79.5 112.0
26.3 43.7 64.2 93.5 120.0
144.0 185.0 280.0
155.0 195.0 285.0
88.00 114.00 144.00 222.00 282.00
45-degree idlers with unequol length rolls • 24 30 36 42 48
19.8 32.0 41.5 57.5
78.0
26.4 42.6 55.2 76.8 103.8
45-degree idlers with equal length rolls • 24 30 36 42 48
22.0 36.0 53.0 74.5 104.2
28.7 48.0 70.8 99.6 139.8
33.0 54.2 80.0 116.0 149.0
.81 1.33 1.96 2.76 3.85
1.06 1.77 2.62 3.68 5.15
1.22 2.00 2.96 4.30 5.52
17.5 28.8 42.5 59.5 84.0
54 60 72
135.0 173.0 262.0
180.0 231 .0 349.0
193.0 243. 0 355.0
5.00 6.40 9.70
6.67 8.5 5 12.90
7.15 8.65 13. 10
108 .0 139.0 2 10.0
Refer to Table 3, page 143, lor determinalion of Looding Class. • Select idlers lrom pages 146 thru 150.
Á
1
Tons per hour X Pounds per ton 6 Cubic fee t per hour = - Weighl of moterial per cubic foot, pounds
L 1 N K - B E L T • 145
bulk handling belt co nveyors
Engineering D • Belt w idth and s p eed, continued
Ta ble 6 • Maximum recommended lump size for each width of belt on 20-degree idlers
Widt h - a s d e termin e d by size of lumps
· 1loodingl Maxi mum siz e of lu mps() Molen al class class Bell width, inches • 14 l 16 l 18 1 20 l 24 l 30 1361 42 4 8 541601 72 184
The size of lumps to be hondled moy determine the minimum belt width, porticulorly for low copocity conveyors or for inclines thot opprooch the moximums. When o smo ll percenloge of lorge lumps requires o substontiolly wider b elt, speciol looding methods sometimes moy be used to occommodote them. Also, under cerloin conditions, norrower belts moy be used if occosionol lorge lumps ore confined by skirts, guords or sofety covers. Belts of omple width usuolly justify their first cosl by subsequenl sovings in cleonup expense ond improved sofety, porliculorly on conveyors of modero l e lengths. On very long conveyors or conveyor systems, it moy be odvisoble to crush extremely lorge lumps or to screen them out ond hondle them seporotely. Table 6 shows the best proctice with respect to moximum size of lumps for belts of given wid ths without considerotion of idler series or the strength of bel t. To ble 7 illustrotes the influence of lump size on idler selection, ond Table 14, poge 156, shows the necessity for consid ering lump size with resp ecl to the strength of the belt.
E•
Unsized
- -Sized
B e. Bo
-eB e.e
10 16 18 20 22 27 32 12 114 16 20 22 24 28 33 38 4 5 7 10 12 15 18 l '12 2 3 - - --- 8 10 '12 14 16 19 22 3 '12 4 '12 7 1 '12 2 2 '12 3 '12 5 6 7 '12 9 '12 3/.o 1
3 4 5 .. .. 1 - -- 2 2 '12 3 ...
6
8
Unsixed means a uniform mixture of material in wh:ch not more thon lOq~ ore lumps ronging from moximum size to . mox1mum si ze, et leost 15'";~ ore fines o r lumps smaller than 1,fo maximum, ond remoining 75'~~ ore lumps of
ony size smolle r thon
2 moximum.
Sized meons a uniform mixrure in which not more thon 200,-;, ore lumps ronging from maximum size to .' moximum size, ond remoining 80':' 0 ore lumps no lorger thon 1 ~ maximum size ond no smaller thon 1 -10 moximum size
• Looding closses are exploined in Toble 3, poge 143 8osed on free ílow of moteriol through s~ir t pioles when the looding condirionsond the distonce between skirt ploresore os recommended on poqe 162 o Bosed on speciol considerotion being given to loading conditions of the belt ond ope rotion o f the conveyor. O Size of lumps moy determine series o f belt id lers os shown in Table 7, ond lhe roted belt tensions in Table 14, poge 156.
!),.
Belt i dler se lection and spacing
The type ond spocing of belt idlers influence the life of the idlers, the belt, ond to o lesser exlent the power requiremen t. Selection of the most solisfoctory idler requires considerotion of the material hond led, copocily, ond conditions of service. Link-Belt mokes on exceptionolly brood ronge of types ond sizes of bel! idlers. Although sorne moy opp eor to overlop, o ll ore required to hondle o wide vo riely of moteriols ond to mee! oll of the needs
of modern industry. The informo tion herein is suitoble for selecting idl ers for most conditions of service. However, il moy be odvisoble to consult Link-Bel! for idler recommendotions to mee! unusuol combinotions of conditi ons. The construction of Link-Bel! idlers is described on poge 175. Dimensions ond weights ore shown on poges 181 -195.
Tabl e 7 • Maximum recommended lump size for each idler series Type of bell idler
Maximum rccomm e nded size of lumps, inches A
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
ldler serie s
Belt width, inches 14
35 50 100 50 75 100 50 100 150 50 100 150 100 150
5000 6000 20° t roughed b el! idl ers
7000 8000 -
9000 45° lroughed bel! idlers Flot b elt idle r s •
6000
. ..
20
24
5 5
5 5 4 6 6 6 6 6 6
6 5 4 8 8 8 1 - -- 8 8 8 8 8 8 - - -
-
I~
- .. .
..
18
4 4 4 4
4 5 5 5 5 . .. 5 .. . -5 . .. . .. . .. . ..
...
. .. .-. -
16
.. -.. 1
. ..
1
¡-..
.. -
. .
- - ..
- ..
.. .
.
36
42
6 5 4 - - -12 16 12 14 10 12 12 16 20 14 12 16 10 12 14 - - -- 12 16 20 12 14 16 10 12 14 - -16 20 16 20
48
54
----
20 16 14
-
16 14 22 22
84
- - - - --
-
- -
-
~1 20
1
72
60
16
20 16
24 24
28 26
J
---
- ¡-
- --33- - 38 27
32
,
When used for moleriols other thon fine or granular, the moximum size of lumps or objecls depends upon rheir shope and weight, olso !he spocing of idlers, speed of belt ond other considerotions. Consult Link- Belt .
Size of lumps moy olso be determined by w idth o f belt (Toble 6). or by belr tension ond weight of moteriol (Toble 14, poge 156). Other considerotions
14~
30
Size ond weight of lumps is usuolly limited by type of belt. Consult Link-Belt when material weighs more !han 50 pounds per cubic foot.
ond
8000 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000
-
3 3 3 3 3 3 ..
• L 1N K- B E LT
include chor<1cterisrics of moteriol, Looding Closs, speed o f belt ond looding cond1trons.
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering 2. Regreose oble in the field from one e nd, or "one-shot." This method
E • Belt ldler selectl on and spaclng, continued
The TYPE of idler is determined by the function it performs, such os corrying the load, supporting !he empty return belt, troining the b e l! ond cushioning !he impoct of looding. Selection of the type of corrying idler, whether Aot belt, 20° or 45° troughed belt, usuolly is determined by the size, weight, quontity ond lump size of material to be hondled. Severol SERIES of eoch type of idler ore mode to mee! widely differing operoting conditions. Selection of the series is determined by such conditions os type ond frequency of service, degree of obrosiveness in surrounding otmosphere, the weight per cubic foot of material, ond the size of lorgest lumps to be hondled, os well os looding ond dischorg e cond itions. Also, selection of !he series is bosed on the speed, width ond thickness of !he belt. The type ond series of idlers for most conveyors moy be selected on the bosis of the operoting conditions broodly d escribed in Table 9. However, for unusuol combinotions of conditions, it moy b e more odvontogeous to use o lighler or he ovier series !han shown in the table. Thus, o lighter series moy be sotisfoctory for handling heovy, g ranular meteríais on o lemporory or infrequently used conveyor, whereos the sorne series would not b e e conomicol for continuous duty. Conversely, heovier idlers ore more dependoble ond o re often more economicol for continuous duty whe n handling high copocities of lumpy material, even though it is of moderote weight. ldler rolls ore mod e in vorious diometers ond of moteriols such os steel, gray iron ond rubber treod. Lorger diome te rs ore d esiroble for high spee d belts ond for lorge lum ps, os they should prolong life of both idler rolls ond belts. Steel rolls ore used for most moteriols, but gray iron is more sotisfoctory unde r certoin corrosive co nditions. Rubber treod rolls ore used on corrying idlers to obsorb impoct, ond on return idlers for sticky or corrosive moteriols. The method of lubricoting idler beorings is usuolly bosed upen the preference of p urcho ser's mointenonce orgonizotion, ond is inAuenced by o pe rating conditions, accessibility of the idlers, ond by !he chorocter ond ovoilobility of labor. Three methods of lubricotion ore ovoiloble in certoin series of link-Belt idlers:
1. Regreoseoble in the fi el d al eoch beoring with oll gre ose pipes extend ed to one sid e where desired. This method is necessory for lorge idlers ond wid e be lts, ond usuolly is pre ferred for oll b ut relotively norrow, moderotely looded conveyors.
is usuolly confined to light ond medium duty idlers of moderote be lt width.
3. Foctory greosed ond seo led b eoring s ore usuolly confined to conveyors of moderote widths for light or temporory duty.
Table 9, poge 148, p rovid es selectio n informotion with respect to both type ond serie s. The moximum lump size for vorious idlers is shown on Table 7, poge 146, but idler seleclion moy be inAuenced olso by !he maximum lumps for belt width, Table 6, poge 146, ond by belt tension, Table 14, poge 156. The weight of revolving porls of vorious link-Bel! idlers is required to determine power requiremenls ond be l! tensions, ond is shown in Table 1 O, pog e 150.
Belt idler spacing The spocing of idlers olong the conveyor belt is o very importont facto r in the over-oll e conomy of the conveyor since the spocing greotly inAuences the life of both the belt ond the idle rs. Also, idler spocing moy inAuence the required horsepower os well o s the te nsion roting ond cost of the belt. lf the distonce be tween troughed be lt idlers is too greo t, the belt will tend to sog excessively, cousing spilloge of moteriol, d ecreosed be lt life, ond increosed power to drive the conveyor. ldler spocing under skirt plotes should be reduced to ovoid wedging of moteriol, os described further in this book und er " looding the Belt." Heovy, shorp lumps will cause more domoge to high sp eed belts due to greoter impoct al the idlers when the re is too much seg in the belt. The omount of belt tension required to preven! excessive seg is reduced by closer spocing of idlers os shown by Chori E, pog e 155. Occosionol lorge p ieces imbedded in fines ond centrolly loo ded on o belt trove ling ot slow speed ore less severe on the idle rs thon the sorne size or smoller lumps without the cushioning effect of fines. l ump s not lood ed centrolly or trove ling ot high speed hove o more destructive e ffect. (continued on poge 150)
Table 8 • Beft idfer spocing for eoch idfer type ond series Type
Belt
of
idler
belt idler
serie s
Moteriol weight, pounds per cubic foot
Recommended averag e spacing of lroughed bel! idlers, f eel A Belt width, inches
14
35 5 Y2 5000 50 5Y2 1 00 5 ,_ _ _ _ _ _ , __ __5_0_ _ , _ 5_,Y_,.:26000 20° troughed belt idlers
75 1 oo 50
20
5 4Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2 -5- -'-¡y;-
24
1
30
1
36
y;- -¡y;--¡y;- - --
4 Y2 4 Y2 5-
4 4 4 4 --¡y;--¡y;- 4Y2
1 oo ... ... 5 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 4 150 ... ... 4 4 4 4 3 Y2 i- - -- - -i·- --5-0- -i-.-.-.- - -- - -- --.-.-.- --5- - --¡y;-1 4 Y2
8000
... ...
42
4 Y2 4 Y2 4 4
7000
1 00 ... 150 . .. 100 9000 1 50 -4-5 º- - l l - -6'"0'"' "0""" "' 0--l---:3-:5:---ll-.-.-.
idlers
18
5 5
5 5 5 4 Y2 5 5 5 4 Y2 .. ~ ..-.- - 5 - 5
8000
troughed belt
16
5Y2 5 5 5- - -
4 3 Y2 4 Y2
48
60
54
--- -
-
-
_ 4_ _ _ _ _ _ __
72
84
--- - - -
-- -
-
4 -4- - - -4 - - Jy;- - - - - --
4 Y2 4
4 4 4 4 3 Y2 3 Y2 4 3 Y2 3 Y2 - .-.-.-i-¡y;-i 4Y2 4Yl _4_ ___ 4_ JY2 Jv;... ... ... 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 - ..- .- - 5 - - _ 5_ _ _ _ 5-¡y;--¡y;- - - - - - - - -
-------.-.-.-¡-.-.. ...
...
50 35
... ... ... ... -. .- . - - .. . - --..-.- - . .-.-
4 Y2 5Y2
50
...
5
...
...
...
A Relurn belt idler recommended spocing is 10-foot intervols for oll belr widths ond looding. Belt troining idlers on the corrying ond return runs, should be ploced obout 50 feet fr om eoch termino! or bend pulley ond
4 Y2 4 Y2 _ 5_ _ _5_ _ 4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2 5 4 Y2
4 -¡y;--¡y;--4_ _ _4_ _ _ __ 4
4
3 Y2
3 Y2
opproximotely 100 fe et oport thereofter. Jd ler spocing ot looding poinl should be red uced to preven! excessive sog os covered on poges 155 ond
162.
L 1 N K - BE L T • 147
bulk handling b e lt conveyors
Engineering E • Belt ld ler selectio n and spaclng, continued Table 9 • Belt idle r selection b y ty pe and series Type of bell idler
Series
5000
~
Avoiloble far belt widths,
Roll
14-30
4
Carrying idler for intermittent o p eralion, relotively low ca pacities and for lightweight materia Is of limited lump siz e.
6000
14-36
4-5
Carrying idler for intermittent operatian, medium capacities and fo r moderale weight, semi-abrosive moterio ls containing lumps larger and heavier than !hose handled by Series 5000 idlers; or, for continuous operation when handling lig htweight, fine materials.
7000
18-48
5
Carrying idl er fo r co ntinuous operatio n, high capa cities, and for heovier weight, ob rasive moteria ls where the size of lumps is limited by the width of b el!.
20° lroughed be lt idler
~
20° troughed belt rubbe r cushion idler
QDQ 20° troughed be lt lro ining idler, positive o ction type
~º~
20° troughe d be lt troining idler,
Operoting conditions
inches
dio meter, inches
8 000
24-60
6
Corrying idler for continuous operation, high copo cities, and for heavier weight, abrosive materials where the size of lum ps is limited b y the width of bel!. The slrong er and heavier 6" diameler rolls give add ed life under more severe service, and are suitable for wider be lts !han Series 7000 idlers.
9000
36-84
6-7
Carrying idler for continuous operalion, highest copocities, o nd for the heoviest and coo rsesl moteriols.
6000 7000 8000 9000
14-36 18-48 24-60 36-84
5 5 6 7
Ca rrying idl er used lo p rolecl the bel! b y obsorbing impact under looding poi nis, esp ecially when larg e lumps and he avy materials ore carried.
6000 7000 8000 9000
14-36 18-48 24-60 36-84
4-5 5 6 6-7
Corrying idler used to !rain corrying b e lts which operote in o ne direction, ond to protect edges of belt from injury due to misalignment.
7000 8000 9000
18-48 24-60 36-84
5 6 6-7
Corrying idlers used to troin corrying belts which operole in both directions, ond to protecl edg es of bel! from injury due to misolignment.
8000 9000
24-60 36-84
5-6 6-7
Carrying idler used for picking, sorting ond feeder conveyors.
7000 8000
24-48 24-60
5 6
Carrying idler for continuous service. This typ e corrie~ . moximum volume of material, limited only by the construction of !he bel!.
8000
24-60
6
Carrying idler used to protect the bel! by absorbing im pact und er looding points, especially when larg e lumps and heovy malerials are carried.
7000 8000
24-48 24-60
5 6
Carrying idler used to !rain co rrying belts which o p erote in one di rection, ond to prolecl edges of bel! from injury due lo misolignment.
6000
24-48
4-5
Corrying idler for conlinuous operotion, handling lightweighl maleriols such os groin and wood chips in gre oter volume thon 20° idlers.
actuoting di sc type
~I
I~
20° lroughed belt picking and feede r conveyor idler
~
45° troug he d b e lt idler, equal length rolls
~
4 5° trough e d b elt rubber cushion idler, equal length rolls
M
45° troughed be lt troining idler, positive action type, equal length roll s
~
45° troughed b e lt idler, unequal length rolls
148 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering E • Belt ldler selectlon and spaclng, continued
Table 9 • Belt idler selection by type ond series (continued) Type of belt idler
~CJ~
Series
Avoiloble Roll far belt widths, dio meter, inches
6000
24-48
4-5
Corrying idler used to troin corrying belts which operote in one direction, and to protect edges of belt from injury due to misolignment.
8000 9000
24-60 36-84
5-6 6-7
Corrying id ler used to reduce edge tension in highly stressed belts during their tronsition from troug hed idler to pulleys. Rolls ore odjustoble to desired belt contour.
5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
14-30 14-36 18-48 24-60 36-84
4 4.5 5 6 6-7
Corrying id ler used for bulk materi a ls such os p rep o red foundry sond and undelinted cotton seed, where it is desiro ble to plow material off a l o ne or more points. Also, used for pul p wood logs, packa ges, p icking and sorting conveyors. Generally suita b le for conditions of service of corresponding series of 20° idlers.
8000 9000
24-60 36-84
6 7
Corrying idler used lo protect the belt by o b sorbing impact al transfers a nd belt feeders.
8000 9000
24-60 36-8 4
6 7
Corrying idler used to protect the belt by absorbing impact a l transfers and belt feeders. For the heoviest type of service.
6000 7000 8000
14-36 18-48 24-60
4-5 5 6
Corrying id ler used to troin carrying belts which o perate in one direction, a nd to protect edges of belt from injury due to misolignment.
5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
14-30 14-36 18-48 24 -60 36-8 4
4 4-5 5 6 6-7
Return id ler used to carry empty return belts. Avoilo ble with steel, gray iron or speciolly coated rolls.
6000 7000 8000 9000
14-36 18-48 24-60 36-84
4-5 5 6 6
Return idler used lo carry empty return belts where wet or sticky maleriols cling lo belt or where resistance to corrosion o nd chemical attroction to iron or steel is required .
6000 7000 8000 9000
14-36 18-48 24-60 36-84
4-5 5 6 6-7
Return id ler used to train return belts which o p erote in one direction, a nd to protect e d ges of be lt fro m injury due to misalignment.
8000 9000
24-60 36-84
6 6
Return idler used to troin return belts which o perote in one d irection whe n ha ndling materiols thot adhere to belt ond build-u p on metal rolls. Mode only with rubbe r treods.
8000 9000
24-6 0 36-84
6 7
Return idler used to assist in remo ving excessive omounts of certo in ma terio ls that hove a tendency to cling to bel t.
45° troughed belt training idler, pos itive action type, unequal le ngth rolls
~
Q
Variable troughed belt idler
ji
ll
Fla t bell idler
Jrnrm:mJill Flat belt rubbe r cushion idle r, fi xed s haft type
~ Flat bel! rubber cushion idler, live shaft type
,t.
Jrr
Flat belt training idler, positive action typ e
'1
1!
Retu rn belt idler
,,~ Re turn belt rubber tread idler
J]
[&;
Re turn belt training idler, posit ive action type *
~~ Re turn belt rubber tread train in g idler, coster- camber type *
:r
"\:
Return belt bealer idler
*
Operoting conditions
inches
..
Fa r relurn belt lro1ning 1d lers for re versi ble be lrs consult L ink-Belt .
L 1 N K - B E L T • 149
bulk handling be lt co nveyo rs
Engineering E • Belt id ler selection a n d spacing, continued
slructures musl b e correctly aligned. Also, the material hand led should b e loaded cenlra lly on the bel!. In addition lo careful installation, it is necessory to provide means of training lhe bel! in anticipation of subsequent variations in alignment a nd loading conditions. Sorne self-aligning effecl of !he carrying run may be obtained by instal ling !he ca rrying id lers with a forward tilt in lhe direclion of bel! lravel of not more than 2 °. Tilted idlers should no! be used on reversib le conveyors. Also, tilted idlers may result in increased wear af bel! cover and idler rolls when handling abrasive materials. The bes! method of lroining !he bel! when misolig nment is no! excessive is with be lt troining idlers, which corree! this condition outomatically by lraining lhe bel! to a central position. They a re ava iloble in !he various series shown in Table 9, pages 148-149. Bel! training idlers are made far both carryin g and return belts, and far !hose that travel in one direction or far reversible conveyors. Recommended spacing of bel! tra ining idlers is g iven in a foo lnote to Table 8 , page 1 47.
Toble 8, page 147, and !he notes following it, show recommended average spacing of idlers based on judgment determined by many yeors of experience. lt is intended to represen! good practice far normal or average types of installa tions, bu! deflnite limitations connot be tabled far the spacing of idlers far all conditions. In many cases it may be advisoble to obtain a recommendation from Link-Bel!, especially when large, heavy lumps are being carried, when there is a wide variance of lensions along !he bel!, and far conveyors having convex curves or unusual loading conditions.
Belt tra ining idlers lt is importan! thot the conveyor belt operates practically centrally with respect to its idlers to avoid dama ge to belt edges from rubbing against adjocent chutes or structures. To insure central opera tion the bel! must be installed properly and !he idlers, terminal pulleys and
Table 1 0 • Weight of revolving idler parts Troughed bell idlers
Flat bell and relurn bel! idlers
Weighl per be ll idl er, pounds Belt Series width, 5000 inches
14 16 18 20
Series 6000
Series
7000
1
Series
Series 1
Series¡
'l
8000
9000
5000
Series
6000
Weight per idler, pound s ' Series Series 7000 1 1 8000
Series
9000
1
6 4" 4" [ 4" 1 5" 1 5•· 5" 6" 1 6" 6" 6" [ r 1 " rubber l '" I rubber rubber l rubber rubber 5" rubber stee l steel s1•ee • 11s1,. ,.. 1s1•ee · 1grey ee 11 ,.. s1ee1 . • · 1 • .. s1ee 1s1ee 11 , .. steel steel steel d steel steel sleer,ubb~r cush1on iron cush1on cush1on 1reo reo rolls ro 11s ro 11s cush1on rolls treod rolls iron treod rolls 1rolls rolls rolls ¡rolls 1rolls rolls rolls ro 11 s rolls ro 11s rolls rolls ro 11 s ro 11 s rolls rolls rolls rolls 13 15 19 14 . .. . .. 12 ¡ 12 15 11 . . . . . . . . . ... ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . .. . . . 15 17 20 15 1 . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . 13 14 16 12 . . . . .. 1: : : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 18 22 17 25 20 . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . 14 16 18 13 22 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... 17 19 24 19 28 23 . . . . .. ... . . . ... . .. 15 17 20 14 24 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
24 30 36 42
22 27 26 32 .. . 3 1 38
48 54 60 72 84
... ... ... . .. ...
20 23
. . . . ..
22 27 32
...
...
... ... .. . . . . ... . .. .. ... ... ...
... ... ... . . . ...
32 36 41 46
27 31 35 40
41 64 48 76 55 89 64 103
52
48
... ...
. .. ... .. . ...
71 115 78 128 86 140
• •• 1
.. .
. . . . .. ... ...
F• Power
57 68 79 93
... ...
.. .
. . . . . .
. .
136 150 164 192 220
156 171 186 216 246
17 21
19 23 23 27 27 31
15 17 19
... ... ... .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. ... . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ... ..
28 34 40 46
20 24 28 32
36 43 50 57
59 71 83 96
24 29 33 37 42 46 51
52
36
. .. ... .. .
. .. . ..
. ..
65 108 72 12 1 79 133
. ..
..
. .. . . . . .. . . .
.
... ..
. . . . .. .
. ..
86 96 98 1 10
64 69
111 123 135 . .. 160 . .. 185
. ..
124 7 5 138 81 152 87 178 100 204 109
requirements and belt te nsi o ns
The power required to drive o belt conveyor is a fundamentally importan! design consideration. lt provides !he basis far selecting lhe motor, controls and other drive components, as well as far calculating anticipa ted power consumption. lt determines the tensions and stre ngth of bel! required, and inAuences belt cost and life, and occasionolly its width. Al so, !he design of other mechanical a nd structurol ports is affected by !he forces which contribute to, or are the result of power requirements. These various forces are described below, followed by !he conve ntio nal symbols (page 154) and the ir deflnitions. Also, the relatio n of power to proper bel! tension and bel! selection is covered on this poge. Examples of power calculations are shown o n page 170. Two methods of colculating power requirements are presentedthe Graphical Method and the Analytical Method. Both ore accurate within their deflned limits. The Graphical Method is suitable fa r desig ning small, simple conveyors, or far closely approximating !he powe r requirements of lorger units. The Analytica l Method is necessary far accurate results whe n designing long, high-capacity conveyors, or those with complex paths of travel. There are two forces that dete rmine !he power requirements and bel! tensions in any be l! conve yor afte r it is running al a uniform spe ed, namely frict ional forces a nd gravitatlonal forces . A third, lnertia forces, affects bel! te nsion during acceleration a nd
150 • L 1 N K - B E L T
.
93 108 126 106 122 1 141
104 111 8 116 131 125 143 . .. 168 ... 193
~roy¡rubber
¡
deceleralion but has little influence on total p ower requirements. FRICTIONAL FORCES are the fo rces req uired far moving !he ma terial ond the b el t horizontally and far turning all rotating peris driven by !he conveyor belt. Frictional forces always oppose !he movement of !he bel!, and equal the sum of !he following constitue nt forces: To tal weight of moving material X friction factor of material. Total weight of b el! X friction factor of bel!. Total weight of revolving idl er peris X friction factor of idlers.
Additional frictio na l forces that mus! be included et the drive shaft are !he friction of conveyor terminal bearings, the friction of material on conveyor looding skirts and other minor power absorbing items. For conveyors of modera le lengths and paths of travel these forces may all be included by adding one empirical value, Lo. This term Lo represents a force resulting from adding theoretically 150-foot centers of loaded horizontal conveyor to the foot or receiving end of !he actual conveyor. Th e Lo value of 150 f eet is conservative for conveyors with ba ll o r rolle r bearing idlers and sleeve bearings on terminal pulley shafts. lf p ulley shafts are eq uipped with ball o r roll er bearings, and good alignment and maintenance is assured, !he Lo value may be reduce d to 1 20 feet.
'
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering F • Power requl rements and belt tenslons, continued Note thot !he Lo volue does no! include frictional losses between motor and !he conveyor driving pulley resulting from power transmission equipment as speed reducers, chains or gears. These frictional losses affect !he horsepower of motor, but do no! inAuence design and selection of belt, idlers, pulleys and pulley shafts. Other frlctlonal forces that may exceed the normal L0 value, and mus! receive special consideration, are !hose resulting from complex arrangements of terminals, multiple trippers and heavily loaded convex curves. Frictlon Factors shown in Table 11 are based on a differenl factor for material than for the empty bel!, due to the resistance of the material lo the slight but repetitive d isturbance it is subjected to as it passes over the idlers. The factors shown are conservative for conveyors equipped with high grade antifriction idlers, on well aligned structures, operating in temperatures above - 20º F., receiving good care, mainlenance and lubrication. For temporary or poorly aligned slructures ar lower temperatures these factors should be increa sed between l 03 and 253, depending on conditions. Although special greases may be helpful al low temperatures, o ther considerations may necessitate higher factors !han !hose shown in !he table. Conversely, some tests hove been made under very favorable conditions which indicated friction factors less than those shown in the table. GRAVITATIONAL FORCES are the forces, over and above the frictional forces, required to raise ar lower the belt and material on the inclined portions of !he conveyor. On ascending conveyors the gravitational forces of the bel! and material on the carrying run oppose movement of !he belt and on !he return run !he gravitational force of !he belt assists movement. On descending conveyors the gravitational forces of !he belt and material on the carrying run assist movement of the belt and on the return run the gravitational force opposes movement in !he desired direction. Gravitational forces are determined by !he following formula:
+
Weight of belt, Weight of material, } X vertical travel, per foot per foot of be lt in feet The result should be added to the frictional forces of inclined belts b ut should be deducted for declined belts. (
Table 11 • Friction factors • Friction
Peri in which friction originales Revolving peris of ball or roller bearing b e l! idlers ... . Empty b e l! on ball or roller bearing belt idlers ...... . Material only on be lt on anti-friction belt idlers . ..... . Tail, be nd and snub pulleys and shafts, ball and roller bearings . . . . . . . . . . .................. . . Tail, bend and snub pulleys and shafts, sleeve bearings ............................... . . . . . Takeup pull or counlerweight, ball and roller bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. .. ... . Takeup p ull or counterweighl, sleeve b earings . ... . .. . Orive pulley assembly, ball and roller bearings ...... . Orive pulley a ssembly, sleeve bearings ............. . Fabric be lt, including material carried, sliding on polished steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . Friction surface belt and material carried, sliding on polished steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... Rubber surfaced bel! and material carried, sliding o n polished sleel. .............. . ............ . Fabric surfaced belt and material carried, sliding o n polished wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... Friction surfaced bel! and matedal carried, sliding on polished wood ........................ . Rubber surfaced bel! and material carried, sliding o n polished wood ..... .
factor
e
.02 .02 ¿ .025 ¿ .0 1 .02 .01 .02 .01 .02 .25 - .30
Methods for calculating horsepower The horsepower to drive a belt conveyor equa ls the sum of the following: HP to drive empty conveyor HP to elevate or lower material. (This should be subtracted when lowered.) HP to convey material horizontally HP to overcome the "additional frictional forces" and "other frictional forces" mentioned on pag e 150 and 151. Two methods are included herein for calculating the horsepower a nd bel! tensions of belt conveyors. The use of either method requires an understanding of the subject of Belt Tensions, page 154, but such understanding is needed less for the simple Graphical Method than for the Analytical Method. Th e Graphical Method provides the means for obtaining th e total horsepower directly from Choris B, C and O on pages l 52 and 153, and the belt tensions may be calculated from the resulting horsepower. This methad is suitable for conveyors of moderate capacity having relatively straight paths of travel. The results will be accurate when actual weights of belts and revolving parts are used for Chori B. However, for determining tentative or approximate horsepower, a convenient table of typical weights is superimposed on Chori B. The Graphical Method is not suitable for final calculation of horsepower for conveyors having decline portions, convex curves, high capacity or complex arrangements of terminals. On the other hand, it is useful for tentative estimates of horsepower under these condi tions and for an approximate check on the results obtained by the Analytical Method. An example of the use of the Graphical Method is given on page
170. .30 - .35 .45 - .55 .30 - .35 .35 - .40 .40 - .50
The diffecence between the fríction foctors of the empty belt and the materia l on the belt is due to the resistonce of the molerlo l to the slight but repetilive dislurbonce it is sub¡ected to os il posses over the belt idlers. • This table shows recommended friclion foctors bosed on reosonoble core, mointenonce, lubricotion ond olignment ond for operolion in temperotures obove -20ºF.
¿
INERTIA FORCES are defined as the increased tensions that are set up during the acceleration and deceleration of the bel!. The magnitude of these tensions is calculated by the use of unit inertia forces which are determined by the total equivalen! weights of all moving parts, the torque available for accelerating and careful consideration of !he proper distribution of these forces. By this means it can be determined whether: the light Side Tension, T,, is too great, or !he T¡/T2 ratio is excessive, or !he bel! will lift off the idlers on a concave curve. The calculation and application of inertia forces is rather involved, so these formulas are not included nor are they considered in the examples in this book. However, inertia forces should be calculated and their effect carefully considered for conveyors which must be designed for the following conditions: ( l) Long, heavily loaded, high speed conveyors. (2) Horizontal conveyors where the distante the conveyor will coas! is important. (3) Oescending, regenerative conveyors, requiring brakes. (4) Transfers between feeders and high speed conveyors of widely varying lengths and inclines. Complete information regarding conveyors in these categories should b e referred to Link-Belt for recommendations.
Pre- Bllt sectional belt conveyors, page 222, may be selected after horsepower has been obtained by the Graphical Method without further consideration of belt tension or other matters of d esign detail. The Analytlcal M e thod is based on calculating bel! tensions as they occur along the conveyor, and the horsepower is flgured from the resulting Effective Tension, E, al the driving pulley. This method is generally used for conveyors beyond the limits of the Graphical Method. lt is not only more accurate, but it provides te nsion values al intermediate points of !he conveyor which are necessary for the proper design of decline belts, convex and concave curves, complex terminals and remotely located ttikeups. (continued on page 154)
LINK - B E L T• 151
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering F • Power requirements and belt t e nslons, continued Chart B • Horsepower requir ed to drive empt y conveyor
Belt width, inches
Weight per linear foot o f b e lt ond re volving id ler p e ris, p ounds 6 Ma te ria l weight pe r cubic foot, pounds
50
18 24 30 36 42
48 60 72
84
ow
w ll.. (/) 14 ,___.,,____..___,__, 1--
_J
w
(IJ
:;: 13 f----.,--i---1--1
~~
1
100
1
150
~:
j
30
~~ r-~~--1 !~
--;r1 ~: 65 10 1 137
1'
94 11 8 15 1
i--~-~1
107 135 169
6 Weights obove doshed line bosed on Series 7000 idlers, berween lines on Series 8000, below solid line on Series 9000 idlers. Friction factor = .02. Lo = 150 feer.
a.. u_
o
Q I
121--+--+-+-+-...,--,--,--,--.,.--.,.---,----,----,----.,..~----r----,----,~~t--+-1'~-+-+--1,'--,---;'-t-~~~-t--it'--+-.,---t-,.<;--1--ii--t--,..._+-+-i l2
u
~
w e:: ~
111--1--~...-+-_..__..___.__.__~~~_.__._~~--t~~--1-+-1---+-----,l'-+-~-r---+-'-t---r-__,,,_-+--t---b........--+--t--t,.....,--ii--t--t--+7"'+-i
ll
e::
o
>~ 10 1--l-----'--+-+-...,---,--~-,--,-~~---,----,-~~--f~-r---.f--¡....,.<-~o+-+-+r-r-+--r--+--r--il'--+-+-+-7"----+--t----l----:""""'r--t-t-t-+-:tlO
z o
u >-
~
91--,.--+-.,..--t--t---:---r--'-t--+--+---,--t---r-+~-rt--?'T--1r--->'t----,.~-t--,f--t---;-;..,.._'-t--r--?1"---t-- >:/-...,.---+--+-'-t--+>""l--+--+--t--i9
:;: w w
> ¡¡:
o o le:: w
~ a..
w
~
61--+---r---+-+-+-+--+--'-l'-7'-T---i>''-'-r-.,.-7f'--t-7"í---,,--,.f-t-~'i-+--t--¡,..<'-r---+--+-7"''--t--+-.,---+--+--t,.....,é-ir--t-t-t-+-+-i6
o I
800 HORIZONTAL CENTERS IN FEET
152 • L I N K - BELT
1600
1800 Fig. 6254
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering F • Power requirements and belt tenslons, continued Chart C • Horsepower required to elevate material
Chart D • H orsepower required to convey material horizonta lly 200
400
TONS PER HOUR OF MATERIAL ELEVATED 1000 800 1200 1400
600
1 -1 -1-
2.3
·-
2.1
t-
-1.9
t-
,_
·-
1--
-
,_
-
t- t-
,_
-
11 - -¡ - - -
tt-
-
-
-
1-
,_
,__
f..::
-
o 1.6 ou..
1.9
--
-
1--
a: w
1.3 1-
::;::
,_ -
CHART ( 1--
o 1- 1.0
·-·-
t= _
a:: w
3: .9 o .8
I
.7
o
.L
1-
1-
,,,_ L
t-- t--
-
1-
t-
.6 /
.5 /
.4
/
.3 t-
.i,_ .1 :-,.
1--
V ,/
- V
·- -
t-
-
V
,_
-
1-
- -
---
t-
1-
t-
1-
-
-
1--
-
=
l -
1- 1-
t-
¡--- ~
-
,_
--
1.2
1-¡---
-
- ._-
i--r--
1-
o:: ._ 10 o:::> I
1-
~
t--
-
9
o:: w a.. CJ)
z o
-+-- t -
-
1-
-
-
- -
-
1-
t-
t-
-
8
o
7
w a.. >__J
-
-
1-
-t-~
1-
6
·-
1--
-
V
I
1- t-
5
__J
a: w
~
1- ~
z o
N
a:o
~
,_
t-
Q o::
__J
1-
1-
,_:__
t 1- t -
-¡-
-
1.6
1. 3
t=t-- ,_
-
-
t-
-
1.7
1.4
-t-
-
,__
_,_ ,__
1.8
-
t-
,
-
7
-
1.5
1/ ~ ¡---
'-
r-
v ~1
- [/V ,_ -
-
t-
,,__ ,_
b'
t-
-
,/
V
,__
,__ 1---
t-
1-
V
--
1.1
a.. w CJ) o::
/
1-
MUL TIPL Y RESULTS FROM CHART BY TOTAL LI FT
w
--
1-
-
V
1-
w 1.2
-
/
f---
1-
t-
·- ,__
1-
1-
> w
-
/
/
,__
,
a:: 1.5 w a.. __J
,__ ,__ ,__ ,__
-
2.1 2.0
V
,__
,__
-
,_
:= t:=
,
1 - 1--
1-
¡---
-
2.2
t-
1.8
1-
,_ ,__
,_
1-
1-
u.. ::::; 1.7
- ,_
2000
,__
1--
,__._ t-
t--
1 - -t -
,_ _r=
2.0
1800 t-
2.3
-·-
2.2
1600
1-
,__
1
4
::;::
>w 3 CHART
D
u
o
1-
MULTIPL Y RESUL TS FROM CHART TONS PER HOUR BY 100 f riction facto r == .025
2
> z o
2
o:: w
3: o
a.. w CJ) o::
o I
200
400
600
800 1000 1200 1400 LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET
1600
1800
2000 Fig. 6252-53
L 1 N K - B E L T • 153
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering F • Power requirements and b e lt tensions, continued Final colculotions by the Anolyticol Method should be bosed on the actual weights of f1nolly selected belt ond revol ving peris. However, the opproximote weight of bel! for lenlotive colculotion moy be obtoined by using !he Grophicol Method to determine opproximote horsepower, from which th e Tight Side Tension, T1, moy be estoblished, ond the weight ob toined from Table 19, pog e 158. An exomple of !he use of the Anolyticol Method is given on pog e 172.
Belt tensions and power formulas The forces which contribute to the power req uiremenls of o conveyor build up in, ond ore lransmitted by, the bel! os tensions. In oddition to their effect on power requirements, belt tensions olso influence the design ond selection of oll componen! pe ris. Thus, belt tensions provide the bosis for colculoting the mejor loods o s well os power requirements.
Since the relotionship of T1 ond T2 depends up on the coefficient of friction and ore of contoct, ond the difference b etween T1 ond T, determines the volue E, these ore the onl y two foctors hoving direct inAue nce upen the effective driving power which o p ulley will develop. A greoter coefficient of friction con b e obtoined by logging the pulley ond g reoler o res of contoct con be ob toined by snubb ing the belt or by use of tondem or dual motor drives. T1, the Tight Side Tension, is the tension in the b elt ot the driving pulley ond moy be exp ressed T1 = E+ T2 In sorne coses it moy be odvontogeous to use o dua l pulley drive to increase !he ore of contoct of bel! o n drive p ulleys os shown in diogrom below: /
HEAO PULLEY SECONOARY ORIVE PULLEY 1 _.i.....,.~..i,---')~--,T'z-
The followi ng def1nitions and descriptions apply to bel! conveyors afte r they hove reached their normal speeds. They do not take into considerotion inertia forces menlioned on page 151. For conve nie nce, we lisl below the symbols used in connection with the more complete def1nitions which follow them: = Horsepower required lo drive conveyor. = Speed of conveyor in fe et per minute. = Effective tension req uired to drive conveyor. = Tight side te nsion al primory drive pulley. = Slock side lension al drive p ulley. = Slock side tension al primary drive pulley of o dual motor drive and the light tension of secondary drive pulley. Tmox. = Ma ximum tension in belt, wherever it occurs. T, = Sog tension between looded idlers.
H S E T1 T2 T,
___,__> <
ORIVE PULLEY
360° to 500° wrop Total E=T1- T2 T3 is the Slock Side Tension for the primory d rive pulley of a dual d rive, ond is olso the Tighl Side Tension for the secondary d rive p ulley.
Table 12 • Constants and tension factors o
~:~= ~PULLEY
e-) T :·= L
Fig. 4852
Du a l pulley drive
f ig. 4845
LORIVE PULLEY fig. 4846 Snubbed drive pulley
Plain drive pulle y
180° wrop E= T1 - T"
180° to 240° wrop E= T1 - T2
E, !he Effective Tension or horsepower pull, is !he le nsion in pounds al the drive pulley required to pull !he conveyor. lt is equol to the algebraic sum of all of the forces acting on the conveyor while it is running. E may be calculated from belt tensions by !he Analytical Method described on poge 172. Or, if !he operating horsepower is obtoined from Cho ris B, C ond D, pages 152 and 153, then, E= H X 33000
!! for single
Type
Single Pulley
Snubbed Pulley
lt should be noted thot, although E is sufficient to pull the belt, it is not the Maximum Tension nor the Tight Side Tension.
154 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Are of con to et of belt
Dua l Pull ey
pulley
drive T2 T1 for both pulleys of T; dual pulley drive
Slock side tension factor required for driving belt 6
Gravity tokeup 4
on drive
pulleys, degrees
s
T2, the Slack Side Tension, is the tension required in !he belt al the driving pulley of a single pulley drive and al the secondary pulley of a dual pull ey drive. 11 must exert sufficienl pressure between the bel! and driving pulley to tronsmit the required power without slippoge. The required amount of Slock Side Te nsion, T2, d epends upon the ore of contoct b e tween the b elt ond the driving pulley or pulleys ond olso o n the co-efficient of friction between the belt o nd pulleys. Toble 12 shows foctors by which the e ff ective horsepower pull, E, should b e multiplied to determine the mínimum required slock te nsion T2 ond it olso shows the constan! rotios of T1 ond T2 for bore ond lo gged drive pulleys ond for vorious ores of contoct betwee n the b elt ond pulley.
Constant ratios
Orive
Bore pulley
1
l ogged pu lle y
Bore pulley
1
logged pulle y
180
2.19
3.0
.85
.50
200 210 215
2.39 2.50 2.55
3.39 3.61 3.72
.72 .67 .64
.42 .38 .36
220 230 240
2.6 1 2.73 2.85
3.83 4.07 4.33
.62 .58 .54
.35 .33 .30
360 380 4 00
4.80 5.25 5.72
9.02 10 . 19 11 .5 1
.26 .23 .21
.13 .11 .09
420 450 500
6.25 7.12 8.86
13.00 15.27 21.2 1
.19 .16 .13
.08 .07 .05
..t. Volues for screw tokeups ore not given here os they would be empiricol
due to uncertointy of monuol odjustment. When screw takeups ore used it is common proctice to use o factor 503 to 1003 greater thon shown fer grovity tokeups. t; To determine mínimum T2, multiply Effective Tension E by Slock Side Tension fo cto r. o Based on coefficient of fri ction between be lt and drive pulley of .25 fa r bore pulley ond .35 far logged pullev.
bulk handling b e lt conve yor s
Engineering F • Power requ ir ements a n d b elt tensions, continued The two drive pulleys of dual motor drives must run ot different peripheral speeds to compensate for the difference in b e lt speed resulting from the contraction of belt due to the decreased load between the two pulleys. The design of duol pulley drives involves a number of special considerations of mechanicol and electricol equipment and should be referred to Link-Belt. Tmax is the Maximum Tension in th e belt. For most conveyors, Tmax occurs al the driving pulley as T1, but under certain conditions the Maximum Te nsion may occur sorne distance from the driving pulley. T., the Sag Tension, is the mínimum tension which should be in ony portion of the carrying run of the belt to preven! excessive sag of the belt between the idlers. Excessive sag will require more power and couse additional belt wear due to more disturbance of the moterial being corried as it passes over ond between the idlers. The amount of sag at any point along a belt varíes with the spacing of the idl ers, the amount of te nsion in the belt at that point and the weight per foot of the loaded b elt. Therefore, sag can be lessened by spacing idlers closer or p utting more tension in the belt by adding to the takeup pull.
Table 8, page 147, shows the recommended average spacing for various series of idlers for different weights of materials and various widths of belts. Experience indicates that, for the over-all economy of the mo jority of installotions, these spacings should not be exceeded. G reater distance between idlers may be indicated when belt tensions would be sufficient to preven! excessive sag al longer spacing. Good proctice is to limit the amount of sag to not more than 23 of the distance between idlers except where the b elt travels under loading chute skirts. lf the idlers under the skirts are spaced al one half of the distance they are spaced jusi ahead of the skirts the sag under the skirts will not ordinarily be excessive. Chori E can be used to determine the required idler spacing for whatever tension may be in the belt, or it can be used to find the belt tension required for various idler spacings to preven! more than 23 sag. Any tension which may be added to reduce sag should be added to all te nsions throughout the belt. Ex a m ple-When combined weight of load and belt is l 00 pounds per linear foot, idlers should be spaced not more than 4 feet apart where tension in belt is 2500 pounds. O r, when weight per foot of loaded belt is l 00 pounds, tension in belt should be not less than 2500 pounds where idlers are spaced 4 feet apart.
Chart E • Recommended idler spacing to prevent excessive sag of belt WEIGHT PER FOOT OF LOAD ANO
3
'
4
5 6
/
8 10
/ BELT TENSION IN POUNDS REQUIRED TO LIMIT SAG OF BELT TO 2 % OF ID LER SPACING f og 4840
G •
Belt selection
The selection of the belt is one of the most importan! considerations in the design of a belt conveyor. The belt carries the material and transmits the power to move the load. lt is the pa rt most subject to wear and replacement. Belt life depe nds upon the moleríais handle d as well as the design of other parts of the conveyor such as pulleys, idlers, loading devices, trippers, chutes and cleaners. Proper care and maintenance contribute much toward extending belt life. Many types of belts are available for such specific purposes as high temperatures, resistance to acids, for food products, for resisting impact and obrasion, and for parts and packag es. Among these types are flat steel bond, wire mesh, tre ated and untreated canvas, and rubber covered. Rubber covered belts of various constructions are generally used for handling bulk materials and the data in this section a pply particularly to this ty pe. Previous Link-Belt publications hove contained specifications of belting from which final belt selection could be made, as the belting construction al thot time was standordized within close limits. With the advent of many new moleríais and o variety of constructions for belt carcosses, e och with an advontage for a particular need, it is now impractical to provide specification information he re for the final selection of a belt. Link-Belt will be glad to assist in such final selections when desired.
Belts ore now made in various types of ply or cord constructions, using such materiols as synthetic fibers, cotton duck, steel cables, or combinations of these material s. Each belt is capable of a safe moximum tension stress. In this book such tension stresses or rotings hove been g rouped as tension ranges in table form for correlating data suita ble for making all necessary belt calculations on a te ntative ba sis. Minar adjustme nts may b e necessary to corree! for the specific belt that is finall y selected. Proper belt selection requires consideration of the following:
Belt car cass The carcass of a belt provides the longitudina l strength for transmitting the power and the lateral strength for resisting impact and for carrying the load. The carca ss is made of vorious layers or plies of fabric and/or cords, and they are held together by resilient rubber, called friction. The tension rating depends upon the materials and construction of the carcass, but the quality of the belt is determined by the friction. Table 14, page 156, shows tension ra ting s of belts on 20° idlers with respect to width as they are influenced by lump size, choracteristics and weight of material. Permissible operating tensions are also limited by the type of splice and characteristics of the control equipment for accelerating the belt when starting under load, as shown in Table 13, page 156. (continued)
L 1 N K - B E L T • 155
bu lk handling belt conveyo rs
Engineering G • Be lt se le ction, continued
Abrosiveness of material hondled. Size o f lumps ond their tendency lo leor ond cut lhe cover. Chorocleristics of material ho ndled, such o s hec t, oils, o cids, moislure. Length ond speed of conveyor. Melhod of looding conveyor. Tabl e 15 shows the grade o f cover recommend ed for vo rious conditions of service, ond Tab le 16, poge 157, shows lhe influence of conveyor leng th, speed o nd lensio n on g ra de o f cover required . Table 17, p oge 157, contoins recommended lhickn esses of covers for vorious conditions of service.
Be lts ore ovoilobl e with higher tension ro tings !han t hose shown in !he tab les, including sleel cable lype. However, they involve specio l design considerotions ond should be referred lo Link-Belt. Corcosses ore mode with differenl grades of friction material os required by lhe severily of service ond frequ e ncy of fl exing the bel! oround vorious pulleys. The grade of bel! depends upan the diomeler of p ulleys, lenglh of conveyor, speed of bel!, number of plies o nd omounl of stress in belt. A skim cool of rubber between lhe fr icl ion plies is necessory where frequency of flexi ng st roins is high, such os in shorl, high speed conveyors, or where il is severe os in conveyors with undersize pulleys. Table 15 shows !he friction recommended for 20° ond 45º idlers o nd for vorious conditions of service. Also Table 16, poge 157, shows the fr iction recommended by Link-Belt bronds os il is influenced by conveyor lenglhs, speed s ond lensions.
Ta ble 1 3 • Permissible operating tensions Permissible aperating lensian per inch of belt width Vulcanized splice Metal splice 1 Across line Across line Gradua l Gra dual >la rling occeleration starting 1 accelerotion
Rated belt tension in pound s
¡
per inch ol belt width
Belt cove r
0-300 300-500 - 500-1000
-
803 753
653 653
- --
The cover of o bel! provides o proleclive casing for the corcoss, to which it is vulconi zed. Covers ore mode in vorious g rades bosed o n !ensile strenglhs, ond in thicknesses to suil such conditions os:
803 803 803
..
-
1003
lOOL 1003
Ta ble 14 • Rated belt tension on 20° belt idlers as determined by lump size and weight of material • Lump sii: e, inche sA O
Rated belt tension
Belt width, inches 18
in pounds
per inch ol belt width
0-100 100-150 150-200 200-250 250-3 00 300-350 350-4 00 400-5 00 500-600 600-750 750-1000
24
1
30
1
1
36
1
42
48
1
1
54
1
60
1
72
84
1
Weighl per cubic faot a l material, pounds 50 11oo l 50I 50 11oo l 50I 50 11oo 150¡ 50
G G 4 1G 2 1 -G 4 4 G
6 2 6 5 8 7 ... . .. 8 8
- ... ---.. -. .. . . . . . . .
. . ...
..
. ..
..
. . . ... .
G
.
..
. .
..
. ..
.. .
-
11 oo
1501 50 loo 1501 50 1001 15o¡ 50 1oo 1501 50 11oo 1 5ol 5o 110011501 50 110011 50
G
6 2 G 4 2 G 6 4 G 6 2 G 6 4 8 6 2 8 5 2 8 8 12 8 6 10 8 6 10 ---.. . . . . . 12 12 10 14 10 8 14 . .. . . "f:i i 2""f2 16 12 10 20 .. . . . . .. . .. . . f 6 i6" "f2 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 16 16 20 G G
.. . . . .
. . . ..
..
6 G G G 4 G 6 4 G 6 2 G 6 4 8 6 4 8 4 2 4 10 8 12 8 6 12 8 4 8 12 10 18 12 8 16 12 8 12 ----· 20 16 22 16 12 20 16 12 16 24 18 14 22 20 20 i4 24T -8 26 . . . .. 1 24 24 24 28 .. . . . . G
G = Granular • Maximum lump size of certain materials may be increased to •he limils shown in Table 6, p'lqe 146, und"'r hiqhly favorable loadin3 condi•1on<.
A
.~.~.p·; ~.~.
G
G
6 3 8 4 8 6 12 8 12 8 16 12 16 10 20 16 20 16 26 20 28 20 33 26
G
6 8 10 14 18
10 14 20 26 38
6 4 10 6 14 10 20 14 24 16
o Belts lo r lumps below dashed line should be checked with Link-Belt lar troughability.
Table 1 5 • link-Belt brands of rubber-covered belts as d e termined b y type of service and belt idlers Service far which recommended
Type al belt idler
Materials far which recammended
1
1
Brand al friction in corcoss ond adhesion,
Brand ol
Breaker strip
cover
and slrength, pounds
in pounds 1
Extremely deslructive conditions, severe impocl. Resistonce to gouging, leoring ond stripping of cover. Severe flexing. - Resistonce lo weo r ond g ouging of cover. Resistonce to impoct. Generolly severe service no! worronting Foultless Brand.
--
Where fle xing ond obrosion ore not seve re. G e nerolly moderole se rvice.
20° 1
Medium shorp, heovy lumps. Lorge crushed ores, stones, cool, shole, eorlh with only smoll percenlog e of heovy, shorp lumps. Sond, grovel.
-20
- -45 ° 1
Light or med i:.im heovy moteriols. Sond, soda, osh, sugor, wood chips, sol t, groin ond beons. Cool, grovel, crushed sto ne with lumps not over 3 inch ond mixed with fines.
Ll. Under certain conditions, other brand friction may be necessary. Consult Link-Belt.
156 • L 1 N K - B E L T
-Lion
Foultless
3500-4000
20-24
45°
---
1
Foultless
Heovy, shorp ond jogged lumps.
On b e lls with 3112" cover ond over
16- 19
Lion
LionLi.
2500-3000
- --
16-19
20°
Service
45 °
Lio nll.
12-15 Non e
16-19
Service
800- 1000
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering G • Belt selectlon, continued
Belt stretch
When belts will be exposed to temperotures higher thon 150° F., or lower thon - 20° F., or to repeoted contocts with oil, ocids or chemicols, consult Link-Bel! for recommendotions.
Chonge in belt length due to climotic conditions is usuolly negligible, but the stretch due to tension is im por tan! in determining the omount of trovel required for the tokeup. Table 18, poge 158, shows the recommended trovel of tokeups for belts with cotton ond synthetic corcosses ot operoting tensions of 7 5 3 ond 100% of roted tension of belt. Also, other considerotions of tokeup trovel ore covered on
Troughability The obility of the looded belt to trough properly on the corrying idlers d e p ends upon the material hondled os well os the width, thickness ond construction o f the belt. Sotisfoctory troughing chorocteristics moy be expected for the belt widths ond tensions shown on Table 14, poge 156. However, cord ond wire cable belts trough more reodily thon other types of equivalen! widt h ond tension ro ting, ond moy be d esirobl e in speciol coses.
poge
160.
Some problems of belt stre tch involve consid erotions beyond tokeup trovel ond should be referred to Link-Belt. Among these ore the following: Where it is necessory to know the omount of stretch in belt o t sorne intermediote point of o conveyor. (continued)
Table 16 • Recommended brands of belts for lengths, speeds and tensions Brand of bel! • Horizontal
Rated belt lension
centers
100 percenl of rated belt lension
50 percent of roted bel! tension
of conveyor,
Belt speed, feel per minute
feet
2 - - -:-:- -+--5º__..t
•:o ~i'í'°
l.T
¡~--.r_-3o.,-;._,t;.,.~1U~:.:-: ,.-;:,.º-~;'];•,;E \;.:-:5 :º:•;~6-0~0~1--,--s:~-,~,¡. .,~,_.;_,:,.¡[E,ss. ._15=0=:=2=0=0:~-2-5=0=:=3=-o-o-+-<-4 0-o-+-s-o_o+-6-0-o_
lf-'. : c25""0.·. :...
.
100 150
..
<, LION ;t
500 '·%2ha: .... . },"· .1\ ''W<+ ·.· _ _:...:...:'-----1f---+--+--+---+---+--4--l---+--.J---+--~;.;....;¡~·~,"'--, LION¡.-.,..-+--+---+-~600 . .\· ' !" ~«· - -ª-º-º---+---t---t---1---1---1---t---+----+---+---+--SERVf lCE ¡.,~,;;;;zr~::.;;;;''.J:«/rl t 1-,,,'""' .:{Ié-·{:1... ,.• ' - - + - 1000 ··' < ,_ 1500 -
- '-'~:
.oL Faultless brand belt should be used, but lile may be reduced. Pulleys
• Based upan continuous service with belts _opera ting over pulleys of diameters shown in Table 20, page 159. Selections must be checked against Table 15, page 156. lf this indicates o higher grade of belt far service, follow that recommendation.
25
per cent farger in diameter than !hose in Table 20, page 159, and a skim coat of rubber between plies are recommended far odditional lile.
Table 17 • Recommended minimum thickness of rubber covers for conveyor belts Thi ckness of rubb er covers, in ches t::.
Kind of material corried by belt Degree of obrasiveness
Mildly obrosive
Very obro sive
Exomples
size,
1
Foultless brand
inches
.1 bituminous coo l, gro in, eorth, round grovel, loom sond, wood chips, cemenl
Up to :Y. :Ya to 2 2 to 6 Over 6
o nthrocite cool, sho rp sond, quo r tz, coke
Up to :Y. :Y. to 2 2 to 6 O ver 6
gronite, flint rock, trap rock, gloss cullet , ores
Up to :Y. :Ya l o 2 2 to 6 Over 6
Pulley side of belt
Carrying side of belt
Lump
1Á6
Ye
1
.3 1 .5 1 1.0 12.0 1 .1 1
Á6 3hl 3¡16
1
Á6 3hl Ye 3¡16
1
Á6 3hl
1
Á6 3hl Ya 3Á6
'.4 Ya 3¡16 5116 -'.4-- --Ye % 'Á6 'Á6 '116 '.4 3¡16 Ya Ye Ya :y. '.4 3¡16 5hl 5hl :Ya 5/Í6 '.4 3¡16 3¡16 -- -- -- - '.4 Ya 'Á6 'Á6 '116 :y. '.4 Ya Ya Ya :Ya :Ya '.4 3/Í6 3;í6 'Is :Ya :y. '.4 '.4
t::. Based on material being fed to belt in the direction of belt trovel and ot approximate belt speed. lncrease cover thickness on carrying side when material is fed to belt at right angles to direction of belt travel
1
lion brand L/ S o
3hl 3¡16 5¡16 3/a 3¡16
:y.
. ... .... -5¡16
....
1
.3 1
Á6 Ya 3 Á6
1
.5 1
'.4
Á6 3hl 3¡16 3¡16
'Á6
'Á6
'.4 '.4
Ya '.4
-- - -
- :Ya'Á6 5IÍ6
.... ....
1
1.0 2.0 1 .3 1
Á6 3hl
'Á6 Ye 3Á6
'Á6 Ya ·hl 3116
-- -
5¡\6
'.4
'IÍ•
:y.
. ... . ... .. . .
1
Á6 3hl Ya 3¡16
'hl 3/Í6
--
Service brand
Ya 3¡\6 3/s
Ya 3¡16
-
%
1
.5 1
1
1.0 1 2.0 1
Á6 3hl Ya '.4 'Á• -- -- -'Á6 Ya 'Á6 9hl 3¡16 Ya . ... 5¡16 3¡16 . ... :Ya '.4 3¡16 9hl :Ya
Á6 Ya 3¡16
Foult- 1 L' l ess br'~~d brand
1
Service brand
1
Á6 'hl Ya 'Á6
1
Á6 Ye ·hl 3116
'116
Á6
'hl
'hl
-1 - - -- - - - - -'Á6
1Á6
-- - -- - - - - - - - - - -'116 :Ya 3/Í6 Ya Ya Ya . ... . . .. .. . . .... 'Á6 'IÍ6 '116 3¡\6 . ... . . .. . . . . . . .. '.4 . .. . .. . . .... . ...
or at speed much !aster or slower than belt speed. o Distance from head pulley to foot pulley, in feet, divided by speed o f conveyor, in feet per minute.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 157
bulk handling b e lt co nveyors
Engineering G • Belt selection, continued
On systems comprising severo( long ond/or heovily looded conveyors, belt stretch moy influence the deloy required for storting eoch belt of the system in order to preven! spillag e. Steel cable constructed belts stretch less thon fobric belts of the sorne length. They require less tokeup trove! ond involve other special problems.
Belt wei ght s
Table 1 8 • Takeup travel requirements Mínimum length of
Operating belt tension,
in per cent of rated belt tension
takeup, in per cent o f con veyor centers Average
Average
cotton carcoss
synthetic carcass
100 75
l '/2-2 1 - l '/2
splice is not justifled ond tension in belt will permit. A metal fastener must be short ond flexible enough to bend oround the pulleys and flexible enoug h crosswise of the belt to permit p roper troughing of the belt. Metal splices should be covered with uncured rubber to exclude moisture and dust from the corcoss of the b elt. Tabl e 13, page 156, shows the permissible operoting tensions for vulconized and metal splices under either across the line or gradual sta rting conditions.
/4 -l 'f4 '12- l
3
The weights of belt carcosses shown in Table 19, pog e 158, o re average for the indicoted ro ted tensions ond the weights of covers ore standard for thicknesses included. These weights o re suitable for colculoting tentotive power requirements by the Grophicol Method ond for tenta tive tension volues by the Anolyticol Method, b ut odjustments in colculo tions should be mode for the weight of belt flnolly selected. This is porticulo rly importan! when using the Analyticol Method in connection with the design of: Descending conveyors Convex and concove curves Extremely long horizontal belts
Belt splices The strength of o conveyor belt is limited to the strength of the splice which hold s the ends of the belt together. Th e vulconized splice is the bes! and is recommended for all importan! conveyor b el! instollotions. Vulconizing is o fleld operation ond must be done by experienced men using o portoble fleld vul canizer. A vulconized splice, whe n properly mad e: Will develop neo rly the full strength of the belt. Will mointoin the surfoce of the belt o n both sides, forming o smooth, e ndless conveyor. Will trove ! smoothly over the idlers. Will bend around pulleys without injury to the b e lt. Will permit belt cleaners to operote to the best odvontoge. Will seol the ends of the belt ogoinst injury from moisture ond fine material. Metal fosten e rs moy be used where the expense of a vulconized
Ta ble 19 • Approxima te belt weights ¿ Rated belt tension, in pounds per inch of width
0 -1 00 150
200 250 300
H
.204
350 400
.254
500 600
.279 .299 .319 .364
75 0
Al l we ights bosed on y." top cover ond '!u" cover en pulley side. Add .017 pound fer eoch 1¡ ¡¡" difference in cover thickness.
•Terminal equipment selection
The selection of proper Terminal Equipment con contribute much to prolonging the life of the belt ond to the dependobility of the conveyor. Terminal Equipment serves the purposes of driving the b e lt, of taking up the stretch, ond of chonging the direction of its trove l. The Orive Terminal consists of a pulley or pull eys with its shofts, beoring s, mechonical power tronsmission units, motors ond controls. The Tokeup Terminal includes pulley, shaft with screw tokeu ps or with counterweighted tokeup mechonism. Other terminals moy include foot, bend or snub pulleys with the ir shofts ond beorings. The orrongement of the vorious terminols is influenced by the poth of the conveyor, the belt tensions of vorious locotions olong the conveyor, or by spoce restrictions. Sorne typicol orrangements of drive and tokeup terminols ore shown on poge 168 ond of the ir components on poge 196. The locotion of vorious terminols with relotion to eoch other vories to suit the requirements of paths of trove! such as those shown on poge 137. The most economicol locotion of the drive of on oscending or d escending conveyor is at the upper end, but it is possible to drive such o conveyor anywhere along the return be lt-or ot the lower end, os conditions dictate. Simil orly, o counterweighted tokeup moy be locoted onywhere olong the return b elt o n the low tension side of th e drive. Reversible conveyors are built to carry material in e ilher directio n. However, they require specia l considerotion a s to orrongement ond
1 58 • L 1 N K - B E L T
.184 .189 .214 .229 .239
1000 ¿
Weight in pounds, per foot of length and inch of wid th
locotion of tokeup to compensate for slock in belt on either sid e of drive pulley. The type of motor ond control moy be on importont factor in determining the selection of the belt. On lo rge, heovily loaded, hig h speed conveyors, belts of lower te nsion ratings may be used if occel eroting stresses ore li mited by sto rting them g roduolly, os indicote d on Table 13, poge 15 6. As o convenience in selecting te rminols for moderate power requirements, o wide ronge of Pre-Selected Terminal Equipment is tobuloted ond d imensioned on page 213. Also, complete Pre-Bilt conveyors ore ovailoble with terminols, belts ond structures, os shown on poge 222. Sorné of the more importont considerations of Terminal Equipment Selectio n ond design ore covered below:
Pulleys The selection of pulleys is of considerable importance in the design of a b e lt conveyor, since pulleys offect the ollowoble tension in the be lt, the life of the belt, shaft ond beo ring size, and size and ratio of speed reducing equipment. Diameter of pulle y s should be la rge enou gh to preve n! separotion of the belt plies ond excessive stressing of the outer plies of fobric when the b elt bends o round the pulleys. (continued)
J
bulk handling belt conv eyo rs
Engineer;ng H • Termi nal equlpment selectlon, continued While larger pulleys require more space, and greoter torque and ratios in speed reduction equipment, they usually will be justifled by savings in both flr st cost and replacement cost of the belt. Since the belt constitutes a high percentag e of the cost of the conveyor and is the part most subjected to wear and deterioration, prolonging its life by using pulleys of ample diameter should be profltable.
Table 20 shows recommended mínimum diameter of pulleys for various functions based on the rated tension of the belt at the pulley. For extremely hot materials, pulley diameters somewhat greater than recommended by Table 20 may be helpful in increasing the life of belts, since the larger diameters decrease the stress between the belt plies and help compensate for the deterioration of the compound which binds the plies together. W idth o f pulle ys should be greater than width of belt. Width of standard pulleys exceeds belt width by 2" for belts up to 42 " wide, 3 " for belts b e tween 42" and 60" wide, and 4 " for belts wider than 60". However, pulleys with faces wider than standard are desirable far conveyors which are very long, or that hove complex terminal arrangements or which handle sticky materials.
Table '21 • Circumference of pulleys Pulley
Pulley
Pulley
Pulley
dio meter,
circumference,
dio meter,
circum f e rence,
feet 4.19 5.24 6.28 7.85 9.42
inches
inches 16 20 24 30 36
1
42 48 54 60 72
1
feet 11.00 12.56 14.13 15.71 18.84
Calculation of loads on pulleys, shafts and b e a ri ngs Loads on drive pulleys are both radial and torsional loads. The radial load is the resultan! of the te nsion in lhe belt as it approaches the pulley, Tight Side Tension, or T1, and the tension in the belt as it leaves the pulley, Slack Side Tension, or T2 •
BELT
T,
Cr own f a ce pulley s hove a deflnite and desirable centering and guiding effect on the belt. Two closely adjacent pulleys should not both be crowned if it will result in a reverse bend in the belt. Highly str essed pulleys should be straight-foced. Snu b pulleys should be used to provide additional wrap around drive pulleys and to bring the return belt in line with the return idlers, so as to relieve return idl e rs adjacent to pulleys from excessive loading. Lagged pulle y s are especially advantageous for transmitting horsepower to the conveyor belt as shown in Table 12, page 154. They are also desirable for othe r than drive pulleys as the rubber covering of the pulley rim provid es a cushion to protect the surface of the belt as it passes over the pulleys. Lagging also helps make pulleys self cleaning of sorne materials that may hove a te nde ncy to build up on lhe pulley surface, since its resilience causes the material to crack and fall off in small pieces.
"-ORIVE PULLEY Fig 4857
The radial load imposed on a pulley shaft by the pulley is the resultanl of the pulley radial load resultan! and the weight of the pulley. This is shown in the following diagram. This load is applied et the shaft al the two hubs of pull ey. (continued)
Mag netlc sepa r ator p ulle ys are often used for removing tramp iron and sleel peris from moterials carried by be lt conveyors and belt feeders to prolect crushing, grinding and rolling equipment.
BELT
Spe ed of pulleys in revolutions per minute is found by dividing sp eed of the belt in feet per minu te by the circumference in feet of the pulley as shown in Table 21. This does not take into consideration thickness of the belt, nor does it consider slipping or creeping of the belt o n the pulley which will somewhot counteract the increase of speed which would result if circumference were flgured by using the diameter of the theoreticol neutral axis of the belt. lf there is a difference, a slightly faster speed of belt than is required is better than a slower speed.
1
WEIGHT OF PULLEY
\
1
Table '20 • Recommended minimum pull ey d iom eters L'I. Roted belt tension,
Pulley function ond belt co rcoss Toil tokeup ond 1 Bend ond 4 low tension high tension snub Synthetic 1 Coitan 1 Synthetic Cotton 1 Synthetic
Heod ond drive
pounds per inch of width
Coitan
0- 100 100- 150 150-200 200-250 250-300 300-350 350-400 400-500 500-600 600-750 750-1000
16 20 20 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72
1
1
;:-=-\
RESULTANT PULLEY LOAD ON SHAFT
Oiometer, inches
16 18 20 20 24 30 36 42 48 54 60
V
15 18 18 20 24 30 36 36 48 54 60
15 16 18 18 20 24 24 30 36 42 48
12 16 18 20 24 24 24 30 36 36 48
12 16 18 18 20 20 20 24 30 30 36
Where belt tenslon of pulley is less thon 50% of Roted Belt Tension. A Use pulley diometers for cotton belts fo r oll belts wilh corcoss ol conon combined with synthetic.
4
Fog. 4858
L 1 N K - B E L T • 159
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering H • Terminal equipment selectlon, continued
Since shofts mo y b e sub jecte d to other loods such o s from drive equipmenl, bockstops, e le., ond their b e nding moments vory with the locotion of lood s ond beorings, the methods for moking the remoining colculolions to d e te rmine moximum bending moments ond torsiono l moments will be found on pog e 570 ond the method for d e termining the size of shofts will be found o n pog e 57 4. Lo ads o n bearings ore determine d from the o mount ond lo cotion of loods on shofts ond the locotion ond number of beoring s su pporting the shofts. Me thods for delermining these loods ore shown on pog e 570.
Takeup types, location, and amount of pull and travel required The use of takeups is necessory:
To mo intoin proper Slock Si de Te nsion, T2, or pressure o f the belt on the driving pulleys lo lronsmil the horsep ower required fo r d riving or re to rding the b elt. To mointoin proper te nsion in the belt al looding po ints or o th e r places olong the be lt to pre ve n! excessive sogging of the belt. To compensote for belt stretch or shrinkoge. Two types of tokeups in general use o re:
The screw type of which there ore vorious styles or series. See poge 198. The grovily o r counte rweighted type, of which there ore two styles, eoch of which is ovoilob le os o complete terminal, with p ulle y, shoft, beorings ond corrioge. See poge 198. Screw takeups ore used for light, short centers, porto bl e ond underground conveyors or for conveyors not requiring long tokeup trove! or frequent od justmenl. They should be used o nly when, due to spoce limitolions or other conditions, it would be impossible or improcticol to use the grovity type. To reduce fre quency o f odjuslments ond to insure sufficie nt pressure of the belt ogoinst the driving pulley a l oll times, o greoter omount of te nsion is usuolly p ul into the belt with screw tokeups thon would otherwise be required. This unknown ond vorying o mount of excess tension increoses the loods ond weor on shofts ond beorings ond, if p roperly considered, moy sometimes require o stronge r or more ex p ensive belt. See Table 12, poge 154, for comporison of recommend ed Slock Side Tension foc tors. Screw tokeups should nol be used when te mperoture ar other climotic conditions chonge ropidly or chonge sufficiently to cause wid e voriotions in the length of the belt. Gravity takeups meet oll the requiremenls for which tokeups ore needed in o belt conveyor, hoving such odvontoges os: Mointoining constan! selected b elt tensions without odjustments. Requiring no more belt te nsion thon is necessory to p rovide p roper pressure of b elt on driving pulleys ond lo preven! excessive seg in the belt.
Table 22 • Factors for radial load on bend idler pulleys _. Radial Are of 1 Rad io! Are of 1 Rodio ! contoct, lood contoct, loo d lood degrees factor degrees factor degrees factor
degrees
Radial load factor
5 10 15
.09 .17 .26
50 60 70
.85 l.00 l.17
120 130 140
1.73 1.8 1 1.88
190 200 210
l.99 1.97 1.93
20 25 30 40
.35 .43 .52 .68
80 90 100 110
1.29 1.41 l.53 1.64
150 160 170 180
l.93 1.97 1.99 2.00
220 230 240 250
1.88 l.81 1.73 l.64
Are of 1
contact,
Are of
contact,
A Resultan! load on 1dler pulley
160 • L
1
N K- B E LT
belt tension X radial load fac tor.
Minimizing power requirement of ond weor on shofls, beoring s ond d riving e q uipment. Saving manual od justmenls. Reducing the number of times belt mus! b e shortened ond respliced beco use of permonent stretch. Locatio n of takeup is sometimes determined by convenience in locoting supports ond occess for mointenonce. lf tokeup is locoted where the tension in the belt is le os!, the minimu m omount of pull or counterweight will be required.
When o foot end o r heod end pulley is used os the tokeup pulley, f ewer pulleys ore required o nd the number of times the belt mus! bend over o pulley is decreosed which tends tow o rd increosing th e life of the belt. The greoter the distonce between the driving p ulley ond the tokeup p ulley on horizontal conveyors, the more sluggish mo y be the effect of the tokeup while the conveyor is b eing storted, since the tokeup must overcome the inertio required to sto rt lhe return belt ond idlers between the two p ulleys. To reduce slippoge ond consequenl bell weor, the tokeup p ulley should be locoted os neor the driving pulley o s procticol so thot ony occumuloted stretch in the bel t, coused by slo rting, will be absorbed os quickly o s possibl e. On the steeper inclined conveyors, the weight of o return run of belt descending from the d rive p ulley moy be sufficient to preven! slo rting stretch from o ccumuloting where the belt leoves the pull ey. Screw tokeups ond the horizontal style of g rovity tokeups ore usuolly placed al the foot end of conveyors, whereos wh en the tokeup is to be placed ot sorne inte rmediote point o long the conveyo r, the vertica l slyle grovity tokeup is used . Amount of takeup pull required depends upan: Mo ximum tension in b e lt al point where tokeup will be placed. Angle of wrop of bel t oround tokeup pull ey. Slo pe of the line of trove! of the tokeup.
The omount of tension in the belt al ony pla ce olong the conveyor con be determined by the Anolyticol Method of colculoting horsepower. When the ongle of wro p of the belt o round the pulley is 180°, the resultan! pull on the tokeup p ulley is two times the tension of the b elt al the pulley. Table 22 shows fo ctors by which the b elt tension con b e multipl ied to f1nd the resultan! pulley loods for vorious ongles of wro p. Whe n the line of trove! of o grovity tokeup is ve rtical, the e nti re weight of the pulley, shoft, b eorings o nd frome is utilized in producing pull ond therefore the o mount of counterweight p ull need ed will be the difference between the required resultan! p ull ond the weight of these peris. When the line of trove! of the to keup is horizontal ar slightly inclined, the omount of counterweight pull required for o grovity to keup will b e the full tokeup pt!lley load resultan! plus the o mount req uired to move the weight of the tokeup terminal o long its !rocks or g uides. Takeup pulley diamete rs ore selected from Table 20, pog e 159. The len gth of take up travel should be sufficient to: Compensote for stretch of belt when full driving load is opplied. Compensote for permone nt stre tch of b e lt. Comp ensote for elongotion or shrinkoge of the belt due to wide voriotions in tempe ro ture ond other climotic conditions. Provide for stretch which occomponies storting the belt.
The omount of to keup trove! to ollow d epends on o g reot number of vorying conditions. The percentoges shown on Table 18, poge 158, ore sufficient to compensote for the requirements menlioned obove, under most operoting conditions. Sometimes both the scre w ond the grovity tokeups ore used in the sorne conveyor; the grovity typ e to toke core of the constont operoting Auctuo tion, ond the screw type for occosionol odjustments ond troining of belt.
•
bulk handling b elt conve yors
Engineering H • Terminal e qulpm e nt selectlo n, continued
Backstops • Torqu e requirement s When the unbo lonced grovilalional forces in a conveyor belt exceed the frictional forces, os in the sleep er ascending conveyors and in conveyors having sleep ascending portions, a hald-back or backslap should be provided lo preven! loaded conveyar from running backword when it is stopped or power is interrupted. lf o looded or portially looded conveyor should run bockward, considerable ma terial moy occumulote o round the lower e nd to be cleared oway a nd reloaded, possibly causing damage to the belt ond o ther parts of the conveyor. Bockstops usuolly ore selected on the basis of pound feet of lorq ue, or on the bosis of horsepower al o given shaft speed. When the horsepower required to operate the conveyor has been determined b y the Graphicol Method from Chorts B, C ond O, pag es 152 ond 153, the opproximate pound feet of lorque required to be held b y o backstop placed on the drive p ulley shaft con be calculated from the follow ing formulo:
T Where
H1
(27~0R)
(H , _ H2
~
H,)
horsepower to elevale material horsepower to transporl material horizontally horsepower to operate empty conveyor rodius of conveyor drive pulley, inches speed of belt, feet per minute pound feet of torque required of backsto p placed on drive pulley shoft
When the belt tensions in the conveyor hove been colculated by the Anolytical Method, page 151, ond example on poge 172, the pound feel of torque required to be held by o backstop placed on the drive pull ey shoft can be calculoted from the following formulo:
Where
F G R T
total frictiono l forces o pposing movement of belt net or unbolonced g rovitotional forces cousing bockword movement of belt radius of conveyor drive p ulley, inches pound feet of lorq ue required of bockstop place d on d rive p ulley shoft
The obove formulas do nol include ony considerolio n of the friction in the pull ey shaft b earings ond the drive equipment which will assist in preve nting o conveyor from running backword. lt is recommende d to disre gard them and mount the bockstop on the drive pulley shoft so that drive equipment can be replaced without having to unload the conveyor. Of course, if the backsto p were placed on a faster turning countershaft, its required holding torque would b e inversely proportional to the speed of the pulley shaft and the shaft on which it would b e placed, thereby sometimes permitting a smaller backstop, but this is not recommended exce pt where it may be justifled because of space limitations or supporting difficulties.
1 • Loading
Calculations should b e made considering lhe va rious ways the conveyor might be loaded when power might foil or be shut off, so that the backstop will be large enough to take care of the worst condition. For instance, with a conveyor having a horizontal run loading into a steep ascending run, the worst condition would be when the conveyor is stopped with no material on the horizontal belt and the inclined bel! is fully loaded. For type of backstop best suited to o particular p roblem, consult link-Belt.
Mechanical power transmlsslon equipment Selectio n of equipment for transmitting power from motor to the d rive pulley shaft requires careful consideration of conditions of service, so that dependability and life expectancy will be consisten! with the other peris of the conveyor. Where space is adequote, an enclosed gea r sp eed reducer with fl exible couplings to drive pulley shaft ond motor is simple, dependable and easy to maintoin. Where space beside the conveyor is limited, an enclosed chain drive from the head shaft enables the speed reducer a nd motor to b e located above, beneath or in front of conveyor. Also, o chain drive from heod shaft provid es a convenient means of changing speeds, if desired. A few d rive orrangements are illustrated on pages 196-197, and complete data for selection are contained in companion Cotalog l 050.
Electrlcal equipment The selection of motors and controls for belt conveyors is d ependen! on the stretch cha racteristics of the belt, the path the conveyor follows, strength of splice, etc. Severe surging results from uncontrolled accelerotion of lo ng belts having considerable stretch. Concave curves in the belt path may dictate controlled starting, especially for smoll radius curves. Mechanical splices g e nerally require lawer tensions during acceleration than vulcanized sp lices. Almost any constant speed motor is suitable for d riving a belt conveyor. For a greot many b e lt conveyors a sq uirrel coge motor with "line " starting is suitable. A wide variety of d rives is avoilable for controlled occelerotion. These ma y range from squirrel coge motors with reduced voltoge or part winding starting, wound rotor motors with various type s of control to synchronous or sq uirr el coge motors with e ddy current clutches or conlrolled torque hydroulic couplings. Each has its advanlages and disadvantages and should be co refully selected. There are a great mony other electrical consideralions. The availoble power supply must be considered for reliability, voltage variations, ability to absorb regenerate d power, etc. For systems of conveyors, interlocking must be provided for seq uence starting and stopping; the coasting of the various conveyors mus! be token into account with respect to sp illage at transfe r points when stopped simultaneously under a power failure. Dual motor d rives must be designe d with respect to the difference in belt speeds at T1 and T, and the va riatio ns in the speed d ifference under changing loods. Protection against slippage, excessive side drift, b uild up of material in chutes or on p ulleys ar idlers may be desirable. The location of brakes is im portan!.
material on the belt
The method and equip ment for loading the belt contrib ute much toword p rolonging the life of be lt, reducing spill ag e to a minimum, and in keeping the belt trained during its operation. Since little can b e done to attain these o bjectives after the material has come to rest on the b e lt, the means of loading the b elt is o very important consid era tio n of b elt conveyor design. The design of chutes and other loading equipment is influenced by such conditions as the capacity, size and characteristics of material handled, speed and inclination of be lt, and whether it is loa d ed al
one or severo! p laces. Most of these design consid e rotions o re illustrated schemotically in Fig ures 6240 ond 6241, page 162, which clorify the description of the p rincipal requirements for p roper loading. These requirements ore outlined below o nd are loter amplifled. l. To load the ma terial on belt at o uniform rote. 2. To load it on the belt centrally. 3. To red uce impact of material falling on belt. (continued)
LI N K · B E LT • 161
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering 1 • Loading material on the belt, continued
4. To 5. To the belt 6. To p oint.
deliver ma terial in the direction of b el! travel. d eliver ma terial to b el! al a velocity as near the speed of os possi ble. maintain o minimum ong le of inclinatio n of b e l! al lood ing
Fig. 6241
MAI N CONVEYOR BELT
1 . Loading material at a uniform rote usuolly requires the use of o feeder, which ma y be selecte d from !hose d escrib ed on page 84. The feed e r should b e interlocked with the belt conveyor so it will stop operoting when the conveyor is p urposely or occidentally stop pe d. Some times it is possible to feed o b el! conveyor directly from o gote -co ntrolled chute if the material is smoll ond free flowing, but the gole should be o rrang ed so the bel! will not be flooded or overloode d when it is sloppe d or is operoting al re d uced speed. In oddition to o uniform flo w to the looding chute, the chute itself mus! b e designed lo preven! momentory surges o r possible plugging. The slope of chute bottom should b e od equote ond cleoronce B, f ig. 6240, should be obout twice the moximum d imension of the lorgesl lump. Vo lley angles should be e liminoted if p ossi ble, or mode sleep e nough to preven! o b uildup of moteriol tho t le nds lo pock o r stick in lhem. 2. Loading material centrally on the belt is occompli shed b y directing the flc:>w of material centroll y ond by conflning it between skirt pioles until the turbulence of fl o w has sub sid ed. This requires coreful considerotion of lhe design of chutes ond their skirt pioles. The skirt pioles should extend 5 to 8 feet beyond the point where the moin slreom of ma te rial flows on the b el!. Their lenglh depends upon the material hondl e d ond the speed ond inclinotion of the rece iving belt. The d istonce A be tween skirts should be obout 2h of b e lt width for belts up to 30" ond obout ?l.i of bel! width for belts wider thon 30". This is sufficient cleoronce for the lorgest lumps shown in Table 6, poge 146. The spoce b etween lower e dges of the steel skirts ond the belt should increose in the direction of bel! trove! to ollow pieces of material to work fr ee without domoging lhe bel! or forcing it off its ce ntral position on idlers. The lower edges of skirt plotes should be fltted full length with rubber strip s to provide o se o l ond to protect the Eielt.
A rrange me nt of tran sfer be lt conveyor Proper conloct between the rubber seoling strips ond !he b el! is mointained by spocing the id lers closely. Dimension D on figure 6240 is usuo lly 6 " ond dimensions E, f ond G depe nd upon the size ond weight of material hondled, bel! tension o nd sog. Refer to poge 155. In coses where material is received a l right o ngles to the b elt, lhe design of chutes mus! be considered more corefully !han for in-line tronsfers. Chutes should be orronged to defl ect the flow centrolly ond not ollow material to surg e higher ogoinst one skirt !han lhe other. Also, the ongle of chute pioles ond volley o ngles mus! b e odequote to p reven! b uildu p of material. The speciol tronsfer belt conveyor shown in fig ure 6241 provides a positive meons for chonging the dire ctio n of flow of unusuoll y lorge quontities of material. lt is o lso d e pendoble for tronsferring sticky moteriols thot mi!jhl te nd to build up in the volley ongl es of conve ntionol sloping chutes. 3. lmpact of material falling on the beit is reduced by keeping height e in fig ure 6240 to o mínimum consisten! with other requirements of !he chute design. The chute bo ttom plote should be locoted to receive the impoct from the flow of oll moteriols except !hose thot stick to ond build up on chutes, where dischorge directly on lhe belt moy be necessory. f or mo teriols contoining lorge, heovy lumps, scolping bors should be used insteod of o chute bottom, permitting the fines to pass through ond form a cushion on the be l! for the lumps. When scalping bors are used, the fines ore conflned ond directed to the belt by o dribble chute. Also, dribble chutes ore often used to cotch material removed by the bel! cleoner. G enerolly, the ongl e a of the dribble chute should be considerobly steeper thon the on gle ¡3 of scolping bors or moin chute bottom. (continued)
,..----------- .... 1
:
:
1 1
1 1
1
. -----------· SKIRT PLATES
A RUBBER-~
SEALS
SECTION AA
Fig. 6240
Arronge ment of transfer chute
162· • L
1
N K- B E LT
bulk handling belt conveyon
Engineering 1 • Load lng m a teria l on the belt, continued
Stone boxes ore sometimes used for highly obrosive moteriols insteod of sloped chutes in order to reduce weor of chute liners. They hove vertical sides with ledges or portiol bottoms, on which material builds up to form its own slope. Skirts ore ottached to the bottom of the stone boxes. Rubber cushion impact idlers, closely spaced under the loading point, provide a high degree of protection for the belt when lumpy or heovy moteriols ore hondled. Tronsfer conveyors, as shown in Figure 6241, poge 162, ore used to reduce impact on lorge expensive moin belts when handling large quontities of material which contoins lorge, heavy lumps. The drop from head pulley is held to a minimum. 4. Dellvery of m ate r ial in dlre ctlon of be lt trave l is usually accomplished by sloping the chute bottom or scolping bars in the direction of belt trovel to deflect the flow properly. Right angle tronsfers require particular attention to the design of chute sides and volleys to be sure that, as the direction of flow is changed, it will be delivered centrally to belt without buildup or plugging. When large copacities ore transferred at right angles to high speed belts, the tronsfer belt conveyor shown in Figure 6241 provides a dependoble meons of delivering moteriols in the direction of trovel of the receiving belt. 5. De livery of material at a veloclty near the belt speed reduces, turbulence ond scuffing of belt os the material flows to the belt. This is porticulorly importont for high speed belts.
J•
The chute bottom should be sloped ond sometimes curved to impar! o forword velocity to free flowing moteriols. Far moterials that hove o tendency to pack or stick in chutes, a transfer conveyor may preve economical, provided the copocity ond cost of replacing the main belt worrants such en expense. 6 . Th e angle of lncllnatl on of belt at l oadlng polnt should be kept at a minimum to allow the material to come to rest while it is conflned between the skirts. Coorse, granular or lumpy materials require a longer time to settle on a steeply inclined belt than fine, moist moteriols-porticulorly at high belt speeds. When the belt is too steep, lorge lumps or sphericol pelletized material moy become dislodged ond roll bock along the sides of the bed of fines ofter leaving the looding chute skirts. Similarly, lumps may become d islodged and roll back from the end of bed as it "tails out" after feed has been shut off. lmproved looding of steeply inclined belts may be obtoined by designing the conveyor with o loading run at or neor horizontal before it curves up to the steeper incline. Longer skirts ore usually necessory for high speed belts, and in sorne cases, they moy be desirable the full length of conveyor to preven! occasionol lorge lump s from falling off. Covers over skirts, with omple cleoronce for bed of material, moy be odvisable os a protection to personnel. Descending conveyors, hoving steep declined portions require similor considerotion of loading conditions. Link-Belt will ossist in the design of loading fa c/lities for conveyors thot must be inclined neor the limits of Table 1, p o ge d2.
Discha r g ing mate ria l fro m the belt
Moteriols moy be dischorged from belt conveyors to meet o wide voriety of requirements. The dischorge locotions moy b e conflned to one or more speciflc points, or the material moy be distributed along as much of the length of conveyor os desired. With auxiliory stockers and shuttles, material may be stockpiled over wide oreas. Sorne of these methods of dischorging ore shown schemoticolly on poge 138 and o few instollotions ore illustroted on poges 133 ond l 34. The following methods moy be used to dischorge material from be lt conveyors: 1. Dischorg ing over en end pulley. 2. Dischorging over one or more flx e d trippers. 3. Dischorging over movable trippers. 4. Plowing material from one or both sides of belt by flxed or troveling plows. 1 . Dlscharge over an e nd pulley con be into a spout or chute or directly onto o pile. Locotion of dischorge is therefore limited to one end of o nonreversible conveyor and to each end of a reversib le conveyor. Even though normal operotion of the conveyor moy not require dischorge over end pulley, provision should be mode for dischorge over the end of ony material which moy not be cleonly dischorged by intermediote dischorging means. The range of dischorge over end pulleys moy be extended by o belt slinger, or o shuttle conveyor, which is o horizontal belt conveyor, mounted on wheels with trocks parolle l with the belt. Shuttle conveyors ore usuolly reversible. 2. Dlscharge over flxe d trlppers is effected when material is to be spouted into one or more fl xed points along the path of the conveyor. Tripper chutes can be provided to dischorge to one side or beth sides of the conveyor or back onto the belt to by-pass the side discharge. Any number of flxed trippers can be instolle d along the conveyor but in order to prolong the life of the b e lt, it moy be odvisoble to use a shuttle conveyor or o movable tripper to reduce the number of tronsfers of material ond bends in the belt. Sorne conditions moy die·
tate a series of individual conveyors, one dischorging onto the other or into bins ot the tronsfer poinh. 3 . Discharge over movable trl ppers is used when material is to be distributed continuously or intermittently a long one or both sides of a conveyor. Vorious types of trippers ore illustroted ond dimensioned on pages 201 -208. When o movoble tripper is equipped with o shuttle conveyor et right ongles to the moin conveyor, material can be distributed olong the moin conveyor in o wider pile than by chutes. Movoble trippers can be held stationary for intermittent or flxed points of dischorge ond moy be provided with o chute to by-pass material bock onto the conveyor belt. 4. Discharge by plows or scrape rs is generally used fo r removing light, free-flowing, granula r bulk moteriols et p redetermined points olong the conveyor. Also, sorne fine, heavy materiols, such os foundry sand, may be plowed off. Plows can be mode to dischorge variable quontities of material from either edge or both edges of the belt ond to be put into or token out of operoting position from remole points. Although they are usually used with flot belts, they con be used with thinly looded troughed belts by flottening the troughed belt und er the plow. While usuolly instolled in o flxed position, they o re sometimes mode so they con b e moved along the conveyor. Plows ore comparatively inexpensive ond require little spoce but should be used with coution to prevent domoge to the belt. Wh~ n plows are used, the speed of the belt should normo lly not exceed 200 feet per minute and the belt should be joined by o vulconized splice. D lscharge chutes should alwoys be mode lorge enough and steep enough to prevent clogging ond should be so locoted that lumps of material will not become caught or wedged between the conveyor be lt ond ony edge of the chute. When belt cleaners or scropers are used, the bottom of the chute should be. placed low enough to cotch the dribble unless separate dribble chutes a re used. (continued)
L 1 N K - B E L T • 163
bulk handling b elt conveyo rs
Engineering J • Dlschar g l ng ma teria l from the b elt, continued Provision should be mode for clearance ond slorage of lramp iron when a magnelic separalor pulley is used. 11 is good insurance lo install a limil or pressure lype switch in the chute or bin inlo which the conveyor discharges, orranged lo stop the b e lt ot o predetermined level of material. lf the material build s up in !he chute or bin fosler tho n il is token oway, such devices pre ve n! overAow and domoge lo !he bel!.
To reduce weor on the chute, ond breakoge of frogile material po ssing through it, the locotion ond de sign should toke into considerotion the path or lrajeclory thal material will tend lo follow when dischorg ed over o pulley. This poth, which is determined by the combined inAuence of grovity, bel! sp e ed ond p ulley dio meler, con be found g ro phico lly from Chori f .
Chart F • Tro jector y of material over dischorge pulley BELT SPEED FPM
ANGLE A A PULLEY DIAMETER - INCHES
72
66
60
54
48
42
EXAMPLES
3,6
30
24
A
•
8
•
e
•
o
z
E
1, •
F
4 ,,
G
7 3Z
H
'h 12 ..
J
17 .
K
23!
L
3or
M
3916'.
N
48!
p
58!"
Q
69/f
R
81 ji"'
s
94f
T
108~·
20
,. 15•
...
23"
J"
1
CONDITION NO. 3
1
8
s-..¡;-*"E "'\'ªr\=· O
X..
~L
~ '-'~~ 1 . • ÑG~ ~ G 60
F 1 CONDITION NO. 2
CONDITION
N0.4
f19. 4841
Chori f moy be used to determine the trojeclory of material from dischorge pulley for the conditions illuslrote d obove ond os described below: Co ndition 1 opplies lo horizontal and oscending belts when ongle A exceeds 0°, ond for descending belts when angle A exceeds ongle W. Co ndition 2 opplies to descending belts when ongle A is less than ongle W . Condition 3 opplies to horizontal belts when ongle A = 0 ° Co ndition 4 opplies to inclined be lts when ongle A = 0 °
• B =
e
l" per 100 feet per minute speed o f belt (4" for 400 FPM, 2Y," fo r 250 FPM, etc.) meosured olong tongent line al some scole used lor i ndicoting dimension C.
C = Rodius of dischorge pulley in inches plus l" ( 19" lor 36" diometer pulley, 25" for 48" pulley, etc.). This 1• odded to the pulley rodius is intended to represen! the opproximote thickness of the belt ond therefore the lower porticles ol the moteriol. The chori is bosed on this volue bul il it should be desired to find A where C is difieren!, then,
v• cos A= G C
A. A = Angle from vertical ot which material will leove belt o s il trovels over
where V
dischorge pulley. 11 is found o t the point on chori where o line projected to the right from the belt speed intersects o line projected downwo rd lrom the pulley diometer.
e
164 • L 1 N K - B E L T
G
belt speed in leet per second occelerotion of grovily = 32.16 = distonce in leet from center o f pulley to tongent line desired.
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering
K•
Other engineering consi derations that may apply
In odd ition to the foregoing fundamental e ngineering data required for the d esign of all b e lt convcyors, othe r engineering consid erations are necessory lo assure successful operoting results. Some of these matte rs that apply to most bel! conveyors and involve a wide variely of conditions con only b e d escribe d rather broadly. Others involve specific or unusuol conditions. Among these consid erations are the following:
Convex changes in v e rtical path of conveyor A convex change in !he trave l of material on a conveyor occurs when o change is made from: Ascending run lo horizontal run. O ne ascending run to another less sleep asce nding run. Horizontal run to d escending run. One descending run to a stee per descending run. Convex changes in path can b e mad e by using one of the lwo me thods illuslraled in !he following dia grams:
~ ~ Conve x cu rve Be nd pulley The convex curve is recomm end e d for all installations where space will permil. lt causes less additional stress in the edges of a troughed belt, less odditional load on the end rolls of idl ers al !he bend a nd less disturbance of the material o n the b e lt a s it p asses from one run to the other, thereby reducing we ar on !he be l! ond prevenling spillage of material over !he e dges o f the belt. The minimum radius recommend e d is d etermined by the following formula s:
The bend pulley is recommended only when space will not p ermit a convex curve, and the n only when !he conveyor is not sufficiently loaded to cause spillag e of material over !he e dges of !he be lt o s il passes over !he pulley. The diameter of the be nd p ulley should be large enough lo insure material maintaining contact with !he bel! as !he b elt changes directio n. The diameter require d varies with the cosine of the a ng le of change in direction ond the square of the speed of the bel!, and b ecomes quite large fo r b elt sp eed s g reater than 500 feel per min· ute. This is fr e quently another reason why the convex curve should be used . The diame ter of b e nd pulley should not be less than: 16 inches when b e lt spee d is 200 feet per minute. 20 inches when be lt speed is 300 feet per minute 36 inches when belt sp eed is 400 feet per minute 54 inches when belt spee d is 500 feet per minute and in no case should it ever be less !han the minimum recommended in Table 20, page 159.
Concave changes in vertical path of conveyor A concave change in the trave l of material on a conveyor occurs when o change is mad e from: A horizontal run to an ascending run. O ne a sce nding run to o steeper ascending run. A descending run lo horizo ntal run. One desce nding run lo another less steep descending run. Concave chang es in direction can be made by using one of the me thods illustrate d here:
5W
PULLEYS
Using idlers with end rolls inclined 20 deg rees' R = ( l )( l -P) 2
7W
Using idlers with end rolls inclined 45 degrees: R = (l )(l-P) 2 where R = minimum recommended radius of curve, in fe et W = width of be lt, in inches P = lension in belt al curve, pounds, divide d by maximum permissible operating bel! tension, pounds. The recommoende d ma ximum spacing of lroughed bel! idlers on !he curve is found from !he following fo rmula: S R(B + M) O =r + R(B+ M) where o = spacing of idlers on curve, in feet. s = average idle r spacing recommended in Table 8, page
147. R = rad ius of curve, in feet. B = weight of one linear foot of belt, in pounds. M = weight of mate rial carried per one linear fool of b elt, in pounds. T = le nsion in b elt a t curve, in pounds.
CONCAVE CURVE Fig. 4 855 Bend pulleys or two separate conveyors ma y be compulso ry for some installations because spa ce is no! suffici e nt for p rop er radius of curve. They should be avoided wherever possible. In ad dition to re quiring more termina l equipment and o transfer chute with skirt pioles, the y cause many more loa d impacts on the b e lt and more fr e que nl b e nding of !he belt. Two sepa rate conveyors ore preferred inslead · of b e nd pulleys e ven though on additional d rive would be r equired, but !he belt te nsion may be decreased enough so that, in some cases, a less expensive be l! may b e used. The concave curve is recommend ed wherever space will permit. lt is fo rmed by supporting the belt on idlers set to a curve d path. The radius of curvalure of this path should be g rea l e nough to preve n! lifting of the b e lt from the idlers und er a ny of the conditio ns e ncounte red in the operation of the conveyor. (continued )
rod ii for concove vertical curves• WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER FOOT OF EMPTY BELT
¿
Bosed on groduol occelerotion of belt. Fa r ocross·the-line storting, opproximote rodii moy be determined by odding 50% to rodii shown, or they moy be occurotely colculoted lrom inertio fo rces.
Fig. 4839
L 1 N K • B E L T • 165
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering K • Oth er englneerlng conslderatlons, continued
Unusual conveyor belt arrangements
The b e lt is most likely to lift while it is being storted empty or while being storted when o long horizontol run opprooching o curve is heovily looded ond the curved ond oscending portions of lhe belt o re emply. Chori G, poge 165, shows the minimum rodii for concove curves for vorious belt lensions et lhe op prooch point of the curve ond for vo rious weights per fool of the em ply belt. Chori G, poge 165, is bosed on gradua l occe lerotion of the belt. Across-the-line storters should b e ovoided unless the rodius is mode al leost 50% greoler thon the mínimum determine d from the chori.
The b rood opplicotion of belt conveyors has resulted in the develop· ment of mony speciol design feoture s to provide for o wide ronge of vo riotions in moterio ls hondled, ond conveying requiremenls. As en exo mple, o speciol o rrongement of the return run of the belt con be opplied so thot the cleon side of the b e lt rides on the return idlers. This is porticulorly odvontogeous on o conveyor handling wet or sticky mate rial thot would te nd to cause on undesiroble ornount of b uild up of material on the re turn pulleys ond idle rs. W ith this feoture the return run,of the belt is turned over ofter leoving the heod pulley of the conveyor; the cleon side rides the intermediole idle rs; ond the (continued)
TANGENT POINT
~-----
(+)
A
A
fig . 4 856
Table 23 • Coordino tes for plotting concave curves Rc dius of
Angle, degrees
concove
curve, feel
7
6
5
8
10
9
11
12
14
13
15
16
18
41- 4Y1 55- 1 ~
4 6-4 \4 61 -9 Ya
20
S • Base length of curve, feet ond inches 150 200 250 300
13- 0% 15. 9y, 17- 5~ 20. 1oy, 21- 9 Y2 26- 1 ~ 26- 1'14 3 1- 4 ~
18243036-
350 400 4 50 500
30- 6 \1, 34-1 ov. 39- 2111. 43- 6 1 ~
4 2- 7 % 48- 9 5 4-1ov. 60-11 \4
36- 7 41 - 9'.4 47- o~ 52- 3 ~
3Y. 4 y, 5•;. 6 '14
20- 10Y2 27-1 0 34- 9 Y2 41 - 9
23- 5 ~ 26-0~ 1 2831 - 3 ~ 34-8'14 3839. 1 ~ 43 . 41~ 4746-1 l y, 52-1 y, 57.
48556269-
54. 9 60-9~. 62- 6V1 69-5 Y2 70- 4>.4 78-11 \1, 7 8- 2 ~ 86-9l11
8 Y2 8 7Y, 7
3 1- 2\4 41 - 7 51 - 11'14 62- 4y,
33. 8 1 ~ 44-11 % 56- 2% 67- 51~
36- 3y, 38-9 l11 48- 4Y1 5 1- 9~ 60- 5>.4 6 4-8 Y2 72- 6 1~ 77-7'14
66- 9y, 72. 9\4 7 6- 3V1 83- 2 85-lOVa 93- 61\,1, 95- 4l'a 103- 11 Y2
7 8- a 1 ~ 89-11'14 10 1· 2'14 112. 51 i.1,
84- 8 \1, 90 -7 11. 96- 9 ~ 103 -6~ 109.1 ov. 116-5 Ya 120- 11 v. 1 29-4 1 ~
7~ 11 ~
8~ 2 1~
68 - 10 1 ~
82-
8~
5 1- 3 Ya 68- 4l11 77.3 ~ 85- 6~ 92-SY, 102- 7 \4
96- 5 1 ~ 108-1V1 119- 8Y2 1 10- 3\1, 123 -7~ 1 36- 9 111. 124- o~ 139-0 1\,1, l53-l 01~. 137- 9 1~ 1 54 -6V. 171 . o y,
T • Distonce from tangent point to intersection, feet ond i nches 11 - 9 111. 13- 1Y2 14- 5 ~ 15- 8% 17-6 19- 3 y, 19 - a y, 21- l OY, 24- Olla 1 23- 7~ 26 - 2 ~ 2 8-1 OYa
150 200 250 300
7- l OY. 9. 211. 1O- 5l'a 6- 6~ 10- 5'14 12-2'14 13-11' ~ 810-11 13- l \4 15- 3Y2 17- 5'14 1 13- 1 ~ 15. a ~ 18- 4~ 20- 11 '14
350 4 00 4 50 500
15- 3V. 1 8- 4 Y1 21 - 4l11 24. 5 1i.1, 27- 6~ 30 -7 ~ 17- 5 ~ 20 - 11 ~ 24- 5 ~ 27- 11111. 31 - 5'14 34-11'~ 27- 6\4 31. 5 y, 35- 5 39-4V,. 19- 7'14 23- 7 21-10 26- 2Y, 30- 6 1 ~ 34- 11 ~, 39- 4~ 43-8%
ª*
Rc d ius of
17- 111. 22- 9 ~
28- 5 1~ 34- 2 Y1
36- 9 ~ 4 2- OY2 47. 3~ 52- 6V.
39-1 OY, 45- 6% 51 - 3\4 56-1 1 ~,
47 - 6~
26- 5V. 35- 3 ~ 44- 1 52-1 0'14
55 - 5~ 46- o 1~ 49-2 \4 52- 71~1 5 6-2 ~. 63-4 \4 1 59. 2 1~, 63- 2 i.1. 71 -3 \4 65- 91i.1, 7 0 - 3\4 79-2 \4
6 1- 8~ 7 0- 6V. 79. 4~, 88- 2
18- 5 119. 9 1 21 - 1 24- 61 ~ 26- 3 1~ 28- 1 ~ 30- 8~ 32-10 % 35. 1y, 39. 5 1~ 4 2 - 1' ~ 36-10 42- 11 1\,1, 49- iy, 55 - 3 61 - 4 1\,1,
23 - 9 ~
31-8Y1 39-7 V.
Distcnce from lcngent point, feet
concave
curve, fe e t
33- 8 ~ 38- 6~ 43. 3 1~, 48- 1 '14
15- 9~ 21- 0\4 26- 3~ 31 - 6V.
5
1
10
1
15
1 20
1
25
30
1
1 35
1
40
1
45
1
50
1
55
1 60
1 65
1
70
1 75 1
80
1
85
1
90
A • Length of o rdin ote, feet o nd inches 150 200 250 300 -
0-9 0-4 0- 1 1 -4~ 0-0'14 0 -3 0-6'14 1-011. 0-0V. 0-2 ~ 0-5 ~ 0-9Y1 O-OY2 0 -2 0- 4 ~ 0-8
350 4 00 450 500
0-0~
0-0~
0-0Y. 0-0~
2- 1 ~ 1- 61 ~ 1- 3\1, 1- OY2
0 . 1111. 0 -3V1 0-6V1 0 - l OY. O-l Y2 0- 3 ~ 0-6 O- 9 ~ 0-1 y. 0 -3 0-5Y. O- 8~ 1 0 -1 \4 0 -2 11. 0- 4 1~ O- 7 Y2
166 • L 1 N K - B E L T
3. ov. 4-1111. 5- 5~ 4.o y, 5. 1 ~ 6 - 4 ~ 2- 3V. 3-1 1- 9 1\1, 2 - 5~ 3-2 1\.1< 4. 111. 5-0V. 1- 6~. 2-0Y2 2-8~ 3 4 1i.1, 4-2Ya
6-2 5-1
1- 3 ~ 1-911. 2-3Y2 2 - 1 0 1 ~ 3-711. 4-4~ 1- 1 y, 1-6~ 2-011. 2- 5~ 3-1 v. 3-9~ 1- 0 \1, 1-4 l4 1 - 9 ~ 2- 2 1 ~ 2 - 9~ 3. 4 ¡,¡, 0 - 10'14 1-2 '14 1 -7~ 2. o ¡,¡. 2-6 Y1 3-0Y.
7 -3% 8 -7~ 6-0'14 7. 1y, 8- 3y, 9-6 V. 10- l OV. 5-2~ 4- 6~
4-0l4 3.7 y.
6 -0 1 ~. 7. ov. 8-1 ~ 9 -3~ 5-3'14 6- 2 ~ 7 -1 l4 8- 1 4-8'14 5. 5'14 6-3V. 7 . 2y, 4 - 3~ 4 - 11 ~ 5-7% 6 - 5~
1 0-51~
11-914 10-311. 8- 1li. 9- 1il< 7 - 3~ 8-2Ya 9- 1 ~
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering K • Oth er e ngineering consideratlons, continued bel! is ogoin turned bock to normal corrying position al the foot end. The necessity for cleonup of dribble from the belt, between its terminols, is procticoily eliminoted. Such on orrongement is porticulorly odvontog eous on o long centered belt. Unusuol orrongements con be developed so thot the bel! conveyor con hondle moleriols in e ither or both directions simultoneously, moking use of the usual re turn run for conveying. The two runs of the conveyor moy be in their normal relotionship, one obove the other, or by meons of oppropriote ly opplied g uid e puileys, b e horizontall y seporoted. With p roper engineering of o belt conveyor ond its looding ond dischorging faciliti es, it con be odvontogeously opplied to convey other thon the usual bulk moleriols. As on ex omple, bel! conveyors hove become populorly opplied for handling of pulp wood logs.
Safety devices A wide selection of sofety devices is ovoiloble to be applied for vorying o rrong ements of conveyors ond conditions surrounding their operotion. Sofety puil cords can be strung the length of the b el! conveyors. Puiling on the sofety cord al ony point immediotely shuts off the power.
opplications where the material moy tend to b uild up to on undesiroble degree on the return idlers.
Welghing When it is necessory to weigh moteriols in tronsit on belt conveyors ond record the omount delivered to certoin points of o processing system, outomotic recording scoles ore used. These scoles con be either mechonicol, electronic or oir operoted. Impulses from electronic type scoles can be used to control the feeders delivering moteriols to the b el!. The scoles con be furni she d for standard width conveyors. These units o re occurote, compoct, ond do nol disrupt lhe conlinuous flow of material on the belt. There ore olso ovoiloble batch feeders thot consist of be lt feeders, weighing or meosuring hoppe rs.
Magnetic separation Tromp iron con be removed from moteriols corried on belt conveyors b y either permonent or electro-mognetic puileys. The pie ces of tromp iron ore drawn lo the belt surfoce os they pa ss over the mognetic puiley. The pieces then foil free o s the belt leoves the puiley, folling into o chute or bin.
Terminols ond drive mochinery con be protected by guords to ony degree necessory, depe nding upon exposur e to p e rsonne l. For the highest d egree of p rotection, expended metal guords co n completely e ndose oil moving porls. Generoily, guording of high speed rototing peris ond puileys is od equote.
Other types of seporotors ond metal detectors o re ovoiloble thot ore suspended over the streom of material on the conveyor. The metal d etectors indicote the presence of mognetic or non-mognetic meto Is.
Cotolog 1050 provides informotion for the proper selection of bockstops. Bockstops con play on importan! peri in sofety lo personnel os weil os protection of the conveyor equipmenl.
S ampling
Automotic tokeup mochinery should be completely e ndosed with expende d metal guords or the like. In oddition, o counterweighted tokeup con be supplied with o meons to overt its free foil in the cose of occidental porting of the belt.
There ore sompling systems ovoiloble thot toke o representotive somple of the material os it posses over the conveyor dischorge. Somples moy be token for vorious reosons ond con be coilecte d on o continuous or intermittent bosis. The sompling system crushes, sizes ond prepares the somple for loborotory onolysis.
Dust control ClearJlng the belt, pulleys and idlers The wide diversity of moteriols ond their cho rocteristics hondled on bel! conveyors has resulted in !he developmenl of o wide voriety of meons o f deoning belts on opplicotions where the material te nds to odhere. Rubber or fobric bloded wipers locoted on or neor the heod puiley of the conveyor, provide odequote deoning ond economicol construction ond mointenonce for the lorgest number of opplicotions. Generoily, the blodes o re mounted in o pivote d frome ond ore held in contoct with the bel! by meons of springs or counlerweights. When the conveyor is handling material thot cannot be sotisfoctorily deoned from the be l! by me ons of such rubber or fobric bloded deoners, it moy be necessory lo consider the use of water spray, compressed oir, or fl xed or p ower driven revolving brushes. Sometimes it is necessory to use two or more of these d evices in combinotion. On opplicotions where it is onticipoted thot material will tend to build up on the faces of conveyor puileys, it is desiroble to hove the puileys logged with rubber. Proper selection of the grad e of rubber ond, if ne cessory, the opplication of grooving to the rubber, will generoily overl the problem. In the most difficult coses it moy be necessory to opply puiley scropers, orronged so thot the scropings ore deflected from the poth of the belt. Considerotion of return bel! rubber treod idlers should be given on
Dust control ond p rotection of personnel con b e occomplished by e nclosures. Where required, the entire belt cenveyor ond its terminols con b e totoily enclosed ond the dust e xhousted to dust collecting systems. Mony opplicotions require no more thon e ndosures al tronsfe r points, with or without dust collecting systems.
Supports and gallerie s Belt conveyor supports ore simple ond ore eosily designed. Typicol structurol sle el supports, lo suit o wide ronge of conditions, ore iilustrote d on poge 168. These iilustrotions wiil serve to suggest other possibilities to suit particular opplicotions. Completely stondordized Pre-Bilt structures ore shown on poges 222 to 235. Goileries oAd housings ore used to endose belt conveyors where the conveyors ore corried ocross open spoces. They con be incorporote d in o bridge structure ond con be designe d for convenient occess to the conveyor. A wide selection of modern moteriols such o s rooflng ond siding, ond window ond door froming, ofte n moke it possible to design conveyor goileries uniformly ble nding with the orchitecture of od joining building s ond slructures. Housings preven! ice ond wind from cousing o bel! to run off-center ond on empty b el! from being blown off the idlers. They olso decreose deteriorotion of the belt by p rotecting it from the sun. Typicol goileries ond housings ore illustroted o n pog e 169. (continued)
L 1 N K - B E L T • 167
bulk handling b e lt conveyors
Engineering K • Other e ngineering conslderations, continued
Typical structural steel supports Belt conveyo rs hove the odvontoge of requ iring only simple o nd eo sily desig ned structures. This opplies to te rminals and bend s
o s well a s to stra ig ht runs . The foll owing d rawings illu st rote this in typica l designs o f structu res. O the r designs to suit o th er conditions can be reo dily a dapted .
Head terminal s
Fig. 4644
Fig. 4645
Snubbe d pulley dri ve
Dual pulley drive
Snubbed pulley drive ¡ w ith ve rtical gravity 1 take up L
1
1 _J
Foot termina Is
Fig. 4647
Horizon tal grav ity takeup above floor
Fig. 4648
Horizontal gravity takeup through floo r
Fig . 4649
Screw takeup
Conve x bends
Fig. 4651
Be nd pulley
Bend idlers
Concave bends
Fig . 4655
Cross sections
Fig. 465 2
Belt conve yor only
168 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Fig. 4653
Be lt conveyor with tripper
Fig . 4654
Be lt conveyor with w ind guards
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering K • Other engineering considerations, continued
Typical galleries and housings Go lleries ond housings ore used lo endose belt conveyors ond provide o ccessibility whe re the co nveyo r is co rried on o bridge, os when it is required to spon open spoces. Mony forms o f
Fig. 4656
Horizontal closed golle ry with wolkwoy both sides
~5/
o
go lle ries ond housi ngs are possible, dependi ng upon the cond itions encounlered . Typicol golleries o nd housings ore illu slroted .
Fig 4657
Ho rizontal closed galle ry with walkway one side
"\
rr:::.. /J ~\ :?;
e ~
'
\1 J
~ 1
Fig. 4659
Fig. 4658
lnclined clo sed gollery with walkwoy both sides
lnclined closed gollery with walkwoy one side
Fig. 4660
Horizontal or inclined open gollery with walkway both sides, and cover over conveyor only
Fig. 6379
Pre-Bilt, stondardized structures, a vailable for belts up to 36" , are shown on page 222.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 169
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering
l • Examples of belt conveyor calculations The following exa mpl es illustra te the use of the fo regoing data for establishing matters of d esign a nd for selecting compone nts. Exampl e 1 indica tes the conve nience of determining the horsepower require ment by the G ra phica l Me thod . lt is within the limits of the pre·sele cte d Terminals shown o n pag e 21 3 a nd of Pre-Bilt sectional be lt conveyors, pag e 222. See pag e 228 for Pre- Bilt sectional b elt conveyo r se lectio n exa mple. The conveyor in Exa mple 2 has a com plex p a th of travel, with
both concave and convex curves. For this reason, the Analytical Method is necessary for the calculation of required belt te nsions a nd horsepower. The procedure fo r both examp les follo ws the steps mentioned on • p oge 140. Colculotions ore corried out to the extent necessory fo r o n understo nding of principies ond method s, o nd the results ma y be used os the bosis for selection of mochinery components from this ond other link-Belt cotologs.
Example 1 • Graphical Method
Fig. 6238
Path of b elt conveyor fo r Example 1
Step A • Basic data Material to b e ho ndled ..... .... . 2" a nd under bituminous cool Copocity in short tons ........ . ... 450 tons per hour (peak) W e ight of ma teria l .. ........... . 50 pounds per cubic foot Operoting cond itions ............ 3 to 4 hours per doy, conveyor housed, temperoture obove freezing, degrodotion not importan!
Step B • Is belt conveyor suitable for material? A belt conveyor is suitoble for ha ndling bituminous cool. See poge 141.
Loadlng Class Table 3 , page 143, indicotes Loading Closs B.
Width and s p eed for capaclty required Table 4, poge 144, indicotes that the capacity o f 450 TPH of material we ighing 50 pounds per cubic foot requires o 30" wide belt al a speed between 500 and 600 FPM. The actual speed of 556 FPM is interpoloted from the table.
Width a s d eterminad by siz-e of lumps Table 6, poge 146, indicates that 2 " and under materia l is within the limits of a JO" belt with Looding Class B. Therefore, a 30" wide belt will handle 450 TPH of 2 " o nd under coal weighing 50 pounds per cubic foo t a l a speed of 556 FPM.
Step C • Is angle of lnclination within safe limits? From Cho ri A, p age 141, a 46-foot rise in 400 fe e t equols 11 'h· 0 foot rise in 100 feet, or on a ngle of about 6 Y, • Table 1, poge 142, indico tes a moximum ongle of 16° for sized bituminous cool with lumps 4 " ond under, so 6 Y, 0 is within safe limits.
Step D • Consideration of belt width and speed Speed as determlned by material handle d Ta ble 2, poge 143, indicotes that cool moy be handle d al speeds up to 700 FPM when degradation is not a factor.
170 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Step E • Se le ct belt idl er type , series and spacing Table 9, poges 148-149, indicales thot, for se rvice of 3 lo 4 hours per da-y and 50-pound ma terial, Series 6000 idlers ore sotisfoctory, ond Table 7, poge 146, indicotes thot 2" lumps ore within the limits of Series 6000. From Table 8, poge 147, 20° troughed belt idler spocing is 4 Y2 feet ond return be lt idler spocing is 1O feet. Both troughed b e lt training idle rs and re turn belt training idl ers should be spoced in a ccordonce with the footnote on Table 8. (continued)
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering L • Exampl e 1, continued
Step F • Determine the power requfrements and belt tensions (Graphical Method) Horsepower is determined by the Graphical Method from Choris B, C ond D, pages 152-153. The opproximate weight of the belt and revolving idler parts is 28 pounds per lineal foot, obtained from the table on Chori B. On the basis of this weight, the total horsepower al the drive shaft is calculated from the three choris: .93 X 556 Chart B-Empty conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OO 5.17 1 Ch art C-Elevate material ... ..... ...... .. . 45 X 46 20.7 1.4 X 450 Chart D-Convey material horizontally ...... - - - 6.3 100 Total horsepower al drive shaft .......... . . . ...... = 32.17
In order to determine the required motor horsepower, it is necessary to allow for losses in the drive components (sp eed reducers, roller chain drives, etc.), which are generally in the range of 10% of the transmitted horsepower. For more accurate efficiencies of the drive components, refe r to Catolog 1050. 32.17 motor HP required = ~ = 35.7 HP Thus, a 40 HP motor is req uired to drive conveyor.
Pre-selected terminals, shown on page 21 3, may be selected b y the pre-selected terminal method below. Individual terminal components, if required, may be select ed by the individua lly selected terminal method below.
Method for determining pre-selected terminals Pre-selected termlnals are selected from Table 27 on page 213, which lisis horsepower al lhe drive shaft for belt speeds of 1 00 FPM, which in this case is: 32.17 X 100 HP at 100 FPM = = 5.79 HP
556
Table 27 indicates a selection of Terminal Group 30C24307 which is suita ble for 6.07 horsepower al a be lt speed of 100 FPM. The belt tensions are shown in Terminal Group 30C24307 as 3000 pounds for T1 and 1000 pounds for T2.
Step G • Selection of belt Termina l Group 30C24307 indicates o belt having a rated lension of 154 pounds per inch of width, which may be 147 pounds when reduced in proportion to the required horsepower. Table 16, page 157, indicates a Service brand belt. Table 17 indicates Ya " cover on tne carrying side and 1m" cover on the pulley side of belt. Also, from Table 14, strength of be lt is adequate for hand ling 2" and und er coal. Step H • Selection of t erminal e quipment Terminal Group 30C24307 specifies pulley a nd shaft sizes. Takeup travel will b e up to 6 feet for a cotton b e lt, or up to 4 feel for o synthelic b elt, as shown on Table 18, page 158, using 75% of rated be lt lension. Therefore, a vertical counterweighted tokeup is necessary as trove! exceeds the limit of a screw takeup.
Takeup pull req uired is twice the T2 value shown for Terminal Group 30C24307, or 2000 pounds. This would be mad e up of the weight of takeup pulley, shaft, beorings, moving frame, and such additional counterweight as is necessary to equal 2000 pounds. Backstop
The backstop ralings (éither pound feet of torque or HP a l a given RPM) are based upan harsepawer required to elevate load, less 50% of horizontal horsepower required for empty conveyor and ma terial. Torque rating of backstop is d etermined from tne upper formula on page 161 : backstop torque = ( 2750 X 12)( 20.7 - [ 5.17 + 6.30 ]) 2 556 = 888 pound feet Horsepower raling of backstop is determined from net backstop horsepower, and heod shaft speed is calculated from belt speed, using Table 21, page 159: 6 .30) 5 . 17 backstop HP = 20.7 - ( = 14.97 HP 2
+
head shaft sp eed =
556
. = 88.54 RPM 6 28
Ste ps 1, J, K These steps may be completed as required, based on such fore · going data as are applicable.
Method for determining individually selected terminals Step G • Selection of belt For this method it is necessary to determine effective belt operating tensions. Using drive shaft horsepower from Step F, effective horsepower 32.17 X 33000 pull E is determined; E = = 1909 pounds. 556 Based on using 180° b elt wrap and lagged drive pulley, T2 is determined from Table 12, page 154: 1909 X .5 = 955 pounds. Thus, either T1 ar Tmax. = 1909 + 955 = 2864 pounds; or 95.5 pounds per inch width for 30" belt. From Table 13, page 156: 95.5 rated belt lension = _ = 147 pounds per inch width 65
takeup and tail p ulleys and 16" for bend pulleys. Shaft siz:es-Drive shaft torque = E X p ulley radius R
= 1909 X 1O = 19,090 inch pounds. f rom Chori A, page 575, ossuming suddenly applied load d ue to across-the-line starting, a 31114" dio meter shaft is indica ted. This must be checked for comb ined bending and torsion whe n the actual bearing centers are known. Snub, takeup and foot shafts are also simila rly selected on bosis of data on page 159. Ta keups ond bockstops are selected by melhods described above under pre-se leGted lermina ls.
Pulley sb:es -from Table 20, page 159, a 150-pound be lt
requires mínimum diameters of 20" for drive pulley, 18" for
Steps 1, J, K ma y be completed as required.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 171
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering Example 2 • Analytical Method Note that the Anolytical Method is necessary in this example for the calculations af belt tensions and horsepower, since the example contains bath concove ond convex curves. 215° WRAP LAGGED PU LLEY
f1g . 6239
Poth of b elt conveyor for Example 2
•
Assumed lifl of belt ot trippe r. IFor trippers, see poge 204.1
.A Fer explonotion of Lo see poge 150.
Step A • Baslc data Ma terial to be hondled . . .... 5" maximum lump unsized crushed slone Capacity in short lons ... ..... 900 TPH (peak) Weight of material. ..... . . . . 100 pounds per cubic foo t Operoting conditions ... . . .. . 2 shifts ( 16 hours per doy) conveyor housed, heated terminals, tempero lures to - 1 Oº F in inlermediote gollery. Stone delivered lo screening pion! surge bin.
Step B • Is a belt conveyor suitable for material? A be lt conveyor is suitoble for handling crushed stone. See poge 141.
Step C • Is angle of inclination within safe limits? From Chori A, poge 141, o 20-foot rise in 150 feel equols o 10-foot rise in 75 feet, or on ongle of obout 8°. Table 1, poge 142, indicotes o moximum ongle of 16° for unsized crushed stone with lumps over 4 ", so 8" is within sofe limits.
Step D • Conslderation o f belt width and speed Speed as determined by material handled Table 2, pog e 143, indicotes thot unsized sto ne moy be hondled al sp eeds up to 650 FPM, depending on relotio n of lump si ze to belt width flnolly selected.
Loading class Ta ble 3, poge 143, indicotes Looding Closs B.
Although o 30" belt can hondle the copocity al 555 FPM, degrodotion is reduced al o lower b e lt speed-desiroble for recovery of lorger size p ieces al screening plont. Considering the next wider belt, Table 4, pog e 144. indicotes thot 900 TPH of material weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot con be co rried on o 36" belt oto speed of under 400 FPM. lnterpoloting from tab le, o speed of 383 FPM resulls; however, it is common proctice to roise this minimum belt speed to on even figure. The re fore, the balance of this exomple will be bosed on o 36" wide belt ot 400 FPM (su bject lo the considero lions on poge 145).
Step E • Select b elt id le r type, series and spacing Tab le 9, poges 148-149, indicotes thot for service of 16 hours per doy o nd 100-pound ma terial, Series 7000 or 8000 belt idlers ore sotisfoctory, ond from Table 7, page 146, thot 5" lum ps ore within the limits of eithe r series; however, Series 8000 will be used for the balance of this e xomple. From Table 8, poge 147, the spocing for 20° troughed belt idlers is 4 feet ond the return belt idlers is 1 O feel. Both the troughed belt troining idlers ond the return belt troining idlers should be spoced in occord once with the footnote on Table 8.
Step F • Dete rm ine powe r r e quirements and belt tensions ( Analytical Method) Horsepower ond bel t te nsions o re colculoted here for the belt ofter it is o peroling al o uniform sp eed ond the lensions are listed in Table 24, poge 173. lnertio forces discussed on poge 151 ore no l considered, o s the speed is modero le ond it is ossumed thot no hozord is involved from the slight coosling thot would occur ofter power is interrupte d.
Wldth and speed for capacity required Table 4, pog e 144, indicotes thol the copocity of 900 TPH of material weighing 100 pound s per cubic foot requires o 30" belt al a speed be tween 500 ond 600 FPM. The actual sp eed of 555 FPM is inte rpoloted from the table.
Wldth as determined by slze of lumps Table 6, poge 146, indirotes thot unsized materi al with up lo 1 O" lumps is within the limits of o 30" belt with looding Closs B.
172 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Determine frict ional and gravitation al resistances to movement of loaded belt. Refer to pages 150-1S1 A. Frictional forces = total weight o f item co using the friction X corree! friction factor (coefficienl of friction). See Table 11, poge 151, for friction foctors.
= total weight of item b eing roised (or lowered) X vertical trove!. See pag e 151 for detoiled explonotion. (continued)
B. Grovitotionol forces
bulk handling b e l t conveyors
Engineering L • Ex ample 2 , continued
C. Weight of revolving idler ports (pounds per foot), from Table 1 O, page 150, al 4-foot and 10 -foo t spocing from Step E. 55 Corrying b elt idlers = 4 = 13.75 pounds per foot
Colculations for determining power requiremenls and be lt tensions resulting from these frictional and gravitational forces are given b elow:
Use 14 pounds per foot. 50 Return b elt idlers = TO = 5 pounds per foot
!. D etermine the welghts of ltems that contribute to
D. Other forces contri buting to friction are compensated for by addition of 150 -foot theoreticol belt section L.,.
frlctlo n
A. Weight of material (pounds p e r linear foot on belt) 900 X 2000 X = 75 pounds per linear foot 40 0 60 B. Weight of belt (pounds per linea r foot of b elt) Al this point in the analytical solution, the specifkations of belt are unknown. Since it is not possible to make a final selection of the belt until the oper ating tensions a re known, and since the tension ca nnol be occurately d e te rmined withoul including the effect of belt friction ond g rovity, o tentotive selection of the belt musl be mode.
11. D eterm ine frictlona l a nd gravltatlonal r eslstances t o m ovemen t of l oad e d belt
Frictional ond g rovitotionol forces con now be colculoted and Table 24 con be developed. 111. Calcul ate t he r e quir e d horsepowe r
From Table 24, E = 3992 pounds. 3992 X 400 HP al drive p ulley shaft = = 48.4 HP al drive 33000 pulley shaft. In order to d e termine the required motor horsep ower, it is necessory to ollow for losses in the drive components (speed reducers, roller choin drives, e tc.), which ore generolly in the rang e of 10% of the tronsmitted horsepower. For more accurote efficiencies of the drive componenls refer lo Catolog 1050 48.4 motor HP required = _ = 53.8 HP 90 Thus, o 60 HP motor is required to drive conveyor.
Table 14, pog e 156, indicotes that o .36" wide belt carrying 100 pounds per cubic foot material having 5 " moximum lumps should b e o 200 to 250 PIW (pound s p er inch of belt width) b elt. A 250 PIW belt is tentatively selected . This must b e checked later ogoinsl the mo ximum tension. Table 15, pag e 156, indicotes o Lion brand be lt is required for handling slone. Table 17, poge 157, indicotes thot Lion brand b elt corrying ,, ., L 600 ( ) stone with 2 to 6 lumps and on S ratio of = 1.50, use 1.0 400 should hove •A." top cover ond 1116" bottom cover. The ossumption is thot the feed chute will be reosonob ly well d esigned so material con b e load ed neor be lt speed in the direction of belt trovel.
IV. Ca lculate the belt tenslons
A. De termine the required tokeup weight. The calculotions develop ed thus far in Column 1, Table 24, o re bo sed entirely on the tensions required to d rive the conveyor, and ot the drive pulley they result in E = 3992 pounds. Suff icient te nsion must be odded both to the slock side of drive pulley and to E to tronsmit the required horsepower. In ord e r to minimize belt tension, select o 215° snubbed, logged d rive (continued)
Table 19, poge 158, shows the weight of a 25 0 PIW belt hoving 3ti6 ond 1iú" rubber covers to be 9.54 pounds p er foot Use 9.5 pounds per foot.
Ta ble 24 • Tabulotion of computo tions for Exomp le 2 Forces
Tensions a t points shown
2
3 Finol tension Frictiona 1 forces Gravitationa l forces ofter adding Run to mo ve tensions Due to After adding 335 pounds each run are friction and 1437 poundi for sag. (algebraic shown gravity only for T2 (added to all sum) Moterial Mdterial Belt + idlers Belt A. tensions in column 2) 1 1 AB (9.5 + 5)2 42 X.02 = 7 0 70 B 70 1507 1842 (9.5 + 5)150 X.02 = 44 BC 9.5X( - 20)= - 190 - 146 - 76 e 136 1 1696 CD (9.5 + 5)200- X .02 = 58 58 D - 18 14 19 1754 (9.5 + 5)150 X.02 = 44 DE 44 E 26 1463 1798 EF 75 X 150 X.025 = 281 (9.5 + 14)150 X.02 = 71 352 F 1815 378 2150 FG l5 X 200 X.025 = 375 (9.5 + 14)200 X .02 =94 469 G 847 2284 2619 G H 75 X 150 X.025 = 281 (9.5 + 14)150 x .02 = 71 75 X 20 = 1500 9.5 X 20 = 190 2042 H 2889 4661 4326 HJ 75 X 210 X .025 = 394 (9.5 + 14)21 O X .02 = 99 493 J 3382 4819 5154 JK 75 X 20 X .025 = 38 9.5 X 2 0 X .02 = 4 75 X 6 = 450 9.5X6=57 549 K 3931 5368 5703 109 KM 9.5 X- 6 = - 57 52 M 3983 5420 5755 MT, (9.5 + 14¡20 x.02 = 9 9 3992 542 9 5764 T1 T2A T2 o 1437 17726. A 1772 o 1437 Total effective horsepower pull E = 3992 (olgebraic sum) 1
Points Total pull where
•
-
-
-
• Belt pull required to propel tripper. Factor Y for tripper from page 205, multiplied by 33,000 = .0033 X 33,000 = 109 pounds. 6. Required ta~eup weight T = 2T2 or 2A.
A.
-
-
Gravitational fo rces indicated (-) a re those acting in o direction to assist movement of the belt. Ali other forces of frlction a nd gravity retord belt movement.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 173
bulk handling belt conveyors
Engineering L • Example 2, continued
pulley, for which a slack side te nsion factor of .36 is obtained from Table 12, page 154. T 2 = 3992 X .36 = 1437 pounds and, adding this to E, T1
= 3992
+
1437
Backstop The backstop un this exomple belt conveyor would hove its maxi· mum loading when run GH only is loaded. (This is a very theoretical possibility, but the selection of a backstop size is generally bosed on the worst condition.) The re q uired bockstop torque is deter· mined a s follows:
= 5429 pounds
Also, 1437 pounds must be added to ali othe r tensions in column l to compensote for the odde d T2 te nsion. These ore shown in Column 2.
T
= (
D(
G -
R ) See pag e 161 12
The values of G ond F ore toke n from Table 24 using material on run GH only. (Do not include force to propel tripper)
The required we ight of tokeup is-
T
= ( 1500 - 845)(12) 2 12 = 1078 pound feet
2 X T2 = 2874 pounds
A backsto p should b e selected for a torque of l 078 pound fe e t. B. Check the sag te nsion Chori E, page 155, shows that o belt conveyo r having: o b e lt weig hing 9.5 pounds p e r linear foot material we ighing 75 pounds per linear foot idler spacing of 4 f eet requires a mínimum tension of 2150 pounds in ord e r to limit the sag to 23 of the idler spacing . The tabulation of computations for Example 2 shows the tension ot point F to be 1815 pounds ofter adding in the proper takeup weight as explained obove. This tension must b e raised to 2 150 pounds. This is accomplished by add ing : 2150 -
1815
Step G • Selection of belt The final calculoted moximum operating te nsion, a s shown in Table 24, is locoted at T, and equols 5764 pound s. The belt selected must be roted to carry this load. A 36" wide belt o perating at this load has: 5764 l 60 pounds per inch of width. For vulconized 36 splice and ocross-the-line storting a factor o f 803 is introduced (See Table 13 on poge 156.) 160
Loading chute should b e designed in occordonce with p ractice described on pag e 161 .
Step J • Consider means of dlscharging material from the belt. Selection of the proper trippe r is required for distributing stone to the surge bin. See poge 204 for selection of tripper.
= 335 pounds to each te nsion in the tabulation.
Therefore Column 3 contains final te nsions at all points, includ· ing those required for sog. Note that re q uired weight of takeup is increosed to 3544 pounds.
JW =
Step 1 • Consider means of loading material on the belt.
200 PIW mínimum rating of belt to be used.
A 200 PIW belt o peroting ot l 003 of its p ermissible tension due to starting conditions is satisfoctory if special consideration is give n the b e lt to handle the 5" lump size. Ste p F should be repea ted if o 200 PIW belt is used, to consider effect of lower b elt weight. Otherwise, the originally selecte d 250 PIW belt is satisfactory. At this point, if degradation of material were not importan!, a check could be made to d etermine the effect of a higher belt speed on the b e lt te nsions. A higher be lt speed would reduce a ll of the frictionol and gravitationol forces resulting from ma terial weight. In such o case, it might b e found possible to use o lo wer roted b elt after it is checked for lump size a nd weight of material.
Step K • Consider other engineering matters that may apply. A. Co ncove curve ra dius The determinotion of this radius is impo rtan! to o prop e rly designe d b e lt conve yor. lf this rod ius is no t sufficie nt, the te nsion in the belt will cause it to lift up ond off the idlers when storting with the belt em pty ot the curve. Cho ri G , poge 165, indicotes o mínimum rodius of 300 feet is necessory for o b e lt weighing 9.5 pounds per foot ond hoving o te nsion of 2619 pounds at the opprooch point of the curve (Point G in this exomple). This is suitoble for o belt with gradually occelerated storting conditio ns. However, with ocross-the-line storting, a study of the increase in all te nsions due to o dditionol retarding forces coused by the inertio of oll parts be ing occe leroted is required. The study of these inertio forces is b eyond the scope of this cotolog. Consult Link-Be lt. For estimo ting p urposes, o generoll y occepted rule for ocross· the-line storting suggests a mínimum concove curve rodius equol to l 50
R
5 X 36
= (
)(
1
Step H • Selection of terminal equlpment
Takeup trove l should be up to 12 feet foro cotton fo bric be lt or up to 7 Y, feet for a synthetic be lt. See Table 18, page 158.
174 • LINK - B ELT
450 feet mínimum rodius
B. Convex curve rad ius Convex curves are discussed on poge 165. For 20° idlers, 36" wide b e lt, 4661-pound tension at the curve (Point H in this exom ple) the minimu"m rodius R equo ls
12 All pulley ond shaft sizes ma y now be selected as shown on poge 158, using the tensions at the p oints where the p ulleys ore located. For this example, a 24" diame ter he ad pulley is selecte d from Table 20, page 159, when using o 250 PIW belt.
=
_ 4661 ) = 3 1. l feet mínimum convex curve rodius 9000
The recommended maximum spocing (O) of the troughed belt idle rs around this curve equals
O
=
+
4 X 31.1 (9.5 75) 4661 31.1 (9.5 75)
+
+
=
1.27 feet
After d e terminotion of these rodii, step C sho uld be rechecked using the tang en! line to the two rodii os o slope.
bulk handling b elt con v e yors
componen•s The mechanical components of a belt conveyor consist of the idlers which carry and train the belt; the polleys, with their shafts and bearings, which propel the b elt and change its direction of travel; and the drive equipment for transmitting power from the motor to the driving pulley or pulleys. Careful selection of mechanical components contributes substantially to the dependable and economica l performance of a belt conveyor. Proper components influence the life of the belt as well as first cost and operating cost of the complete installation. Most successful performance depends upon a balanced design and !he selection of components most suitable to the requirements of each conveyor, which should be considered as a complete operating unit rather thon on o ssembly of parts. Link-Belt has furnished belt conveyors in every industry, to operate und er all conditions of service and in sizes ranging from the small est to the longest sing le belt conveyor ever built, and anoth er conveyor hoving the highest lift . Link-Belt manufactures o complete line of comp onents to serve every in dustry need, includ ing Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors. Also, Link- Belt offers the services of its engineers for designing the conveyors, recommending the equipment, and occep tin g performance responsibility, thus assuring the purchaser the beneflts of one source and o ne resp onsibility. The following pages briefly illustrate the p rinci p a l com ponents manufactu red b y Link-Belt . Add itionol d et ails ore contained in oth er catalog s w hich are avoiloble at the nearest Link- Belt District Sales Office.
Belt idlers The Link-Belt line of belt conveyor idlers consists of five different series, ronging in application from light o r intermittenl service to continuous heavy-duty service. They are made for a broad range of belt widths, with rolls of various diameters, materiols and coating s. This broad coverage permits selection of the series best suited to individual requirements. Typ es of b elt idlers within the five series includ e 20d eg r ee and 45-d egree troughing, rubb er cushion, belt training, flot belt an d return id lers. Belt id ler rolls can b e furnished w ith shells of various moteria ls. Rolls with steel outer shells are used for the ma jo rity of installa tions, an d a re usually the most eco nomical selection . Rolls with gray iron outer shells ore recom mended
when hand ling very abrasive materi als o r w hen o corrosionresist ant material is required . Rolls with rubb er treods or with shells of various metals and coating s can o lso be furnished. Rubber treod carrying rolls are recommend ed to p rotect the belt by obsorbing impact under looding points, especia lly when large lumps and heavy meteríais o re co rried . Rubber trea d return rolls o re recommended where wet or sticky meteríais cling to the b elt or w here resistance to corrosion and chemical action o n iron or steel is req uired. Beater type return rolls ore recommended where wet ond sticky materi als cling to the belt.
Series 5000 belt conveyor idlers This series is for intermittent o p erotion, relative ly low capacities, ond for lightweig ht, nonab rosive materials of limited lump size. All rolls ore 4" in d iameter ond have a pa ckage type commercia l b all b ea ring of o mple size with b uilt-in labyr i~t h grease seal, which is fltted into precision die formed steel end s. The steel roll ends are pressed onto a steel center tube, and into an outer shell, then welded into position. The center tu b e is g r ease-filled after assembly. The %" diometer through-shoft ossures b earing and seal ali gnment, and is equipped for pressure lubrication. Yoke contour and slot in shaft ends lock all brackets together in a rigi d t russ structure. Even under unusually severe impacts, this sturdy arrongement prevents spr ea d ing of brackets. Removable st eel retainer clips hold rolls in position. The inverted angle base ond formed st eel b rackets are accura tel y jig w el d ed to form on integral unit frome for accur ate roll alignment. Ty p es of belt idlers available in Series 5000 ore illust roted . All are ovailable for 14" to 30" be lt widths. Dimensions are shown on pages 181- l 9 5.
20 ° troug hed belt idler
Fl ot belt idler
Return belt idler
LINK - B ELT • 175
bulk handling belt conveyo rs
Series 6000 belt conveyor idlers
37646
Grea seable roll
37646
Factory seal ed roll
The 20° idl ers are for intermittent operation, med ium cap acities, and for modera t e weight, semi-abrasive materials containing lumps l arger and heavier than those handled by Series 5000 idlers, or, for continuous operation wh en handling lightweight, fine meteríais. The 45° idlers are for continuous opera tion, handling lightweight meteríais such as grain and wood chips in greater volume th an 20° idlers. The rolls are 4" and 5" in diameter and hove a precision ty pe, d eep groove, single row ball bearing with built-in close fü1ing triple lab yrinth grease seal for the greaseable type. These rolls can also be furnished with factory lubricated and sealed bearings. The ends of the outer shell are counterbored and the full length center tube is journalled concentrically, an d with precision die formed steel ends are all brazed into an integral unit, providing roll concentricity. The ends of the center tube are bored concentrically with each other after roll assembly to avoid prest ressing the be arings and to provide correct bearing alignment. The center tube is grease-filled a fter assembly and its large diameter permits the easy movement of grease to the bea rings. The efficient grease-in, dirt-out labyrinth t y pe bearing sea l with the larg e grease reservoir requires only infrequent lubricat ion. The .669" ( 17 mm.) diameter throu gh-shaft assu res bearing and sea l alignment and is equi p ped for pressure lubrication. Grease-through lubrication is accomplished by means of connectors between end and center roll shafts for simul taneous lubrication of all rolls through flttings al outer end of either end roll. The inverted angle base, deep ribbed formed steel brackets a nd foot straps are accurately jig-welded to form an int eg ral unit fram e for a ccurate roll alignment. Yoke contour and slot in shaft end lock all brackets together in a rig id truss structure. Even under unusually severe impact th is sturdy arrangement prevents spreading of brackets. Removable steel retainer clips al each b racket hold rolls in position. Ty pes o f idlers available in Series 6000 a re illustrated . The 20° idlers are available for 14" to 36" belt wi dths. The 45° idlers are available for 24" to 48" b el t widths. Dimensions are shown on p ages 181-195.
39239
20° troughed belt idl er
45 ° troughed belt i dler, unequal length rolls
Flat belt tra ining id ler, positive acti on type
39243
Return b eltidler
39238
20 ° troughed belt rubber cushion idler
39240
45 ° troughed b elt traini ng idl er, positive acti on type, unequal length rolls
20° troughed b elt t raining idler, positive action type
176 • L I NK-BELT
39241
Flat belt id ler
Return b elt rubb er tread idl er
Retu rn b elt training idler, positive action type
bulk handling belt conveyors
Series 7000 belt conveyor idlers The 20° idlers are for continuous operation, high capacities, and for heavier weight, abrasive materials where the size of lumps is limited by the width of the belt. The 45° idlers are for sorne type of service as th e 20° idlers but handle maximum vo lume, limited only by the construction of the belt. All rolls are 5 " in diameter and hove a precision tapered roller bearing with a combination outside diameter and face-type grease seal of synthetic material. The counterbored outer shell and the journalled full length center tube are continuously welded to precision die formed steel ends to form an integral concentric unit. The ends of the center tube are bored concentrically with each other to provide corred bearing alignment. The center tube is grease-fllled after assembly and its large d iameter permits easy move ment of grease to th e bea rings. The two efficient sea ling lips o f the bearing keep g rease in and dirt out, and the large reservoir of grease extend s the regreasing cycle. Upp er end s af the concentrator rolls hove a de Aector cap a ttached to the hex nut to further p rotect the b earing. The 3A 11 d iameter through-shafts are threa d e d o n b oth ends a nd b earings are externa ll y a d justed by grooved hex nuts which provid e positive lock ond a large orea seat in brackets. Shafts are equipped for pressure lu b rication. G rease lea d s ot outer end of end rolls a nd shaft connectors b e tween rolls faci litate lub ricotion. For convenience, o greose leo d is extend ed from near sid e of the idler to the upper b earing of the o pposite end ro ll. The inverted angl e base, d ee p ribbed forme d steel b racke ts and foot straps are accura te ly jig-welded to form o n integral unit frome for a ccurate roll a lignment. Yoke contou r ond mo chine d g roove in the hex nut lock a ll brackets to g eth er in o rigid truss structure. Even under unusuolly severe imp act th is sturd y arra ngement prevents spre ading of brackets. Removable steel retainer cl ips at each brocket hold rolls in position. Types of idlers available in Series 7000 are illustrated. The 20° idlers are avoiloble for 18" to 48" belt widths. The 45° idlers are availoble for 24" to 48" belt widths. Dimensions ore shown on pages 181-195.
Flat belt idler
3925 1
Flat belt training id ler, positive action type
20° troughed belt tra ining idler, actuating disc type
39246
20° troughed be lt id ler
33910
Return b elt idler
39249 39432
20° troug hed belt rubber cushion idl er
39433
Retu rn belt rubber tread idle r
45° troughed belt idl er, equal length rolls
39252
39247
20° trou ghed belt training idl er, positive a ction type
45° troughed be lt training idl er, positive action type, equal length rolls
Return belt training idler, positive action type LINK - BELT • 177
bulk handling belt conveyors
Series 8000 belt conveyor idlers The 20° idlers ore for continuous operotion, high copacities, ond for heovier wei ght, obrosive moteriols where th e size of lumps is fimited by the width of the b elt. The stronger and heavier 6" diameter rolls give added life under more severe service, and are suitoble for wider belts than the Series 7000 idlers. The 45° idlers are for the sorne type of service as the 20° idlers but handle maximum volume, limited only by the construction of the belt. Ali rolls are 6 11 in diameter and hove a precision roller bearing. A separo te cortridge type sea! assembly offers triple beoring protection with its labyrinth sea!, felt and neoprene contact seal ond grease fllled clearances. The counterbored outer shell and the journalled full length center tube are continuously welded to precision die formed steel ends to form an integral concentric unit. The ends of the center tube are step-bored concentrically with each other to provide correct bearing olignment. The center tube is grease fllled after assembly and its large diameter permits the easy movement of greo se to the bearings. The efficient greose-in, dirt-out cortridge seol and lorge reservoir of grease extend the regreasing cycle. The upper ends of the concentrator rolls hove a deflector cap ottached to the hex nut to further protect the bea ring. /1 The 3/.i diameter through-shofts ore threaded on both ends and bea rings are externally odjusted by grooved hex nuts which provide positive lock and a large crea seat in brockets. Shofts ore equipped for pressure lubricotion. Greose leods at outer end of end rolls and shaft connectors between rolls focilitate lubrication. For convenience, a grease leed is extended from near side of the idler to the upper bearing of the opposite end roll. The inverted angle base with jig-welded foot straps ond tough, heovy ribbed malleable iron brackets flrmly bolted ot jig located holes in ongle base, forms an integral unit frame for accurate roll alignment. Yoke contour and machined groove in the hex nut lock ali brackets together in a rigid truss structure. Even under unusually severe impoct, this sturd y arrangement prevents spreading of brockets. Removable steel retainer clips at each brocket hold rolls in position. Typ es of idlers avoilable in Series 800 0 are illustrated. All a re availoble for 24" to 60" belt widths. Dimensions are shown on pages 181-195.
20° tro ughed belt id ler
20° troug hed b elt rubber cushion id ler
178 • L 1 N K - B E L T
20° troughed belt training idler, positive action typ e
20° troughed belt training idler, actuating d isc typ e
20 ° troughed b elt picking conveyor and feeder idler
Variable troughed b elt idler
bulk handling belt conveyors
Series 8000 belt conveyor idlers
39259
45° tro ughed belt idler, equal length roll s
Flat belt rubber cushion idler, fi xed shaft type
Return belt rubber tread idler
Flat belt rubber cushion idler, live shaft type
Return belt training idl er, positive action type
Flat be lt training idl er, positive action type
Return be lt rubbe r tread training idler, caster camber type
Re turn belt idler
Return belt beater idler
39260
45 ° troughed belt rubber cushion idler, equal length rolls
39261
45° troughed be lt tra ining idler, positive action type, equal length rolls
339 17
Flat belt idler
L 1 N K - B E L T • 179
bulk handling belt conveyors
Series 9000 belt conveyor idlers
39278
39268
20° troughed belt idler
39269
20° troughed belt rubbe r cushion idle r
This series is for continuous o perotion, highest copocities, ond for the heoviest ond coorsest moteriols. Rolls ore 6" or 7 " in diome ter ond hove o heovy duty precision topere d roller beoring. A se porote cortrid ge type seol ossembly offe rs triple beoring p rotection with its lo byrinth seo l, felt ond neoprene conto ct seol ond greose fllled cleorances. Th e v.i " thick counterbored outer shell ond the journolled full leng th heovy gouge center tube ore continuously welded with precision d ie formed steel ends to form on integral conce ntric unit. The e nds of the center tube ore step-bored concentricolly with eoch other to provide correct beo ring olignment. The center tube is greose fl lled o fter ossembly ond its lorge d iometer permits the eosy movement of greose to the beorings. The efficient greose-in, dirt-out cortridge seol ond lorge reservoir of greose extends the regreosing cycle. The upper ends of the concentrotor rolls hove o deflector cap ottoched to the hex nuts to further protect the b eorings. The 1 v.i " diometer through-shofts ore threoded on both ends ond beorings ore externolly odjusted by grooved hex nuts which provide positive lock ond o lorge oreo seot in brockets. Shofts ore equipped for pressure lub ricotion. Greose leods ot outer end of end rolls ond shoft connectors b etween rolls focilitote lubrico tion. For convenience o greose leed is extended from neor side of the id le r to the upper beoring of the opposite end roll. The heovy inverted ongle base is fltted with tough, heovy rib b ed molleoble iron brockets which ore flrm ly bolted a l jig locoted holes in ongle base, forming on integral unit frome for occurote roll olignment. The end b rocket ond foot ore cost into o single unit providing moximum rigidity ond support. Yoke contour ond mochined groove in the hex nut lock oll brockets together in o rigid truss structure. Even under unusuolly severe impoct, this sturdy orrongement prevents spreoding of b rockets. Removoble steel retoiner clips ot eoch brocket hold rolls in position. Typ es of idlers ovoiloble in Series 9 000 o re illustroted. All ore ovoiloble for 36" to 84" belt widths. Dimensions ore shown on poges 181-195.
39270
20° troughed belt train ing idl e r, positive action type
33938
39273
39271
20° troughed be lt picking conveyor and feeder idl er
33947
180 • L 1 N K - B E L T
/
Return belt training idler, positive action type
33904
Flat b elt rubber cushion idler, live shaft type
33939
Va riable troughed belt idl er
Re turn belt rubbe r tread idler
Flat belt rubbe r cushion idl er, fi xed shaft type
20° tro ughed belt training idle r, actuating d isc type
39272
39274
Flat belt idler
39276
Return belt rubbe r tread training idler, caster cambe r type
39277
Return belt idle r
Return be lt beater idler
bulk handling b e lt conveyors
r<-~~~~~~~-c ~~~~~~~--+< t*-~~~~~~~~ A ~~~~~~~~---+I
,. uso
Serles 5000 • 4" d iamete::7olls Belt 1 ldler weight, width, pounds i
ldler number
B
A
e
1
1
o
F
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
7% 8 8 Y4 8 Y.! 8% 9 Ye
inches:
5401- 14 5401-16 5401 -18 5401-20 5401-24 5401 - 30
14 16 18 20 24 30
22 24 26 28 32 38
G
R
N
w
6
IN CHES
24 26 28 30 34 40
Y.! Y.! Y.! Y.! Y.! Y.!
23 25 27 29 33 39
16 r1 18 y. 20% 22 y. 26 y. 32
v.
5 Y.!
2 Y.!
6 Ya 6 r1 7Y.i 8 r1 10%
2'h
y.
Y.! Y.!
2 Y.! 2 Y2 2 Y.! 2 'h
4 Y2 4 'h 4 Y.i 4 'h 4 'h 4 'h
% r1
'h 'h 'h
1 1 Y4 1 'h
Y.!
Series 6000"' • 4 " and 5 " d1ameter rolls ldler number
4• díameter rolls 6401 - 14 6401 - 16 6401 - 18 6401 -20 6401-24 6401 -30 6401-36
.
1
5• día meter rolls 6501-14 6501- 16 650 1-18 6 501-20 650 1-24 6501 -30 650 1-36
Belt width,
ldler weight, pounds •
4 " 1 5" inches diameter diameter rolls rolls 14 34 37 16 36 40 18 42 38 20 40 45 24 45 50 51 30 57 57 64 36
A
o
B 4• 1 5• diomelerldiometer ralls rolls
e
F
4 • 1 5• diameter diameler rolls rolls
4•
¡
5•
diameter d iameter
rolls
R
w
G
l
N
5 'h
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
'h
o/a
Y2
% r1
6
ralls
INCHES
25 27 29 31 35 41 47
:v. :v.
17 19 Ya 21 23 Ya 27 Ya 32 r1 38 o/a
17 18% 21 22 % 26 3/.¡ 32 Y2 38 y.
23 25 27 29 33 39
45
6% 6% 6% 6% 6% 6% 6%
7 Ya 7 % 7 % 7% 7 :V.
0 9 9 9
Ya 3/a o/a 1o Ya
7V. 7
r1
10 3/.i 11 'h
v.
v.
9 9% 9 r1 10 Y1 10 Y2 11 Y4 11 %
Y1 % Y2 r1 10 r 1 12 r1 6 6 7 8
'h 'h Y.! Y.! 'h
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
1 1 Y4 1 Y2 1%
Se ries 7000 • 5" d1ameter rolls Belt 1 ;
ldler number
¡-
1 mches
7501 - 18 7501 -20 7501 -24 7501 -30 750 1-36 7501-42 7501-48
ldler weight, pounds •
e
B
A
o
F
G
R
N
w
6
IN CHES
18 20 24 30 36 42 48
52
55 61 81 90 107 118
29 'h 31 'h 35 Y2 41 'h 47 'h 53 'h
20% 22 r 1 26 r 1 32 o/1 38 Y1 45
51
59 'h
50 3,4
57
27 29 33 39
45
8 8 8 8 8 9 9
Y4 Y4 Y4
o/a o/a
1o o/a lo r1 1 1 y, 12 Y1 13 Ya 14 Y4 15
6UM 7% 81 % 101 SM l 21 s¡1, 15 Y4 17 y.
6 6 6
Y.! 'h Y.! y. o/a
7 'h 7 'h 7 'h 7 Y2
'lo
'lo
8 8 8 9 Y2 9 'h 9 'h 9 'h
r1 1 1 Y4 l ~
1% 2 Y4 2 'h
Series 8000 • 6" diameter rolls ldler number Steel rolls 8601 -24 8601 -30 8601-36 8601-42 8601 -48 8601 -5 4 8601-60
Gray
Belt width,
iron
inches
rolls 860 1C- 2 4 860 1C-30 8601C-36 8601C-42 8601 C-48 8601C-54 8601C-60
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
ldler weight, pounds •
A
B
F
35 Y2 41 Y2 47 'h 53 'h 59 Y2 65 Y.! 71 'h
26 'h 32 Y4 38 44%
w
N
G
Steel 1 Gray rolls
71 92 103 122 135 165 179
iron
rolls 96 133 139 165 182 2 18 239
INC HES
33 39
8 3/.¡
45
9 Ya 9 Ya
51
9 Y.!
50 Y.!
57
56 62 Y1
63 69
9 'h 9 o/a 9 Ya
v.
11 % 12 % 13 Y2 14 % 15V. 16 V. 17
8 15;1, 10";1' 121•.&. 15 Y4 17 Y4 19 •;1, 21 s;1,
8 9 'h 9 'h 9 Y2 9 'h
1 Y4 1 'h 1 r1
2 Y4 2 Y.!
10 'h 10 'h
3 3 Y4
Series 9000 • 6 " and 7" diame ter rolls B ldler weight, O 1 F Belt 6 6 pounds • G l A 1 6. 1 e • 1 7' 1dio 7" width, diameter diameter día meter meter 1 diameterjdiometer 6. 7• 7• 6" ralls rolls rolls rolls rolls rolls inches diameterldiameter di a meter 1 diameter rolls rolls INCHES ralls rolls 13 11¡1, 9 'h 36 199 214 53 10 Ya 15 970 1-36 40 r1 40 'h 5 1 1 Ya 14 r 1 9601 -3 6 9601-42 9701-42 42 2 17 236 59 46 o/a 46 Y4 57 1 Ya 1 o/a 15 Ya 16 Y1 1511¡1, 9Y.i 48 237 258 65 52 52 63 1 Ya 10 Ya 16 16 r 1 1711;1, 9 'h 9701-48 9601 -48 17 7 1 58 Y4 1 o/a 9601-54 970 1-54 54 274 296 57% 69 10 Ya 17 Y2 19 % 9 'h 297 320 77 63 Y4 63 75 10 Ya 1 o/a 17 Ya 18 Ya 21 'h 9701 -60 60 9601 -60 9 'h 345 87 11 % 19 o/a 9601 -72 970 1-72 72 370 89 74 'h 74 Ya 10 r1 20 Y4 25 9 'h 84 462 487 101 86 1 1 o/a 12 Ya 21 Ye 22 Ya 29 12 9 6 01-84 970 1- 84 85 o/1 99 Hove dimensions certified fo r installation purposes. Á Available in greaseable and lactory sealed construction. struction will be furnished unless otherwise specified. 6 To top of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepting foot pulley. • For weight of revolving idler parts, see Table 10, page 150. ldler number
~
r
v.
o o o
o o o
v.
v.
v. v.
N
R 6
w
1 r 1 12 2 Y4 12 2 Y2 12 12 3 3 Y4 12 3 'h 12 3/.¡ 3 3/.¡ 14 'h Greoseoble con% % % % % 3/.¡
LINK-BELT • 181
bulk handling b elt co nveyors
20º troughed belt rubber cushion idlers
BOLTS-N
,.. .,,, Series 6 000
4 •
4" ond 5 " diomeler rolls ldler weight, pounds •
ldler number
4"
5"
dio meter
dio meter
rolls
rolls
6 404-14 6404-16 640 4- 18 640 4 -20 640 4 - 24 6404 -3 0 640 4 -3 6
6504- 14 6 504-16 6504-18 6504-2 0 6504-2 4 6504-30 6504-3 6
Belt wid th, inches
14 16 18 20 24 30 36
8 O
4"
A
I
31 34 36 39 43
34 37 39 42 47 54 61
50 57
e
5"
diometer diometer
1 5" dio meter dio meter ro lls rolls
4•
1
rolls
4"
1
F
1
5"
G
5"
4"
l
N
rolls
rolls
rolls
w
R
dio meter diometerl d io meter dio meter
rolls
/J.
rolls
1
INCHES
25 27 29 31 35 41 47
17 18 JA 21 22 JA 26* 32 Y2 38 y.
16 % 18 \12 20 o/s 22 Ye 26 Ye
32 \la 37%
23 25 27 29 33 39 45
6 V1 6% 6% 6% 6 V1 6 V1 6 V1
8 V1 9 \11 9 3/e 9 1o \la 1o31. 11 Y2
7 Ye 7 3/1 7 Ye 7 Ye 7 3/s 7 Ye 7Ye
v.
9 9 9 1o 1o 11 11
5•A&
3/1 o/1 Va \la \12
5 ".-i6 6 11!16 7 5!16 911¡1, 10 11A& 12 11A&
y. V1
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Y2 Y2
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
%
v.
\12 \12 \12 \12 \12
V1 1 1 1 \12 1 31.
v.
Series 7000 • 5 " d iometer rolls ldler number
Belt width, inches
7 504-18 7 504-20 7 50 4- 24 7 504-30 7504-36 7504-4 2 7 504 -48
ldler weight, pounds •
A
49 52 58 78 87 104 115
29 \12
e
B 1
D
1
1
F
l
G
N
1
1
1
w
R 1
/J.
1
INCHES
18 20 24 30 36 42 48
31 \12 35 \12 41 \12 47 Y2 53 \12 59 \12
v. v.
27 29 33 39 45 51
20 31. 22% 26% 32 o/a 38 3/s 45 50 31.
1o o/1 10% 1 1 3/s 12 3/a 13 \11 14 15
8 8 \/• 8 8 o/s 8 o/s 9 9
57
6 13!16 7 9!16 s 1•¡16 101 s¡16 12 "!16 15 17 y.
v.
6 6 6 7 7 7 7
v.
\12 \12 \12 o/s o/s
\12 \12 \12 \12
8 8 8 9 9 9 9
V1 1 1 1 \12 1 V1 2 2 Y2
v.
v. v.
v.
\12 \12 \12 Y2
Series 8 000 • 6 " diometer rolls ldler number
Belt width, inches
8604 -2 4 8604-30 8604 -3 6 8604-42 8604-48 8 604-54 8604 -60
ldler weight, p ounds •
e
B
A 1
F
D 1
1
G
1
1
L 1
1
N ·
I
w
R
/J.
INCHES
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
87 112 127 141 168 203 218
35 \12 41 \12 47 \12 53 \12 59 \12 • 65 \12 71 \12
26 \12 32 y. 38 44 :v.
33 39 45 51
50 \12
57
56 3/a 62 Ya
63 69
8 9 9 9 9 9 9
11 V1 12 V1 13 \12 14 3¡., 15 3/a 16 3/ 1 17
31.
Ya Ya \12 \12
v.
o/1
8 15!16 1o 15!16 1 2 15!16 15 17 y. 195116 21 •!16
6 7 7 7 7 8 8
v.
1 y. 1 \12 1 V1 2 y. 2 \12 3 3 y.
\12 o/1 o/s o/s o/1 o/1
Y2
\12 \12 \12 Y2 Y2
v.
8 9 Y2 9 Y2 9 \12 9 \12 10 \12 10 Y2
Series 9000 • 7 " diameter rolls ldler number
Belt width, inches
9704-36 9704-42 9704-48 9704-54 9704-60 9704 -72 9704- 84
36 42 48 54 60 72 84
ldler weight, p ounds •
230 254 278 318 343 395 514
B
A 1
53 59 65 71 77 89 101
4 0 \12 46 y. 52
57 V1 63 7 4 \11 85 5/1
Hove dimensions certir.ed for inslolfol1on purpose. 4 Availoble in greoseoble ond foclory seoled conslruclion. Greoseoble conslruction will be furnished unless otherwise specified.
182 • L 1 N K - B E L T
l
e 51
57 63 69
75 87 99 •
l
D 1
1o 10 1o 1o 1o 11 12
o/1
F
l
G
N
/J.
1
1NCHES
15 3/1 16 Ya 16 Va 17 \12 18 \la 20 y. 22 \11
9 \12 9 \12 9 \12 9 \12 9 \12 9 \12 12
1 V1 2 2 Y2 3 :v. 31. 3 3/1 3 Y2 31. Ya 31. 3 31. For we1ghl of revolving idler ports, see Toble 10, poge 150.
v. o/s v. v.
w
R 1
1
1
1
13"A& 15 11!16 17 11!16 19 31. 21 Y2 25 :Y1 29 Ye
31. 31.
v.
v. v.
e:,. To top of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepling fool pulley.
12 12 12 12 12 12 14 !12
bulk handling b e lt conveyora
20º troughed belt training idlers •
positive action type BEL T TRAVEL )
Se ries 6000• • 4" ond 5 " diameter rolls ldler number
4•
5•
diameter
rolls
dio meter
rolls
1
6407- 14 6407- 16 6407- 18 6407-20 6407-24 6407-30 6407-36
Bel! width, inches
6507- 14 6507- 16 6507- 18 6507-20 6507-24 6507-30 6507-36
14 16 18 20 24 30 36
ldler weighl, pounds •
e
B
A 1 5• diomeler diameler ralls rolls
68 73 77 80 86 96 106
F
4• 1 5• diomeler diometer ralls rolls
4"
65 70 72 75 81 90 99
1
D L
G
N
s
Q
w
y Dia.
o INCHES
25 27 29 31 35 41 47
19 :y, 2 1 Ya 23 Ya 25 Y1 29 Ya 34 V1 40 v.
8 y. 8V. 8V. 8 v. 8 v. 8 v. 8 v.
7 :Y4 7:V.. 7:V.. 7:V.. 7:V.. 7:V.. 7:V..
23 25 27 29 33 39 45
1 l Ya 1 1 v. 1 1 V1 12 Ya 12 'h 13 Ya 13 V1
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
5 'h 6 Y1 6 V1 7 'h 8 V1 10 V1 12 V1
Ve 6 V1 V1 6 V1 V1 1 6 V1 Ve 6 V1 V1 6 V1 V1 6 V1 Ve 1 6 V1
'h 'h 'h 'h 'h 'h 'h
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
daes
"ª'
projecl below base
Se rles 7000 • 5" diameter rolls ldler number
7507-18 7507-20 7507-24 7507-30 7507-3 6 7507-4 2 7507-48
Bel! widlh, inches
ldler weight, paunds •
A
18 20 24 30 36 42 48
94 100 108 ·133 147 167 182
29 Y2 31 Y2 35 Y2 41 Y2 47 Y2 53 'h 59 Y2
e
B 1
D
1
1
F
1
s
w
1%
9
l o/a
9
1 :Y1 1 1
9 9 9 9 9
14 YJ 14 'h 14 'h 14 YJ 14 YJ 14 'h 14 YJ
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Q
s
w
y Dia.
9 9 9 9 9 9 9
14 'h 14 Y2 14 'h 14 Y2 14 'h 14 'h 14 YJ
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
N
L
G
1
1
1
Q
o
1
1
y 1 Dia.
INCHES
22 Ya 24 o/a 28 Y2 34 v. 40 Ya 46 :v.. 52 Y2
9 v.
27 29 33 39 45 51 57
9 v. 9 Va 9 v. 9 v. 9 v.
e
D
9 ?'1
14 14 v. 14 :v.. 15% 16 Y1 16 V1 17 v.
F
6UJ16
Y2 Y2 'h o/1
l 2"A' 15 v. 17 v.
6 6 6 7 'h 7Y, 7 'h 7 'h
G
L
N
7'A6
8'% l º"A6
v. v.
v. v.
'/1
Seri es 8000 • 6" diameter rolls ldler number Sleel rolls
iron
inches
rolls
1
8607-24 8607-30 8607-36 8607-42 8607-48 8607-54 8607-60
Gray
Bel! widlh,
8 607C-24 8607C-30 8607C-36 8607C-42 8607C-48 8607C-54 8607C-60
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
ldler weighl, pounds •
B
A
Gray
Steel iron ralls 1 rolls
11 6 143 158 180 195 2 10 225 1
14 1 173 194 223 243 258 273
o
1 IN CHES
28 Y2 33 35 Y2 34 y. 41 Y2 39 47 Y2 40 y, 45 1 53 Y1 46 3/4 51 59 Y1 57 1 52 'h 65 Y1 58 Ya 63 71 'h 63 'la 1 69
10 10 10 10 10 lo lo
Y1 Y1 y, y, Y1
v. v.
14 :v.. 15 :y, 16 Ya 16 v. 17 :y, 18 v. 19
51s¡16
6 7 7 7 7 8 8
l ou;1, 12 15/16 15 y. 17 v. l 9 •Ji6 21 s.n.
1 Ya l l '/1
Y1 Y1 Y2 Y2
Y1 'h 'h
v. v. v. v. v.
v.
'h 'h
'la
Series 9000 • 6 " and 7 " diameter rolls ldler number
7"
6" diameter rolls
9607-36 9607-42 9607-48 9607-54 9607-60 9607-72 9607-84
1
diameler rolls
9707-36 9707-42 9707-48 9707-54 9707-60 9707-72 9707-84
Bel! width, inches
36 42 48 54 60 72 84
1
ldler weight, pounds • A
B
e
6" 1diameler 7' diameler rolls rolls
330 357 385 430 461 542 675
348 379 409 455 487 562 703
diameler 7" 1 • 1diameler rolls rolls
F
G
L
N
Q
o
s
w
y Dia.
INCHES
54 60 66 72 78 90 102
42 V1 48 :y. 54 3/1 60 Ya 65 3/a 76 Va 88 v.
51 57 63 69 75 87 99
Hove dimensions cerlified for inslallation purposes. faclory sealed conslruction. Greaseable construclion will be furnished unless otherwise specified.
A Available in greaseable and
D
6
11 Ya l l :y, 11 3/a l l :y, l l :Y1
12 Y2 12 Y2
v. v. v. v.
11 11 11 11 11 'l'1 13 13
19 3/4 20 3fa 2 1 Ya 2 1 'l'a 22 :y, 23 :v.. 25 y,
13 11116 15 11116 17 11116 19 :y. 21 Y2 25% 29 Ya
9 'h 9 YJ 9 YJ 9 YJ 9 Y2 9 'h 12
3/4
:v.. :v.. :v..
:v.. :v.. :v..
l y. l v. l v. l v. l y. l '/1
'l'1
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
16 'h 16 'h 16 YJ 16 YJ 16 YJ 21 Y2 2 1 'h
3 'h 3 YJ 3 Y2 3 Y2 3 Y2 5 :Ya 5 Ya
• For weight of revolving idler porls, see Table 10, page 150. O Elevation above adjacenl rollers.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 183
bulk handling b e lt
conveyors
20° troughed belt training idler • ~B ELT
actuating disc type
TRAVEL~
Series 7000 • 5 " diometer rolls Bel! width, inches
ldler number
e
B
A
ldle r weight, p ounds •
1
1
D 1
F
J
G
1
L 1
1
1
Q
N 1
1
y Dio.
w
o
1
1
IN CHES
7508-18 7508-20 7508-24 7508-30 7508-36 7508-42 7508-48
18 20 24 30 36 42 48
92 98 10 6 131 144 165 180
21 \4 23 y, 27 \/a 33 \/2 39 \4 44 % 50 o/o
29 !t. 31 \/2 35 Y2 41 \/2 47 Y2 53 \/2 59 \/2
27 29 33 39 45 51 57
12 \4 12 y, 12 v. 13 14 y, 15 15
9 o/o 9Va 9 Va 9 Va 9Va 9 o/o 9o/o
v. v.
613¡16 7 9116 8 15116 10 15!16 12 15116 15 \4 17 \4
5% 6 3116 7 9116 9% 11 'l'a 13 15 5/a
6 6 6 7 Y2 7 Y2 7 Y2 7 \/2
v.
1 y, 1 :v. 1 :v. 1 1 o/o o/o
Y2 Y2 Y2 o/o o/o o/o o/o
14 Y2 14 Y2 14 Y2 14 Y2 14 Y2 14 Y2 14 Y2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Ser ies 8000 • 6 11 diometer rolls ldler weighl, pounds •
ldler number
Belt width, inc.hes
Gro y
Steel rolls
iron
rolls
B
A
Steel rolls
e
D
F
G
L
J
N
w
Q
o
Gray
y Dio .
1
iron
1
rolls INCHES
8608-24 8608-30 8608-36 8608-42 8608-48 8608-54 8608-60
8608(-24 8608 C-30 8608C-36 8608(-42 8608C-48 8608(-54 8608C-60
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
120 146 161 183 198 213 228
144 171 195 224 244 255 275
35 Y1 4 1 \/2 47 \/2 53 \/2 59 \/2 65 Y2 71 \/2
27 33 y, 39 Ya 44
v. sov. 56 Ya 62 v.
1O Ya 10 Ya lO Ya 10 y, 1o y, 1O \Is 1O \/a
33 39 45 51 57 63 69
15 13 :v. 1 8 !16 14 Ya 1QIS/16 14 'l'a 12••;16 15 \/2 15 \4 16 \/a 1 17 \4 16'!4 19•116 17 \/2 21 '116
7 '116 9% 11 'l'a 13 15 o/a 17% 19'116
v.
6 7 Y2 7 \/2 7 y, 7 Y2 8 y, 8 \/2
Y2 o/a o/a o/a o/a o/o o/a
1 :v. 1 1 o/o
14 Y2 14 Y2 1 14 Y2 14 Y2 14 y, 14 Y2 14 Y2
v.
o/o 'la
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Series 9000 • 6" ond 7 " d iometer rolls ldler weighl, pounds •
ldler number
6.
7•
d ia meter rolls
d ia meter rolls
9608-36 9608-42 9608 -48 9608 -54 9608 -60 9608-72 9608 -84
9708-36 9708-42 9708-48 9708-54 9708-601 9708-72 9708-84
Belt width,
B A
inches
6" dio. rolls
36 42 48 54 60 72 84
332
7• dio. rolls
D
6"
7"
d io. rolls
d io . rolls
e 6"
dio. rolls
F
-1 7"
6"
dio. rolls
dio. rolls
11 'l'a 11 'l'a 11 'l'a 11 % 11 'l'a 13 13
16 \4 16 'l'a 17 \/2 18 \4 18'l'a 20 \4 21 \/2
7" dio. rolls
G
N
Q
w
o
INCHES
o
359 388 433 464 545 678
350 54 381 60 412 66 72 458 490 78 565 90 706 1 102
Hove dime nsions certified lar installalion purposes. Elevation obove odjocent rollers.
184 • L 1 N K - B E L T
40 Va 40 \4 5 1 11 y, 57 11 y, 46 :v. 46 52 y, 51 'l4 63 11 y, 56 57 3.4 69 11 63 \/a 62 'l4 75 11 y, 74 \4 73 'l'a 87 12 \/2 85 'l4 85 :v. 99 12 \/2
v.
16% 13 11116 17:V. 1511;1, 18 17 11116 18 'l4 19 'l4 19 :V. 2 1 Y2 20 o/o 25 :v. 22 29 :v.
11 5116 9 Y2 13•;1, 9 Y2 15% 9 Y2 17 :v. 9 Y2 19 Ya 9 Y2 23 9 Y2 27 12
'l4 'l4 3,4 'l4 'l4 l,4
'l4
1 \4 16 \/2 1\4 16 \/2 1 \4 16\/2 1 \4 16 \/2 1\4 l6 Y2 l o/o 2 1 Y2 'Va 21 Y2
• Far weight o l revolving idler parts, see Table 10, page 150.
y Dio.
bulk handling belt conveyors
20° troughed belt picking conveyor and feeder idlers
BOLTS·N *-------~e-------~~
Series 8000 • 611 diameter rolls
~elt
ldler
w1dth,
number
k---------A--------~
~
w l ldler weight, A _ _ _B C _..__ _ D_ _ _ _F_ _.....__G___.__ ___.._ __....._N pounds • 1_ _ ____ __.__ _.___ __
1 inches
8605-24 8605-30 8605-36 8605-42 8605-48 8605-54 8605-60
INCHES
71 92 103 122 135 165 179
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
26% 32 Ya 38 Ya 44 Ya 50 Ya 56 Ya 62 Ya
35 Y2 4 1 Y2 47 Y2 53 Y2 59 y, 65% 71 Y2
33 39 45 51
8% 9 y, 9 Ya 9% 9% 9 o/a 9 o/a
57 63 69
15 9/Í6 20% 26% 32 % 38 % 44% 50%
10%
11 Ya 11 Ya 11 y, 1 1 y, 11 o/a 11 o/a
5% 5 9/Í6 5% 5 9/Í6 5% 5%
y,
6 7 Y2 7 Y2 . 7 Y2 7% 8 Y2 8%
5%
8 9% 9% 9 Y2 9 Y2 10 Y2 10 y,
o/a o/a o/a o/a o/a o/a o/a
o/a o/a o/a o/a o/a o/a
11
Series 9000 • 6 and 7" diameter roll s
6'
dio meter rolls
1
9605-36 9605-42 9605-48 9605-54 9605-60 9605-72 9605-84
7•
dio meter rolls
9705-36 9705-42 9705-48 9705-54 9705-60 9705-72 9705-84
Belt width, inches
36 42 48 54 60 72 84
6"
D
B
ldler weight, pounds •
ldler number
A
7"
dio. rolls
dio. rolls
195 211 228 260 277 315 455
210 230 249 282 300 340 482
6"
7"
dio. rolls
dio. rcfls
1
e
F
6"
7•
6"
7•
dio. rolls
dio. rolls
d io. rolls
1
dio. rolls
i
13 3/a 13 3/a 13 3/a 13 3/a 13 3/a 13 3/a 13 3/a
1
1
G
J
l
N
R 6
% % % % % % %
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
w
INCHES
53 59 65 71 77 89 101
40% 46% 52% 58% 64% 76% 88%
40 3/e 46 3/a 52 3/a 58 3/a 64 3/a 76 3/a 88 3/a
10 Ya 10 Ya 1o Ya 10 Ya 10 Ya 10 y, 10 Ya
51
57 63 69
75 87 99
1o 1o 1o 1o 1o 1o 1o
o/a o/a o/a o/a o/a o/a o/a
12 % 12 ~. 12 % 12 ~. 12 ~. 12 % 12 %
7 Y2 9 y, 7 Y2 9 y, 7Y2 9 y, 7Y2 9 Y2 7Y2 9 Y2 7Y2 9 y, 7 Y2 12
25 y. 31 \14 37 \14 43 y. 49 \14 61 \14 73 y.
12 12 12 12 12 12
14 y,
V a riable troughed belt idlers Serles 8000 • 6 11 d iameter rolls
~el!
ldler number 1
w1dth, inches
8606-24 8606-30 8606-36 8606-42 8606-48 8606-54 8606-60
w
G M N lldler weight,I A B e : pounds • ----'-----'-------~--------"'"----'-------'-----"----
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
INCHES
177 200 220 248 27 1 295 325
35 41 47 53 59 65 71
40 46 52 58 64 70 76
33 39 45 51
8 •~6
1o 3/a 1o 3/a 10 3/a 1o 3/a 1o 3/a 1o3/a 1O 3/a
57 63 69
7 7 7 7 7 8 8
101 s/Í6 12 15/Í6 15 \14 17 \14 19 5;í6 2 15/Í6
26 ~. 32 % 38 ~. 44 ~.
Y2
y, y, y,
o/a o/a
o/a o/a o/a o/a
50 ~.
Y2 Y2
56% 62 ~.
y,
9 Y2 9 Y2 9 Y2 9 y, 9 y, 10 y, 10 Y2
o/a
Serles 9000 • 6 11 and 7 11 diameter rolls ldler number
6"
7•
diometer rolls
dio meter rolls
9606-36 9606-42 9606-48 9606-54 9606-60 9606-72 9606 -84
9706-36 9706-42 9706-48 9706-54 9706-60 9706 -72 9706-84
Belt width, inches
36 42 48 54 60 72 84
ldler weight, pounds •
F• A
8
e
58 64 70 76 82 94 106
54 60 66 72 78 90 102
51
7"
6" dio meter rolls
1
dio meter rolls
359 394 429 465 498 570 642
..
Hove dimensions certifred fer instollotion purposes. 6 To t op of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepting foo t pulley.
380 419 457 495 531 606 681
6" dio. rolls
7"
G
dio. 1 rolls
l
M
N
w
9 y, 9 y, 9 y, 9 Y2 9 Y2 9 Y2 12
46 52 58 64 70 82 94
% % % % % % %
11 y, 11 y, 11 y, 11 y, 11 y, 11 y, 14
INCHES
75
11 \14 11 \14 1 1 \14 1 1 \14 11 \14
87 99
11 \14 11 \14
57 63 69
11 % 11 % 11 % 11 % 11 % 11 % 11 %
13 11/Í6 15 11/16 1711116 19% 21 Y2 25 3/a 29 o/a
• Shim os required. • Fer weight of revolving idler ports, see Table 10, poge 150.
LINK - BE L T
•
185
bulk handling b elt conveyors
45° troughed belt idlers • equal le ngth rol ls
Series 7000 • 5 " diomete r rolls ldler number
Belt width,
e
B
A
inches
ldler weight, pounds •
24 30 36 42 48
64 84 93 1 10 121
35 Y2 41 y, 47 Y2 53 Y2 59 y,
1
1
o
F
L
G 1
1
1
1
N 1
1
R 6
w 1
INCHES
7502-24 7502-30 7502-36 7502-42 7502-48
22 % 27 'la 3 2 Y2 38 42 %
8 y. 8 '/a 8 'la 9 9
33 39 45 51
57
14 'l'a 16 % 18 20 21 Y2
v. v.
v.
Y2
6 7 Y2 7% 7% 7 y,
8 "li6 1o"li6 1 2 1s¡,6 15 y. 17 y.
8 9 9 9 9
3 4 4 o/. 5 Y2 6
'la %
'la 'la
v.
Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2
Series 8000 • 6 " diometer rolls ldler number
8602-24 860 2-3 0 8602 -36 8602-42 8602-48 8602-54 860 2-60
Belt width, inches
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
e
B
ldler weight, p ounds •
A
78 99 109 132 143 155 168
35 y. 41 y. 47 53 59 65 7 1 \4
1
1
o
F
L
G 1
1
1
1
N 1
1
R 6
w 1
INCHES
v.
22 26 'l'e 31 % 37 % 42 47 Ye 52
v. v. v. v.
33 39 45 51 57 63 69
v.
8 9 9 9 9 9 9
15 17 18 20 21 23 24
%
Ye
v. Y2 1/2 % %
8 15/i6 1O 15¡\6 12 1s;.6 15 17 1 9 5/i6 2 1 5/i6
y.
Ya
6 7 7 7 7 8 8
v. v.
1/2
'l'1 :Ya %
v.
y, Y2 112
y, 1/2 1/2
'la
y,
%
8 9 Y2 9 Y2 9 Y2 9 V2 101/2 10 Y2
3 4 4%
% % 'la 'la
5 Y2 6 7 8
v.
45° troughed belt rubber cushion idlers • equal length ro lls
f •t óH1
Series 800 0 • 6 " diometer rolls ldler number
8623-24 8623-30 8623- 36 8623- 42 8623-48 8623-54 8623-60
Belt width, inches
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
ldler weight, pounds •
A
1
o
1
F
G
1
N
L
1
1
1
1
R 6
w 1
INCHES
84 11 0 126 150 168 20 3 222
v. v. v. v. v.
35 41 47 \4 53 59 65 71 y.
Hove dimensions certified far instollotion purposes. 6 To top ol dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepting loot pulley.
186 • L 1 N K - B E L T
e
B 1
22 Ya 26 % 31% 37 :Ya 42 Ye 47 Ye 52
33 39 45 51
57 63 69
8 :y. 9 9 9 y, 91/2 9% 9%
v. v. 1
15 \4 17 18% 20 Y2 21% 23% 24 'l'e
8 15!i6 101 s¡,6 l 2"!i6 15 \4 17 \4 l 9 '!Í6 21 %
6 7 Y2 7 1/2 7 Y2
7 Y, 8 Y2 8 y,
Y2 %
'la 'la % % %
3 y. 4 4% 5 1/2 6 7 8
v.
• Far weight al revolving idler pa rts, see Table 10, poge 150.
8 9 Y2 91/2 91/2 9 Y2 10 Y2 10 Y2
bulk handling belt conveyors
45° troughed be lt training idlers • positive a ction type, equal length rolls BELT TRAVEL
l,><--1<_ __
,lf
li_J- - B O LTS·N -__
f• t 6JU
Series 7000 • 5 " d iometer rolls ld ler num b e r
7509-24 7509-30 7 5 09-36 7509-42 7509-48
Be lt wid th, inches
ldler weight, pounds •
24 30 36 42 48
113 139 151 175 186
e
8
A 1
o 1
1
F
l
G 1
1
Q
N 1
1
o
s
w
1
1
y d io.
INCHES
35 Y2 41 y, 47 y, 53 y, 59 Y2
21 25 ~. 30 Yo 36 y. 41
33 39 45 51 57
9 Yo 9 v. 9 Yo 9 Yo 9 Yo
1 8 3/e 19 % 21 v. 22 Y• 24'/.i
8••Jl6 1 12 " A• 15 \4 17 v.
A
8
e
o
F
G
6 7 7 7 7
º"IÍ•
Y2 Yo o/a Yo
Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2
1 3/e 1 1 Yo
9 9 9 9 9
14 y, 14 Y2 14 y, 14 Y2 14 Y2
3 3 3 3 3
Q
s
w
dio.
s;.
%
Serles 8000 • 6 " diometer rolls ldler nu mber
8 609-24 8 609-30 8609-36 8609-42 8609-48 8609-5 4 8 609-60
o
Belt width, inches
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
ldler weight, pounds •
1
1
1
1
1
l
N 1
1
1
o
1
y 1
INCHES
123 150 164 190 203 300 314
35 Y2 41 y, 47 y, 53 y, 59 Y2 6 5 Y2 71 y,
21 25 ~. 30 o/1 36 \4 41 46 50 ~.
Hove dimensions certified lor instollotion purposes. Elevotion obove odjocent idlers.
33 39 45 51 57 63 69
10 y. 10 y. 10 y. 10 Ya 10 y, 1o v. 1o v.
18 3/e 19 % 21 v. 22 % 24 \4 25 % 27 v.
8 " A• 1 12 " A• 15 \4 17 \4 19'/Í• 21 'IÍ6
º"IÍ•
6 7 7 7 7 8 8
Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2
o/a o/a
Yo o/a % %
1 Y1 1 1 Yo o/a Y2 y,
9 9 9 9 9 9 9
14 y, 14 y, 14 Y2 14 y, 14 % 14 y, 14 Y2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
• For weight ol revolving idler porls, see Toble 10, page 150.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 187
bulk handling b e lt conveyors
45° troughed belt idlers • unequal leng th rolls
~
F
1 BOLTS· N t::;¡í======="==---==~----===------c:iiC:l _x
l
' + - - - -- -- -
a¡.::~~~
~
Series 6000"" • 4 " and 5 " d iameter rolls l dler number
5"
4" dio meter rolls
diometer rolls
6403- 24 6403-30 6403-36 6403 -42 6403-48
6503-24 6503- 30 6503-36 6 503-42 6503-48
Belt width, inches
24 30 36 42 48
ldler weight, pounds •
4"
1
B A
4"
roll s
diometer dia meter
roll s
ro lls
46 52 58
52 59 66 83 91
75 82
5"
1
d io meter diome ter
5"
r o lls
1
O
4H
e
1
51f
F1
4#
1
5"
rolls
ro lls
1
roll s
ll
J
G
diamete) d io meter diameter dio meter
1
1
w
R
N
e:,
rolls
INCHES
35 41 47 53 59
22 28 34 39 45
Y2
y, Y2 3/s
3/a
21 314 27 314 33 314 38 % 44 %
33 39 45 51
57
6 'l'1 6 'l'1 6 'l'1 7\4 7\4
13 :y, 13 l 3 3/a 1 15 l4 15 l4 1
73/s 73/a 73/a 7314 7 314
:v.
13 314 13 314 13 314 15% 15%
8 'l'1 14 'l'1 20 'l'1
8%6 8% 6 8% 6 22 'l'1 1 'l'1 7 Y2 2 8 ~. 10%7 Y2
o
y,
3 3 3 4 4
l/2 Y2 Y2 Y2
8 8 8 9 l/2 9 Y2
45° troughed belt training idlers • positive a cti on type, uneq ual leng th rolls BELT TRAVEL
'4--- -- - -B -
F
~'-'=~~~~~="~~~~~~~~~=="'-- -"-
1
~--
c - --
~--------
L_~=:_J
J
A - --
Se ries 6000"" • 4" and 5 1' diometer rolls ld l er number
5•
4• dio meter
rolls
6 4 10-24 6410-30 6410-36 6410-42 6410-48
dio meter
1 1
rolls
6510-24 6510 -30 6510-36 651 0- 42 6510-48
Belt width, inches
24 30 36 42 48
ldler weight, p ounds •
4•
1
1
A
1
8
1
e
5•
84 93 10 2 112 120
o
1
5•
F
G
J
1
1
l
N
ldio meter d io meter
rolls
1
Q 1
s
1
w
G
1
INCHES
35 41 47 53 59
1
23 ª/a 29 3/a 35 :y, 40 y, 46 y,
33 39 45 51
57
H ove dimens1ons certified for instollotion purposes. A Availoble in greaseable and factory sealed construction. Greoseoble construction will be furnished unless otherwise specified.
188 • L 1 N K - B E L T
4• rolls
dio meter dio meter ro lls roll s
79 86 94 10 4 111
1
7 'lf4 7314 7 314 7% 7 314
e:,
8 1 8 8 8 1 8
l4
y, l4 l4 l4
16 V. 16 V. 16 V. 17 y, 17 %
1
8 14 20 22 28
% % ~.
8% 8% 8 'l'1
'l'1
lo 'l'1
%
10 ~.
6 6 6 7 y, 7 y,
Y2
%
Y2
'l'1 'l'1
y, y, y,
~.
%
To top of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excep11ng foot pulley. o Eleva lian above adjacent idler • For weight of revolving idler parts, see Table 10, page 150.
6 6 6 6 6
~. ~.
~.
'l'1 ~.
8 8 8 9 Y2 9 y,
bulk handling belt conveyors
Flat belt idlers
Series 5000 • 4" diameter rolls Belt width,
ldler number
ldler weight, pounds •
A
15 16 17 19 22 27
24 :v. 26 :v. 28 3f4 30 :v. 34 3/4 40 :v.
1
inches
D
M
N
L
1
1
1
1
1
w
!NCHES
14 16 18 20 24 30
5 41 3-1 4 54 13-1 6 54 13- 18 54 13- 20 541 3-24 54 13-30
e 23 25 27 29 33 39
3 3 3 3 3 3
V2 Y:> V2 V2 V2 V2
17 19 21 23 27 33
V2 V2 Y:> V2 Y:>
V2 V2 Y:> Y:> V2
2 2 2 2 2 2
y,
4 V2 4 V2 4 V2 4 Y:> 4 y, 4 V2
y,
Series 6000"' • 4 " and 5 " diameter ro lls ldler number 4• diometer rolls 641 3- 14 6 41 3- 16 6 4 13- 18 64 13-20 6413 : 24 64 13-30 6413-36
5" diometer
rolls 65 13 -14 65 13- 16 65 13- 18 65 13-20 65 13-24 6513-30 6513-36
1
Belt width,
ldler weight, pounds •
14 16 18 20 24 30 36
4" diameter¡5" diometer rolls rolls 18 21 20 23 22 25 24 27 31 27 37 33 43 39
Bel! width,
ldler weight, pounds •
inches
e
A
D
M
1
1
N
1
L
1
1
1
w
!NCHES
24 26 28 30 34 40 46
y., y., y., y., y.,
23 25 27 29 33 39 45
v. y.,
17 19 21 23 27 33 39
V2 V2 V2 V2 V2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
y, V2
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
V2 V2
y,
V2 V2 V2 V2
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Series 7000 • 5 11 diamete r rolls ldler number
e
A 1
inches
75 13- 18 7513 -20 75 13-24 7513-30 75 13-36 7 5 13-42 75 13-4 8
-
D
N
M
w
L
1
1
1
1
1
INCHES
28 :v. 30 :v. 34 :v. 40 :v. 46 :v. 52 :v. 58 :v.
18 20 24 30 36 42 48
32 35 40 47 54 59 66
Belt width,
ldler weight, pounds •
inches
Steel rolls 1
v.
27 29 33 39 45 51 57
4 4 Y., 4 y., 4 Y., 4 4 4
20 22 26 32 38 44 50
v. v. v.
% % % % % % %
6 6 6 7 7 7 7
V2 V2 V2 o/e % % %
8 8 8 9 9 9 9
V2
y, V2 V2
V2 V2 V2
y,
Series 8000 • 6 " di ameter rolls ldler number Steel rolls
Gray iron rolls 8 6 13C-24 86 13C-30 86 13C-36 8 6 l 3C-42 8 6 l 3C-48 86 l 3C-54 86 13C-60
1
8 613-24 86 13-30 8 6 13 -36 86 13 -42 8 6 13-48 8 6 13-5 4 8 6 13-60 11
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
e
A
46
55 64 72 80 88 96
Gray iron ralls 71 84 100 109 127 141 154
1
D 1
M 1
N
w
L 1
1
1
INCHES
34 :v. 40 :v. 46 :v. 52 :v. 58 :v. 64 :v. 70 :v.
4Y., 4Y., 4 y., 4Y., 4Y., 4Y., 4 y.,
33 39 45 51 57 63 69
26 % 32 % 38 % 44 Va 50% 56 Va 62%
6 7 7 7 7 8 8
V2 %
o/e o/a o/a
o/e o/a
8 9 9 9 9 10 1
y, V2 V2 V2 V2 V2
V2
y, V2
y, V2
o y,
11
Series 9000 • 6 and 7 d iameter ro lls ldler number 6" diometer rolls 96 13-36 96 13-42 9 61 3- 4 8 96 13-54 96 13-60 96 13-72 96 13-84
1
7" diameter rol Is 971 3-36 9713-42 97 13-48 9713-54 97 13-60 9713-72 9713-84
Belt width, inches 36 42 48 54 60 72 84
ldler weight, pounds• 6" diameterl7" rolls 138 152 167 182 197 227 257
Hove dimensions certified for instollation purposes. • For weight of revolving idler parts, see Table 10, poge 150.
dio meter rolls 150 166 182 198 214 246 278
e
A
M
D 1
1
1
N 1
L 1
1
w
INCHES
53 V2 59 V2 65 V2 71 V2 77 V2 89 y, 101 V2 ¿
51 57 63 69 75 87 99
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1
46 52 58 64 70 82 94
% %
:v. :v. :v. :v. %
9 V2 9 y, 9 V2 9 y, 9 y, 9 V2 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 14 y,
Avoiloble in bo th greoseoble ond foctory seoled construction. Greoseoble construction will be furnished unless othe rwise specified.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 189
bulk handling belt conveyors
Flat belt rubber cushion idlers •
fixed shaft type
Series 8000 • 6 " diometer rolls ldler number
8615-24 8615-30 86 15-36 86 15-42 86 15-4 8 8615-54 8615-60
Belt width, inches
ldler weight, pounds •
A
60 76 89 103 114 129 142
34 % 40 % 46 % 52 % 58 % 64% 70%
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
e
o
M
N
w
26 Va 32 Va 38 Va 44 Va 50 Va 56% 62 %
112
5/a
8 9 112 9 112 9 112 9 112 10 \/2 10 \/2
M
N
w
46 52 58 64 70 82 94
%
12 12 12 12 12 12 14 \/2
INCHE
33 39 45 51
1
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
57 63 69
11.
6 7 7 7 7 8 8
v. v.
114 114
v.
y.
112 112 112 \12 \/2 \/2
v. o/a v. v. o/a
Serles 9000 • 7 " diometer rolls ldler number
9715-36 9715-42 97 15-48 97 15-54 9715-60 9715-72 9715-84
Belt width, inches
ldler weight, pounds
A
173 192 211 228 247 285 323
53 112 59 \12 65 112 71 112 77 \12 89 \/2 1o1 \/2
36 42 48 54 60 72 84
o
e
INCH~S
51 57 63 69
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
75 87 99
9 112 9 112 9 \/2 9 \/2 9 112 9 \/2 12
3/4
% % %
314 3f.t
Flat belt rubber cushion idlers •
live shoft type
~t}@\, 1..
_..::i
'*----~
,_
J
'·• .,.,
Series 8000 • 6" diometer rolls ldler number
8616-24 8616-30 8616-36 8616-42 8616-48 8616-54 86 16-60
Belt width, inches
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
A
ldler weight, p ounds •
104 118 134 148 165 179 195
e
o
F
M
N
w
26 Va 32 Va 38 Va 44 Va 50 Va
o/a Ya Ya Ya
56% 62 Va
Ya Ya
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
M
N
w
o/a
8 Va 9 9 1o 112 10 \/2 1o \/2 13
INCHES
55
33 39 45 51
61 67 73
63 69
2 114 2 y. 2 \/4 2 y. 2 y. 2 2
e
o
37 43 49
57
v. v.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
v. v. v. v.
5/a
6 6 6 6 6 11. 6 y. 6
v.
5/a 5
/a o/a o/a
v.
5/a
y,
31, 3/a
3/a
3/a 3/a 3/a 3
/Í
Series 9000 • 7 " d iometer rolls ldler number
Belt width, inches
ldler weight, pounds
97 16 -36 9716-42 9716 -4 8 9716-54 9716 -60 9716-72 9716 -84
36 42 48 54 60 72 84
236 264 293 339 372 416 434
A
INCHES
55 v. 61 \/2 67 \/2 74 80
92 104 \/2
Hove dimensions certifted for installation purposes.
190 • L 1 N K • B E L T
F
51 57 63 69
75 87 99
2 \/2 2 3/4 2 >¡. 3 3 \/4 3 11. 3 3/4
v.
5 5 \12 5 \12 6 6 6 7
\/2 \/2 \/2 \12
6 3/4 7 \la 7 \la 8 \la 8 y, 8 y. 10
46 52 58 64 70 82 94
•;, •;,
314 >¡. 314
v.
• For weighl of revolving idler ports, see Table 10, poge 150.
v. v.
bulk handling belt conveyors
Flat belt training idlers • positive
action type
~------~~
wr------~ J
_J
1
M-¡-¡iJ
...,.
~--w--_..,.
..
Series 6000& • 4" ond 5" diometer rolls ldler number
s•
4• dio meter rolis
die meter rolls
1
6414-14 6414-16 6414-18 6414-20 6414-24 6414-30 6414-36
6514-14 6514 - 16 6514-18 6514-20 6514-24 6514-30 6514-36
ldler weight, • pounds
Belt width, inches
4"
diemeter rolls
14 16 18 20 24 30 36
1
53 56 58 61 67 75 83
A
B
e
o
23 25 27 29 33 39 45
3 'h 3 '12 3 '12 3 'h 3 V2 3 'h 3 'h
F
G
l
M
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
17 19 21 23 27 33 39
N
s
w
'l:i 'h
6 V1 Hí
'l:i 'l:i 'l:i 'l:i 'l:i
6 6 V1 6 V1 6 6
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
5"
diemeter rolls
56 59 62 66
72 81 91
INCHES
** *
20 22 24 26 30 36 42
24 26 28 30Y4 34Y4 40 3,4 46 3,4
V1
v. v.
V1 V1 V1
v.
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1 V1
r.
r. r.
Serles 7000 • 5" diometer rolls ldler number
Belt width, inches
7514-18 7514-20 7514-24 7514-30 7514-36 75 14-42 7514-48
18 20 24 30 36 42 48
1
ldler weight, • po unds
A
91 96 104 130 142 158 172
28Y4 30Y4 34Y4 40Y4 46Y. 52 3,4 58 3,4
B
1
e
o
1
1
F
1 G
1
l
1
M
1
N
1
s
1
w
INCHES
23 V2 25 '12 29 'h 35 V2 41 'h
47 'h 53 V2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
27 29 33 39 45 51 57
y. y. y. y. y. y. y.
14 14 14 14 14 14 14
5 3/e 5 311 So/a 5 311 5 o/1 5 Ya 5 o/1
G
6 6 6 7'1:i 71/:i
'l:i 'h 'l:i
7'h 7'h
2o v. 22 26 32 38 V1 44 50
l
6 7 V2 7 1/:i 7 'h 71/:i 8 'h 8 'h
v.
9 9 9 9 9 9 9
14 'h 14 'h 14 'h 14 '12 14 'h 14 'h 14 'l:i
M
N
s
w
26% 32 V1 38 V1 44 V1 50 V1 56 V1 62 v.
V2 o/1
9 9 9 9 9 9 9
14 'h 14 V2 14 'h 14 'h 14 'h 14 'h 14 'h
v. v. v. r. r.
v.
o/1 o/1
Series 8000 • 6 " diometer rolls ldler number
Steel rolls . 1
8614-24 8614-30 8614-36 8614-42 8614-48 8614-54 8614-60 Hove
dimen.io~s
Grey iron rolls
86 l 4C-24 8614C-30 86 l 4C-36 8614C-42 8614C-48 8614C-54 86 l 4C-60
Belt width, inches
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
ldler weight, • pounds Steel rolls
A
B
34Y4 40 Y4 46Y4 52Y4 58Y4 64Y4 70 3,4
29 'h 35 V2 41 'h 47 'h 53 '12 59 '12 65 'l:i
e
o
33 39 45 51 57 63 69
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
F
ere y iron 1
114 140 156 182 188 204 221
rolls
137 168 189 221 231 253 275
INCHES
cerlified lor instellotion purposes.
1
y.
v. v. v.
y. y. y.
14 14 14 14 14 14 14
5% 5 3/e 5 3/e 5 3/e 5 3/e 5 311 5 3/e
v.
'11
v.
'11
v.
• For weight oí revolving idler parts, see Table l O, p age 150.
& Aveileble in both greaseable and factory sealed construc11on. Greaseable
construction will be furnished unless otherwise specified .
LIN K-R~ LT·
191
bul k han dling b e lt convey ors
Return belt idlers BOLTS·N ~-~~~~~~e~~~~~~~-~
...-~~~~-M~~~~~~
1,,
• MS
Serle s 5000 • 4" diameter rolls ldler number
1
5417- 14 5417-16 5417- 18 541 7 -20 5 41 7-24 54 17-30
Belt width, inches
1
ldler weight pounds •
A
15 16 17 18 22 26
24 :y. 26 :y. 28 :y. 30 :y. 3 4 :y. 40 :y.
14 16 18 20 24 30
e
1
D
l
1
1
1
M
N
w
17 19 21 23 27 33
Y:i
Y:i
4 y, 4 Y:i 4 Y:i 4 Y:i 4 Y:i 4 Y:i
M
N
w
17 19 21 23 27 33 39 45 51
y, y, y, y, y,
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
INCHES
23 25 27 29 33 39
1 :y. 1 :y. 1 y. 1 y. 1% 1 y.
A
e
D
24 % 26 y. 28 y. 30Y. 3 4 y. 40Y. 46Y. 52 y. 58 y.
23 25 27 29 33 39 45 51
3 Y2 3 Y:i 3 y, 3 Y:i 3 Y:i 3 Y2 3 y, 3 Y2 3 Y:i
2 Y:i 2 Y:i 2 Y2 2 Y:i 2 Y:i 2 Y2
y,
Y:i
y, y,
Se ries 6000.& • 4" and 5 " diameter rolls ldler number
s•
4• dio meter
rolls
dio meter
inches
rolls
1
6 417-14 6 4 17-16 6 417-18 64 17 -20 6 4 17-24 6 417-30 6 4 17-36 6 417-42 6 41 7-48
Belt width,
6517-14 6517- 16 6517- 18 6517-20 6517-24 6517-30 6517-36 6517-42 65 17-48
14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48
ldler weight, pounds •
4"
dio meter
1
l
5"
dio meter
rolls
rolls
12 14 16 17 19 23 27 31 35
15 16 18 20 23 27 31 35 40
INCHES
57
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Y:i Y:i
Y2 Y:i
Serie s 7000 • 5" d1ameter ralls ldler number
7517- 18 7517-20 7517-24 7517-30 7517-36 7517-42 7517-48
Belt width, inches
ldler weight, p ounds •
A
e
DLI.
18 20 24 30 36 42 48
30 32 37 45 52 58 65
28 y. 30 :y. 34 :y. 40Y. 46Y. 52314 58 y.
27 29 33 39 45 51
4 4 V. 4 4 V. 4 4 4 v.
M
N
w
20 ~I 22 % 26% 32% 38 % 44 ~.
Y:i Y:i Y:i
8 8 8 9Y:i 9 Y2 9 Y:i 9 Y:i
INCHES
v. v. v. v.
57
6 6 6 7Y:i 7Y:i 7 Y2 7 Y2
o/a o/a o/a o/1
50 ~.
Series 8000 • 6 " d1ameter rolls ldler number Steel rolls
1
8617-24 8617-30 8617-36 8617-42 8617-48 8617-54 8617-60
G roy iron rolls
8617C-24 8617C-30 8617C-36 8617C-42 86 17C-48 86 17C-54 86 17C-60
Belt width, inches
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
ldler weight, pounds • Steel rolls
1
36 43 50
61 74 85 98 112 124 137
57 65
72 79
e
A
l
DLI.
1
1
Groy iron rolls
1
w
N
M
1
1
1
INCH ES
33 39 45 51
v. v. v. v. v. v.
70Y.
63 69
4 4 4 4 y. 4 4 4
A
e
D
53 :y. 59% 65 % 71 y.
51
7 7 7 7 7 7
34 314 40314 46 % 52 :y. 58 y. 6 4 314
57
6 7 7 7 7 8 8
8 9Y:i 9 'h 9 Y2 9 Y2 10 Y2 1 Y:i
Y:i
26 ~I 32 % 38 ~I 44 ~I
Y2 Y2 Y2
56 ~I 62 %
o/1 o/1 o/1 o/1 o/a o/a
M
N
w
46 52 58 64 70 82 94
y. y.
12 12 12 12 12 12 14 Y2
Y2 Y2
50 ~I
Y:i
o
Series 9000 • 6 " and 7 " diameter rolls ldler number
7"
6" dio meter rolls
9617-36 9617-42 9617-48 9617-54 9617-60 9617-72 9617 -84
1
diameter rolls
9717-36 9717-42 9717-48 9717-54 9717-60 9717-72 9717-84
Belt width, inches
36 42 48 54 60 72 84
ldler weight, pounds •
7•
6" dio meter rolls
1
135 150 165 180 195 225 255
Hove dimensions cert1fied lor installation purposes . .A Availa ble in both gre oseable ond lactory seoled construction. Greoseoble construction will be furnished unless othe rwise specified.
192
.
L IN K· BEL T
dio meter rolls
147 163 179 195 211 243 275 t;.
l INCHES
57 63 69
77 v.
75
89314 101 314
87 99
9 Y:i 9 'h 9 Y:i 9 Y:i 9 Y2 9 Y2 12
314 314
y. y.
.
7 314 4y.• drop will be furnlshed unless otherwise spec1fied. lY. drop w1ll be
furnished il spe cified, at no additionol cost. a for wei9ht ol re volvin9 idler parts, see Ta ble 1O, poge l 50.
bulk handling b elt conveyors
Return belt rubber tread idlers
Series 6000• • 4 " and 5 " diameter rolls ldler number 4•
dio meter
1
s• dia meter
rolls
rolls
64 18- 14 64 18-16 64 18-1 8 6418-20 6418-24 6418-30 6418-36
6518- 14 65 18- 16 6518- 18 6518-20 6518-24 6518-30 6518-36
Belt width,
ldler weighl,' pounds •
inches
4• diomeler rolls
14 16 18 20 24 30 36
13 15 16 17 18 19 22
s• J
14 16 17 18 19
22 25
e
A
D 1
1
dio meter rolls
L
w
N
M 1
1
1
1
INCHES
24 314 26 314 28 '.4 30 314 34 314 40 'I• 46 314
1
23 25 27 29 33 39 45
3 'h 3 '12 3 '12 3 'h 3 'h 3 'h 3 'h
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
1613¡1, 18 13¡1, 20 13¡1, 22 13116 26 13¡1, 32 13¡1, 3813¡1,
'12 'h 'h 'h 'h '12 'h
M
N
w
20 Va 22 Va 26 Va 32 Va 38 Va 44 Va 50 Va
'12 '12 'h o/s Ya Ya o/s
8 8 8 9'12 9 '12 9 'h 9'12
M
N
w
'12 Ya Ya o/s Ya Ya o/s
8 9!12 9'12 9!12 9!12
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Series 7000 • 5" diameter rolls ldler number
Belt width, inches
7518-18 7518-20 7518-24 7518-30 7518-36 7518-42 7518-48
18 20 24 30 36 42 48
e
ldler weighl, pounds •
INCH ES
21 22 25 31 35 39 44
28 314 30 314 34 314 40 314 46 314 52 '.4 58 314
27 29 33 39 45 51
ldler weight, pounds •
A
e
30 35 40 45 50
34 314 40 314 46 314 52314 58 :y. 64 314 70 314
33 39 45 51 63 69
4 '14 4 4 '!. 4 '!. 4 '14 4 '14 4
A
e
D
57
4 '14 4 '14 4 4 'I• 4 4 'I• 4 '14
v. v.
6 6 6 7 'h 7'12 7'12 7 'h
Serles 8000 • 6" diameter rolls ldler number
8elt widlh, inches
8618 -2 4 8618-30 8618 -36 8618-42 8618-48 8618-54 8618 -60
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
55 60
INCH ES
57
v.
v.
6 7 '12 7'12 7'12 7'12 8 'h 8 '12
26 Va 32 Va 38 Va 44 Va 50 Va 56 Va 60 Va
lo !t2 lo '12
Series 9000 • 6" diameter ro lls ldler number
Belt widlh, inches
9618-36 9618-42 9618-48 9618-54 9618-60 9618-72 96 18-84 Á
36 42 48 54 60 72 84
ldler weighl, pounds •
80 87 94 102 109 123 137
M
N
45 13116 51 13116 57 1 % 63 13/\, 69 1 % 8 l 13¡1, 93 13¡1,
31.
w
IN CH ES
53 314 59 314 65 314 71 314 77314 89 314 l 0 1 :y.
Hove d imensions certifi ed fa r in~ la lla t io n purposes. Availoble in bo th g reaseable and fa clory sealed construclion. G reaseable construclion w ill be furnished unless o lherwise spec ified.
51
57 63 69
75 87 99
7 7 7 7 7 7 7
9 '12 9 '12 9 '12 9 '12 9 '12 9 '12 12
Y4
314 314 314 314 314
12 12 12 12 12 12 14 !t2
D. 4 y.• drop w ill be fur nished unless o lherwise speci fied. 114• drop will be
furnished if specified, al no a ddilio nal cost. • Far w eight of revolving id ler p eris, see Tab le 10, page 150.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 193
bulk handling belt
conveyors
Return belt training idlers • positive action type 0
Serles 6000,. • 4" ond 5" diometer rolls ldl"r number
s• diometer
4" d iometer rolls
rolls
1
6420-14 6420-16 6420-18 6420-20 6420-24 6420-30 6420-36 6 420 -42 6420-48
6520-14 6520-16 6520-18 6520-20 6520-24 6520-30 6520-36 6520-42 6520-48
Series 700 0
ldler w"ight, pounds •
Belt width, inches
4 • dio meter
14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48
61 64 67 69 75 84 93 101 11 0
1
S'
rolls
A
63 67 70 73 79 89 98 106 115
e
B
1
d io meter rolls
1
D
Belt ;'idth,
7520- 18 7520-20 - - 7 520-2 4 7 520-30 7520-36 7520-42 7 520-48
Series 8000
1
20 v. 22 v. 24 v. 26 v. 30 Yo 36 Yo 42 Yo 48 v. 54 v.
A
B
ldler weight, pounds •
w 1
23 25 27 29 33 39 45 51 57
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
3 V2 3 V2 3 V2 3 V2 3 V2 3 V2 3 V2 3 V2 3 V2
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
17 19 21 23 27 33 39 45 51
6 r. 6 r. 6% 6 r. 6 r. 6 r. 6 r. 6 r. 6 r.
V2 V2 y,
V2 V2 y,
V2 V2 V2
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
1
C
1
1
862 0 ( -2 4 862 0 C-30 8620(-36 8620C-42 8620C-48 8620C-54 8620C-60
Series 9000
D~
1
F
M
1
N
1
w
S
29 y. 31 y. 35 y. 41 % 47 Y• 53 y. 59 y.
10 4 10 9 117 143 153 171 185
23% 25 % 29% 35 % 41 % 47 % 53 %
4 v. 4 v. 4 v. 4 v. 4 v. 4 v. 4 v.
27 29 33 39 45 51 57
14 14 14 14 14 14 14
v. v. v. v. v. v. v.
6 6 6 7 7 7 7
20 % 22 r. 26 r. 32 r. 38 r. 44 r. 50 r.
V2 y,
V2 y,
9 9 9 9 9 9 9
V2 V2 V2 y, % % %
14 V2 14 V2 14 V2 14 V2 14 V2 14 V2 14 V2
• 6 11 diometer rolls
Gray iron r olls
8620-24 8620-30 8620-36 8620 -42 8620-48 8620-54 8620-60
ldler weight, pounds •
Belt wi dth, inches
Steel r olls
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
126 152 168 194 200 216 233
A
151 183 204 236 247 269 291
e
8 1
1
Groy iron rolls 1
1
D~
1
F
M
l 1
s
N 1
1
w 1
1
INCHES
29 % 35 % 41 % 47 % 53% 59 % 65%
35% 41 y. 47 % 53% 59% 65% 71 %
4 v. 4 v. 4 v. 4 v. 4 v. 4 v. 4 v.
33 39 45 51 57 63 69
14 v. 14 v. 14 Yo 14 v. 14 v. 14 Yo 14 v.·
6 7 V2 7 V2 7 V2 7 y, 8 V2 8 y,
F
l
26 r. 32 r. 38 r. 44 r. 50 r. 56 r. 62 r.
y, % % % % % %
14 y, 14 V2 14 y, 14 y, 14 y, 14 V2 14 V2
9 9 9 9 9 9 9
• 6 11 ond 7" diometer rolls
ldler number
rolls
1
1
INCHES
18 20 24 30 36 42 48
ldler number
9620-36 9620-42 9620-48 9620-5 4 9620-60 9620-72 9620-8 4
s
N
M
1
INCHES
25 y. 27 y. 29 y. 31 o/. 35 y. 41 y. 47 % 53 y. 59 y.
1 inches
7" d iometer
6" diomet"r
l 1
• 5 " diometer rolls
ldl er number
Steel roll s
F 1
1
1
rolls
1
9720-36 9720-42 9720-48 9720-54 9720-60 9720-72 9720-8 4
Belt width, inches
36 42 48 54 60 72 84
ldler weight, pounds •
6" d iameter 1 roll s
253 277 301 343 368 496 614
r
A
d iameter rolls
264 289 314 357 383 514 635
5 4 y, 60 V2 66 y, 72 y, 78 V2 9 0 V2 102 V2 1
Hove dimensions certifred for insta'lo11o n purposes. Á Available in greoseable ond facto ry seoled construction. G rea seable ~ on stru c tion w ill be furnished unless o therwise spe cifr ed. o For return beh t ro1ni ng id lers for reversib le behs consuh Link-Be lt.
194 • L 1 N K - B E L T
e
8
1
1
44 Ya 50 3/1 56 :y. 62 :y. 68 :y. 80 :y. 92 :y. t:,.
D 1
51 57 63 69 75 87 99
1
7 7 7 7 7 7 7
1 INC HES
18 r. 18 r. 18 r. 18 r. 18 r. 21 Y1 2 1 Ya
9 V2 9 V2 9 V2 9 y, 9 y, 9 V2 12
M 1
40 46 52 58 64 76 88
1
1
%
y. % y. % % %
w
s
N 1
1
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
16 y, 16 y, 16 V2 16 y, 16 y, 21 V2 21 V2
4V." d rop will be fu r n1shed unless o therwise specifred. IY." d rop will ba furnished if speci fr ed, al no additionol cost.
• Fo r weight o f revolving idler port s, see Table 10, page 150.
bulk handling b e lt conveyors
Return belt rubber tread lraining idlers . caster camber type o
______ ( - - - - - - -
BELT TRAVEL
--+--\ r
,____
~{'' l
-
J
A
L
-
s
Series 8000 • 6 11 diameter rolls ldler number
Belt width, 1
8622-24 8622-30 8622 -36 8622-42 8622-48 8622-54 8622-60
inches
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
lldler weight, pounds •
A
10 1 112 123 145 156 171 184
35 3/.c 41 % 47 :Y4 53 % 5931.c 65 3/.c 71 o/.
1
e
O¿ 1
F 1
L
1
M
1
N
1
1
s
1
w
INCHES
33 39 45 51
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
57 63 69
\/4 \/4 '/.e '/.e \/4 '/.e \f4
9% 9% 9% 9% 9% 9% 9%
6 7 7 7 7 8 8
r. r. 38 r. 44 r. 50 r.
\/2
y, y, y, y, y,
26
y,
32
% %
56 ~
62~
7% 7%
8 9 9 9 9 10 10
7 :Y.
:y, :y,
7% 7%
% %
7:Y. 7%
Y:z Y:z Y:z Y:z Y:z \/2 Y:z
11
Series 9000 • 6 diameter rolls ldler num ber
Belt width,
1
9622-36 9622-42 9622-48 9622-54 9622-60 9622-72 9622-84
inches
36 42 48 54 60 72 84
ldler weight, pounds • 242 278 295 318 337 379 421
A
1
e
F
D
1
L 1
1
N
M
1
1
1
s
w
1
INCHES
54 60 66 72 78 90 102
y, y,
51
\/2
63 69
57
y, y,
75
\/2 \/2
87 99
7 7 7 7 7 7 7
13 % 13% 13% 13 % 13% 13 % 13%
o For re1urn belr training odlers far reve rsible belts consult Link-Belt.
9 9 9 9 9 9 12
y, \/2 y,
y, y, \/2
:y. :y.
3913116 4513116 5 ]13,i, 5713/16 63 13116 751 % 8713,i,
o/. %
o/.
:y. :y.
12 12 12 12 12 12 14 y,
8 :Y. 8:Y. 8% 8 31.c 8% 8 :y. 8 :Y4
4y.• drop will be furnished unless otherwise specified. 1%" drop will be lurnished if specified, ol no addilional cost. • Far weight of revolving idler ports, see Table 10, page 150
¿
Return belt beater idlers
Series 8000 • 6 " diameter rolls Belt
ldler number
width,
8619 -24 86 19-30 8619-36 8619-42 8619-48 8619-54 86 19-60
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
inches
e
ldler weighl, pounds •
A
47
34 :y. 40 :y. 46 :y. 52 % 58 % 64% 70 :y.
33 39 45 51
A
e
53 3/.c 59 :y. 65 :y. 71 :y. 77 :y.
51
75
89 3/.c 10 1 :y.
87 99
56 65 74 82 92 102
M
N
r. r. r. r. 50 r. 56 r. 62 r.
y, :y, Ya Ya Ya s;, s;.
M
N
w
INCHES
57 63 69
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
'/.e '/.e '/.e '/.e '/.e '/.e '/.e
6
7 Y, 7 y, 7 y,
7 Y, 8 \/2 81h
26 32 38 44
8 9 9 9 9 1 1
y, y,
Y:z \/2 o \/2 o Y:z
Serles 9000 • 7" diameter rolls Belt
ldler number
width,
97 19 - 36 97 19-42 9719-48 9719-54 9719-60 97 19-72 9719-84
36 42 48 54 60 72 84
inches
ldler weight, pounds • 130 142 154 165 178 202 226
Hove dimensions certified far instollalion purposes.
o
w
INCHES
57 63 69
7 7 7 7 7 7 7
9 \/2 9 \/2 91h 9 Y:z 9 \/2 9 y, 12
46 52 58 64 70 82 94
3/.c
:y. 3/.c
:y. %
o/.
:y.
12 12 12 12 12 12 14 1h
-
4V. • drop will be furnished unless otherwise specified. 1:y.• drop wilt be furnished if specified, at no oddilional cost. • For weight of revolving id le r parts, see Table 10, poge 150.
¿
L I NK - B ELT• 195
bulk handling b e lt conveyors
Components Drives The belt conveyor drive, which p erforms the imp ortant function of propelling the loaded belt, should be desi gned for a high degree of dependability and o mínimum of mointenonce. lt should be consistent with the over- all design of conveyor and should conform to spoce limitations ond desired orrangement. Li!"k- Belt manufactures components ond complete drives to serve every industry need-from small, single pulley drives to large, dual pulley drives ond complex terminal arrangements for reversing service. Link-Bel! has designed and built a wide ronge of ty pes, including single pulley drives up to 1500 horsepower ond reversing drives for 60" convey ors w ith more thon 2000-foot centers. As a leading manufocturer of speed reducers, Link-Belt offers a wide range of types and sizes from fractional horsepower Motogears to herringbone gear units which drive the largest belt conveyors in existence. All conform to the exocting specif1cations of the American Gear Manufocturers Associotion. Mony special accessories ore ovoilable for Link-Belt speed reducers ond they moy be Single pulley d rive with roller chain drive to he ad shaft from Link-Belt Moto gear far convenience of locotion and suppo rt. Photo 38427
equipped with specio l beoring seols for such severe service os sinter plants and foundries.
Slng te pulle y drlve with herring bone g ear speed reducer, geared flexible couplings o nd 3 00 HP motor with fo n far specia l tro pical ve ntilation, a ll mounted o n a unit base. Photo 36132
196 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling belt conveyors
Componen Is Drives, continued Flexible couplings are manufactured by linkBelt in both geared and chain types, to meet all conditions of belt conveyor service. Chain drives are sometimes used between a speed reducer and the drive pulley shaft to provide a flexible arrangement in a limited space, as th ey permit the motor and the speed reducer to be located above, below or in front of the drive pulley. Chain drives also facilitate changing the conveyor speed and are usually Jower in first cost. They are dependable and may be housed in oiltight and dust-tight casings. Alignment of conveyor belts and drive components is most effectively maintained, and life of parts is extended, b y the use of rigid bases for d rive components. Pulleys, shafts, bearings and b ackstops, which are also important parts of drives, are described later in this section.
Single pulley drive for belt feeder with choin drive, herringbone gear speed reducer, P.1.V. variable speed drive, motor ond roller choin couplings. Precise variotions up to 6: 1 may be obto ined with o P.I. V. Photo 31284
Complete data on speed reducers, couplings, chains and other drive components are contained in Catalog 1050.
Dual pulley drlve for 49• wide bel! conveyor. A 200 HP motor drives primory pulley ond o 100 HP mo tor drives secondory pulley through herringbone geor speed reducers ond geored flexible couplings. Photo 357 58
Single pulley drlve for world's highest lift belt conveyor ond lorgest single pulley drive ever built, consisting of herringbone geor speed reducer, geored Aexíble couplings, eddy-current clutch ond 1500 HP synchronous motor. Post brake type backstop is In back· ground. Photo 31957
Single pulley drlve for 48" wide belt conveyor, with herringbone geor speed reducer, 250 HP motor ond geored Aexible couplings. Photo 38305
L 1 N K - B E L T • 1 97
bulk handling belt conveyors
Components Takeups Th e basic ty p es of takeups used for bel t conveyors are: manu ally adjusted screw typ e and automatic counterweighted type for vertical or horizontal travel. Arrangements and a pplications vary wi d ely with conveyor requirements. Occasionally, other specia l types are used, such as those actuated by spring s, torqu e motor or hyd roulics. For the counterweighted type, a safety device is available to prevent the free foil of the takeup and its counterweight in case of accidenta l parting of the belt. Lin k- Belt manufactures all t ypes of takeu p s and provides en gineering service for application and for d eveloping sp ecial designs.
Vertical counter welghte d tak eup for 60" wide belt. Note mili beoring pillow blocks, and grooved, rubber lagged pulleys to prevent buildup of sticky iron ore. Photo 361 30
DS roller bear ing take ups on inclined belt con·
veyo r far manual Pholo 34941
adjustmenl of belt lension.
Horixantal type counte rw e lghte d takeups with plain bearings used
on sixteen 24" wide belt conveyors handling copper o re. Photo 25671
198 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling belt conveyors
Components Pulleys and shafts Belt conveyor pulleys and shafts are manufactured by Link-Belt in all types and sizes. By obtaining these two important components from one reliable source, the user is assured of proper flt, ease of erection and best performance.
Pulleys for belt conveyors are usually welded steel, drum type, for maximum strength, minimum weight, and for resistance to shock during handling and operation. Their ruggedness, concentricity and balance reflects Link-Belt's b road experience in the belt conveyor fleld. Welded steel pulleys are available with straight or crown faces in all combinations of diameters and face widths. The y ma y be furnished with rubber lagging, either b o lted or vulcanized to rim surface. Lagging for drive pulleys is usually grooved to resist slippage. Softer rubber lagging for snub and bend pulleys reduces the tendency for sticky materials to adhere to the pulley faces. Pulleys for shafts o f sm all and moderate diameters are equipped with taper lock bushings for ease of erection and to insure and maintain a tight f1t during operation. Large, heavil y loaded drive pulleys are often bolted to forged Aanges of d rive shafts for best use of shaft properties, to provide structural unity between pull ey and shaft, and to resist the consta nt stress reversals under heavy loa d . Casi iron pu ll eys are also rnade by Link-Belt for certain corrosive conditions.
Welded steel pultey with toper lock bushing provides the meons for quick ossembly ond mointoining light fil betwee n shoft, key ond hub. Photo 37692
Shafts are available in various types of carbon and alloy sleel and may be hect treat ed as required. They are cold flnished or forg ed and rnay b e turned, ground and polished as desired . Norrnally, shafts are keyed in the pull ey hubs, but very heavy duty driving shafts rnay be forged with Aang es for bolting directly to the end discs of pulleys.
W elded steel pulteys with rub ber logging, ho ving herringbone grooves on drive puliey for increosed troction ond circumferentiol grooves on snub puliey to preven! b uildup of ore. Note olso mili beoring piliow blocks, variable troughing idlers ond bockstops. Pho to 361 09
Welded steel pulteys ouembled in 1250 HP drive for 60" belt. Orive puliey i~ bolted to Aanges forged on drive shaft, which is extended for backstop. Note logging, mili bearing pillow blocks and substantial base. Photo 35521
L 1 N K - B E L T • 199
bulk handling belt conveyors
Components Bearings Mill bearing
2783 4
Ball or roller flange block
36273
3360 9
27827
Roller bearing pillow block
Llnk-Belt's complete line of ball and roller bearings includes oll lypes of mounlings, far shofts from % • lo 11 ", ond with seo Is for oll conditions of service.
Babbitted bearing flange block
Link-Belt, as a lead ing manufactu rer a f mounted b earings for ali power transmission purposes, offers bearings to meet every condition of belt conveyor service. Ball and rolier bearings are both available in a li required mounting types, inclu d ing pillow blocks, Aange units and screw ta keups-in shaft sizes up to 1 1". Most pillow block housings a re cast iron, but Link-Belt also makes a line of heavy duty mili type roller bearing p iliow blocks with split cast steel housings for the most severe service in steel milis, mines, foundries and sinter plants. Bearing seals of ali standard types are d esigned to effectivel y keep grease in a nd dirt out. Also, sp ecia l seals can be provided for unusually d usty or abrasive cond itions or for corrosive atmosphere. Babbitted a nd bronze bearings are also manufactured by Link-Belt in a fu ll line of types and sizes. Housing s are of cast iron or steel.
Bronze bearing pillow block
Separate catalogs and se lection d a ta are available.
30228
2 1140A
21744
Babbitted bearing pillow block
Babbitted bearing ang le pillow block
Backstops Backsto ps, to p revent backward movement of be lt when power is interrupted, are made for mounting on driving pulle y shaft, on an intermed iate d rive shaft, or are built into speed reducers. link-Be lt can furnish any of these types to meet the requirements of a speciflc belt conveyor.
37042
Llnk-Belt's complete line of plain b e arings includes oll types, bobbitted ond bronze bushed, ond housings of casi iron or casi sleel.
Llnk-Belt mlll type roller b e oring p lllow blocks ore built far the most severe service, os on this foo t pulley of 60" belt conveyor handling iron ore. Pho to 36103
200 • L 1 N K • B E L T
Link-Be lt babbitted or bron:i:e b earings ore widely used for belt conveyors in mony industries. Photo 3 1772
bulk handling b elt conv eyo rs
• auxiliary equ1pmen'I link- Belt has developed a wide variety of auxiliary equipment to extend the usefulness of belt conveyors beyond the simple function of transporting bulk materials from one location to another. Sorne t ypes of such equipment become an integral part of a conveyor, while others are self-conta ined units that are normally used to supplement a belt conveyor system. The most common types of auxiliary equipment are trippers and plows which are used for discharging the material from the belt at one or more points, or along the length of the conveyor. A wider range of distribution is obtained by special trippers equipped with cross belts, either flxed or shuttle t ype. Also, traveling stackers and bridges equipped with belt conveyors are used for stockpiling over extensive oreas. Boat loaders, shuttle conveyors and belt slingers also serve speciflc needs for directing the flow of material from a belt conveyor system to required location. Travel ing loading hoppers with feeders provide the means for loading the belt anywhere along a desired portian of its length. Other functions may be performed while the material is en route over a belt conveyor system by such auxiliary equipment as automatic scales, sampling devices, magnetic pulleys and electro or permanent magnets. Standard trippers are illustrated here with dimensions and selection information. Following the tripper data, a few of the many other types and variations of auxiliary equipment are described briefly to illustrate their principies and their possibilities for application to other problems. Except for standard trippers, most auxiliary equipment is designed for a speciflc requirement. From our broad experience in this fleld Link-Belt offers a w id e variety of existing designs of auxiliary equipment and its services in developing special designs as needed.
Belt trippers Two styles of link-Bel! stondord trippers ore described in the following poges, with dimensions ond selection information. Although many special types and designs hove been developed to mee! a wide varie ty of requirements, !he Series 51 and 53 trippers ore adaptable to o mojority of bel! conveyor instollotions. The Series 51 trippers ore for heavy duty service ond ore for handling the heavier moterials ond those requiring steep chute ongles to insure proper discharge. The Series 53 trippers, while primorily intended for handling groin, moy olso be used to odvontoge for mony other light moterials that con be discharged through o shallow angle chute. Both ore for use with belt conveyors having o single direction of trovel.
Many standard occessories a re ovailoble for both types to meet the requirements of most instollations. Other occessories include special bin seo l chutes to confine d ust creoted by dischorging material, ond speciol enclosures for the some purpose. Also, chutes moy be p rovided with liners or built in the stone box type for handling heovy obrasive ore. Material moy be discharged beyond the ronge of conventionol chutes by short cross belt conveyors mounted on Series 51 trippers or on sp eciolly designed tripp e rs. Also, this same method is someti mes used to assure dependoble discharge of sticky moterials thot would not flow through o chute.
Serles 5 1 b elt propelled trlpper equipped with chute hoving dust seo l plows for opening !he rubber seoling strips over bunker opening. Photo 29876
Serles 53 belt propelled trlpper distributing groin to storoge silos of lorge elevotor. Photo 39130
L 1 N K • B E L T • 201
bulk handling belt conveyors
Belt trippers
Series 5 1 moto r p ropelled tripper
Series 5 1 ca b le p ropelled tripper
Series 51 b e lt trippe rs Series 5 1 belt trippers ore belt propelled, cable propelled, or motor prope lled, ond ore for heovy duty service. They will hondle heovy moteriols ond those requiring sleep chute ongles to insure proper dischorge. These trippers hove o rigid welded steel frome to resist shock ond minimize distortion. Pulleys ore of welded steel construction equipped with toper lock bushings to preven! shifting ond to provide o light clamp fit on the shoft. Pulley shofts ore of generous size ond ore corried by Link-Belt self-oligning roller beoring pillow blocks. To assure wheel alignment, the single Aange wheels are mounted on through axles, operating in self-a ligning roller bearing pillow blocks. Wheel guords ore provided. Crossover plotforms, providing access to b oth sides of the conveyor, can be provid e d. Such platforms are normally attached to the front of the tripp er chute and frame, and includ e a handrail, steps or a ladder al each end. A b e lt scroper, for cleaning the belt between the two tripper pulleys, is normally provided. Other auxiliary accessories can be supplied. Although primarily used with the several types of chutes shown o n page 207, Series 51 b e lt trippers may be adapted for use with a cross shuttle be lt and other discharg e arrongemenls. Th e m otor p r opelled trlpper is used where continuous and uniform distribution of material along the conveyor is required or where the tripper is to be moved or reversed frequently. Propelled by an independenl electric motor, it can be automatically reversed at eoch end of its travel by limit switches corried on the lripper and actuated by stops placed where desired along the runway. Push butlons ore provided for manual control to permit continued discharge al any desired location. The tripper can be moved when the conveyor belt is moving or stationary. Electric curren! moy be transmitted to the tripper through trolley wires, or severol types of rigid conductors, or a
cable reel carried on the tripper. Each tripper is provided with o hand operoted, powerful, quickaction roil clamp for holding it in a fixed position. When desired , the tripper can be equipped with an electricolly operated brake which is aulomatically set when curren! is interrupted. Each tripper is provided with an operotor's platform. The roil clamp, the push button controls ond the operator's platform con be on either side of the frame. The motor ond speed reducer can also be on either side; however, it is recommended thot they be on the side opposite the operotor's platform and control butlons. When operotion from both sides is d esired, specia l dual controls and roil clomps can be furnished; however, a platform attached to the discharge chute is recommended to e nable the operotor to cross over the belt lo a single sel of controls. Travel speed is 30 feel per minute. Th e cabl e propelled tripper is for installations where o power propelled tripper is required, b ut where electricol conductors ar trolley wires needed for the motor propelled tripper are undesiroble. Movemenl of the tripper, eilher for automatic reversing or for movement to specific locations, is obtained by a single wire rope suitably reeved through lhe tripper a nd a stationory sheave, and driven by a winding machine. The single wire rape drive assures tripper olignment throughout the trovel distance. The independently controlled winding machine drive p ermits automatic reversing by limit switches located along the !rock or m a nua l operotion by means of push buttons when continued dischorge is desired al a given location. The winding machine motor is equipped with a disc type broke which brings the tripper lo o stop al each end of its travel or al any point within the trovel, and holds it stotionory by the propelling rape. The independenl motor drive permits the tripper to be moved while the belt conveyor is in operation or stopped. Trovel speed is 33 feet per minute.
TRIPPER
SHEAVE
• CA BLE SUPPORT
Schematic orrangement of Series 51 cable propelled tripper
202 • L 1 N K - B E L T
RAIL STOP
WINDING MA CH INE Fig. 6444
bulk handling belt conveyors
Belt trippers
Series 51 b elt propell e d trippe r
Series 53 belt prope ll e d tripper The belt propelled trlpper is used where trovel distonce a nd direction will be monuolly controlled. Power to move tripper is obto ined from the conveyor belt, ond is tronsmitted from o pulley shoft to o countershoft through manuolly e ngog ed friction wheels, ond from the countershaft by chain drive to the tripper wheels. Eoch lripper is provided with o hond operoted, powerful, quickoction raíl clamp fer holding it in o fixed position. An operotor's platferm ond o sofety guord over the friction wheel drive are olso furnished. The raíl clamp, operoting lever and plotferm moy be placed on either side. Tripper trovel sp eed is approximotely ene tenth the speed of the conveyor bel!. Dlscharge chutes for Serles 51 trippers ore Types A, B, C, D ond E on poge 207. Chutes ore normolly furnished occording to the dimensions shown, but con be provided with such voriotions os: increosed projections with or without intermediote dischorge poinls, vertical extensions, ond ends orronged with plows fer bin dust seals os on poge 207 and in Photo 29876 on poge 201. To protect operotor, the sides of the upper por! of chutes exlend beyond the point where the b elt contocts the p ulley. The dimensions listed ore fer chutes used where the conveyor b e lt speed is between 300 ond 400 FPM ond fer moteriols thot will flow free ly on the slope o ngles shown. Consult Link-Bel! fer dime nsions of chutes used with b elts troveling less thon 300 FPM or fa ster than 400 FPM or fer handling moteriols requiring o steeper sloping chute. Also consult Link-Bel! fer recommendotions fer handling molerials which flow on o much flatter slope. A flatter sloped chute, in sorne coses, moy p ermit o smoller tripper, d e pending upen such conditions os belt speed, belt tension, amount of material hondled o nd type of chute. The plate thicknesses shown ond the dime nsions given are fer handling mildly abrosive maleriols hoving lumps not lorger thon holf the maximum size pe rmitted by lhe conveyor be lt, a s shown in Table 6, poge 146. Chutes with thicker pioles or renewoble, weor resisting linings ore recommended fer handling obrosive ond Jorge lump moteriols. Chutes fer lorger size lum ps can be furnished.
Series 53 belt trippers Series 53 belt trippers are designed fer handling grain ond similor lightweight bulk moteriols thot will flow through o chute inclined ot on ang le of about 34 degrees from the horizontal. They moy b e belt or coble propelled. The rigid welded steel frome with o 72 " or 84" wheel base ond o low center of grovity, provides strength and stability to resist shock ond distortion.
Welded steel pulleys ore fitted with toper lock bushings to provide o light clamp fil on the shofts. Self-oligning boll beoring pillow blocks ore used on the 72" wheel base trippers ond self-olig ning roller beoring pillow blocks on the 84" size. The 1 2" diometer single flonged wheels ore mounted on individual shofts with self-oligning boll beoring flonged beorings on su pports which stroddle the conveyor to permit o lower roil mounting. Unit stand belt idler supports con be used to support the roils becouse of this feoture. Powe r fer tripper movement is obtoined from the pulley shofts through steel roller choin drives to o countershoft provid e d with two interlocked Link-Belt friction clutches. Engogement of one or the other of the two clutches results in the ferword or reverse rototion of the countershoft, which in turn drives the two front wheels. Fer sofety, the clutches mus! be held in e ngogement during trovel. When pressure on the operoting lever is releosed the clutches outomaticolly dise ngoge to provid e o "deod -mon" control. Tripper trovel sp eed is opproximotely one-eighth the conveyor belt speed. A hond-o pero ted friction broke on the countershoft permits occurote spo tting ond holding of tripper al dischorge points. The dischorge chute hood, guords ond removoble side pioles protect lhe o p erotor from the moving ports. All controls ore eosily · occessible from the operotor's plotform ond con be locoted on either side of the tripper. Access to either side of the belt conveyor ond the chute control goles is offorded b y the cross over plotferm. Dlscharge chutes for Serles 53 trippers ore of flonged welded sleel, ond ore mode in o voriety of types ond orrongements, fer onewoy, two-woy or three-woy d ischorg e. Fer Ty pe F two-woy chutes, shown o n page 208, flow of moteriol is directed to either side of the b elt conveyor by rock-ond-pinion slide goles operoted simultoneously by o hond wheel ond o choin drive. Type R chutes, through rock-ondpinion slide goles, p ermit flow of mate rial to either side os well os bock onto the be lt. Vorious chute extensions con be furnished including ene thot permits dischorg e to two different locotions on the sorne side of b e lt. Chutes with heovier plotes or renewoble weor-resisting linings con olso be furnished. Optlonal features for Serles 53 trlpper include: A hond-operoted roil clamp to suppleme nt the friction broke. A feur wheel drive where cond itions worront. A choff collecting screw conveyor mounted below the upper p ulley fer returning loose choff to the dischorge chute.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 203
bulk handling b e lt conve yors
Belt trippers Examples of tripper se lection
Selection of tripper The type of material to be handled, the max imum belt tension at the tripper and the slope of the discharge spout will determine the tripper selected. Series 51 trippers are designed so that instead of having only one size for extreme conditions of each belt width, a selection can b e made according to the varying requirements of pulley d iameters, conveyor belt tensions and slope of discharge chutes. In the Series 53, a choice between pulley diameters and corresponding maximum belt tensions is available. The selection of the tripper number is made from Table 26. Dimensions will be found on pages 205, 206 and 208. A properl y selected tripper will conform to the following requirements:
A pulley diameler equal to or gre ater than the recommended minimum diameter as determined by ra ted belt tension of the belt tripper. These minimum pulley diameters are shown in Table 25. A be lt tension rating of tripper, equal to or greater than the maximum tension in the conveyor belt al the tripper. A chute with slope angle stee p enough to assure fl ow of material through it. Ordinarily, the following slo pe angl es hove b een found satisfactory: For very fr ee-flowing moterials such as groins a nd beans .. . .. . .. . ...... . . .... 30° to 35° For free-flowing materials such as clean g ravel and clean sized coal ....... 35° to 40° For moderately free-flowing materials such as low moisture sand, crushed stone, coal and ores ........ ... ........ 4 0 ° to 50° For sluggish materials similar to moist earth or wet coal and ores having fines and doy . . .. .. .... ...... . .. . ... . 50° to 60° lf material should require a steeper slope, a short, reversible cross belt is often used instead of a chute . Table 25 • Recommended minimum pulley diameters Mínimum pulley diameter, inches Belt at_e_d_b_e_lt_t_e_ns_io_n.;..,.;..p_o_ un_d_s...:,p_e_r _in_c_h _o_f _b_e_lt_w_i_dt_h_ __ carcass _ _ _R_
1 0-99
1 100 -149 I 150-199 1 200-249 J 250-299 l 300-34 9
Example 1 Select a belt tripper to handle coal under the fellowin g conditions: Conveyor be lt .... . ...... .. .. ... ...... 24" wide 8elt tension at tripper ... . .... . ... . ... . 1900 pounds Required chute angle .. .. .. . ... . . .. . . . . 45 °
Solution 1900 pounds belt tension . . = 79 pounds per inch of w1dth 24 ,, wide belt Table 25 shows a minimum recommended pulley d iameter of 16" fer this tension. Table 26 shows that Number 518242 0, 51 C2420 or 51 M2420 trippers are required with a Typ e E chute or lhe Number 51 82424, 51 C2424 or 51 M2424 trippers are required fer Typ es A, 8, C and D chutes.
Ex amp le 2 Select a b elt tripper to hand le grain under the fellowi ng conditions: Material will flow through a chute having approximately a 33° angle. 8elt width, specif1cations and tensions sorne as in Probl em 1.
Solut ion Table 26 shows that Number 5382418 trippe r ma y be used with any ene of the chute va riations.
Exam ple 3 Select a trippe r lo handl e crushed stone under the fellowing condilions: Conveyor b elt .. . . . . ........ ....... . .. 24" wid e 8elt tensio n at tripper ........ .. . ... .. . 4200 pound s Required chute angle . . ..... ........... 4 5°
Solutio n 4200 pounds belt tension . . = 175 pounds per mch of w1dth 24 ., wide belt Table 25 shows a minimum recommended p ulley d iameter of 20" fer this tension. Ta ble 26 shows th at Number 5 1 8242 4, 51 C2424 o r 51 M242 4 trippers with a 24 " diometer pulley must be used because of the belt tension al tripper. Any type chute will meet the requirements.
Tabl e 26 • Selection of tripper number Series 53
Series 5 1 Belt width, inches
14 16 - -18 18 - -20 20 - -24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 - 36 -42 42 42 - -48 48 A Actual
Chute angle, degrees A, B,
C,D 1 E 48 57 55 46 - - - --44 54 59 50 43 53 57 47 - -- --40 50 55 45 51 61 --- --52 40 47 58 61 50 - 44 -- - 56 59 47 50 62 - -53 40 44 56 47 -- 41 - - 59 54 44 57 slope 8 in 12.
Moximum
belt lensian of tripper, pounds 2500 2500 2500 5000 2500 5000 2500 5000 7000 5000 7000 10000 7000 10000 11 000 7000 10000 11 000 10000 11 000
204 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Tripper number
Pulley diameter, inches
20 20 20 24 20 24 20 24 30 24 30 36 30 36 42 30 36 42 36 42
Bel! propelled 5181420 5181620 51 8182 0 5181824 5182020 5 182024 5182420 51 82424 51 82430 5 18302 4 5183030 51 83 036 5183630 51 83636 51 83642 5184230 5184236 51 84242 51 84836 51 84842
1
Ca ble propelled 51C1420 51(1620 51C1820 5 1(1824 51(2020 5 1(2024 51(2420 51C2424 51C2430 51C3024 51C3030 51C3036 5 1(3630 5 1C3636 51C3642 51C4230 51C4236 51C4242 5 1(4836 5 1C4842
Motor 1 propelled 5 1M1 420 51M l 620 51M1820 51M 1824 51M2020 51M2024 51M2420 51M2424 51M2430 51M3024 51M3030 51 M3036 51M3630 51 M3636 51M3642 51M4230 51M4236 51M4242 51 M4836 51M4842
Approximate chute angle, degrees
Maximum
Pulley
belt tension,
pounds
diometer, inches
. .. .. . .. . . .. .. . . ..
...... ..
. . . .. .
.. .. .... .. . . .... .... ....
33 33
2000 2800
18 20
53824 18 5382420
. . .
....
...
. .......
33 33
2000 3600
18 20
5383018 5383020
A
.. . ... ... ...
Tripper number
. .. ... . . . .
.......
.. . .. . . ....... .. .. . .. . .
...
. ...
. ..
. . . .... .
33 33
2000 3600
18 20
5383618 5383620
.
. . ..
...
. ...... .
33 33
3000 48 00
. ...
18 20
53 84 218 5384220
.. .
. . ......
33 33
3000 48 00
18 20
53 84818 53 84820
. .
...
•-..
6. 6 6 AG .... -:-: •
CAN BE ASSEMBLED AS SHOWN OR OPPOSITE AS SHOWN
..,...-· CD
1
,.
LIFT OF MATERIAL
.."' CD
'm: 1
r'-.
~ w- ,J
ºt
2·
Tº L
>-----¡
-
~ w-
' -RAILS AH
c
- _;
2·
HR
HF
BEL T PROPELLED
CABLE PROPELLED
MOTOR PROPELLED
Fig. 6255
Series 51 belt, cable and motor propelled trippers Tripper number Bel! propelled
•
5181420 5181620 5 181 820 5181824 5182020 51 82024 5182420 5182424 5 182430 5183024 5 183030 5 183036 51 83630 5183636
. .......
5 184230 51 84236
. .......
r
z
"
m
rn
r
-i
5184836 5 184842
1
Coble propelled
Motor pro pelled
5 1C1420 5 1C1 620 51C 1820 51C182 4 51C2020 51C2024 5 1C2420 51C2424 5 1C2430 51C3024 5 1C3030 51C3036 5 1C3630 5 1C3636 51C3642 51C4230 51C4236 5 1C4242 5 1C4836 5 1C4842
5 1M1420 5 1M1620 51 M182 0 51M1824 5 1M2020 51M2024 51M2420 51M2424 51M2430 5 1M3024 5 1M3030 51M3036 5 1M3630 51M3636 51M3642 5 1M4230 5 1M4236 51M4242 51M4836 5 1M4842
*
•
Approx weight
Axle lood, p oundst
e o ch, pounds
HF
0
2000 2050 2 100 2600 2 150 2650 2250 2800 4700 3000
1250 1290 1330 1700 - 1370 1730 1450 1840 3000 1980 5000 3200 6000 3800 5300 3400 6300 4000 7700 5100 5600 3600 >--- 6600 4200 8100 5300 6900 4400 8500 5500
HR
Approx. Foctor y
®
1
750 .00 13
K
Moximum extra belt lenglh retension, quired, pounds feel and inches bel!
2,500 2,500 760 .00 13 770 .00 13 2,500 5,000 900 .0018 780 .0013 2,500 920 .0018 5,000 800 .00 13 2,500 960 .00 18 5,000 1700 .0033 7,000 1020 .00 18 5,000 1800 .0033 7,000 2200 .0042 10,000 1900 .0033 7,000 2300 .0042 10,000 2600 .... . 11,000 2000 .0033 7,000 2400_ .0042 10,000 2800 ..... 11,000 2500 .0042 10,000 3000 .... . 11,000
9-0 9-0 9-0 10-4 9-0 10-4 9-0 10-4 12-7 10-4 12-7 15-2 12-7 15-2 17-3 12-7 15-2 17- 3 15-2 17- 3
A
e
8
o
F
G
Axle beoring
l
M
N 18)
p
R
w
X
AG
Bo bbitted 1 Roller INCHES
4 9 '12 4 9 '12 49 '12 59 o/a 49 '12
59 v.
49 '12
59 o/a 73 ra
59 v.
73 ra 83 ra 73 ra 83 ra 94 v. 73 ra 83 ra 94 1/4 83 ra 94 v.
Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes. • lncludes: roller bearing pillow blocks for pulley shafts and oxles, operator's plotform, belt scraper. hand operated clamp to engoge roil. Does not include dischorge chute.
* lhaulage ncludes: roller bearing pillow blocks for pulley shofts ond oxles, belt scroper, towing brocket and equipment shown on page 206. Does not include dischorge chute.
.A. lncludes: speed reducer, totally enclosed motor and push button starter for manual and automatic operation for 220/ 440 volt 60 cycle AC, 3 limit switch es, rail clamped limit switch trips, wiring in conduit between motor. starters, limit switches and push buttons, roller bearing pillow blocks for pulley shofts ond oxles, operotor's plotform, belt scrope r. hond o peroted clamp to engoge roil. Does not include: dischorge chute, broke on motor, electric conductors olong runway, curren t collec tors o r cable reel, wiring from power source to cont rols.
20 20 20 24 20 24 20 24 30 24 30 36 30 36 42 30 36 42 36 42
8 v. 8 v. 8 v. 72 1o v. 54 8 Y.. 72 10 v. 54 8 v. 72 10 v. 90 13 Ya 72 10 v. 90 13 Ya 108 16 Ya 90 11 13 Ya 108 11 16 Ya 120 11 19 Ya 9 0 11 13 Ya 108 11 16 Ya 120 11 19 Ya 108 11 16 Ya 120 11 19 Ya 54 54 54
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 11 9 11 11
32 34 36 36 38 38 42 42 42 48 48 48 54 54 54 61 61 61 67 67
22 o/a 23 v. 24 v. 24 v. 25 'lí 25 o/a 27 o/a 27 o/a 30 v. 30 v. 33 v. 33 v. 36 v. 36 v. 36 v. 39 Y4 39 % 39% 42% 42%
21 v. 22 o/1 23 v. 23 v.
33 '12 5 >¡. 12 '12 16 29 '12 14 34 '12 5 >¡. 13 % 18 30% 14 35 '12 5>;. 14 '12 20 31 '12 14 35 '12 5>;. 14 '12 20 31 '12 14 24>!." 36 '12 5 >¡. 15 '12 24 32 '12 14 24 v. 36 '12 5 >¡. 15 '12 24 32 '12 14 26 v. 38 '12 5 lf. 17 % 26 34 '12 14 26 v. 38 1/2 5 >¡. 17 '12 26 34 '12 14 27 '12 40 1/2 7 v. 17 26 34 '12 18 29 v. 4 1 1/2 5 >¡. 201/2 32 37 '12 14 32 37 '12 18 301/2 431/2 7 v. 20 30 1/2 43 1/2 7 v. 20 32 37 '12 18 33 1/2 46 1/2 7 v. 23 38 40 '12 18 33 '12 46 1/2 7 v. 23 38 40 '12 18 33 '12 46 '12 7 v. 23 38 42 '12 18 18 37 50 7 v. 26 '12 44 44 - - - - -- -- 18 37 50 7 v. 26 1/2 44 44 18 37 50 7 v. 26 '12 44 46 18 40 53 7 v. 29 1/2 51 48 18 40 53 7 v. 291/2 51 49
30 v. 8 v. 31 v. 9 v. 32 v. lo v. 32 'la 10 v. 33 1/a 11 v. 33 1/a 11 v. 35 1/a 13 v. 35 1/a 13 v. 35 1/a 13 v. 38 1/4 16 v. 38 v. 16 v. 38 '!. 16 v. 19 v. 41 v. 19 1/. 41 v. 19 v. 44 31. 22 >¡. -44 >¡. 22 >¡. 44 31. 22 % 47 31. 25% 47 3i. 25%
m
Rails, AH, pounds per yard
0 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 40 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
0 Does not include weight of dischorge chute. For totol weight of cable propelled tripper, odd weight given, on odditionol 3% of this weight, ond weight o f houloge equipment shown on poge 206. See columns HF ond HR for oxle loods. t No ollowonce mode for weight of dischorge chute or effect of tension in conveyor belt. lf, when these ore considered, load ot HF is less thon Y. o f total lood on oll four wheels, consult Link-Belt. Horsepower factor for belt p ropelled trippers with Type A, B, C, D or E chute: Horsepower to odd to conveyor belt horsepower to propel tripper = Speed of belt (FPM) X factor Y. Belt pull in pounds to propel tripper = Factor Y X 33,000. Consult Link-Belt for odditionol horsepower re q uired when ends of chutes ore fitted with bunker seo Is. 18) Cleoronce for drive choin. 0 Ro ils normolly used. Roil clamp suitoble for 25 to 45 pound roils, but con be oltered to suit roils up to 80 pounds per yord, when specified.
e
fT
et
c::r
:;
e
"::io
Q)
A'
::r
<
=i
....
=i
G
'<
o
o..
(7Q
bulk handling belt conveyors
Belt trippers
RAIL STOP \
2~0 '
-~1'.'.__
l.:- 20' APPROXIMATE
SECTION AA
SPACING OF CABLE SUPPORTS -
Fig. 6257
Haulage equipment for Series S 1 ca ble prop elled tripper
Tripper number Á
Á
Approx. weight
AE
AF
ea ch,
BC
BD
BE
1
poundsó.
Á
INCHES
51Cl420 51 (1 620 51 ( 1820
675 675 675
34 34 34
51(18 24 51C2020 51 C2024 51 C2420
675 675 675 675
40 34 40 34
51(2424 51 C2430 51(3024
675 675 675
40 47 Ya 40
v.
47 'le 49 'le 51 3/a
22 o/r 22 .y. 22 Ya
17 17 Va 17 Va
51 y, 53 'le 53 'le 57 y,
22% 22 % 22 o/r 22 Ya
17 Ya 17 17 Va 17 Va
57 'le 22 % 57 Ya 1 19 % 63 V2 22 %
17 Va 14 3/a 17 Va
- -- - - - - - -
--- -
v.
- - -
Approx. weight eoch, pounds.C,.
72 72 72
51 C3030 51(3036 51 C3630
775 775 775
78 72 78 72
51 C3636 51 ( 3642 5 1(4230 51(4236
775 775 775 775
78 88 78
51 C4242 51(4836 51(4842
775 775 775
--
- --
Hove dimensions certified l or instollotion purposes. H ouloge equipment includes houloge mochine with totolly enclosed motor wit h disc type mo tor mounted broke, push bullan reversing storter lor manua l ond outomotic operotion l or 220 i 440 volt, 60 cycle AC, two limit switches, two over-trovel limit switches, propelling cable, coble supp o rts,
206 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Tripper number
--
AE
AF
BC
BD
BE
14 'le 14 'le 14 'le
88 100 88
1 IN CH S
v. v.
47 59 47 Va
63 V2 63 V2 69 V2
19 ra 19 ra 19 ra
59 66 r a 47 59 Va
v.
69 V2 69 V2 76 76 v.
19 ra 19 ra 19 r a 19 ra
14 'le 14 'le 14 y, 14 'le
100 108 88 100
66 ra 59 66 ra
76 v. 82 V2 82 V2
19 ra 19 ra 19 ra
14 y, 14 lfa 14 y,
108 108 108
--- -
v.
- - - --
v.
- -- - - -
- - - - - - - -- - -
v.
sheoves, cable ollochments ond slock cable switch. Does not inclvde wiring lrom power source to controls. 6. Bosed on 50-loot tripper trovel. Add or subt roct 2 pounds lor eoch loot ol dillerence.
bulk handling belt co nveyors
Belt trippers
RETURN TO BELT TYPES B ANO C ONL Y Ty p e B chute
Type A chute
Side view of chute
Ty p e C ch u te
Arrangeme n t of b i n dust sea l
ENDj VERTICAL EXTENSION Type O chute
C hute end extensions
Type E chute
Fig. 4838
Series 5 1 belt t ripper
Use with tripper number
...
1420 1620 1820 1824 2020 2024 2420 2424 2430 3024 3030 3036 3630 3636 3642 4230 4236 4242 4836 4842
A Chut e angle, degrees Types ABCD
48 46 44 50 43 47 40 45 51 40 47 50 44 47 50 40 44 47 41 44
1
Type E
57 55 54 59 53 57 50 55 61 52 58 61 56 59 62 53 56 59 54 57
Thickness of pi ate regularly furnished
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
ga. ga. go. go. ga . go. go. go.
>,.~,
in. go. 3;1, in. 3JI. in.
10
3¡1, 3A, 3A, 3A, 3A, 3A' 3A, 3A'
in. i n. i n. i n. in. in. in. in.
Weight, pounds
B
e t
D !:!.
E
F
235 245 260 355 270 365 295 390 600 405 670 720 735 785 935 800 850 1020 920 1090
305 325 340 465 370 480 380 505 760 540 860 950 935 1025 11 75 1030 1090 1290 1170 1380
K
M
N
p
6 'h 6 'h 6 \/2 6 \/2 6 \/2 6 'h 6 Y2 6 \/2 8 6 Y2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
23 23 23 31 23 31 23 31 34 31 34 31 34 37 40 34 37 40 37 40
12 12 12 18 12 18 12 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
1 1 ll2 11 \/2 11 \/2 12 \/2 11 \/2
INCHES
260 230 o 270 240 • 285 250 0 375 335 o 295 260 v. 390 345 'l'a 3 15 275 o 420 370 l/1 660 620 1 y, 450 400 o 730 675 ~ 810 750 l ~ 805 725 % 875 800 ~ 1015 935 1 y, 870 780 1 v. 930 850 1 3_4 1100 1000 2 ~ 1010 910 1 :y. 1190 1075 l ~
Have dimensions certifoed for instollotion purposes. & Tripper numbers ore equivalen! to numbers in Table 26, page 204 ond numbers listed on precedi ng poges. Prefoxes 51M, 5 1C, or 51B ore omitted here since some chut es con be used on either motor propelled, cable prope lled, or belt propelled trippers. In ordering chute, specify full tripper number: os, Type A chute for number 51M2430 tripper. • Bottom of chu te is % • obove top of roils 0 Bottom of chute is 1• obove top of roils.
H
o
Type Type Type 1 Ty:e 1 Tyr 1 A D 1 E
175 185 195 260 205 270 220 290 480 315 530 590 580 645 765 630 705 830 770 900
G
23 24 25 25 27 27 29 29 29 32 32 32 35 35 35 40 40 40 43 43
9 9 9 10 9 11 12 11 9 12 12 12 9 14 12 14 12 14 12 17 12 17 12 17 12 20 12 20 12 20 12 23 12 23 12 23 12 26 \/2 12 26 \/2
53 53 53 63 53 63 53 63 77 63 77 87 77 87 97 77 87 97 87 97
8 9 14 v. 10 21 10 15 y, 11 20 % 11 14 :y. 13 20 :y. 13 25 l/1 13 20 \/2 16 24 \/2 16 28 ~ 16 24 v. 19 19 27 ~ 30 'la 19 24 y, 22 26 ~ 22 22 29 ~ 26 v. 25 25 29 ~ 15 ~
15 ~
12~
11 \/2 12 15 ~
12 14 ~
15 \/2 14 ~
15 \/2 15 \/2 13 ~ 15 \/2 15 \/2 14 \/2 15 \/2
t far coble propelled trippers odd 4', ond vory dimension B occordingly. !:!. Dimension to which vertical extensions ore furnis hed unless otherwise requested. Speci fy omount of extension below top of roil. o fa r Type E chu tes: 14Ye• for 1420 14Ye" for 1620 1s• for 1824 18V.• for 2024 L 1 N K - B E L T • 207
IT
•
O"
"o
:::r Q)
<
::l Cl..
:;' ~
- -A- -PULLEY FACE
•o "<
.....
r
z
33º 42' -- t
,::
--.-
a:J
..._ 16::' -
rn
2--0!" ...
TYPE A CHUTE
r -1
1
L~
1
N- CLEARANCE G·RAIL GAUGE K
~
CAN BE ASSE MBLED AS SHOWN OR OPPOSITE AS SHOWN
C L
C L
~ 16., -
TRIPPER
TRIPPER
'z'.-o:".a.
161:· ,..
y
TYPE F CHUTE
0
~
r
2" y
--¡-.-
T ,.1
-
R -
FLOOR LINE
t
P· MINIMUM
P· MINIMUM
IL ~
EXTENSIOr\ SPOUT 2
EHENSION SPOUT 1
T
-
~.
'
TO SUIT
CON DITIO~
..... 16,
R -
-<- 161.
.J
1
33º 42
2~0: ,, ...
;f
)
'
TYPE R CHUTE
Ser ie s 5 3 tripper and chutes Approx. Tripper number
•
Approx. weight, pounds
0
Factor y
0
Maximum
ex tra
belt pounds
belt required, feet ond
2000 2000 2000 3000 3000 2800 3600 3600 4800 4800
tension,
G
A
8
e
o
E
F
8- 1o 8 - 10 9-5 9-5 9 -5
26 32 38
18 18 18 18 18
72
30 30 32 32 33
35 v. 35 V• 36 v. 36 V• 37 v.
49 Y2 55 V2 61 V2 67 V2 73 V2
29 y,
41 y,
72
18:Y., 18 :y., 19 :y., 19 :y., 20 :y.,
32 y, 35 Y1 38 'la 41 y,
44 y, 47 5/ 1 50 y, 53 'la
9-5 9-5 9-1 1 9- 11 9- 11
26 32 38
20 20 20 20 20
84 84 84 84 84
18 :y., 18 :Y., 19 :Y., 19 :y., 1 20 3.4 1
30 30 32 32 33
36 v. 49 V2 36 55 y, 37\4 6 1 V2 37 V. 67 V2 38 1 73 Y2
29 'la 32 'la 35 'la 38 'la 41 s;.
4 1 'la 44 'la 4 7 Ya 50 'la
6
inches
5382418 53830 18 5383618 5384218 5384818
3450 3600
.00 139 .00 173 .00241 .00275 .00315
5382420 53 83020 5383620 5384220 5384S20
3200 3400 3600 3900 4 100
.00 139 .00173 .00 241 .00275 .00315
2900 3000
3200
K
M
N
o
0
p
u
V
16
43 Y2
16 20 20 22
1 47 50 v.
50 V2 55 59 :y.
T
R
INCHES
44 51
44 51
72 72
72
Hove dimensions cerlified for inslollolion purposes. • lncludes, ope rotor's plo1form, hand brake, boll bearing ílonge blocks on axles, ball bear ing pillow blocks on pulley shofls for l ripp e r numbers 5382418 t o 53B4818 ond roller beoring pillow blocks on pulley shofls for lripper numbers 53B2420 I O 53B4820. Does nol include, chu te, chule exlensions, cross wolk, or roil c lamp. 0 lncludes, weighl of cross walk ond Type F chul e but no chul e extensions.
v. v.
53
v.
18 18 18 18 18
Y2 V2 V2 V2 V2
39 'l'1 45 'l'1 51 'l'1 57 'l'1 63 'l'1
17 V2 17 V2 17 y, 17 y, 17 y,
39 'l'1 45 'l'1 5 1 'l'a 57 'l'1 63 'l'1
v. v. v. 50 v. 54 v. 38 v. 42 V• 46 v. 50 v. 54 v. 38 42 46
1 14 1
16 18 20 22
¡14
16 16 16 18 20 1 20 1 20 22 22 1
0 Horsepower to odd ro conveyor belt horsepower l o propel tripper (FPM). Belt pul/ in pounds 10 propel trip per = Factor Y X 33000. 6 lnside to inside o f heod o f roils. o From top of roil lo underside of lower pulley. 0 Clearance for drive choin. .6. lnside o f chule to lop o f roil.
1
54
v.
57 'l'1
50 V2 55
43 V2
47 50 v. 54
v.
X
59 3/a 64 68 'l'1
v.
57 'l'1
Factor Y
64 v. 68 'l'1
belt speed
......-.
m
ft)
,,,,-·
.. ft)
"'
e:
~
::l ()'Q
bulk handling belt conveyors
Belt plows Meteríais such os wood chips, pulp ond foundry sond moy be plowed from belts et moderote speeds. Plows provide en economicol meons of d ischorging to one or more intermediote points o long o belt convey or. In foundries, sond is often plowed from flot b elts et o number of points simultoneously. Plows moy olso b e o rronged for outomotic operotion occording to the requirements of the bins they serve.
Shuttle belt conveyors A shuttle belt conveyor is o simple horizontal trock-mounted belt conveyor which receives the flow of material from o ftxed conveyor ond dischorges it olong the length of o bin or pile. Reversible shuttles distribute material in both directions from their central receiving point. Shuttle belt conveyors often ore used for lumpy, sticky or highly obrosive material thot would be objectionoble in tripper chutes. Shuttle belt conveyors require less heod room thon trippers ond their weight is well distributed. They moy be built in oll belt w idths ond in lengths which ore limited only by the drives ond tokeup mechonism. A speciol form of shuttle belt conveyor is the troiling convey or which receives material from o ftxed point but dischorges it to o troveling stocker, to which the heod end of the troiling convey or is ottoched. One such unit, bu ilt b y Link-Belt, is designed for en ultimote length of 3 0 0 0 f eet.
Plows d ischa rg e sand fro m b e l! to ho pper obove mo lding machine. In this found ry, each molde r contro ls the supply o f sond for his slo tion. Pho to 38518
Belt conveyor stackers Link-Belt p ioneered in the development of b elt convey or stockers for distributing material over wide orees required in stockpiling ond disposol of overburden. Stockers con be built for ony width of belt ond the length of booms is limited only by economics. Most units hove booms between 50 ond 150 feet long, but Link-Bel! hes built two crowler-mounted stocker belts 25 0 f eet long over-oll ond, recently, hes instolled o trock mounted pivoted boom stocker with o 275-foot rodius. (continued)
Shuttle b elt conve yor 4 8 " wide trave ls over bias! furnace stock bins to d istribute coke which is transpo rted fro m coke plan! by another bel! conveyor with 5611-fool centers. Pho to 379 86
1
Be lt conveyo r s tocker on 24" wide, 143 -foot ce nters b e l! conveyor is p ivoted al foot end and travels 240 deg rees on a ra d ial !rack while d ischarging grave! to crescenl· shape d stockpile. Photo 3665 8
Shuttle b elt conveyor 24" wid e with 5 0 0 -foot centers on high structure dislributes phospha te rock bo th sid e s o f 30" wide incline d conveyor to stockp ile a b out 1 0 0 0 feet long . Pho to 3 0796
L 1 N K - B E L T • 209
bulk handling belt conveyors
Belt conveyor stacker designs vary greatly to meet operating requirements, but fall into the following general types:
Stationary fixed boom type, consisting of a cantilever of enough o f the conveyor head end structure to allow unobstructed movement of vehicles on the pile beneath. This t y pe is wi dely used in Jorg e power plants to form th e initi al conica l piles of coal w hich is more widely di str ibuted a nd com pacted by earth moving equipment.
Stationary type with separate boom b e lt p ivoted about receiving hopper at foot end. Th is t ype re-
Self-propell e d stacke r with 275-foot radius boom, equipped with 42" wid e belt conveyor, hondles t aconite pellets, stockpiling them 90 feet high ond more than 800 feet wide ot the base. Trailing bel! conveyor which delivers to stacker has 1382-foot centers designed for o future edensian to 3000 feet. Photo 38273
volves t hrough an are of 2 00° to 25 0 ° and can bed a crescent-shaped p il e of substant ially greater volume than the conica l p ile formed b y the flxed boom t y pe. Sorne st ackers of this type hove booms cantilevered full leng th ond others ore supported on a radial track near the outer end.
Traveling, self- propell e d type which usually span the main b elt a nd ope ra te on tracks beside it. Material may be d ischarged to either or both sides. In sorne coses, the discharge end of the main bel t is a tt ached to the stacker frame, and moves with it on tracks as a trail ing conveyor. In either case, the stacker belt conveyors may be mounted on cant ilevered booms of the following types: Rigid boom which discharges material a flxed d istance from the main belt. Pivoted boom, which revolves obout t he center of receiving hopper, and d ischarges material on both sides of the main belt onywhere within the rodius of the boom. Crawler mounted stacker belt conve yors with hoppers and feeders for receiving material from shovels or d raglines. In effect, this type extends the range of the shovel by the length of the stacker ond the height of its dischorge.
Se lf-p rope lle d s tacker s wilh pivoted booms can blend moterials as they are bedded into piles in shallow windrows. This bel! conveyor is 42" wide and lhe boom has a 150-foot rodius. Photo 28956
Se lf- p rop e lle d stacke r wilh bel! conve yo r 36" wide ond a 100-foot radius boom, dislributes overburden to spoil bank a l an iran ore mine. Stacker receives material from the troiling conveyor o f a a ne-mile conveyor system. Photo 32604
2 10 • L 1 N K - B E L T
A relotively high degree of b lending may b e obtained b y the traveling, pivoted boom type stocker os the ma terial is bedded into the p ile in small, orc-shap ed windrows. The size of windrows and disp ersion of materi al is regulated by odjusting the t rove! and rotating speeds of the stacker. In addition to the many designs ovailoble, Link-Belt will design sp eciol stackers for speciflc requirements.
Stacke r with 54" belt conveyor is oboul 250 fee l long over-a ll, is equipped with o hopper and feed er and is mounted on cro wlers. lt handles overburden fro m stripping shovel to spoil pile. Photo 2367 5
bulk handling b elt conveyors
Belt conveyor bridges Traveling bridges equipped with belt conveyors p rovide for storing a large volume of material in a relatively small orea. The bridge belt conveyor receives ma t erial from a main conveyor operating parallel ta the bridge runway. Distribution from the bridge belt may be by tripper or shuttle.
Vessel loaders Belt conveyor ty pe vessel loaders provide economica l, high capacity loa d ing a f bulk materials to ocean or lake vessels, or to river borges. Functionall y, they ore similar to stackers os they usuall y receive ma terial fram a stationary dock belt and d ischa rge into hatches b y means of a b oom b elt. Barge loaders and certain moderate capacity units for loading ocean vessels ore stationary, but higher capacity loaders t rove! along the dock from hatch to hatch, reducing the dela ys and exp ense of shifting the vessel. Vessel loaders may be built with boom belts of any width, ond the booms may b e retractable and hinged for trimming, to accommodate ship s of vorious sizes, to compensote for d ifferences in water leve!, and to clear the ship 's rigging.
11
Trave ling b e lt conve yor bridg es stock p ile coal on both sides of a 48 distributing bel! from boa! unloader. Tripper travels in bridge trusses. Photo 32765
Vessel unloaders Large self-unloading boats, as used on the Great Lakes, provide a flexible and economical means of transporting such free flawing bulk materials as coal, stone and taconite pellets. Belt canveyors ore used ta canvey materi al fram the holds and on the pivoted st acker booms. Link-Belt has furnished belt conveyor equipment for such self-unloaders, sorne of which hove 250-foot rad ius boams.
Railroad car loading booms Belt conveyor loading booms ore used ext ensively for lowering lump coal, stone, taconite pellets and other materiols into open top cars with minimum degrod at ion. Laading booms ore hinged and may be of the shuttl e type for trimming stationary cars, or equipp ed with sp ecia l chutes to direct flow automatically from one car to the next as a tra in is moved continuously beneath the boom.
Vessel load ing system of 25 shuttle conveyors operated in two banks for loa ding taconile pellets lo lwa Greal lakes are boals simultaneously. Each conveyor has a capacity of 750 to 1500 lons per hour. Photo 395 18
Vessel loa d e r of !he sta lionary lype, with hinged bel! conveyor boom to comp ensale for tide, vessel size, and to clear rigging of ocean ship s. A motor driven, swiveling spoul al end of boom controls Aow to hatches. Photo 38108
Vessel loaders of !he traveling lype for loading iron ore into ocean ships from slorage bunker. The bel! conveyor booms ore hinged and pivoted fo r vertical ond radial movemenl. Photo 381 20
LIN K - BELT • 211
bulk handling belt conveyors
Mag netic devices Tronsportation of bulk moteriols by belt conveyors provides a convenient meons for removing mognetic materi al os it is dischorged over o mognetic heod pulley. For lorge material, or for belts operoting et hi gh speeds, such mognetic material moy be removed w ith electro or permonent mognets locoted obove the head pulley. Another orrangement consists of o cross belt bocked up by o mognet, which is mounted obove the moin belt so that the magnetic material is outomoticolly picked up from moin belt ond corried to one side.
Weighing devices
Sampling and w eighing , os iron o re is outomolicolly removed from dischorge of 60" inclined bel! conveyor ond p rocessed in o pen lo we r. The rejecls ore re turned by bucke t elevotor. Ore is weighed on horizontal b e lt conveyor in enclosed gollery. Photo 36181
Various types of devices ore ovailoble for weighing materiols os they ore corried on the belt and for autom oticolly recording the accumuloted weights. Among these ore mechonical integroting scole types and those emplaying electronic stroin gouge princip ies. Most of these devices ore guoronteed to be occurate within one-holf of one per cent, ond the actual operoting accurocy is usuolly well within th is limit. Weighing devices ore olso sometimes used to outomoticolly control the volumetric flow from feeders to belt conveyors.
Sampling equipment A belt conveyor provides the meons for sompling bulk moterials occurotely, automotically, continuously ond economically. The required so mple is removed from the flow of material over the conveyor head pulley, ofter which the sample is divid ed, crushed ond the re jects are returned to belt conveyor. Link-Belt designs and builds sompling systems in conjunction with belt conveyors to suit speciflc requirements.
Belt slingers Belt slingers are ruggedly built, yet are easily maneuverable. Receiv· ing chutes ore mode to suit type of material hondled. Photo 39357
Belt slinger piling ra w sugar between the decks of an oceon vessel, o location inoccessible lo the shiplooder spo uts. Pho to 39358
Link-Belt belt slingers distribute mote ria ls beyond the ronge of conventionol chutes. Often, due to the trajectory from o slinger, the material moy be d ischorged into p l aces thot would b e relotively inoccessi ble b y other methods. Belt slingers ore porticulorly suitable for piling material between the decks of oceon vessels, which could not be accomplished by shiploader chutes. Similarly, they load boxcars from a single chute through the door ond d istribute over wide oreas in worehouses - operations that would otherwise requir e more expensive ond cumbersome equipment or consid erable manual labor. Belt slingers ore ruggedly built, reodily portable, ond are mode in severol sizes. They ore suitoble for handl ing such free flowing moteriols os raw sugar, fertilizers, sond, cool, groin ond sorne kinds of ore.
Traveling loading hoppers ·
Traveling loading hopper wit h bel t feeder for looding sulphur to belt conveyor from crone bucket. Photo 38104
212 • LINK - BELT
Link-Belt builds numerous types of t raveling hoppers to load bulk moterials along predetermined horizontal runs of belt conveyors. When material is received from self-unlood ing vessels, stockers ond other continuous flow machines, the troveling hopper is l ittle more thon o flored chute to confine material at tronsfer ond load it on the belt properl y. Traveling looding hoppers ore equ ipped with feeders to d eliver o uniform flow to the belt when material is received from intermittent mochines such as shovels, cranes ond droglines. Tro vel ing hoppers ore olso used to cont rol flow from gote openings in tunnels ond under long bins.
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-selected terminals Pre-selected terminals provide a convenient means of selecting the terminal components for simple belt conveyors of moderate widths and lengths. Such components are the belt, pulleys, shafts, tokeups ond beorings. The vorious Terminal Groups contoined in Table 27 hove been developed for selection bosed on the belt horsepower ot o belt speed of 100 FPM. After obtoining the horsepower ot 100 FPM, selection of the required Terminal Group provides such design informotion os the T1 ond T2 belt tensions, the roted belt tension in pounds per inch of width, ond selection informotion for the vorious components os well os sorne of the more signiflcont dimensions. The roted belt tension is the result of opplying the foctors in Table 13, poge 156, for metal splices ond ocross-the-line storting. The belt should be checked for strength, lump size ond material hondled, os shown in Table 14, poge 156. The detoiled method for using Table 27 is omplifled in Exomple 1, poge 170.
32693
Single pulley drive terminal
3269$
Screw takeup terminal
Snubbed pulley drive terminal
Weighted takeup terminal
Table 2 7 •Terminal group rotings Rated belt
tension, paunds per inch width6
Rated belt
Maximum belt harsepawer al 100 FPM belt speed
Terminal graup number
Type af drive
...
Diameler af drive pulley, inches
Belt lensian, paunds o
T10
tension, p ounds per inch widlh 6
T• •
1
115
135
2.87 3.19 3.47
154
3.27 3.63 3.95
2.59
2.95
18A 20207 188 20207 18C 20207 180 20207 18A 20207 188 20207 18C 20207 180 20207 18A24215 188 24215 18C 24215 18024215
8P 8PS LP LPS -8P 8PS LP LPS 8P 8PS LP LPS
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24
1350 620 1350 542 1350 450 1350 372 -722 -1580 1580 634 1580 525 435 - --1580 1800 825 1800 722 1800 600 1800 495
BP indicates unlagged drive pulley with belt wrap ol 180 degrees. BPS indicotes unlagged drive pulley with belt wrap oí 210 degrees. LP indlcates lagged drive pulley w ith belt wrap oí 180 degrees. LPS indicates lagged drive pulley with belt wrap oí 210 degrees. O Tensions shown based on metal spl ices and across·lhe·line starting . See Table 13, page 156. Tension decreases in same proportion as ratio oí requir ed horsepowe r to maximum horsepowe r.
.Á
Terminal g roup num ber
100 FPM belt speed
Type of drive
...
Dio meter af drive pulley, inches
Belt lensian, p aunds o
T10
T2 •
1
2 0 lnch w id e belt
1 8 ln ch w ld e b e lt 2.22 2.46 2.73 2.97
Maximum belt harsepower al
11 5
135
154
2.47 2.73 3.03 3.30 2.89 3.21 3.56 3.86 3.28 3.63 4.04 4.38
20A 20207 8P 208 20207 8PS 20C 20 207 LP 200 20207 LPS 20A 20207 8P 208 20207 8PS 20C 20207 LP 200 20207 LPS 20A24215 8P 2082 4215-1 8PS LP 2 0 C2 4215 20024215 LPS
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24
1500 690 1500 603 1500 500 1500 4 14 --1760 8 05 1760 705 1760 586 1760 485 2000 916 2000 8 02 2000 667 2000 550 (canlinued)
0 T 1 indicotes lension required in belt as il approaches drive pul ley to produce moximum horsepower. • T2 indico tes tension required in belt os it leoves drive pulley to produce moximum horsepower. 6 Roted belt ten,ions opply lo cotton ply belts lor tronsmitting indicated horsepower with pulley d iometers shown, using mechonicol 'losteners and ocross-the -line storting. A lso check w ith Table 14, poge 156, lor lump size ond weight ol moteriol.
LINK - BELT • 213
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-selected terminals Table 27 • Terminal group ratings (continued) Rated belt
Moximum
tension,
belt harsepawer al 100 FPM belt speed
Terminal graup number
3.44 3.82 4.23 4.62 3.94 4.36 4.85 5.27
20A 20215 20B 20215 20C 20215 20 0 20215 20A 24215 20B 24215-2 20C 24215 20024215
paunds per inch width LI
162
185
Type af d rive
•
BP BPS LP LPS BP 8 PS LP LPS
Dio meter
af drive pulley, inches
20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24
Belt tensian, paundso T¡ O
1 T1 •
2 100 960 2100 840 2 100 700 2 100 578 2400 1100 2400 965 24 00 800 2400 660
Rated belt paunds per inch width LI
154
200 230
2 4 inch wide b elt 11 5
134
154
160
185
198
245
2.95 3.28 3.63 3.95 ~5 3.82 4.24 4.61 3.94 4.36 4.84 5.25 4.09 4.54 5.05 5.48 4.73 5.23 5.82 6.32 5.08 5.65 6.25 6.80 6.32 7.00 7.76 8.45
24A 20207 248 20207 24 C 20207 240 20207 24A 20215-1 24620215-1 24C 20215-1 240 20215 24A24215 24824215 24C242 15 - 1 240 24215 24A20215-1 248 20215-2 24C 20215-1 240 202 15 24A 24307 248 24307 24C 24307 240 24307 24A 2 0 215-2 248 20215 -2 24C 20215-2 240 2 0215 24A 24307 24B 24307 24C 24307 240 24307
BP 8PS LP LPS 8P BPS LP LPS 8P BPS LP LPS 8P 8PS LP LSP 8P 8PS LP LPS BP 8PS LP LPS 8P 8PS LP LPS
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24
1800 1800 1800 1800 2100 2100 2100 2100 2400 2400 2400 2400 2500 2500 2500 2500 2880 2880 2880 2880 3100 3100 3100 31 00 3840 3840 3840 3840
825 720 600 495 960 840 700 576 1100 965 800 662 1145 1005 833 688 1320 1155 962 795 1420 1250 1033 855 1760 1550 1280 1055
8P 8PS LP LPS BP 8PS LP LPS 8P 8PS LP LPS BP BPS LP LPS BPS LPS
20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24 30 30
2600 2600 2600 2600 3000 3000 3000 3000 2500 2500 2500 2500 3200 3200 3200 3200 3750 3750
1190 1045 865 715 1370 1205 1000 825 1145 100 4 833 688 1465 1280 1066 883 1505 1030
3 0 inch wide belt 133
154
128
164
192
4.27 4.73 5.25 5.70 4.92 5.45 6.07 6.60 4.10 4.55 5.05 5.48 5.25 5.82 6.45 7.02 --"'6.82 8.23
30A 20215-1 30820215 30C 20215 300 20215-1 30A 24307 308 24307 30C 24307 300 24307 30A 20215-1 308 202 15 30C 20215 300 20215-1 30A 24307 308 24307 30C 24307 300 24307 308 30315 300 30315
O T 1 indicotes tension required in bell os it opprooches dnve pul ley t o produce moximum horsepower.
•
T2 indicotes te ns ion required in b elt os it leoves drive pulley to produce moximum horsepower.
214 • L 1 N K - B EL T
Moximum 1
tension,
200
--246
belt 1 horsepower at 100 FPM belt speed
4.92 5.45 6.07 6.59 6.40 7.12 7.90 8.55 8.20 9.88 6.40 7.10 7.90 8.55 7.88 8.75 9.72 10.50
Terminal graup number
30A 20215-2 308 20215 30C 20215 300 20215 -2 30A 243 07 308 24307 30C 24307 300 24307 30B 30315 300 30315 30A 20307 308 20307 30C 20307 300 20307 30A24315 30B 24315 30C243 15 300 24315
Type al drive
•
8P BPS LP LPS 8P 8PS LP LPS 8PS LPS 8P 8PS LP LPS 8P BPS LP LPS
Di a meter al drive pulley, inches
20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24
--w30 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24
3 6 inch wide be lt 20 36A 20215 8P 5.08 368 202 15 BPS 20 5.65 132 20 36C 20215 LP 6.28 360 202 15 LPS 20 6.81 36A 24307-1 8P 24 5.90 368 24307-1 8PS 24 6.55 154 24 7.30 36C24307-1 LP 360 24307 LPS 24 7.90 8P 20 36A 20215 4.92 20 5.45 368 20215 BPS 128 LP 20 36C 20215 6.07 20 360 20215 LPS 6.59 --36A 24307-2 8P 24 6.40 24 8PS 7.12 36B 24307-1 166 24 36C 24307-2 LP 7.90 24 LPS 8.55 360 24307 - -368 30315 BPS 30 8.18 192 30 36030315-1 LPS 9.85 24 5.90 36A 24307-1 BP 24 36B 24307- 1 BPS 6.55 15 4 24 7.30 36C 24307-1 LP LPS 24 360 24307 7.90 30 BPS 8.75 368 30315 205 360 30315-2 LPS 30 10.50 BPS 36 368 36407 10.18 230 36 360 36407 LPS 12.30 -36A 20307- 1 8P 20 5.90 20 6.55 368 20307-1 BPS 154 20 36C 20307-1 LP 7.30 7.90 360 20307 LPS 20 8P 24 36A 24315 7.55 196 24 8.37 36B 24315 8PS
Belt tensian, pounds o T¡ O
3000 3000 3000 3000 3900 3900 3900 3900 4500 45 00 3900 3900 3900 3900 4800 4800 4800 4800
1 T2 •
1370 1205 1000 825 1790 1565 1300 1070 1805 1240 1790 1565 1300 1070 2200 ,1930 1600 1320
3 100 1420 3 100 1240 31 00 1030 3100 853 - -3600 1650 3600 1450 3600 1200 3600 995 - - -3000 1370 3000 1205 3000 1000 3000 825 3900 1790 3900 1565 3900 1300 3900 1070 -- -4500 1810 4500 1240 - - - 3600 1650 3600 1450 3600 1200 3600 995 -- - 48 00 1930 48 00 1320 -- 5400 2170 5400 1490 -- -3600 1650 3600 1450 3600 1200 3600 995 - -4600 2100 4600 1840 cantinued
.& BP tndica tes unlogged drive pulley wi th belt wrop of 180 degrees. BPS indicate s unl.,gged drive pulley w ith belt wrop of 210 degrees. LP indicotes logged drive pulley wilh belt wrap of 180 d egrees. L PS indicote s logged drive pulley with bel! wrop of 210 degrees. o Tensions shown ore bosed en metal splices ond ocross-the-line slorting. See Table 13, poge 156. Tension decreoses in some proportion os ratio e l required horsepower l o moximum horsepower. LI Roled bel t tensions opply to coiten p ly belts fer tronsmill ing indicoted horsepower with pulley diamelers shown, using mechanical fasleners and across- the-line starting. Also check wi th Table 14, page 156, fer lump size ond weight of material.
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-selected terminals Table 27 • Terminal group ratings (continued) Rated b e lt
Mo ximum
tension,
belt ho rsepowe r a l 100 FPM b elt spee d
pounds p e r i nch widlh L:.
Terminal gro up number
Type of drive
...
Di a meter of drive p ulley, inches
Belt lensia n, po und s o T1 0
I T2 •
9.25 36C24315 LP 24 4600 1530 10.03 360 24315 4600 1260 LPS 24 -368 3 0 407 8PS 30 5400 2170 9.82 230 11.95 360 3 0 407 LPS 5400 1490 30 -- -4600 2100 7.55 36A 2030 7 -2 8P 20 8.37 368 20 307-2 8PS 20 4600 1840 196 36C 20307-2 LP 4600 1530 9 .25 20 10.03 360 2030 7 LPS 20 4600 1260 --- -- - 9.46 36A24315 BP 24 5760 2630 10.40 368 24315 24 5760 231 0 8PS 247 11.65 36C24315 LP 24 5760 1920 12.64 36024315 5760 1585 LPS 24 7.05 36A 20307 -2 BP 4300 1960 20 7.83 368 20 307-2 8PS 20 4300 1720 185 8.70 36C 20307-2 LP 20 4300 1430 9.45 360 20307 LPS 20 4300 1180 - -9.46 36A 24315 BP 24 5760 2630 247 10.40 36824315 8PS 24 5760 2310 11.65 36C24315 LP 24 5760 1920 12.64 36024315 24 LPS 5760 1585 --13.10 368 30407 8PS 30 7200 2880 3 08 15.80 360 30407 LPS 30 7200 1980 42 inch wide belt BP 20 3600 1650 5.90 42A 20 30 7 6.55 428 20 307 8PS 20 3600 1450 132 7.30 42C 20307 LP 20 3600 1200 42 0 20307 LPS 20 3600 995 7.90 -24 4200 1920 42A 24315 8P 6.88 1680 7.65 428 24315 8PS 24 4200 154 42C 24315 LP 24 4200 1400 8.48 42024315 -1 LPS 9.22 24 4200 1160 42A 20 307 8P 20 3600 1650 5.90 3600 1450 6.55 428 20307 8PS 20 132 7 .30 42C 20307 LP 20 3600 1200 420 20307 LPS 20 7.90 -3600 - -995 4500 2060 7.38 42A 24315 BP 24 428 24315 8PS 24 4500 1805 8.20 165 LP 4500 1500 9.10 42C 24315 24 420 24315-1 LPS 24 4500 1240 9.88 - -8PS 5250 2 100 9.55 428 303 15 30 193 11 .50 42030315 LPS 30 5250 1440 4200 1920 6.88 42A 24307 8P 24 428 24307 8PS 24 4200 1680 7.65 154 LP 4200 1400 8.48 42C 24307 24 9.22 42 0 24307 LPS 24 4200 1160 428 30315 8PS 30 5600 2240 10.1 0 206 LPS 5600 1530 420 30315 30 12.25 - -428 36407 8PS 36 6300 2520 11.45 232 LPS 13.80 420 36407 36 6300 1730 - 8P 5100 2330 42A 20315 20 8.37 9.28 42 8 20315 8PS 20 5100 2040 187 5100 1700 LP 20 10.30 42C20315 11.18 42 0 20315 LPS 20 5100 1400 10.80 42A24315 8P 24 6600 3020 6600 2640 428 24315 8PS 24 12.00 242 13.30 42C 24315 LP 24 6600 2200 24 6600 1810 420 24315 - 1 LPS 14.45 -8PS 30 8400 3370 15.18 428 30407 308 8400 2310 18.30 420 30407 LPS 30 ~
0 T 1 indicotes tensio n re quir ed in belt os it appro oches drive pulley to pro duce moximum ho rsepower. • T 2 indicot es tension required in belt a s i l l eaves d rive pulley t o produce ma ximum horsepower.
8P 8PS LP LPS 8PS LPS 8PS LPS
24 24 24 24 30 30 36 36
6100 2790 6100 2445 61 00 2030 61 00 1675 8400 3370 8400 2310 10080 4050 10080 2780
48A 20307 8P 488 20307 8PS 48C 20307 LP 480 20307 LPS 48A24315 8P 48 82431 5 BPS 48C24315 LP 48024315 LPS 48A 20307 8P 488 20307 8PS 48C 203 07 LP 480 20307 LPS 48A 24315 8P 8PS 488 24315 48C 24315 LP 48024315 LPS 488 30407 8PS 480 30407 LPS 48A24315 BP 48824315 8PS LP 48C 24315 48024315 - LPS 488 30407 8PS 480 30407 LPS 488 36415 8PS 48036415 ,_LPS 8P 48A20315 488 20315 8PS LP 48C 20315 480 20315 LPS 48A 24407 8P 48 824407-1 8PS 48C 24407 LP 48024407-1 LPS 8PS 488 30415 480 30415 LPS 48A 2440 7 8P 488 24407 -2 8PS LP 48C 24407 480 24407 -2 LPS 8PS 488 30415 LPS 480 30415 BPS 488 36507 LPS 480 36507
20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24 30 30 24 24 24 24 30 30 36 36 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24 30 30 24 24 24 24 30 30 36 36
4200 1920 4200 1680 4200 1400 4200 1160 4800 2200 4800 1930 4800 1600 4800 1320 3900 1790 3900 1565 3900 1300 3900 1070 51 00 23 30 51 00 20 40 51 00 1700 51 00 1400 6000 2400 6000 1650 4800 2200 4800 1930 4800 1600 4800 1320 6400 2560 64 00 1750 7200 2880 7200 1980 5800 2660 5800 2320 5800 1930 5800 1590 7600 3460 7600 3040 7600 2520 7600 2080 9600 3840 9600 2630 7000 3200 7000 28 00 7000 2320 7000 1920 9400 3760 9400 2580 11520 4600 11520 3170
Maximum
tensio n,
bell horsepower atlOOFPM b e lt speed
Terminal group number
10.00 11.50 12.27 13.37 15.18 18.30 18.40 22.20
42A24315 42824315 42C 24315 42024315-2 428 30407 420 30407 428 36415 42036415
pounds p er inch width L:.
196
--
Belt tension, po unds o
...
Dia meter of drive pulley , inches
Rote d belt
224 3 08 367
Ty p e af drive
T10
I T2 •
48 inch wide belt 134
154
125
164 192 154 205 231 186
243 305 225 304 370
6.88 7.65 8.48 9.22 7.88 8.75 9.72 10.50 6.40 7.12 7 .90 8.55 8.37 9.28 10.30 11.18 10.85 13.15 7.88 8.75 9.72 10.50 11.55 13.90 13.10 15.80 9.53 10.52 11.70 12.70 12.45 13.80 15.30 16.60 17.40 21.00 11 .50 12.70 14.10 15.35 17. 10 20.60 21 .00 25.25
--
-" 8 P i ndicates unlagged drive pulley with bell wrap o f 180 deg rees. 8PS indi cates unlogged drive pulley with belt wrop of 210 deg rees. L P indicoles lagged d r ive pulley with belt w rop o f 180 deg rees. LPS indicat es la gged d rive pulley with belt wra p o f 210 d eg rees. o Tensions shown ore based o n me tal spli ces and across- the-l ine starting . See Table 13, page 156. Tension decreo ses in same p roporlio n as ra tio o f req uired horsepower to moximum horsep ower. b. Ro ted be lt tensions apply to cotto n ply belts fo r t ransmitt ing indicated horsepower with pulley diameters sho wn, using mechani ca l fa steners ond across-the -line starting. Also check wilh Table 14, page 156, for lump size and w eight o f ma terial.
LINK-BELT • 215
cr oe:
•
:;
"::Jo
<
•o
'<
r
...,
HEAD PULLEY
z
"
CD 1"11
r -i Fig. 4662
HEAD PULLEY
SNUB PULLEY AND SCREW TYPE TAKEUP Heod
Terminal group number
terminal number A
Bobbitted beoring
1
Boll ond roller beoring
Tokeup terminal number O Screw takeup • Babbitted beoring
1
Ball bearing
e 1 Snub shaft HeadlSnub1~~:: ~~t~d 1 Roll~r ~~~d 1 Bol.1 shoft shaft up
o
B
Grovity tokeup .C:. Be bbittedl Roller beoring beoring
Head shoft
A
K
Screw tokeup BobB.ob· 1 Bo ll bitted 1 Roller b1tted b · beoring
E
F G H Snub'Screw shoft lake· up
b eorinalbeanng b eoring beanng beoring ecnng bearing
1
L
1
M
INCHES
1 8 inch w ide belt IBA 20207 18A24215
l 8A 202078 l 8A 20207A 18T 161158 l 8T l 6115A 18A24215B 18A24215A l 8T 161158 18T 161 15A
188 20207 18824215
48048 48048
4804A 20 15 4804A 20 15Y,
.. .. ....
l 3 V2 13V2
2'A 3\4
2 V2 2'A
188 202078 188 20207A 18T 16 11 58 18T 16115A 48048 188 242158 18B 24215A l 8T 161158 18T 16115A 48048
4804A 20 15 13V2 13V2 4804A 20 15 v, 13V2 13V2
2 3A 3\4
2y, 2'A
1 8C 20207 18C 24215
1BC 202078 1BC20207A 18T 16 11 58 18T 16115A 18C24215B 18C2421 5A 18Tl6 11 58 18T 16115A
4804 8 48048
4804A 20 15 4804A 20 15y,
13V2 13V2
2'A 3\4
2v, 2'A
180 20207 180 24215
180 202078 180 20207A IBT 1611 58 18T 16 l 15A 18024 2158 180 24 2 l 5A 18T1611 5B l BT 16 l 15A
4 8048 48048
4804A 20 15 13Y2 13 Y2 4804A 20 15y, 13Y2 13y,
2'A 3\4
2Y2 2'A
48078 48088 48088
4807A 22 16 . . . 14'A 4808A 22 l 6 Y2 .. . . 14 'A 4808A 22 l 6 V2 . . . . 14 2A
2'A 3\4 3\4
2Y,
4807A 4807A 4 807A 4 808A
14'A l 4'A 14'A 14'A
2'A 3\4 3 \4 3\4
2V2 2'A 2 3A 2'A
20C 20207 20C 202 15 20C 24215
20C 202078 20C 20207A 20T 16 11 58 20T 16 11 5A 20C 20215 8 20C 202 15A 20T 16 11 5 8 20T 1611 5A 20C 24 2 15 8 20C 24215A 20T 16 11 58 20T 161 15A
48078 4807 8 48078
4807A 22 16 . . . . 14'A 4807A 22 16Y, . 14'A 4807A 22 l6Y2 . . . . 14 2A
2'A 3\4 3\4
2y, 2'A 2'A
200 20207 200 202 15 200242 15
200 20207 8 200 20207A 20T 161 158 20T 16115A 48078 200 202 158 200 20215A 20T 161158 20T 16115A 48078 200 24 2 15 8 200 24215A 20T 16 11 58 20T l 61 15A 48078
4807A 22 16 l 4'A 14'A 4807A 22 16Y, 14'A 14'A 4 807A 22 l 6Y2 14'A 14'A
2 2A 3\4 3\4
2y, 2'A 2'A
.. .. ...
. . . . .. .... ...
.. ..
2\4 2\4
I V2 I V2
7Y, 9
7\4
4'A
ay,
5'A 24 2 ·~
..
JI ~
2\4 2\4
1V2 1y,
7V1 9
7\4 8 Y2
4'A 20 2 ~ 16 "~ 5 3A 24 2 ·~ 16 1 ·~
1' ~
16124
2\4 2\4
1 y, 1 Y2
7 Y2
7\4
4'A 20 2 ~
9
ay,
5'A 24 2'tl.
. . . . . "~ .. . . . . 1' ~
16 24 16 24
2\4 2\4
1 V2 1y,
7 V1 9
7 1A 8Y2
2\4 2y,
7 V2
7\4
4 3A 20 2 ~.
2Y,
I V2 1 Ya 1 Ya
9 9
av, ay,
5'A 20 2'tl. 5'A 24 2• i-1.
1Y2 I V2 I Y2 1 Y2
2\4 2\4 2\4 2Y,
1Y2 1v, I Y2 1 Ya
7y, 9 9 9
7\4
BY,
4'A 20 2 ~ 16 l' tl. 1 'ti. 5'A 20 21 tl. 16 l' tl. 1 'ti. 5'A 24 2'tl. 16 l 1y,. 1 1~ 5'A 24 2' tl. 16 1' ~ 2J.1.
1624 16 24 1624 1624
. . . . .. .. . . . . . . ... .... . . . . .
2\4 2\4 2\4
I V2 1v, 1y,
7 V2
7\4 8Y2
5'A 20 2 1~
16124 16 24
ay,
5 3A
. .. . .. l'tl. . . . . . . "~ 24 2 ·~ . . . ... 1' ~
16,24
1y, 1V2 1y,
2\4 2\4 2\4
I V2 1V2 1 y,
7 y, 9 9
7\4
4 'A 20 2 ~ 16 1' ti. " ~ 1624 5'A 20 2· ~ 16 1' ~ 1 ·~ 1624 5'A 24 2· ~ 16 1 · ~ l' M. 1624
2\4 2\4
I V2 1v,
... ..... . . . .. . . . . . 2\4 2\4
l V2 1y,
202 ~
4'A 20 n~. 16
1 ·~
"~
"~
16124 16124 16 24
l't\, 1 6 24
5'A 24 2•i-1, 16 Jl t¡, "~ 16 24
20 inch w id e belt 20A 20207 20A 202 15 20A24215 208 208 208 208
•
20A 202078 20A 20207A 20T 16 11 58 20T 16115A 20A.202 158 20A 202 15A 20T 16203 8 20T 16203A 20A 242 158 20A 24215A 20T 162038 20T 16203A
20207 208 20215 208 24215- 1 208 24215-2 208
202078 208 20207A 20T 1611 5 8 20T 16 11 5A 48078 202158 20 8 202 15A 20T 16 11 58 20T 16 11 5A 48078 24 2158 208 24215A 20T 161158 20T l 6 11 5A 48078 242 158 208242 15A 20T 16203 8 20T 16203A 48088
22 16 14'A 22 l 6 Y2 14'A 22 l 6Y2 14'A 22 l6Y2 14'A
..
Hove dimensions certified lor installation purposes. lncludes heod sha lt, ste el pulley, logged lor LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted beorings: Series 2-1 500 pillow blocks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks. fer BPS ond LPS drives. olso includes snub shoft, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Babbitted beoringS: Series 2-1200 pillow blocks with collars. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.
,
2 2A 2'A
. . . . .. . ..
... .. . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . 2\4 2\4 2\4 2\4
2\4 2\4 2\4
9 9
av, ay,
av, ay,
4 3A 20
2~
. . . ' . l'tl. . ... . . 2J,1,
.... ..
16 24 1624 2J.1. 1624
• lncludes shoft, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbitted beorings: Series OS-62800 tokeups with collors. Ball beorings: Series TDS 200 tokeups. o Grovity tokeups recommended lor conveyors with centers over 100 leet or l or conveyors requiring more thon 60 per cent ol the moximum roted horsepowe r. 6 Series 4800 tokeups.
,,e; 1
•CD
..".... -· •CD CD
a. CD
51
:a a
;s:;::::r Q)
:::>
c..
:::> O'Q
,.. .,.CD 1
SEE IDLER SELECTED HEAD PUL LEY
t:F
o o
+ 3o• l'HJ~''-sNUB PULLEY k WHEN REQUIRED
a.
Fig. 4662
He ad termina l number• 8abbitted bearing
CD
TAKEUP PULLEY
CD
HEAD PULLEY
Terminal group number
1
8all and roller bearing
SNUB PULLEY ANO SCREW TYPE TAKEUP
Screw t akeup • 1
8all bearing
e
8
Takeup termina l number O
8abbitted bearing
..-" .... a -· .,. CD CD
K
O
¡
Head shaft 1 Snub shaft rc rew takeup 8abG ravity takeupL', A Head 1Snub \Screw take- BabBabBabbitted Roll ~r shaft shaft bitted 1 Roller bitted / Ball bitted / Ball up beoring beanng beo ring beo nng beoring beormg bearing bearong 8abbittedl Roller bearing 1bearing
E
F G
:::1
H SnublScrew L M shaft takeup
INCHES
a
24 inch w ide belt
. . .
16'.4 16'.4 16'.4
2'.4 3l4 3l4
2'12 2'.4 2'.4
..... . .... ..... . .... . .... . . .. .
2l4 2'12 2'.4
• 1 '12 1% 1'.4
7 '12 9 9
7l4 8 '12 8'12
4~ 20 2 ~ 5'.4 20 21~ 5 '.4 20 21 ~
. ... .. . .....
21-1. 16 24 2~ 16 30
....
16'.4 16'.4
3l4 3'.4
2* 3
. . . .. . . .. . . .... . . . ..
2 '12 2*
1 o/1
1'!4
9 10'12
8 '12 9V.
5'.4 24 21 ~ 6'.4 24 3 ~
. ..... - - ....
21-1. 16 2 4 2 ~ 16 30
248 202078 248 20207A 24T 161158 24T 16 11 5A 48118 248 20215-1 248 2021 58 248 202 15A 24T 161158 24T16115A 48118 248 20215-2 248 202158 248 202 15A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128
4 8 11 A 26 18 16'.4 16'.4 4 8 11 A 26 l 8 '12 16'.4 16'.4 4812A 26 l 8 '12 16'.4 16'.4
2'.4 3 l4 3l4
2'12 2'.4 2'.4
2l4 2l4 2l4
l '12 1 '12 1 '12
2l4 2l4 2 '12
l '12 l V. 1%
7V. 9 9
7l4 8 '12 8 '12
4'.4 20 2 ~ 16 1' ~ 1 1~ 16 24 5'.4 20 2 1~ 16 1'7W 1'7W 16 24 5'.4 20 2 1~, 16 1'7\o 21-1. 16 24
248 242158 248 242 15A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128 248 243078 248 24307A 24T 162078 24T 16207A 48138
48 12A 26 l 8 '12 16'.4 16'.4 4 813A 26 19 16'.4 16'.4
3l4 3'.4
2'.4 3
2l4 2l4
1 '12 l '12
2 '12 2'.4
1% 1 '.4
9 10'12
8 '12 9 '12
5'.4 24 2 171, 16 1171. 21-1. 16 24 6'.4 24 3 ~. 16 ll J.16 2 ~ 16 30
24C 202078 24C 20207A 2 4T 161158 24T 16115A 48118 24C 202 15-1 24C 202158 24C 202 15A 24T 161 1 58 24T 16 115A 48 118 24C 202 15-2 24C 202158 24C 20215A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128
481 l A 26 18 ... 4 8 1 lA 26 l 8 '12 ... 4812A 26 l 8 '12 ...
16'.4 16'.4 16'.4
2'.4 3l4 3 l4
2'12 2'.4 2'.4
. .. .. . . . . . . .. .. . . . .. .. .. . . . . . .
2l4 2l4 2'12
1 '12 1 '12 1%
7V. 9 9
7l4 8 '12 8 '12
4'.4 20 2 ~. 5'.4 20 2' 1'1. 5'.4 20 2 1~
24C 242 1 5-1 24C242 158 24C 24215A 24T 161158 24T 16115A 48118 24C 24215-2 24C 242158 24C24215A 24T 162038 24T 162 03A 48 1 28 24C 24307 24C 243078 24C 24307A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128
481 l A 26 l 8 '12 .... 16'.4 48 12A 26 l 8 '12 ... . 16'.4 4812A 26 19 ... . 16'.4
3 l4 3l4 3'.4
2'.4 2'.4 3
. . ... . . . .. .. ... . . ... ..... . . . ..
2l4 2'12 2 V.
1 '12 1% 1%
9 9 10'12
8 '12 8 '12 9 '12
5'.4 24 5'.4 24 6 '.4 24
481 l A 48 1 l A 48 11 A 4812A
2'.4 3l4 3l4 3'.4
2'12 2'.4 2'.4 3
2l4 2 l4 2l4 2'12
1'12 1'12 1 1'/1
7'12 9 9 10'12
7l4 8 '12 8 '12 9 '12
4'.4 5'.4 5'.4 6'.4
24A 20207 24A202078 24A 20207A 24T 161158 24T 16115A 48118 24A 20215-1 24A 202158 24A 202 15A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128 2 4A 20215-2 24A 202158 24A 20215A 24T 162078 2 4T 16207A 48138
24A24215 24A 24307
24A 242158 24A 24215A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128 24A 243078 24A 24307A 24T 162078 2 4T1 6207A 4 8138
2 48 20207
248 24 2 15 248 24307
24 C 20207
r
z
"
240 20207 240 20215 240 24215 240 24307
tD
rn r -1
•
240 202078 240 20207A 24T 1611 58 24T 16115A 240 202158 240 20215A 24T 161158 24T 1611 5A 24 0242 15 8 24024215A 24T 161158 24T 1611 5A 2 4 0 243078 240 24307A 24T 162038 24T 16203A
48118 48118 48118 48128
481 lA 26 18 ... 4812A 26 18 '12 ... 4813A 26 1 8 '12 ... 4812A 26 18'12 4813A 26 19
26 1 8 26 1 8 '12 26, 18 '12 261 19
....
.
. .
16'.4 16'.4 16 '.4 16'.4
Hove dimensions certified lor installation purposes. lncludes head sholt, sleel pulley, logged lor LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted beorings: Series 2-1500 pillow blocks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks. For BPS ond LPS drives, olso includes snub shoft, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Babbitted beorings: Series 2-1200 pillow blocks with collors. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.
16'.4 16 3.4 16'.4 16'.4
2l4 2l4 2 l4 2l4
l V. 1'12 1'12 1'12
v.
21 ~ 21 ~
3~
20 2~ 20 21 ~ 2 4 2'~ 24 3~
. .... . 1'~ 116 24
- . . ... l lJ.16 16 24 . ..... 1171. 16 24
. . ....
2!-i. 16 24
. .... . . .....
111'1. 16 24 2!-i. 16 24 21-1. 16 24
. .....
16 16 16 16
1' ~ 1' ~ 1'~ 1'~ 1'~
16 2 4 1'!-i. 16124 11 ~ 1624 2!-i. 162 4
• lncludes sholt, sleel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Babbitted beo rings: Series DS-82800 tokeups with collors. Boll beorings: Series TOS 200 tokeups. o Grovily tokeups recommended lor conveyors wilh centers o ve r 100 feet or for conveyors requiring more tho n 60 per cent ol the moximum roled horsepower. 6 Series 4800 tokeups.
cr e-
:;
ID
e::
o" :::s <
'::<:"
•.,o
"(
..
::r
o.>
::J
c..
::J OQ
V
•:;-
"'
."o
rpuj_fl
Q)
FACE
rn
jQ0c
r
HEAD PULLEY
" al
-i
Terminal graup number
"< R
o o
... ~
o
SNUB PULLEY WHEN REQUIRED Fig. 4662
Takeup terminal number o
Head terminal number ¿ 8abbitted bearing
•o
HEAD PULLEY
r
z
= <
r SEE IDLER SELECTED
1
8all and raller bearing
Screw takeup • 8abbitted bearing
8all and raller 1 bearing
SNUB PULLEY AND SCREW TYPE T AKEUP
e
8
Gravity takeup /::,.
A
8abbittedl Raller bearing bearing
o
K
---
1 1Screw Hea d shaft 1 Snub sha ft 1Screw takeup 8ab- 1 Head Snub ta ke- Bab· R Bab· s;;¡;:- Ball and bitted Rall~ r 11 8 11 shaft sha ft up bitted lbea°rin 1 bearing beanng
lbe~rf~O beanng bitt~d beonng
bitt~d roll~r O beonng beonng
E
F
H
G
Snu b 1Screw take- l shaft up
M
INCHES
30 inch wlde belt 30A 20215- 1 30A 202158 30A 20215A 30T 162038 30T 16203A 30A 202 15-2 30A 202158 30A 20215A 30T16207830T16207A 30A 20307 30A 203078 30A 20307A 30T 162 158 30T 16215A
48198 4B208 4B218
1 4 B19A 32 21 y, 4B20A 32 2 1 y, 4B21A 32 22
19>;. 19:Y. 20Y,
3 y, 3 y. 3 Y.
2>;. 2>;. 3
. . . .. . . . . . . ... . ..... . . . . . .....
2:y, 3 y,
1% 1 :y, 2:Y.
9 9 l OY,
30A24215 30A 24307 30A 24315
30A 242158 30A24215A 30T 162078 30T 16207A 30A 243078 30A 24307A 30T 162158 30T 16215A 30A 2431 58 30A 24315A 30T 202 15 8 30T 20215A
4B208 4B218 4B258
19>;. 4B20A 32 1 21Y, 4B21A 32 22 . . . 20Y, 4B25A 32 22 Y, ... . 20Y,
3Y. 3>;. 4 y.
2Y. 3 3 y,
. . . .. . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . .....
2>;. 3 Y. 3 y,
1>;. 2>;. 2 >;.
9 l OY, 12
308 308 308 308
308 308 308 308
30T1 6203A 30T 16207A 30T 16203A 30T 16207A
4B198 4B208 4819B 4B2 08
4B 19A 4B20A 4B19A 4B20A
2 1 y, 22 2 1 y, 22
19>;. 19 >;. 19>;. 19 :Y.
3 y. 3>;. 3 y. 3:Y.
2Y. 3 2Y. 3
2 Y, 2 y, 2 v. 2 y,
1 y, 1 y, 1 y, 1 y,
2 y, 2:y, . 2 Y2 2:Y.
1y, p¡. l :Y1 1%
9 1OY, 9 1OY,
308 243 15 308 30307 308 303 15
308 2431 58 308 24315A 30T 162158 30T 16215A 308 303078 308 30307A 30T 162078 30T 16207A 308 303158 308 30315A 30T 16215 8 30T 16215A
4B218 4B208 48218
4B21A 32 22 y, 19:Y. 20Y, 19>;. 19% 4B20A 32 22 4821A 32 22 y, 19:y, 20Y2
4 y. 3 >;.
4y,
3y, 3 3y,
2•/, 2y, 2 v.
1 y, 1 y, 1 y,
3 y. 2:Y. 3 y.
2% l :y, 2%
12 l OY, 12
30C 20215 30C 20307
30C 202158 30C 20215A 30T 162038 30T 16203A 30C 203078 30C 20307A 30T 162078 30T 16207A
48198 48208
4B19A 32 , 21 y, " 4820A 32 22 "
19% 19>/,
3y, 3 Y.
2% 3
. . . .. . . . .. . ... . . . . ..
2Y, 2:y,
1% 1%
9 l OY,
BY,
9 Y,
5 :Y. 20 2",io 6 % 20 3 1 1.
. ... . ...
30C 24215 30C 24307 30C24315
30C 242158 30C 24215A 30T 1 62038 30T 16203A 30C24307830C24307A 30T16207,30T16207A 30C 243158 30C 24315A 30Tl62078 30T16207A
4B198 48208 4 8208
4B19A 3221Y, .. 4B20A 32 22 .. 4B20A 32 22Y, . .
19>;. 19:y, 19:Y.
3 y. 3 Y.
2>;. 3
1% 1 y. 1 y.
9 lO Y, 12
5:Y. 24 2''A.
..
9 Y,
3y,
2Y, 2Y. 2>;.
BY,
4y,
. . .. . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . ..... .. .. . 1
6 % 24 3 ~ 7 % 24 3"1.
300 20215-1 300 20215-2 300 20307 300 24215
300 2021 58 300 202 1 5A 300 2021 58 300 2021 5A 30020307830020307A 300 242158 300 242 15A
30T 30T 30T 30T
16115A 16203A 16203A 16203A
48188 48 198 48198 4B l 98
4818A 4819A 4819A 4819A
32 32 32 32
3Y.
3 y,
2 :Y. 2:y, 3 2 >;.
2 Y, 2Y. 2 Y, 2 y,
1 y, 117 1 y, 1 y,
2Y. 2Y, 217 2Y,
1 y, 1% 1% 1%
9 9 1OY, 9
300 24307 300 2431 5 300 30307 300 30315
300 2430781300 24307A 300 24315 8 300 2431 5A 30030307830030307A 300 303 l 5 8 300 303 15A
30T16203830T1 6203A 30T16207830T16207A 30T 162038 30T 16203A 30T 162038 30T l 6203AI
4B198 4B208 48198 4 8198
4Bl9A 4820A 4819A 4819A
32 22 19:Y. 19>;. 32 22Y, l 9:Y. 19>;. 32 22 l 9 :Y. 19>;. 32 , 22 Y2 19% 19>;.
3%
3
3 y,
2 y, 2 y, 2 y, 2y,
l y, l y, l y, 117
2Y, 2:Y. 2Y, 2y,
l :Y1
4 y, 3 y,
l OY, 12 lO Y, 12
20215 20307 242 1 5 24307-1
202158 203078 24 215 8 243078
1
308 20215A 308 20307A 30B24215A 308 24307A
30T1 6203 8 30T 162078 30T 162038 30T 162078
161158 30T 162038 30T 162038 30T 162038130T
32 32 32 32
21 y, 21 y, 22 21 y,
.. . .
... . .. . .
19:Y. 19:y, 19:Y. 19:y,
19'!. 19:Y. 19>;. 19:Y.
19>;. 19% 19% 19 >;.
3 Y.
3 Y.
4 y.
3 31¡, 1
2Y,
P;. 1y, 1y,
BY, BY,
5Y. 20 2''A. 5Y. 20 2",io
9y,
6 >;. 20 3 ~
By,
5 Y. 24 2",io
. . . . ..
. . . ... . . . .. .
. . . . .. 3 ~ . . ...
2"'6 2~ 2· s,~.
16 124 16 30 16 30
·r
7 Y. 2 4 3"11.
2~ 16130 2"11. 21s,,14 20 30
BY,
5Y. 20, 2 15/,. 16 l "A•
2 ~"
9Y,
6:Y. 20 3 1\, 16 l "A• 2 ~ 5 :Y. 24 2"A• 16 l "A• 2';1. 6>;. 24 3 11.. 16 1"11. 211..
9Y, 11
BY,
9Y, 11
9 y, 11
11
6 >;. 124
16 16 16 16
24 30 24 30
7 y, 24 3",io 16 115,io 2 u1i, 16 30 6 :Y. 30 3't i.
16 l"A• 2M.
16 30
7 '!. 30 3",io 16 l"A• 2"11. 16 30 2 ~..
211.. 2~ ..
21,. 2 7 14
16 24 116 30 16 24 16 30 16 30
BY, BY,
5 :y, 20. 2"ti. 16 Jl'A. 1"116 16 24 5 >;. 20 2u,. 16 1"1. 2J, ,. 16 24
9Y,
6 :Y. 20
16
11 ~
2• ,.
9y,
5 y, 24 12'S,i. 16
11 ~,.
2 ~1.
9Y, 11
9Y, 11
6 >;. 24
3~
3~
16 l " ti. 2';1.
'T'"
16 l "ti. 2 1\. 7 '!. 6 Y. 30 3M. 16 l "ti. 2'11. 7 '!. 30 3"ti. 16 l "A• 2v,,
16 24 16 24 16 24 16 30 16 24 16 124
O"
e:
;:s:;::::r C» ::::J
o..
::::J OQ
Terminal group number
Heod terminal number Á 8obbitted beoring 1
8011 ond roller beoring
Tokeup termina l number o Screw t okeup • 8obbitted 1 b eoring
8011 ond roller beoring
e
8
Grovity t okeup LI. 8obbittedl Roller beoring beoring
o
Heod shoft 1 Snub shofl A Heod Snub Screw toke- Bab· R Ba b· B 11 11 shoft¡shoft up b;tted lb ª b;tted l b ª . beoring
~r
eonng beoring
...CD,,
.,.
K
1Screw tokeup
8obBab- Ba ll a nd bitted Roller b;u ed 1 roller beoring beoring
F
E
G
H
earing beoring beoring
1
toke- l SnubI Screw sho ft up
M
INCHES
1
36A 20215 36A 202158 36A 20215A 36T 202078136T 20207 A 36A 20307-1 36A 203078 36A 20307A 36T20207836T20207A 36A 20307-2 36A 203078 36A 20307A 36T202158 36T 20215A
4B338 4B338 4B348
4B 33A 3B 24Y, 4B33A 3B 25 4B34A 38 25
... .
36A 24307-1 36A 243078 36A 24307A 36T 202078 36T 20207 A 36A 24307-2 36A 243078 36A 24307A 36T 202 158 36T 20215A 36A24315 36A 243158 36A 24315A 36T 202 158 36T 20215A
4B338 4B348 4B348
4B33A 3B 25 4B34A 3B 25 4B34A 3B 25Y,
.. . . .. .. .. . .
36 8 20215 368 202158 368 20215A 36T 202038 36T 20203A 368 20307-1 368 203078 368 20307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A 368 20307-2 368 203078 368 20307A 36T 202158 36T20215A
r.
z
" OJ
m r -1
23 Y, 23 y, . . 23 y,
. . . .. . . . . . 2:Y. ... . . . . . . . 2'1. ..... . . . . . 3 V.
3 Y• 3 :Y. 3 :Y.
2:Y. 3 3
23 y, 23 y, 23 y,
3 :Y. 3 :Y.
3 3 3 \1.
4B328 4 B338 4B 348
4B32A 3B 24Y, 23 Y, 23 Y, 4B33A 3B 25 23% 23Y, 4B34A 3B 25 23 Y, 23 Y,
3 3 :Y. 3 :Y.
2 :Y. 3 3
2 \1. 2 \1.
1 y, 1 y, 1 y,
368 24307-1 368 243078 368 24307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A 368 24307-2 368 243078 368 24307A 36T 202158 36T 20215A 368 24307 368 243078 368 24307A 36T 202158 36T 20215A
4B338 4B348 4B348
4B33A 3B 25 23Y, 23Y, 4B34A 3B 25 23 Y, 23 Y, 4B34A 3B 25 Y, 23 Y, 23 y,
3 :Y. 3 :Y. 4 Y.
3 3 3 \1.
2 V. 2 \1. 2:Y.
1 y, 1 y, l :Y.
368 303158 368 30315A 36T202158 36T 20215A 368 304078 368 30407A 36T 203078 36T 20307A 368 364078 368 36407A 36T 202158 36T 20215A
4 B34B 4B358 4B348
4B34A 3B 25Y, 23 Y, 23 y, 4B35A 3B 26 23 Y, 23 Y, 4B34A 3B 26 23 Y, 23 y,
4 4 :Y. 4 :Y.
v.
3V.
2:Y. 3 y,
l :Y. 2 l :Y.
36C 20215 36C 202158 36C 20215A 36T 202038 36T 20203A 36C 20307-1 36C 203078 36C 20307 A 36T 20203 8 36T 20203A 36C 20307-2 36C 203078 36C 20307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A
4B328 4B328 48338
4832A 38 24\12 4B32A 38 25 4833A 38 25
.. . .. . .. .
23 Y, 23 y, 23 y,
3 V. 3 :Y. 3 :Y.
2>;. 3 3
. . . . . . . . ..
36C 24307-1 36C 243078 36C 24307A 36T 20203 8 36T 20203A 36C 24307-2 36C 243078 36C 24 307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A 36C24315 36C 243158 36C 24315A 36T 202158 36T20215A
48328 48338 48348
4B32A 38 25 4833A 3B 25 4834A 38 25 Y,
.. . .
.. . . .. . .
23 Y, 23 y, 23 y,
3 :Y. 3 :Y. 4 V.
3 3 3 y,
..... . . . . . ..... . . . . .
36T 20203A 36T 20203A 36T 20203A 36T 20207A
48328 4B328 4B328 48338
4B32A 4B32A 4B32A 4833A
38 3B 3B 38
24 y, 25 25 25 Y.
23 Y, 23 Y2 23 Y, 23 Y,
23 y, 23 y, 23 y, 23 Y,
3 V. 3:Y. 3:Y. 4 \1•
2'!. 3 3 3 v.
2 2V. 2 V. 2 V.
36T 202038 36T 20203A 36T20207836T20207A 36T20215 , 36T20215A 36T20207836T20 207A
48328 48338 48348 48338
4832A 4833A 4834A 4833A
38 3B 3B 38
25Y, 23 y, 25 Y, 23 Y, 26 23Y> l 26 ¡23 y,
23 Y, 23 Y,
3 y. 3 4 4 v.
2 :Y. 2:Y. 2:Y. 2:y.
360 20215 360 20307 360 24307 360 24315
360 360 360 360
202158 203078 243078 243158
CD CD
..... CD
36 inch wide belt
368 303 15 368 30407 368 36407
-.."
360 360 360 360
20215A 20307A 24307A 2431 5 A
360 30315- 1 360 303158 360 30315A 360 30315-2 360 303158 360 30315A 360 30407 360 304078 360 30407A 360 36407 360 364078,360 36407A
36T 202038 36T 202038 36T 202038 36T 202078
.. .
..
23Y, 23 y,
4 Y•
v.
4 y. 4 y. 4:Y. 4:Y.
v.
4 4 v.
v. v.
. . . . . .. . ..
. . . . . . .... . . . . . . ... . 2v.
2:Y.
3 \1.
2'!. 1'14 2:Y. 2>,4
lO Y2 1OY, 12
BY> 9Y> 9 Y,
5 :Y. 20 2"~ 6:Y. 20 3 ~ 6:Y. 20 3 ~..
9 Y, 9Y,
6:Y. 24 3 ~ 6:Y. 24 3 ~ 7'!. 24 3"116
11
. . . . .. . . . . ..
2~
. . . ...
20 30 20 30 2''11. 20 30
. . . . .. . . . ... . . . ...
2 ~. 20 30 2u;1, 20 30 2"116 20 30
2~
1 y,
9
B y,
5:Y. 20 2"116 16 1"116 2';1. 20 24
1'!. 2'/•
10 Y> lO Y,
9 Y> 9 Y>
6:Y. 20 3 ~ 6 :Y. 20 3 ~
l :Y. 2'!. 2'1.
lO Y, lO Y, 12
9 Y, 9 Y> 11
6:Y. 24 3 ~ 16 1"116 2 ~ 20 30 6 :Y. 24 3 ~ 16 1"116 2 1s1" 20 30 7 :Y. 24 3"'" 16 2~.. 2 15116 20 30
3 y.
2:Y. 2'1a 2:Y.
12 13 Y, 13 y,
11 13 y, 13 y,
7:Y. 30 3 1~" 16 2 ~ 2•1'16 20 30 B:v. 30 4 ~ 16 2"116 20 30 B:v. 36 4 ~ 16 2~ 2''A. 20 30
2Y, 2 Y, 2:Y.
1Ya 1Ya 1'14
9
B y,
l OY, 10 %
9 Y> 9 Y>
2 Y, 2% 3
1Ya 1% 2%
10 Y> lOY, 12
9 Y, 9 Y,
1 y, 1 \12 1 y, 1 y,
2 Y, 2 \12 2 \12 2:Y.
1 y, 1 y, 1 y,
1% 1'I· 1:y. 1',4
2 Y> 2:Y. 3 2'!.
. ... . . . . . .
. . . . . . ....
..... .....
v.
2 :Y.
3V.
,¡
9 1OY> 1Oy,
l:Y. 1'l.
a.
2 Y, 2 :Y.
3 \1• 2 :Y. 3 y.
3 V. 3 \1. 3:Y.
v.
v.
11
9
8 y,
9 y, 9 Y>
1'!.
lO Y, lO Y, 12
11
1% 1 :y, 2:Y. l :Y.
12 12 13 y, 13 y,
11 11 13 y, 13 y,
16 l''A. 2 ~ 20 30 16 1"116 2"116 20 30
CD
a-· :1
-
.a,.
*
5 :Y. 20 2"1. 6 >,4 20 3 ~.. 6 :Y. 20 3 ~
. . .... . . . ... .. . . ..
2'/\6 20124 2';1. 20 24 2 ~ 20 30
6 :Y. 24 3 ~ 6 •;. 24 3 ~. 7 % 24 3 15116
. . . . ..
2'116
5% 6 •;. 6 •;. 7%
20 20 24 24
. . . .. . . . . ...
2 15116 16 3~ 16 3 ~ 16 3u,¡. 16
1"116 l''A. 1"116 1"116
7 % 30 JU/'6 16 2~ 7:Y. 30 3 1~'16 16 2~
2~
¡
B:Y. 30 14 ',. 11 6 l 8 :v. 36 4 ~ 16 2~
20 24 20 30 2u;1, 20 30 2~
2•;1, 2';1, 2';1.
20 24 20 24 20 24
2~
20 130
2';1.
20 20 2 15116 20 2~ 20 2~
24 30 30 30
1
Á
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. l ncludes heod shoft, steel pulley, logged fo r LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted beorings: Series 2- 1500 pillow blocks wilh collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks for sho fts wilh diomclers through 3•y.: ond Series 6800 pillow blocks for shofts with diometers over 3•v.:. For BPS ond L PS drives, olso includes snub sholt, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbilled beorings: Series 2- 1200 pillow blocks wil h collors. Bol l beorings: Series 200 p illow blocks.
• lncludes sholt, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbitted beorings: Series OS-82800 tokeups w ith collors. Boll ond roller beorings: Series TOS 200 lokeups for shofts wilh diometers thru 2'ii; ond Series OS 3-400A tokeups fo r shofls with diometers over 21-;.". LI. Series 4800 lokeup. o Grovily tokeups recommended for conveyors wilh centers over 100 feet or far conveyors requiring more !han 60 per ce nt of the moximum ro ted horsepower. '(( Shofl 3'ii," diometer i n p ulley ond 2•Y.6" diometer in beoring.
cr e-
:;
"
e::
";:,o
;:s::-
<
"o.,
:::J
'<
...
=r
~
c.. :::J OQ
fT
e-
~
";:<::'"
!. APPROX .
- 6
~L1f1
~~1e jo s s L
2
" al
lT1
r
o
R
+ L= F -
Tokeup terminal number O
Heod Terminal group number
termin a l number•
8abbitted bearing
- L
"
1
8011 ond r oller bearing
Screw tokeup • 8abbitted bearing
1
8011 ond raller beoring
18abbittedl Raller bearing bearing
C!>
.,o
~-'
\
"'
--i
j \-'--" /
~ 1(
C
B
[)
o
e
Heod shoft A Heod 1Snub 1 Screw to ke- Bob- R shoft shoft up b;tted l b 0 11 be oring
~r eanng
1
Snub shoft Bob· B b;tted lb 0 11.
b eoring
K
1Screw tokeup
8ob- 1 Bob· Boll ond bitted Roller bated 1 roller bearing beo ring
E
F
G
6% 7'1• 6% 7%
20 20 24 24
3 lí. 3 15116 3Jí, 3 15116
H
1
1 Screw L Snub to keshoft up
M
ea nng beor in q b eoring
INCHES
42 inch wide belt 42A 20307 42A20315 42A 24307 4 2A 2 4 315
...
2% 3 \4 3 \4 3 1¡.
1% 2 :Y. 2% 2 :Y.
1OY, 12 1OY, 12
2 3/4
3 y.
1% 2%
2%
P;.
l OY, 12 l OY,
1\11 l v. 1%
3 \4 3 \4 3 y.
2% 2% 2%
l OY, 12 12
2 2 2
3 \4 3 \4 3 \4
2% 2 •¡.
2V.
13 y, 13 y, 15
. . . . . . . . . . 2V. . . . .. . . . . . 3 y. ... . . . . . . . 2 % . . . . . . . . . . 3 y.
p ¡. 2 3/ 4 1:y. 2:y.
l OY, 12 lOY2 12
48428 48438 48438 48448
4842A 4843A 4843A 4844A
26 Y, 26 Y2 26 Y2 26 Y,
3% 4 \4 3 '.4 4 11.
3
428 20307 428 203078 428 20307A 42T 202 078 42T 20207A 428 20315 4 28 203158 428 20315A 42T 202158 42T 202 l 5A 4 2 8 24307-1 428 243078 428 24307A 42T 202078 42T 20207A
48428 48438 48428
4842A 44 28 26 Y, 26 Y, 4843A 44 28 Y226 Y, 26 Y, 4842A 44 28 26 Y, 26 Y,
3% 4 y. 3%
3 3\4 3
2Y2 2 Y2 2 y,
l \11 1\11 l lfo
428 24307-2 428 243078 42 8 24307A 42T 202158 42T 20215A 428 24315 4 28 243158 428 24315A 42T 203078 42T 20307A 428 30315 428 303158 428 303 l 5A 42T 202158 4 2T 20215A
48438 48448 48438
4843A 44 28 26Y, 26 Y, 4844 A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26Y, 4843A 44 28 Y, 26Y, 26 Y,
3% 4 \4 4 \4
3 3 Y• 3 \4
2Y, 2% 2V.
428 30407 428 36407 428 364 15
428 304078 428 30407A 42T 203078 42T 20307A 428 364078 428 36407A 42T 203078 42T 20307A 428 364158 428 364 l 5A 42T 243078 42T 24307A
48448 48448 48468
4844A 44 29 26 Y, 26Y, 4844A 44 29 26 Y, 26Y, 484 6A 44 29 y, 26 Y, 26 Y,
4% 4% 5\4
4 \4 4 \4 4
3 \4
42C 42C 4 2C 42C
42C 42C 42C 42C
42T 202078 42T 20207A 42T 202158 42T 20215A 42T 202078 42T 20207A 42T 20215 8 42T 202 l 5A
48428 48438 48428 48438
4 84 2A 4 84 3A 4842A 4843A
26 Y, 26 Y, 26 Y, 26 Y,
3 >¡.
3 3 \4 3 3 \4
420 203078 420 20307A 42T 202078 42T 20207A 420 203 15 8 420 20315A 42T 202078 42T 20207A 420 24 3078 420 24 307A 42T 202078 42T 20207 A
48428 48428 48428
4842A 44 28 y, 26 Y, 26 Y, 4842A 44 28 Y2 26Y, 26 Y, 4842A 44 28 26 Y, 26 Y,
3% 4 \4 3:Y.
420 2431 5-1 420 2431 58 420 2431 5A 4 2T 202158 4 2T 20215A 420 24315-2 420 24 3158 420 243 15A 4 2T 202078 4 2T 20207A 4 20 30315 4 20 303158 420 303 15A 4 2T 202078 42T 20207A
48438 4 842 8 484 28
4843A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26Y, 4842A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26Y, 4842A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26 Y,
4 \4 4 \4 4 \4
420 20307 420 20315 4 20 24 307
203078 203 158 243078 243158
42C 42C 42C 42C
20307A 20315A 24307A 24 315A
44 44 44 44
28 . . .. 28 y, . . . . 28 . .. 28 y, . ..
42T 20207A 42T 20215A 42T20215A 42T 20307A
20307 203 15 24 307 24 3 15
42A 203078 42A 20307A 42T 202078 42A 2031 58 42A 20315A 42T 202158 42A 243078 42A 24307A 42T 202158 42A 243158 42A 243 l 5A 42T 203078
44 44 44 44
.
28 .. . 28 y, . . . . 28 .. .. 28 y, . . .
420 304078 420 30407A 4 2T 20215 8 42T 202 15A 4843 8 4 843A 44 29 26 Y, 26Y, 420 364078 420 36407A 42T 202 158 42T 202 l 5A 48438 4 843A 441 29 26 Y, 26 Y, 420 364158 420 364 15A 42T 203078 42T 20307A 4 8448 4844A 44 29 Y, 26 Y, 26Y, • Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. .... lncludes heod shoft. steel pulley, logged for L P ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted bearings: Series 2- 1500 pil low blo cks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks o for shofts with diometers thru 3•Y,{ ond Series 6800 pillow blocks for shofts w1th diometers over 31y1{ . ¡:,. For BPS and LPS drives, olso includes snub shoft, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted "(:( beorings: Ser;es 2- 1200 pillow blocks with collo rS. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.
42 0 30407 420 36407 420 36415
4 Y. 3%
4 y.
3 Y• 3
3 y.
. . .. . . .
. . ... . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. .
3 y. 3 y.
9 y, 11
9 y, 11
*
2 y,.
20 30 2"/i• 20 30 2 v., 20 30
6 :Y. 24 3lí. 16 2% 7 % 24 31511. 16 2lí, 7 V. 30 315116 16 2y,.
2·~
11 11 13 13 14
8 % 30 4 lí, 16 8 % 36 4 1í. 16 9 % 36 4"/i• 16
11
9 Y, 9 Y,
9Y, 11
9Y, 11
2:y. 2:y. 2%
1:y. 1% 1%
l ov, 12 lO Y,
11
3
l lfo llfo l\11
3\4 3 \4
2Y, 2Y,
3 Y.
2Y,
1 \11 1\11 1 y,
3 Y. 2:y. 2%
2V. 1% 1%
12 12 12
11 11 11
3 y.
2lí. 20130 2"11• 20 .30 2"11. 20 30 20 30
6:Y. 20 3Y" 16 2% 7 % 20 3 15116 16 2•11. 6% 24 3lí. 16 2Y,,
9Y,
2 Y, 2y, 2Y,
3
.. . . .. . . ... . . .. .
9 Y, 9 Y,
2· ~
2· ~ 2·~
....
*
2 · ~.
20 30 20 30 20 30
* * *
20 30 20 30 24 30
2 lí.
20 30
6:Y. 20 3lí. . . 7% 20 3"1i6 . . . . .. 6 :Y. 24 3lí. . . .... 7 V. 24 3"/i• . . ....
2 y.. 20 30 2 1511, 20 30
6% 20 3lí. 16 2'116 7% 20 3 1511. 16 2y,, 6V. 24 3lí. 16 2%
2lí. 2lí. 2lí.
7 % 24 3· ~· 16 2:y..
2"/i• 20 30 2lí. 20 30 2Y" 20 30
7 V. 24 315/16 16 2 ~ 7V. 30 3u¡,. 16 2'11•
2· ~· 20 30
20 30 20 30 20 30
13 y, 8 >¡. 30 4 lí, 16 2 lí. 2"1i6 20 30 13 4:Y. 2:Y. 1% 3\4 13 y, 13 l :y. 8% 36 4 1í. 16 2lí· 2"/" 20 30 4% 4!4 2:Y. 3\4 20 30 14 4 2 3 y. 15 9 :Y. 36 4"11• 16 2 1511• 5!4 3 Y• tncludes shoft, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbitted beor;ngs. Series OS-62800 tokeups w 1th collors. Boll ond rol ler beo rings: Series TDS 200 tokeups for shofts with diometers thru 2v.; ond Seri es OS 3-400A tokeups for shoft s with d;ometers over 2Va.". Grovity tokeups recommended for conveyors with centers o ver 100 fe et o r for conveyors requiring· more thon 60 per cent of the moximum ho rsepower. Series 4800 tokeup. Shoft 3Va." diometer in pulley ond 2•y,." diometer in beoring.
4Y,
2% 2V. 2 :y.
e::
:::r
Q)
:::i
c..
'(
SNUB PULLEY ANO SCREW TYPE TAKEUP
8
1 Grovity tokeup 6
<
rrutLEv'I FACE
Fig. 4662
HEAD PULLEY
-t
_-_? [__
TAKEUP PULLEY
J''-SNUB PULLEY H WHEN REOUIRED
:i
SCREW AKEUP
- ---
o
o
"1
,..--~
HEAD PULLEY" \
ACE
r
,.r--'1'
r SEE IDLER SELECTED
1\
*
..,. ; -.." a. r.. a CD 1
CD
CD
-· :a
a
•
:::i OQ
,..
A PULLEY FACE
HEAD PULLEY' \
!
-..."
CI CI
-B Fig. 4662
HEAD PULLEY
Terminal group number
Heod terminal number.6. 8obbitted / beoring
8011 ond r oller beoring
Tokeup terminal number o Screw to keup • 8obbitted / beoring
8011 ond roller beoring
8obbittedl Roller beoring beoring
...
SNUB PULLEY ANO SCREW TYPE TAKEUP
e
8
Grovity tokeup 6
CI L
Heod shoft 1 Snub shofl A Heo d 1Snub1Screw toke· Bab· R Bab11 80 11 shoft shofl up bitted 1b ª bltted 1b • beoring
~r eor mg
beoring
K
D 1Screw tokeup
8ob· 1 Bab· Ball and billed Roller bittod 1 roller beoring beoring
E
F
G
H
eormg beoring beoring
Snub 1Screw toke· shofl up
l
M
-
48 lnch wlde belt
r
CD
rn r
-1
48A 20307~48A20307A 48T 202158 48T 202 15A 48A 203158 48A 20315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A
48548 48558
4854A 51 31 y, 4855A 51 32
48A 24307 48A 24315 48A 24407
48A 243078 48A 24 307A 48T 203078 48T20307A 48A 243 15 8 48A 24315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A 48A 244078 48A 24407A 48T 243078 4 8T 24307A
485 58 48558 48578
4855A 51 31 y, 4855A 5 1 32 4857A 51 32Y,
488 20307 488 20315 488 24307
488 203078 488 20307A 48T 202158 48T 20215A 488 203158 488 20315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A 488 243078 488 24307A 48T 202 158 48T 20215A
48548 48558 48548
48 8 24315 488 243158 488 24 315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A 488 24407-1 488 244078 488 24407A 48T 243078 48T 24307A 488 24407-2 488 244078 488 24407A 48T 203078 48T 20307A 488 488 488 488
.. ..
30 30
3:y,
30 30 30
3:Y.
4854A 51 31 y, 30 4855A 5 1 32 30 4854A 5 1 31 y, 30
30 30 30
3 :Y.
48 55 8 48578 4 855 8
4855A 5 1 32 30 4857A 51 32 Y, 30 4855A 51 32 Y, 30
30 30 30
. ... . ... . . .. . ...
4 y. 4Y. 4 :Y.
3 3 y, 3 3 Y. 4 y.
. .. .. . . . .. .. ... . . . . . .. ... . .... . .... . . . . .
..... . ....
9 Y,
lOY, 12
11
3 Y. 3Y. 3Y.
2:Y. 2V. 2 :y, 2:Y. 2:y.
lO Y, 12 13Y,
11 13
3Y. 3 y.
9 Y,
9 Y,
6:Y. 24 3 ~ 7:y, 24 3 15116 a:y, 24 4 ~
. . . ... .. . . .. . . . ... .. . ... . . . ...
2 15116 20 30 20 30
* * * * * * * * * * * * *§
20 3 ~ 16 2 ~ 20 3"116 16 2 ~ 24 3 ~ 16 2 ~ 24 3"116 16 2 ~ 24 4 ~ 16 2 ~ 24 4 ~ 16 2 ~
20'30 24 30 20 30
13 14 14 15y,
B:Y. 9:Y. 9 :Y. 10>¡.
30 4 ~ 16 2 ~ 30 4 15116 16 36 4 15116 16 36 5fü 20
20 24 20 24
9y,
6:Y. 7 '1• 7:Y. BY.
20 3fü 20 3"A• 24 3 05¡1, 24 4 ~
. . . ... . . ...
2~ 20 30 2 15116 20 30 2 15116 20 30 20 30
6 :Y. 7 :y. 7:Y. a :y, B:Y. B:Y.
20 3fü 16 2 ~. 20 3 15116 16 2~ 24 3•l-i6 16 2 ~
2~ 20 30 2 15116 20 30 2 ~ 20 30
v.
1 :y. 1 1:y.
3 Y. 3Y. 3 •; .
2:y, 2:Y. 2:y,
lO Y, 12 lOY,
11
3Y.
2:Y. 2:Y. 2:Y.
4 Y.
3Y.
4 :Y. 4 '14
2:Y. 2:Y. 2:Y.
1:y, 1:y. 1:y.
3 Y. 3Y. 3 •;.
2:Y. 2:Y. 2:Y.
12 1 3 y, 13 y,
11 13 13
2:Y. 3 y. 3 Y. 3 y.
1:y. 2 2 2
3 Y. 3 y. 3 y. 3:y,
2:Y. 2 :Y. 2 :Y. 3
13 Y, 15 15 17
2:Y. 3 y. 3 Y. 3 y.
1 2:y, 2:Y. 2:Y.
v.
1 OY:. 12 12 13Y,
11 11 13
9 Y,
2·~
2·~
20 30 20 30 20 30
30 30 30 30
4 :Y.
4 y. 4 Y. 4 '!.
5 Y. 5 Y. 5:y,
4 4 4 Y,
30 30 30 30
3:y, 4 y. 4 y. 4 :Y.
3 3Y. 3 y. 4 y,
4853 8 48548 48538
4853A 5 1 31 y, 30 1 30 30 30 4854A 51 32 30 4853A 51 32 30
3:y. 4 Y.
3 3 y, 3 Y.
2:Y. 2:Y. 2:Y.
l :Y. l :Y. l :Y.
2 >¡. 3Y. 2:Y.
l :Y. 2:y. l :Y.
1Oy, 12 12
11 11
4855 8 48 548 48548
485 5A 51 32Y, 30 4854A 51 32Y, 30 4854A 51 32 Y, 30
30 30 30
4 :Y. 4:Y. 4:Y.
4 Y•
2:Y. 2:Y. 2:Y.
l :Y. 1 :y. 1
3Y. 3 y. 3 y.
2:Y. 2V. 2 :Y.
13 Y, l 3 Y, 13 Y,
13 13 13
30 480 304 15 4 80 304 158 480 3041 SA 48T 203078 48T20307A 48558 4855A 51 33 30 480 36415 480 364 15 8 480 364 1SA 48T 202158 48T 2021 S A 48548 4854A 5 1 33 30 480 36507 480 365078 480 36507A 48T 243078 48T 24307A 48 578 4857A 51 34 Hove domensoons cerhfied for onstollotoon purposes. .6. lncludes heod sholt, steel pulley, logged for LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted beorings: Series 2- 1500 pillow blocks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks for sholts with diometers thru 3•Yi." ond Series 6800 pillow blocks for sholts with diometers over 31y..". Fo r BPS ond L PS dríves, olso includes snub sholt, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted beorings: Series 2- 1200 pillow blocks with collors. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.
30 30 30
14 20 30 15 9 :Y. 30 4 1~ 16 2·~ 2 3 Y. 2 :Y. 2·~ 20130 15 14 9 :Y. 36 4· ~ 16 2 3 Y. 2:Y. 24 3 0 3 •;. 15Y. 1o :y, 36 5 ~ 16 4Y, 3 y. 2 2 V. 17 lncludes shoft, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbotted beorongs: Senes DS-B2BOO tokeups woth collors. Boll ond roller beo rings: Series TOS 200 tokeups lar sholts with diometers thru Z'A: ond Series OS 3-400A tokeups l or sholts with diometers over 2V..". Grovity tokeups recommended lor conveyors with centers over 100 leet or for conveyors requiring more thon 60 per cent of the moximum roted horsepower. Series 4800 tokeup. Sholt 3V.." diometer in pulley ond 2'V.." diometer in beoring. Sholt 31y.6• diometer in pulley ond 3V.." diometer in beo ring.
48T 203078 48T 243078 48T 203078 48T 243 158
48T 20 307A 48T 24307A 48T20307A 48T 24315A
48558 48578 48558 48588
4855A 4857A 4855A 4858A
51 51 51 51
32 Y, 33 33 34
48C 20307 48C 20315 48 C 24315 48C 24407
48C 203078 48C 20307A 48T 202078 48C 203158 48C 203 15A 48T202158 48C 243 158 48C 24315A 48T202 158 48C 24407 8 48C 24407A 48T 203078
48T 20207A 48T202 15A 48T 20215A 48T 20307A
48538 48548 48548 48558
4853A 4854A 4854A 4855A
51 51 51 51
3 1 y, . .. 32 . . .. 32 . . .. 32Y, . . . .
480 20307 4802 03 15 480 24315
480 203078 480 20307A 48T 202078 48T 20207A 480 203158 480 20315A 48T 202158 48T 20215A 480 243) 58 480 24315A 48T 202078 48T20207A
480 24407- 1 480 244078 480 24407A 48T 203078 48T 20307A 480 24407-2 480 244078 480 24407A 48T 202 158 48T 202 15A 480 30407 480 30 4078 480 30407A 48T 202 158 48T 20215A
30407 30415 364 15 36507
488 488 488 488
304078 304158 364 158 365078
488 488 488 488
30407A 30415A 36415A 36507A
30 30 30 30
4 y.
5Y. 5Y. 5:Y.
•
o 6
*
§
4 Y. 4 y. 4 4
. . . . . . .... . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ....
.
. . . . . . ....
3 Y. 3 Y.
v.
9Y,
24 4 fü 24 4 ~ 30 4 ~
*. .. . .. . . ....
16 16 16
2~ 2~ 2~
"'
20 30 20 30 24 30
6 :Y. 7:Y. 6 :Y. 7 :y, 9:y, B:Y.
3 3 y. 3
4 Y.
6>¡. 120 3 ~ 7:y, 20 3"116
-·::s
a
INCHES
48A 20307 48A 20315
.a
CI
30 30 30 30
*
*
' T º *
2 15116 20 30 2· ~ 2030
~I *
cr c:::r CI :;
e::
"o:::1
=r
< G
..
"'(
;:;:;~
::i
c..
o
::i
to
(1Q
bulk handling b e lt conveyors
Pre-Bill' secl'ional bell' conveyors
De livering t a ilings and washed co ncentrate from slockpile to truck hoppers, these Pre-Bilt sectiono l belt conveyors are economical ond relioble . Photo 3 67 6 2
Link-Belt engine ering is pre-built into standard belt conveyor compone nts.
/
Link- Bel! Pre-Bi lt conveyors are sectional bel! conveyors made up of pre-engineered and pre-selected standard mechanica l components and structures. They provide !he b enefits of durable, d ependable equipment with the economies and quick service of standardization. Deliverlng sand and grave l from tunnel under stockpile to railroad car load ing hopper, this redaim Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyor is par! af a system o f nine belt conveyors and two radiol stockers for handling 300 tons per hour. Photo 36663
contents lnstallations and features . .. ... . . .. . .. ... . .. . .. .. 222 Components ....... . . .. ...... .. . . . . ... . .... . . .. 225 Selection procedure . ..... . .
. . . . .. . . . ..... ...... 228
Terminal group rating s and dimensions . .. .... ...... 230 Selection of d rive . . . . . . . . . .
. ..... . . . ... . ... . .. 23 l
Selection of structures . . ....... . .. ..... . .. . . . . . .. 2 3 2 Componen! combinations and dimensions.
. ........ 233
V ertical automatic gravity takeups . .. . ........... .. 235 Handling 1140 TPH o f o ver - b u rde n and le an o r e, this Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyor can be easily extended to follow mining o r disposal operotions, providing low-cost o p erotion. Photo 32597
222 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors Pre-Bilt sectionol belt conveyors ore designed to cover o wide ronge of opplicotions ond operoting conditions. They ore built in belt widths of 18", 24", 30" ond 36". Standard terminal equipment is ovoiloble up to 40 horsepower, bosed on design foctors found most suitoble from Link-Belt's experience in the belt conveyor fleld . Highly stondordized structurol fromes ore ovoiloble in both truss on d chonnel construction, d esigned to A.l.S.C. stondords for o 90 MPH wind ond for spons up to 50 feet. Supporting b ents, chutes ond other occessories ore olso stondordized. Pre- Bilt conveyors ore use d in mony types of pl onts to hondle o wide voriety of bulk moteriols. They ore operoting in such primory industries os mining, ore beneflciotion, construction, sond ond grovel, stone ond cool p reporotion. They o re olso used in such processing plonts os clo y, gypsum, cement, reody-mix, ospholt, chemicol, brick, foundry, ond fertilizer.
Dellvering heavy m e dia washed ore conce ntrate lo railroad car loading hoppers, lhese 30" wid e belt conveyars provide "around lhe clock" dependabilily. Pholo 36763
Washed conce ntrate stockpile and t a illngs conveyor in foreground , ond heavy media washed concenlrole conveyors al lefl operole reliably in Minne sola iron ore beneflciation planl. Pholo 36760
L 1 N K • B E L T • 223
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors
24" wide inclin e d b e lt conve yor handles large volumes of scnd, grave!, ond crushed slone al recdy-mix concrete plant. Pholo 36772
24" w id e chann el fr ame b e lt conv eyar delivers 400 TPH of sand ond gravel to o 24 " wide truss frome radial belt conveyor stocker. Photo 36658
Sorne of th e more importan! benefüs of Pre-Bilt conveyors ore:
Economy • lower first cost is ossured by elimin otion of design ond detoil engineering chorg es. • Erection costs ore lower, os Pre-Bilt structures ore occurotely b uilt ond eosy to hondle.
Service • Selectio ns may b e mode quickly and conve niently. • Q uototions can be submitted p romptly. • Pre-Bilt conveyors con be shipped promptly-some ore co rrie d in stock. • Pre-Bilt conveyors ore avoiloble from nine link-Belt plonts locoted in voriou s po rts of the United Stotes ond Cenado.
De p e ndability Rever sibl e b e lt conveyor operates os a shuttle conveyor. The unit con be positioned along trccks to direct discharge over desired crea of bins. Photo 38427
• Equipment ond structures ore designed to high stondards. • Selection informotion for Pre-Bilt conveyors is bosed on best b e lt conveyor proctice.
Flexib ilit y • A brood ronge of mechanical a nd structurol components is avoilabl e for a wide voriety of bulk hand ling requirements. • Pre-Bilt conveyors provide o high degree of portability for moving from job to job. • Extensions or modificotions moy eosily be mode.
Inclines such as lhis pose no special problems for highly odop toble belt conveyors. Photo 37663
224 • L 1 N K - B E L T
30" w id e
belt conveyor
hcndles iro n ore concentrote
and t ai ling s from woshing pion! to loa ding h oppers. Photo 36758
Three 18" wide b e lt conveyors carry sized and classified ma terial to truck loo ding bins al scnd ond g rovel pion!. Pho to 35733
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • components The principal mechanical and structural components, accessories and sorne of the optional equipment far Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors are illustrated below. Ali of these peris are standardized far the following conditions:
far applications which exceed the range of Pre-Bilt standards, certain advantages may be obtained by using Pre-Bilt components with such special peris as are needed. Thus, far conveyors requiring more than 40 horsepower, special drives and their supports ma y be combined with Pre-Bilt intermedia te peris. Far materia Is heavier than 1 00 pounds per cubic foot, ar far extremely severe service, idlers of a heavier series and closer spacing may be mounted on Pre- Bilt frames. In such cases, specific recommendations will be made by link-Belt.
Belt widths -18", 24", 30" and 36" Belt speeds-for 18": up to 400 feet per minute far 24": up to 500 feet per minute far 30": up to 600 feet per minute far 36": up to 650 feet per minute Orive terminals -up to 40 horsepower Meteríais handled-up to 100 pounds per cubic foot loading class -B, Table 19, page 158 ldlers -20° troughing, Series 6000 ldler spacing -4' -6" (ar other multiples of 6") A general description and specifications of majar standard Pre-Bilt items are given below. Selection information and dimensions ore shown o n pages 228 to 235. An example is worked out on page 228 to illustrate the ease with which selection data may be used and points out design matters that must be considered to assure most successful performance.
terminal
Belt w iper
Fig. 6376
Screw takeup foot terminal Laading happer \
Fixed foot terminal Bent
Pre-Bilt sectional b el! conveyor explode d view Knuckle ioint
--Head terminal is a shop-assembled unit far connecting to a 24" or 42" deep truss frame ar to a transition section. The assembled terminal consists of the head shoft and welded steel head pulley having taper lock bushings, with the shaft mounted in Series 200 self-aligning ball bearing pillow blocks, except on 3 ~/' and 3 " A6 " diameter shafts far 30" a nd 36" belt widths where Series 400 selfaligning roller bearing pillow blocks are used. The head shaft has an extension o n one end, keyseated far mounting the driven roller chain sprocket. Drlve is a Link-Belt Motogear. These are totally e nclosed, compact units having hardened cut-tooth helical gears running in ail to assure top speed reduction efficiency. With bracket mounting far NEMA frame motors, the units readily accommodate a wide range of motors and permit easy motor replacement. The arrangement of the drive supports with motor and speed reducer mounted above the belt and a Link-Belt precision steel roller chain reduction to the head shaft results in a highly efficient and Aexible design. An oiltight chain casing is recommended far the chain drive far long life, low maintenance and safety. The Motogear is mounted on a base p late that bolts to the top of an adjustable drive support with legs far belting to the top chord of the truss near the head terminal. The top member of the drive support can be adjusted to maintain the Motogear horizontal on inclined conveyors.
He ad terminal 5723
Fig. 5727
Backstop
Backstop is built-in the Motogear drive when used on inclined conveyors. The backstop automatically prevents reverse rotation af the output shaft due to power stoppage ar other causes. lf a backstop mounted directly on the head shaft is preferred, a bracket mounted differential backstop keyed to a projecting e nd of the head shaft will be furnished. Ball and roll e r b e arlng plllow blocks are used on head shaft, foot shaft and takeups. All are Link-Belt self-aligning bearing blocks with superior sea ls lo keep lubrican! in and dirt out.
Ball be aring p illow block
L 1 N K - B E L T • 225 1
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors •
Foot terminal screw takeup is a shop-assembled unit complete with shaft, welded steel pulleys and Series TOS self-aligning ball bearing screw ta keups hoving ad justments of 12 ", 18" or 24" for oll belt widths ond olso 30" odjuslments for 30" ond 36" wide belts. The ossembled supporting frome bolts lo a 24" or o 42" deep truss section.
-----~
·------ .
.~·
compo nents
----
Fig. 5713
Foot terminal screw ta keup
Gravlty takeup is a stand a rd belt conveyor vertica l grovity tokeup with welded steel turn pulleys corried by Series 200 self-o ligning boll beo ring pillow b locks. lt is mounted in o frome thot is bolted to the lower chord of on intermediate truss. The necessory vertical cleoronce to permit the belt to p a ss through the bottom of the truss is obtoined by removing one or two broce ongles. Vertical guides for the takeup frome ore standard 4" 1-beoms for 18", 24" a nd 30" wide belts ond 6 " 1-beoms for 36" wide belts. Flxed foot ter mina! is stand a rd with on outomo tic grovity tokeup, olthough screw tokeups ore somelimes used on the foot shoft of the some conveyor os on oíd in troining the belt. lt is shop ossembled to moke o complete component reody for connecling to o 24" or 42" deep truss frome. Knuckle lolnt is on odjustoble sho p-ossembled unit to focilitate instollation of conveyors hoving inclined ond horizonta l truss sections. 11 ca n be used between 24" or 42" deep truss sections ar where 24 " ond 42" deep truss sections join. The complete unit includes two welded sleel pulleys corried in Series 200 selfoligning ball beo ring pillow blocks. The complete o ssemblies ore mounted on o steel odjustoble supporting frome which con rea d ily be fleld odjusted to the req uired ongle. See poge 165 for belt speed limitotions over bend p ulleys.
Gra vity take up a nd fixed foot term ina l F19 57:18
Belt ldlers a re Link-Belt Series 6000 b oll beo ring belt idlers. They ore ovailoble with either 4 " or 5" diometer ro lls, a nd in two typ es: the greoseoble typ e which has o fitting al one end to grea se oll three ro lls, a nd the foctory seoled type with completely seoled foctory greosed beorings. Return belt idlers ore avoiloble with 4" or 5" diometer rolls in either greoseob le or foctory seoled types. The beorings are protected by close fitting, triple lobyrinth seols to keep greose in and dirt out. UYD &CTwtr:N l • " l"USS S(CTIO ...S, W ll t4 DOlTCD [,('T[hSION,
Belt normolly furni shed is Link-Belt Lion Brand belt with Ya" rubber cover on corrying side ond 'k" cover on pulley side. This belt is suitoble for handling mildly obrosive moteriols contoining up to 6 " lumps, such as bituminous cool, gro in, eorth, round grovel, sond, wood chip s, ond similor moteriols. For handling more abro sive moleriols and lorger lumps, it is advisoble lo consider heovier covers for longer belt life. The belts specifled herein were selected to accommodote belt tensions imposed by standard drives hoving bore ond logged pulleys os listed in Table 29, poge 230. For further description of these and other belts, see page 155. Design colculotions for the obove belts ore bosed on the use of mechonicol splices. For continuous operotion of permonent belt conveyor instollations, vulcanized splices p rovide deflnite beneflts over belt operotion with mechonicol splices. These odvontoges ore outlined on poge 158.
USC:O 8(T'W [[N 24" .liND
• 2'" TAUSS SCCTIO NS
Fi9. 5717
Knuckle joint
Belt idlers and belt
Sectional truss frame
F19. !>716
Transition truss section
226 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Sectlo n a l t r u u frame1 ond supporting structures ore completely stondordized to cover o considerable range of operoting requirements ond fleld conditions. Standard 24" deep sectionol truss fromes ore ovoilo ble for spons os specifled in selection tables, ond 42" deep sectional truss fromes ore ovoiloble for long er spons which will require fewer su pporting bents or piers. All necessory attochment holes ore provided in the truss ond terminal fra mes for easy ossembly ond fleld erection. Bol! holes are spa ced on 6 " centers along the top chord angle of frame sections which permits the mounting of troughing belt idlers al any required spocing. The same series of holes provides for fostening return bel! idler brackets, decking, wind guords, hood covers, loading hopper and drive machinery supports. Bolt holes in the bottom chord of truss frames provide for attochment of wolkwoys, gravity takeup assembly and load distributing corbel angles for ben! connections. Holes for anchor bolts are locoted in the foot terminal frames. A rigid lateral frame is furnished with each truss section for fleld ossembly. These lateral fromes, ottached to truss fromes with ribbed bolts in shear, serve to connect, square, and stiffen eoch two lruss sections, a ssuring ma ximum strength ond rigidity of completed structures. Transltlon truss 1ectlon1 are avail able for o ssembly between 24" and 42 " deep truss sections ond a lso between heod or foot terminal supporting frames ond a 42 " deep truss frome. They ore mode in o standard length of 7 feet. Sides of oll truss frome sections are shipped ossembled and are bundled with loose top ond bottom brocing angles and bolts for fleld ossembly.
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors •
components
Sectlonal channel trames (not shown) ore ovoilobl e in standard sectionol lengths for ony required length of conveyor centers, mode up of 6 " standard rolled chonnels. They ore designed to interconnect with standard truss fromes, drive supports and heod and foot terminal supports. Hinged struts ore olso ovailable for fabricot ion of concave vertical curve sections with chonnel stringers. The channel frame construction is especiolly adoptable for tunnel reclaim conveyors and for opplicotions where overheod clearances ore limited. Decklng is bolted together to cover the return run of the belt ond to d efl ect material thot moy foll from the corrying run. On inclined conveyors, ends of deck plates ore lopped in o downword direction to shed water ond dirt. 16 gouge crimped ond flonged plotes ore supported by hongers suspend ed from the top chord of the truss; hold down clips ore bolted to the hanger, clamping the decking in place. These clips moy also be bolte d to the hongers supporting the return belt idlers, thus requiring fewer hongers. Loadlng hopper is provided to properly direct materi al al loading ond tronsfer points on to the center of the belt and has sealing strips between the skirts and belt. They a re shop a ssembled units, reody for belting directly to the top chord of truss or channel frame sections. ldlers should be spaced at about 18" centers beneath the hopper to withstand the impact of loading. The skirt arrongement is suitable for the use of either cushion or impact idlers. lnclined sides are normally provided. However, vertical sides ore ovailable for applications such as connections to track hoppers or bin bottoms.. Bents for supporting b elt conveyor structures are available in flve standard assemblies for each of 18", 24 ", 30" and 36" belt widths. Rigidly braced angle construction is used for standard bents up to 12 feet high. For higher bents up to 50 feet, channel frames with rigid angle bracing are standard. Dlscharge chute is shop-ossembled and equipped with clip angles that bolt directly to the underside of the head terminal supporting frame. For most installations a discharge chute is recommended to direct the flow of materials and to reduce spillage al transfer points. Corrugated hoods are available to protect the carrying run of the belt from th e wind and weother. They are of 16 gauge galvanized steel and are open on ane side for access and inspection. They a re made in lenglhs from 3 Y2 to 5 feet and ore bolted to 1O" wide corrugated U-supports of 14 gauge galvanized steel, which ore bolted to the top chord angle of truss frames by angle brackets. This design provides a durable ond rigid belt conveyor cover which is also attroctive in appearance. On permanent installations designed for year oround operations, it is desirable to provide a hood cover to p rotect the belt from sun, wind, snow and rain.
Discharge chute Corrugated hood
-~_.:)
_...,__....-:.:-·-:--
e---·
Belt wlper
Belt wind guard bracket
Belt wlnd guard bracket1 are used on open conveyors where heavy cross winds may overturn the empty belt on carrying runs. They ore furnished for spacing at approximately 20-foot intervals. Belt wlper is a cleoning device to remove odhering material from the return run belt as it leaves the heod pulley. lt is a standard hinged and spring-loaded rubber blade scraper-type wiper, a rranged to mointoin on even pressure of the wiper b lade across the belt. lt is designed for belting directly to the underside of the head terminal supporting frame, using the same hales as the dischorge chute bolts.
AA
Corbel connection
Corbel connectlon1 o re used for attaching bents, towers or other supports at any point on intermediate truss sections. Cleor spans between these supports must not exceed distances shown on page 232. A single pin connection is provided in the corbel angle to attach to the top of the sup porting A-frome for ony incline between truss and bent frame up to 30 degrees. Walkway wlth hand ralls is ovoiloble for one or both sides of conveyors to provide occess to all parts of the conveyor. Supporting cross frames with hond roil uprights ore clamped to lower truss chord angl es of either 24" or 42" deep trusses. lnclined hand roil sections parallel the path of tronsition truss sections ond attach to ends of hand roils of both 24" ond 42" trusses. Timber flooring can be pre-cut ond bolted to the cross frame in fleld assembly. Metal grating can also be furnished, cut to exact size to suit each installation ond to flt cross frames as a substitute for wood planking.
Walkway with hand roils
L 1 N K - B E L T • 227
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • selection procedure The following exom ple illustrotes the method for selecting terminal comp onents, structures o nd occessories required for o complete PreBilt conveyor. The p roced ure follows the ste ps outlined on poge 140 , ond the solution for e och step is p receded b y b rief selectio n informotion, some of which opplies porticulorly to Pre-Bilt conveyor standard s. Also, o few references o re mode to the Belt Co nveyor Engineering section of this book os on cid to o better understo nding of the
principies involved in these selections. Every effort has been mode to simplify the work necessory for selection without toking hozo rdous short cuis. Equipment of this kind deserves coreful study to insure dependoble ond e conomico l p erforman ce. The requirements estoblished for this exomple ore shown in tne following sketch ond o re o utlined further under Step A, Bosic Doto.
1 6
1
1 •
~~~t=_J__J__J__J__J__J_J_ Jº s
SP ACES Al 14
o : 120 o -
.-c-3•
o - -- - - - - e SFACES
- -- - - -- - - - -- -- - - ---APPROX.
Al • O
o : '"º e - -- - - - - -
400' - - - - -- - - - -- - -- -- •·1 •J11
Step A • Collect basic data required for design
Step E • Select proper belt idler and spacing
Assembl e complete informotion obout the material to b e hondled ond the opero ting conditions. fxomple • Material to be handled ... Bituminous coal, 2" and
Series 6000 ball bearing belt idlers ore standard for Pre-Bilt conveyors ond o re described on poge 176. They o re a vailoble with either 4" or 5 " d iometer rolls, ond roll diometer selection is bosed on operoting conditions, some of which o re broodly o utlined b e low:
under Capacity in short tons ... 450 t.ons per hour (peak) Annual capacity ... 400,000 tons W eight of material ... 50 pounds per cubic foot Operating conditions . .. 3 lo 4 hours per day, conveyor housed, temperatures aboue freezing, degradation not important Step B • Is belt conveyor sultable for material? Consider whether o b e lt conveyor is suitable for handling the material, po rticul orly if material is hot, sfi cky, fluffy, or contoins very lorge lumps. f xomple • A belt conveyor is suiwble for handling bituminous coal
as indicated on page 141. Step C • Is angle of lncllnation within safe limits? Check ongle of inclinotio n to be sure the material moy be conveyed o n o belt wi thout rollbock or excessive spilloge. f xomp/e • From Chart A , page 141 , a 46-foot rise in 400 feet
equals 11 Yi-foot rise in 100 feet, oran angle of about 6Yiº . Ta ble 1, p age 142, shows a maximum angle of 16° for sized bituminous coa/, lumps under 4'; therefore, 6Yiº is within safe limits.
4 " dlameter ralls
5 " dlame ter rolls
Capacities under 100 TPH Bel! speeds under 300 FPM Materials 50 lbs. per cubic faot and lighter Lumps nol exceeding 4 •
Capacities t o mo ximum
lntermittent operotion
Continuous oper o tion
Seasonal ope ration Expendable installation
Year-around operation Permanenl installation
Belt speeds lo maximum Materials up lo 100 pounds per cubic foot Lump sizes to maximum
Gre a seable type idlers ore standard ond will be furnished unless foctory seoled id lers o re specified. Spacing of belt idlers Troughe d belt idlers: 4 '-6", b ut moy be modified for unusuol cond itions to conform to Table 8, poge 14 7, w ithout chonges to the truss supports. Return belt idlers: 10'-0".
Step D • Consider belt width and speed
Belt troining idlers: on both corrying ond return runs, bel! troining idlers should be locoted 25 to 50 feet from eoch terminal or bend pulley ond spoced ot opproximotely 80 to 100-foot centers thereafter . f xomple • S eries 6000 troughed belt idlers with 5" diameter
Consider the foctors which influence belt width ond speed, including: Speed os Determined by Material Hondl ed, Looding Closs, Width ond Speed for Copocity Required, ond Width os Determined by Size of Lumps. fxamp/e • Factors influencing belt width and speed:
Step F • Determine power requirement and belt tenslons
Speed as determined by material handled. Ta ble 2, page 143, indicates that coal may be handled at speeds up to 700 FPM when degradation is not a factor. Loading class. Table 3, page 143, indicates Loading Class B, which is standard for Pre-Bilt conveyors. Width and speed for capacity required. Table 4. page 144, indicates thal the capacily of 450 TPH of material weighing .50 pounds per cubic foot requires a 30" wide belt ata speed between 500 a.nd 600 FPM. The desired speed is inlerpolated from the table at 556 FPM, which is within lhe limits of Table 2, page 143. W idth as determined by size of lumps. Lump size may be determined as shown in Table 6, page 146, but T able 28 is included here as a conuenient reference for selection of Pre- B ilt conueyors for normal applications and seruice. From this table it is apparent that 2" and under material i1> we/l within !he limits of a 30" wide conveyor. Therefore, a 30" wide Pre- Bilt convey or will handle 450 TPH of 2• and under coal weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot at a speed of 556 FPM. 228 • L 1 N 1( - B E L T
fíreaseable type rolls are required for 556 F P M be// speed. Standard spacing 4'-6" is suitable and belt training idlers may be spaced for most coni>enient loca/ion with respect to pulleys.
Horsepower is determined by the Grophico l Method from Cho ris B, C ond O on poges 152 ond 153. The opproximate weight of bel! ond revolving po rts is obtoined from table on Cho ri B ond, on bosi s of this weighf, the total horsepower ot drive shoft is colculoted from the three choris.
Table 28 . • Width os determined b y s1ze of lump s.
Bel! width, inches
Moximum
Maximum
lump size, inches
recommended belt speed, FPM Unsized
Sized 1
18 24 30 36
3
4 'h 7
8
5 8 10 12
Half max.
Max.
size
size
lumps
lumps
400
300
500 600 650
400 450 500
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors •
selecti o n procedure
Re quired horsepower at m oto r is determined by adding the friction losses of drive componenls (speed reducer, chain drive, bearings, e tc.), which are generally 103 of transmitted horsepower. Pre-Bilt terminols are selected from Table 29, page 230, which lists horsepower ot drive shaft for 100 f PM belt speed, so the use of this table requires interpolation from conveyor belt speed. From this table select terminal group number for the belt width previously selected in Step D. The horsepower selected should be equal to or greater than the calculated drive shaft horsepower al 100 FPM. Belt te n sions T1 and T2 are also obtained from Table 29, as they are required in Step H for selection of takeup. fxamp/e • From table on Chart B, page 152, the approximate
280 RPM output shaft for a belt speed ouer 500 FPM. Also specify a built-in bachstop. From Table 31 , page 231, select 19 T driver and 60 T driuen sprochets for 280 RPM Motogear outpul shaft, a 556 FPM belt speed and 24" driue pulley . An oil-tight casing is recommended for safety and low maintenance. Takeup trauel should be 8 feet for a cotton duck belt and an automat ic counterweighted grauity takeup will be most practical, as indicated on the lay out sketch. A travel o( about 5 feet is required if a sy nthetic f abric belt is used. Takeup pull reqiúred is twice the T , ualue shown for T erminal Group 30024307, or 2000 pounds. From Table 36, page 235, .~elect tal1eup assembly 4920 e f or terminal group 30024307. The weight o( floating assembly with 16" diameter pulley is .565 pounds, requiring additional counterweight o( 143.5 pounds.
weight o( belt and reuoluing parts is 28 pounds per lineal foot. On basis o( this weiglit, total horsepower at driue shaft is calculated as follows: .93 X 556 Chori B-Empty conueyor . . ... ....... . - - = 5.17 HP 100 Chart C-Elevale material ... . . . .. . .. . 0.45 x 46 = 20.70 HP 450 = 6.30 H P Chori D-Comiey material horizontal/y . . . l .4 x 100 Total horsepower al dr iue shaft = 32.17 HP Add 10% for frietional lossn; o( driue componenls : 32 17 · = 35.7 motor HP required. .90 Therefore, a 40 horsepower motor is required. Termina/ Group Number is now detennined by interpolating horsepower al drir> e shafl 011 hasis o( 100 FPM belt speed: 32· 17 x lOO = .5.79 HP at 100 FPM .5.56 From Table 29, select T erminal Oroup 30024307, haui11g a rating o( 6.07 HP at 100 FPM. For this terminal group, the maximum bel! tensions are 8000 pounds f or T, and 1000 pound.~ for 1',. Step G • Select the belt Terminal Group Rating Table 29 contains belt specifkations for each terminal group number. Standard belts for Pre-Bilt conveyors are link-Bel! lion brand, coitan duck, wilh Ya" rubber cover on carrying side and 1k" on pulley side. Design calculations for belts are based on using mechanical fasteners. Belts of equal slrenglh with synlhetic fabric carcasses and other brands of covers are available where required. The general subject of belts is described more com ple tely on page 155. Example • The belt in Terminal Oroup 30024307 is 4 ply, 28-
ounce cotton duck, Link-Belt Lion Brand with Ys" rubber couer on carrying side and ~· on pulley side. This belt is based on using mechanical fasteners for sp/ices, and for motors with across-the-line starters.
Step H • Select term inal equlpment Pulley diameters, lagging (if any), and shaft dimensions for standard Pre-Bilt conveyors are shown in Table 29 for the terminal group determined in Step F. Motogears ore listed in Table 30, page 231, by horsepower. Chain drives are shown in Table 31 with various sprocket combinations. For inclined conveyors, Motogears wilh built-in backstops should be specifled to preven! backward movemenl of loaded belt in event of power inlerruption. Toke up trovel of about 23 of conveyor centers must be allowed for stretch of cotton duck belts and is occomplished with a screw or automatic counlerweighted gravity takeup. lnformation regording takeup travel for other belts is shawn on page 158. Toke up pull required ta maintain proper belt lension is twice the T2 value shown in Table 29. For counterweighted takeups this pull is made up of the weight of takeup pulley, shaft, bearings, moving frame and additional counterweight a s necessary. Weights and dimensions of counterweighted takeup assemblies are shown in Table 36, page 235. Example • T erminal Group 300 24307 includes 24' diameter lagged head pulley, 3"!{6' diameter head shafl and 16' diameter foot pulley on 2 "!{6' diameter foot shafl. Motogear FDB , in Table 30, is used for 40 horsepower with
Step 1 • Se le ct str ucture s, t r uss fram es and b e nts The most economical cambination of truss frames and bents requires considerotion of the maximum permissible spans for 24" and 42" deep frames and to relative heighls of benls. Practical seleclions may be influenced by locations of raadways and other interferences. Standard length sectional truss frames 24" and 42 " deep ore available for maximum spans as tabulated an page 232, and typical combinalions of truss frames ore illustrated on page 233. A standard transition section 7 feet long is used belween 24" and 42 " deep lruss frames. Standard supporting bents are available in 4 lo 50-foot heighls, in incremenls of 2 feel. Bents are of rigidly braced angle conslruclion tllrough 12 feet high ond of channel conslruction wilh rigid angle bracing from 14 to 50-foot heighls. In determining heighls of bents required it is common proctice to hove foundation piers exlend from 1 fool to several feel above grade. 11 is economical lo d uplicate as mony bents os is proclical. This can be accomplished on inclined conveyors by vorying the heighl of foundotion p iers to suit. Selection of suitable lruss struclures is a matter of choosing the most economical combination of standard frames. Gene rally, 24 " deep truss frames o re mosl economical for heights up lo 1 2 feet. Beyond 12 feet it is usually more economical lo use 42" deep truss frames, permitt~g ~ngerspanL
Standard corbel conneclions a re available for attaching bents, towers or other supports to any intermediate point on truss fram e. Decking of 16 gauge crimped and flanged sleel is recommended for most installations, to protect return belt. Standard channel frame seclions are available and recommended for tunnel reclaim conveyors and for applications where clearances are limited. The channel frame construclion allaws for maximum span of 1O feet without walkway, or 7 Y2 feet with walkwoy. Typical combinations of channel frame slructures are illuslrated on page 234. Standard auxiliary components are available for ready mounling on standard structures, such as: loading hoppers, discharge chutes, belt wipers, corrugated curve d hood, belt wind guord brocke ts, and walkways wilh hand rails. fxamp/e • Th e most economical combination o( lruss frames and
bents for lhis application is determined as follows: To conuey a horizontal distance of 400 feet with a 46-foot lift requires a conueyor having 404-fool pulley centers. Refer to page 232 f or truss selection, and use 24' deep truss sections to point where bents exceed 12 feet in height. For 30" belt width, with walhway one side, use 24" deep truss frames with maximum span 29 feet and 42" deep truss f rames with maximum span o( 40 feet. An economical combination o( truss f rames fnr this installation results in the following selection: Head and foot terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3'-0" 2-transition sections (each 7'-0" long) . . 14'-0' 6-24" deep truss sections 1-18'-0" long; 5-21 '·0" long .. . . ... 123'-0" 11-42' deep truss sections 24'-0" long ... . .. . .. .. . ....... . . . .264'-0" 404'-0" pulley centers Selection of bents can be determined by lay out and related to height of foundation p iers aboue grade. Include: walhway with harul rails on one side, standard decking; grauity taheup, and other standard optional components as may be required. L 1 N K - B E L T • 229
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors •
terminal g roup rating s and dimensions
e HEAO SHAFT ASSEMBL Y
FOOT SHAFT ASSEMBL Y
Ta ble 29 • Terminal group ratings and dimensions 4 Mox imum
Belt
HP et drive shoft, et 100 FPM belt spee d
Terminal group cotolog
drive
number
pu lle y
Terminal pulley
Type of
dio meter
e
8
o
A
Heod shoft
F 1 L Orive foot
1
foot shoft
Heod shoft
1
E
G
K
foot shoft
Moximum belt tension et drive pulley far 180° wrop, pounds Tight side 1 Slock side T1 Ti
INCHES
18" belt 2.59 3.19 2.95 3.63
18E20207 18G20207 l8E24215 l8G24215
BARE LAGG ED BARE LAGGED
2Ó 20 24 24
16 16 16 16
20 20 20 20
15 15 15 15
Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2
13 Y2 13 Y2 13 Y2 13 Y2
2 y, 2 Ya 2 Ya 2 Ya
1 Y2 1 Y2 1 y, 1 Y2
7Ya 7:Y. 7 Ya 7:Y.
3 .45 4.24 3.94 4.84
24E20 215 24G20215 24E24215 24G24215
BARE LAGGED BARE LAGGED
20 20 24 24
16 16 16 16
26 26 26 26
18 Y2 18 Y2 18 Y2 18 Y2
16 % 16 % 16 Y• 16 %
2 2
y, y,
1% 1%
7 y,
2 Ya 2 Ya
1%
5.08 6 .25 6 .32 7.76
24E20215 24 G20 215 24 E243 07 24G24307
BARE LAGGED BARE LAGGED
18 Y2 18 Y2 19 19
16 % 16 % 16 Y4 16 %
4 ply 28 ounce duck
4 .27 5 .25 4 .92 6.07
30E20215 30 G20215 30E24307 30G24307
4 ply 42 ounce duck
6.40 7.90 7 .88 9.72
4 ply 28 ounce duck
4 4 4 4
Y2 Y2 Y2
y,
2 111, 2 111, 2 1511, 2 15116
1 1511, 1 " ;l. l " A. 1 15116
1580 1580 1800 1800
722 525 825 600
2 u11, 21J11,
2% 2>11, 2 3;1. 23116
2100 2100 2400 2400
960 700 11 00 800
2% 2111,
3100 3100 3840 3840
1420 1033 1760 1280
24" belt 4 ply 28 ounce duck
4 ply 42 ounce duck
-20- -16- -26-
- 2 -Yo
- --- - -
2 Yo 2 Ya 2 Ya
20 24 24
16 16 16
26 26 26
BARE LAGGED BARE LAGGED
20 20 24 24
16 16 16 16
32 32 32
21 Y2 21 Y2 22 22
19 % 19 :Y.. 20 Y2 20 Y2
30E20307 30G20307 30 E243 l 5 30G24315
BARE LAGGED 8ARE LAGGED
20 20 24 24
16 16 16 16
32 32 32 32
22 22 22 % 22 %
20 Y2 20 Y2 20% 20 Y2
5 .0 8 6 .28 5.90 7 .3 0
36E20215 36G20215 36 E24307 36G2430 7
BARE LAGGED BARE LAGGED
20 20 24 24
20 20 20 20
38 38 38 38
24 Y2 24 Y2 25 25
23 23 23 23
Y2 Y2 Y2 %
2 Ya 2 Yo 3 3
7 .55
36E20307 36G2030,. 36E24315 36G2431 5
BARE 20 LAGGEC 20 BARE 24 LAGGEC 24
20 20 20 20
38 38 38
25 25 Y2 25 Y2
23 \12 23 Y2 23 y,
3 2% 2%
l o/a
- -
1% 1% 1% 1%
7Ya 7 Ya 7 :Y.
- -7 7 8 8
:Y. :Y.
:y. l/e
4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2 - 4 Y2 4 Y2 5 5
2 15116 2 15116 2 " 11• 2 15116 3 111, 31 11,
2% 23;1.
30" belt 32
---
--
2 Ya 2 Yo 3 3
- -
1
3 3 3 l4 3 l4
1% 1% 1 :y.. 1%
- -
1 :y..
l :y. 1 :y. 1 :y..
7 7 8 8
Ya :Y. %
4% 4%
5
3~
- - - - 55 8% 8 3A 10 10
5 6 6
2 1511,
2>11, 2>;1. 3111, 2 111, 31¡¡. 21 11, -3 111, 2 111, 31¡¡. 2 1;1. 3 1511, 2~ 2 1;1. 3 " 11&
2600 2600 3000 3000 3900 3900 4800 4800
1790 1300 2200 1600
21¡¡.
3 100 3100 3600 3600
1420 1030 1650 1200
4600 4600 5760 5760
2100 1530 2630 1920
2 " 11&
1
1190 865 1370 1000
36" belt 4 ply 28 ounce duck
4 p ly 42 ounce duck
9 .25 9.46 11 .65
Hove dime osions certified for instollotion p urp oses.
230 • L 1 N K - B E L T
---38- - 25- - -23-Y2 3
1 :y. 1% 1 :y..
4 Y2 4 Y2 5 % -11 :y. - - - - -5 9 Y2 5 1 :y. 9% 5
3111,
2 ~,
3 111,
21;1.
31¡¡. 31¡¡.
2~
10 10
31 s¡¡. 3 u¡¡.
2111, 2 111,
3 l4 3 Y4
8 8 9 9
Y2 Y2 Y2 %
6 6
2 " 11& 2 15116
2111,
2 ~,
1
4 Ro tings bosed on belts w ith mechonicol splices o nd moto rs w ilh o cross-theline sto rt ers.
bulk handling belt con veyors
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors •
selection of drive
Table 30 • Motogear selection Motogeor HP
1 1 \12 2 3 5
7 y, 10 15 20 25 30 40
Motoge ar si:
ADB ADB ADB ADB BDB CDB CDB DDB DDB EDB EDB FDB
ADB ADB ADB ADB BDB BDB CDB DDB DDB EDB EDB FDB
Typicol drive for Pre-Bilt sectional belt canveyar. Phato 38184
Table 31 • Chain drive selection ond sprocket tooth combinations Number of teeth in sprocket Ma tageor HP
Roller cha in number
Belt speed, FPM
250
-1 \12
RC60
2
RC60
-3
RC60
Driver
21
Driven
84
Driver Driven Driver Driven Driver Driven
5
7 y, 10 15 20 25 30
RClOO RC120 RC120 RC140 RC140 RC160 RC160
-40
RC160
1 300
20 1 24120 1 24 1 20
inches
RC60
275
Motogear speed Orive pulley diameter,
1
1
Driver Driven Driver Driven Driver Driven Driver
325
1 350 190 RPM
l l l l 24
20
15
60
Driver
15
-
24
Driver
15
Driven
60
Driver
15
J
24
l l 20
24
400
1
450
1
1 1
500
1
550
1
600
280 RPM
l 20 l 24 l 20 1 24 !20 l 24 l 20 l 24 l 20 1 24
16 22 21 23 19 21 23 23 19 22 23 22 23 21 17 23 19 18 21 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 70 72 84 70 70 60 80 60 60 54 70 48 60 60 60 60 60 45 60
-19 -2 1 -23 - - 70 60 80 - - -23 19 21 - - 70 60 80 - ._ 29
-
70
21
-
-
23
60 80
- - - - - -21 -17 -23 -19 -18 -21 - - - - - 60 60 60 60 45 60 - - - - - - - - - - - 23 19 22 23 22 23 21 17 23 19 18 21 -
23 19 22 23 22 23 - - 60 60 54 70 48 60
- - - 60 60 54 70 - - - 23 19 22 23 - - - 60 60 54 70 -17 -19 -18 - 15 - - - -
- -19 -16 19 - - 70 54 54 45 - - - 19 21 18 17 - - 70 60 60 45 - - - 19 21 18 17 - - - 70 60 60 45 - - 17 19 16 18 is 15 19 21 18 17 - - - - - - - - 80 70 70 60 60 45 70 60 60 45 - - - - - - - - - 17 19 16 18 15 15 19 21 18 17 -80 70 -70 -60 -60 -45 -70 -60 -60 -45 -17 - -16 - - - - - ,_ 19 18 15 15 19 21 18 17 - - - - - - - 80 70 70 60 60 45 70 60 60 45 - - - - - - - - - 17 19 16 18 15 15 19 21 18 17 - - - - - - - - 80 70 70 60 60 45 70 60 60 45 - - - - - - - - - 17 19 16 18 15 15 19 21 18 17 - - - - - - - f-
60
20
1 375
-
- - -21 23 16 22 - - - 84 70 72 84 70 - - - 21 17 22 16 22 21 23 - - - - - - 84 80 80 70 72 84 70 - - - - - 21 17 22 16 22 21 23 - - - - - - 84 80 80 70 72 84 70 - - - - - 15 17 19 16 18 15 15 - - - - - 60 80 70 70 60 60 45 - - - - - 15 17 19 16 18 15 15 -60 -80 -70 -70 -60 -60 -45 - - - ,_ - ,_ 15 17 19 16 18 15 15 - - - - 60 80 70 70 60 60 45 - - - - 21
Driven Driven
17 22
- 80 80 - 17 22 - 80 80 - -
1
Driven
60
Driver
15
Driven
60 80 70 70 60 60 45 70
60
-
19
-
45 45
-18 -15 -
-
-
-15
60 45 45
-19
-
18 60 45 45
-19 -18 -15 - 60 45 45
-
19 60 -
- - 45 45 - 118 15 - 45 45 - -
-
-
-
19 18 15
60
19
60
-19 -
18
-
15
45 45 - ,_ 18 15 -
- - 48 60 60 - - 22 23
21
- - - 60 60 60 45 60
-17
-
- - 23 19 18 21 - - -
- - 60 60 45 -16 17 -24 -17 -17 -19 -22 - - - - - 35 45 70 60 45 60 54 -16 -17 -21 -17 17 -19 -18 - - - - - 35 45 60 60 45 60 45 -16 17 -21 -17 -17 19 -18 - - - - - 35 45 60 60 45 60 45 -16 -17 -21 -17 -17 -19 -18 - - - - - - -45 35 45 60 60 45 60 - - - - - - 16 17 21 17 17 19 18 - - - - - 35 45 60 60 45 60 45 -16 -17 -21 -17 -17 -19 -18 - - - - - 35 45 60 60 45 60 45 - - - - - -19 -18 16 17 21 17 17 - - - - -45 ,_ 60 45 35 45 60 60 - - - - - - 16 17 21 17 17 19 18 - - - - - - -45 -
48 60 60 60
-
60 60 45 60 45 45 35 45 60 60 45 60
60
-24
70
-21 -
60
-
21
60
-
21
60
21 -
60
-21
-
60
-
21
-
60
-
21
-
60
L 1 N K - B E L T • 231
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • selection of stru ctu res Truss frame combinations with supporting bents The most economical spacing of bents and selection of t russ spans is described in Step 1, pag e 229. Actual spacing alsa may be influenced b y the location af road s ar other interference s.
Table 32 • Mo ximum permissib le truss spons Chonge in
loods p e r lineal foot o f
Allowable
o llowoble spo n Truss Belt lruss fra me, pounds spon, feet for each 100 depth width lbs. per lin. ft. w;1h·1 w ;1h Dead 1 Uve laads added odditio nol wc ight. to truuó wº~i'k- woUc- rr uss INCHES live load, wo y wo y frame Mach"yl Mat'I 1 Total fee t ond inch es
18 24 30 36 -18 42 24 30 36 24
--
48 44 40 36 SS S2 49 46
- -
33 26.7 3 1 36.0 29 38.6 27 42.6 -- -46 33.0 43 34 .0 40 3S.O 37 37.0
33.0 43.3 S3.0 67.0 32.0 42.S SS .O 67.0
36.0 69.0 66.7 110.0 108.0 161 .0 1S7.0 224.0 -34.0 66.0 62.S lOS.O 101.0 1S6 .0 133.0 200.0
Less 4-0
Table 33 • Moximum permissi ble d rive te rminal overho ng 24 " truss
Less 7-0
~
lM
M
length, feet ~ ~
6 1 15 1181 21 ~ -
21 . . . . . 1 24 1 .. 1 .. 27 1 .. .. 1 3C . 2 . . .. 33 . 1 1 .. 36 . 1 .. 1 39 . . . 1 1 42 . . . .. 2 45 1 .. 1 1 48 1 .. .. 2 Sl . 2 .. 1 S4 . 1 1 1 S7 . 1 .. 2 60 . . . 1 2 63 . . . . . 3 66 1 .. 1 2 69 1 .. . . 3 72 . 2 .. 2 75 . 1 1 2 78 . 1 .. 3 81 ... 1 3 84 . . . . . 4 87 1 .. 1 3 -19o 5 .. 93 4 1 96 3 2 99 2 3 102 1 4 105 .. s1108 6 .. 111 s 1 114 .. 4 2 117 . 3 3 120 ... 2 4 123 . . . 1 s 126 . . . . . é 129 132 s 2 135 4 3 138 31 4 141 2 s
o 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
~
--
--
•
(r1
s s s S s s s 6 6 6 6 6
l-
length, fe et ~ ~
61 15118 2 1 ~ -
144 . . . 1 6 147 . ,__ .. .. 7 lSO .. 6 2 1S3 . .. 5 3 1S6 . . . 4 4 1S9 . . . 3 s 162 . . . 2 6 165 ' . . 1 7 168 ... . . 8 . 1171 6 3 174 . .. 5 4 177 . . . 4 5 180 . . . 3 é 183 . . . 2 7 186 . .. 1 8 189 . . . .. 9 192 6 4 19S . . s s 198 . . 4 é 201 . . . 3 7 204 . . . 2 8 207 . . . 1 9 21C ... . . 1e 213 6 s 2 16 s 6 219 4 7 222 3 8 22~ 2 9 22a 1 10 11 23 1 234 66 237 s 7 24C ... 4 8 243 . . . 3 9 246 . .. 210 249 . .. 111 2S2 ·...:..:. . 12 2S5 67 2S8 s 8 261 4 9 264 l º 31 0
-
-
6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12
".
l-
1- _
length, feet ~ ~
6 1 I SI 18121 ~ -
·1·.
267 270 . .. 273 276 279 . . . 282 . . . 28 5 . . . 288 . .. 291 . . . 294 . . 297 300 303 . .. 306 ... 309 . .. 312 . .. 315 318 321 324 . . . 327 . . . 330 .. . 333 . .. 336 339 34 2 345 ... 34 8 3S1 354 3S7 360 363 . . . 366 . .. 369 . . . 372 . . . 37S ... 378 38 1~¡~ 384 . .. 387
-
--
M
U
Q uontity
1- e_
Truss section ~ length, fe et O o
2 11 12 390 ... 3 16 l 8 1 12 12 393 2 17 18 1 18 18 13 12 396 119..__ 18 6 8 13 399 s 9 13 402 ... 614 19 4 10 13 40S ... S15 19 311 13 408 .. . 416 19 212 13 411 ... 317 19 1 13 13 4 14 . .. 218 19 . . 14 13 41 7 ... 1 19 19 20 19 6 9 14 420 s 10 14 423 6 l S 2o 4 11 14 426 . .. S16 20 312 14 4 29 . .. 417 20 213 14 432 . . . 318 20 1 14 14 4 3S . .. 21 9 20 .. l S 14 4 38 . .. 1 20 20 . ' 2 1 20 6 íC lS 441 616 21 s 11 l S 444 4 12 lS 447 . . . 517 21 313 l S 4SO . . . 418 21 214 l S 4 S3 . . . 3 19 21 1 lS l S 4S6 . .. 220 21 1 21 21 16 lS 4S9 22 21 6 11 16 462 s 12 16 46S 617 22 4 13 16 468 518 22 4 19 22 3 14 1 6 471 2 lS 16 474 320 22 1 lé 16 477 2 21 22 1 22 22 17 16 48C .. 23 22 6 12 17 483 S13 17 486 . . . 618 23 4 14 17 489 . .. S1 9 23 31S 17 492 . .. 4 20 23 216 17 49S . .. 321 23 1 17 17 498 . .. 222 23 1 23 23 18 17 SOl 6 13 la S04 - .. 24 -23 s 14 18 S07 . . 619 24 4 lS 18 SlO s 20 24
-
~
r
18 24 30 36 1
18 24 " 1 2-6 ' 1" 12-0 º1" 11 -0 º 1 "10-0 º 11-0 10-0 9-0 30 . . . 10-0 9-0 8-0 36
l- 6 1 151 18121 ~ .::
Terminals, tronsition sections and knuckl e joints not included.
232 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Without wolkwoy
With one w olkway
Table 34 • Truss sections selection, 24 " deep truss O uontity O uontit y _,,_,,• O uontity .,,"'~ ... g. ... ~ ... ~ ... Truu ..! -¡ Ttuss ~i Truss ," ..! Ci section EE section ~ ~ ..! i section E ~ "~
ADB 1 BDB 1 CDB 1 DDB 1 EDB 1 FDB FEET AND INCHES
inch es
18 16-0 1 16-0 16-0 lS-0 11 -0 . 24 16-0 16-0 16-0 " Tº i · . 16-0 lS-0 1 3-0 11 -O 10-0 30 9-0 36 . . . . lS-0 14-0 1 2-0 1 1-O
a nd deck plates only. Wind loads based on 40 pounds per square foot on exposed oreas. Snow l oads not included in a bove valu es. Spans may be i ncreased fer o reduction in live l oad o n sa me ba sis as tobula ted volues oí 100 pounds per l ineal foot up to 5 feet increase. Walkway looding includes its own d ead weight pl us 2000 pounds distributed over center 15 feet o f spa n. Doubte wolkways do not affect allowobte spa n.
Motog eor size
Belt width,
Wittiout wo lkwoy
~ Machine ry weighlS include Series 6000 idlers, canveyor belt
1-
42" truss and transltion
Belt 1 MolaQear s;ze width, ADB 1 BDB 1 CDB 1 DDB , EDB 1 FDB ;nches FEET AND INCHES
I ,_,
8 -6 8-0 7-6
. ..
7-6 7-0
22-0 22-0 .. .
22-0 122-0 20-6 20-0
22-0 120-6 20-0 18-6
21 -0 120-0 18-0 17-6
19-0 1 . 17-6 .. 1 17 -0 1 1 S-6 1 5-6 14-0
Wi th ene walkwoy
18 24 30 36
19-6 19-0
19-0 1 18-6 17-0 1 15-6 , . . 18-6 17-6 16-6 13-6 ... 18-0 16-6 16-0 13-0 12-6 17-6 1S -6 14-6 12-6 12-0
When selecting 24" ar 42 " deep truss fromes, or chonnel frames, ind ividual analysis o nd judgment must be applied fer each set of conditions in arder to
use the most procticol ond e conomical combinotion o f friese structures. Gene rally when supporting benIs are 1 2 f eel and under in height 2 4 • deep tru ss fromes will be mast economicol. Far bents higher than 12 fee t it is desiroble to use 4 2" d eep truss fromes on longer sp ans (with tronsition sections when requi red), resulting in fewer bents o nd foundatlon p iers. Tables 34 and 3S are fer easy selectio n af the mo st econamical combination of tru ss frames. Truss length equals conveyor p ulley centers less 3 feet fer heod and feat terminals plus 7 feet fer eoch tron sition section.
Table 35 • Truss sections selection, 42 " d eep truss
""" j
length fee t .&
16 20 24 32 36 40 44 48 S2 S6 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 Á
º"'" ""O
Truss s ectio n leng th, f eet 161 20124
Truss Uength, ;: fe et
C; E O E ~-
.. o ..l º1
1 2 . .. 1 1 .. . . 2 .. .. 1 1 . .. 2
2 1 -
1 .. 1 2 3 1 2 2 3 3 .. 4 21 1 2 3 3 1. 4 .. 1 4
2 .. .. 3 .. 2 .. 1 ... 2 1 2 .. 1 1 1 .. .. 1
~1· i
o o 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4
-2 -1 - 3~ s 2 .. 4 1 1 4 .. 2 4
s s s
•
Ou o ntit y Oucntity Quantit:z:: Truss Truss Truss Truss length Uenglh, Truss section sectio n section o .M fe e t o~ fe et lengt h, leng th, leng th, ~E ~E ~ ~ - o o f e et fe et fect __g ,: _g .!: ~.!: 1 61 202 ~ 16J 20124 16120! 24
e;
140 5 s 1 6 s 144 148 2 ¡1 4 6 152 2 .. s 6 1S6 1 1 5 6 160 . . 2 s 6 164 .. 1 6 6 168 .. 7 6 - ~ - 172 2 1 s 7 176 2 .. 6 7 180 1 1 6 7 184 . . 2 6 7 188 .. 1 7 7 192 . ... 8 7 196 1 6 8 200 2 .. 7 8 204 1 1 7 8 208 . . 2 7 8 212 .. 1 8 8 216 .... 9 8 -220 2 1 7 9 224 2 .. 8 9 228 1 1 8 9 232 . . 2 8 9 236 . . 1 9 9 240 ,_... . . 10 9 f244 2 1 8 10 248 2 .. 9 10 2S2 1 1 9 10 2S6 2 9 10
::l.
2
--
•
260 264 268 272 276 280 284 288 292 296 300 304 308 312 316 320 324 328 332 336 340 344 348 3S2 3S6 360 364 368 372 376
..
11 0 .. 11 2 1 9 2 .. 10 1 110 . . 210 . . 11 1 ... 12 2 1 10 2 . . 11 1 111 . . 211 . . 1 12 . ... 13 - 2 - 111 2 .. 12 1 1 12 . . 212 . . 113 . . . . 14 2 1 12 2 .. 13 1 1 13 . . 213 . . 114 .:...:. . . 15 2 113 2 .. 14 1 114 . . 214
10 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 1S 15
•
380 . . 1 lS 1 5 384 16 l S 388 2 1 14 16 392 2 .. 1 S 16 396 1 1 15 16 400 . . 21S 16 404 . . 1 16 16 408 . . .. 17 16 4 12 1 15 17 4 16 2 .. 16 17 4 20 1 1 16 17 424 . . 2 16 17 4 28 . . 1 17 17 432 18 17 436 2 1 1é 18 440 2 .. 17 18 444 1 11 7 18 448 . . 217 18 4S2 . . 118 18 456 . ... 19 18 460 2 17 19 4º64 2 . . 18 19 468 1 118 19 472 . . 218 19 476 . . 119 19 20 19 480 .. 484 2 1 18 20 488 2 .. 19 20 492 1 119 20 496 . . 219 20
Terminals, transiti on sections and knuckle joints not included.
-
2
1
-
-
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • component combinations and dimensio ns Truss frame combinations with screw takeup f o < , - - - - - - - - -r-6
- - - - - - - - - - C E N T E R S VARIABLE SY 3 .Q
INCREMENTS,--------------~
-
-M~- -- --------------------------- - -------6~MIN.
~!~
I· fBJ L ·-·- -- .
2•
END O f . ; . + É - - - - - - -- - -- - - - - - - - V A R I A S L E SY J TRUSS
u·
.Q
DEEP
INCREMENTS·-
-
-
- - - - - - -- --
-
-
1
l
1 •Ell WIDTH 1 ~+1 114·~ 1 ·. 11 311·
-#
TRUSS
-
Fog. 633 1
rLu·-·-
n
.2- -
Ir 11
·-~
, . .. 1 k'.'.=+11 1~-~1 ·1 1 ~~
1 •ELT WI DTH 1 ,
Fig. 6332
2 4 ANO • 2 OEEP TRUSS TRANSITI ON SECTION BETWEEN
42' OEEP TRUSS ANO HEAD OR FOOT TERMINAL FRAME IS OPTI ONAl.
Truss frame combinations with gravity takeup
--·--·- --- - · - - · - - · -- ·--·-- - -
L
s.o
T All END FRAME flXED SHAFT
' '
MINIMUM
ro
\ '
1
SPLICE ~.i
1 Y ·0.. MINIMUM
1
~+·-J~ '
fi1. 6Ut
--E-<- CAN 8E LOCATED Al 1 - 6 INCREMfNTS
1
.
~-- 5'·3
MINIMUM
Fig. 6340
24" TRUSS FRAMf
--1-; ' '
MlNIMUM TO SPLICE
-+-<-
(A.N
eE lOCA.TEO AJ ] O INCREMENl S
1
tV-
. r·
ENDOf • 2 TAUSS
fog, 6341 7 ·0 MINIMUM - -
L 1 N K - B E L T • 233
bulk handling b elt conveyoi s
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors • compo nent combinotions ond dimensions Channel frame combinations with screw takeup
CHANNEl FRAME
-
TRUSS ANO CHANNEl FRAME
ST ANOA~O (HANNE l FRAME ~
Fig. 6338
[7 LBen
w101H + 111 ,
~
VERTICAi CURVE FRAME
Belt wiper
Channel frame combination with gr avity takeup
ENO OF fl!AM[ TOP OF FRAMf
=-
'..1 rl
J )
- -
.----...._
\
¡Ir_\ 2-._),,) "i' .
1
/
11
{
~7 6
/
11 ~~
Fig. 63 42
WITH WAlll.WA .,.
10 ·0
WlrHOUl WALKWAV CHANNEl
FRAiME
Knuckle tur ns
F1g. 6335 Fig. 6333
2•
ANGlE A VARIABLE BY 2º fOR All TURNS. Oº 10 30º
24.. KNUCKlE lURN
TO 42
KNUCKl E TURN
Dischar ge chutes - ; 2 - - --
11..,-
,- ....~~~~~~~__,.-,;
l -
1
f ig. 63•6
..-<--2·.o - -..lFig. 6344 f ig. 6345
IOfi HORtZONTAl CONVEVOll:S
234 • l 1 N K - B E L T
WITHOUJ TOP $1CIA:l
FOW INCl lN!O CO NVEYOAS
bulk handling belt conveyors
Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors •
vertical auto matic gravity takeups
VIEW A -A
C/L PULLEY & GUIDE E INSIDE GUIDES
Fl g . 6330
Table 36 • Vertica l automatic g r avity takeup selection and d imensions Belt width, inches
Catalog terminal group number
18G24215
4904C 4904C 4904C 4904C
18E20207 18
Frame assembly number
18G20207 18E24215
Shaft dia meter
1
Pulley diameter
e
8
A
1
1
1
D 1
E
Takeup weight, pounds
1
INCHES
] 15/Í6
16
14 %
33%
29 %
23 1/2
33 1/2
350
11 %
16
14 %
33%
29%
23%
33%
350
l 15/Í6
16
14 %
33%
29 %
23%
33%
350
l 1S/Í6
16
14 %
33%
29 %
23%
33 1/2
350
2 4E20207
4904C
11s/Í6
16
14 %
33 1/2
29 %
23 %
33 1/2
350
24G20207
4904C
l 1S/Í6
16
14 %
33%
29 %
23 %
33 'h
350
24E242 15
4905C
2%
16
14 'h
36%
32 o/4
23 %
33 1/2
365
24G242 15
4904C
11 s/Í6
16
14 1/2
33 1/2
29 %
23 'h
33 %
350
24E202 15
49 12C
16
14 1/2
33 1/2
29%
30
43
400
24G202 15
4912C
2 3/Í6 2 3/Í6
16
14 %
33 %
29 %
30
43
400
24E24307
49 12C
16
14 %
33 %
29 %
30
4912C
16
14 %
33 %
29 %
30
43 43
400
24G24307
2 3/Í6 2 3/Í6
30E20215
4919C
2 3/Í6
16
14%
33 1/2
29%
36
49
540
30G20215
4919C
2 3/Í6
16
14 %
33 %
29 :y.
36
49
540
30E24307
4920C
21/Í•
16
14 %
37 'h
33%
36
49
565
30G24307
4920C
21/Í•
16
14 'h
37 %
33%
36
49
565
30E20307
4920C
21/Í•
16
14 1/2
37 %
33 %
36
49
565
30G20307
4920C
7
2 /Í•
16
14 'h
37 'h
33%
36
49
565
30E24315
4920C
2 'IÍ6
16
14 %
37 1/2
3i %
36
49
565
30G243 l 5
4920C
2 '/Í•
16
14 %
37 1/2
33%
36
49
565 665
645
24
400
30
36E20215
493 3C
21/Í•
20
16 %
35 %
31 %
42
36G20215
4932C
2J/Í6
20
16 '12
35 1/2
31 %
42
36E24307
4933C
2 7/Í6
20
16 %
35 '12
31 %
42
36G24307
4932C
2%
20
16 %
35 1/2
31 %
42
55 55 55 55
36E20307
4933C
2 7/Í•
20
16 'h
35 1/2
31 %
42
55
665
36G20307
4933C
2 '/Í•
20
16 %
35 '12
31 %
42
55
665
36E243 15
4933C
2 '/Í•
20
16 %
35%
42
55
665
36G24315
4933C
2 7/Í•
20
16 %
35 %
31 % 31 3/4
42
55
665
645 665
36
1
Hove d1mens1ons cer11fied fer 1nsto llotoon purposes.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 235
bulk handling osclllatlng conveyors
oscilla'ling conveyors
Flexmount oscilloting conveyors hondling oluminum chips ond lurnings. Photo 3521 O
Collmount oscilloting conveyor handling grave! from Link·Belt mechanical vibrating feeder. Photo 38229
Torqmount oscillating conveyor handling small automotive casting• from tumbling barreis. Pholo 34779
Oscillating conveyors move materials in a uniform, continu·
flected and then released. The unit will then vibrate et natural
ous flow by the upward and forward oscillating motion of a
frequency, althou gh frictional forces will gradually reduce the
continuous metal trough, mounted on sturdy, inclined reactor
amplitude of vibration.
legs. A constant stroke eccentric drive p rovides a powerful surge·proof conveying action.
The positive action eccentric drive on off Link-Belt oscillating conveyors overcomes these frictional forces and maintains a
These conveyors are ideal for handling off granular, free·
constan! amplitude of vibration. This positive action provides
flowing materials as well as hot, abrasive, flne, dusty, lumpy,
a constant conveying action under load conditions normally
stringy and other difficult-to-handle materials, or where con·
encountered in conveyor service and also under surge load
tamination or corrosion is a problem. In addition to conveying,
conditions which might dampen-out other types of vibratory
oscillating conveyors are used for scalping, cooling, heating
conveyors.
and drying. In off Link· Belt oscillating conveyors, the trough support system
Varying trough loads or drive speeds cause variations from natural frequency, thereby imposing extra loads on conveyor
functions as near to natural frequency as practicable, resulting
parts. The eccentric drive is desi gned with ample service fac-
in low operating power requirements and mínimum stress on
tors to withstand these common operating conditions, thus
parts under load. The phenomenon of natural frequency is
eliminating the need for precise and continua! speed a d just-
readily illustrated by a spring·suspended weight which is de·
ments.
236 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling osdllatlng conveyors
Types Flexmount • for light duty serv1ce
33961
Flexmount osclllating conveyors for light d uty applications are of extremely simple conslruction, remarkably rugged and compact. They are ea sily installed and require mínimum mainlenance and allenlion. Firmly mounted flat- spring supporl legs provide slurdy lrough supp orl as well as natural freq uency spring reaclion which keeps drive size requiremenls to a mínimum. Componenls for conveyors with 8 ", 12" and 18" lrough widths are readily available lo assemble conveyors of desired length and drive localion. Flexmount conveyors handle a wide variety of free-flowing materials as well as metal chips and turnings, metal scrap and canned goods in process. For selection and dimensions refer to pages 238 to 240.
Coilmount • for medium duty serv1ce
Collmount osclllating conveyors for medium duty applications are rugge d, well reinforced and require mínimum maintenance. They a re shippe d in a ssembled components, making installation cosls extremely low. The 6 " deep trough is supported by separate le gs that a re rubberbushed et orticulation points ond do no t req uire lubricotion. The coil springs operote in th e natural frequency ronge ond reduce normal drive requirements. Completely assembled conveyor sections 5 or 1O feet long in trough widths of 1O" ond 20" ore reodily available for easy installation. Coilmount conveyors can handle many materials such os cullet, bulk chemicols, sond , e tc. For selection ond dimensions refer to pog es 241 to 2 4 3.
Torqmount • for heavy duty serv1ce
Torqmount oscillatlng conveyors for heavy and extra-heovy duty applications ore rugged, dependable ond easy to adjust and maintain. Serving a s reactor spring s, torsion ba rs, fi xed al one end and stee lbocked rubber bushed et lhe other end, obsorb the energy of lrough moveme nl et the end of the stroke et ali points of support a long the trough le ngth. Replaceoble troughs of plain or olloy steel can be furnished in widths from 20" to 48" o r more. Torqmount conveyors can hondle a great variety of malerials such os sand, castings ond cullet. For selection and dime nsions refer to poges 244 to 246.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 237
bulk handling osclllatlng conveyors
Flexmount features Smooth continuous trough Conveyor consists of o conlinuous, 1O gouge steel lrougn mounted on sturdy, flot-spring resilienl supporl legs. Compoct design simplifies instollotion. All-metol construction insures long, trouble-free service life.
Positive action drive 33962
Mod el 2500, single connecling rod, Flel\mount eccentric drive for 8 " ond 12" widtn conveyors, ond o s on e nd drive for shorl 18" widtn conveyors, is rigidly mounted on o welded steel base witn o n odjuslment for V-belt drive. This drive runs smootnly, mointo ins positive o clion rego rdless of overloods or surges ond provides gentle oscillo ting oclion ot selected speeds. Model 3500, double connecting rod, Flel\mount eccenlric drive for 18" width conveyor nos tne sorne feotures os tne Mod el 2500.
Flexmount selection In general, granular, free-flowing moteriols from 1 00 mesh ond lorger to such size os will f1t in ony particular size trough, con be conveyed successfully in o Flel\mount conveyor. Moteriols which ore moist or sticky, such o s prepored foundry sond, ond other moteriols sucn os cement ond flour, whicn ore flner tnon 100 mesn, ond nove o tendency to cerote, moy b e d ifficult to carry al normal speeds. Refer such opplicotions to Link-Belt for recommendotions. Flel\mount conveyors con be used without speciol construction to nondle moteriols up to opprol\imotely 250°F. Higner temperoture opplicotions snould be referred to Link-Bel! for recommendotions.
tio n. The intermediote drive section moy be locoted ony wnere olong tne conveyor to suit instollotion but preferobly neor center of conveyor. When o conveyor requires o speciol lengtn seclion, select peris so the speciol length section is olwoys greoter thon five feet. lnclude tronsfer sections ond trougn el\tensions in delermining total length of conveying trough. Selectlon e xample • Select o Flel\mount to nondle 15 tons per
nour of dry sond weighing 75 pounds per cubic foot over o distonce of 27 feet. Conveyor to nove feed end drive. Solutlon • Refer to Copocity Cnort A. For material weigning 75
How to select a Fl e xmount Re fer to Chart A • Determine tne trough widtn for the required
copocity. Copocities ore bosed on average material trovel of 20 feet per minute with on average depth of bed os indicoted. Re f e r to Chart B • Select tne drive for the required copocity ond
length. Two or more conveyors moy be required.
Refer to Table 1 • Select components for the e ntire conveyor. Wnen selecting sections for conveyors with f eed end drives, the Arst section must olwoys be o primory section. Wnen select1ng sections for conveyors with intermediote drives, olwoys use o primory section ot the feed end of the conveyor ond onother primory seclion following the drive section. Tnis provides o leg for support ot the feed end ond anead of tne wrist pin connec-
238 • L 1 N K - B E L T
pounds p e r cubic foot al 15 TPH on 18" 1\ 4 " trough is required. Refer to Orive Selection Chori B. A 27-foot long conveyor handling 15 TPH requires o Model 2500, l HP drive. Refer to Components Table l. Feed end drive ossembly l 84ED25 is indicoted. Other conveyor components needed to build the entire conveyor ore olso cnosen from this table.
ln stallation In general, Flel\mount conve yors con be instolled without difficulty on concrete foundotion s or structures obout 1O feet in neignt. Wnen mounting conveyors on upper fl oors of b uildings or structures speciol core must be el\ercised. Other opplicotions involving mounting Flel\mount conveyors obove bins, hoppers, on upper slories, etc., should be referred to Link-Belt for recommendotions. Speciol designs for minimizing vibrotion to the structure ore avoiloble upan opplicotion.
bulk handling o sclllatlng conve yors
Flexmount selection Chart A • Capacity
Chart B • Orive selection
35.--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 30
DE.t._ ~TH 1;3: FOR FOR
4" DEPTH 2• OEPTH
35 a:
=>
30
o t----t~-+~+-~t----i~..,..c...-+-~t----il--~
25
J:
a:
25
!t (/)
z
20
,_o ?;
15
>!:::
10
u <( Q. <(
u 120
5
o
140
10
MATERIAL WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT
20
30 40 70 80 MAXIMUM LENGTH 0F CONVEYOR IN FEET
Foq 6200
Flg 6201
Table 1 • Ffexmount components Sub-o ssem bly
Oescription
lo drive assembly.
8 .. 2 8 .. 4 12 X 4 18 .. 4
82P5 84P5 124P5 184P5
105 114 124 145
'.--~
lncludes 10'-0 " troug h, base, Flexmounl legs and necessary bolts and nuts for connect ing lo dri ve assembly.
8 "2 8 X 4 12 X 4 18 "4
82Pl0 84PIO l 24 P1 O 184P10
195 218 238 271
=::..-=.-=:l
lncludes 10'-0" trough, base, flexmounl legs and necessary bolts and nuts for connecting lo primo ry seclion. Also used for odd leng lhs under 10'-0".
8 8 12 18
82510 84510 124510 1845 10
190 213 233 263
Feed end drive asse m bly
,-.:¡:) - ;- '\.- - ~
'\
:
:::l
lnclud es 5'-0 " trough, base, Flexmounl legs ond necessory
-=l
b olts ond nub fo r conne cting
5 foot primary s ection
... -~'--·: ¡,,.01 ( '¿ t--' \ t:;;~~-=~
'\
'\
1O fool p ri mary secti on
t=:--=.,-=-¡::-
'\
~-
\
·=·=:.=!
10 foot supplem entary section
t=·=·= -v F:
~
:wtj?CC~
5 fool lntermedia te d riva a ssam bly sactio n
~ --=r=a:::.:i-v=--~ ~--=l
e:.==
Transfer section
~- ::i:==::i
¿::-¡
Dlsc harge extenslo n 1' -0• long
~------,, T""TT¡· !:...-='==::i
Trou g h cover
Weight, pound s
18 .. 4
-~
~~~~~~'\
Ca to log number
Model 2500, 1 HP Orive: • 82ED25 84E025 124E025 184E025 Model 3500, 2 HP Orive: o 184E035
lncludes drive support, slide base, eccentric drive, drive brocket, V-bel!, V-belt sheoves, flywheel ond guords. (No motor or controls included.)
~-~
, -
Tro ug h size, inches
lnclud es drive support, slide base, eccentric drive, 5 ' -0" trough ouembly, drive brackel, V-bel!, V-bel! sheaves, flywheel, guards, Flexmounl legs and necessary bohs and nuls for connecting to conveyor seclion. (No motor or control included.)
8 8 12 18
.. .. .. ..
X X X X
2 4 4 4
2 4 4 4
295 297 299 307 383
--8 .. 2 8 X 4 12 .. 4 18 .. 4 18 .. 4
Mo del 2500, 1 HP Orive: • 821025R or l ¿ 841025R or l ¿ 1241025R or L¿ Model 3500, 1 HP Orive: • 1841035R or L¿ Model 3500, 2 HP Orive: o l 841035R2 or L2 ¿
300 315 350 430 430
- - -
lncludes discharge and l eed extensions, bolts and nuts necessary for cannecling la lraugh.
8 .. 2 8 X 4 12 X 4 18 X 4
82TS 84TS 124TS 184TS
20 25 30 40
lncludes balts and nuts necessary for cannecling la lraugh.
8 .. 2 8 .. 4 12 "4 18 X 4
82DE 840E 1240E 1840E
9 12 14 18
5 foat lenglhs. lncludes clomps for allochmenl la standard lrough seclions.
8 X 2 8 " 4 12 "4 18 "4
82C5 84C5 124C5 184C5
15 15 19 26
¿ 5ee drive deroils to de te rmine right o r left hand • 1 horsepowe r 1800 RPM motor-frome 182 o 2 horsepowe r 1800 RPM mator-frame 184
L 1 N K - B E L T • 239
bulk handling o sclllatlng conv eyo rs
Flexmount dimensions
G
J ! --_ -_-~-8;F-~:- -~< /: D
ü!I
I_ t:::
1
J L--===::==~~;ct;:==-~:==:::::::=:í:::===:::=:===: '' w
1 1 5'.o" OR I O~o· SECTIONS AS REOUIRED 1 TRANSFER SECTION 1 r-21~r5~0· (OR 10~0; PRIMARY SECTION
...- -15-
FLOW --'>-
>-
[]
.
1!~c------3~9"' - - - - - --
-
-
1 0~0· PRIMARY SECTION OR
r,_-- - - - - - -- - -- - - -ló-0" SUPPLEMENTARY
SECTION
t:i--.-_~__ --...,..-.,,_-.--~.1..~>"':'"...,,..~----~~~~-------.,--.,,.....--------------~-,,-:,.---"1t.,--:---' ·~
''\ \
\_
t:==--:--·~·--:-
'4
1,
¿:.
FLow -- ~
THIS ADDITIONAL LEG ON PRIMARY SECTION ONL Y
-
r·-
----- --------
'.
L._
- - - 3 - 9 PRIMARY SECTION ONLY _ _ _ _ _ _ _,...., _ _ _ __
~· --------3~10~ -·
1
¡1:·
E --~
CM__ __ ---·
ASSEMBLY 1
2
NORMALL Y FURNISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
F
~K 1-.
1
1s!" • ~ k¡f
J-
18
18• CONVEYOR
8 ANO 12 CONVEYORS
ASSEMBLY 2
MOTOR ASSEMBIJES INTERMEDIATE ORIVE O~!~Y
Si te
e
A
1
F•
D
1
1
H
G
1
1
K
M
182 frame rnotor
N
1
184 fra me motor
N
INCHtS
e "2 e" 4 12 " 4 1e " 4
e e 12 1e
2Y1 4 4 1 4
3 Y, 5 '11 5 1¡, 5'11
9 ';1. 9•.-1. 9 •A. 1 14 "11•
12 '11 12 '11 16Y, 1 22 '11
Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes. • Moximum height at top of stroke
240 • L 1 N K - B E L T
.I
12>;i. 14'..I. 14 '..I. 141¡1,
19 19 19 26'!.
12•¡1, 12•11· 12•11. 1 11 "11•
1
9 111 9 111 9111 15 111
15'!. 15 '!. 15>;. 16•;,
19 19 19 18
10 10 10 10111
15 >;. 15 >;. 15 >;. 15 '/.
44~
4 4 •,,, 44 ~.
44'11•
14 >;.
44 V.
bulk handling o sclllating conveyors
Coilmount features Hlgh capaclty trough and sturdy trough support system Deep reinforced trough with top ered sides offers minimum resistonce to material Aow. One-piece construction is leokproof ond e osy lo keep cleon. Troughs o re 1O" ond 20" wid e ond 6" deep of 1 O gouge or ~6· steel. Dust-lighl covers con be furnished. lightweight cost oluminum rocker legs of rigid X-broce construction resist corrosion. Ho rdene d steel-encose d rubber bushings ot o rticulotion poinls do nol require lubricotion. Coil springs ore of speciolly processed high-q uolity spring steel designed with lib eral service foctors.
Rugged eccentric drive Posilive oclion motion is impo rted to lrough by casi sleel connecting rod olloched to trough by rubber-bushed wrisl pin ond securely locke d by lope r lock bushing s. Rugged e cce ntric shoft is su pporte d by double row self-oligning roll er beoring pillow block s.
Fle x ib le dr ive arrangement 38232
Bread inslollotion Aexibility is accomplished since compocl drive moy be locoted onywhere o long lhe conveyor, with the motor on either side. When drive is locoled al end of conveyor, motor ond bose a re mounted in line with trough.
Coilmount selection The Coilmount oscilloting conveyor complements the time -preven Flexmounl by providing g reote r load corrying copocily with correspondingly more rugged construction ond simplicity of moinlenonce. The Coilmounl design le nds ilself lo mony special processes such o s scolping, dewolering, seporoting, drying or cooling, ond speciol screen d e cks, lrough covers or cooling hoods con b e e ngineered by link-Bel t. Coilmounl conveyors con be used without speciol conslruclion lo hondle moleriols up lo opproximotely 250°F. Higher tem perolure opplicolions should b e referred to link-Belt for recommendotions.
How to select a Coilmount Re fer to Charts A and C • Dete rmine the trough width for the re q uired copocity. Chori A is for 1o· X 6 " conveyors ond Chori c for 20" x 6 " conveyors, for material trove! speeds up lo 75 feet p er minute with o 4" bed d e plh of material. Mosl molerio ls convey between 50 ond 75 feet pe r minute. For higher conveying roles consult Link-Be lt. lnlerporticle slippog e, oerotion of the b ed of material, moisture content ond other foctors offect the conveying role. For exom ple, coorse moleríais with mínimum inlerporticle slippo ge such os fe e d p ellets, wood chips, dry chemicols ond domp sond generolly convey al opproximote ly 75 fe e l pe r minute while fine molerí ais with interporticle slippoge or o erotion quolities such os dry cemenl or fine, dry sond g e nerolly convey al opproximotely 50 feel per minute or less. For recommendotions on slicky o r hord -to-hondle moleriols consult link-Be lt. Loborolory facilities ond fiel d unils ore ovoiloble for material p erformance tesis. Re fe r to Charts B and D • Select the drive size ond trough thickness for the required copocity ond length. Re fer to Ta ble 1 • Selecl componenls for the entire conveyor. Completely o ssembled conveyor sections 5 or 1O feet long , with
troughs 1O" or 20" wide ond 6 " deep, ore ovoiloble for fost, eosy ond e conomicol instollotion. Whe n selecting sections for conveyors with interme diote drives, olwo ys use o primory section ot the feed end of lhe conveyor. This provides o leg fo r support al lhe feed e nd of the conveyor. lnte rmediote drive section moy be locoted onywhere olong the conveyor to suit instollotio n. Whe n o conveyor re q uires o sp ecia l length seclion, select parts so thot the specia l length seclion is always greole r thon five feet. lnclude transfe r sections ond trough exlensions in dete rmining total length of conveying trough. Se lection example • Select o Coilmount to handle 45 tons per hour of dry coorse salt weighing 50 pound s per cubic foot o ver o distonce of 35 feet. Conveyor to hove f eed end drive. Solution • Refer to Capacity Chori A. Mate rial weighing 50 pounds p er cubic foot conveyed al 45 TPH is beyond the recommended range of o 1 O" X 6" Coilmount. Therefore, re fer to Chori c which shows thol o 20" x 6" Coil mounl is sotisfoctory for lhis opplicotion. Re fer to Orive Selection Chort D. A 35-foot long conveyor handling 45 TPH requires o 3 HP drive ond 3A•" lrough. Re fer to Com ponenls Tabl e l. Feed end d rive section 206EB-3 is indicated . Other conveyor components needed to b uild the enlire conveyor ore olso chosen from this table.
lnstallation In g e neral, Coilmount conveyors con b e instolled without difficulty on concre te foundotions or structures obout 1O fe e t in height. When mounting Coilmount conveyors on uppe r Aoors of buil dings or structures, speciol core must b e exercised. Othe r opplicotions involving mounting Coilmount conveyors obove bins, hoppers, upper stories, etc., should be referred to link-Belt for recommendotions. Speciol designs for minimizing vibrotion to the slructure ore ovoilob le upan opplicotion.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 241
bulk handling osclllatlng conveyors
Coilmount selection 11
x 6 " CONVEYOR Chart B • Orive selection, 1O" x 6" Chart A • Capacities, 1O" x 6" for 4" bed d e pth o f material 10
50.----.---.--,-----.--r-""T""- ,.---,7T--r--i----i'.:?"-,---.
50.----n--,r-<""T""-...
zg¡ 401---i--+--+--+--+-> ;;::~ 301---+- -+--+---t--,..-
20
~~ ~t~~~~~i~ª~i~~~E~~i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
ug
10
Fig. 5944
Fig 5947
11
e . Ca p acities, 20"
Chart
X
2 0 x 6 " CONVEYOR 6 " for 4" bed depth of materia l Chart D • Orive selectian, 20" x 6"
60
"9 ,.,.,1
70
a:: 60 z => -,_ :e o 50
515
40
-+
/
/
~ ~ 30 t- 20
10
V"
-
~
~
~
w m
~
,,,,_
.- _.
----
1
--~
/ / V __.. l.---""' ¡......¡;::::::. ~ m m
[......--""
A '~º ~--
V ~V
Uo
7 0 1---+---;!I--\+-""
/
)f ~~ / : fa(
V
ao -~~~-
/V
/
oo
~
1m 1m
201---+--il---+-+-ll---+--l-+-I 101---+--il---+-''t'-11---+--l-+-t
1~
MATERIAL WEIGHT PER CUBIC FOOT
LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET Fig 5945
Fig 5948
Tabl e 1 • Coilmount components Co to loq number
Oescription
Trou gh si1e 10• x 6•
1O gouge
~
inch
Trough size 20• x 6., 1O gouge
~
Motor
HP"
inch
10 6 EA-1 10 6 EA- 2 106EA-3
106 E8- 1 106E8-2 106E8-3
206EA- 1 206EA-2 206EA- 3 206EA-5
206E8- 1 206E8-2 206E8-3 206E8-5
FEEO ENO ORIVE SECTION
Use d al feed end a f canveyar. lnclud e s complete conveyor d rive o nd g uard , except motor and cantra ls. 5hea r bars and connection nuts ond bolts includ ed.
'. ;#{ ;#{ ~ ~:
Used al feed end of conveyor when intermediate drive is used. Re q uired bolts and nuts includ e d.
106PA5
106P85
206PA5
20(>P85
Used al feed end o f conveyor when intermediate d rive is used. Required bolts and nuts include d.
106PA10
106P810
206PA10
206P810
Used anywhere in conveyor except a l feed end or used for ma king odd length sections. Required bolts and nuts included .
1065A10
1065810
2065A10
2065810
1061A-1 106IA-2 106IA-3
10618-1 1 0618 -2 10618 -3
206IA-1 2061A-2 206IA-3 2061A-5
20618-1 20618-2 20618-3 20618-5
1 2
3 5
S FOOT PR IMARY SECTI ON
10 FOOT PRIMARY SECTION
10 FOOT SUPPLEMENTAR Y SECTION
S FO O T INTERMEOIATE ORIVE SECTIO N
4:~~0-3 ~~'v':.
L.\
c=':::i
c::=.S
Used anywhere in conveyor, pre fe rably a l center. lncludes complete conveyor d rive and guard, excepl ma lar and conlrols. 5hear bars and conneclion nuts and balts included. Assembly 1 furnished unless otherwise specifled. Used when connecting conveyors in fine. Required bolts ond nuts included.
106TA
10618
206TA
206T8
Used lo exlend discha rg e beyond base. Required bolts and nuls included.
1060A
10608
2060A
20608
Used when dusl light conveyor is required. Require d bolts o nd nuts and clamps lo foslen cover to standard trough included. 5 -fool lengths.
106CA
106C8
206CA
206C8
TR ANSFER SECTIO N
f:_t·-:t-D ~~~~::J
OISCHARGE EXTENSI ON ~-
-
~
)@f.[ TROUGH COV ER
•
1 horsepo wer 1800 RPM motor- frome 182. 2 horsepowe r 1600 RPM motor- frame 184.
242 • L 1 N K - B E L T
3 horsepower 1600 RPM motor- frome 213. 5 horsepower 1800 RPM motor- frome 215.
1 2 3 5
bulk handling osclllatlng conveyors
Coilmount dimensions
rºT C J ¡¡: ~ ,-T· '.'
1 '
i
1
.
~
"
- + --
IZ::...rnR
co~cRETE F
NOATIONS
--20~1!L 12~~2:s~>
. _ - - - --
10~0· PRIMARY SECTION OR - - - -10'.o' SUPPLEMENTARY SECTION-
-
-
----->T<-12~ OISCH ARGE l¡:XTENSION
t---· - · --j~~~~~~~='t--r+-~
MOTOR ASSEMBLIES INTERMEOIATE ORIVE ONLY
TROUGH SECTIONS
¡· -----~~61=:i
_¡;--11
n_
l'i":J ~ 1
• ALL .a;-ili FOUNOATION .;BOLTS - 1' • ,. •
1'
ASSEMBLY 1
10'x 6
1
TROUGH
20' x 6' TROUGH
Size
Horsepower
ASSEMBLY 2
NORMALL Y FURN ISHEO UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEO
-~--
Plf.t'1S
A 8 C O -----'-----,N -C ""'H _E_ _ _ _~---5
1
1 ond 2
26Y,
1 0>~
10%
12\14
3
26Y,
11 r.
10%
12\14
1 ond 2
30%
14Y,
14Y.
l 6'11
3 ond 5
30%
16
14 '!.
16'/o
10 "6
20 " 6
Hove dime nsions certified for instollotion purposes.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 243
bulk handling
............. " ... ~ :.. , .. , .~;
osclllatlng conveyors
:
•
~ 1 t ~},
Torqmount features !
'
. .. .. ;
.
Replaceable carrylng trough Torqmount oscillc¡iting conveyors ore designe d far heovy ond extro-heovy opplicotions. The heovy duty ty pe is ovoiloble in tro ugh widths of 20" to 48 " wide ond with copocities over l 00 tons per hour. The extro-heovy duty typ e is ovoiloble in 48" trough wid th ond with copocities up to 350 tons p er hour. The corrying trough con be mode of obro sion resistan! steel ond is reod ily reploceoble without interfe ring with trough sup ports. Troughs ore leokproof ond moy b e füted with dust-tight covers.
Rugged trough supports Torsion bors serve a s reactor springs ond obsorb the e ne rgy of trough movement ot the e nd of eoch stroke ot ali points of support o long the trough le ngth. They ore rugge d, d ependoble, ond eosy to odjust ond mointo in. Eo ch of the torsion bo rs is fix e d ot one end ond free to o rticulote in o steel-b ocked rubber b ushing ot the other. A common mounl far supporting legs ond torsion bors on opposite sid es of trough mointoins occurote olignment.
De p e ndable poslt lv e actl on drl ve The Torqmount drive has o sturdy doubl e row rolle r b eoring eccentric ond outboo rd beorings. The welded steel base is on integral por! of the conveyor base. This rugg e d d rive provides o positive, full stroke under normal, o s well os surge looding conditio ns, ossuring dependoble conveying oction. 29178A
244 • L 1 N K - B E L T
-1
M.ARCONA MlNlNG Co.
o sclll a tl ng conve yors
-
REOEtVEO
Torqmount selection
bulk handling
1
1
1963 ~
\
-
-·
PUMT IMMT. SUPT•
•
~
The heovy ond extro-heovy duty Torqmount oscilloting conveyors complement the Flexmount ond Coilmount by providing greoter lood corrying copacity and r etoining mointenance simplicity. The Tarqmount design lends itself to applications which require handling high capacities of materials such as foundry shakeout sand, castings, coal or crushed rock.
Example 1 • Select o Torqmount t o handle 75 t ons per hour of clinker weighing 90 pounds per cubic foot over o distonce of 65 feet. Solution • Refer lo Copacity Cho ri A . Far material weighing 90 p ounds per cubic foot al 75 TPH o 36" wide trough is required. Refer to Orive Selection Chori B. A 65-foot long conveyor handling 75 TPH requires o 10 HP drive.
How to select a Torqmount Exo mple 2 • Select o Torqmount to handl e 275 tons p er hour of shokeout sand weighing 90 pounds per cubic foot over a distance of 45 f eet.
Refer to Charts A and C • Determine trough width for the required capocity. Chori A is for 20" to 48" trough widths ond is bosed on on average material trovel of 30 feet per minute with en averag e depth of bed of 4 ". Chori C is for the 48 " wide super-copacity extra heovy dut y conveyor and is bosed on an averoge mat erial trovel of 50 feet per minute with an average depth of bed of 8 ". When selec· tion is in shoded portion of table consult Link-Bel!.
Solution • Refer to Capacity Chori A. The tonnoge requiremenls are beyond the copocity of o heovy d uty Torqmount; therefore, refer to Capacity Chori C for the extro -heovy duty Torqmount which is satis· factory far this opplica tion.
Ref er to Cha rts B and D • D etermine the horsepower required bosed on capacit y and conveyor length. Where more horsepower or long er carrying runs ore required, two or more conveyors of shorter lengths con be used in series, each with its own drive.
Refer to Orive Selection Cho ri D. The horsepower required far one 45-faot long conveyor exceeds the recommended 25 HP maximum, therefore use two conveyors in series-one 25 fe et long with o 20 HP motor ond one 20 f eet long with a 15 HP motor.
HEAVY DUTY- 4 11 BED DEPTH
Chart A • Capacity
Chart B • Orive selection /
/ /
/
/
l/)
~
7o
o 5o 4o
1-
u <(
o..
<(
V
/ ~
2
/ /
/
/
!>o
V/
/
,~
º-
-::;:; ,~ .....
10 20
~
/
/
/
V
::i
o
o.. 9o
z
~ 8o
V
~
.....-
u
/ ~
\
\
. \
20
\
~
\
"'
Í\
\
7 -~ HP
\
'
1\
n
\
5 HP
\
3o
~
'\ ~
\
1\
20"
~
\
\
'
3 HP
\
\
\
~ 5o
V 4o
\
\
~ 6o
\ ~
\
\
7o
<(
~
\ \
\
\
\
:e
l/)
\
\ \
o 11 o
w
/k; 7,f:>. ,,...-.....-
/
a::
a:: 10o
~
~º
1
12
1
/ /V
I~
ºo /~
/"'
/
o
'\
\ \ \
\
13 o
/
/
/ / V V/ ,. ~ V /,V/ V / / / V _.....,, V / ~ V / V V
v
14
/
/
\
15c.
/
/t>-~A IV / / 1'/, V / V ":>ro /
/
6
3
V /
;;<$-~/
L,¡J
>-
/
/
o 14 o 13 o,_ 12 o a:: ::> 11 o o :e a:: 10o o.. 9 o z o1- 8 o 15
10 HP
i\. ~
' '\.
"""
"
10
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 MATERIAL WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT fig . 6202
o
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET fi g. 6203
l 1 N K - B E L T • 245
bulk handling o sclllatl ng co nveyon
Torqmount seledion EXTRA HEAVY DUTY-8" BED DEPTH Char t D • Orive selection
Chart C • Copocity 350 330
I
350
/
310
a: 290
a :e 270 a: ...w 250
I
z
:;? ?;
/
210
~ ü 190
...<< u
/
"'
-
::i
V
"')ti
~~
~
230
~
210
~
190
"-
;:;
·-
1 1
1
....
1
170
~ 10
"-~~~#\
__
HP
HP
150
J
130
-
>-
V
150
--,
2 50
V>
• ~
/
170
290
j! 270
V
230
¡-
3 10
/
V>
1
1 1
330
\
1
130
HP
\
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150
10
MATERIAL WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT
20
HP
\ \
30
40
50
LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET
Fig. 6205
Fog. 6206
Torqmount dimensions
SECTION AA f ig. 444 2
H- CLEARANCE
H CLEARANCE
A-
¡
FLOW- -
BOLTS-E :~~~~~~- o~~~~~----~
f 1g. A.44 1
Size
C onve yor weight
Av erog e weight of
per foot, pounds
drive, pounds
e
A
o
f
1
1(
G
INCHES
H eavy duty
20 24 30 36 .ol2
125 130 162 180 196 214
..ca
385 385 1380 1380 1380 1380
20 24 30 36 .ol2 48
'A. 'A.
v. v. v. v.
1
18 18 30:Y. 30V. 30:Y. 30:Y.
48
v.
1
43
:y,
60 60 96 96 96 96
y. 1 1 1 1
6 6 8 8 8 8
11 111 11 111 19:y, 19% 19% 19%
1
1 12
19%
16 16 27 27 27 27
24111 2 4 111 24 111 24 111 24111 2 4 111
33
31111
24~
24 3A 24 ~ 24~
24~
24 3A
Extra heavy duty
48 Á
1
280
2200
l
Hove d imensions certifo ed fo r i nstallat ion purposes. Clearance req uired fo r removal o f torsion bars.
246 • l 1 N K - B E l T
1
96
1
1
1
30111
bulk handling osclllatlng conveyors
Modifications
Mony modiflcotions con be mode to link-Be lt o scilloting conveyors to meet o voriety of speciol mounting, material processing or speciol conveyor trough opplicotions. A portiol list of oscilloting conveyor modiflcotions follows: • Spring mountings to isolo te vibrotions from floors, slructurol members, e tc. • Trough d ecks for screening, dewolering ond sepo roling. • Divide d troughs for conveying o voriety of moteriols simultoneously. • Tubular troughs for conveying material under pressure or when gos-tight construction is required. • Dust-tight lrough covers ore ovoiloble for oll conveyors. • Trough hood s for drying or cooling. • Troughs for handling high temperoture moteriols. Completely e nclose d To rqmount oscilloting conveyors o re sp ring mounled to isolote vibrotions from building structure. These 24• wide conveyors handle 40 tons per h our of highly obrasive silicon carbide. Photo 33364
Grizzly bar sectlon o f this Torqmounl oscillating conveyor removes lumps from cernen! clinke r. Usable material d rops through ba rs onto belt conveyor below. Photo 32759
Speclal d lvld e d trough on this To rqmount oscillating conveyor has four sections for handling tractor track links. Pho to 380 1 O
lnsulate d trough Flexmount oscilloting conveyor handling corn. Jets of steom ore used lo deslroy bocterio. Photo 35878
Completely e nclosed dust - tlght Flexmount o scilloting conveyor has manually operated discharge gales thal diverl chemical granules lo bins below. Pholo 3 4 7 85
L 1 N K - B E L T • 247
bulk handling apron conveyors
apron
2 4 - lnch wide apron conveyor delivering hot burned lime from d ischorge chute of rotary kiln (foreground) to foot of bucket e levo tor. Photo 35625
36-lnch wlde by 85-foot long apron conv eyor in foundry, where attendants sort castings into separote contoiners. Sprues a nd goles ore dischorged for remelting. Photo 35076
84-inch wide apron conve yor carrying harbor refuse up 30-degree incline to incineratar. Photo 35635
Apron conveyors consist of a series of jointed overlapping or interlocking apron pans on which th e materia l is carried, operating over head and foot terminals and suitable tracking, all contained and supported by a stationary frame. They can be used to handle practically any bulk material, as well os packaged and solid objects. Link-Belt apron conveyors are wide ly used for handling bulk materials such as ores, stone, sand, gravel, coal, cullet, foundry and industrial refuse, garbage and similar materials. Properly designed and applied, they will also handle steel scrap, castings, strip steel and similar objects.
248 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Hinge d apron conve yor "'' left elevating metal chi ps from twa lines of Flexmount oscilloting can· veyors. A similor conveyar at right hondles metal links. Photo 38002
These conveyors will handle materials with a min1mum of degradation over horizontal, indined or a combination of horizontal and indined paths. Furnished with or without sides, opron conveyors con be used as picking tabl es or, with the addition of skirt plates, be adapted to handl e large volumes of e ither granular or lumpy material. Link-Belt, with its wide experience in selecting, applying and building apron conveyors, is well quolif1ed to moke recommendotions to meet specif1c requirements.
bulk handling a pron co nveyo rs
Types
Ty p ical a p ron conveyors With corrugoted pans
W ith Aat pans
Typical a pron conve yo rs A typ ica l a pran canveyar consists of a series of overla p ping or interlocking apron p o ns ottoched successively to two stronds of chain. Depe nding upon design, opron po ns ore mounte d between the two cho ins, or o n to p of o tlo chmenls exle nd ing obove the choins. In the lo tte r orrongement, p ons moy be ottoched to the inne r ottachment link only, or extend ocross !he top of both inner o nd outer o ttochments. In the typicol opron conveyor, the lorger rodius beod or corrugotion of eoch pon overlops the srnoller rodius beod of its odjocent pon, providing o light joint ot oll times. This not only forms o continuous surfoce for the corrying run, but olso preve nts material from wedging between odjoining pons when the apron pivots to dischorge over the heod terminal. The curves of the beods ore concentric with the pin of the choin. Direction of trove! should normolly be orronged so thot the open end of the upper bead, lead•.
Und er heovy lo o dings ond o n the wider co nveyors, cross rods exte nding through both cho ins ore used al inlervo ls to stiff e n the choins ond preserve the vertica l position of the rollers. These rods usuolly toke the pl a ce of the regular choin pins or studs for the choin rollers. When the p ons ore mounted between the conveyor choins or fostened to lhe inner ottochments only, the choins sup port the conveying medium o n the relurn run. Pons ottoched to ond extending ocross the top of the choins must be supported on the return run by sli de roils or similor meons. Vorious choins moy be used with the differenl styles of pons to form the conveying medium. Molleoble iron choins ore limited to use with pons up to 6-inch pitch ond SS Closs bushed roller choins for pons of oll pitches.
No-le o k a pro n conve yo r
20084 Undersid e o f No-l e ok a p ro n conveyor
No- Leak apron conve y ors Although No- Leok opron conveyors were orig inoll y designed for ha ndling d ry, fi ne foundry sond, they ore suitoble o nd economicol for handling mony other moteriols. Becouse of the close fitting contocts of oll overlopping surfoces ond the procticol design, leokoge is held to the obsolute minimum. The close fitting contoct surfoces preven! moteriols from being cought in the joints ond permit handling steel ond oluminum scrop, smoll ports, ond other similor mate riols having shorp edges or fins. Apron pons ore occurotely formed to insure close fitti ng overlopping joints ond ore provided with offset side pioles welded integrolly with !he e nds of the pons. This construction effectively prevents leokoge ot the pon ends. Two stronds of conveyor choin ore ottoched underneoth ond close to the ends of the pons, where they ore protected from grit ond o brosive moteriols which moy spill over the conveyor sides. The SS Closs bushed roller choins hove steel driving collors, hordened bushings ond pins al the choin joints to minimize weor, golling o nd friction and insure long ond dependoble service.
The conveyor ond its load ore supported on the conveyor roils by single flonged rollers ossembled every second pitch on cross rods extending through the links of both conveyor chains ot mid-pitch points. This orrongement permits removol of the co rrying rollers for inspection or renewol without dismontling or disturbing the choins or p o ns. The rugged ond durable conslruction of this conveyor ossures dependoble operotion with o mínimum of moinlenonce when handling obrosive moteriols. Porls subjecl to weor ore occessible ond eosily re placed. To minimize weor ond ovoid the necessity for freque nt renewal, corrying rollers ore mode of chrome iron ar Flint-Rim. They con be furnished with hordened steel bushings or boll or roller beorings, depending on opplicotion ond service requirements. Chrome iron o nd bushed Flint-Rim rollers operote on hordened steel bushings o ssembled on the ends of the cross rods ond locked in the choin sideb ors. Pressure lubricotion to the bearing contoct surfoces reduces choin pull ond increoses choin life.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 249
bulk handling apron conveyors
Types
3995
Ope n top ca rrier w ith round bottom buckets Ope n top ca rrier with buckets fo r incl ines
Conveyors for large capacitle s Ope n top corriers o re recommended fo r handling unusuo lly lorge copocities or lump sizes. Ruggedly conslructed , these conveyors use two stronds of SS Closs bushed roller choin to supporl ond move lhe load . Heovy sleel buckels, suspended between !he two slronds of choin, con be provided in vorious thicknesses ond shopes for procticolly ony requirement.
Open top ca rrier w ilh b uckets for extra large capacities
These conveyors ore o lso used for handling moleriols al high temperolures ond for very obrosive molerio ls. They moy be instolled in horizontal ar steeply inclined poths or combinotions of these poths.
Apron conveyors w lth h lnged pans Hinged opron conveyors ore d esig ned to hondle shorp, highly obrosive, ond hol moteriols, mochined peris o nd similor p roducts. They will hondle scrop, costings, hect treoted peris from quench tonks, chips, sto mpings o nd other moteriols, including food products such o s cereols. These conveyors con b e operoted over horizo nta l or incline d poths or o co mbinotion of both. Cleols con b e odded for operotion on sleep inclines. The close fitting interlocking pons pro vide o minimum of opening o nd o smooth joint which ovoid s wedging effects when irre g ular or shorp moleriols o re conveyed.
Apron conveyo r with A F2 h inged pans
TRA VEL-------+-
Types of apron pans Pons of vorious types ore ovoilobl e for diffe re nt purposes ond to meet spe cific requiremenls. Sorne of the more commonly used style s ore illuslroled ond described. Style AA apron p ans o re normal cleoronce pons of lhe double b eoded type. They o re ovoiloble in vorious thicknesses ond in pitches ronging from 3 to 6 inches.
Fig . 4686
Style AA a p ron pans
In mosl pilches, lhese pons ore ovoiloble for suspension between slrond s of choin ond for use with ollochmenls exlending obove the choins. Conveyors with this lype of pon o re used for horizontal service ond al 20 lo 25 deg ree inclines. They o re suitoble for handling proclicolly oll bulk moteriols. When used for cooling purposes, sorne o ir circulotion between the pons ond through !he conveyed material is possibl e.
TRAVEL---+-
Style AB apr o n pans ore similor in d esign lo the Style AA, except thot minimum cleo ronce is provid e d between !he corrugotions or beods. These pons ore ovo iloble in severo( lhicknesses, in pilches of 6 ", 9 " ond 12", ond o re used in both the regular ond No-le ok lyp e o pron conveyors.
Fig . 4689
Style AB apron pans
250 • L 1 N K - B E L T
They ore suilobl e for handling proclicolly o ll bulk moleriols over horizontal o nd up lo 20 lo 25-degree inclined polhs. Becouse of the close cleoronces mointoine d , leokoge or dribble is he ld to a minimum.
bulk handling apron conveyors
Types of apron pans TRAVEL - - +
TRAVEL ------+
Fig. ' 693
Style AC apron pans
Fig. 4687
Style AE apron pans
TRAVEL - - +
Fig. '692
Style AC apron pans with wood filler blocks
Style AC apron pans are of the single b eaded type. They ore available in several thicknesses in 9 and 12-inch pitches far attachment between the canveyar chains. The shape of the pon provides far free discharge of material and mokes it suitable far use en conveyors inclined up to 25 deg rees.
Style AE apron pans provide an extremely heavy duty conveying medium, suitable far heavy rock, castings and many other similar materiols. They ore designed to withstand severe abuse such as occurs et loading points. Pans consist of structural steel channels with clips ond heavy plate sides. Avoilable in pitches of 9 and 12 inches and widths up to 60 inches, they may be used for horizonta l and inclined service or combinations of both. TRAVE L - - +
Pons may be equipped with steel capped waod filler blacks to provide protectian far the conveyor against shock loading of heavy lumps. Fog . 4688
Style AFl apron pans TRAVEL--+ TRAV EL~
Fig. 4695
Style AD apron pans
Style AF2 apron pans
Style AF apron pans are of the hinged type, made in severa! d e signs, including flat pons and deep drawn pons for greater copacities. Pan edges are interlocked et the pivot point to provide a minimum of opening and a smooth joint. Rods through the conveying chains and the interlocking pan edges comp lete the assembly.
TRAVEL----+-
Pons ore available in pitches of 4, 6, 9 ond 12 inches ond in widths up to 48 inches. They o re suitable for light and medium loads and for handling small objects ond peris. Perforoted pans can be provided for quench tank service.
Fig. 4694
Style AD apron pan s with wood filler blocks
Style AD apron pans are of the double beaded type similar to Styles AA ond AB, except they ore deep drawn to farm a stiffer pon far heovier loads and greater carryi"g capacity en horizontal and inclined paths. They may also be fitted with stee l capped wood filler blocks to provide protection far the pans against impact and shock when handling large, heavy lumps. Ends ore regularly welded to the pan and provide a means far attachment to the chain.
1
TRAVEL~ Fig. 4691
Ca st apron pans
Ca1t apron pan1 are made of gray iron, steel or malleable iron in various p itches and widths. They ore principally used far handling hot abrasive moterials.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 251
bulk handling a p roo co nveyors
Conveyor f rames
ARRANGEMENT A- Apron w ithou t ap ro n pan ends, angle !rac k both ru n s
ARRA NGEMENT B-Apron e nds, a ngle !ra ck both runs
w ith
a pron
pa n
Apron pans mounted on top of chains - chain rollers support pans on carry ing run- sl ide ra ils support pans on return run
V f;g, 4706
ARRANGEM ENT C - Apron with ap ron pa n ends, angle !rack both runs
¿_
ARRANGEM ENT E-Apron with a pro n pan ends, rail !rack b oth ru ns
A RRANGEMENT 0 - Apron wlth apron pa n ends , ra il l r a ck co rryi ng r u n, angle tra ck return ru n
f19. 4702
A RR ANGEMENT F- Apro n with apron p an ends, r o il track carryin g run, a ngle tra ck return ru n
Apron pans mounted between chainschain rollers support pa ns on carrying and return runs
252 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling apro n con veyo rs
Selection Depending on the construction, opron conveyors ma y be used to handle practically any loose, bulk materia l ranging from fine to large, irregular lumps. They are po rticularly suitable for installatio ns where impact is a factor or where the material being conveyed is too hot for other types of conveyors. Ruggedness ca n be built into apron conveyo rs to resist damage from the sharp corners of large lumps and from impact shock. Certain designs will withstand the dumping of heavy, coarse materials directly onto the conveyor or into a hopper from which the conveyor can withdraw the material, acting as a self-feeder. The pan beads or cor rugations retard backward flow of the material on inclined conveyors and minimize slippage between material and conveyor when used under bins and hoppers. Apron conveyors are excellent for : Corrying material harizontally, up or down inclines or in combinations af these paths Handling materials on inclines Conveying hot materiols Conveying abrasive molerials Elevoting materials too la rge ar bulky fo r bucket elevatars Conveying loose string y materials, such as slee l turnings Conveying submerged molerials in processing equi pment, such as quench and cooling tanks Processing or cooling material as it is conveyed Picking and sorting conveyors Apron conveyors using regu lar pans can be operated horizontally or on inclines up to 25 degrees . By using flights ottached lo the pans or specially shaped pans, inclines up to 45 degrees are possib le for handling sorne materials. Side pioles af varying heights attached to the ends of the apron pans or formed by the chain sidebors, ore usually used to increase the amount of materia l thal can be handled and to restroin it from spilling over the edges. Stationory skirt pioles also may be used ta increase the depth of material that may be handled. Skirt pioles a re commonly used on apron feeders and conveyors acting as self-feeders. Apron conveyors normally operate al speeds up to 1 00 feet per minute depending on the nolure of the ma te ria l being handled, the pitch of the cha in, desired life expectoncy, the construction of the pan , diameter of chain rollers and means of lubricalion. When used as picking table canveyors, speeds usually do not exceed 75 feet pe r minute. Normolly, 4" and shorter pitch apron conveyors ore used
~
for nonobrasive materia ls weighing up lo 50 pounds per cubic fool and conlaining relatively small lumps. Because af the sho rl pitch and other design limitolions, pan thicknesses and chain peris are of necessity small in size and therefore only suitable for lighter loads a nd service. Style AA pans are normally used for these pilches. Where space available for installation of the conveyor is limited, these assemblies affer a possible solution. 11
The 6 and longer pitch apron conveyors are suitable for practically ali olher materials when properly designed and applied. Styles AA, AB, and AC pans ore generally used, but where leakage or dribble must be held to a minimum, the Style AB pan is most suitable. Styles AA and AC pans provide for sorne circulation of ai r through the conveyor line and material. The Style AC pans ore most suitable for the steeper of the inclined conveyors. Dry, fine abrasive materials can best be handled on the No-Leak apron conveyors.
Capacities The maximum capacity, or role in tons or cubic feet per hour al which ma terial is lo be hondled al a ny time, must be used as a basis for selecting the size of the apron, even though this maximum rote may exist for only a short period of time. Da nol use the average or mean hourly rote, as the conveyor will nol handle the peak loads. Maximum size of lumps and the percentage they con slitute of the total ma terial handled, ore imporlant faclors in determining the size of conveyor required. These are listed in Table 1. lf the size ond percentage of lumps listed in the tables o re exceeded, select a wider conveyor•, regardless af the hourly capacity. Normolly, the width of the opron should be not less than 2 V2 times the size of the max imum lumps to be handled. In the smaller size the width should be 3 times the size of the maximum lump. Likewise, lhe depth of the feed opening shou ld be more than 2 times the size of the lorgest lump for unsized material and 2 V2 times the size of moximum lump for sized material. When skirt plates a re used lo increase the depth af bed of ma terial to obtain greote r ca pacity, the depth of piole ordinarily should nol exceed 2/ 3 the width of the conveyor. Depths greoter than this may somelimes be used on shorl conveyors or feeders, but on average length and long conveyors the side frict ion between the material and skirt plates will lend to reduce the copacity.
_n
Gl
r
-
rn 1
1
'I ¡1
~
.,._,
""""" -=·
T 1 1
1 11 11
1
l
L
. ~
1
+--TRAVEL
Typical apron conveyor frame
Fig. 4698
L 1 N K - B E L T • 253
bulk handling a pron convey ora
C onveyor speed fo r 4000 cubic fe e t per hour 4 000 = 119 FPM. = 33.7
Ex a mple of apron conveyor selection P roblem Select on o_pron conveyor to mee! the following conditions: Motenol . ...... ....... crushed limestone Weigh! · . . . .. . . . ... . .. 90 pounds per cubic foot Co pac1ty · · · ..... . ..... l aO tons per hour o r 4000 cubic feet per hour . Moiumum lump size .. 6 inches, l 03 of total volume Sh~ft cenlers . . ... .. ... a o feet along incline Incline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l S degrees Approximote diameter of he o d and foot sprockels . .. .. 2 3 inches Op e~oting c?nditions . ... moderote shock, moderately d usty Serv1ce requ1red . ... . ... 16 hours per doy
S ince this speed is higher than thol recommended in Table 1, consid er the next lorger size 24" wide conveyor with 6" high sides. This conveyor will hondle 4S cubic feet per hour al 1 FPM. C onv e yor speed for 4000 cubic feel per hour 4000 =-¡s= aa.a FPM, which is sotisfactory. Rehr lo materi a l clo ssifi cotion, page S63. Since crushed limeston e if mildly abra sive, select a thick pon. Next, refer to table on pose 2S7 ond no te that SS922 chain has the smo ll e st pitch and lowes l strenglh of !hose listed. Refer lo layout H of choin conveyor co lc 1.1lotions on poge S6a ond proceed a s foll ows: R = opproximo tely 2 0 .70 feel Y = approximo tely 77.27 feel
v.•
So lutio n
yR
R~fe r
to the types previously descri bed. Select an opron conveyor with Style AC pans as being sotisfactory for the application. . Refer lo Tabl e l. A con.veyor with ot leo s! on l a " opron width is recommended for the 6 lump size. R_efer th~ s'!ecifkotions on page 2S7. The moximum hei ht s1d~s liste~ is 6 . Refer to Table 2 ; on la " wide conveyor withg6" h1gh s1des w1ll handle 33.7 cubic fe e l per hour operating al l FPM.
e
W = 6S + s = 7 0 pounds 2000 T 2000 X 1 a o M = 6QS = 60 x aa .a = 67.S pound s
.'º
º!
P r. = YC {W + Ml+ R(W + M) = (77.27) (.11) (70 + 67.Sl+ (20.70)(7 0 + 67 .S ) = 401S pounds
Table 1 • Moximum lump sizes ond speeds Apron width,
size, inches •
inches
Unsized
Sized
la 24 30 36
6 a 12 14
4 6 7
42 4a
16 19 21 24
a 10 11 12
S4 60
~ ~l S = 2007 pounds required choin pull for eoch slrand
Recommended conveyor speed, feet per minute Apron pitch, inches Picking 3 to 6 1 12 9 1 1 to ble
Moximum lump
s
1
.. . . ..
7S
9S 90
as
6S
as
ªº
60
7S
70
70
6S
. ..
60 60
SS so 4S
100 100 90 90
100
ªº .ªº ..
.. .
...
= 20.70 _ = .27, therefore P4 ond Ps = O 77 27 = .1 1 for chain not lubricated, from page 2S7
Knó"'ing required choin pull, chain spee d , sha ft centers, approximo t e diometer of head ond foot sprockets, operoting conditions and e rvice required, refer lo conveyor choin selection, Cotalog 5 1 os o~ cnd proceed as follows: N utT'l l:er of teeth in he ad and foot spro ckels 3.14 X 23 a .02 ar 8 teeth 9 Se~ice factors from Chain Engineering section of Cotolog 1 OSO
70
are 1 . -2. 1.2 ond 1.2 . ,..-.-ection factor from Chain Engineering se ction of Cata log 0 ¡ 05 0 i .s approximately l.22 . equ i-V- d a in pull = 2007 X 1.2 X 1.2 X 1.2 X 1.22 = 4230. Aflo ....,J ble choin pull for SS922 choin is 7200 pou nd s and is
c
40
• Moximum soze lumps far unsozed moterool not to exceed 1007 0 ¡ 1 1 1 volum~ ond 01 leost 75% of totol 10 be less lhon one-holf theº moxi~u: ump soze .
l
satis .fo c:tory.
Ta ble 2 • Copocities 14
16
1
24
20
18
30
To ns per hour 18 24 30 36
.2 a .38 .47
42 48 54 60
.66
.56 .75 .84 .94
.S6
.S6 .7S
.70 .84 .98 l.13 1.27 l.41
.42
.94 l.13
.a4 l. 13 l.4 1 1.69
.9a l.31 l.64 1.97
l.13 l.50 1.aa
2.3Á
2.25
2.8 1
l.31 1.50 l.69 1.88
1.64 1.a0 2.11 2.34
l.97
2 .30 2 .63 2 .95 3.28
2.62 3.00 3.3a 3.75
3.2 8
. feet per ho!Jr Cub1c 18 24 30 36
11.2 15.0 la.7 22.S
16.8 22 .S 28 . l 33.7
22.S 30.0
28.l
37.S
46.a S6.2
45.0
37.S
2.2S 2.S3 2.81
33.7 45.0 S6.2
39.3
52 .S 65.6
7S.O
67.S
7a.7
9 0 .0
45.0 60.0
42 26.2 39.3 52.S 65.6 78.7 91.a lOS .O 30.0 4S.O 60.0 75.0 90.0 105.0 12 0 .0 48 54 33.7 S0.6 67.5 84.3 101.2 118. 1 13S.O 56.2 75.0 37.5 93.7 112.5 150.0 QO 131.2 Copoclry bosed on sPeed of 1 f PM handling moterool we1gh1ng 50 pounds per cub1c foot ond looded 75% of theoreticol moximum cross section.
l
¿
1. j 9
1.4 1
.70 .94 1.1 7 1.41
254 • L 1 N K - B E L T
:::z .2S
1.8 8
3.7 ~
4.2 2 4.6 9
56.2
75.0 93.7 11 2.5 131 .2 lSO.O 16a.a l a7.5
1
3.00
~-ª 1
-;:3~l 8
2.63 3.2a 3.94
3
3 .7S 4.SO
3.3 a 4.22
4 .69
5.6 3
S.06
S.63
6.75
8 .44
6 .S6 7 .SO
7.88
9 .a4 11.2S 12.66 14.06
. 94
4.59
S.2S
S.9 1
4 ~ 50
S.25
6.00
_5 - C6
S.91
5 _ 63
6.S6
6.7S 7 .SO
6 .75 7.S9
-
¡
a .44 9.38 1
6 7 - .S
90
a.44
-c
::z--5
11 13 ~ ~ '
105 .0 131 .2
1S7.S
120 .0 lS O.O 18 0.0
135.0 168 .7 202 .S
1l a7.5
22S .O
262.5 183.7 21 0.0 236.2 300.0 270.0 240.0 210.0 1 s o ..-< 303.7 337 .S 2 0~ 236.2 270 .0 337.S 37S .O 2 2 .A.....-C 262.S 300.0 :::apc:s ~ 11 is dorectly propor11onol 10 co nveyor -of mc::stt"e-101.
15/
9.00 10. 1 3 11.25
_:.
225.0 270.0 31S.O 360.0 4 05 .0
4SO.O
3 37.S 393.7
4SO.O S06.3 S62.S
speed o nd we1gh1
bulk handling a pron conveyor1
Aprons with Style AA pans E1 ¡ - - A- APRON WIDTH
TRAV EL~
-¡
A - APRON WIDTH
---¡
SPROCKET ANO CHAIN _ __.."", CENTERS= A+ F
Style AA 1 p ans
E1 1 A-APRON WIDTH-¡
TRAVE L ~
_ _ _ PROCKET ANDCHAIN CENTERS=A+F
--~
Style AA2 pans Fig. 4683
Cho in ond pon pitch, inches
...
Factor C Weight per foot, pound• • Allowoble Minimum choin rodius Cho in For widlh A, inche. Eo ch A Pon Choin pull per of no! extra o style Withlubristrond, Height of sides, inche• 6-inch upturn, lubriout pound• fe et coted coted width sides 2 1 J 1 4
MR 1 V2-Al A MR 1 V2-Kl A
2820 2820
AAl AAl
.21 .21
.13 . 13
6 6
3.00
LXS 3013-A l LXS 3013-Kl
2100 2100
AAl AAl
.16 . 16
.10 .10
6 6
27 29 31 34 32 36 - - - -, _ 18 21 23 25 20 23 25 27
4.00
l l 20-A63 A l l 24-A63 A LXS 4019-A 11
1080 1870 2450
AA2 AA2 AA2
.16 .20 . 17
.10 . 12 .10
2 2 2
18 20 22
l l 13-A4 A SS60-Al SS 60-Al SS 60-Kl SS 60-Kl
3220 4950 4950 4950 4950
AAl AAl AAl AAl AAl
.26 .19 .19 .19 .19
.12 . 11 . 11 .11 .11
2 2 2 2 2
31 36 43 38 45
l l 30-Al35 A l l 30-Al35 A LXS 6238 -A98 o LXS 6236-A98 o 1130-Kl A
3750 3750 5600 5600 3750
AA2 AA2 AA2 AA2 AAl
. 18 .1 8 . 16 .16 .18
.l l . 11 .10 . 10 .11
3 3 3 3 3
42
1130-Kl A LXS 6238-Kl o SS 944-Kl o SS 944-Kl o
3750 5600 5900 5900
AAl AAl AAl AAl
. 18 .16 .21 .21
. 11 .10 . 13 . 13
3 3 2 2
2.97
--
4 .04
6.00
Á
Choin ond ottochment number
Hove dimenslons cerlified for inslollolion purposes. Mínimum recommended sprockels; 10-loolh lor 2.97" ond 3.00" pilch choins, 9-loolh lor 4 oo• ond 4.04" pi1ch choins and 6-looih for 6" pitch choins. Refer lo Cotolog 1050 lar complete choln specificolions.
24 29
52
- -- - - -
UÁ6 10 go. 10 go. 1 V1 lV.. . .. UM 10 go. 10 go. . . . lV.. 2 V1
47.3 47 54
46.5
48.5
51
48
50
52.5
55
59
66 45
70 49 62.5
61 72 51
63.5 74.5 53.5 68
57
12 1 %
45 49 44 51
44
46
4
-4- 12 PM
42 46.8 41.8 48.8
56
65
H
G
INCHES
4 .5 12 * 4 .5 12 'A 4.5 12 *
56.5 58.5 61 50.5 52.5 55 60.5 62.5 65
F
V1 10 ga. 10 go . 1* l"A. .. . Va 10 go. 10 go. ... 1 ·~ 2 Y1
27 29 31
- - - - ,_
E
12 PM 12 1%
24.8 26.8 28.8
52
o
4 4
22.5 24.5 26.5
-37- -40- -42.3-
e
B
V1
,M
Sfn
% %
\11
'M
'Á6 'Á6
7.5 12 Jl lfn 1 v.. 7.5 12 P •Jn 1 v..
v.. v.. ~ v..
'Á6 'Á6 'Á6 'Á6
11
v.. 12 2 ••1n l v..
7 10 7 10 7
18 l \12 18 1 Y1 'Á6 18 l \12 ,M 18 1 Y1 'Á6 18 2% 1 7,-M
11 11
18 2 '1i6 18 2 18 2% 182*
11
12 2 111n 1
7.5 12 1 llJn 1 v..
--
11 15
l¡l6
PM
v. 1 v. 1% 1 v.
~
v.. v.. ~ v.. ~
~ ~ ~
V2
v.. .. . v.. .. . .. .
3 V1 1 3 \11 1 2* 1~
,M
1 V1 .. . 1% 1 V1 ... 1 Y1 1 V1 .. . . .. l Yo 2 'A ... l V1 2*
'Á6 'Á6
4
'M 'Á6 'Á6
2~
2 .. . 2 .. . 3* 2 V1 .. . 3* 2 V1 .. . ... 2 3 V2
4
v•
,M
. .. 2
'Á6 'Á6
. .. 2 V1 3 3Á6
v..
. .. 2 ... 2
3 3 3
v.. v..
• Weighl of cross rods not included. A Nol suitoble for cross rods. o Cross rods recommended eve ry 41h pitch. O Minimum opron widlh. Moximum recommended width, 48".
L 1 N K - B E L T • 255
bulk handling apron convey ors
Aprons with Style AB pans TRAVEL - - r
E
K - -- TRACK GAUGE=A+H- - - + -SPROCKET CENTERS = A+F - -.....__ _ _ _ __ _ A
+G -------~
Fig. 4682
Cho in ond pon p itch, inches
6.00
9 .00
12.00
Allowoble
M ínimum
Fac tor C
Choin
c:hoin
number
p ull per strand , p ounds
lubr~;o ted
lubricoted
rodius of upturn, fe et
4650 46 50 4650 7200 7200 9 200 920 0 7 200 7 200 9 200 9 200 9200
. 11 .11 . 11 . 11 .11 . 11 .1 1 . 11 .1 1 .1 1 . 11 . 11
.0 7 .07 .07 .07 .07 .06 .06 .07 .07 .06 .06 .06
5 5 5 5 7 11 15 5 7 7 9 15
....
SS 6 58 SS 6 58 SS658 SS 922 SS 92 2 SS 9 33 SS 93 3 SS 12 22 SS 1222 SS 1233 SS 12 33 SS 1233
Cho in t
1
1
Ch .
oin
Weight p e r foot, p ound s • Eo ch
Far width A, inch" s
e xtra
Height of sid"s. inche s 3
1 4
5
1
6 -inch width
6
46 50 53 1 56 54 58 62 66 69 74 79 86 --- - 65 68 7 1 74 82 86 9 0 95 75 78 81 84 92 96 101 10 6 --66 58 6 1 6 3 74 77 8 1 8 6 67 69 7 2 75 83 86 90 95 9 8 103 108 1 14
Hove dime nsio"s cer' foed lo r instollotion purposes. Minimum re commended sprocket, 6-looth. .t. Refe r to C otolog 1050 lor complete c hoi n specifocotions.
5.3 7.3 1 1.3 -7.5 10.5 7 .5 10.5 -7 10 7 10.5 13.5
~1
e
8
1
G
F
K
H
6
1 O 1 E 1
1
1
1 INC HES
18 18 18 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
3116 l 13¡161 l y. 1 Va 1 1 2 Ya -2 -y. -l - - y. 2 3le l 3le 2 Va 1 y. y. 2 l,4 1 y. -2 y.- -1 - - Yay. 2 Ya l Ya 2 Va l y. y. 2 3A 1 y. 3le 1 y. 1/i 2
y. y. Ya - y. %
y. 3le y.
*y. Ya >/a
v.
3 3/\6 3 3116 3 3116 3 13/\6 3 13116 4 1116 4 1116 3 13116 3 13116 4 1116 4 1116 4 1116
6 3/e 6 3/e 6 Y1 8 8 8 v. 8 8 8 8 Va 8 Va 8 Va
v.
2 3/\6 Va 2 3116 v. 2 3116 Va 2 11116 3A 11 2 116 3A 2 11116 2 11116 Va 2 11116 J,4 2 11116 3A 2 11116 2 1111, Va 2 11116
v. v. v.
• W e ight ol cross rods included, spoced every 3rd pitch. D. Far ro il trad. Add Y.• lor c honnel o r ongle trock with leg dnwn. 0 Minimum opron w idth. Mox1mum re comme nd ed width, 60" •
No-Leak aprons with Style AB pans E~¡<- A -AP RON
TRAVEL - - +
i!. rr<--- - - -
WIDTH
~
1~
'•
1 K
1
'(_____
LiJ:_ TRACK GAUGE= A+G-J Fig. 468 2
Cho in ond
Cho in
pon
numb e r
p itc h, inches
.t.
SS95 3 6.00 SS 9 5 3 SS953 SS942 SS 94 2 9 .00 SS928 SS928 SS 1242 12.0 0 SS 1242 SS 1242
Allowoble Facto r C cho in pull per Choin 1 Ch oin strond, no! 1b · d pounds lubricoted u ricote
5600 5600 5600 9200 9200 72 0 0 7200 9200 9200 9200
.n .2 2 .22 .1 1 .l l .1 1 .l l .1 1 .11 . 11
. 14 . 14 . 14 .06 .06 .07 .07 .06 .0 6 .06
Mínimum W eight per foot, pound s • rodius t- - - - - - - - - - : - : : Eo- c.,h of _ _F_ o_ r_ w_ i d_t_ h_ A~ , _in_ch_e_s -1 e xtra 1
upturn, fe e t
56 5 9 63 67 77 83 _ _l _l _ , _8_9__ - 92 15 106 11 0 5 7 1 74 7 8 8_1 _ 9_2 82 7 79 9 95 99 15 1 11 1116
Hove dime nsions certof.ed fe r instalbtion p urposes. Mínimum reco mmended sprock<'t, 6-tooth. .t. Rele r to Coto log 1050 lor complete chmn spe cifi cations.
256 • L 1 N K - B E L T
5 5 5
Height of sid es, inches 3 4 5 6
61 70 88 95 11 5 , 78
103 121
INCHLS
6 4 6 1 8 11 13116 1 1 3116 Y. 2 111161 13116 , 74 8 18 ¡ 1 v. 1 v. v. 2 11116 1 "116 94 12 18 2 1 Ya Y. 2 11116 l ' 'll6 98 S 1 Y. V.:'1¡" 4 Y2 2 Va 1120 11.5 24 2 3.4 1 Y. 3le % 4 V2 2 Va 81 7.5 24 2 Y. 1 y. y. 3 3.4 2 1 10 ~ _1_1 _ ~I ~ 1_ % ~~ ~ 1O 2 4 2 V1 1 Y. Y. Y. 4 V2 2 Va 108 13.5 24 ¡ 2 3.4 l Y. Y1 Ya 4 V2 2 Va 12 7 16.5 2 4 2 % l Y. y, % 4 V2 2 Va
85 1 88
97
6 -inch width
241Wa
6 Y. 14 Va ! Y. 6 v. 4 ¡ Va jl Y. 6 Y. 4 V1 I V. 67116 S 1l ij, 6 ~6 5 1 1 V2 5 3,4 4 Va l Y.
5 >.4~ _Y!_ l ~
6 7116 5 1 6 '11615 11 6 7116 51
• Weight ol cross rods included, spaced e very 2nd pitch. D. Far roi l trad. Add 14" lor chonnel or ongle track with le g down. 0 Miiimum opron width. Moximum recomme nded w idth, 60• .
1 Y2 I V2 l V2
bulk handling apron conveyors
Aprons with Style AC pans Ej¡ - - - A-APRON WI DTH
TRAVEL ----r
K
- - - TRACK GAUGE=A+H---'>"' SPROCKET CENTERS=A+F--_,.. >+--------~ A + G --------~
Fig. 469 9
Cha in and pan p it ch, inche s
Allowab le Cho in
cho in
number
pull per strand, pounds
...
SS 922 SS 922 SS922 9.00 SS 933 SS 933 SS 940 SS 940
12.00
SS 1222 SS 122 2 SS 1233 SS 1233 SS SS SS SS
1240 1240 1244 1244
t lu br~~ated
lubricated
radius of upturn, feet
7,200 7,200 7,200 9,200
.11 .11 .11 .11
.07 .07 .07 .06
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
9,200 9,200 9,200
. 11 .11 . 11
.06 .06 .06
7,200 7,200 9,200 9,200
.11 .11 .11 .1 1
9,200 9,200 12,700 12,700
.11 .11 .10 .10
Chain
1
Weight per foot, pounds •
Minimum
Factor C Ch .
°'"
Height af sides, inches
49 54 64 63
4 1 50 55 65 65
56 61 70 69
2.5 6 6
73 65 76
75 67 78
79 71 32
83 77 88
.07 .07 .06 .06
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
57 69 62 75
59 70 63 76
63 74 67 80
.06 .06 .06 .06
6 6
62 75 81 108
65 78 83 11 0
69 82 87 11 6
4 4
3 Y2
1
5
-- -
Hove dimensions cer tified lor installation purposes. Minimum re commended sprocket, 6-tooth. • Weight ol cross rods included, spaced every 36" . "" Reler to Catalog 1050 for complete chain specifications.
1
A
Ea ch extra 6 - inch width
For width A, inches
6
60 65 74 73
B
o
c
o
F
1
K
H 6
1
INCHES
4 5 7.3 5.8
18 18 18 18
8.3 5.8 8.3
PA, 1 PA, 1
A,
*?la
'Ya 3 3!.. % 3% :Ya 3 %
8 o/a 2 'Ya 8 o/a 2 Y2 8 o/a 2 Y2
'l'a ?la ?la
\4 % \4 %
% % % :Ya
8 8 8% 8%
2% 2 :Ya 2% 2%
lf.. 3f.. ?la 'l'a
\4 % % Y2
:Ya % Y2 Y2
% 8 % 2 Y2 % 8 o/a 2 Y2 'l'a 10% 3 'Ya % 10% 3 'Ya
% % 1 1
v..
:Ya 'Ya :Ya 'Ya
18 1 o/a 1 \4 18 1 Y2 1 \4 18 1 o/a 1 \4
'Ya \4 'Ya
67 6.8 78 9.5 71 7 84 10.3
24 24 24 24
1 Y2 1 'l4 1 Y2 1 'l4
1 1 1 \4 1 \4
73 7 86 10.3 9 1 11 121 14
24 24 24 24
1 Y2 1 'l4 1 'l4 2
1 \4 1 \4 1 \4 1 \4
3
1 Y2 1 1 Y2 1 \4
- - -- - - - - -
A For rail track. Add
Jf.. Jf..
2 'Ya 2 :Ya 2 'Ya 2 'Ya
\4 'Ya
- - -
G
1 E
-
3 Y2 3 Y2 3 Y2 3 3!..
8 8 8 8 o/a
------ 3 Y2 3 Y2 3 3!.. 3 3!..
3 3 4 4
V.• fa r channel or angle track with leg down.
O Minimum apron width. Maximum recommended width, 48" fo r 9" pitch chains and 60" for 12" p itch chains.
Channel•top aprons with Style AE pans E - ¡ - - --
TRAVEL ---~
A-APRON WIDTH---
-
- - - - TRACK GAUGE = A+ H-----~ - - - - - SPROCKET CENTERS= A+ F - -- -~----------A +G- - -- - - - - - --+t
- - - - - PITCH---'>'
Fig. 4697
Cha in a nd pan pitch, inches
Weight per faat, pounds •
Allowable cha in pull per strand, paunds
lub;;~ated
lubrica ted
6
9.00 SS 922 SS 933
7200 9200
.11 .1 1
.07 .06
SS 1222 12.00 SS 1233
7200 9200
.11 .11
.07 .06
Chaln number
...
Factor C Ea ch
For width A, inches Chain t
1
Ch .
ª'"
e xtra
Height of sides, inches
Have dimenslons certified for installation purposes. Minimum recommended sprocket, 6-too th. • Weight of cross rods included, spoced every 36." .A Refer t o Catolo9 1050 for complete choin specificotions.
8
6-inch width
100 106
109 114
13.5 14
91 94
99 102
1
,_
13 13
B
A
o
c
o
G
F
E
1
1
1
H 6
K
J 1
INCHES
24 24
2 2
1 1 \4
9o 9o
24 24
2 1 2 y.. 1 1;..
12 t 12 t
v..
-- - -
:Ya %
% %
2 lf.. 2 \4 3% 8 4 Ya 8 % 2 Jf.. 2
lf.. 'l'a
3% 8 2 3!.. 3 1/.i 4 Ya 8 o/a 2 lf.. 3
%
- - - - - - - - -y..-
A For rai l !rock. Add y.• for channel or angle !rock with leg down. O Mínimum apron width. Maximum recommended wid th, 60". o 20 pounds per foot. 25 pounds pe r foo t .
t
L 1 N K - B E L T • 257
bulk handling apron conveyors
Aprons with Style AF hinged pans TRAV EL ~
E1~r ---- A-APRON WIDTH _
_ _.,..,1
+ HEIGHT
OF SIDES B 1
:
1
L ___ ________________________ J1 SPROCK ET AND CHAIN CENTERS= A+F-- i>-k--
Style AF l pans
Pans with 4 , 6 and 9 -inch p itch ch ains T RAVEL~
SPROCKET CENTERS = A+ F
W
TRA C K GAUGE =A +H-----~
~~
A-APRON WIDTH • 1
1
1
:
Sty le AF2 p ans
Pa ns with 9 ond 1 2- inch pitch chains
TRAVEL--+HEIGHT OF SIDES
f ormed hinge
Tubular hinge Fi g. 4696
Cha i n a nd p an pitch, inches
4 .00
6 .0 0
Cha in number
...
LXS 40 13
SS 1 11 6
SS 911
All ow able cha in Pan pull per slyle slrand, pounds
2 100
3450
4 600
9 .00
SS 9 32
12.00
SS 1232
7200
7200
Fa ctor C
For wid th A, inches Chait n
lubr~:aled
1
ChOln .
Heighl of sid es, inches
lubrica t ed
1
17 17 27 34 20 24 20 24
AF2 AF3 A fl A Fl A F2 AF2 A F3 AF3 AFl AFl AF2 AF2 AF3 AF3 Af l AFl AF2 AF2 AF3 AF3
.16 . 16 . 12 . 12 . 12 . 12 . 12 . 12 . 11 . 11 .1 1 .11 .11 .11
.10 . 10
. 10 . 10 .1 0 .1 0 .1 0 . 10
.06 .0 6 .0 6 .06 .06 .06
37 26 29 26 29 44 49 38 41 38 41
AFl Af l AF2 AF2 AF3 AF3
.1 0 .1 0 .1 0 . 10 . 10 .1 0
.0 6 .0 6 .06 .06 .06 .0 6
39 44 32 33 32 33
.07 .07 .07 .07 .07 .07 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06
Hove dimensions certtfied for instollotion purposes. Minimum recommended sprocket, 6-tooth. • Weight o f cross rods included, spoced every pitch. A Refer to Cotolog 1050 for complete choin specificotions.
258 • L 1 N K - B E L T
W eight per foa t, pounds •
32
Ea ch
- -
46 51 40 43 40 43
48 53 42 45 42 45
46 33 35 33 35
47
-41- -4235 36 35 36
A
Formed 1Tubular 6 -inch hinge hinge o w idth
0
% %
'ÍI•
% 1 % 1 % 1
'IÍ• 'IÍ• 'A•
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
ex tr a
3 2 1 19 21 4 19 21 4 ---- - 28 30 6.5 36 38 10 22 24 4 26 28 5.5 22 24 4 26 28 5.5 - - ·-- - 34 36 5.5 41 39 8 30 28 3.5 31 33 5 28 30 3 .5 31 33 5
1
Cross r od dia meter
5.5 8 3.5
5 3.5
-- - - •11. •11• •11. - - - -% Ya 1 Va % Va 1 Va 3,4 Va 1
- -
% 1 % 1 % 1
5 -- - 5.5 % 7.8 3 4 3 4
7A6
1
'A 1
3,4 1
-
-
c
B
o
E
F
G
H
e:.
INCHE5
.. .
..
- -2
12 12 12 12 12 'lo 12 -3,4 24 24 'A 24 % % 24 24 % 24 % 24 'A 24 'A 24 % 24 % % 24 % 24
2 ...
'IÍ• 'IÍ• ...
... ... .. .
3 V.. 3V.. ... ... ... .. .
v..
3 3 v.. .. . . .. ...
-
3.4 3,4 3.4 3,4
. .. 1 1 1 1 ...
1 1 1 ... 1
4 V2 4 V2 ... ... 1 .. . 1 .. . 1 .. 1
v.. v..
10 g o. 10 go. 1 Va 1 ... 10 go. 10 go . 1 Va 1 . .. 10 go . 2 :Ya 1•11• ... 2 :Ya 19A• .. . 1O go. 2 :Ya 19A• . .. '11• '11• 2 :Ya 1911. ... 1O g a . 'A. 2 Ya 1911• ... 311· '11• 2 :Ya 1911. .. . - 10 go. '11• 2 % 1 % . .. '11• '11• 2 Va 1 Va . . . 10 go. '11• 2 % 1 Va ... '11• '11• 2 Va 1 % . .. 10 go. 31Í• 2 % 1 % . .. '116 2 Va 1 % ... '11· 10 go . 311· 3 % 8 2 3.4 311. '11· 3 % 8 2 % 10 go . '11• 3 % 8 2 'A '11• '11• 3 % 8 2 3.4 10 go . 'A. 3 Va 8 2 3.4 2 3.4 3% 8 '11• - 3116 10 go. '11• 3 Va 8 2 'A '11• '11• 3 % 8 2 % 2 3,4 10 g o. '11• 3% 8 % 3 Va 8 2 3,4 2 3,4 10 go. % 3 Va 8 2% 3 Va 8 '11•
'IÍ•
'IÍ• 'IÍ• 'IÍ•
- - -
--
'IÍ•
'IÍ•
D. For roil !rock. Add V." lor cho nnel or ongle trock wirh leg down. 0 Minimum opron width. Moximum re comme nded widrh 36" fa r LXS 4013, SS 911 and SS 1116 chains, 48" for SS 952 a nd SS 1232 choins. o Lorger cross rods can be furnished.
bulk handling screw conveyon
screw conveyors
Screen e d clay Is e fficie ntly d ist rl bute d by compocl screw conveyor to row material bins al o refroctory pion!. Cover has been removed in foreground to show flow of material. Pha lo 30464A
Efficle nt handling of sugar and flou r is ossured with this complete screw conveyor system in modern bokery. Pholo 35250
con tenis lntroduction ... ................................ 259 Conveyor screws ............................... 262 Orive shofts, end shofts ond coupling ... . ...... . .... 267 Hongers ....... ................. . ............ . 268 Trough ends ...................... . .... . ....... 269 Trough end seo Is .. ... . ....... . .......... . ...... 270 Troughs .. .... ............... ... .............. 272 Trough dischorge spouts ond goles ................ 27 5 Typicol drive orrongeme:its ..... . .... . .. .... .... . 276 Typicol inlet orrongeme:its . . .. ........... . .... . .. 278 Typicol di schorge orrongements ................ . .. 279 Selection ..................................... 280 Genero) la yout doto ............. . ............ .. 290 Other types of screw conveyors ................... 292
Wash lng and d e wate r lng g rlt a l a sewoge treotmenl pion! by these four inclined screw conveyars d ischarging inlo a cross collecting screw conveyor. Photo 38132
The screw conveyor, one of the oldest ond simplest methods used for the movement of bulk moteriols, consists primorily of o conveyor screw rototing in o stotionory trough. Material placed in the trough is moved olong its length by rototion of the screw. Beoring hongers support the screw. lnlets, outlets, gotes ond other occessories control the material ond its disposition. The screw conveyor is compoct ond eosily odopted to congested locotions, ond its supports ore simple ond eosily ininstolled. lt is versotile ond con be mounted in horizontal, inclined ond vertical positions. lt con be used to control the flow of material in processing operotions which depend upon occurote botching. lt con be used os o mixer, ogitotor or stirrer to mix ond blend dry or fluid ingredients, provide crystollizotion
or coogulont oction, or mointoin solutions in suspension. The screw conveyor con be effectively seoled ogoinst the escape of dust or fumes or the entrence of dirt or moisture. lt con be jocketed to serve os o dryer or cooler. lt con be furnished in o wide voriety of moteriols to resist corrosion, obrosion or hect. Screw conveyors ore used os eorth ougers to dig post holes or to bore under highwoys for instollotion of culverts. They ore olso used extensively on combines, threshing mochines, hoy bolers, fodder blowers ond mony other form mochines. Link-Belt screw conveyors embody the results of on unequolled background of experience in this field. Link-Belt, producer of oll types of moteriols handling equipment, offers dependoble recommendotions for ony requirement. L 1 N K - B E L T • 259
bulk handling screw conveyon
Conveyor screw
The conveyor screw is the rototing portion of o screw conveyor which imports smooth ond positive motion to the bulk material being conveyed . lt consists of spirol flighting mounted on o pipe ond is mode either right or left hond to suit the screw rototion ond the desired direction of material trovel.
39•34
Conveyor screw with drive shaft
39435
Quik-Link conveyor screw with drive shaft
The conveyor drive shaft connects the conveyor screw to the driving unit ond tronsmits rotory motion to the screw. Coupling bolts secure the drive shoft in the conveyor screw.
The Quik-Llnk conv e yor screw has o Quik-Link key ot one end of the screw which, when removed, ollows the conveyor screw section to be quickly ond eosily lifted from the conveyor line.
39436
Conveyor screw with drive shaft, end shaft and coupling
The conveyor drive shaft, end shaft and coupling support the conveyor 39437
260 • L 1 N K - B E L T
screw sections ond keep them in olignment. The end shoft is locoted ot the end opposite the drive shoft. Couplings ore used to connect successive conveyor screw sections when more thon one section is necessory to moke up the total length of conveyor. The shcfts cnd coupling ere secured in the conveyor screws by coupling bolts.
bulk handling screw conveyors
Quik-link conveyor screw with trough ends and hangers
The trough ends support the conveyor drive and end shafts while the hangers support the conveyor couplings, thereb y maintaining proper alignment and clearance between the conveyor screw and trough. To provide additional protection for the drive shaft and end shaft bearings, for or against the material being handled, trough end seals are assembled between the Aanged blocks and the trough end piafes. The overall operating efficiency of the conveyor is improved when the trough ends and hangers are fitted with ball bearing s. The Quik-Link conveyor screw can be readily lifted from the conveyor line, without disturbing other conveyor screw sections, after removing the Quik-Link key located al the end of the screw.
Conveyor trough with inlet opening and discharge spout
The trough is the enclosure in which the material is conflned and guided in its movemenl. Trough end Aanges preserve the contour of the trough, facilitale assembly o f adjoining sections, and insure accurate alignmenl. Supporting feet al the trough joints or saddles located between the joints, support the intermediate trough sections. Discharge spouts provide outlets for the material and direct its Aow to b ins or succeeding equipment; With more than one discharge point in a conveyor, selective control may be e)(ercised by means of slide gales, made integral with the discharge spouts. Trough covers with fasteners complete the conveyor enclosure. Material is fed into the conveyor through inlet openings in the cover.
Typical screw conveyor complete with drive
A shaft mounted speed reducer makes a simple and compact drive combinotion. The speed reducer drive is mounted directly on the conveyor drive shaft and is prevented from rotating by an adjustoble arm. A unit bracket, attached to the conveyor trough end, supports the motor and connected V-belt drive.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 261
bulk handling screw conve yors
Conveyor screws Helicoid fl ight conveyor screws The hel icoid flight conveyor screw is made of a helix , formed from a fl at steel bar and mounted on a pipe or shaft. The helix, formed by special rolling equipment to the required diameter, pitch and thickness, is a smooth, continuous one-piece fl ight. By virtue of its one-piece construct ion, it p ossesses superio r strength. The absence of la ps, rivets or welds on the corrying face of the flight p romotes and main ta ins clean liness and reduces wear. Th e rolling process effects a hardening and smoothing of the f light su rface which increases resistance to wear and reduces friction and power consumption. The flight is fastened to the pipe, or shaft, b y intermi ttent or continuous welds and with or without formed steel end lugs. The pipe, of a size corefully selected for adequate torsional streng th and resistance to excessive deflection, has interna! collars at each end. These collors are permanently in serted and hove appropriate ins!de diamete rs to a ccept coupling or end shafts. The assembled helicoid flight conveyor screw is solidly constru cted and exceptio na lly sturdy, and its inherent balance permits operotion at high speeds. lts distinctive choracteristics contribute to ma ximum efficiency, durobility and economy. Hel icoid flight conveyor screws ore intercha ngea ble with sectional flight conveyor screws of t he sorn e diameter and shaft size. Heli coid flighting is made with regular pitch approx imately equal to the diameter. lt can also be furnished with other thon regular pitch and in a wide range of diameters, thi cknesses and lengths to meet the most exacting require· men ts. For extremely hea vy duty the flight ing may be continuous welded to the pipe or shaft on one or both sides. Consult Link-Belt for information on special requirements.
Sectional fl ight conveyor screws Sectional flight conveyor screws are made of individual flights, each blonked from a flat steel plate and formed into a helix. The flights are riveted , lap we ld ed or butt welded together and fastened to the pipe, or shaft by intermittent or continuous welds and with or without formed steel end lugs. The conveyor screws with the lighter gauge flig hts hove heavier gauge end flights 26 2 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Helicoid flight conveyor screw
Sectional flight conveyor screw
16771 A
39042
Quik-Link co nveyor screw
to compensate for weor due to pick-up and discharge action . Individual flights , w hen riveted, ore read ily removed and replaced as wear or damage occurs. Sectional flights ore formed with regular pitch approximately equal to the diameter. The pipe, of a size co refully selected for adequate torsional strength and resistance to excessive deflection, has interna! colla rs at each end. Th ese collars ore permonently inserted ond hove appropriate inside diometers to accept coupling or end shafts. Sectional flight conveyor screws ore interchongeable with helicoid fligh t conveyor screws of the sorne diameter and shaft size. Sectional fl ig hts afford flexibility in cho ice of diameters, pitches and thicknesses. The sectional flight conveyor screw is a sturdi ly constructed assembl y, carefu lly designed to render efficient, economical and lasting service. When desired, sectional flights may be continuous welded to the pipe on one or both sides, thu s providing exceptionally rugged construction for the most severe conveying appl ications. Many variations of sectional flight conveyor screws can be furnished to meet specific needs. Sorne of these are listed on the following pages.
Quik-Link conveyo r screws Th e Quik-Link conveyor screw is designed for easy removal from the conveyor trough. Each section of screw is provided with a Quik-link key located at one end of the pipe. By removing this key, a conveyor screw section and coupling with hanger can be quickly and conveniently disassembled wi thout d isturbing other components. QuikLink conveyor screws are avai lable in both the helicoid flight and sectional flig ht construction .
bulk handling screw conveyors
Conveyor screws Cut flight conveyor screws hove notches cut in the periphery of eilher helicoid or sectional flights. These notches supplement the conveying action with a moderate mixing action. They are used for light, fine, granular or flaky materials. 16869
Cut flight conveyor screw
Cut and folded flig ht conveyor screws provide folded segments which act as lifting vanes to· produce a cascading effect. This promotes agitation and aeration, resulting in better mixing. They are used for light or medium weight, fine, granular or flaky materials. 16868
Cut and fold ed flight conveyor screw
Cut flight conveyor screws with paddles hove paddles mounted at intervals and set to counteract the flow of materials, considera bly increases the agitation and mixing action produced by the cut flights.
Conveyor screws with paddles hove
Cut flight conveyor screw with
paddles spaced at intervals and set to partially oppose the forward flow, to provide a moderate mixing or stirring of materia ls being conveyed. Padd les are adjustable and may be set at any angle to produce the desired degree of agitation. They are used for light or medium weight, fine, granular or flaky materials.
Conveyor screw with paddles
Short pitch conveyor screws are of regular construction except that the pitch of the flights is reduced. They are recommended for use in incline d conveyors of 20 degrees slope and over, including vertical conveyors and are extensively used as feeder screws. They retard flushing of materials of a flu id nature. 32366
Shorl pitch conveyo r screw
Ribbon flight conveyor screws consist of continuous helical flighting formed from steel bar and secured to the p ipe by supporting lugs. They are used for conveying sticky, gummy or viscous substances, or where the materia l tends to stick to flighting at the pipe. For additional desc ri ptian refer to page 265.
Ribbon flight conveyor screw
Paddle conveyor screws hove formed steel blades mounted on rod shanks inserted through the pipe. Conveying oction can be controlled by adjusting !he angle of the padd les. They ore used for mixing, blend ing or stirring dry or fluid materials. 32381
Paddle conveyor screw
Stainless steel conveyor screws are made to suit specific requirements. Finish can be varied, as required, from the dull mili finish to the g leam ing, mirror-like finish produced b y buffing.
19928
Stainless steel conveyor screw
They are ideally suited for sanitation in the conveying of foods, drugs, chemicals and allied products, for resistance to corrosion and for applications involving moderote to extreme hect. L 1 N K - B E L T • 263
bulk handling screw conveyor!>
Conveyor screws Tapering flight conveyor screws are
frequently
used
as
feeder
screws for handling friable lumpy material from bins or hoppers and also to draw the material uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.
Fig. 4717
Tapering fl ig ht co nveyor screw
Stepped diameter conveyor screws consist of flights of different diameters, each with its regular pitch, mounted in tandem on one pipe or sha ft. They are frequently used as feeder screws, with
the
smaller diameter located under bins or hoppers to regulate the flow of
Fig. 4718
Ste pped d iameter conveyor screw
material.
Stepped pitch conveyor screws are screws with succeeding single or groups of section al flights increasing in pitch and are used as feeder screws to draw fine freeflowing materials uniformly from the entire length of the feed opening.
Fig. 4713
Stepped p itch conveyor screw
Long pitch conveyor screws are occasionally used as agitators for liquids or rapid conveying of very free flowing materia Is.
Fig. 4712
Long pitch conveyor screw
Double flight conveyor screws of regular pitch promote a smooth gentle flow and discharge of ce rtain materials. Fig. 4714
Double fl ight conveyor screw
Double flight short pitch conveyor screws assure more accurate regulation
of
feed
and
flow in
screw feeders and effectively deter flushing action of fluid materia Is . Fig . 4715
Double flight short p itch conveyor screw
264 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling screw co nveyors
Conveyor screws
Ribbon flight conveyor screw
Ribbon fli g ht conveyor screw with padd les
Multi ple ribbon flight conveyor screw
Ribbon flight conveyor screws
In this type of conveyor screw, o steel bar rolled to form o continuous helicol ribbon Aight is fostened to the pipe or shoft by steel supporting lugs welded ot spoced intervols. Voriotions of diometer, pitch, Aight width or thickness con be furnished . Also, these screws con be furnished with either continuous or sectionol Aights, lop or butt welded together. Ribbon Aight conveyor screws ore the solution to most conveying problems encountered in the hand ling of sticky, gummy or viscous moteriols. The tendency of moteriols of this noture to odhere ond build up ot the juncture of solid flight with the pipe is overcome by the open construction of the ribbon Aight. Row sugor, molosses, ospholt, hot far, sticky feed mixes, and similor products ore typicol of the many moterials successfully hondled by ribbon Aight conveyor screws. Providing the periphery of ribbon Aights with o beveled edge improves operotion ond reduces power consumption when handling moteriols which tend to pock or trowel between Aights ond trough. Consequently, beveled edge ribbon Aight conveyor screws ore usuolly subjected to extremely heovy loads, ond construction is accordingly heavy ond
32069
39051
19948
rugged. The ribbon flights ore supported on the pipe or shoft by steel lugs, generously proportioned to resist bending. Where the material hond led moves virtuolly en mosse, there is but very slight difference in copocity between ribbon and solid Aight conveyor screws of the sorne size. Mixing oction without supplementory meons of ogitotion, is neglig ible. Ribbon flight conveyor screw w lth paddles
To provide moderote mixing or stirring of moterials being conveyed, podd les con be furnished, spoced ot intervols ond set to portially oppose the forword flow. Poddles ore odjustoble ond moy be set ot any ongle, to produce the desired degree of agitation. They are used for light or medium weight, fine, granular or flok y moterials. Multiple ribbon flight conveyor scr ews
This type of screw consists of two or more ribbon Aights of different diometers ond opposite hond, mounted one within the other on the sorne pipe or shoft by rigid supporting lugs. Material is moved forword by one Aight ond bockword by the other, thereby inducing positive ond thorough mixing. L 1 N K - B E L T • 265
bulk handling screw conveyors
Conveyor screws Abrasion-resistant conveyor screws The part icularly severe service encoun tered when conveying abrasive materials has prompted many attempts to overcome excessive wear on flights. Several successful methods hove been developed. Each of these methods offers specific advantages depend ing on the nature of the
ma ~cr i al
handled and the
application . For a careful analysis and recommendation, consult link-Belt.
Ph olo 32365
Rubb er covered screw Rubber covering with its
inherent
tough
resilience,
bonded or vu!canized to a conveyor screw, offers excellent abrasion-resistant properties.
High carbon steels capable of heat treatment, or abrasion-res istan t alloys are used toan ever increasing extent as mate ria ls for flights.
Pholo 32363
Ha rd surfaced fligh t Ha rd surfacing by a pplication of a special compound , by are or torch, to the flight per iphery or face, or both, provides an exceptionally hard surface at the points of greatest wear.
Corrosion-resistant conveyor screws Corrosion is manifested in so many d ifferent ways that no one choice of material will suit ali requirements. To withstand the effects of corros ion encountered in many fields of industry, conveyor screws are fabricated of stainless steel, copper, brass, bronze, nicke l, Monel metal, aluminum, and other materials. Galvanizing, tinning, chrome plating and other coating methods hove proved effective under mildly co rros ive conditions. Gray iron conveyor screws serve effectively in many applications. Vulcanized or bonded rubber covering of the entire conveyor is frequently satisfactory far resistance to extremely corrosive action .
Heat- resistant conveyor screws
Pho lo 32364
Detachable hardened flight segment
Conveyor screws far high temperature appl ications are wearing
made of many of the available heat-resistant alloys. Sev-
shoes, bolted with countersunk bolts to the conveyor flights
era! of the stainless steels and othe r high-chrome alloys
are preferred in many applications for quick and easy
are particularly su itable far this service. Gray iron con-
replacement.
veyor screws are al so effective far use al high temperatures.
Detachable
hard ened
266 • L 1 N t< - B E L T
flight
segments,
or
bulk handling screw conveyors
Drive shafts, end shafts and couplings The conveyor drive shaft delivers the driving power, and is therefore carefully designed of quality steel of the proper characteristics to provide adequate torque, bending and shear strength, and with closely controlled tolerances for corree! bearing clearances.
Conveyor drive shaft
For conveyors of unusua 1 length or for severely heavy loads, alloy steels, heattreated high carbon steels or 3-bolt connections, are used. Jig-drilled coupling bolt holes and accurately cut keyways contribute to ease of assembly. Conveyor end shaf t
The conveyor end shaft supports the last section of conveyor screw and is furnished with close toleran ces for proper operation in end bearing . Coupling bolt holes are jig drilled for interchangeability and ease of assembly.
Conveyo r
couplings connect and space adjoining sections of conveyor screw and transmit rotation.
Carefu lly selected steels, with accurate heat-treating or hard surfacing when required, insure ample strength and resistance to wear for the kind of service specified.
Conveyor cou pling
For conveyors of unusual length or for severely heavy loads, alloy steels, heattreated high carbon steels or 3-bolt connections, are used. Close tolerances on diameters and jigdrilled coupling bolt holes assure interchangeability and ease of assembly.
Quik - Link conveyor screws provide an easy means for the quick removal of a conveyor screw section, and coupling with hanger without disturbing other components. Regular couplings are used with these screws.
Q uik-link conveyor screw
Split flight couplings permit installing or removing individual conveyor screws without disturbing adjoining sections. With split flight couplings instal led on both sides of each hanger, conveyor screws can be removed without disturbing the hangers. The Link - Belt split flight coup ling is sturdily constructed and jig drilled for coupling bolts. L 1 N K - B E L T • 267
bulk handling screw conveyors
Hangers No. 200A hanger • This honger is of the self - oligning, greose lubricoted boll b eo ring typ e ond is built for mounting completely w ithin the trough. The streomline design p ermits free possoge of o lorge volume of material post the honger. The rigid honger frome is o weldment of steel bors ond squore mechonicol tubing. Addition o l lubricotion, when necessory, is opplied through o lubricotion fitting ot the top of the honger. These hongers ore olso ovoiloble with bobbitted ond bronze beorings.
• With o formed steel frome of superior strength ond rigid ity ond wholly contoined within the trough, this honger is excellently odopted to heovy service ond dust-tight or weotherproof o pplicotions. lt is regulorly furnished with either o bobbitted beoring hoving o pipe connection for greose lubricotion, or with o hord iron beoring.
No. 200A hanger
No . 168 hanger
No. 188 hanger • This honger has o gray iron frome with o removoble gra y iron cap secured in place by o Ubolt. Beorings ore regulorly bobbitted ond orronged for greose lubricotion. Oil-impregnoted wood or hord iron cops con be substituted when required . Except for the lubricotion fitting, the entire honger is contoined within the t roug h, thus p ermitting the use of dust-tight covers.
Ph o 10 29662
No. 168 hanger
No. 198 hanger • This honger is similor in construction
No. 188 hanger
to No. 18 B except thot it fits on top of trough Aonges, with ledges for cover support. Trim ond compoct in design, it permits free possoge of material ond is essentiolly selfcleoning . lt is reodil y accessible for lubricotion or mointenonce.
No. 208 hanger • For high copocity conveyors, the steel T-frome construction ond compoct round beoring provides full cleoronce for possoge of material in lorge volume. lt is regulorl y furnished with either o bobbitted beoring for greose lubricotion, or with o hord iron beoring. No . 268 hanger • This honger comb ines the most desiroble feotures of the No. 16B ond No. 20B hongers, thereby offording strength ond rigidity, complete enclosure within the trough ond cleoronce for possoge of material in lorge volume. lt is excellent for high copocity conveyors when dust-tight covers ore required. lt is regulorly furnished with either o bobbitted beoring hoving o pipe connection for greose lubricotion, or with o hord iron beoring.
Photo 29660
No. 208 ha nger
No . 2 8 8 hanger • This honger compensotes for unequol exponsion between conveyor screws ond trough. Of T-frome construction, similor to No. 20B, with top bors orronged to sl ide on ongle guides fostened to the trough, it ollows full cleoronce for possoge of material in lorge volume. lt is regulorly furnished with either o bobb itte d beoring with p ipe connections for greose lub ricotion, or with o hord iron beoring. Hord iron beorings should be used wherever hot moteriols ore to be hondled.
Photo 29•63
No. 26 8 ha nger
Flared trough hange r
• This honger is of formed steel frame construction ond is designed to suit Aored troughs. lt is ordinarily used with ribbon conveyors. Stalnless st eel hang ers • Any of the formed steel frame types of hongers may be mode of stoinless steel. 268 • L 1 N K - B E L T
No. 2 88 hanger
bulk handling screw conveyor
Trough ends
38065
32191 B
Steel plate trough end with feet and ball bearing
Steel plate trough end with feet and with babbitted or b ronze bearing
J
39305
39304
Steel plate trough end without feet and wi th babbitted or bronze bearing
Steel piafe trough ends for either U-trough or flared trough are made of heavy gauge steel pl a te, fitted with either babbitted, bronze or ball bearing flanged blocks. They are furnished with or without feet. The tops of the trough end plates are flanged to support the trough covers. These trough ends can be used on a wide range of general applications. Trough end plates can be made of stainless steel or nonferrous metals for corrosive or high temperature applications. They can also be furnished with protective coatings, such as galvanizing, tinning, chrome plating or vulcanized rubber. In general, any type of trough end that can be fabricated of mild steel can also be made of aluminum, brass, bronze, copper, Monel metal or nickel. For additional bearing protection, these trough ends may be fitted with a trough end seal, assembled between the flanged block and the trough end plate.
Steel plate lrough end without feet and with ball bearing
Cast outside discharge trough ends are made of gray iron, well proportioned and generously webbed to afford ample strength. Bea rings are regularly made of babbitt but bronze or other bearing materials can be furnished. These trough ends are made for bolting to conventional trough flanges.
Cast outside discharge lroug h end
Auxiliary end thrust bearings Bron:z:e end thrust bearlngs consist of a bronze thrust washer operating between the faced hub of the end bearing and a steel collar or washer fl xed to the shaft. Kept well lubricated, they are recommended for relatively clean locations and for light to moderate loods. They are not intended for use with countershaft trough ends. 32326C
Bronze end thrust bearing L 1 N K - B E L T • 269
bulk handling screw conveyors
Trough ends
Drlve shaft trough ends are of the double ball bearing and double roller bearing types. Each consists of a rig id shoft, operoting in double beorings ond designed to accommodote both radia l ond thrust loads. The radial or overhung load is usuoll y o choin drive connected to a power source. Since th e bearings will also accept thrust loods in e ither direction, the need for auxilio ry thrusts is eliminoted . 38068
Orive shaft trough end with double ball bearing and trough end sea(
Drlve shaft trough ends with double ball bearings consist of double boll beoring flonged blocks rigidly o ttoched to heovy steel plote trough ends for either U-troughs or flo red troughs. The gray iron housings ore of one-piece construction ond ore precision mochined for occurote olignment. Effective seols ore provided in the flonged b locks to exclude dirt ond moisture ond reto in lubricont. A trough end seol con be ossembled between the flonged block and the trough end plote to provide odditional protection for or agoinst the material being hondled.
39089
Drive shaft trough ends with double roller bearings consist of heovy duty double roller beoring flonged blocks mounted b y meons of machined surfoces into extra heovy steel plote trough ends for either U-troughs or flored troughs. The gray iron housings ore accurotely mochined ond fltte d with roller beorings of high radial ond thrust copocity. The blocks hove effective seols ond ore o rranged for eosy lubricotion.
Orive shaft trough e nd with double roller b ea ring
Trough end seals
39336
Trough end sea)
270 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Trough end seals are used to provide odditionol beo ring protection ogoinst dust or fum es from within the trough ond prevent entrence, olong the shoft, of dirt, moisture or lubricont. The sea l housings ore mode of gray iron ond ore designed for ossembl y between bobbitted, b ronze or boll beoring flonged blocks ond the trough end plotes. They con be provided with lip-type leother seols for moximum protection for or ogoinst the moteriols being hondled, with felt seo ls when handling dusty moteriols, or with woste pocking when handling obrosive moterials.
bulk handling screw con veyors
Trough ends Countershaft trough ends ore used on screw conveyors where opplicotion of r ight ongle drives is necessory due to spoce limitotions, interference of odjoining equipment or for better service and mointenance occessibility. Applicotion of countershoft trough ends permits drive instollations olongside, above or below the conveyor and perm its using horizontal d rives for inclined conveyor~. A common drive for two conveyors int ersecting at right ongles, or a bottery of parollel conveyors driven from a common source, can be reod ily arronged b y using countershoft trough ends.
Op e n countershaft trough ends ore made with o gray iron frome, liberally proportioned ond generously webbed for omple strength, with all bearings babbitted and topped for gre ose lubrica t ion fittings. Countershaft b eorings ore fitted with removable caps. Gears are gray iron with rugged, well-formed closely mating teeth. They ore ovailoble with bevel geo rs of gray iron or cost steel for speed 321 47
Open counter shaft trough end
red uction purposes. Cut tooth geors of gray iron or steel with accurotely mochined teeth can be furnished when requ ired.
G e a r guar d s, made of welded steel and bolted to the countershoft t rough end, con be furnished to completely cover the geors, thus preventing injury to operating personnel. Such guards are required in mony stotes to comply with sofety r eg ulations.
Gear gua rd
Enclosed countershaft trough ends p rovide inb uilt safety, d urobility ond complete lubrication. Gears operate in o constont oil both with dirt ond grit excluded, assuring mo ximum geor life. Operation is smoolh and quiet. The geor housing is provided with an inspection cover and drain plug for eose of maintenonce ond oil chonge. These enclosed trough end s are mode in two t y pes: Sty le A and Sty l e B.
Styl e A enclos ed countershaft trough ends consist of gray iro n ho usings provid ed with babbitted bearing s for both the drive shaft and countershaft. Bearings are tapped for lvbricat ion fittings. Ends a re norm ally furnished with 1841 lA
Style A e n cl o sed countershaft t rough end
gray iron cast tooth miter gears but can 'be supplied with other gear combinations. Gray iron trough end pi ates with f eet ore cast integral w ith gear housing.
Styl e B enclosed countershaft trough end s consist of gray iron housings provided with drive shafts mounted in roller bearings and countershofts mounted in ball bearings. All bea rings are provided with lubrication fittings and odequate sea ls for keeping d irt out and lubricont in. They are normally furnished with steel cut tooth miter gears but can be sup pl ied with other gear com binations. Sepa rate end plates of formed steel are bolted to g ear housing and can be furnished with or without feet. The roller be aring on drive shaft accommodates the conveyor thrust in either d irection, thus elimin oting the need for auxiliary thrust orrongements. These countershoft t rough end s ossure long life with hi gh efficiency. St yle B e nclo sed cou ntersh aft trough end
L 1 N K - B E L T • 271
bulk handling screw conveyors
Troughs Th e trou gh not only confines and guides the flow of material, but also serves as the housing in which a li operating components are supported and held together in their proper functional relationship. Accu racy in manufacturing and inherent strength to mainta in this a ccuracy are, therefore, essentia l. l ink-Beit designs, and manufacturing methods, are constantly being imp roved to provide these qualities to the fullest exten t wh ile at t he sorne time effecting economies in weight and space requi reme nts. Corrosive or high temperature applications may require the specific q ua lities that make stainless steel and non-fe rrous metals well ada pted to these services. In general, any type of trough that can be fab rica ted of mild steel can a lso be made of stain less steel or aluminum , brass, bronze, copper, Monel meta l, nickel , e tc . Far resistance to corrosion there are numerous p rotective coatings that are applied to steel troughs and covers. Galvan izing, tinning , chrome plating , etc. are all effective far certain applications. Vulcanized or bonded rubber coatings resist abrasion and corro sion.
Angle flang ed trough
Flanged trough • By for ming the top flanges integrally with the trough sides from a si ng le steel sheet, adequate strength and rigidity is obtained with out superfluous bulk or weight. Stee l connecting flanges , secure ly welded a t each end in special welding fixtures to a ssure squa re, true ends, facil itate assembly, insure proper alignment and p reserve the con tou r of th e trough.
Angle flanged trough • This trough is identical in construction to the flanged trough, except that top flan ges a re obtai ned by securely welding structural steel angles to th e trough .
Dust seal trough
Flared trough
272 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Dust seal trough and cover • Z-bar flanges and formed channel cross me mbe rs ma ke a conti nuous channel pocket around the top of this trough into which the flang ed cove r sections are set. The channel is fi ll ed with san d or the dust of the product be ing conveyed, thus creating an effective seal aga inst the esca pe of dust from wit hin the con veyor.
Flared trough • Th is trough is of conventional construction e xcept that trough sides are fla red outward to afford a wider top opening . This results in improved feed and conveying action with sticky materials o r materials which are not entirely free flowing . lt is customarily used with ribbon fl ight conveyor screws.
bulk handling screw conveyors
Troughs Drop bottom trough is equipped with a hinged drop bottom, held in place by spring clomps or quick octing hand clomps for reody occess to trough interior, conveyor screws ond hongers. This design focilitotes quick, thorough ond frequent cleoning of the trough, screw ond other ports ond is porticulorly useful to combo! infestotion ond promote sonitotion.
Jacketed trough consists of o formed jacket continuously welded to o trough of conventionol construction . Pipe connections ore provided for supply ond dischorge of heoting or cooling medio. lt is widely used for heoting, drying or cooling of moteriols.
Photo 34340 Photo 32333 Wilh quick octlng hond clamps
Wilh spring clamps
Drop bottom troughs
Stoy bolts for jacket reinforcement con be provided for the higher steom pressures. Jacket boffles con be furnished for better distribution of water circulotion to enhonce heot exchonge.
Rectangular trough moy be mode as illustroted from o single steel sheet or with sides ond bottom of seporote pieces, dependen! on size ond gouge of metal. lt is frequently used to hondle obrosive moteriols copoble of forming o loyer of material on the bottom of the trough. The material thus moves on itself, protecting the trough from undue weor.
Jacketed trough
Channel side trough is mode with seporote deto chob le trough bottoms, bolted or clomped to formed or rolled steel chonnels. The chonnels moy be of ony reosonoble length to spon widely spoced supports. Trough bottoms ore mode in nominol lengths up to 1O feet .
Rectangular trough
This trough is occosionolly selected for eose of replocement of trough bottoms subject to unusuolly severe obrosive or corrosive weor.
Cast trough is mode of gray iron of relo tively heovy cross section with top ond end flonges cost integrolly. Flonges ore mochine fin ished for light, squore joints. lt is frequently used to convey high temperoture moteriol s ond certoin highly corrosive moteriols. Dischorge spouts, when required , ore olso cost integrolly with th e trough ot desired locotions. This trough is mode in moximum lengths of 5 feet. Bolted or screw clomped covers con be used.
Channel side trough
Casi trough
L 1 N K - B E L T • 273
bulk handling screw conveyors
Troughs Trough connections ore of two types flonged ond butt stro pped . The bol ted, flonged connection has pro ved to be th e most practico! ond efficient meons of jo ining sections of trough. By its use, ossembly or d isa ssembly is focil itoted an d al ignm ent readily ochieved. End f la nges are ma de of stee l on gles o r pioles, corefuliy formed and p unched to ossure accu rote, closely-fitted trough connections ond complete in terchangeabili ty. Flanged conne ct ion connection with supporling foot
Angle end flanges ore regulorly furn ishe d on ali trough sizes up to ond includ ing 1 2 inches. Plate end flonges ore regulorly furnished on 14-inch ond larger troughs o nd o n heavier gouges for a li size troughs. Supporting feet are of formed ste el for use with end flanges ond provide a co nvenien t means of aligning ond sup porting conveyors from floors, ond su p po rting structures.
Bull slrapped conneclion
Butl slrapped connection w ith suppo rting sa ddle
Saddles a re used when location o f support poin ts does not coincid e with the spacing of joint f langes or when tro ughs with butt stropped connections ore used.
Covers ore of three general types-pla in, flanged and dust seal. P la in covers consist of flot steel sheets wilh one end of each section crimped or provided with a strap to close the butting cover joints. They can be furnished spri ng clamped, screw clamped or bolted.
Pla in cover screw clam ped
Fl anged cover screw clamped
Pla in cove r bolted
Fla nged cover s are a stiffer cover for mo re convenient handling. They are flonged a long the sides and hove one end of each section provided with a slrap to close the butti ng cover joints. They can be furnished screw clam p ed or bo!te d. Fewer clamps or bo lts are required with this type of cover.
Du st sea l covers, mode in maximum lengths of 5 feet, ore flonged down on ali sides to set in the channel flanges of dust seol trough . Dust seal cove r
Photo 19924
Plain cover spring cla mped
274 • L 1 N K - B EL T
Screw clamp
Spring cl am p
Cover cla mps ore of the screw type or spring type. Spring clomps ore pivotal ly ottached to the trough flanges, thus are a lways in place. They moy be disengoged or engaged by o hommer b low. Spri ng clamps ore regularly furnished unless onother type is specified.
bul k handling screw conveyors
Trough discharge spouts and gales Discharge spouts and gates afford the means for discharging material from the trough and for connection to succeeding equipment to which material is delivered . Gates provide for selective control of multiple spouts. All spouts and gales are of welded steel construction with connecting flanges punched with accurately spaced hales for inte rch angeability and ease of assembly. Slide gales, either hand or rack and pinion operated, may be installed in practically ali applications for operation either parallel or al right angles to the conveyor a xis . Ra ck and pinion ope rated gales may be furnished with cha in wheels and chains for remole control. Pin ion shafts may be extended to accommodate various operati ng arra ngements.
Photo 32176
Plain d ischa rge opening
Photo 32179
Spouts and gales can be fabricated of stainless steel and nonferrous metals. Spouts of special desig n ca n be furnished to accommodate unusua l conditio ns.
Fixed discharge spout
Plain discharge openings are cut in the bottom of the trough al the desi red location to provide free discharge of material. They are used for delivering to open or closed storage or similar applications. Photo 32177 A
Fixed discharge spouts are welded in place when furnished with a complete conveyor. They are furnished in g a uges proportioned for the size and gauge of trough .
Hand slide gafe
Hand slide gates are mad e to attach to discharge spouts and can be operated from a ny one of the four sides, provided there is sufficient clearance for the gate in its open position. Photo 321 80A
Rack and p1mon slide gates hove cut tooth rocks welded to the slide plates and actuated by cut tooth pinions mounted on pinio n shafts operated by ha nd wheels or chain wheels. The pinion shafts rotate freely in bearings fastened to the steel supporting frames, p roviding free and easy operating gales.
Rack a nd pinion flat slide gate
These gales, when fitte d with flat slide plates, may be operated in any one of four position s if clearances are adequate, and can be furnished with either ha nd wheels or chain wheels. These gales can also be furnished with cu rved slide plates made to conform to the contour of the trough, thus elimina ting pockets formed by the flat slide plates. They operate parallel to the conveyor axis and can be fur nished with either hand wheels or chain wheels.
Photo 32181A
Ra ck an d pi nion curved slide gate
L 1 N K - B E L T • 275
bulk handling scre w conveyors
Typical drive arrangements Numerous drive a rrangements for operating screw convey ors are possible, using Link-Belt speed reducers, either direct connected or in comb ination with chain or V-belt drives. Enclosed drives include gearmotors, motogears, in-line, p arallel shaft worm gear and shaft mounted speed reducers. For smooth starting under heavy loa ds, a fluid drive, which uniformly a b sorbs the shock effect of surges, and protects the
motor and equi pment from sudden overloads or stoppages, can b e used. These Link- Belt drives are available as fluid drives, Electrofluid drives and Electrofluid motogears. Where variation in speed is required to ma intain balanced processing re quirement, a Link-Belt P.1.V. v ariable speed drive is ideally suited for the application. This drive is available in motorized ty pes or with integral gear reductions.
Ar rangement 1 is a sim ple drive combination and consists of a shaft mounted speed reducer mounted d irectl y on the screw convey or drive shaft. The speed reducer is connected to the motor through a V-belt d rive and is prevented from rotating b y an adjustable arm. The speed of the conveyor can be readil y changed b y altering the rat io of the V-belt drive.
f;g, 6227
A rrangement 1
Arrangement 2 consists of a shaft mounted speed reducer directly mounted on the conveyor drive shaft. In this case, however, a unit bracket, which is attached to the screw conveyor t rough end supports the motor. The motor is connected to the sp eed reducer through a V-belt drive. With this arrangement the motor is conveniently located above the drive. f;g, 6228
Arrangement 2
Arr angement 3 consists of an enclosed d rive connecte d to a screw conveyor through a chain drive. The enclosed drive may be mounted in various locations, making it very flexible. This arrangement also affords an easy means of altering the conveyor speed to meet changing opera ting conditions, by substituting sprockets of different size. A practical drive combination is a gearmotor or motogear with roller chain drive. Where heavier drives are required, the parallel shaft sp ee d reducer can be used. When the conveyor operates at a very low speed , a worm gear speed red ucer may be req uired. Variab le speed d r ives and fluid drives can also be a dapted to this arrangement. The chain d rive is easily guarded for safety, or encased for lubrication and p rotection.
F1g. 5151
Arrangement 3
A rra ngem ent 4 consists of a WVS sing le worm gear sp eed reducer or HWVS helical-worm gear speed reducer direct connected b y a built-in adapter flang e to the screw conveyor trough. The output shafts of the drives hove coupling bolt holes for a ttaching the conveyor screws. Precision roller bearings su pport the output sha f ts and accommodate the conveyor thrust in either direction, eliminating the need for an auxiliary thrust. A cha in drive connects the worm gear speed reducer to the motor. The cha in drive is easily guarded for safety, or encased for lubrication and protection.
276 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Fig 6209
A rrangement 4
bulk handling scre w conve yors
Typical drive arrangements
A r rangem e nt S provides a means of direct connecting the speed reducer to the screw conveyor where the use of an intermediate chain drive is not practical or where it is desired to mount the drive in line because of space limitations. The motor is connected to the speed reducer by a flexible coupling and the output shaft of the drive is coupled to the drive shaft of the conveyor. The conveyor drive shaft is rigidly supported by the trough end which has either double ball bearings or double roller bearings. These bearings accommodate the thrust of the conveyor in either direction.
Arrangement 6 consists of a W TS single worm gear speed reducer or HWBS helical-worm gear speed reducer direct connected by a built- in adapter Aange to the screw conveyor trough. The output shaft of the drive has coupling bolt holes for attaching the conveyor screw. Precision roller bearings support the output shaft and accommodate the conveyor thrust in either d irection, thus eliminating the need for an aux iliary thrust. The motor may be mounted on a unit base with the speed reducer or mounted on o seporote structurol support.
Arrangement 7 shows o typical method of operating two screw conveyors, located at right angles to each other, from a common power source. The speed reducer is connected by a choin drive to a countershaft trough end. Both conveyors are t hen driven from the countershaft t rough end , one through a pair of gears and the other through a second chain drive.
A rrongement S
Arrongement 6
A rro ngement 7
Fig. 5154
Arrangement 8 illustrates a typical drive for an inclined screw conveyor using the components described under Arrangement 4. The motor may be supported as shown or by independent means.
Arro ngement 8
L 1 N K - B E L T • 277
bulk handling screw conveyors
Typlcal inlet arrangements
[-*= :;
fig . 4742
Ploin in let spouts o r ch utes
Plain inlet spouts or chutes may be used whenever t he
When multiple inlets feed the conveyor simultaneous ly,
r ot e of feed is fairly unifarm and controlled by preceding
the capacity must exceed their combi ned ro te of feed.
equipmen t. Th e conveying capacity of the screw conveyor should
used in the ch utes far selecti ve control.
Slide gales, hand or rack and pinion operated, may be
safely exceed the maximum rote of feed.
The screw feeder consists of a conveyor screw operating in a t o tal l y enclosed housing and desi gned far a specific pu r pose in regulating the rote of fl ow o r feed of material. Refer to screw f eeder sect ion far desig n and sel ection.
Screw feed e r
___
...---:- -7' ' ,.
___; ~ f.-------:-
1
The rotary vane feeder provi des accuro te con trol of the rote of feed. lt delive rs a unifarm, p re-determined volu me
'
of material, easily regulated by changing the speed of the feeder. lt may be driven by and synchronized with the screw
.
.+
I
..
1
conveyor, or driven independently with fixed or variable speed drives.
t
•
~'.~~~~:~~:~~:_---.~-_-:.i:==~~~-~=~:~} ~ f ,' ,_, \_ f
~
~
I
f ~:
•
...
1
1
ll. ...
fi g. 4744
Rotary van e f eed er
Side inlet gates afford a method of feedi ng free -flo w i ng materiols from bins, hoppers, lanks or silos. The screw conveyor is rel i eved of the dead weight of the stored ma te rial a nd the load imposed in moving it from under itself. The feed can be reguloted to main ta in the most favorable depth of materi a l in the trough or can be shut off comp letely. Ro tat i on of screw should be toward opening a s shown i n Figure 47 46. Thi s helps to control the movemenl of ma terial away from t he opening ond prevent
-----
flooding of material between flights that occurs when
..
rotation is in oppos ite directi on .
L.- - '\-__ _ _ _ _ _ .....,_
These goles ore ideally adap ted to the bottom of long Fig . 4746
Si de inlet gate
278 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bins which d ischarge material into collecting or reclaim screw conveyors.
bulk handling screw conveyors
Typical discharge arrangements
Plain discharge opening
Plain d ischarge openings, cut in the bottom of the trough, permit free discharg e at pre-determined points.
,. w
Discharge spout
Fig. 4797
l
. . . . . . . .
1
I
..
'
1
Fig. 4798
IJ
::_·_-:_-_·s==~~=-~~-~_-_-;.-¡: •. / \ \._/ t
'
1
•
I
;
Discharge spouts confine the discharge of material and direct its Aow to succeeding equipment.
Open e nd troug h
Fig. 4961
Discha rge trough end
fi g. 4950
Open end trough , with a hanger as the end bearing, permits free discharge to bins, storage piles and similar places. Discharge trough ends provide end bearings and also permit free discharge from the end of the trough.
Ope n b o ttom t r oughs provide free discharge and distribution of materials in bins, bunkers or storage piles. As material builds up to the conveyor screw it forms its own trough, thereby advancing along th e full length of the open bottom troug h.
-
,
•
-,
\
-
,,-,
f'
\ ' ...t --l.----" __
\
\
_ _i _ _ _ _ft
Hand slide gate s added to discharg e spouts provide selective control at multiple discharge points.
,r..
\
.l, _ _ _
J
: :
\ ," --.l.-..,. ' .,., '
Ope n bottom trough
f ig. 4955
Rack and pinion flat slide g a t es permit hand wheel or chain wheel aperation of slide gates for selective discharge. They can b e operated either parallel or transversely to the conveyor axis. Rack and pm1on curve d slid e gates, with the slide piafe conforming to the contour of the trough, prevent det erioration of perisha ble materials by elirnination of the pocket in which they can otherwise accumulate. Th ey can be operated only parall el to th e conveyor axis.
Ho nd slid e g ate
Enclosed rack and p inion gate s can be made dusttight or w eathertight to protect personnel, prevent loss of valuable products or avoid damage to the product from externa! dirt ar moisture.
.
'
Rack a nd pinion flat slid e gate
... - ....
...--.,......_,- ' - -
'
,'
-
Fig. 4953
\----L--.~t.,
..
•'I>-- ___ ,..,'..._~
Fig. 4952
,'
-
... -.,--'
·~
¡
Fig. 4951
Enclosed rack and pinion gate
Fig.
~95 4
Rack and pinion cu rved slide gate
L 1 N K - B E L T • 279
bulk handling screw conveyor5
Selection The selection information in this section ha s been compiled
screws and troughs may also c id the flow of
from the many years of experience in the successful design and application of numerous and varied screw conveyor
the materi al.
installations.
3
Sufficient information is available to easily select the com-
Extremely abrasive ma teria Is may require screws and troughs ma de of abrasion resistant metals or the screws may b e provided with hard surfaced flights.
ponents recommended for handling materials under normal operating conditions in horizontal screw conveyors. 4
When the materials are corrosive, it may be desirable to make the conveyor screws and troughs of stainless steel, Monel metal, nickel,
Screw conveyors The screw conveyor consists of a rotating screw operating in a stationary trough for conveying material from one point
aluminum, etc. 5 lf the meteríais are to be mixed or aerated, a
to another. The conveyor screws are made in regular or short lengths and either right or left hand to suit any
conveyor screw of ribbon flights or cut flights,
application.
used to obtain the desired results.
or one of these combined with paddles may be
The f eed of material to the conveyor must be al a con6 Meteríais which are to be heated or cooled
troll ed and fairly uniform ro te.
may require jacketed troughs arranged for
Screw conveyors are suitable for handling a wide variety
circulating heating or cooling media.
of bulk materials.
7
Contaminable materials may require selflubricated bearings and screw and t rough con-
Materials
struction which will eliminate pockets, cracks,
Many bulk materials are handled easily and efficiently
etc. Such screws and trou ghs will prevent the
in screw conveyors. However, to insure the best possible
accumulation of the material
selection of components, it is recommended that considera-
easy cleaning.
and facilitate
tion be given to the physical, chemical and handling characteristics of all materials. The essential characteristics include size, flowability and
tions are a factor or where there may be doubt as to the
abrasiveness of the meteríais. Other characteristics, such os
correct selection of screw conveyors, consult Link-Belt.
Where unusual applications or severe operating condi-
contaminat ion, corrosiveness, degradability, fluffiness, etc., may influence the handling and should be given consideration. Consideration should also be given to meteríais which
How to select a horizontal screw conveyor
may assume different characteristics under certain conditions of processing, atmosphere, age or storage. Many of
Consider the following factors when selecting a horizontal
the more common materials are classifled in Table 1, page
screw conveyor:
282, and are given as a guide in selecting the proper
Kind and character of material being handled,
components. Meteríais not appearing in the list can be
such as: size, flowability, abrasiveness, etc.
classifled
by comparison
with
similar meteríais or by
establishing a classiflcation using Table 1, page
563.
Link-Belt laboratory facilities are available for testing and classifying all kind s of materials.
Weight of material in pounds per cubic foot Maximum rote et which material is handled in cub ic feet per hour Maximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material and percentage of lumps in total volume
Typical appllcations
Length of conveyor in feet
Occa sionally the characteristics of the material being han-
With this information known, proceed as follows:
dled are such that other than conventional or regular equipment is required for the purpose, such as:
1
When the meteríais are extremely hot, casi screws and troughs may be used or the screws and t roughs may be made of high temperature alloy metals.
be the choice.
Furthermore, special coatings applied to the
280 • L 1 N K - B E L T
282, and flnd the material class and weight of the material being handled. lf this particular material is not listed, select one with similar characterist ics or determine the classiflcation by using Table 1, page
2 lf the meteríais are stkky or viscous, ribbon flight conveyor screws ma y
Establish the material class • Refer to Table 1, page
563. Additional con-
sideration relative to the capacity should be given to the handling of materials which interlock or mat, Class X, or cerote and become flui d, Class Y.
bulk handling scre w conveyors
Selection De termine t he conveyor screw s ize • Knowing the material class, lump size and required capacity, refer to Table 2 and determine the screw diame ter based on e ither lump size o r capacity al the maximum recommended speed, whichever governs. Determin e the conv e y o r scre w s p e ed • Knowing the screw diameter from Table 2, obtain the capacity al one revolution per minute. Calculate the final speed of the conveyor screw by dividing the required capacity by the capacity al one revolution per minute. Determine the component speciflcations • Using the material classiflcation, weight of material and screw diameter, refer to Table 3 and determine the componen! group and the coupling diameter required for the actual length of conveyor. For conveyor lengths exceeding those listed, consult Link-Belt. Babbitted and ball bearing hangers are regularly used for normal operating conditions where lu brication is permissible. Oíl impregnated wood bearing hangers are usually used where contamination of the material must be avoided. Bronze bearing hangers are used where temperature is involved or where it is the purchaser's preference. Hangers with other types of bearings can be furnished, consult Link-Bel!. Knowing the componen! group, screw diameter and coupling diameter, refer to Table 4 for the componen! speciflcations and determine the type of hanger bearing, coupling, screw, thicknesses of trough and cover. Various types of hangers, trough ends, and trough constructions are shown on the preceding pages, and will suit most ' normal operating conditions.
Solutlon Refer to Table 1. The material class is Cl 65. Refer to Table 2. A 12" dia meter screw conveyar having a 140 RPM maximum operating speed and a capacity of 19.3 cubic feet per revolution is satisfactory for the capacity and lump size. 2000 Required spe ed of screw = - - = 103.6 RPM 19.3 Refer to Table 3. Component group A, B, C or N is indicated for Cl 6 material. Also a 2 " diameter coupling is required for the 60-foot long conveyor and the horsepower factor K equals 25. The specifkations for componen! group A, B, Cor N from Table 4 consist of a choice of babbitted, ball, wood or bronze bearing hangers, cold rolled steel couplings, 12H408 helicoid or 125407 sectional flight conveyor screws and No. 12 gauge steel trough with No. 14 ga uge cover. horsepower H al conveyor drive shaft
A
AG
2000 X 60 X 25 =3 1,000,000
G = 1.13 H =3 X 1.13=3.39 HP Knowing horsepower and required speed of screw, refer to pages 276-277 for typical drives. Assuming 92 per cent total efficiency for drive selected, horsepower al the motor equals 3.39 divided by .92 = 3.68 HP. 5elect 5 HP motor for this application.
Problem 2 5elect a horizontal screw conveyor to meet the following conditions:
When the drive shafts, end shafts, a nd couplings operate in ball bearings, the starting torque is reduced and the overall e fficiency of the conveyor is increased.
Material ... ...... gypsum, raw Weight . ......... 90 pounds per cubic foot Capacity ... .. . . . l l 00 cubic feet per hour Ma x. lump size .... l inch, 15 per cent of total volume
Calculate the required horsepower • The following
Length of conveyor. 30 feet
formula may be used for calculating the horsepower: H = AG where H = horsepower al conveyor drive shaft A =equivalen! horsepower
CLK 1,000,000
c =ca p acity in cubic feet per hour L = length of conveyor in fe et
Solution Refer to Table l. The material class is 027. Refer to Table 2. A 16" diameter screw having a 45 RPM maximum operating sp eed and a capacity of 31.4 cubic feet per revolution is satisfactory for the capacity and lump size. 1100 Required speed of screw = - - = 35 RPM 31.4
K = horsepower factor from Table 3 G = 1.00 when A = 5.0 or more. When A = less than 5.0 obtain value of G from Table 5.
Refer to Table 3. Componen! g roup O is indicated for 027 material. Also a 3 " diameter coupling is required for the 30-foot long conveyor and the horsepower factor equals 225.
With the horsepower and speed al the conveyor drive shaft known, refer to pages 276-277 for typical drive arrangeme nts. The horsepower al the motor equals the horsepower al the conveyor drive shaft divided by the total efficiency of the drive selected.
The specifkations for componen! group O from Table 3 consists of hard iron bearing hangers, hardened steel couplings, l 6H616 helicoid or 165616 sectional flight conveyor screws and 3116" steel trough with No. 14 gauge cover.
Examples of screw conveyor selection Problem 1 5elect a horizontal screw conveyor to mee! the following conditions: Material ......... . ..... wheat
horsepower H al conveyor drive shaft equals AG A = 1100 X 30 X 225 =
l,000,090
. 7 4
G = H=
7.4 X 1 = 7.4 HP
W ~ight .. .. ..... .. . ... . 45 pounds per cubic foot
Knowing horsepower and speed of screw refer to pages 276277 for typical drives.
Capacity .............. . 2000 cubic feet per hour Maximum lump size ...... Y2 inch
Assuming 92 per cent total efficiency for drive selected, horsepower al the motor equals 7.4 divided by .92 = 8.04 HP.
Le ngth of conveyar. ...... 60 feet
5elect l O HP motor for this application.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 281
bulk handling scre w conve yors
Selection Table 1 • Typ ica l bu lk material s handl ed by screw con veyors Average
Material
Alfalfo meal . . . . . . ............ . .. . Almonds, broke n or whole ..... ... .... . Alum, lumpy .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alum, fi ne ...................... . ... . Alumina .......... ... . .. . .. . ...... . Aluminate jell ...................... . Aluminum hydra te . . . . . . . .... - .. Ammonium chloride, crystalline .... . .... . Ammonium sulphate . . . . . . . .......... . Antimany powder ..... ...... ...... . Apple pomace, dry . . . . . .. ... .. . Asbestos shred . . . ............... . Ashes, coal, dry, 3" and under ...... . . Asphalt, crushe d , \12" and under .. ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... . . Bagasse Ba kelite, fin e ............... . ... . .. . Baking powd e r .. . ... . ........... _. Bark, wood, refuse .. ....... . ... ..... . Barley .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ····· Bauxite, crushed, 3" and under . ... .. . Be ans, castor, who le ..... . . . . . .... .. . Beo ns, ca stor, me al . . . . . . . . . _. . . . _ Beans, novy, dry ... .............. _ .. Bentonite, 100 mesh ond und er . . . . . . . - .. Bicarbonate of soda Blood, drie d . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . ..... . . . Bones Boneblack, 100 mesh and und er ...... . Bonecha r, \la " and und er . . . . . . . . .. . Bonemeal .. ....... .. Borate o f lime . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . Borox, fine ...................... . Boric acid , fine .................... . Bren . . . ....... . . ....... . Bread crumbs . . . . . . Brewer's grain, spent, dry . . . . . . . . . . Brewer's grain, sp e nl, wet .. ... .... . Buckwheat . . . .. . ........ .. Calcium ca rb ide . . . . . . ... ... . Carbon block, p e ll e tized ........ . Carbon bl ock powder . . .... . ..... . Casein . . . . . . . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . Casi iron chips ................ . ... . . Cement, portland . . . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . .. .... . Ceme nt clinker . . . . . . Chalk, lump y . . . . . .. ... .. Chalk, 100 mesh ond under ........ . . Charcoal . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . .... Cind ers, coal . . Clay (see bentonite, Fuller's earth, kaolin and marl) Clover seed Coal, anthracite . . . .. Coal, bituminous, mined, 50 mesh and under Coal, bituminous, mined, sized ....... . Co al, bituminous, mined, slack, \12" and under . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . Cocoa, powdered . .. .. .. ....... ..... . Cocoa b e ans ............ . . .. .... . . . Cocoo nibs ... ... . . . . . . ......... . Coconut, shredded . .. . . . .......... . Coffee, green b e an . . . . . . . . . . .. . • Refer to page 563 far c lass1fi ca t ion descriptions. Consult Link-Belt.
¿
282 • L 1 N K - B E L T
weight per cubic foat, p aund s 6
17 28-30 50-60 45-50 60 45 18 52 45 -5 8 15 20-25 35-40 45 7-10 30-40 41 10-20 38 75-85 36 48 50-60 41 35-45 35-50 20-25 27-4 0 55-60 53
55 16-20 25 -30 55-60 40-42 70-80 20-25 4-6 36 130-200 65-85 75 -80 85-90 70-75 18-25 40
48 60
50 50 50 30-35 30-40 35 20-22 32
Class
•
B3 7W C27T 0 26 ¿ B26 ¿ B28 B2 7 C26 B26 ¿
B27 C37W H37WZ 037 C2 6 H36WXZ A36 A26 H37X ¿ B16 5 028 ¿ C1 6 B26 C16 A27Y ¿ A26 037 ¿
A27 ¿ B27 B27 A26 ¿ B26 B26 B265W B26T C36 ¿ C36P ¿ B165 027 Bl 6TZ ¿ ¿
B27 ¿ C37 A27Y 028 ¿ 037Z A37YZ 037T 028 ¿
B165 C27P B36P 026PT C36P A36Z C27T ¿ C27 H36 C26T
Average weoght per cubic foat paunds 6
Material
Class
•
826 C 16 038TX ¿ 028X C38 026
Coffee, ground .............. . .. . ... . Coffee, roasted bean ......... , ...... . Cake, loase ........ ... . . ..... .... . . . Coke, p etroleum, colcined . .... . . .... . .
25 22-26 23-32 35-45
Coke breeze, \!.'' and under ...... , .. . Copper sulphate . . . . . . . . . ... . . Copperas (see ferrous sulphate) Copra, lumpy . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .
25-35
Copra cake, lumpy .... ... ....... .. Copro cake, ground . .............. Copra meal . . ... . .... . . . . . . . . Cork, fine ground .. ....... . . ......
Cork, granulated .. . ............... . . Corn, cracked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corn, seed _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corn, shelled . .... ..... .. .. ....... . Corn germs ...... .. ............ . . . . Corn g rits . . ... ... . .... . ...... .. .... . Corn sugar . ..... . ..... . ........... . Cornmeal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . .
25-30 4 0-45 40-45 12-15 12-15 45 -50 45 45
C36 C26 C l65T C165
21 40-45 31 38 -40
826 B26 826 826
Cottonseed, dry, de-l inted . .. ... .. .. .. . Coltonseed, dry, not de-linted . .. . ... . . . Cottonseed cake, lumpy . ... . . ... .. .. . Cottonseed flakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .
35 18-25 40-45 20-25
C26 C3 6 026
Co ttonseed hulls ... . ................ . Coltonseed meol ......... ...... .. . CoHonseed mea Is . . ... .. ... . . . Crocklings, crushed, 3" and under. ...
12 35-40 40 40-50
836W 826 826 036
Cryolite . . .... ... .... . ..... Cullet .. .. Oicalcium phosphate . . . . . . . . . . Oolomite, lumpy . . . . . . . Ebonite, crushed, \12" and under Egg powder . _ .... . Ep som salts . .. _ . . .. Fe ldspar, g round, \la" ond under . .. _. . . . . . . .. Fe rrous sulphate Fish meal .. .... ... .. .. . ... . .. Fish scrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... Flaxsee d Flaxsee d cak e, expeller . . . . . ........ . Flaxsee~ meol Flour, wheot . . . . . . . . . . ... , . . . . Flue dJsl, boiler house, d ry ......... . . Fluorspar . . . . . . ... .. ...... . . Fly a sh, dry (se e flue dJst) Fuller's earth, oil filler , burned .. .. .. . . . Fuller's earth, oil fille r, raw ........•. Fuller's earth, oil filler, spent .... .. .... . Gelatine, granul ated . .. ........... . Glass batch . . . . . . . . ...... . Glue, ground, \la" and under ......... . Glue, p e arl . . . . . . . . . ............ . Gluten meal . . . . . . . . . ...... , .. .. . Grains, di stillery, spent, d ry ........... . Graphite, flake ....... .. ........... . Graphite, flour .. .. . ..... . .... .. .. . Grape pornace ........ . ....... .. ... . Grass seed. . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .... . Gypsum, calcined, v.'' and und er . . ... .
110 80 -120 43 90 - 100 63-70 16 40-50 65-70
027 028 ¿ A36 027 ¿ C26
. . . .
22
50-75 35-40 40-50 45 48-50 25 35-40 35-45 82 40 35-40 60 -65 32 90-100 40 40 40 30 40 28 15-20 10-12 55 -60
026 026 826 826 836WY
¿
¿
B26 827 C27 836 H36 8 165 026 826 A36K ¿ A18Y ¿ C37 B28 827 ¿
C26T 028 ¿ 827 C16 826 H26W C26 A16Y C37 W 8265W C27
6 Weight of material loose or slightly og1toted. These weights ore usuolly different when moterials ore settled or packed, os in bons or conto iners
bulk handling screw conveyors
Selection Table 1 ( continued)
•
Typical bu lk materia Is handled by screw conveyors Average weight per cubic foot, pounds A
Aver a g e
weight p e r Ma te ria l
cubic foot,
p ounds
Closs
•
Material
/'.
Gypsum, row, 1 inch and und e r .... . . Gypsum, calcined, powdered . . ...... . Hops, spent, dry .. .. ............. . Hops, spent, wet ..... .. ............ .
90 - 100 60-80 35 50-55
027 A37 H36 H36P
Rice, bren (see bron) Rice grits . ................... ...... . Rubber, hard ground (see ebonite) Rye ..... . ....................... ·.
Ice, crushed ....................... . llmenite ore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . lron sulphote (see ferrous sulphate) Kaolin doy, 3" and under ........... .
35 -45 140
016 828
163
027
Solt, common dry, coarse . .. .......... Salt, common dry, fine ............... Salt cake, dry, coorse ................ Salt cake, dry, pulverized ............
72 45-55 60
836R 026 836Z
lamp block (see carbon block) l e ad arsenate .... . ... ...... ... . .... . lignite, air dried ............ ... . . . . . . lime, ground, Va" and under ...... . ... . lime, hydrated, Va" and under ... ... .. . lime, hydrated, pulverized ..... . lime, pebble . . . . . . . . . . . .... . limestone, ogricultural, Va" and under ... .
40 32-40 53 -56 68
826YZ A26YZ 036 827 ...
limestone, crushed .... . .............. . limestone dust ............. ........ . . litharge (see leod oxide) Magnesium chloride ................. .
85-90 75
027 ... A37Y .._
33
C36
Moize (see corn) Malt, dry, ground, Vo" and under ... Molt, d ry, whole . . . . .. Malt, wet or green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
22 27 -30 60 -65
826SW C26S C36.._
Malt meal ........................ . Manganese sulphate ................. . Mari . . . . . . . . . . . . · ·. · . · · · · · · · · · · · · Meat, ground .. . .. . .... , .. .. • ....... .
36-40 70 80 50-55
826 C28 027 ...
Mica, ground . .. ..... . .............. . Mica, pulverized ..... . ...... • ... . ... Mica, flakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ... . . . Milk, dried flake ........... •. .... . ..
13-15 13-15 17-22 5-6
827 A27Y 817WY 826K .._
Milk, malted . . . . . . . . . . ........... Milk, whole, powdered ... . .. . .. . .. .. Muriate of potash .................. Mustard seed .......... .. ........ .
30 -35 20
A36KZ 836KlZ B28 8165
. . . .
77 45
Naphthalene Aakes ......... . ... . . . . . Oats ..... .. ........... . .......... . Oats, rolled .... . . . . .... . .. .. . . . .. . . Oronge peel, dry ................... .
45 26 ' 19 15
Oxalic acid crystals ............... . Oyster shells, ground , Y," and under . Oyster shells, whole . .. .......... . Paper pulp . .. . .. ............ . .. . . .
60 53
...
...
C16S C26SW H36 836l C27 027X
...
Peanuts, in shells .. . .......... . .... . . Peanuts, shelled ......... . ........... . Peas, dried ...................... . . . Phosphate rock ...... ... .. ..... .... .
15-20 35-45 45-50 75-85
026T C26T C16ST 027 ...
Phosphate sand . . . . . . .. ... . Ploster of peris (see gypsum, colcined, powdered ) Potossium nitrote ............... . ... .
90-100
828
76
C17P
Pum ice, \la " and under . . ........ . ... . Rice, hulled or polished ............. .. . Rice, rough ...................... ... .
42 -45 45-48 36
838 ... 816 8265
• Reler to poge 563 far classifica t ion descriptions. .._ Consult Link-Belt.
42-45 44
Closs
•
826 8165
45-5 0 70-80 85 65-85
C37Pl .._ 827Pl .._ 027 827
Saltpeter ..... ........ ..... ... . .•... Sand, bonk, dry .............. • ..... Sand, silica, dry .... . ... . ........... . Sawdust ... ... . .. . ........... . ... . . .
80 90-110 90-100 10-13
8265 828 818
Shal e, crushed .... .................. Shellac, powdered or gronulated ... .. .. Silica gel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ Slag, furnace, gronuloted . . . . .......
. . . .
85-90 31 45 60-65
c27 .._ 826K .._ 828 C28
SI ate, crushed, V2" and under .... . . ... Slote, ground, Va" and under ....... . . Soap beads or granules .............. Soap chips .. ... . .... ...............
. . . .
80-90 82 15-25
C27 827 826T C26T .._
Soap flakes ..... . .... ... . .......... . Soap powde r .. ...... ...... . ...... . Soapstone tole, fine ...... .......... . Soda a sh, heovy ................... .
5- 15 20-25 40-50 55-65
B26T ..t. B26 .._ A37Z 827
Soda ash, light . . . . . . . . . ..... . ... . . Sodium nitrate . . . . . . . . ...... . Sodium phosphate (see trisodium phosphote)
20-35 70-80
A27W
026 C26W 826
Soybeons, cracked ................ . Soybeans, whole . ........ .. ....... . Starch ............................ . Ste el chips, crushe d .. .. .• .. .........
40-43 18-26 40 30-40 45 -50 25-50 100-150
Sugar, g ranulated ........... . ....... . Sugar, raw, cene o r beet. ......... . . . Sugar beet pulp, dry ............... . Sugar beet pulp, wet .. .. ... . .... . .. .
50-55 55-65 12- 15 25 -45
826KT 836Z .._
Sulphur, crushed, Y," and under ... .. .. Sulphur, lumpy, 3" and under ... ...... . Sulphur, powdered .................. Talcum powder ... . .................
. . . .
50-60 80-85 50-60 40-60
C26S .._ 0265 ... 826SY .a. A27Y
Tonbor~ ground .................... . Timothy seed ........... . ......... . . . Tobocco, scrops . .. .................. . Tobacco, snuff ...... .. .............. .
55 36 15-25 30
826SW 036W B36TY
Trisodium phosphote .. .... . .... .. . ... . Tung nut meats, crushe d .... .. . .... . . . . Vermiculite, expended .... .. ... . ... . . . Vermiculite ore ..... .. .. . ...... . .... .
60 25 16 80 45-48 40-45 28 10-30 16-36 30-35 10-15
. . . .
Sodium sulphate (see so lt cake ) Soybean cake, over V2" . . . . . ..... ... . Soybean Aokes, row o r spent ..... ..... . Soybe an meal, cold ................. .
Wheot .... .... .................... . Wheot, cracked ............ . ..... . Wheat germ ........ . ........... .. . Wood chips ... ... ..... . .... . ....... . Wood Aour ... .. . .......... .. . . ... . Zinc oxide, heavy .... . ......... .. ... . Zinc oxide, light ... ... .... ... . ... .... .
...
...
C27S c175 .._
...
038
... ...
...
827 026 C37W 027 C16S 8265 826 H36WX ..t.
...
A36Z .._ A36WZ .._
A W eight of material loase or slightly agitated. These w eights a re usually dil!erent when moteriols ore seuled or poded, os i n bins or containers.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 283
bulk handling screw conveyors
Selection Table 2 • Capacities and speeds of ho rizo ntal screw conveyors Material class
•
A16 B16 C1 6
016, H1 6 A26,A36 B26, B36 C26, C36 026, 0 36 H26, H36 A17, A27, A37 B17, B27, B37 C17, C27, C37 · 0 17, 027, 037 H17, H27, H37 A18, A28, A38 B18, B28, 838 C18,C28, C38 0 18, 028, 038 H18, H28, H38
recommended speed, RPM
lump size, inches
•
®
lA 1 Y2
6 9 12 14 16 18 20 6 9 12 14 ·16 18 20 6 9 12 14 16 18 20 6 9 12 14 16 18 20
Capacity a l maximum re commended speed
Maximum
Moximum
Screw diometer, inches
3A
1 y, 2 2 Y2 3 3 3 Y2
3A
1 Y2 2 2 Y2 3 3 3 Y2 3A
1 Y2 2 2 y, 3 3 3 y,
¿ Consider only th e classifications show n w hen selecting screw diameters and speeds. • Unsized material consisting of coarse and fines wh e re 25% of volum e d oes not exceed maximum lump si ze and ave rag e size of balance does
Capacity al 1 RPM
Trough loading
Cubic leet per hour
165 150 140 130 120 115 105 120 100 90 85 80 75 70 60 50 50 45 45 40 40 60 50 50 45 45 40 40
2 2 y, 3 3 3 Y2
1
375 1200 2700 4000 5600 7600 9975 180 560 1200 1790 251 0 3400 4340 90 280 665 950 1410 1850 2485 45 140 335 470 705 910 1240
2.27 8.0 19.3 30.8 46.6 66.1 95.0 1.5 5.6 13.3 21.1 3 1.4 45.4 62.1 1.5 5.6 . 13.3 21.1 31.4 45.4 62.1 .75 2.8 6.7 10.5 15.7 22.7 31.1
0 w
45 per cent
30 per cen t
~"" 1S
per cent
not exceed one ·half of the maximum lump size . When lumps exceed 25"fo of volume or mate rial conta ins hard, unbreakable lumps, con sult Link-Belt. ® Speeds higher than those recommended will result in accelera ted we ar on hanger bearings and couplings.
Table 3 • Component g roups, conveyor lengths and horse power fa ctors Weight of Moterial closs
Componen! group, Table 4
Al6 Bl6 C16
A, B, C
A26 B26 C26
A, B, C
Fo N
Fo N
materia!, pounds per cubic foot
1 to 10 t o 20 to 30 to 40 to 50 to 60 to 70 to 80 to 90 to 1 to 10 to 20 to 30 t o 40 to 50 t o 60 to 70 to 80 to 90 to
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Moxlmum length o f conveyor in feet ¿
6
1
9
12
1
1 14
Screw d iameter, inche s
1 16 1 18 1 20
Coupling di ameter, inches
l l/2
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
l 1V2 1 2 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 - 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1
2 12'll6 I
150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 140 -- - 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 135
¿ Consult Link-Belt fo r lengths in excess o f tho se listed . 0 For mildly corrosive mate rials, C lass P.
284 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Hor sepower fa ctor K
Screw diometer, inches
3
200 250 200 250 200 250 200 250 200 250 200 250 200 250 200 250 185 250 170 250 -- - 200 250 200 250 200 250 200 250 200 250 200 250 200 250 200 250 180 250 165 250
1 2 ~1
3
13
1
3
1 3 13 ~
6
9
1
1
12 114 1 16 1 18 1 20
200 250 250 250 250 250 18 10 9 200 250 250 250 235 250 22 14 13 200 250 250 250 185 235 26 18 17 200 250 250 2 10 145 185 30 22 21 200 250 225 175 120 155 34 26 25 170 250 190 150 105 130 38 30 29 150 250 170 130 90 115 42 34 33 130 225 150 110 80 100 46 38 37 120 205 135 100 70 90 50 42 41 11 0 185 125 95 65 80 51 46 45 - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - -200 250 250 250 250 250 28 15 13 200 250 250 250 250 250 34 21 19 200 250 250 250 190 250 40 27 25 200 250 250 200 150 190 46 33 31 195 250 220 165 120 155 52 39 37 165 250 190 140 105 135 58 45 43 145 245 165 120 90 115 64 51 49 130 220 145 110 80 105 70 57 55 11 5 195 130 100 70 90 76 63 6 1 105 180 120 90 65 85 82 69 67
8 8 7 7 12 12 11 11 16 16 15 15 20 20 19 19 24 24 23 23 28 28 27 27 32 32 31 31 36 36 35 35 40 40 39 39 44 44 43 43 - - -- - 12 12 11 10 18 18 17 16 24 24 23 22 30 30 29 28 36 36 35 34 42 43 41 40 48 48 47 46 54 54 53 52 60 60 59 58 66 66 65 64
bulk handling 1crew conveyors
Selection Table 3 ( continued) • Component groups, conveyor lengths and horsepower factors Maximum length af conveyor in feet¿
Harsepa wer f actor K
Screw diameter, inches
Screw di a meter, inches
Weight of Mctericl clcss
A 36 B 36 e 36
o 16 H 16
A, B,C
material,
pcunds per cubic foot
6
1
9
12
1
¡2
2
2~
150 150 150 150 150
200 200 200 200 195
3
1'h
1v,
10 20 30 40 50
100 100 100 100 100
100 100 100 100 100
60 70 80 90 100
1 to 10 l O to 20 20 to 30 30 to 40 40 to 50
100 100 150 135 165 250 100 100 150 120 145 240 100 95 150 105 125 215 100 85 150 95 115 190 100 80 150 85 105 175 ---- - - -- - 100 100 150 150 200 250 100 100 150 150 200 250 100 100 150 150 200 250 100 100 150 150 200 250 100 100 150 150 200 250
50 60 70 80 90
60 70 80 90 100
100 100 100 100 100
1 to 10 to 20 to 30 to 40 to
10 20 30 40 50
100 100 100 100 100
50 60 70 80 90
60 70 80 90 100
l to to to to to
10 20 30 40
14
1
1
16
118
20
1
Coupling dicmeter, inches
150 150 150 150 150
1
250 250 250 250 250
1
2~
200 200 195 150 125
1
6
9
12
14
16
18
20
32 42 52 62 72
19 29 39 49 59
17 27 37 47 57
16 26 36 46 56
16 26 36 46 56
15 25 35 45 55
14 24 34 44 54
3 3 3 13 1 3~
250 250 250 250 210
1
250 250 220 170 140
250 250 250 230 175 225 165 125 160 130 95 120 105 75 100
F0
N
G, H, J F0
o 26
G, H, J
H 26
F0
o 36
G, H, J
H 36
F0
Al 7 B 17 C 17
Á
Componen! group, Table 4
o
50 60 70 80 90
to to to to to
to to to to to
150 150 200 250 165 250 190 140 105 135 58 45 43 42 42 41 40 150 150 200 250 145 245 165 125 90 115 64 51 49 48 48 47 46 150 150 200 250 130 220 150 110 80 105 70 57 55 54 54 53 52 150 150 180 250 115 195 135 100 70 95 76 63 61 60 60 59 58 150 135 165 250 105 180 120 90 65 85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64 - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 250 250 32 19 17 16 16 15 14 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 230 175 225 42 29 27 26 26 25 24 100 150 150 200 250 195 250 220 165 120 160 52 39 37 36 36 35 34 100 150 150 200 250 150 250 175 130 95 120 62 49 47 46 46 45 44 100 150 150 190 250 125 210 140 105 75 100 72 59 57 56 56 55 54
l to 10 t o 20 to 30 to 40 to
10 20 30 40 50
50 60 70 80 90
60 70 80 90 100
100 100 100 100 100
1 to 10 to 20 t o 30 to 40 to
10 20 30 40 50
100 100 100 100 100
50 60 70 80 90
60 70 80 90 100
100 100 100 100 100
to to to to to
to to to to to
--
85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64 75 92 79 77 76 76 75 74 65 102 89 87 86 86 85 84 55 112 99 97 96 96 95 94 50 122 109 107 106 106 105 104 - - -- -- -- -- - - -- - - - 250 250 28 15 13 12 12 11 10 250 250 34 21 19 18 18 17 16 190 245 40 27 25 24 24 23 22 150 190 46 33 31 30 30 29 28 125 160 52 39 37 36 36 35 34 65 55 50 45 40
100 100 100 100 100
100 100 150 135 165 250 100 100 150 120 145 240 100 95 150 105 125 215 100 85 150 95 110 190 100 80 150 85 100 175 -------- - 100 100 150 150 200 250 100 100 150 150 200 250 100 100 150 150 200 250 100 100 150 135 165 250 100 100 150 110 130 225
to to to to to
105 180 120 90 90 155 105 75 80 135 95 65 70 120 85 60 65 110 75 55 -----200 250 250 250 200 250 250 250 200 250 250 250 200 250 250 200 195 250 220 165
105 90 80 70 65
180 120 155 105 135 95 120 85 110 75
200 195 135 105 85
250 250 230 175 145
- -- -- 250 220 150 120 95
85 150 95 115 195 70 120 80 75 150 80 100 165 60 105 70 65 150 70 85 145 55 90 60 60 150 60 75 130 50 80 55 55 135 55 70 120 45 75 50 - - - - - - - - - - -- -- - 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 100 150 150 200 250 195 250 225 90 150 150 200 250 150 250 175 75 150 150 190 250 125 210 145 65 150 135 160 250 105 180 120
55 50 47 43 39
150 115 140 240 150 105 125 210 150 95 110 190 150 85 100 175 150 75 95 160
95 80 70 65 60
155 105 135 95 120 85 110 75 100 70
90 75 65 60 55
65 85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64 55 75 92 79 77 76 76 75 74 50 65 10 2 89 87 86 86 85 84 45 55 112 99 97 96 96 95 94 40 50 122 109 107 106 106 105 104 - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - 250 220 250 37 24 22 21 21 20 19 165 120 160 52 39 37 36 36 35 34 115 85 110 67 54 52 51 51 50 49 90 65 85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64 70 50 68 97 84 82 81 81 80 79 60 50 45 40 35
45 38 34 30 27
- -- 250 200 175 135 135 100 110 80 90 70 80 70 60 55 50
57 112 50 127 43 142 39 157 35 172 -- - 250 62 175 72 130 82 105 92 85 102
97 96 96 95 94 112 111 111 11 0 109 127 126 126 125 124 142 141 141 140 139 157 156 156 155 154 - - - - - - - - -- - 33 28 26 25 23 21 43 38 36 35 33 3 1 53 48 46 45 43 41 63 58 56 55 53 51 73 68 66 65 63 61 99 114 129 144 159
60 75 112 83 78 76 75 73 71 50 65 122 93 88 86 85 83 81 46 60 132 103 98 96 95 93 91 41 55 142 113 108 106 105 103 101 38 48 152 123 118 116 115 113 111
Consult Link-Belt lo r lengths in excess ol those listed,
0 Far mildly corrosive matericls, Class P.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 285
bulk handling s crew conveyors
Selection Table 3
( continued)
• Com po nent groups, conveyor lengths and horsepower factors Weight of
Material
Componen!
material,
class
group,
pounds per cubic foot
Table
A27 827 C27
A37 837 C37
017 Hl7
027 H27
037 H37
Al8 818 Cl8
Á
o
o
o
o
o
M
4
Maximu m length of conveyor in feet •
6
9
1
1
12
1
l V2
J
1V2 100 90 70 55 47
1 2 150 150 150 150 150
1 2 150 150 140 110 95
50 60 70 80 90 l 10 20 30 40
to to to to to
60 70 80 90 l 00 10 20 30 40 50
100 41 150 80 100 36 150 70 100 32 145 60 100 29 130 55 95 26 120 50 -- 100 100 150 150 100 75 150 150 100 60 150 125 100 47 150 95 100 39 150 75
50 60 70 80 90 l 10 20 30 40
to to to to to
60 70 80 90 100 1O 20 30 40 50
100 34 150 65 80 135 100 30 130 55 70 120 95 26 115 50 60 105 85 24 105 46 55 95 80 22 95 41 50 85 -- 100 100 150 150 200 250 100 95 150 150 200 250 100 75 150 150 185 250 100 60 150 125 150 250 100 50 150 100 130 210
60 70 80 90 l 00 10 20 30 40 50
100 45 150 90 110 185 70 100 40 150 80 95 160 60 100 36 150 70 85 145 55 100 33 145 60 75 130 49 100 30 130 55 70 120 45 - 100 100 150 150 200 250 190 100 75 150 150 185 250 120 100 55 150 110 135 230 90 100 45 150 90 110 180 70 100 38 150 75 90 150 55
to to to to to
50 60 70 80 90 l 10 20 30 40
to to to to to
50 60 70 80 90 l 10 20 30 40
to to to to to
50 60 70 80 90
20
1
6
50 44 39 35 32 200 160 120 95 80
85 75 65 60 55 -250 250 205 165 135 120 100 90 80 75 250 205 150 120 95
60 50 45 41 36 -250 185 140 110 95
9
1 68 39 84 55 100 71 116 87 132 103
112 1 14 , 16
l 18 I 20
34 50 66 82 98
32 48 64 80 96
31 47 63 79 95
29 45 61 77 93
27 43 59 75 91
148 164 180 196 212 72 92 112 132 152
119 135 151 167 183 43 63 83 103 123
114 130 146 162 178 38 58 78 88 118
112 128 144 160 176 36 56 76 96 116
111 127 143 159 165 35 55 75 95 115
109 125 141 157 178 33 53 73 93 113
107 123 139 155 171 31 51 71 91 111
43 32 37 27 33 24 30 22 27 20 205 170 135 110 100 80 80 60 65 50
40 35 31 28 25 215 140 100 80 65
172 192 212 232 252 66 80 94 108 122
143 163 183 203 223 -37 51 65 79 93
138 158 178 198 218 - 32 46 60 74 88
136 156 176 196 216 30 44 58 72 86
135 155 175 195 215 29 43 57 71 85
133 153 173 193 213 27 41 55 69 83
131 151 171 191 211 -25 39 53 67 81
55 50 43 39 35 170 100 75 55 46
136 150 164 178 192 73 94 115 136 157
107 121 135 149 163 44 65 86 107 128
102 116 130 144 158 39 60 81 102 123
100 114 128 142 156 37 58 79 100 121
99 113 127 141 155 36 57 78 99 120
97 111 125 139 -153 34 55 76 97 118
95 100 123 137 151 32 53 74 95 116
39 34 30 27 24 140 85 60 45 37
178 199 220 241 262 79 106 133 160 187
149 170 191 212 233 50 77 104 131 158
144 165 186 207 228 45 72 99 126 153
142 163 184 205 226 - 43 70 97 124 151
141 162 183 204 225 42 69 96 123 150
139 160 181 202 223 - 40 67 94 121 148
137 158 179 200 221 -38 65 92 119 146
75 65 60 55 49 200 155 110 90 70
130 50 115 43 100 38 90 34 85 30 250 160 250 100 190 72 150 55 120 46
85 75 65 55 50 250 170 120 95 80
to to to to to
100 33 145 60 100 28 125 55 90 25 115 49 80 23 105 43 75 21 95 40 100 100 150 150 100 65 150 125 100 46 150 90 100 37 150 70 100 31 135 60 60 95 26 115 50 70 85 23 100 43 80 75 20 90 39 90 70 18 80 35 l 00 65 17 75 31 -- 10 100 100 150 150 20 100 100 150 150 30 100 100 150 150 40 100 90 150 150 50 100 80 150 150
80 55 45 70 49 38 60 44 34 55 39 30 50 35 27 -220 -170 -130 140 105 80 100 75 55 80 60 44 65 49 36 55 41 30 50 36 26 43 32 23 38 29 21 35 26 19 190 145 11 o 115 85 65 85 60 45 65 47 35 50 39 28
60 55 47 42 38 200 200 200 200 200
105 90 80 71 65 250 250 250 250 250
65 55 50 45 40 250 250 250 250 220
45 39 34 30 28 250 250 210 175 150
33 28 25 22 20 250 210 165 135 115
24 21 18 16 15 230 160 125 105 85
31 27 23 21 19 250 205 160 130 110
214 241 268 295 322 119 134 149 164 179
185 212 239 266 293 62 77 92 107 122
180 207 234 261 288 51 66 81 96 111
178 205 232 259 286 48 63 78 93 108
177 204 231 258 285 45 60 75 90 105
175 202 229 256 283 40 55 70 85 100
173 200 227 254 281 37 52 67 82 97
to to to to to
60 70 80 90 100
175 155 140 130 120
250 115 190 130 100 250 100 170 117 90 240 90 155 105 80 220 80 140 95 70 200 75 1130 90 65
75 65 60 55 48
95 85 75 65 60
194 209 224 239 254
137 152 167 182 197
126 141 156 171 186
123 138 153 168 183
120 135 150 165 180
115 130 145 160 175
112 127 142 157 172
to to to to to
to to to to to
60 70 80 90 100 10 20 30 40 50
-
100 100 100 100 100
70 65 60 55 50
150 150 150 150 150
C onsulr Lank·Belt for leng rhs 1n excess of those lrsted
286 • L 1 N K - B E L T
16 1 18
1 3 1 2~ 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 ~ 200 250 200 250 250 200 155 200 200 250 145 250 170 130 100 125 170 250 110 185 125 95 70 90 135 225 85 150 100 75 55 70 115 190 75 120 85 60 46 60 95 165 65 105 70 55 39 50 85 145 55 90 60 46 34 44 75 130 48 80 55 41 30 39 65 115 43 70 50 37 27 35 60 105 40 65 45 33 24 31 -- 200 250 195 250 225 175 135 175 190 250 125 210 145 11 0 80 105 140 235 90 155 105 80 60 75 110 180 75 120 85 60 46 60 95 155 60 100 70 50 38 48
100 100 100 100 100
50 60 70 80 90 l 10 20 30 40
1
1 2~
10 20 30 40 50
to to to to to
14
Screw diameter, inches
Coupling diomeler, inches
1 to 10 to 20 t o 30 to 40 to
to to to to to
Horse pow er factor K
Screw diometer, inches
145 130 115 105 95
40 33 30 27 24 200 200 180 152 130
bulk handling scre w conve yors
Selection Table 3 ( continued 1 • Component groups, conveyor lengths and horsepower foctors
Moteriol closs
A28 828 C28
A38 838 C38
Compone ni group, Toble 4
6
pounds per cubic foot to to to to to
10 20 30 40 50
50 60 70 80 90
to 60 lo 70 lo 80 to 90 to 100
0 28 H28
038 H38
9
1
12
14
1 16 1 Coupling diometer, inches
1
l '/2 ¡ 1y, 1 2 1 2
1
2 ~ 1 3 1 27,i,
100 100 150 150 200 250 100 100 150 150 200 250 100 85 150 150 200 250 100 70 150 150 200 250 100 60 150 125 150 250
1
3
1
1
18
20
1
6
3 1 3
1
3
3 ',io 1
12
9
16
14
18
20
1
,250 215 165 135 115
245 1190 245 165 125 165 125 95 125 110 75 100 85 65 80
126 69 58 55 52 47 44 148 91 80 77 74 69 66 170 113 102 99 96 91 88 192 135 124 121 118 113 110 214 157 146 143 140 135 132
145 100 125 85 115 75 105 70 95 65 - - -- - - 200 250 150 250 250 200 250 150 250 175 175 250 115 195 130 140 240 90 155 105 120 200 75 130 1 90
75 55 70 65 48 65 55 42 55 50 38 50 47 35 45 ---- 210 165 210 135 105 130 100 95 95 80 60 75 65 50 60
236 258 280 302 324
200 185 140 115 100
250 250 240 195 170
M
100 100 100 100 100
55 48 43 39 36
150 105 130 220 150 95 115 195 150 85 105 175 150 75 95 160 150 70 85 145
- - -- - - -
-
1 to 1O to 20 to 30 to 40 to
10 20 30 40 50
100 100 150 150 100 90 150 150 100 70 150 140 100 60 150 115 100 50 150 95
50 60 70 80 90
to to to to to
60 70 80 90 100
100 100 100 100 100
1 10 20 30 40
to lo lo lo to
10 20 30 40 50
100 100 150 lSO 200 2SO 100 100 150 150 200 250 100 90 150 150 200 250 100 75 150 150 190 250 100 65 150 135 160 250
50 60 70 80 90
lo to to lo lo
60 70 80 90 100
100 100 100 100 100
85 75 65 60 55
--
- 134 164 194 224 254
179 201 223 245 267
168 190 212 234 256
165 187 209 231 253
162 184 206 228 250
157 179 201 223 245
- - -- - - -
154 176 198 220 242
- -- -
77 66 63 60 55 52 107 96 93 90 85 82 137 126 123 120 115 112 167 156 153 150 145 142 197 186 183 180 175 172
M
-
018 H18
Screw diometer, inches
Scr e w dio meter, inches
material,
l 10 20 30 40
Horsepower factor K
Maximum length of conveyor in feet•
Weight of
42 38 34 30 28
150 150 150 135 125
85 105 170 75 90 150 65 80 135 55 70 115 50 65 110
55 41 55 284 227 46 36 47 314 257 43 32 41 344 287 39 29 37 374 317 35 26 34 404 347 - - - - - - - - -- - - - 2SO 2SO 2SO 200 2SO 124 67 250 230 17S 135 175 144 87 250 180 135 102 130 164 107 210 145 110 80 105 184 127 175 120 90 70 90 204 147
65 110 55 95 50 85 46 75 42 70
-- - -- -
200 190 lSO 125 lOS
75 65 60 55 48
216 246 276 306 336
213 243 273 303 333
---
210 240 270 300 330
1205 235 265 295 325
202 232 262 292 322
- ------
S6 S3 so 4S 42 76 73 70 65 62 96 93 90 85 82 116 113 110 105 102 136 133 130 125 122
E
1lo10 10 lo 20 20 lo 30 30 to 40 40 lo SO
100 100 100 100 100
50 60 70 80 90
100 100 100 100 100
55 50 43 43 39
150 115 150 100 150 90 150 80 150 75 ---- 100 150 150 90 150 150 70 150 145 60 150 115 50 150 100
140 125 110 100 95
235 210 190 170 160
-
-- -
200 200 175 140 120
250 200 250 150 250 115 240 90 200 76
90 80 70 65 60
155 105 135 90 120 80 110 75 100 70
80 60 75 224 167 156 153 150 145 142 70 50 65 244 187 176 173 170 11 65 162 60 46 60 264 207 196 193 190 185 182 55 41 55 284 227 216 213 210 205 202 50 38 48 304 247 236 233 230 225 222 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - 250 250 210 160 205 134 77 66 63 60 55 52 250 175 135 100 135 164 107 96 93 90 85 82 195 130 100 75 95 194 137 126 123 120 115 112 155 105 80 60 75 224 167 156 153 150 145 142 130 90 65 45 65 254 197 186 183 180 175 172
--
E
lo lo lo lo lo
60 70 80 90 100
100 100 100 100 100
43 38 34 30 28 - 100 76 58 47 39
60 100 70 100 80 95 90 85 100 80
34 30 26 24 22
1to1 0 10 to 20 20 to 30 30 to 40 40 lo 50
150 150 150 135 125
150 150 150 150 150
85 100 170 65 110 75 90 150 55 95 65 80 135 50 85 55 70 120 46 80 50 65 110 42 70 - - - - - - -150 200 250 190 250 150 190 250 125 210 115 140 235 90 155 95 110 190 70 125 75 90 155 60 100
75 65 60 55 48
55 49 43 39 35
41 36 32 29 26
-- -- - 230 175 135 140 110 80 105 80 60 85 60 45 70 50 38
55 284 227 46 314 257 41 344 287 37 374 317 33 404 347 ---175 144 87 105 184 127 75 224 167 60 264 207 49 304 247
216 246 276 306 336
213 243 273 303 333
210 240 270 300 330
205 235 265 295 325
202 232 262 292 322
76 116 156 196 236
73 113 153 193 233
70 110 150 190 230
65 105 145 185 225
62 102 142 182 222
276 316 356 396 436
273 313 353 393 433
270 310 350 390 430
265 305 345 385 425
262 302 342 382 422
-- - - -- - - -- - -
E
50 60 70 80 90
lo to to to to
150 130 115 105 95
65 55 50 45 41
80 135 70 120 60 105 55 95 50 85
50 45 39 35 32
85 75 65 60 55
60 51 45 40 36
43 37 33 30 27
32 28 24 22 20
41 35 31 29 25
344 384 424 464 504
287 327 367 407 447
• Consvlt Link-Belt fo r lengths in excess of those listed.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 287
bulk handling screw conveyors
Selection Table 4 • Component group specificati ons Scr e w number
Screw dio meter,
inches
Coupling diameter,
inches
Helicoid flight
Sectiono l fli ght
Troug h thickness
Cover thickness
Scre w diameter,
inches
Co upling di a meter , inches
Scre w number He licoid fl ig ht
1
Component Component Component Component
group group group group
A B C N
. babbitted bearing hangers . wood b earing hangers . b ronze bearing hang ers . ba ll bearing hangers
1
Component group F
cold rolled steel co uplings
.
Trough thickness
Cove r thickness
babbitted b ea ring hangers
extra- heavy trough extra-heavy fli ghts cold rolled steel couplings
regula r trough regular flights
Sectional fligh t
4
1
4H 206
.......
10 ge.
16 ge.
6
1 112
6H 31 2
65 3 12
3M
in.
14 ge.
9
1 \/2 2
9H 31 2 9H 41 6
95 3 12 9541 6
3M
in.
3Min.
14 ge. 14 ga.
4
1
4H 20 4
... ....
16 ge.
16 ge.
6
1 \/2
6H 30 4
65 30 4
16 ge.
16 ga.
9
1 \/2 2
9H 306 9 H 40 6
95 305 95 405
14 ga. 14 ge.
16 ge. 16 ga.
12
2 2 'll6 3
12H 412 12H 51 2 12H 6 16
125 41 6 125 5 12 125616
\4 in. \4 in. Y. in.
14 ge. 14 ga. 14 ga.
12H 40 8 12 H 508 12H 6 16
125 407 125 507 125 612
12 ga. 12 ge. 12 ga.
14 ga. 14 ga. 14 ge.
14
2 'll6 3
l 4H 508 14H 614
145 5 12 145 61 6
\4 in. \4 in.
14 ga. 14 ga.
16
3
16 H 616
165 6 16
\4 in.
14 ga.
145 507 145 6 12
12 ga. 12 ga.
14 ga. 14 ga.
165612
12 ge.
14 ga.
2 12
2 ~6
3 2 ~6
14
3
14 H 50 8 14 H 6 14
16
3
16 H 61 0
. ho rd iron b eoring hongers
Compone nt group D heovy flights
4
1
4 H 206
6
1 \/2
6 H 308
12
16
.... ..
14 ge.
16 ge.
65 309
12 ga.
14 ga. 14 ge. 14 ge.
125412 1255 12 1256 16
3M
in. in. 3116 in.
14 ga. 14 ga. 14 ga.
145512 1456 16
3M
3
l 4H 508 14H 6 14
3116
in. in.
14 ga. 14 ga.
3
16H 616
165 616
3116
in.
14 ga.
2 ~6
3 14
.
10 ge. 10 ga.
2
2~
9 H 3 12 9 H 41 2
95 309 95412
l 2H 4 12 12H 5 12 l 2H 616
Component group E
.
3116
hord iron b eoring hongers
extr o-heovy trough
14 ga.
16 ge.
6H 308
65 309
12 ga.
14 ga.
9 H 312 9H 4 12
95 309 95 412
10 ga. 10 ga.
14 ge. 14 ga.
125412 125512 125616
3116
in. in. 3116 in.
14 ga. 14 ga. 14 ga.
14H 508 14H 6 14
145 512 145 616
3116 3116
in. in.
14 ge. 14 ga.
16H 6 16
165 6 16
3116
in.
14 ga.
1
6
1 \/2
9
1 \/2 2
12
2 2 7M 3
12H 4 12 12H 5 12 12H 616
2 ~6
3 3
14 16
4H 206
Component group M ext ro- heovy flights hordened steel coupling s
4
1
4H 206
..... . .
6
1 \/2
6 H 312
1 \/2 2
9H 312 9 H 416
'
10 ga.
16 ga.
4
1
4 H 206
.....
14 ge.
16 ge .
65 312
3116 in.
14 ga.
6
1 \/2
6H 312
65 312
12 ga .
14 ga.
95 3 12 95 4 16
3116
in. in.
14 ge. 14 ge.
9
1 \/2 2
9H 312 9H 4 16
95 312 95416
10 ga. 10 ga.
14 ge. 14 ga.
3
in. 116 in. 3116 in.
14 ge. 14 ga. 14 ga.
3
116 in. 116 in.
14 ge. 14 ga.
116 in.
14 ga.
3116
125 41 6 125 51 2 125 616
\4 in. \4 in. \4 in.
14 ga. 14 ge. 14 ge.
2 2 7M 3
12H 4 12 12H 512 12H 6 16
125416 125512 125616
3116
12
14 H 508 14 H 6 14
145 5 12 145 6 16
\4 in. \4 in.
14 ga. 14 ge.
14
2 7116 3
l 4H 508 14H 61 4
145512 145616
3
3 3
16H 6 16
165 6 16
\4 in.
14 ga.
16
3
16H 616
165616
3
2 ~6
3
16
hord iron beoring hong ers
l 2H 4 12 12H 512 12 H 6 16
2
14
.
3116
heovy trough
extro-heovy fli ghts
12
bronze beo ring hong ers
.......
4
hord ened stee l coup lings
9
.
cold rolled steel couplings
hordened steel couplings
1 \/2 2
. woo d b ear ing h ongers . b obb itted beo ring hong er s
heovy trough heovy flig hts
heevy trough
9
Component group G Component group H Component group J
2~
288 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling screw conveyors
Selection Table S • Factor G Factor G Equivalen! harsepower
Percenlage of maximum recommended s p eed A
A 4
5
1
6 1
.20
1.14
1
.21 - .25
7
8
1
1.26 1.11
1
.26- .30
1.43
1.21 1.09
1
.3 1 - .35
.
1
11-12
1
13-14
1
17 - 18
1
19- 22
1
1
23-24
1.68
1.77
1.86
1.93
1.29
1.36
1.43
1.54
1.64
1.72
1.79
1.87
1.97
1.18
1.25
1.32
1.43
1.52
1.61
1.68
1.75
1.86
1.08
1.16
1.22
1.29
1.43
1.51
1.59
1.65
1.07
1.14
1.26
1.35
1.43
1.53
1.57
1.68
1.18
1.27
1.35
1.43
1.49
1.61
1.12 1 1.21 1.09
1.29
1.37
1.43
1.54
1.18
1.25
1.32
1.43
1.08
1.15
1.22
1.33
1.07
1.13
1.25
1.07
1
.51- .60
1
.61 - .70
1
.71 - .80
15-16
1.57
1
.46- .50
10
1
1.50
.36- .40 .41. .45
9
1
1
1.35
1.00 in this o rea
1
.81. .90
1
1
2.12
2.0
'
1
1
1.06
- -1.77
- --
1
1.18
1
.9 1-1 .0
1 1.12
1.1 -1.2
1
1
1
1
Factor G Equivalen! horsepower A
Percenlage of maximum recommended speed A 25-28
29-32
33-36
2.29
2.37
2.43
1
.
.20
2.21
'
1
37-40
1
41 - 46
47-52 1
2.52
2.59
4
2.34
~
2.45
1
53-58
1
59-64
1
65-72
1
73-80
1
81-90
91-100
3.00
2.80
2.86
2.94
2.58
2.65
2.72
2.79
2.86
2.47
2.54
2.61
2.67
2.75
2.66
2.72
2.52 2.41
. 21 -.25
2.07
2.1 5
2.23
2.29
.26 -.30
1.96
2.04
2.12
2.18
.31 -.35
1.86
1.95
2.02
2.08
2.17
2.25
2.32
2.38
2.45
2.52
2.58
2.65
.36 -.40
1.78
1.86
1.94
2.0
2.08
2. 17
2.23
2.29
2.36
2.43
2.50
2.57
2.02
2.09
2.16
2.22
2.29
2.36
2.43
2.49
1
1
.41 - .45
1.70
1.79
1.86
1.93
,46 -.50
1.64
1.72
1.80
1.87
1.96
2.03
2.10
2. 16
2.23
2.30
2.36
2.43
1.91
1.98
2.0 4
2.12
2.18
2.26
2.32
1.82
1.88
1.94
2.02
2.08
2.15
2.22
2.07
2.14
.51 - .60
1.53
1.61
1.68
1.75
1.84
.61 -.70
1.43
1.51
1.59
1.65
1.73
.71 - .80
1.34
1.43
1.50
1.57
1.65
1.73
1.80
1.87
1.93
2.00
.81 -.90
1.27
1.35
1.43
1.49
1.58
1.66
1.73
1.78
1.87
1.93
2.00
2.06
1.80
1.86
1.94
2.00
.91 - 1.0
1.2 1
1.29
1.36
1.43
1.52
1.60
1.67
1.73
1.1 - 1.2
1.09
1.18
1.26
1.32
1.40
1.48
1.55
1.61
1.68
1.75
1.82
1.88
1.16
1.22
1.31
1.38
1.45
1.51
1.59
1.65
1.72
1.79
1.08
1.14
1.23
1.31
1.37
1.43
1.50
1.57
1.64
1.70
1.07
1.16
1.23
1.30
1.36
1.43
1.49
1.57
1.63
1.3 • 1.4
1.08
1.5 -1.6 1.7 • 1.8
1
1.9 -2.0
1.09
2.1 -2.3 2.4 -2.6 2.7 -2.9 3.0 -3.2 1.00 in this ore a
3.3 - 3.6 3.7 -4.0 4.1 -4.5 4.6 -5.0 APercentoge
=
required screw spee d
~
maximum recommended screw speed, Table 2
1.17
1.23
1.30
1.37
1.43
1.50
1.57
1.08
1.15
1.21
1.28
1.34
1.42
1.48
1.07
1.13
1.20
1.27
1.34
1.40
1.06
1.13
1.20
1.28
1.34
1.07
1.13
1.21
1.28
1.07
1.13
1.20
1.07
1.13
~
X 100.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 289
bulk handling screw conveyors
General layout data Following a re sorne general doto which will contribute to on economicol, efficient ond satisfoctory screw conveyor insto llation.
í:onveycr screws Use both regular ond short lengths of screws, listed on next poge, to obtoin the require d total conveyor length. Use special lengths of screws only when necessary. Only one side or foce of the Aight comes in contoct with the ma terial being con\eyed. This foce is le ft cleo r o f lugs to focilitote unimpeded Aow. To insure this cond ition, do no t reverse rototion without turning the conveyor screws end for end, or conversely, do no! reverse the screws without reversin9 rototion. Conveyor screws for reversible operation con b ~ furnished for sp ecific requirements. Flighting is omitted, leoving bare pipe over the last dischorge opening to preven! corry-over of material.
Trough Troughs of 5 ond 1 O foot lengths should be used wherever possible. The short trough section, when required, should be locoted ot the end opposite the short length of screw. End Aonges should be provided with feet, if support a rronge· ments permit, to ollow re movol of trough ends without disturbing troug h olignment. Connecting Aonges should be eq uipped with o foot when· ever support spocing permits. Otherwise, use saddles os required.
Discharge spouts lt is good proctice to p rovide on odditional discho rge spout o t the e nd of o conveyor or o hinged relief door in the cover obove the los! dischorge spout as an overAow p rotection for the conveyor. Electricol cutoff d evices of various types con be used o s effective sofeguords.
Orives O pposed Aight e nd s ot honger points, ore set al opproximotely 180 degrees to eoch o the r to focil itote continuity of Aow o cross the honger spoce.
lnstoll !he drive al the dischorge e nd whenever possible or practico!. Orives which ore self-contoined are recommended, since they do no! re quire odditionol supports.
Selection of hand of screw Hangers Honger locotions should cleor oll trough joints, as well os inlet and dischorge openings.
See Fig. 4730 for selection of right cnd left hond scre ws. This diogrom indico tes the hond of conveyor to use when direction o f rotation ond material trovel ore known.
Trough e nds
The e dg e of the Aight on the neor side of the screw slopes either up ward to the right or to the left. When the upword slope is to the left, the Aight is right hond; ond when the slope is to the right, it is le ft hond.
Trough ends, fitted with double ball or double roller beorings or worm geor drives, hove ample thrust copocity for o ny conveyor within its roted ronge and seporote provision for thrust is un · necessory. Trough end sea Is should be used for odditionol protection for or ogoinst the material b eing hondled or to protect ond preserve !he trough end beorings ond shofts when handling obrosive or corrosive materiols.
End thrust s An ouxiliory end thrust beoring is recommended for conveyors other thon those using trough ends with built-in thrust provisions. The preferred location is ot the d rive end, b ut it con be locoted ot the opposite end if required by layout limitations.
290 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Fig. 4730
bulk handling screw co nveyors
General layout data
END1+-+-- CONVEYOR SCREW- C SHAFT
E~--CONVEYOR SCREW-c--~E.----<:ONVEYOR SCREW-c---;-~~~1Xfi.
'-FLANGES WITH FEET SHORT TR OUGH-+-'-+-- -10:.o· rnouGH SECTION----------10:.o· rnoUGH SECTION- - -+< SECTION TOTAL LENGTH INSIDE TROUGH Fig. 4i19
e Scre w di a mete r A, inches
Coupling d ia me ter
B, inches
Regulor length, feet ond inches
G
E
Sho rt length, feel
1
7- 10112
6
1 Y2
9- 10
4- 5-6-7- 8 -9
1 Y2 2
9- 10 9-1 0
4 -5-6-7 -8 -9 4-5 -6-7- 8-9
10
1 112 2
9 - 10 9 - 10
4-5 -6-7 -8 -9 4 -5-6-7- 8-9
12
2 2'..i6 3
11 - 10 11-9 11-9
5-6-7 -8 - 9 - 10- 11 5-6-7 -8-9 -1 O-11 5 -6-7-8 -9 - 10- 11
14
2 'Jl. 3
11 -9 11 -9
5-6-7-8-9- 10 - 11 5-6-7 -8-9- 10- 11
3 3
16
3
11 - 9
5 -6 -7 . 9 . 9. 10-11
3
18
3
11 - 9
5 -6 -7-8-9-1 0 -11
3
3'A•
11-9 11-8
5 - 6-7 .9.9. 1O·11 5-6-7 .9.9. 10- 11
3 'A•
11 -8
5 -6 -7 -8 -9-10- 11
9
20
24
End flong e with fe et
1
H
End flonge without feet
L
M
J
K
N
3%
4%
3 o/.i
5
5 o/.i
4 \12
5 %
5
7
8
6% 6 :y,
ar. ar.
7r. 7 r.
INCHES
4
3-4-5 -6-7
F
1 Y2
'Ya
6
4 Y2
1
7\12
6
1
Y2 Y2
10 10
8 8
'h 'h
11 11
9 9
% o/1
1 2 \12 12 V2 12 \12
10112 10 'h 1o \12
1 o/1 1% 1 o/a
v.
13 V2 13 \12
11 112 11 \12
1 o/a 1 o/a
%
14 Y2
13 112
2
o/a
16 Y2
14 112
2
y. y.
17 \12 17 Y2
15 112 15 112
2 2
o/.i
20
17 Y2
2 \12
-2 'la -- -2 2
- 2 2
2 3 3
--
-3 -3
4
- 4
--
-o/a o/a
--
--
- - --- - - - - - - y.
- - --- - - - - 1 \12 10 9% 6 v. 7 r. 7 Y1 10 9 :Y. 1 \/2 6 v. 7 r. 7 v. - - - - --- - - - - - - - --
1 '!. 1 o/.i
v.
v.
- -
11
11
9 112 9 'h
--- - - - - - - - -
7Y. 9 % a r 1 13 12 v. 7 y. 9 V. a r 1 13 12 v. 7Y. 9% a r 1 13 12 v. - - - - - - -- - - - - 10 r. 10 v. 15 9 v. 13 'h 15 9 v. 10 r. 1o v. 13 \12 - - --- - - - - - - -12 10 v. 17 11 Y1 14 r 1
- - --- - -- - - - - 12 y. 19 16 13 :Y1 12 % --- - - - - - - - - - -13 112 13 \12
15 15
16 \12
18
- - - --- -
v.
13 % 13 %
21 21
19 19
15 %
25
20
- - -- -
v. v.
- -
Ho ve d ime nsions certifled for instollotion purposes.
Auxiliary end thrust bearings
Fog. 4780
Stee l piole trough en d with babbitte d or bronze beari ng fl onged block on d b ronzo e nd th rust b eoring o n end shoft,
Steel p iole trough end with bobbitted o r b ro n ze bearing flo nged block ond b ronze e nd th rust b eoring on d rive shoft.
L 1 N K- BEL T • 291
bulk handling screw conv e yors
lnclined screw conveyors lnclined screw conveyors, in general, handle products wh ich can be conveyed in horizontal screw conveyors. Being compact, self-contained and full y enclosed when desired, they can be readily applied in congested oreas. Corrosion, abrasion and heat resistance can be incorporated in their construction by the use of alloy steels, stainless steels or nonferrous metals. Features insuring sanitation and ease of cleaning are available.
of regular pitch operoting in troughs o re usually employed· Inclines above 20 degrees ordinorily require the use of short pitch conveyor screws operoting in o tubular or shrouded trough. Accessories such os feed hoppers, bar grotings, bifurcated discharge spouts, stoker spreader spouts, etc. ore reodily adapted. Consult Link-Belt for inclined screw conveyor recommendations.
For inclines of about 20 degrees or less, conveyor screws
A r rang em e nt A illustrates a typical coal handling screw conveyor, inclined about 20 degrees, delivering stoker coal from bin to two stoker hoppers. lt consists of a short pitch, tapered feeder section followed by a full diameter normal pitch conveyor screw operating in regular trough with cover. The flared inlet hopper is arranged with a short section of tubular trough to assist the feeder screw in regulating the rote of feed. The discharge is directed to either of the two stoker hoppers by a bifurcated spout with flap gate. The conveyor is powered by a worm gear screw conveyor drive which absorbs the thrust load.
ARRANGEMENT A
Arrang em ent B shows a general purpose inclined screw conveyor at a slope of approxim ately 45 degrees. lt consists of a full diameter, short pitch convey or screw in regular trough with shroud cover. The worm g ear screw conveyor drive absorbs the thrust load. A rrange m ent C illustrates an inclined screw conveyor of typical design, at a slope of opproximotely 60 degrees. The short pitch conveyor screw is in o split tubular casing ond includes o feed hopper equipped with o bar grating ond an odjustoble feed inlet gote. A worm gear screw convey0r drive, which occommodates the thrust load, operates the conveyor.
.•
!t
ti,,-,,,
ARRANGEMENT B
..
ARRANGEMENT C
Fig. 4966
Infernal ribbon or Archimedes-type conveyors The principie of conveying through a revolving cylinder, by means of an interna! screw or ribbon mounted on the inner surface, has been frequently used in the chemical, paint and pigment industries. This is an efficient dustless method, adapted to horizontal or inclined installations,
with intermed iate discharge or inlet openings when required. Link-Belt has designed and built conveyors of this type up to 48 inches in diameter and 1 30 feet in length, with enclosed drives, special feeders, discharge hoods and roller bearing support and thrust rollers.
Interna! ribbon conveyor
292 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Fig. 1708
bulk handling screw conveyors
lacketed trough screw conveyors Jacketed trough screw conveyors hove a wide fleld of application in the processing industries. Products which require moderate heating or drying, cooling or crystallizing, can very frequently be advontageously conveyed in jocketed screw conveyors, receiving processing treatment while in tronsit. The unique charocteristics of the screw conveyor ore well odopted to operotions of this kind. The use of modifled flights to enhonce ogitotion promotes better heot tronsfer for either heoting or cooling. The ogitotion ond retording oction of poddles improves drying of mony products. The odoptobility of screw conveyors to equipment loyouts is o distinct advontage. They con be orronged in multiple bonks, in side by side groupings o r in tandem. For moteriols like aspholt ond bitulithic poving aggregotes, which must be kept hot while mixing or cooting, steom-jocketed single or double shaft poddle mixers are commonly used. Jocketed trough screw conveyors effect the required drying, heoting or cooling of the material with the use of o minimum of water or steom.
Screw conveyors without infernal bearings Sorne product~, in certoin stoges of processing, are so sensitive to contominotion or abrasion thot contoct with honger bearings of any type would be extremely detrimento!. The Link-Belt stoggered trough screw conveyor with oll bearings externo( to the trough, was developed for this exocting service. Two parollel shafts, geored to rotote in opposite directions, drive right ond left hond conveyor screws. Kicker vones ot the discharge end of eoch conveyor screw ossist in the tronsfer of the materia l from one screw to the next.
Paddle mixers Link-Belt paddle mixers flnd wide applicotion in the processing of moterials which require mixing, stirring or blend ing. They successfully handle dry or wet moteriols ond are frequently used for mixing mortar, ploster or ospholt moteriols, for mixing Aue dust with water in ore sintering, ond similar opplicotions. The single shaft poddle mixer is suitoble for the smoller capacities, and for materials which mix reodily. Double shoft poddle mixers hove larger copocities, ond ore more effective in mixing fine dusty materiols. lt is olso a popular design for mixing ond tempering foundry sond. The copocity of a poddle mixer vories considerobly according to the moteriols hondled ond their oction in mixing. The mechonico l feotures, such os the diometer, shope ond pitch of the poddles, the speed of rototion, ond the length of the mixer depend on the chorocteristics of the material ond the desired mixing copocity.
.,
r
-
-
Fig . 4 757
Single shaft mixer
Photo
19 613
Fig . 4758
Double shaft mixer
Paddle mixer fed by ribbon flight conveyor screw L 1 N K - B E L T • 293
bulk handling fllght conveyon
fligh'I conveyors
Delivering 4 " x 114" cool from row cool wet screens below to primory Floot-Sink Co ncentro tor. Photo 38482
Conveylng corn to canning plant. Combining horizontal and inclined planes, the horizontal section of this ftight conveyor receives corn dumped into trench. Photo 36670
Delivering raw coal by ftigh t conveyor to Link-Belt p o rollel b e d air-pulsoted wosh box on ftoor obove, al lorge cool preporotion plonl. Photo 38439
A Aight conveyor consists of one or two endless power driven chains carrying properly spaced scrapers or Aights for moving material along the length of a stationary trough. Material fed into this trough is th ereby pushed along its length for discharg e at the end of the trough or through intermediate discharge gates. Typical materials which can be satisfactorily handled with a Aight conveyor are those which are granular, class C; lumpy, class D; very free Aowing, class 1; non-abra sive, class 6, and mildly corrosive, class P. Refer to Table 1, page 563 for further descriptions of material classes. Flight conveyors are used for either horizontal or inclined paths and are frequently insta lled where the angle of inclination is comparatively steep. Link-Belt Aight conveyors are simple in design, sturdily constructe d of durable materials, and provide an efficient, economical and dependable conveying medium, reflecting the beneflts of sound engineering experience.
294 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling fllght conveyors
Types Single strand fl ight conveyors w ith scraper flights consist of malleable iron flights attached to a single strand of chain and are designed for sliding directly on a steel trough. This type of conveyor is suitable for handling free-flowing materials with lumps no larger than 4 inches. Heavy flights operating in heavy troug hs can be made to suit requirements. Single strand flight conveyor s with s hoe-sus pende d fl ights consist of steel flights attached to a single strand of chain suspended from malleable iron sliding shoes and operating over a trough within limited cleara nces. Sliding shoes are attached to the sides of the f lights near the upper edge and slide on flat, renewable steel bars. Refer to Ta ble 3 for lump sizes and capacities and to poge 298 for dimensions ond weights. F1g. 6126
Single strand flight conveyor with scraper flights
Single strand flight conveyors w ith roller-suspended flights a re of the sorne general construction os the shoe-suspended type but hove the advo ntage of decreosed chain pull resulting in lower power req uiremen ts. Double strand flight conveyors with roller-suspended flights consist o f steel flights attached to double st rands of chain supported by the chain rollers. The chains operate on flat, renewable steel bars attached to the top of the channel sides of the trough. These conveyors are used for larger capacities and longer paths than the single strand flight conveyors and can handle material containing lumps up to 16 inches in size. Refer to Table 3 for lump sizes and capacities and to page 299 for dime nsions and weights.
Fig. 6127
Single strand flight conveyor w ith shoe-suspended fl ights
Fig. 6128
Single strand flight conveyor wi th roller-suspended flights
Double strand flight conveyors with sliding chain-suspended flights consist of steel flights atlached to double strands of rivetless cha in. The chains operate on flat renewable steel bars attached to th e trough. These conveyors are used for larger capacities and longer pat hs t ha n sing le stra nd flight conveyors and can be made to convey o n both ru ns.
F1g. 6129
Double strand fl ight conveyors with roller-suspended flig hts
F1g. 6130
Doub le strand flight co nveyor wi th slid ing cha in-suspended flig hts L 1 N K - B E L T • 295
bulk handling fllght conveyors
Selection H ow to select a flight conveyor Consider the following fadors when selecling o flighl conveyor: Kind and character of material being handled, whether abrasive, sticky, extremely hot, ele. W eighl of material in pounds per cubic foot Maximum role in lo ns per hour al which material is handle d ; also average role in lons per hour Mo ximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material and perce nlag e of moximum lum ps in total volume Shafl cenlers in fe el; a lso ongle of incline, in degrees, if any Service required , conlinuous or inlermiltenl
Capacity For o single slrand conveyor with shoe-suspend ed flights, or a double slrond conveyor with roller-suspended Aighls, selecl from Table 3.
Hor sepower When a horizontal flighl conveyor is used, dete rmine lhe horsepow er from Table 3. When using an inclined Aighl conveyor, the req uired horsepower equols the horsepower of a horizonta l conveyor of equol lenglh multi plied b y the factor corresponding lo lhe angle of incline, found in Table l.
Equivalent shaft centers The shaft cenlers of inclined conveyors a re necessa rily less than those having horizontal palhs wilh the some size head ond foot shafts. The e q uivalen! shaft centers for inclined conveyors are shown in Table 2 for vorious ongl es of incline up lo ond including 30 degrees.
Speed of head shaft Refer lo Table 3.
Chain Calculation When handling material nol included in Table 3 and for lengths exceeding 100 feel, refer to cho in conveyor calculotions in the TechnicGI lnformotion Section.
Refer to Table 3. SS 411 O choin is used for conveyor No. 13 and 730 choin for conveyor No. 14. lna smuch o s the service i:; intermittent, SS 4 11 O cho in is satisfactory ond therefore select co nveyor No. 1 3. The ho rsepower for conveyor No. 13 for 100 fe e t horizo nta l centers is 3.4 ond the horsepower factor from Table 1 is 1.7 . Therefor e , 3 87 X l .7 5 03 HP horsepower for 87 - f oot .onc r1ne d centers = .4 X = · 100 speed of head shaft = 16.5 RPM, from Table 3. W ith the HP ond speed et the head shoft known, m a ke the drive selection from Cata log 1050.
Problem 2 Select o flig ht conveyor to meet the following conditio n s: Material .......... onthrocite coal W e ight .......... 50 pounds p er cubic foot Capocity ......... 150 tons per hour or 6000 cubic feet per hour Moximum lump si ze . 16", 10% of total volume ond 12", 90% of total volume Sh aft centers .. . ... 100 feet horizontal Service .......... 8 hours per doy
So lu tion Ref e r to Table 3 . Note thot Conveyor No. 37 will hcndle both the copacity ond the specifled lump size. S ince the ca pacity of conveyor No. 37 when oper ating ot 100 FPM is more thon required, the spee d con be d ecr eased proportio ncte ly, therefore, 100 X 150 conv eyor speed = = 51.7 FPM 290 Th e HP for conveyor No. 37 for 100-foot horizo ntal centers is 11 .2 a l 100 feet per minute. Therefore, 51 11 2 h orsep ower for 51.7 fe e t p er minute= .7 ~O · = 5.8 HP
1
8.25 X 5 1.7 s p e ed of heod shoft = = 4.3 RPM. 100 W ith the HP ond sp eed et the head shaft known, m oke the d rive selection from Catalog 1050.
Table 1 • Horsepower fa ctors Ex amples of fl ight conveyor selection Horse power facior for inclined c onv eyor
Pr oblem 1 Selecl o Aighl conveyor to meel the following cond itions: Material .......... bituminous coal
Horsepower factor for horizontal conveyor
Weight ........... 50 pound s per cubic foot
Angle of incline, degree.s
1
Capacity ......... 30 tons p er hour or 1200 cubic feet p er hour Moximum lump size. 3 %", 10% of total volume ond 1 o/.!", 90% of total volume Angle of incline .... 30 d e grees Sha ft centers ...... 87 f eet a lo ng incline
1.0
Re fer to Table 3. Note thot conveyor No. 12, 13 or 14 will hondle both the capacity and the specifled lump size.
1.2
1
1.3
296 • L 1 N K - B E L T
25
20 1
1
1.4
1.6
1.5 1
30 1
1.7 1
1
Tab le 2 • Equivalent shaft cen ters Equivalen! shaft cenlers for inclined conve yor, feet Horizontal shaft centers, feel
Angle of incline, degre10
5
50 100 150
44 88 132
15 1
1
Since the conveyor is inclined, refer to Table 2. Note that 150-foot horizontal cenlers is equivalen! lo 88 -foot inclined centers. The d imensions, therefore, for either conveyor No. 13 or 1 4 for 150-foot centers con be used.
15 1
1
Service ......... . . intermittent
Solutio n
10
5
39 79 118
36 73 109
25
20 1
34 68 102
30 1
1
31 62 93
29 59 88
bulk handling fllght conveyors
Selection Table 3 • Conveyor specifications Flight Conveyar number
Lump size, inches &
Size, inches
le~gth 1 Width B
Sp ocing, inches
Moximum
1
A ver · oge
Copocity • Cub ic f e et per hour
1
Tons, p er hour
Choin number
Cho in o ttoch· ment number
He ad shoft speed, RPM
Sp rocket p itch d ia mete r,
inches
6
Harsepawer
o Anthro ci te 1Bituminous cool co al
Single strand flight conveyor with shoe -suspended flights 10 11 12 13
10 10 12 12
4 4 5 5
23 Y1 24 24 Ya 24
3 3 3 Y1 3 Y1
l Y1 1 \11 1 lJ. 1 3,4
932 932 1386 1386
23 23 34 34
88 SS 4110 103 SS 4110
F8 F4 F8 F4
16. 3 16.5 16.3 16.5
23 Y1 23 Ya 23 Y1 23 Ya
1.7 2.0 2.4 2.5
14 15 16 17
12 15 15 18
5 6 6 6
24 24 24 24
3 Y1 4 Y1 4 Y1 5
1 lJ. 2 V1 2 Y1 2 lJ.
1386 2106 2106 2541
34 52 52 64
730 468 730 468
F2 F2 F2 F2
16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5
23 Ya 23 23 Ya 23
2.8 4.7 4.2 5 .3
3.7 6.5 6.0 7.5
18
18
6
24
5
2 3A
254 1
64
730
F2
16.5
2 3 Ya
4.9
7.1
1
2.3 2.7 3.3 3.4
Double strand flight conveyor w ith r oller - suspende d flights 30 31 32 33
16 16 20 20
8 Ya 8 Ya 1o Ya 1o Ya
24 18 24 36
8 8 10 10
4 4 6 6
3186 3186 5243 5243
80 80 130 130
SS 1227 SS 1827 SS 1227 SS 1827
G6 G6 G6 G6
12.5 8.25 12.5 8.25
3 1 'Va 47 31 'Va 47
4.8 4.5 6. 5 6.2
6.9 6.6 10.0 9.7
34 35 36 37
24 24 30 36
10% lo o/1 1 15/1 12 o/1
24 36 36 36
12 12 14 16
8 8 10 12
6 0 93 60 93 10860 11561
150 150 270 290
SS 1227 SS 1827 SS 1827 SS 1827
G6 G6 G6 G6
12.5 8.25 8.25 8.25
31 Ya 47 47 47
7 .4 7 .1 9. 1 11.2
11.4 11.3 15. 1 18.8
& Moximum size lumps not to exceed 103 of to tal volume. • Copocity bosed on conveyors with o moximum of 30° incline, operoting ot 100 FPM with 753 ol the oreo of t rough cross section folled. ti. Based on 50 pound per cubic foot mate rial, assumed to be anthrocite or bituminous coal.
o
Horsepower a t head shaft based on listed capacities and ho rizontal shaft centers o f 100 feet. Refer to Table 1 lor horsepower factors for inclined conveyors. In handling materiols of different unit weights and cha in pull foctors, reler to formulas in Technical lnlormation section.
Double strand flight conveyor w ith sliding chain-su spende d flights Widths of these conveyors norma lly ra nge s from 18 " to 48" in 6 11 increments. Flight depths ore usually 6 11, 8 11, 1O" or 12" d e pending on copacity. Flights are no rma ll y spaced 24" a pa rt on 6 11 pitch chain ond 18" a pa rt on 9" pitch chain. Flig hts can be top o r cente r hung on
678, 998 or 9118 he at tre ated rivetless chain with Style 3 extende d pin. Conveyor speeds should not e xceed 100 FPM. Conveyor lines should not exceed 4 0° angle of incline from horizontal.
Typical arrangements
TAKEUP C/L FOOT SHAFT
Fig. 6131
Fig. 6132
Fig. 6133
L 1 N K - B E L T • 297
bulk handling fllght conveyors
Single strand flight conveyor with shoe-suspended flights
:t=;-·-·-·-+-·- -·-
1
..
G .___.,,
•K
' :-:1
·- -·- -·- -·- -·-
- ·
·=
SERIES DS-82800 TAKEUP
SERIES 2-1500 PILLOW BLOCK
!
1K
-i ·>
SUPPORTS SPACED AT 5 FEET
--TRAVEL Fig. 3635
Size o f flight,
Shoft
inches
Conveyor
Approximote weight, pounds .6.
diame ters, inches
number
Terminals A
B
Head
1
Foot
lntermediale section
p er foot
1
Chains ond flights per loo!, one rvn
e
o
E
F
G
H
J
K
1 INCHES
1 to 50-foot shaft centers • 14 14 14 Ya 14
11 11 11 11
Y2 Y2 % Y2
20 Y2 20Y2 22 Y2 22 Y2
2 2 2 2
21 21 23 23
2 2 2 2
8 V. 8 v.
14 Y1 14 y, 14 Ya 14 V.
12 y, 1 1'14 12 y, 11 ~
22 Y2 25 Y2 25 Y2 29 Y2
2 2 V. 2V. 3
23 26 26 29
2 2 2 2
2 5 y,
8 V.
14 Ya
12 y,
29
2 Y2
29
2
4.4 6. 3 6 .4 6.5
17 Y2 17 Y2 19 y, 19 Y2
6 6 7 7
V. V. v. v.
14 14 14 Ye 14
11 11 11 11
20 Y2 2 0Y1 23 23
2 2 2 2
V. V. Y2 Y2
21 21 23 23
2 2 2 2
49 57 55 60
8.4 11.8 9 .5 12.3
19 Y2 22 Y2 22 Y2 25 Y2
7 v. 8 v. 8 v. 8 '.4
14 Y1
12 y,
14 ~
11 ~
14 Ya 14 Ye
11 ~
23 26 26 31
v.
3 3 3 3 y,
23 26 26 29
2 2 2 2
555
57
10.0
2 5 y,
8 v.
14 Ya
12 Ya
31 v.
3 Y2
29
2
6 ~
10 11 12 13
10 10 12 12
4 4 5 5
1 "A• 1 "116 1 " A• 1 " A•
1 15116 1 "116 1 "A• 1 "A•
29 5 399 343 40 3
43 45 47 47
4 .4 6 .3 6.4 6 .5
17 Y2 17 y, 19 Y2 19 Y2
14 15 16 17
12 15 15 18
5 6 6 6
1 " A• 2% 2% 2' '116
1 " 116 1 "116 1 "A• 1 "116
40 5 47 2 402 5 48
49 57 55 60
8.4 11 .8 9 .5 12.3
19 Y2 22 Y2 22 Y2 25 Y2
7 ~
18
18
6
2 1A.
l "A.
42 9
57
10.0
1 "A• 1 "A• 1"A• 1"A•
3 12 414 374 434
43 45 47 47
1"A. 1" A. 1 " 116 1"A•
4 50 5 48 478 625
1"A.
1
6 ~ 7 ~ 7 ~
8 ~
51 to 1 00-foot shaft centers • 2 3A• 2 3A•
10 11 12 13
10 10 12 12
4 4 5 5
14 15 16 17
12 15 15 18
5 6 6 6
2 "116 2 "116 3 7116
18
18
6
3 'll.
2 7A• 2 7A• 2"A•
1
Y2 Y2 Va
y,
12 y,
y, Y2
y,
1O1 to 1 50-foot shaft centers • 11 13 14 15
10 12 12 15
4 5 5 6
2 'll. 2 ''116 2 "A. 3 7116
1"A• 1 "A• 1 "A. 1"A.
4 29 479 459 611
45 47 49 57
6.3 6 .5 8 .4 11.8
17 y, 19 Y2 19 y, 22 Y2
6 7 7 8
v. v. v. v.
14 14 14 Y1 14 Y1
11 Y2 11 Y2 12 y, 11 3.4
21 23 Y2 23 Y2 28 v.
2 y, 3 3 3 Y2
21 23 23 26
2 2 2 2
16 17 18
15 18 18
6 6 6
3 7A6 3 "A• 3 "A•
1"A• 23116 2 3A•
535 696 626
55 60 57
9 .5 12.3 10.0
22 Y2 25 Y2 25 Y2
8 v. 8 v. 8 v.
14 Y1 14 Y1
12 y, 11 3.4 12 y,
28 v. 31 y, 31 Y2
3 Y2
26 29 29
2 2 v. 2 v.
Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes. A Terminols include sprocket wheel s, shofts, bearings and collo rs. lnte rmediate section includes trough, chain, ílights ond struclure indlcated. • Shaft centers fa r horizontal conveyors based on ha ndl ing anth racite or
298 • L 1 N K - B E L T
14 y,
4 4
bituminous coal. Refe r to Table 2 fe r equiva le nt shaft cen ters fo r lnclined conveyors using listed heod and fo o t shafts. In handl ing mat eriols o f different unit weights and chain p ull factors, r efer to fo rmulas in Technical lnformation section.
bulk handling fl lght conveyors
Double strand flight conveyor with roller-suspended flights
G
SUPPORTS SPACED AT 10 FEET +-TRAVEL Fig. 3636
Size of flighl, inches
Conveyor nu mber
A
l
Shaft diometers, inches
Approximote weight, pounds ¿ lnterTerminals
8
Head 1 Foot
sedion
Choins ond flights per foot,
per foot
one run
m ediate
e
o
E
F
G
H
J
K
2 2 2 2
INCHES
1 to 50-foot shaft centers • 30 31 32 33
16 16 20 20
S o/a s o/a 1 o o/a 1o o/a
21 5;16 3 'll6 21% 3 'll6
l 15;16 11% 1'% l 15116
1330 1S21 12S7 2269
75.7 77.7 S7.5 S9.5
2S.S 29.3 35.0 26.0
34 35 36 37
24 24 30 36
1o o/a 1o o/a 11 o/a 12 o/a
3 'll6 3 'll6 3 15116 4'll6
l 15116 115116 11% l 15116
1434 2190 2302 2456
92.5 97.5 106.5 117.5
34.0 26.0 29.0 31.S
27~ 27 ~
31 31
~ ~
35~ 35 ~
41 Y2 47 Y2
12% 12v. 14 v. 14 % 14 v. 14 Va 15 Va 16 Va
lS ~
26 lS ~
26 lS~
26 26 26
13 y, 21 13 y, 21
32 34 Y2 36 3S Y2
3 3 3 3
2S 3A 2S 3A 32 3A
13 Ya 21 21 21
41 Y2 42 Y2 50 Y2 57 Y2
3 3 4 4 Y2
36 3A 36 3A
13 y, 21 13 Ya 21
33 Y2 36 Y2 3S Y2 41 Y2
3 4 4 4 Y2
2S 3A
13 Ya 21 21 21
42 Y2 45 Y2 52 Y2 60 ~
4 4 Y2 5 9
13 Ya 21 13 Ya 21
34 Y2 37 Y2 39 Y2 42 Y2
4 4 Y2 4 Y2 5
13 y, 21 21
44 Y2 4S Y2 54 Y2
5
32 ~
42~
4S 3A
2 2 2 2
5 1 to 1 00-foot shaft centers • 30 31 32 33
16 16 20 20
so/a so/a 10 % 1oo/a
3'll6 3 15116 315116 4 'll6
l 15;16 115116 l 15116 115116
1334 2237 1430 2370
75.7 77.7 S7.5 S9.5
2S.S 29.3 35.0 26.0
34 35 36 37
24 24 30 36
lO Ya 1oo/a 11 o/a 12 o/a
31 5116 4 'll6 41 sll6 5'll6
115116 115116 11 •116 l 15;16
1440 2404 2560 31S2
92.5 97.5 106.5 117.5
34.0 26.0 29.0 31.S
27~ 27~
31 31
~ ~
35 ~
35 ~
41 Y2 47 Y2
12 Va 12 % 14 Va 14 v. 14 v. 14 % 15 % 16 Va
lS ~
26 lS ~
26 lS ~
26 26 26
2S ~
32 ~
32 3A 36~ 36 ~
42 3A 4S ~
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
10 1 to 1 50- foot s haft centers • 30 31 32 33
16 16 20 20
S o/a So/a 10 Ya 1o o/a
3 15116 4 'll6 4 'll6 4• %
ll S/16 J lS/16 115116 115116
1405 2346 1537 2493
75.7 77.7 S7.5 S9.5
2S.S 29.3 35.0 26.0
34 35 36
24 24 30
1o o/a 10 Ya 11 o/a
4' % 5'll6 5 15116
115116 115116 l 15116
16S1 3040 3450
92.5 97.5 106.5
34.0 26.0 29.0
Hove dimensions cerlified fer inslallalion purposes. Terminals include sprockel wheels, shafls, beorings and collors. lnlermediale section includes lrough, chain, ílighls and struclure indicaled. • Shafl cenlers for horizontal conveyors based on handling anlhracite or
¿
27 1A 27 ~ 31 ~ 31 ~ 35 ~
35 ~
41 Y2
12 Va 12 v. 14 v. 14 v. 14 Ye 14 Va 15Va
lS~
26 lS ~
26 lS ~
26 26
s ~
9
2S ~
2S ~ 32>,~
32 3A 36~
36 3A 42 3A
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
bituminous coal. Refer lo Table 2 for equivalen! shah cenl ers for inclined conveyors using listed head and foot shafls. In handling mater ials of difieren! unit weights and chain pull factors, refer lo formulas in Technical lnformalion section.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 299
bu lk handling fl ight conveyors
Rack and pinion gales - R· LENGTH OF GATE SLIDE- 1
= ==:;;!:::::=
HAND WHEEL-T Fog . 3923
Fig. 3922
Styl e B g ate
Sty le A g ate
For single strand flight conveyor with shoe·suspended flights
For single strand !light conveyor with scraper flights
""' e
[:A1
'1
- -R- LENGTH OF GATE SUDE
> -
1
S y
, CONVEYORl ·¡;<- -,-,-,J-" TR_~VE L .,..,.
·---~----- ·~~1
1
..,.
"
-< P-> HAND WHEEL-T = =
Jl=== HAND
WHEEL- T
Style D gate
Style C gate
Far double slrand !light conveyor with roller-suspended ! ligh ts
Far single strand flighl conveyor wi!h roller-suspended flights
>-<-
A-
>" V --'
1
¿ ·-~ HAND WHEEL - T
Style E g a te Far double slrond fliglot conveyor with sliding chain suspended !lights Size of flight, inches length
e
W eight,
s
N
V
pounds
INCHE
Width
style A gate, Figure 3922
7 '1• 9 y.
16 Y, 19Y, 18 21 v. 23V.
24 24 24 24 30
82 82 101 107
7Y, BY. 1OY, 1 3 y,
17 Y• 19Y. 22\4 25 Y.
14 14 18 18
91 103 140 155
7 y, BY. 12 16
12 14 18\4 23 '1o
10•1. 10 '/a 12 Ya 13 Ya
226 263 279 312 381
17 21 25 31 37
. .. . . ...
24 6 246 24 6 24 6 24 6 24 6
320 0 365 0 410 0 455 0 5000 54 5 0
l 8 Y, 24 Y, 30Y2 36Y, 42Y, 48Y,
.. ..
10 10 12 12 15
4 5 4 5 5
82 85 85 87 101
4 5 6 6 4 5 6 8
6Y. 6Y. 7%
av.
14 15% 15 l 6'11 17'/a
48 48 48 48 63
10
11 12Y, 14 l 5Y,
36 36 42 42
14 14 18 18
6 Y• 7Y. 9y, 1 p;.,
10 11 15Y, 18
36 36 42 42
36 36 36 36 36
lOV. 12Y, 14Ya 17V. 20Y,
14 Va 16 Va 18 Va 21 v. 24 Va
72
24 24 24 24 24 24
52 % 58% 64 % 70'!4 76:Y. 82 Y•
10'/1 9 Va 11 '/a 12 Y,
1ov, 1 1 1 1o v.
18 18 18 18 18
6 Y1
12 12 16 16
ov. ov. ov.
.. .. .. ..
....
.. . . ....
style 8 gate, Figure 3923 10 12 15 18
1
7
7Y, 8Y,
7'1o 8% 8•,.s.
s tyle C gate , Figure 3924 10 12 14 19
1
st yle D gate, Figure 3925 16 20 24 30 36 .
ay,
1
.. . . ... .
..
1
72 72 72 72
12 12 16 16
.....
101,1, 12'.ó. 12in. 13'.ó. 14 1A.
18 18 18 18 24
... . . ... . . .. . .. .. . .
31,.s. 31,.s. 31,.s. 3'.ó. 3'.ó. 3'.ó.
18 18 18 18 18 18
27 30 33 36 39 42
8Y, 9 1/• 1
9'1• 11%
1
... . ... . . ..
style E gate, Figure 6118 186 24 6 306 366 42 6 48 6
Hove dimensians certifted far instolla tion purpases. ¡. Opening in conveyor lrough .
300 • L 1 N K - B E L T
.... . .. . . ... . . .. .. . .
24 Y. 24V.
24V.
24 v. 24 Y. 24 y.
17Y. 17Y• 17V.
17Y. 17 Y• 17\4
• Double rock ond pinion. 0 Far V." thick gote plote .
6 Nominal size o f gote .
bulk handling wlde chain drag conveyors
wide chain drag conveyors
Removin g ashes from two storage pits under these lorge furnaces by a wide choin drag conveyor, which receives the raked or gravity-fed ashes from either the gale or !he chute. Photo 9375
The wide chain drag conveyor consists of a single strand of Class H or Class SO chain, which pushes the material along in a trough. This trough has vertical or flared sides constructed of either steel, hard iron or concrete, whichever is best suited to the character of the material handled. Th e hard white iron and concrete .troughs are used particularly for abrasive materials of Classes 7 and 8. This conveyor is used frequently for handling ashes,
coal, sawdust, pulp wood and hot or cold cement cl ink e rs. lt can, howeve r, be use d fo r a variety of mate rial s of Classes B, C, O, 2, 3, 7, 8, P and X, and ma ke s an economical installation where capacity requi rements a re average and space sa ving is importan!. Refer to Tab le 1, page 563, for material class description s. Plain links are used without fligh ts or other atta chme nts.
Fig. 3 37 1
Cha in number
Capacity, cubic feet per hour Steel trough for Hard iron trough for 1 Concrete tro ugh for 1 Class 8 materials Class 7 materials Class 6 materia ls 4 4 4 Chain speed, FPM 5
H1 04, 5019, 5027 H 112, SD 17, SO 29 H 116, 5021, 5028 H480
62 93 115 167
1
7
87 130 161 234
1 10
124 186 230 334
Hove dimensions cerlified far installation purposes.
1
15
186 279 345 501
1
20
1 30
1
40
1
60
1
A
e
8
D
E
Dep th of material
INCHES
80
248 372 496 746 992 25 % 372 558 744 1 116 31 460 690 920 35 668 1002 35
v.. v..
v..
24 29 3,4 33 \12 33 %
13% 19 23 23
v.. v..
1o \/2 16 19 % 20
6 6 6 8
4 4 4 6
A. Refer to Table 1, page 563, far ma terial class descriptions.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 301
bulk handliog Sldekar- Karrler
Sidekar-Karrier
Fin e coal Is r e celved from surg e b in in background by SidekarKorrier ond distributed in uniform quonlilies to concenlrating to bles directly below this oreo. Pholo 33069
Han d ling d eterg ent from screening conveyor to storoge bin, Sidekar-Korrier provides conveyor sloroge for materia l being discharg ed simultaneously in varying quonlities lo several poinls. Photo 30514
An original Link-Belt development, the Sidekor-Korrier is bosicolly o conveyor of the runoround design, which trovels in o horizontal plone ond furnishes conveyor storoge for material being dischorged to one or more points. Any material left in the conveyor buckets ofter possing over the severo! dischorge points is retoined in the conveyor ond recirculoted. In oddition, the conveyor is self-feeding ond self-dischorging to permit continuous outomotic operotion. The Link-Belt Sidekor-Korrier differs from other types of horizontal plone run-oround conveyors in thot the material is corried in buckets supported on rollers, rother thon drogged by Aights in o trough. This feoture minimizes conveyor weor due to obrosion, reduces choin weor becouse of reduced choin pull, soves power ond ossures quiet operotion. Corrosion is olso reduced, since the conveying ond trough elements ore self-cleoning. Segregotion ond degrodotion ore eliminoted, os the material is corried in buckets.
Sld e kcir· Karrler with dust-lighl casing cut oway to reveal op erotion of automolic d ischarge mechonism. Photo 3 0959
302 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling Sldekar-Karrler
Fea tu res ~~
')
l.
• 1 , · CHAIN C/ L 1 .
1 jLOADING ·CHUTE
'
· C/ L - OF- CHAIN "Ti!i- ----4'1d=lRI
/ L -CARRYING ROLLERS
L scRAPER EVERY 9TH BUCKET
-....--" ,1
PIVOTED VANE PLATE
11
MATERIAL MOVES PLATE TO THROW CAM TO INOPERATIVE POSITION
~---·~~..,.,,...,,,,,,
~...::t•'f
DISCHARGE CHUTE
01 :-·
Fig. 3545 Typical arrangemenl a l Sidekar-Karrier buckets, chain, casing, !rack and discharg ing mechani sm al chutes.
The Sidekar-Karrier consists essentially of a se ries of overlapping buckets attached to a chain and equipped with rollers, traveling in a horizontal plane on a track either open or enclosed in a casing . The conveyor is continuous, with horizontal sprockets at each corner . The buckets hove open tops , vertical plates on two sides and front, and a sloping plate at the rear. The bottom of each bucket is fitted with an undercut gate that can be tripped to unload o ver discharge points. The Link-Belt Sidekar-Karrier is adapted to the efficient handling of practically any bulk material that will flow by gravity from the carrying buckets. lt will deliver materia l uniformly within a horizontal path of travel and can be arranged for automatic discharge to one of several points . Virtually no degradation or segregation is caused by the conveyor and material is recirculated in buckets until a new discharge point is reached . The conveyor is compact and requires li ttle head room . Buckets are self-cleaning and subject to little abrasive wear. The conveyor elements can be either housed in a dust-tight casing or operated in the open . A wide range of capacities and conveyor lengths can be a ccom modated, since chain pulls a re relatively low per ton of material handled.
COAL BU NKER
Cfl
DISCHARG RUN
AUTOMATIC SCALES
ALTERNATE ARRANGEMENT OF PAT USING DOUBLE CORNER SIDEKAR-KARRIER Fig. 3546
Fig. 3547
Plan view al a Side kar-Karrier installatian, illuslrating path arrangemenls and ecanamy al space far efficiently transporting coa\ fram the bunker gales lo aulamalic scale happers al lhe boilers.
Boiler room view sho wing low head room requiremenls ol twa dustlight Sidekar-Ka rriers, ane d elivering coal ta bunker and lhe olher receivi ng it from bunker gales far distributian lo scales.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 303
bulk handling circular carrler
• circular carr1er
Co k e and llmest o n e a r e conv e y e d by this circular carrier, outomatically keeping nine chutes to rotary furna ce folled at all times. Phato 37813 .
The circular carrier is a new type of conveyor originated by Link- Belt Company. lts unique design and operating features permit continuous automatic operation and provide conveyor storage for material being discharged to one ar more points and is particularly suited to feeding cantinuous-tap rotating are furnaces. Since the material b eing handled is carried in buckets ottoched to a rigid circular frome, conveyor weor due to obrosion, and segregotion o r degrodotion of the material ore procticolly eliminoted. Roller beoring t runnio ns ossure quiet efficient operotion. Corrosion is minimized since the material does not contoct either
rollers or driving mochinery. The conveyor trough and buckets are self-cleoning. The circular co rrier can e fficiently handle ony bulk material thot will flow b y grovity from the carrying buckets. lt may r eceive material from ane ar more looding p oints and deliver material uniformly within o horizontal circular path for outomotic dischorge to mony d ifferent points. lf o dischorge chut e is f1 11 ed to copocity, the material is recirculoted in the buckets until o ne w dischorge point is reoched. The conveyor is compact and requ ires little head room ond co n be housed in o dust-ti ght casing or operoted in the open. lt con be built in several bucket sizes ond path diometers.
Dischargln g load from circular carrier into chute. Section through tlischarge chute shows gafe operating me chanism o pening undercut gafe. Photo 39052A
304 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling circular carrler
Features
The circular carrier consists of a series of equally spaced steel buckets suspended b etween two concentric channel r ails which rotate on roller bearing trunnion supparts. The buckets, which form the bottom of a circular trough, are equipped with undercut gates designed to automatically open or close as required. The feed chute is equipped w ith a counterweighted device that automatically starts a f eeder when an empty bucket passes beneath it. Material is carried in the circular trough until it reaches a d ischarge point. Cams at each discharge point automatically open the undercut gates whenever the load in that chute falls below a predetermined level. The carrier is driven by a booster ty pe drive consisting of a strand of roller chain with pusher dogs traveling in a horizont al plane. These pusher dogs contact pusher pins mounted along the inner carrying ra íl. The drive can be positioned al any convenient location a round the inner periphery of the conveyor.
CHUTE SECTION THROUGH DISCHARGE HOPPER Fig . 6179
Feeder controlled automatically by device in feed chute.
Discharge hoppers can be located anywhere around conveyor path.
\
Booster drive '---..
Roller bearing trunnions support carrier and assure quiet efficient operation .
Fig . 6197
L 1 N K - B E L T • 305
bulk handling welgh larr les
weigh larries
10 ,000 - pound copoclty, motor prop ell e d w elgh larry operated fram ficar, delivers caal ta slokers e t pawer plant. Photo 25462
2,000-pound ca paclty, hand pr op elle d w e lgh larry, feeding coal to stoker hoppers al pawer plant. Photo 27269
Weigh larri es are suitable for handling a variety af bulk material used in batching processes, transferring from any part of a storage bunker to any one of o line of mochines and recording by weight the amount d e livered to each. They are of spe cial value in power plants for the purpose of d elivering coal from bunkers to stoker hoppers. Materiols which can be hondled are generolly those which will flow freely through hoppers and chutes. O rdinarily it is not desirable to handle moteriols which are sluggish, contaminable or give off explosive or harmful dust or fumes, are very light and fluffy, or cerote and become fluid. Such materials are listed in Table 1, page 563, under Classes 3, K, R, S, W, and Y, respectively. The Link-Belt weigh larry consists of a hopper with chute and gate, suspended from a scale supported in a steel frame . lt travels on flang ed wheels fixed on through axles rotating in roller bearings. Larries may be hand or motor propelled.
The use of a weigh la rry permits the storage bunker to be located wherever most convenient, either inside or outside of a building. In a b oiler house, the bunker need not extend the full length of a battery of boilers. lt is unnecessary to hove the bunke r hoppered toward out· lets, as discharge gales can be located closely, leaving very little dead storage. All material is available from any part of the b unker, for delivery to any hopper. In a boiler room, the weigh larry does not o b struct the firing aisle. lt permits checking boiler efficiency by accurately weighing and recording the coal actually fed to the stokers. lt may be arranged, by means of bifurcoted spouts, to serve two lines of boilers or machines. Link-Belt weigh lorries are available in severa! sta nda rd sizes, of balanced design and sturdy construction, for a wide range of general applications. link-Belt can also furnish special larries built to suit specific requirements, including floor and coge operated machines.
GEARMOTOR ORIVE 1
Capacity Cubic feel 1 Pounds,t,
7'..5"MINIMUM 10'..o" MAXIMUM
20 30 40
1
(} REAO SCALE FROM
1
TH~SIOE
1
f f ig. 3492
4:.0· _
FLOOR UNE
306 • L 1 N K - B E L T
f
--
1000 1500 2000
A•
B
1
e0
FEET ANO INCHES
3-0 3-0 3-0
1
1-2 2-0 2-10
8-0 8-0 8-0
Hove dimensions certified lo r installation purposes. Bunke r gate operating mechanism ca n be lurnished when specified. A Bosed on material weighing 50 pounds per cubic loot. • Mínimum clea rance. O Maximum chute length lor regular hoppe r 11 chute is longer, hopper must be counterweighted
bulk handling bucket elevators
buckel' eleval'ors
Transfer of paraformaldehyde is accomplished by steel-enca sed bucket elevata rs, from belt convcyors bctwcen floker, R.oto-Louvre dryer, storoge
b ins, pulverizer ond
bagg ing bins in chemical processing pla nt. Photo 34974
The typical bucket elevotor consists of a series of buckets mounted on choin or belt operating over heod ond foot wheels. Tokeups provide meons to compensote for voriations in length of chain or belt due to temperoture chonges, otmospheric conditions, or weor. A steel casing usuolly endoses the bucket line ond the heod ond foot mochinery. Certain types of elevotors hove open steel supporting frames in lieu of cosings. Link-Belt elevotor buckets ore mode in o voriety of shopes, weights ond sizes, monufoctured of steel, malleoble iron, longer weoring Promol or alloy metols. The type of elevotor ond the material being handled determine the selection. Choins for bucket e levotors are of molleoble iron, Promol or steel, used in single or double stronds. Choin is used on elevotors corrying heovy loods, hot materiols or those which pock between the buckets ond o belt. Rubber covered or treoted fobric belts ore used on elevotors handling groins, cereols and mony other dry, free-Aowing or obrosive moteriols. The components comprising the heod ond foot mochinery hove been selected to best su it the service requirements of the individual elevator. The selection of the pro pe r typ e of bucket elevotor depends lorgely on the copocity requirements and the choracteristics of the material to be hondled.
contents lntroduction . . .. . . . ..... .. .... . . .. . . .. .. ... 307 Types ............ . .. . .... . .. . . .. . . . .. .. . 309 Selection How to Select . .... ... ... . .. . ..... ... .. 313 Centrifuga! dischorge Types l ond 2 .... . ........ .. .. . .. . . 318 Types 3 and 4 ... ... . .. . ...... . . . ... 324 Type 5 ... .... . . .... .. .. . .......... 327 Positive discharge, Type 6 ..... ... . . . . . . 332 Continuous Types 7 ond 8 ...... ... . . . . . . ..... . . 335 Type 9 . .. ... ........ . ... . ..... .. . . 3 39 Types 1O ond 11 .. . ........ . . . ...... 343 Interno! dischorge, Types 12 and 13 .... 348 Plotforms ond drives . ......... . ..... . . . . ... 351 Coal Is transported in controlled flow, b y bucket elevotor fro m !rack ho pper to and fro m reserve sto rage bin to overhead bel! conveyor far d istrib ution to b unkers by b el! tripper. Pho to 3 5078
L 1 N K - B E L T • 307
bulk handling bucket elevators
lnstallations
Conveylng sulphur, al newsprint mili, from !rack hopper to storoge silo ond from silo to screw conveyor fo r delivery to weigh hopper is o ccomplished here by two dependoble continuous bucket elevotors. Photo 37636
Delivery of use d sh akeout s and to muller ond prepored sond to overheod belt conveyor serving molder stotions is efficiently occomplished by these two continuous buckel elevotors in this bross foundry. Photo 3851 5
Te a is dlschorged from interno! b uc ke t elevotor, th rough chutes to g loss surge hopper ond ta overheod belt conveyor far distribution to other surge hoppers on so me floor . Photo 35154
Wood chips are recelv e d from bel! conveyor by this double leg centrifugo! d ischorge bucket e levotor ond delivered to o d istributing be l! conveyor over silos. Photo 37962
308 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types
{;~ ~ rr·,~~ ~
.., ...... .... . .. .... .. ..
;
~
Centrifuga! discharge bucket elevators Elevators of this design predominate in the bulk handling of free-flowing, fine and loose materials with small to medium size lumps. Buckets, mounted at spaced intervals, are loaded by scooping up material from the boot or by feeding the material into them. Material is discharged by centrifuga! action as the buckets pass over the head wheel. These elevators are made in several types and are suitable for many requirements.
()
Type 1 • Elevotors of this type meet the service requirements of the majority of installations using centrifugo! discharge elevators. The heod shafts ore fixed. The foot shaft takeups are of the screw type. Gravity takeups are ovailoble. Buckets ore of malleable iron for use on chain or belt. Casings ore of steel p late ond ongle construction .
D '() ()
() ()
:!> ()
Type 2 • These elevators are similar to Type 1 except that the head shafts ore odjustable and the foot shafts are fixed to mointain the relotion of buckets to the looding chute and curved bottom plate. They ore preferred for handling food products, materials which tend to pack or build up in the bottom of the boot, and for materiols hoving o considerable percentage of lumps.
() () ()
Fig. 4667
Centrifuga! discharge bucket elevator
Type 3 • Elevators of this type ore especially suitoble for light ond moderate duty in the handling of nonabrasive free-flowing materials. They ore furn ished in a limited ronge of sizes and capacities. Heod shafts ore fixed o nd foot shafts hove screw takeups. Malleable iron buckets ore used with chain and steel buckets with belt. Casings are made of steel in the simplified flonged design.
Photo 32499A
Photo 32500A
Photo 32501 B
Type l bucket eleva tor
Type 2 bucket elevator
Type 3 bucket elevator
L 1 N K - B E L T • 309
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types Centrifuga! discharge bucket elevators (continued) Type 4 • These elevators are similar lo Type 3 e xce pl that the head shafts are adjustable and the foot shafts are fixed to maintain the relation of buckets to the loading chute and bottom of boot. This type is preferred for handling food products, for materials having a tendency to pack or build up in the bottom of the boot, and for materials hoving a considerable percentage of lumps. Type S • These elevators are designed and engineered to conform with general practice in the handling of grain. Head and foot shafts are provided with ro ller beari ngs. Takeups are of the gravity type except on elevators with centers under 50 feet which are of the screw type. Buckets are of steel and are mounted on a belt. Casings of steel are welded and dust tight. The curved hood is designed for proper discharge of the grain. The boot can be loaded from the front or back side or both . Venting of the head and boot sections is desirable to improve the pickup and discharge of materials.
Positive discharge bucket elevators Elevators of this des ign operate successfully ot low bucket speeds and are suitable for handling light, fluffy ond frag ile materia ls and those having a lendency to stick in the buckets. Buckets, mounted at spaced intervals, are loaded by scooping up material from the boot or by feeding the material into them. After passing over head wheels, the buckets are inverted over the discharge spout, thus providing a posit ive discharge of material. Type 6 • This design conforms with the besl practice for handling and discharging materials which are light, friab le or sluggish. The head shofts are fixed. The foot shaft takeups are of the screw type. Gravity takeups are available. Buckets are of malleable iron mounted al intervals on double strands of chain. Casings are of steel piafe and angle construction.
Pholo 32502 8
Type 4 bucket elevator
310 • L 1 N K - BE L T
Pho to 32503C
Photo 37511C
Type S bucket e levators
I\ '
Fig. 4668
Positive d ischarge bucket ele vator
Photo 32504A
Type 6 bucket elevator
bulk handling bucke t elevators
Types Contin uous bucket elevotors Elevators of this design are made in a number of types for handling many bul k materials ranging from light to heavy and from fines to large lumps. Buckets are spaced contin uously and loaded by direct feeding, except for Type 8 elevator where material is scooped from the boot. Spillage between buckets Ís prevented by their close spacing. As buckets discharge, the material flows over the preceding bucket, whose front and projecting sides fo rm a chute, to the discharge spout. Type 7 • This elevator is the most frequently used of the continuous bucket design . The head shafts are fixed. The foot shaft takeups are of the screw type. Gravity takeu ps are ava il able. Buckets a re of steel and spaced continuously on a single strand of chain. Casings a re of steel plate and angle construction. Material is fed to the buckets through a load ing leg. Type 8 • Elevators of this type are used for the handling of fine or crushed materials with lumps not exceeding V2 inch. These e levators are similar to Type 7, except that head shafts are adjustable and foot shafts are fixed, to ma intai n the relation of buckets to the loading chute and curved bottom plate. Buckets are loaded by scooping up material from the boot. When modified by the addition of a loading leg a nd a correspondi ng ly higher inlet spout, this type elevator can a lso be used fo r handling lumpy materials.
.J ·,
·..
Fig. 4669
Continuo us bucket e levator
Type 9 • lnclined elevato rs of this type are used for handling sand, gravel, stone and similar materials. No rmally these elevators are furnished with structural steel frames, but without casings. Casings can be provided. The head shafts are fixed and foot shafts have screw takeups. Buckets are of steel and can be mounted on chain or belt.
Photo 32505A
Pho to 32506A
Type 7 bucket elevator
Type 8 bucket elevator
Pholo 32559
Photo 32560
Type 9 bucket elevators
LINK - BELT • 31 1
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types Continuous bucket elevators (continued) Type 1 O • This elevator is of the super-capacity type and used for handling fri able, heavy or abrasive material ranging from fines to Jorge lumps. The head shafts ore fixed and t he foot takeup s are of the screw type . Gravity takeups are available. Continuous buckets are end -mou nted between two strands of Class SS bushed roller chain. Material is fed to the buckets through a loading leg . Casing s ore of steel plate and angle construction. lnclined boots are recommended when handling sharp, wedge-shaped ond shale-like materials.
Type 11 • These elevators are similor in design to Type 1 O, except for greater ca pacities and centers. Head terminal machinery and driving equipment are carried on independent supports. The foot takeups are of the sc rew type. Gravity tokeups are available.
Interna! d ischa rge bucket elevators lnternal discharge elevators provide excellent means for the continuous, gentle handling in bulk of relatively small articles such as stampings, castings, plastic chips, pellets, bolts, nuts, rivets , granula r chemicals, seeds, shelled nuts ond similar materials. Buckets are intern ally looded from a chute extending through either side of the casing . Discharge can be on either side of casing through a chute or directly to a conveyor.
Type 1 2 • This type of elevator operates at slow speeds and is suitable for handling free-flowing nonabrasive materials. The w ardly -opening continuous guides in the Jower section ore of steel pi ate and angle
elevating medium consists of an endless series of overlapping in buckets supported on double strands of steel roller choin. Movable provide automatic adjustment for the chain and bucket line. Casings construction.
Type 13 • These elevators are similor to Type 1 2, except thot they are designed to op erote ot considerobly higher speeds, resulting in greoter capacities. Double heod shof ts, operating in fi xed beorings provide a longer intervol for bucket di scharge.
Photo 32507 A Type l O bucket elevotor
31 2 • LINK- B EL T
Photo 32508A
Photo 32509
Type 11 bucket elevo tor
Type 12 b ucket elevotor
Fig. 4666
Interna! dischorge bucket elevotor
Pholo 32510
Type 13 b ucket elevotor
bulk handling b ucket e levators
Selection Consider the following foctors when selecting o bucket elevotor. Kind ond chorocter of material being hondled: obro· sive, free -flowing, sluggish, hot, fluffy, friable, subject to degrodotion, e tc. Weight of material in pounds per cubic foot Moximum rote in tons, bushels or cubic feet per hour at which material is hondled Moximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material ond percentoge of lumps in total volume Shoft centers in feet, olso ongle in degrees of incline, if o ny O peroting conditions: indoors, outdoors, corrosive, contominotion, etc. Service required: continuous or intermittent With this informotion known, proceed os follows:
Select the type of elevator • Refer to Table 2 and find the type or types of elevotors for the material being hondled. lf this particular material is no t listed, select one with similo r chorocteristics.
Check the selection fo r lump sü :e , capacity and centers • Knowing the lump size, copocity ond centers, refer to Table 3 ond moke o tentative selection.
Dete r mine the elevator numbe r • Refer to the eleva tor specifications for the type selected ond determine the elevator size to hondle the required lump size ond copocity.
Se le ct the elevator chain • lf on elevotor using choin is selected ond more thon one choin is listed, the selection depends on the service requirements or on user's prefe rence. Generolly, the SS Closs steel choins hove greoter strength ond better weoring qualities than C Closs combination choins. SS Closs steel choins ore recommended for elevotors with centers over 60 feet, for continuous operoting conditions or fo r hand ling obrosive mo terio ls.
Select the elevator belt • lf on elevotor using belt is selected, specify the recommended width and ply. Severo! grades of rubber covered belts or fo b ric belts con be furnished, but final selection depends on the service require· ments or on user's preference. A rubber covered belt with 32-ounce duck is generolly used for widths through 11 ". lt is particulorly odopted to hand ling nonobrosive ond mildly obrosive materiols. The wo rking strength is colculated on the bosis of 28 pounds per inch of width per ply. The quolity of the cover is 800 pounds pe r squo re inch mínimum !ensile strength. A rubber covered belt with 35-ounce duck is ordinorily used for handling abrosive materia ls and is constructed with a very closely woven duck which provides resistance to moisture ond good anchorage for bucket bolts. The working strength is calculated on the bosis of 32 pounds per inch of width per ply. The quolity of the cover is 3500 pounds per square inch minimum tensile strength. A rubber covered bel t with 36-ounce duck is generolly used for handling Jumpy material, such os, crushed stone ond ore. The duck has a relotively soft, open weave, thereby provid ing resistance to the destructive oction of lumpy materia l. Pulleys with lorge diometers ore recommended for use with this belt. The working strength is colculoted on the bosis of 30 pounds per inch of width per ply. The quo lity of the cover is 2500 pounds per squore inch minimum tensile streng th. Convos or fobric belts ore used where rubber covered belts ore not proctico l. In mony coses, they ore used in the untreoted form. In other coses, they ore of the impregnated type to hondle foodstuffs, wet, oily or hot moteriols. For recommendotions, consult link-Belt.
Ca lculate the ho rse power and d etermine the s peed of t he head shaft • The horsepower al the heod shoft equols the terminal horsepower plus the horsepower per foot of centers times the center distonce. Knowing the weight of the material, refer to the specificotions for the elevotor selected ond colculote the horsepower. The speed of the heod shoft is indicoted in the sorne table.
Determine the head shaft si:z:e • Knowing the weight of the material being hondled ond the elevotor centers, refer to the specificotions for the elevotor selected and determine the diometer of the head shoft. For centers greater thon listed, consult link-Belt. De t e rmine the casing s pecifications • The bosic thick· ness of steel recommended for the hoods, heods, intermediote ond boot sections ond dischorge spouts are listed with the e levotor specificotions ond cover relotively cleon operoting conditions. For ma terial ond material thickness recommended for other operoting conditions, refer to Table 1.
Service platforms • Plotforms for servicing drives and heod terminols ore recommended. Refer to poge 351 for fur· ther informotion.
Drives • Moke the drive selection. A combinotion Geormotor or Motogeor o nd precision steel roller choin drive provides an economicol ond compoct drive. Ot her drive combinotions con be furnished . See Cotolog l 050. Examples of bucket elevator selection Probl e m 1 Select o bucket lo meet the following conditions: Material ... ... .. . .. bituminous coa! Weight . .. . . .... .. . 50 pounds per cubic foot Copo city . . .. . . .. .. . 60 tons per hour or 2400 cubic feet per hour Moximum lump size .. . under 112 inch Shoft centers . ....... 45 feet vertical Ope roting conditions .. exposed to weother Service ....... .. .. . 8 to l O hours per doy
Sol ut ion Refer to Table 2. Note thot Types 1, 2, 7, 1 O ond 1 1 elevotors ore specifed for this material. Refer to Table 3. Note thot either Type 1 or 2 will hondle the lump size and copoci ty and will accommodote the shoft centers. Assuming thot the foot shaft need not be fixed , tentatively select Type 1. Elevotor specificotions, poge 319, indicote thot either elevator No. 13 1 or 132 will hondle 2540 cubic feet per hour ond 11/2" sized lumps. Tables l ond 2, poge 563 define this coa! os nonobrosive. Therefo re elevotor No. 131 with Cl 11 choin is sotisfoctory for 8 to 1 O hours service per doy. horsepower al heod shoft for 50 pound per cubic foot material l .69 (.086 X 45) 5.56 Speed of heod shoft is 4 1 RPM. Knowing horsepower ond speed al heod shoft, select drive from Cotolog 1 050. Heod shoft diometer for a 45-foot centers elevotor handling 50 pounds per cubic foot material is 2-15/ 16" . Refer to Table 1. For elevators exposed to weother, cosings con be mode of commerciol hot rolled mild steel, commerciol hot rolled mild steel golvonized or low olloy steel. When using commerciol hot rolled mild steel, the thickness of material in the hood is increased from 14 to 1 O gouge, in heod ond intermediote sections from 12 gauge to 3 / 16" , ond in the dischorge spout ond boot from 1 O gouge to 3 / 16". Refer to poges 322 ond 323 for cas ing deto ils ond poge 351 for service platform for 19 3,4 " by 48" casing .
=
+
=
LINK - BELT • 313
bulk handling bucket elevators
Selection Problem 2 Select a bucket elevalor to meet the following conditions Material. . . . ........ wheat Weight . .......... 60 pounds per b ushel Capacity . . . . . . . . 6500 bushels p er hour Shaft centers .... .. .. 80 feel vertical Opera ting conditions . indoors, relatively clean
Solution Refer to Table 2. Types 3, 4 and 5 elevators are sp ecifled for this material. Refer to Tab le 3. Type 5 elevator will handle !he capacity and accommoda te !he cenlers. Tentatively select Type 5. Elevator speciflcations, page 328, indicale elevator No. 519 will handle 6550 bushels p er hour of material weighing 60 pounds per bushel. horsepower al head shaft = 3.45 +(.218 X 80) = 20.89 HP Sp eed of head shaft is 47 RPM. Knowing horsepower and speed al head shaft, select drive from Catalog 1050. The diameter of !he head shaft for an 80-foot cenlers elevotor handling 60 pounds per bushel material is 3 7,il,". Refer to Table 1. With elevator indoors and conditions relatively clean, use casing materials and thicknesses sp ecifled on page 329. Refer to pag es 330 and 331 for casing details.
horsepower at headshaft for 1 20 FPM and 100 pounds p er cubic foot ma terial = 8.64 + (65 X .46) = 38.54 HP This flgure must be corrected for the 85 pounds per cubic foot 85 pounds material by the proportion of d . lt must also be modifled 100 poun s 108 FPM for the reduced speed by the ratio of FPM" 120 corrected horsepower al headshaft 85 108 29.48 HP 38.54 X lOO X i2Q speed of headshaft for 108 FPM
=
16 RPM X .90
=
14.4 RPM
Knowing horsepower and speed al headshaft, select drive from Catalog 1050. For a 65-foot centers elevator handling 1 00 pounds per cubic foot material, the next higher listed weight, the diameter of the headshaft is 5 'll.11• Refer lo Table l. For elevators exposed to weather, casings can b e made of comme rcial hot rolled mild sleel, commercial hot rolled mild steel galvanized or low a lloy steel. When using cor.imercial hot rolled mild steel, !he thickness of material in the head and intermediate sections is increased from 1O gauge to 3/1&11, in the discharge spout from Y. " to :Va", in !he boot from >A{ to Y. ", and in the hood from 12 gaug e to •;,,". Refer to pages 346 and 347 for ca sing details and pag e 351 for service p lotform a rrangement.
Table 1 • Recommended casing materials and thicknesses Problem 3 Select a bucket elevator to mee! the following conditions: Material ....... . ... . bauxite Weight . ........ . . .. 85 pounds per cubic foot Capacity .... . ....... 250 tons per hour or 5880 cubic feet per hour Maximum lump size ... 3 inches, 1O per cent of total volume Shaft centers .. . . ... • 65 feet vertical Operating conditions .. exposed to weather
Solution Refer to Table 2. Types 1, 2, 7, 9, 1O and 11 elevalors are specifled for this material. Refe r to Table 3. Type 11 elevator will handle the lump size and capacity and will accommodate the shaft centers. Tenta tlvely select Type 11. Refer to footnote 0 under Elevator Speciflcations, page 344. Elevator speeds are dependen! upon !he abrasiveness of !he material b eing hondled and affect capacity and horsepower. The material classiflcation, pag e 563, defines bauxite as very abrasive. Therefore reduce the listed speed, capacity and horsepower by 103. equivalent capacity based on 103 reduction in speed 5,880 --:90 = 6,533 cubic feet per hour. According to the speciflcations, page 344, eleva tors No. 1007, No. 11 02 and No. 1107 will handle 6800 cubic feet per hour and 3 " lumps. Basing the selection on 100 pounds p er cubic foot material, the next higher listed weight, only elevators No. 1102 and No. 1107 will accommodate the 65-foot centers. Since elevator No. 1107 with 554852 cha in is heavier than required select elevator No. 1102 with SS4851 chain. The listed chain speed is 120 FPM. The recommended chaln speed is 103 lower, or 120 X .90 = 108 FPM.
314 • LINK - BELT
Recommended casing material ond thickness
Operoting condition
listed thickness of casing 14 ge. 1 12 ge. 1 1 O ge. 1 ~ in.
1 ~ in.
Commercial hot rolled mild steel Relatively clean Outdoors, sheltered from wealher Mildly corrosive Exposed to weather Damp or moist
14 ga.
12 ga.
10 ga.
>A& in.
Y. in.
14 ga . 10 ga . 10 ga .
12 ga. 3A, in. >A& in.
.. ....
. ..
10 ga. 3A• in. 3A& in. V. in.
3A& V. V. V.
in. in. in. in.
Y. :Va Va Va
in. in. in. in.
A&in. A• in. % in. % in .
Y. V. Y. Y.
in. in. in. in.
3A& in. % in. lA& in.
V. in. V. in. V. in.
...
Commercial hot rolled mild steel galvaniz:ed or coated Product contamina tion Corrosive Exposed to weather Damp or moist
14 ga. 14 ga. 14 ga.
12 ga. 12 go. 12 ga.
.. . . .
.. . . .
10 10 10 10
go. ga. ga. ga.
Low alloy steel Corrosive Exposed to weather Damp or moist
14 ga. 1 12 ga. 1 1O ga. 14 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga. 1 . . . . . . . . • . • . 1O ga.
3
3
l
Stainless steel and Monel metal Product contamination 114 ga. 1 12 ga. 1 1 O ga . Corrosive fumes 14 ga. 12 ga . 1 O ga. Damp or moist . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 O ga.
l 3A& in. I 101O ga. ga. lA& in. 10 ga.
% in.
bulk handling b ucket elevators
Selection Tabl e 2 • Ty p lcal bul k materla ls handled by bucket e le vators Average weight per cubic foot, pounds
Material
Elevotor t ype
Alfalfo meal ......... .. . . . .. . Almonds, broken ...... . .. . ... Almonds, whole .... ...... .. .. . Alum, lumpy .................
.. . .. .
17 28-30 28-30 50-60
Alumina ............ . . .. .... . . . 60 Aluminum chips ................ . 7-15 Aluminum ore (see bauxite) Aluminum oxide .......... . .. . . 67-120
Material
•
""
Average weight per cubic foot, pounds
Coal, onthracite, river coal ond culm V. inch ond under . . . . . . . 60 Coal, bituminous, mined, fines, 50 mesh ond under . . . . . . . . . . . 50
7•
Coal, bituminous, mined, slock, % inch ond under. . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Cool, bituminous, mined, si zed, over l/2 inch .... .. .... . ... .. ..... 50
7
1, 2, 7, 8 7,8
1, 2, 7, 10, 11
7, 10, 11
Ammunition, sma ll parts ......... . Ashes, coal, dry, 3 inch and under . 35-40 Asphalt, crushed, l/2 inch and under 45 Bakelite, powdered ............ . 30-40
1, 2, 7, 8 6, 7, 8
Coal, bituminous, slripping, not cleoned, over \12 inch . . . . . . . . . . 50 Cocoa beons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40 Coffee, green beon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Baking powder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Barley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Battery cases, Ao shlight .. . ..... . . Bauxite, crushed, 3 inch and under 75-85
6,7, 8 3 •• 4 •• 5 . 12, 13 1, 2,7, 9, 10, 11
Coffee, roasted beon .. Cake, loase .... . . . . . . . . . Cake, petroleum, calcined . Coke Breeze, Y. inch and
Be a ns, castor ............... . . . Beans, navy, dry .. . ........ . .. . Bentonite, crude .............. . Bentonite, 100 mesh and under .. .
1, 1, 1, 1,
Copro . . . ......... .. . Copra cake . . . . . . . . . . Copra cake, ground . . . . Copra meal . . . . . . . . . .
36 48 34-40 50-60
12, 13 2
2, 3, 4, 7, 8 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 2 2
. ...... .. .. ... . ... ......... .........
22 25-30 40-45 40-45
1, 1, 1, 1,
flne ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . granulated, % inch ond under crocked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-15 12-15 45-50 45
6, 7 , 8 6 , 7,8 1, 2, 3, 4 12, 13
.. .. . .. .. . . . . . ..... .. .. .. .. .
45 21 40-45 31
3 •• 4 •• 5 . 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4
Cornmeal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cottonseed, dry, de-linted .. . . . . . . Cottonseed, dry, with lint .. . . . . . . . Cottonseed, ca ke, cracked . . . . . . . .
38-40 35 18-25 40-45
1•• 2 ••3 •, 4 • 1•• 2 •• 3 •• 4 •
1, 2
Cottonseed hulls . . . . . . . . . . . Cottonseed meal. . . . . . . . . . Cottonseed mea Is . . . . . . . . . . Cullet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..... ..... ..... .... .
12 35-40 40 80-120
7, 8 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 2.
Dolomite, crushed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ebonite, crushed, l/2 11 and under . . . Feldspar, ground, V. inch and under Feldspar, powdered, 100 mesh and under. . . . .. .... . . . .. ...
90- 100 65-70 65-70
2, 7, 9, 1 o, 11 2, 6, 7, 8 1, 2, 7
75
6,7,8
1, 2, 7, 8
Bonemea l . .. .. . ...... . ....... Bora x, powdered .. . . . . . .... ... Bre n ... . . . . . .. ....... . ...... Brewer's grain, spent, d ry . ... . ..
1, 1, 1, 1,
Corn, shelled . . . . . . . . . . . . Corn germs . . . . . . . . . . . . Corn grits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corn sugor. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brewer's grain, spe nt, wet ....... . 55-60 Buckwheat ........ ......... . .. . 40-42 Calcium oxide (see limel Corbon block, pelletized ....... . 20-25 Corbon block powder, chonnel . .. . 4-6 Corbon block powder, fu rnoce .. . . 4-6 Corborundum, 3 inch ond under .. 100 Castings, smo ll ................ . Ca si iron borings ..... .. ... .... Cernen!, Portland . ....... .. .... Cement, clinker .. ... . . . ... .. . .. Cholk, crushed .. . . ... . ....... .
. . . .
130-200 65-85 75-80 85-90
Cholk, p ulverized, 100 mesh ond under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-7 5 Chorcool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-25 Cinders, caal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Clover seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Coal, onthrocite, buckwheot 50 mesh to Ya inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
1, 2 3 • • 4 •• 5 . 7, 8
6 6 7 12, 13
2,7
1, 2, 7, 8 2, 7, 9, 10, 11
1, 2, 7, 8 7,8 6,7
2, 7 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 7, 8
1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8
2. 2.
Cork, Cork, Corn, Corn,
2 2 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8
22-26 23-32 35-45 25-35
12, 13 1, 2, 7, 8
55-60 53 16-20 25-30
1, 2, 7, 10, 1 1 1, 2, 7
....... ..... .. .... ... und er . .
Bolts, small ....... . ......... . Bones, crushed, l/2 inch and under .. 35-40 Bones, granulated or ground, lis inch and under . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 . . . .
•
""
6, 7, 8 2, 7, 8 7 2, 7 7
Elevotor type
Flaxseed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Fla xseed cake, expeller .... . . . . . . 48-50 Flaxseed mea l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Flour, wheat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-40 Flue dust, boiler house, dry . . . . . . . 35-45 Fluorspar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
1•• 2 . 2, 2, 2, 2,
3, 3, 3, 3,
4, 4, 4, 4,
7 7 7, 8 7, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
3 •• 4 •• 5 . 2
1, 2, 3, 4 1• • 2 •• 3 • • 4 •
7 o, 8 0 1, 2, 7
& Chain recommended for oll elevators, excep t those morked thus • ,
6. Weigh t of material loase or slightl y ogitoted. This weight is g e nerolly
w here belts ore recommended. To avoid damage to b elt, provide foo t shaft s w ith w elded steel slat pulleys w here there is o tend ency for ma terial to pock be tween belt ond pulley .
less than that of settled or pocked material, os i n bins or contoiners. o Select on elevotor ho ving twice the copocity re qui red.
LI N K- B EL T • 315
bulk handling bucket elevators
Selection Table 2 (continued) • Typical bulk materials handled by bucket elevators Average weight per cubic foot, p ounds 6.
Material
Fuller's eorth, burnt, oíl ref1nery Fuller's eorth, row, o íl ref1nery .... . Glo ss batch . .. ............... . Glue, ground, Ye inch ond und er ..
40 35-40 90-100 40
Glue, peorl ... . ........ . . . . . . . . Groins, distillery, spent, dry .... . . . Gronite, broken .. .... ......... . Gross seed ...... . . .. . . ... .. . . .
Avera ge
Elevator type
we ight p er cub ic foot, pounds 6.
Material
•
Elevator ty pe
•
2
Pumice, ground, Ya inch ond und er . 42 -45 Rice, hulled or polished .. ...... . . 45- 48 Rice, rough ......... .. ... ... . . . 36 Rice bron, se e Bron .. . . ... . .... .
40 30 95-100 10-12
2 1, 2, 3, 4 7 , 9, 10, 11 7,8
Rice grits ....... ......... .. . . . Rivets, smoll . . ...... . .... .. . Rubber, ground, se e Ebonite ... . . Rye .. .. .. . . ...... . . . . . . ..
42 -45
1, 2, 3, 4 12, 13
44
3 . ,4 . ,5 .
Grovel, screened . ... .......... . Gypsum, colcined ......... .. ... . Gypsum, crushed, l inch and under Gypsum, powdered .... .... .. . . .
90-100 55-60 90-100 60-80
1,2,7, 9, 10, 11 1,2,7, 9, 10, 11 1,2, 7,9, 10, 11
1, 2, 7, 8
Solt, d ry, fine . .. ....... . ... .. Sal!, dry, coorse . . . .......... Sol! cake, dry, coorse ......... Solt cake, dry, pulverized . .. ...
7 0 -80 4 5 -50 85 6 5-85
2, 2, 2, 2,
Hops, spent, dry ... . ... . . .. .. . . . . ...... . .. . . . Hops, spent, wet Ice, crushed ... ....... .. .. . .. . . . llmenite ore .... ...... .. .. . . .. . .
35 50-55 35-45 140
1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2 2,7 1, 2,7, 9, 10, 11
Sond, Sond, Sand, Sond,
11 0 -130 90- 11 0 90 -1 00 90
l •• 2 . l •• 2 .
Lignite, oír dried . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lime, ground, Y1 inch and under . . . Lime, hyd roted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lime, pebble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45-55 60 40 53-56
1, 2, 7
Sond, foundry, shakeout ... .... . 1, 2, 7, 8, 9, 1O, 11 Shale, crushed . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 7, 9, 1O, 11 Slog, furnoce, g ronulo ted .... .. . 1, 2 , 7, 9, 1O, 11 SI ate, crushed, Y2 inch ond under
90 85- 90 60 -65 80-90
l •• 2 . l •• 2 . 7, 9 , 10, 11 2 • • 7, 9, l 11
7, 9, 10, 11
7, 9, 10, 11
Siete, ground, Ye inch ond unde r .. Soap b e ad s or granule s . . . .. . . . Soap flak es Soda a sh, light .............. .
82 20 5 -15 20 -35
1 •• 2 . 12, 13 12, 13 7, 8
3 •• 4 •• 5 . 1, 2, 3, 4
Soda a sh, he avy .. .. . . . . ... .. . Soybeons, cracked .... ... ..... . Soy beo ns, whole . ... .. ... . . ... . So ybe an ca ke, over y, inch . .... .
5 5 -6 5 30-40 4 5-5 0 40-4 3
1, 2 , 7, 8 l, 2, 3, 4 3. , 4. , 5 .
Lime, over Y2 inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Limestone, ogriculturol, Ya inch and under. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Limestone, crushed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 5-90 Linseed, (see floxseed) Linseed meol (see flaxseed meol) Moize ........ . ... ....... ..... 45 Mo lt, dry ground, Ya inch ond under 22 Molt, dry, who le ... . . ...... . . . . Molt, wet ar green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mol! meal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mo rble, crushe d , over Y2 inch . . . . .
27 -3 0 6 0-65 36 -40 90-95
Milk, dried flake . . . . . . . . Milk, malted . . . . . . . . . . . . Muriote of pota sh . . . . . . . Mustard seed . . . . . . . . . . .
5 -6 30-35 77 45
...... ...... ...... ......
. . . .
Nuts, meto l. .......... .. . . .... . Oats ....... .... ...... . ....... 26 Oots, rolled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Oxalic a cid crystols . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Peas, dried . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peonuts, shelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phosphote rock .. .... ... . .. .. Phosphote sond . . . . . . . . . . . . .
... ... ... ...
Plo stics, chips .......... ... . . . . . Plostics, pellets .............. . . . Plostics, smoll co stings ...... . ... . •
45-50 35 -4 5 75 -8 5 90 -1 00
1•. 2 . 1••2 .
2.
1, 2,7,9, 10, 11
1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 l, 2 l , 2, 3, 4 7 , 9 , 10, 11
3, 4 3, 4 1, 2 , 7 3, 4 12 , 13
domp bonk . .. ... ..... .. . d ry bonk ............ . dry silico 0 ..... ... ... . foundry, prepored ...... .
Soyb e an Soy be an Soy bean Soybe an
Aokes, row .. ..... .... . 20-26 Ao ur ... . .. .... .. . 27 40 me al, cold ......... . meal, hot . . .. . . ..... . 40
Stampings, metal, smo ll . ........ . . .. 100- 150 Steel chi ps, crushe d ........... . Sto ne, crushed, see Gravel o r Limeslone
12 -1 5 25-45 55-65 55
l, 2 , 3, 4 l •• 2 .
Suga r beet, pulp, dry .. . . . .... . Sug a r b eet, pulp, wet . . .. . .. . . . Suga r, raw . ......... . .. . .. . . . Tonbo rk, g round ......... . ... .
12, 13 12, 13 2,7, 9, 10, 11 1••7
Timo thy seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Tung nuts, she lled . .... . .... .. .. . W o lnuts, she lle d ...... . ...... . 45-48 Wheat . . . . .. ... . . ....... .
12, 13 12, 13 12, 13
Whe at, cra cke d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-45 Wheat germ .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 W ood chips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-20
3 •• 4 •• 5 .
Choin recommended fa r a li elevators, except !hose marked thus • . where belts ore recommended. To ovoid domoge to belt, provide foot shofts with welded steel slot pulleys where there is a tendency filr material to pack between be lt and pulley.
316 • L 1 N K- BEL T
. . . .
7 3 • • 4 • • 5 • • 12, 13 3 • • 4 • • 5 • • 12, l 3
7, 7, 7, 7,
8 8 8 8
l •• 2 . l •• 2 .
º·
2
1, 2, 3, 4 l •• 2 • • 3 •• 4 . l , 2, 3, 4 l , 2, 3, 4 12, 13 7
6, 7, 8 7, 8 l, 2
l, 2 7, 8 1 2, 13 12, 13 3., 4., 5 .
l , 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 l •• 2 .
0 lf sand is hot, use special heot -resisting belis ond insuloting pods between buckets ond belts. 6. Weight of material loase or slightly ogitated. This weight is generolly less thon that of settled ar packed material, as in bins or contoiners.
bulk handling bucket eleva to rs
Selection Table 3 • Tentative elevator selectl on Maxi mum lum p
Maxi mum capacity
s i:z:e, i nches Elevolor type
Percenloge of lumps
100
1
10
Cubic f eet per hour
M axi mum centers, fee t
Tons per hour
3S
1
so
1
7S
1
100
1
12S
1
1 'A 1 Y2
4 4 '12
2000 3100
2 .a.
1 'A 1 Y2
4 4 Y2
2000 3 100
100 ... 156 ... --- - - --- 35 50 75 100 ... 117 156 55 78 ...
3,4
3 3 Y2
700 1100
10 16
3A
3 3 Y2
700 1100
Y2 Y2 Y2
Y2 Y2 Y2
8750 11500 14000
Y2 Y2 Y2
Y2 Y2 Y2
14750 35000 47500
3 4 .a.
1 l
5•
56
35 55
50 78
75 117
--
17 ... ... 28 ... . .. --- - -- 10 17 ... . . . 16 28 ... ...
... ...
... ...
219 287 350
... ...
369 875 1187
24
34
...
-. ..
... . ..
... . ..
Moleriol weighl, pounds per cublc foot
Bushels per hour
Moteriol weighl, p ounds per cubic foot
3S 1
.....
..... .....
. ....
... ...
545 880
. .. ...
545 880
.. .
7000 9200 11200
. .. . ..
---... ... . .. . . . . .. ... ... ... ... ----
11800 28000 38000
o
so
1
7S
1 100
Pages
1
12S
80 80 80 . .. 80 80 70 . .. - - - -- - - 80 80 80 80 . .. 80 80 80 70 . .. - - - - --- - - - - 40 40 . .. . . . . .. 50 50 . . . . .. . .. - - - - - - - - - - -40 40 . .. . .. . .. 50 50 ... . .. . . . --. . 200 . .. . .. . .. . . 200 . .. . .. . .. 200 . .. .. . . . . .. - - - - --- - .. 200 . .. . .. . .. . . 210 . .. . .. . .. 210 . . . .. . .. . .. 80 80
318 thru
323
- -324 thru
326
327 t hru
331
- - - - - -- - -
332 6
7
1%
10
11
12 13
.a.
1400
52
69
...
- - -65 91 117
...
65 91 117
. ....
. ....
. .. 80 80 . .. 80 75 . . . .. . .. .. . .. 70 65 . .. 65 50 . . . .. . .. - - - - - - -- 85 70 55 45 .. 75 60 50 40 ..
Y2 Y2 Y2
1300 1800 2350
23 32 41
32 45 58
49 68 88
l l Y2
1500 2300 2600 5000
..
.. .
. ... . ... ....
...
1 Y2 2
3 4 Y2 5 5
... .
... ... .. .
2 2 2 2 2
6 6 6 6 6
2400 2800 3200 3600 4000
.. . ... ... ... ...
60 70 80 90 100
90 105 120 135 150
120 140 160 180 200
150 175 200 225 250
. ... . .....
3 3 3 3 3
8 8 8 8 8
5600 6800 8400 10000 12-400
. .. ... ... ... ...
140 170 210 250 310
2 10 255 315 375 465
280 340 420 500 620
350 425 525 625 775
3 3 3 3 3
8 8 8 8 8
5600 6800 8400 10000 12400
...
140 170 210 250 310
210 255 315 375 465
280 340 420 500 620
350 425 525 625 775
3A 3A
2 y, 2 Y2
200 320
3,4
2 Y2 2 Y2
500 800
3A
... ... ... ...
--
--
5 ... . .. 8 ... . . . - -- - - - 12 9 ... . . . 14 14 . .. ... 3 6
Elevotors with fixed foot shofts. Recommended for feeder drives, handling food products, moteriols with o high percentoge of lumps and moterials whlch tend to pack. Curved bottom piares are olso recommended.
.. .
-95 145 165 3 10
...
. .. . .. ...
. .. . . . .... . .... . .... .....
..
. ..
. .. - - --- - - - 70 80 80
70 80 80
70 80 70
... . .. . ..
..
75 65 60
55 50 45
45 40 35
35 30 30
. .... ... .. . .... . .... .....
.. .. .. .. ..
75 60 55 50 40
65 55 50 45 35
55 45 40 35 25
45 40 30 30 20
. ....
.. ..
. ....
. .... . .... . .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....
.. .. .. 80 60 80 60
335 thru
338
--- - - - - - -
..
..
t hru
334
. ..
70 80 80
Y2 Y2 Y2
...
- - --
--
- -
. .... . . . .. . ....
49 68 88
...
- -- - - 70 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 70
. ..
... .. .
32 45 58
...
80
.....
23 32 41
75 115 130 250
80
...
1300 1800 2350
.
80
70 80 80
3 4 4 Y2
--
80
. .... . ....
1 1 'A 1 Y2
8 .a.
9
5
339 thru
342
343 thru
347
- - - -- - - 110 125 125 125 125 11 0 95 125 80 125 110 95 125 100 85 75 60 100 80 70 - - --- - - 80 . .. . .. . .. 60 . .. . .. . ..
--- - - - - - 80 60
...
. ..
. ..
. ..
. .. . ..
348 thru
350
• Elevotor with single row of buckets. 6 Elevotor w ith double row of buckets. o For centers beyond thosa listed, consult Link.Bel!.
L I NK-BELT • 3 17
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types 1 and 2 bucket elevators • centrifuga ! discharg e . . . . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - Split removable hood - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . for accessi bility
Head shaft mounted - - ¡ n fixed pillow blocks
Head shaft mounted in screw takeups
Discharge spout - - positioned for clean discharge
Rigid, strong, jig-built casing , -------dust-tight casings can be furnished
Style A malleable iron buckets - - -- - -- with rugged chain or belt prolong elevator service
Clamped removable - - -- - - - - - - -doo r for assembly - - - - - - and insp ection
Removable front - - and back plates for access to boot
Feed hopper can be furnished
Photo 31663B
Photo 201708
TYPE 1 ELEVATOR USING CHAIN
TYPE 2 ELEVA TOR USING CHAIN
Sturdy steel boot with screw-adjusted foot shaft takeups
Sturdy steel boot - - w ith fixed foot shaft and curved bottom p late Photo 20 1708
TYPE 1 ELEVATOR USING BELT
318 • LINK - BELT
Photo 3 16638
TYPE 2 ELEV ATOR USING BELT
bulk handling bucket ele vators
Types 1 and 2 bucket elevators using chain • centrifuga! discharge Elevator specifications Elevotor number
...
Type 1
Type 2
Copocityll.
Ma1dmum lump Bucket •
Size, inches
size, inches
Spocing, inches
Cho in speed, FPM
0
Tons per hour
Percentoge of lumps
100
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
Cubic feet per hour
10
102 104 105 107 108 110 111 112 113 116 117 119 120 122 123 124 126 127 128 130 ~ 31 132 133 134
202 204 205 207 208 210 211 212 213 216 217 219 220 222 '.:!23 224 226 227 228 230 23 1 232 233 234
6 )( 4 8 )( 5 8 )( 5 8 )( 5 8 )( 5 10 )( 6 10 )( 6 10 )( 6 10 )( 6 10 )( 6 12 )( 7 12 )( 7 12 )( 7 12 )( 7 14 )( 7 14 )( 7 14 )( 7 14 )( 7 14 )( 7 14 )( 7 16 )( 8 16 )( 8 16 )( 8 16 )( 8
13 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 16 18 16 18 16 19 18 16 19 18 16 19 18 19 18
225 230 230 260 260 230 230 268 2ó8 260 268 260 306 304 260 268 260 304 306 304 262 248 304 306
Y2 3A 'A 'A 3A
1 1 1 1 1 1 'A l 'A l 'A 1 'A l 'A 1 'A 1 'A l 1A l 'A 1 'A 1 Y2 l Y2 1 Y2 l Y2
so
350 1
1
2 y, 3 3 3 3 3 Y2 3 Y2 3 Y2 3\/2 3 y, 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2
4.9 9.5 9.5 10.7 10.7 16.3 16.3 16.9 16.9 18.3 26.9 29.2 30.5 34.l 29.8 32.3 35.3 34.8 36.9 41.3 44.4 44.4 51.4 54.6
280 540 540 612 612 936 936 960 960 1048 1536 1668 1744 1948 1700 1848 2016 1988 2112 2360 2540 2540 2940 3120
75
100
10.5 20.2 20.2 22.9 22.9 35.1 35.1 36.0 36.0 39.3 57.6 62.5 65.4 73.0 63.8 69.3 75.6 74.5 79.2 88.5 95.2 95.2 111 .0 117.0
14.0 27.0 27.0 30.6 30.6 46.8 46.8 48.0 48.0 52.4 76.8 83.4 87.2 97.4 85.0 92.4 100.8 99.4 105.6 118.0 127.0 127.0 147.0 156.0
1
7.0 13.5 13.5 15.3 15.3 23.4 23.4 24.0 24.0 26.2 38.4 41.7 43.6 48.7 42.5 46.2 50.4 49.7 52.8 59.0 63.5 63.5 73.5 78.0
M a ximu m elevator cent ers In feet far various slze head shafts Elevotor number
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
...
Ty pe 1
102 104 105 107 108 11 0 1l l 112 113 116 11 7 11 9 120 122 123 124 126 127 128 130 131 132 133 134
1
35
Type 2
202 204 205 207 208 210 211 212 213 216 2 17 219 220 222 223 224 226 227 228 230 23 1 232 233 234
1 •t14 I
1
50
i
75
100
1
Heod shoft diometer, inches
2~ ¡21~ 1 3~ 1 n1. 1 1~ 1 2~ j 2·~ 1 3~ l 31~
¡
11t14 I
2~ j 2·~ 1 3~ j 3·~ 1'~ 1 2~ j 2·~ 1
60 . . . . .. . . 60 . . . . . . . . 60 . . . . . . . . 60 60 . . . . . . . . 55 60 . . . . . . 50 60 . . . . .. 45 60 65 80 . . . . . . 60 80 . . . . . . 55 80 . . . . .. 50 80 60 . . . . . . . . 55 60 . . . . . . 45 60 .. . . . 40 60 - - -- ---- -- - - -. 65 So . . . . . . 60 80 . . . . . . 50 80 . . . . .. 45 80 40 60 . . . . . . 35 60 . . . . . . 30 55 60 . . . . 25 45 30 55 80 . . . . 30 50 80 . . . . 25 45 80 . . .. 20 40 40 60 . . . . . . 35 60 . . . . . . 30 55 60 . . .. 25 45 -- -- --- -- -- - - - -. 30 55 80 . . .. 25 50 80 . . . . 25 45 80 . . . 20 40 35 60 . . . . . . 35 60 . . . . . . 25 50 60 . . .. 20 40 20 40 80 . . . . . . 35 80 . . . . . . 30 65 80 . . .. 25 25 45 60 . . . . 20 40 60 . . , _ 30 60 . . . . . . . . - - - - - - 30 75 80 - - 25 65 80 - - .. 25 20 .. 35 80 . . 40 60 . . . . . . 30 60 . . . . . . 25 60 . . . . .. 20 . . 30 60 . . . . . . 25 60 . . . . . . 20 55 60 . . . . . . . . 30 70 80 . . . 25 60 80 . . . . 20 50 80 . . . . . . ---- -- -- - - - -. - -. . .. . . 35 60 . . . . . . 30 60 . . . . . . 20 55 60 . . .. . . 30 60 . . . . . . 25 60 . . . . . . 20 50 60 . . .. . . 30 70 80 . . . . 25 60 80 . . . . 20 50 80 . . . . .. . . . .. . . 35 60 . . . . - . .- 25 60 . . . . . 20 50 60 -. -- -- ----- --- -- - - - - - -. . . . . 50 60 . . . . . . 45 60 . . . . . . 35 60 . . . . .. . . . . 40 70 80 . . . . 35 60 80 . . . . 30 50 80 . . . . . . . . 45 60 . . . . . . 40 60 . . . . .. 30 55 60 . . . . . . . . 40 60 80 . . . . 35 55 80 . . . . . . 45 80 .. . .
--
--
..t. Elevators regularly include head sholt machinery, foot shoft machinery, chain, buckets, and cosings with dlscho rge spouts, olso curved bottom p lates fo r Type 2. Specify elevotor number, sha ft centers ond Style l ar 2 discharge spout. Ba ll and roller bearing pillow blocks and takeups, grovity tokeups, Salem buckets, drives, leed hoppers, backstops, service p latforms ond lodders cen be fu rnished. • Style A malleable iron buckets. Style C malleoble iron buckets recommended for wet or sticky mat erial. Copocity ond horsepower using
-60 80 60 80 60 60 60 55 55 45 45 45 40 40 40 30 25 25 ..
3~ ' 3'~
-- - -- - 80 80 60 60 70 60 60 70 60 50 40 45 40
--8080 60 75 60 70
Style C buckets directly proportionol to volume ond weight of material carried in buckets. ll. Bosed on buckets filled t o 75% of theoreticol copocity. Copacity directly proportional to volume ond weight of material carried in buckets ond choin speed. Free·flowlng moteriols connot be corried os hlgh in the buckets os heovier or l ess fluffy materiols. 0 Light weight, fluffy or pulverized moteriols require 15 to 20% l ower choin speeds thon those shown, for proper dischorge.
L 1 N K - BEL T • 319
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types 1 a nd 2 bucket elevators using chain ~ centrifuga! discharge Elevator specifications Eleva l ar
Horsepower al h eod sh oft®
number
Material weight, paunds per cubic foat
•
Type 1
1
35
102 202 104 204 105 205 107 -108 - - - 207 208 110 210 111 2 11 112 212 - - 1 13 213 116 216 117 217 119 219 - - - --120 220 122 222 123 223 124 224 -126 226 127 227 128 228 130 - 131 -- 230 231 132 232 133 233 134 234
.12 .20 .20 .30 .30 .40 .40 .55 .55 .59 .72 .82 1.11 1.29 .86 .88 1.02 1.31 1.35 1.57 1.19 1.1 o 1.72 1.81
Eleva lar number
•
.007 .0 13 .013 -.015 -.015 .022 .0 22 .023 .023 .025 .036 .040 .04 1 .046 .040 -.044 -.048 .047 .050 .056 --.060 .060 .070 .074
. 16 .27 .27 .43 .43 .57 .57 .79 .79 .9 1 1.02 1.18 1.81 1.85 1.24 1.25 1.46 1.80 1.92 2.26 1.69 1.57 2.45 2.62
Cha in number
t
Type 2
1
102 104 105 107 108 110 111 112 11 3 116 117 119 120 122 123 124 126 127 128 130 131 132 133 134
1
75
202 204 205 207 208 210 211 212 213 216 217 219 220 222 223 224 226 227 228 230 231 232 233 234
e 188 C SS C SS C SS
e
SS C SS C SS C
e
SS C
e
SS C
e SS
e
SS
10 2B 102B 10 2B 102 B 102B 102B 110 110 102 B 110 102B 110 102B 111 110 102B 111 110 102B 11 1 110 111 110
.0 10 .24 .019 .4 1 .0 19 .4 1 .02 1 .64 .0 21 .64 .032 .85 .03 2 .85 .033 1.18 .03 3 1.18 .036 1.36 .052 1.53 .057 1.77 - -- - .059 2.72 .066 2.78 .057 1.86 .063 2.00 - 2.19 .068 .067 2.70 .072 2.88 .080 3.39 --.086 2.54 .086 2.35 . 100 3.69 .106 3.93
---
inches
9% 11 3A 11 3A 11 3,4 11 3A 13 3A 13 3A 13 3A 13 3A 13 3.4 15 3A 15 % 15 3A 15 3.4 17 3.4 17 3,4 17 3A 17% 17 3,4 17 3A 19 3A 19 3,4 19 3A 19 3A
X X
X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X
centers
.014 .028 .0 28 .03 1 .031 .047 .047 .0 49 --.0 49 .053 .078 .085 - -.089 .099 .086 .09 4 .103 .101 .107 120 -..129 -.128 .149 . 158
.32 .56 .56 .86 .86 1.13 1. 13 1.58 1.58 1.81 2.05 2.36 3.62 3.70 2.48 2.50 2.92 3.60 3.84 4.53 3.38 3.1 4 4.92 5.24
X
320 • L 1 N K - B E L T
1 Per
dio meter
af spracket wheel, inches
foat
centers
.019 .037 .037 .041 .041 .063 .063 .065 --.065 .071 .103 .113 --.118 .1 32 .115 .125 .136 .1 34 .143 .160 --. 171 .17 1 .199 .2 11
Gauge af sleel casing
Speed, RPM
43 43 43 41 41 43 43 41 41 41 41 41 38 38 41 41 41 38 38 38 41 41 38 38
20 20 !/, 20 \12 24 v. 24 1.4 20 \12 20 \12 25 25 24 v. 25 24 v. 30% 30 \12 24 v. 25 24 1.4 30 \12 30% 30 \12 24 v. 23 30 \12 30 3.4
35 39 39 42 42 42 42 48 48 48 48 48 54 54 48 48 48 54 54 54 48 48 54 54
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
ínter·
Baat
me di ate sections
section
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Pitch dio meter Dio meter, af sprackel inches wheel, inches
15 13 13 18 18 15 \12 15 \12 21 v. 21 v. 20 \12 17 \12 18 23 1.4 24 v. 18 v. 17 \12 18 24 v. 23 v. 24 v. 17 15 3.4 2 1 v. 21 v.
1 'll6 1 'll6 P A6 l 15A6 1 "A6 l 15A6 1 "A6 l ' 5A6 --l 15A6 1" A6 1"A6 l "Aó 2 3A6 2 3A6 2 3A6 2 3A• 2 3A• 2% 2% 2% 2 3A• 2 3A• 2 3A• 2 3A•
Appraximale weighl, paunds l!l
t
Head and Haad
Elevators regulorly include head shalt machinery, foot shaft machinery, chain, buckets, and casings with discha rge spouts, also curved bottom plate for Type 2. Specify elevator number, shalt centers ond Style 1 or Style 2 dlscharge spout. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks and takeups, gravity takeups, Salem buckets, drives, leed hoppers. backstops, service p la tforms and ladders can be furnlshed. ® Based on buckets íllled to 1003 o f theoreticol capacity. Horsepower directly proportional to volume and weight of material carried in buckets and chain speed. O Head shaft for Type 1 elevator provided with Series 2-1200 babbitted bearing pillow blocks. Head shaft for Type 2 elevator p rovid ed w ith Á
.
ermino 15
Casing size inside,
100
1 Per foat 1 T
. Is 1 Per foat 1 Termrnals . 1 Per foat 1 Termmols . Termino centers centers
Typ e 2
Type 1
50
1
Faat sha ft ~
He ad shaft <) Pitch
Discharge spaul
¡casing, buckets Terminals
ond choin,
perfoat cenlers
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
686 812 801 906 887 891 964 1035 1140 1020 11 39 1062 1451 1352 1352 1329 1220 156 9 1525 1387 1420 1454 1626 1734
58 73 74 82 83 88 91 91 92 92 98 100 10 4 105 107 10 2 104 112 107 109 118 120 123 120
Series GS 3100 babbitted bearing screw takeups. Fool shaft for Type 1 elevata r provided with Series MS 2200 babbitted bearing screw takeups. Foot shaft for Type 2 elevator provided with Series 1000 babbitted beoring pillow blocks. t Class 800 chains can be furnished instead of Class SS. t Refer to Table 1 for corresponding casing mate rials for operating conditlons. (!J. Terminal weight based on average size head shaft. W eight odjustme nt necessary if ga uge of casing is other than lísted above. Terminal weight includes Style 1 or 2 discharge spout but not feed hopper.
§
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types 1 and 2 bucket elevators using belt • centrifuga! disc harge Elevator specifications
...
Elevo tor numb er
Type 1
Type 2
Siz e, inch es
1
speed , Spocing, inch es
FPM 0
1
100
1
24 1 242 243 244
6x4 8 X 5 8 X 5 10 X 6
13 16 16 16
225 225 258 225
Y.t :y. :y. 1
10 2 Y.t 3 3 3Y.t
145 146 147 148
245 246 247 248
10 12 12 14
6 7 7 7
16 18 18 18
258 258 298 258
1 11;. 1 y. 1
149 152
249 252
14 16
7 8
18 18
29 8 298
1 l Y.t
X X X X X X
1
Tom per hour
Cubic f eet per hour
Percentoge of lumps
141 142 143 144
1
Ca oa city ó.
Maxi mum lump sii;e, inches
Belt
Bucket •
1
v. v.
Ma te rial w eight, pounds p er cubic foot
280 534 608 910
3S0 4.9 9.3 10.7 15.9
3 Y.t 4 4 4
1046 1464 1696 1776
4 4 Y.t
2060 3040
1
so 7.0 13.4 15.2 22.8
105 20. 1 22.8 34.2
100 14.0 26.7 30. 4 45.5
18.3 25.6 29.7 31.l
26. 2 36.6 42.4 44.4
39.2 54.9 63.6 66.6
52. 3 73.2 84.8 88.8
36. l 53. 1
51.5 76.0
77.2 114.0
103.0 152.0
1
7S
1
1
Moximum elevator cente rs in fee t for various size head sha fts
...
Elevotor number
Type 1
1
Mate rial w eiqht, pounds per cubic foot
3S
Type 2
so
1
75
1
100
1
Heod shoft diometer, inches
JI~ 1 2~ 1 2 1 ~ 1 3~ 1 3 '~· 1 1 1 ~1 2 ~. 1 2 1 ~ 1 J ~. 1 3 1 ~ 1
14 1 142 143 144
241 242 243 244
80 80 80
55
.. .. .. 80
145 146 147 148
245 246 247 248
50
80
30 ..
50
..
45 35
80 80 80
149 152
249 252
.. ..
30
.. .. .. .. ..
..
..
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
80 80
.. ..
75
80
40
75
80
70 45 40 30
80 80 80
75
80
.. .. .. .. . .. . ..
25 ..
70 45
80
.
. . ..
. . ..
35 20 .. ..
80
..
50
80
.. ..
.. ..
..
.. .. ..
1
.. .. .. .. .. ..
"~ 1
'
..
75
'
80
1
2 1~
.. 80 80 60
30
55
..
35 30 25
.. ..
20 ..
.. ..
'
2~
80 70 65 30
.. .. ..
1
3~
.. ..
80
.. ..
80 80
.. ..
75
8:> 80
60
55
80 60
35
1
3 1~,
1
.. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
11~,
55
65 80
25
50
20
45 25 20
.. ..
..
..
..
.. ..
80
1 2fu 1
80 60
21~
70 65 60
.. .. ..
Hors epower at he ad s haft ®
...
Elevotor number
Type 1
1
3S
Type 2
Te rmina Is
Pe r foot
1
centers
.007
1
1
50
1 Termino ls
Per foot
cente rs
1
1
7S Terminals
cente rs
.91 1.20
.019 .036 .041 .062
20 20 24 20
RPM 43 43 41 43
.071 .099 115 . 120
24 24 30 24
. 139 .206
30 30
.12 . 19 .32 .42
.013 .015 .022
.18 .29 .45 .60
.010 .018 .021 .031
.27 .44
145 146 147 148
245 24 6 247 248
.60 .66 1.11 .93
.025 035 .040 .042
.85 l. 1 1.58 1.31
035 .050 .058 .060
1.27 1 63 2. 37 1.96
.086 .090
1.69 2. 18 3. 16 2.61
149 152
249 252
1 34 1.73
.049 .072
1.92 2.48
.065 . 103
2.88 3.72
. 109 . 154
3.84 4.98
...
Type 1
Type 1 1
Belt t Width, inches
Ply
o
Casing s ize insid e , inches
.~e
. 90
Per foot
1
.36
.59
.053
.075
Hood 1
Head a nd intermed iate se ctio ns
1
Baot sectia n
45 25
75 50
80 80
Sp eed ,
Pulley
diometer, inches
1
Diametcr, inche s
16 14 18 16
1¡,¡, 1 fu l"ti•
41 41 38 41
20 20 24 20
1"A.
38 38
24 22
1' ~
1 "~
2'"6 2'A. 2'A. 2~
Approxima te weight, pounds l.!.l
Gouge of steel cosing t
1
1
dio meter, inches
241 242 243 244
.014 .027 .031 046
Pulley
centers
Termina Is
141 142 143 144
Elevator number
1
Dischorge spout
Termina Is
Casing ond buckets, per
1 foot centers 52 65 70
5 5
l l :Y.x35 13:Y. X 39 13:Y. X 42 15'/4 X 42
14 14 14 14
12 12 12 12
10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10
868 855 1077 1090
11 13 13 15
6 6 7 6
15:Y. X 17:Y. X 17:Y. X 19'/4 X
48 48 54 48
14 14 14 14
12 12 12 12
10 l 'O 10 10
10 10 10 10
1264 1390 1659 1503
80 86 91 90
15 18
7 7
19% 22'/4
54 54
14 14
12 12
10 10
10 10
1778 1991
106
141 142 143 144
241 242 243 244
7 9 9 11
145 14 6 147 148
245 H6 247 248
149 152
249 252
4 4
X X
Elevators regularly include heod shoh machinery, foo t shaft mochinery, buckets, and cosings with discha rge spouts, olso curved bottom piafe s l ar Type 2. Specily elevotor number, shoh centers ond Style 1 ar 2 dischorge spouts. Belts, boll ond roller bearing pillow blocks ond takeups, grovity tokeups, Solem buckets. drives, leed hoppers, bockstops, service plo tlorms ond lodders con be furnished. • Style A molleoble ir on buckets. Style C malleoble i ron buckets recomme nd~d lar wet ar sticky mate rial. Copacity ond ho rsepower, using Style C buckets, directly proportionol to volume ond weight al material corried in buckets. 6 Bosed on buckets filled to 753 al theoreticol capacity. Copocity directly proportionol to volume and weighl al material corried in buckets ond belt speed. Free-flowing moteriols connot be carried os high in the buckets os heovier a r less fluffy materlols. 0 Light w eight, íluffy ar pulverized moteriqls require 15 to 203 lower bel t speeds thon those shown, fa r proper discharge. ¿
t>.dr foot
1
100
1
50
70 80 65
31 ~,
Foot shoft§
Heod shoft O
Material weight, pounds p er cubic foot
1 3fu 1
75
95
® Bosed on buckets filled to 1003 o f theore tico l copocity. Ho rsepower di rectly proportio nol to volume and weight o f mate rial co rried in buckets ond belt speed. O Heod shoft far Type 1 elevato r provided with Series 2- 1200 bobbitted bearing pillow blocks. Heod shoft far Type 2 elevator provided w ith Series GS 3100 bobbitted bearing screw takeups. § Foot sholt lar Type 1 elevotor pro vided w ith Se ries M S 2200 ba bbitted bearing screw tokeups. Foot shah lar Type 2 elevoto r pro vided with Series 1000 bobbitted bearing pillow blocks. Number ol plies bosed on 32-ounce duck up to ond including 11" wide belts and 35-ounce duck la r belts 13" ond w ide r. ¡ Refe r to Table 1 far corresponding casi ng moteriols far vorious operoting conditions. !iJ Terminal w eight based on average size of heod shoft. Weight odjustment necessary if gouge of casing is othe r than listed obove. Termina l weight i ncludes Style 1 or 2 discharge spout but no t belt or feed ho pper.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 321
bulk handling bucket e leva t o r s
Types 1 and 2 bucket elevators • centrifuga ! discharge - E->-«-
F
1' '
1
r
Jo, L
' /"-45º
-~
D>-
1
6- >- -
~
º1
STYLE 2
¡CENTERS
----4~1
.
~
~-:
2,.
DISCHARGE SPOUT FOR BOTH TYPES OF ELEVATORS
~o
J
45°
[]J
STYLE 1
INSIDE
t- -x
~ /\
J
DISCHARGE SPOUT
l~J
X
J
•
A
1
H
~
~
J
,· .- :r-'L--X -<-
t
1\
y
w
ill
-V
DISCHARGE SPOUT STYLE 1
D
INSIDE
1
LIFT
LIFT
1 1 1 1
:
! 1 1 1 1 1
1
¡ 1 1
1
1 1
1
'
f ig. 6122
Type 1 e levator
Type 2 elevator
Casing size inside, inches
A
9*x35 11 3Ax35 11 3Ax39 11 3Ax42
9* 11 * 11 * l 1*
35 35 39 42
13 y, 15 15 v. 16 v.
1 Y2 1 Y2 1 Y2 2
17 Y2 17 Y2 19 Y2 21
13 JAx39 13 3Ax42 13 3Ax48 15 *x42
13 3A 1 3 3,4 13 JA 15 3,4
39 42 48 42
17 v. 18 v. 18 y, 20
1 y, 2 2 2
15 JAx48 15 3,4x54 17*x48 17 *x54
15 JA 15 * 17* 17 %
48 54 48 54
20 y, 20 y, 22 v. 22 y,
19*x48 19JAx54 223,4x54
19* 19'A 22 3A
48 54 54
24 y, 24 27 y,
1
8
1
o
e
F
E
1
1
1
G 1
INCHES
v.
v.
v.
Hove dimensions certified l or instollo tion purposes.
322 • L 1 N K - B E L T
30 y, 30 Y2
K
J
H
1
1
1
32 y, 36 'A
19 Y2 19 Y2 21 Y2 24
25 Y2 25 Y2 28 32
27 'A 27 'A 29 30 'A
10 10 10 13
19 Y2 21 24 21
32 Y2 36 'A 40 Ya 36 'A
21 Y2 24 27 Y2 24
28 32 38 32
29 30 'A 33 'A 30 'A
10 13 15 13
2 2 2 2
14 27 24 27
40 Ya 45 40Va 45
27 Y2 31 27 Y2 31
38 42 38 42
33 'A 35 * 33 'A 35 3,4
15 17 15 17
2 2 2
24 27 27
40 Ya 45 45
27 Y2 31 31
38 42 42
33 'A 35* 35 3A
15 17 17
bulk handling bucket e levators
Types 1 a nd 2 bucket elevators • centrifuga! dischorge Casing size
L
inside,
inches
9 11 11 11
p
N
M 1
Q
AA 1
6 6 6 8
14 Y2 14 Y2 16 Y2 18
23 Y. 25 y. 25 y. 27 Y2
18 % 20 % 20 % 22 o/4
63 'h 63 'h 63 Y2 64
24 Y2 28 Y2 31 28 Y2
22 24 27 24
8 3,4 8 3,4 8 3,4 9 '14
6 8 8 8
16 Y2 18 21 18
27 y. 29 Y2 29 'h 31 'h
22 24 24 26
63 'h 64 64 64
3 4 3 4
31 35 Y2 33 6 35 Y2
27 29 27 29
9 3,4 93,4 10 '14 10 3.4
8 10 lO o 10
21 24 21 24
31 'h 34 y. 36 Y.t 36 y.
26 o/4 27 :v. 29 o/4 0 29 o/4
64 64 64 64
3 4 4
33 35 y, 35 Y2
27 29 29
11 113.4 13 1,4
10 10 10
21 24 24
38 y. 38 y. 41 y.
31 o/4 31 o/4 33 o/4
64 64 64
13 3.4x39 13 3Ax 42 13 3Ax48 15 3Ax42
3 3 3 3
15 3Ax48 15 3Ax54 17 3Ax48 l7 3,4x54 19 3Ax48 19 3.4x54 22 3,4x54
Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2
1
!
*
o/4 o/4 o/4 o/4
Oiame ter af head shaft, inches
Casing
!
1'~
u
1
V
1
w
X
1
1
1 z.
Y11.
2ji,
u
1
V
1
w
1
X
Y11.
1
z.
INCHES
9 '14x35 11 3Ax35 ll 'Ax39 11 3Ax42
12 s¡,
13 o/a 13 o/a 13 o/a
8% 9 Va 9 Va 9 Va
3 3 3 3
5 5
13 '14x39 13 3Ax42 13 3Ax48 15 3Ax42
14 o/a 14 o/a 14 o/a 15 o/a
10 % 10 % 10 % 11 %
3 3 3 3
15 '14x48 15 3Ax54 17 3Ax48 17 3Ax54
15 o/a
11 %
. .. .
16 o/a
1o o/a
o o/a
3 1-2 3 1-2
6 6
2 y, 2 Ya
2 v. 2 Va
5 5 5 5
1 3,4 1 3,4 1 3A 1 3,4
2 :y. 2 :y. 2 o/a 2 :y.
15 Va 15 Va 15% 16 Va
1 1 o/a 1 1 o/a 1 1 o/a 12 o/a
3 'h 3 'h 3 'h 3 'h
6 6 6 6
2 Ya 2 Ya 2 Ya 2 y,
2% 2 Va 2% 2 Va
2 :y.
16 Va 16 Va 17 Va 17 Va
12 o/a 12 o/a 13 o/a 13 o/a
3 'h 3 'h 3 'h 3 'h
6 6 6 6
2 Ya 2 Ya 2 Ya 2 Ya
2% 2% 2% 2%
18 Va 18 %
14 Sfa 14 %
3 'h 3 'h
6 6
2 Ya 2 Ya
2% 2%
5
3
12 %
. ... . . .. ....
14 v. 14%
5
... .
... .
2 o/1 2 :y. 2:Y. 2 :y.
1
5
1 3.4 1 3,4 1 3A 1 3A
.. . .
... . . ...
. ...
... . ....
... .
. ...
. ...
. ...
5
3
.. ..
1 3A
... .
1 3A
2 :y.
. ...
....
. ...
....
....
. ...
Diameter af head shaft, inches
Casing
inches
Type 2
6'14 7 3,4 7 3,4 73,4
24 24 24 28
size inside,
Type 1
21 Y2 21 Y2 22 24
2 Y2 2 Y2 3 3
19 3Ax48 19 >Ax54
1
IN CHES
'14x35 '14x35 3Ax39 3Ax42
size inside, inches
s
R
1
1
1
1
2 ·~
u
V
1w 1
3 1~
3~
X
1
Yll.
z.
1
u
1
V
1w 1
X
1 Y11. 1 z.
1
u
1
V
1w 1
X
1 Y11. 1 z.
INCHES
13 3Ax42 13 3.4 x48 15 3Ax42
17 o/a 17 % 18 %
12 :y. 4 'h 12 o/a 4 'h 13 o/a 4 Y2
7 7 7
2 Y2 2 Y2 2 Y2
3 Y2 3 Y2 3 Y2
15 3.4x 48 15 3.4x54 17 3.4x48 17 '14x54
18 o/a 18 Sfa 19 o/a 19 %
13 :y. 13 :y. 14 :y. 14 :y.
4 'h 4 'h 4 Y2 4 'h
7 7 7 7
2 Y2 2 Y2 2 Y2 2 Y2
3 Y2 3 Y2 3 Y2 3 Y2
20 20 21 21
14 1,4 14 1,4 15 1,4 15 y.
5 5 5 5
8 8 8 8
2 Va 2% 2% 2 Va
3 3A 3 3,4 3 3A 3 3A
23 23
16 y. 16 y.
6 6
10 10
3 Ya 3 Ya
4 Ya 4 Ya
19 3Ax 48 19 3Ax54 22 3Ax54
20 o/a 20 % 22 Ya
15 :y. 4 Y2 15 :y. 4 Y2 16 % 4 Y2
7 7 7
2 Y2 2 Y2 2 Y2
3 Y2 3 Y2 3 Y2
22 22 23 Y2
16 'A 16 'A 17 3.4
5 5 5
8 8 8
2% 2 Va 2 Va
3 3A 3 3,4 3 3A
24 24 25 y,
17 y. 17 y. 18 o/4
6 6 6
10 10 10
3 Ya 3 Ya 3 Ya
4 Ya 4 Ya 4 Ya
Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes. 1J. Bosed on Series 2 -1200 bobbifled beoring pillow blocks.
• Bosed on Series GS 3100 babbilled beoring ta keups.
6 31" for elevators using belt. o 8" far e levolors using belt. t 33Vz" for elevolors using bel!. 0 28~ • for e leva lar using bel!.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 323
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types 3 and 4 bucket elevators • centrif ugol dischorge
Plates on top of hood and front of spout easily removed for - inspection and service
Head shaft mounted in fixed pillow blocks Discharge spout - - - positioned for clean discharge
1
Head shaft mounted in screw takeups
Rigid, jig-built casing, - - - - - dust-tight casings can be furnished
- - - --
Style HS steel buckets with belt and Style A malleable iron buc kets - -- - with chain assure long, useful life
Sturdy steel boot ---with screw-adjust ed foot shaft
Feed hopper and curved bottom plate can be furnished - TYPE 3 ELEVATOR
Sturdy steel boot with fi xed foot shaft - -
TYPE 4 ELEV ATOR
324 • L 1 N K - B E L T
31 11 lC
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types 3 and 4 bucket elevators • centrifuga! discharge Elevator specifications • Using chain Elevatar number
Bucket a
Chain speed, FPM
4
Type 3
Type 4
301 302 303
401 402
Cha in Spacing, number inches
Size, inches
403 404 405
304 305
Eleva lar number
488 488
35
1
131 131 138 153 144
154 154 161 179 170
1 50
183 183 192 210 201
Cubic feet per haur
Tans per haur
Percenlage af lumps
Material weight, paunds per cubic faat
Material weight, paunds per cubic faat
100 1 10 1~ 'h 2 Y2 Y2 2 Y2 3 1 3 Y2
25 181 1 35e 1 50(!) 72 85 101 145 171 203 194 227 270 445 521 611 705 597 834
25 181 1 35e 1 50 E!l .9 1.5 2 .0 1.8 5.1 3.0 2.7 4.0 6.8 5.6 9. 1 15.9 7 .5 12.4 21.9
*
Harsepower al head sh aft ®
4
Head shaftO
Faat shaft§
Material weight, paunds per cubic faat
Type Type 4 3 301 302 303 304 305
455 455 477
9 '!4 9'!4 11 Y2 13 15 o/a
Capacityó
size, inches
Material weight, paunds per cubic faat 25
4 x 2 '!4 5x3 1h 6x4 8x5 10x6
Maximum lump
401 402 403 404
405
Pitch Speed, RPM Pitch dia meter diameter af Diometer, Material weight, af Di a meter, pounds per cu. ft. spracket inches spracket inches 25 1 35 1 50 wheel, Ter· Per faat Ter· Per faot Ter· Per faat wheel, 25 35 50 inches minalJ centers minalsl centers minalsl centers inches 1 1 1 7,i, .02 .001 .02 .002 .04 .003 12.49 40 47 56 10.42 1 'll& p~, l 7,i, .04 .003 .05 .004 .08 .006 12.49 40 47 56 10.42 .04 .003 .07 .005 .11 .008 14.66 1 7,i, 36 42 50 11.75 l 'll& l 7,i, l 7,i, .l l .007 . 17 .011 .29 .019 16. 68 35 41 48 13.37 .18 .010 .29 .016 .44 .026 l 7,i, 16.68 39 46 1 'll&t 33 13.37
Size in ches
30 30
40 40 50
Appraximate weight, paundslil
Casingf
inside,
Maximum elevatar centers, feet
Casing, Gauge buckets Ter· and chain, af sleel mino Is perfaat centers
7'!4x24 9'!4x24 l l 1Ax30 l 3 1Ax36 15'!4x39
16 16 14 14 14
340 370 480
585 640
24 25 38
45 50
Elevator specifications • Using belt Elevatar
Belt0
Bucket •
number
4
Maximum lump size, inches Speed, FPM
Type 3
Type
341 342 343 344 345
441 442 443 444
4
Size, Spacing, Width, inches inches inches
Ply
Material weight, paunds per cubic faat 25
445
Elevatar number 4
Type Type 3 4
341 441 342 442 343 443 344 444 345 445 4
• 6
181 e (!) ®
3x3 5x3 6x4 8x5 1 0x6
10 10 11 V2 13 15
4 6 7 9 11
4 4 4 4 4
Harsepawer a l head sh afl®
Percentage af lumps
129 129 137 151 151
35 1 50 151 179 151 179 161 192 179 212 179 212
100
1
1
2 2 3 3
*
Head shaftO
Material weight, paunds per cubic faat
10 1~
V2 Y2 V2
V2 V2
Capacityó Cubic feet per haur
Tans per haur
Material weight, paunds per cubic faat
Material weight, paunds per cubic foot
25 181 1 35e1 50(!) 63 76 91 109 130 155 268 280 331 500 595 684 825 975 1130
25 181 .8 1.4 3.3 6.2 10.3
Faat shaft§
35e 1.3 2.3 4.9 10.4 17.0
Casingf
50E!l 2.3 3.9 7.8 17.0 28.2
Maximum elevator centers, fe et
30 30
40 40 50
Appraximate weighl, paundslil
Speed, RPM Pulley Casing Dio meter, Material weight, Pulley Diometer, Size diameter Gauge and inches paunds per cu. ft. diameter, inside, Ter· inches inches af buckets, 25 1 35 1 50 in ches inches mina Is Ter· Per faot Ter- Per faot Ter· Per faot steel per faot 25 35 50 minalsl centers minalsl centers minalsl centers centers 1 1 1 7,i, 12 48 .02 .00 1 .03 .002 .04 .003 41 57 12 l 'll& 345 21 7*x24 16 1 7,i, 1 7,i, .03 .002 .04 .003 .07 .005 12 41 48 57 12 9*x24 16 395 23 1 7,i, 1 7,i, 11 *x30 14 .05 .004 .09 .006 . 14 .010 15 35 41 49 12 525 35 p _x, 1 7,i, .12 .008 .20 .012 .34 .02 1 18 32 38 45 14 645 13 *x36 14 42 1 7,i, 15*x39 14 .013 .33 .020 .56 .034 18 32 45 14 38 .20 1 7A&t 725 47
Elevators regulorly include heod shoft mochinery, foot shoft mochinery, choin, buckets and casings with dlschorge spouts. Specify elevotor number and shofl centers. Orives, belts, curved bottom pioles, leed hoppers, service platforms ond lodders con be lurnished. HS buckets on belt e levators. Style "A" bucket on chain elevotors. Bosed on buckets filled to 853 of theoreticol copocity for HS buckets and 753 of theoreticol copocity for Style "A" buckets. Capacity directly proportionol to volume of material corried in buckets ond choin or belt speed. Copocity reduced in direct proportion for materia Is lighter thon 25 pounds. Copacity redoced in direct proportion for moteriols 26 pounds through 34 pounds. Copocity reduced in direct proportion far moteriols 36 pounds through 49 pounds. Bosed on HS buckets fil led to 853 and Style "A" buckets filled to 1003
t O § f lil
0
o f theoretical copocity. HP for weight ro nge listed and directly proportionol to volume of material corried in buckets and choin or be lt speed. Heod shofts 1•~· in diometer on elevotors with centers of 35 feet ond over when handling material weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot. Head sh<>ft for Type 3 elevotor provid ed with Series 2-1200 bobbitted beoring pillow blocks. Heod shoft for Type 4 elevator provided with Series MS 2200 bobbitted beoring screw tokeups. Foot shoft for Type 3 elevator provided with Series MS 2200 ba bbitted beoring screw tokeups. Foot shoft for Type 4 elevotor provided with Series 1000 bobbitted beo ring pillow blocks. Cosings mode only in the gouges listed. Con be furnished in golvonized steel, stoinless steel, and Mone l. Terminal weight includes dischorge spout but not feed hopper. Number of plies bosed on 32-ounce duck up to and including 11• wide belts.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 325
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types 3 and 4 bucket elevators • centrif ugal discharge
H
w
G
1
J 1 1
1 1 1
1
1 1 1 1
1 1
1
1 1 1 '
A
1 1 1
DISCHARGE SPOUT
DISCHARGE SPOUT
1 1
'
INSIDEk-A 1
INSIDEk-A 1
LIFT
CENTERS
LIFT
CENTERS
M
N
!
1
f BOLTS
!"soLTS 2"PROJECTION
11
2 PROJECTION Fig. 6123
Type 3 e levator
Casing
size
c
B
A 1
inside, inches
1
Type 4 elevator
F
E
D 1
1
J
H
G 1
1
1
l
K
1
1
p
N
M 1
1
1
s
R 1
1
T 1
1
IN CHES
7 3Ax24 9 3Ax 24 11 l,4x30
7 3A 9 l,4 11 3A
24 24 30
l OVa 12 % 14 %
27 \la 27 \/1 33 \/1
12 12 15
23 23 28 \la
12 12 15
18 18 21
21 \/2 2 1 y, 24 \/2
7 7 lo
l l 1 \/2
21 21 23 \/2
17 17 19 \/2
5 3A 6 3A 7 l,4
9 \/2 9 \/2 12 \/2
203A 22 3.4 24 3A
17 Ya l 9Ya 21 Ya
13 3Ax36 15 3Ax39
13 3.4 15 3A
36 39
16 % 18 Va
39 \la 42 \la
18 19 \/2
3 1 \la 34 3A
18 19 \/2
24
28 \/2
10 13
1 \/2 1 \/2
26 27 \/2
22 23 \/2
8 3A 9 3A
15 \/2 17
26 3A 28 3A
23 Ya 25 Ya
X
y
Diameter of head sh a ft, inches
Casing
size inside, inches
25 \/2 28 y,
•v..
1'll·
u
1
V
1
w
1 1
y
X
1
V
1
w
1
1
INCHES
7 3Ax24 9 3A x24 11 3Ax30
1 l " 116 l 2"A' 13 "A.
8 11;1, 911¡1, 1011;1,
2 Y.z 2 \/2 2 \/2
13 Ya 14 Ya 15 Ya
10 Ya 11 Y1 12 Ya
13 3Ax3 6 15 3Ax39
14 u¡1, 15 1%
l l 11;1, 12 11116
2 Y.z 2 Y.z
16 Ya 17 Va
13 Ya 14 Ya
Ho ve dimensions certin ed for installation purposes.
326 • L 1 N K - B E L T
u
1
....
. .. .
... . . ...
179116
131lA6
.... .. . . .... . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 3
. ... . ... . .. . . ... . ... . ... .... . . . . 19 y.
15 'h
bulk handling bucket elevators
Type 5 bucket elevators • centrif ugal discha rge
Rubber lagged head pulley __ adds traction Split removable hood for accessibility 1
Head shaft supported --independently of casing
1
Discharge spout can be furnished
All pillow blocks and takeups provided with roller bearings
Strong steel casing - - - - - - - - of welded and dust-tight----construction
Style HS steel buckets with -belt assure maximum capacity
Removable panels allow access t o - -bucket and b elt
Feed spout can be furnished
1
Removable front -and back plates fo r access to boot 32564"8
Foot shaft furnished with _ _ gravity takeup on elevators 50 foot centers 32563A or more
3 25638
OFFSET LEG CASING STRAIGHT LEG CASING
Sturdy steel boot with screw adjusted foot s haft
L 1 N K - B E L T • 327
bul k handling bucket e levators
Type 5 bucket elevators • centrif ugal discharge Elevator sp e cifications Bucket • Elevatar number
•
Size, inches
Belt speed,
ISpocing, inches
FPM 0
Maximum elevator centers in fe et for vari ous si z e head shafts O
Capacity6
Cubic f e et per hour
1
Bushels per hour
Head shoft diometer, inches
1Vt.
1
•v..
1 2i¡¡.
100 90 70 50
100
1
1
2•v..
1
3Vt.
1
31v,,
l 4Vt.
1
4
ov..
1
si¡¡.
1
5%
1
6Vt.
1
6•v,.
Single r ow of bucket s
50 1 502
4x3 j 5x3
4 '/2 4 '12
370 370
560 71 0
450 560
503 504 505 506
5x4 6x4 7x4 8x4
6 6 6 6
440 440 4 40 440
11 80 1440 1700 1960
940 11 50 1360 1570
507 508 509 5 10 5 11 512
6 x5 7 x5 8x5 9x5 10x5 1 l x5
7 '12 7 '12 7 '/2 7 '/2 7 '/2 7 '12
540 540 540 540 540 540
2160 2570 2980 3390 3780 41 90
1730 2060 2390 27 10 3020 3350
5 13 5 14 5 15 5 16 517
8 x6 9x6 10x6 l lx6 12x6
9 9 9 9 9
650 650 650 650 650
4330 4950 5540 6140 6760
3460 ... . . 3960 . . . . . 4430 . . . . . 491 0 . . . . . 5400 . . . . .
518 519 520 521 522
10x7 JI x7 l 2x7 14x7 15x7
730 730 730 730 730
7400 8190 8840 10680 11470
5920 6550 7070 8540 9180
523 524 525
14x7 15x7 16x7
830 830 830
12 140 13040 13970
730 730 730 730 730
10 '/2 10 '12 10 '/2
1o \12 10 '/2
10 '/2
1o '12 10 '/2
50 50 30
.... .
... .. ..... .....
65
..... 55 ..... 45 ..... 35 . .... 25 .. . .. . . . . .
120 11 0 100 85 70 55
160 145 130 120
180
130 11 0 90 75 60
180 170 150 135 120
160 170 180
. . . . . . . . . . ..... 50 . . . . . . . . . . . .... 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ..
100 90 80 80 70
150 130 120 140 130
180 180 180 200 180
200 200 200
97 10 10 430 1 11 70
. . . . . ... . . . .... . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... . . . . . . . ... . . . . . .
60 60 60
11 0 100 100
170 160 150
200 200 200
14800 16380 17670 21350 22940
11 830 13100 14 140 17080 18350
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ...... ..... ..... ...... .. . .. :~·.·· :i: ·.·.·.:
90 80 70 50 40
140 120 11 0 90 80
190 170 150 130 120
200 200 200 180 170
210 210
24280 26080 27930 31660
19420 20870 22340 25330
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 60 . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .....
120 110 100 80
160 150 140 120
210 200 180 160
210 200
.. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . .... 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ..... 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . .. .. . . . .. 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .
110 95 80
150 130 120
190 170 150
210 210 2 10
75
110
140
2 10
. . . . . 65 . . . .. 50 . .. . . 40 . .... 30 .. .. . . . . . .
Double r o w of buckets
526 527 528 529 530
10x7 1 lx7 12x7 14x7 15x7
1o \12
531 532 533 534
14x7 15x7 16x7 l 8x7
10 '/2 10 '/2
10 '/2
830 830 830 830
535 536 537
20x7 22x7 24x7
10 '12 JO '/2 10 '12
830 830 830
35380 39050 42790
28300 31240 34230
538
24x7
JO '/2
920
47420
37940
10 '/2 10 '/2
1o '12
10 '/2
1o '/2
Ji,. Elevators regularly include heod shoft machinery. bend shoft mochinery,
foot shaft machinery, buckets ond casing. Specily elevator number and shaft centers. Belts, drives, discharge spouts, feed hoppers, service platforms and ladders can be furnished. • HS steel buckets. 0 Speeds listed recommended for eflicie nt o p e ration w ith minimum main-
3 28 • L 1 N K - B E L T
!enance. Consult Link.Belt for speeds other than listed. Based on buckets filled to 85% of theore tical capacity. Capacity directly proportional to volume and weight of material corried in buckets and belt speed. o Bosed on buckets filled to 85% of theoretical capacity when handling groin w e ighing 60 pounds per bushel.
6
bulk handling bucket elevators
Type 5 bucket elevators • centrifuga! discharge Elevator speclfications Elevoto r numb er
•
Horsep ower ot heod shoft ® Per foot cente rs
Termina ls
1
Heod shoft O Pulley Speed, diometer, RPM inches
Foot shoft § Pulley Diameter, diamete r, inches inches
Belt wid th, inches
Cosing size inside legs, inches
Thickness of steel cosi ng
Hood
+
Heo d 1 Boot a nd ín termed_iate section sect1o ns
Approximote weight, p :>unds~
1Cosing and Ter mina Is
buc~ets,
p er oot centers
Single row of buckets 5
50 1 502
.23 .46
.015 .01 8
18 18
79 79
18 18
PA, P A,
7x 8x
6~
6
6~
14 go . 14 go .
14 go. 14 go.
14 go . 14 ge.
432 440
17 18
503 504
.49 .63 .69 .86
.03 1 .039 .0 46 .0 5 7
24 24 24 24
70 70 70 70
24 24 24 24
1 7,-i, 1 7,-i, 1 7,-i, 1 'li6
6 7 8 9
8x 9x l Ox 1lx
8 Y2 8 Y2 8 Y2 8 Y2
14 14 14 14
ge . ge . ge . go .
14 14 14 14
ge. ge . ge . ge .
14 14 14 14
ge . go . ge . go.
727 7 33 7 39 745
23 25 27 28
.94
36 36 36 36 36 36
57 57 57 57 57 57
24 24 24 24 24 24
11.1A, 11.1A, 1 l •¡i, 11.1A, l 1.S¡i, 1 l •¡i,
7 8 9 10 11 12
9x 10 10x 10 1 l x lO 13x 10 14x 10 15x 10
14 14 14 14 14 14
ge. ge. ge . go. go. go.
14 14 14 14 14 14
ge . ge . go . go . g o. g o.
12 12 12 12 12 12
ge . ge. ge. ge. go. go.
12 40 1250 126 0 128 0 1290 1300
26 28 30 32 34 36
505 506 507 508 509 510 511 5 12
1.26 1.44 1.63 1.79
.057 .069 .080 .092 .103 .11 5
513 514 515 5 16 517
1.95 2.21 2.47 2.70 2.93
.126 . 138 . 149 .172 .184
48 48 48 48 48
52 52 52 52 52
30 30 30 30 30
l 1.S¡i, l 1.1Ji6 11.1A, 11.1A, 1 l •¡i,
9 10 11 12 13
11X11 3A 13x 1 1 3A 14x 11 3A 15x 11 3A 16x 11 3A
12 12 12 12 12
ge. 14 go . ge. 14 go . ge. 14 ge . ge . 14 go . go . 14 ge .
12 12 12 12 12
ge. ge. ge. ge . ge .
20 10 20 40 20 54 20 70 20 77
42 45 47 49 51
518 5 19 5 20 521 522
3. 10 3.45 3.79 4.48 4.83
. 195 .218 .23 0 .274 .299
60 60 60 60 60
47 47 47 47 47
36 36 36 36 36
2 'li6 2 7,-i, 2 7A,
11 12 13 16 17
14x l 3 Y2 15x l 3 Y2 16x l 3 Y2 19x l3 Y2 2 0x 13 Y2
12 12 12 12 12
go . go . ge. ge . ge .
10 10 10 10 10
ge . go . ge . go . ge.
3230 3255 32 80 3 3 55 3380
54 56 58 64 66
523 524 525
5.17 5.52
.322 . 345 .356
72 72 72
44 44 44
36 36 36
16 17 18
19x 13 Y2 12 ga . 2 0x l 3 Y2 12 ge. 22x 13 Y2 12 go .
431 0 4335 4385
65 67 71
26x13 Y2 28 x13 Y2 30x13 Y2 34x13 Y2 36x 13 Y2
12 12 12 12 12
85 90
12 12 12 12
1.1
o
5.75
2 1A,
2 7,-i, 2 7,-i, 2 1¡1,
2 7,-i,
14 14 14 14 14
ge . go . ge . go. ga .
A6 in.
14 go . 14 go . 14 ge .
3
ge . go. go. ge . go .
14 14 14 14 14
go . ge . go . ga. go .
'A' in.
ge . go . ge. go.
14 14 14 14
ga . ge. go . go .
3
'A' in.
A, in.
3
Double row o f buckets
•
526 527 528 529 530
6.21 6.90 7 .59 8 .97 9.66
.391 .425 .471 .563 .598
60 60 60 60 60
47 47 47 47 47
36 36 36 36 36
2 7A, 2 7Ji6 2 7,-i, 2 7A'
22 24 26 30 32
531 532 533 534
10.35 11.0 4 11.50 13.45
.632 .678 .713 .839
72 72 72 72
44 44 44 44
36 36 36 36
2 7A' 2 7,-i, 2 7,-i, 2 7,-i,
30 32 34 38
34x13 Y2 36x l 3 Y2 38x13 Y2 42x 13 Y2
535 536 537
14.95 16.10 18 .17
.931 1.035 1.127
72 72 72
44 44 44
36 36 36
2 7,-i, 2 7,-i, 2 7,-i,
42 46
538
19.78
1.265
84
42
36
2 7,-i,
2 7A'
Elevators regularl y include head shalt machinery, bend shalt machine ry, foot sholt machinery, buckets ond casing. Specily elevotor number and sholt centers. Belts, drives, dischorge spouts, feed hoppers, service plotlorms ond lodders con be lurnished. © Bosed o n buckets filled to 853 o f theoreticol copocity when hand ling grain weighing 60 pounds per bushel. HP directly proportionol to volume and welght of material corried in buckets ond belt speed. O Heod sholt provlded with roller beoring pillow blocks, Series 400 fe r diometers thru 3•~." ond Series 6800 lor lorger diometers.
A6 3A6 3A6 3A6
in. in. in. in.
3 530 3580 3630 3730 4800
10 5 11 0
A, /i6 3A6 3/i6
in. in. in. in.
4685 4735 4 785 4885
10 4 109 114 124
14 go . 14 ge . 14 go .
'A' in. 3
50
46x13 Y2 12 go. 5 0x 13 Y2 12 ga . 54x13 Y2 12 go .
A6 in. 3A6 in.
4 985 5 085 5 185
134 144 154
50
54 x13 Y2 10 g o. 14 go.
'A& in.
7355
154
3
3
95
§
Foot sholt provided with roller beoring screw tokeups on elevotors with centers up to 50 feet ond roller beoring grovity tokeup on elevotors with c ~ nters o f 50 lee! o r over. Refer to Table 1 fer corresponding casing moteriols for vorious ope roting condltions. 1!J Termino! weights bosed on overoge size heod shoft. Weight odjustment necessory il cosing thickness is o ther thon listed obove. Terminal weight does not include leed hoppers, dischorge spout o r belt.
+
L 1 N K - B E L T • 329
bulk handling bucket ele vators
Type 5 bucket elevators • centrifuga! discharge
-F -
Zr
E- -
~A
~ : -..--i--.......~~·
--1
>
1
Fig. 4918
LIFT
CENTERS
6
f'i
H
___:i._
Gravity take up
UFT
n
íl
! s L.
-
+&
--f--L-c)
N
MY '
1
X
X
d_
1
Fig. 4919
1
-rJ1.. R-R ~3t'---{BoLTS
lf_P_
1
Gravity takeup
2 PROJECTION
Stra ight leg casing Elevators 501 thru 506 Eleval or
Offset leg casing Elevators 507 thru 538
Fi g. 3717
l- A ___
B_ _ _c ______ F--''---G_ _ _ H_ _ _ K_ _ _ _ _ M--'l' --N -'1_ P_ _ _a___R_ _ _s___T_'1_ x--'l_
number
501 502 503 504
Fig. 3716
Y _
INCHES
7 8 8 9
61/4 101/4 33 14!/4 1 231/2 21/2 61/4 1 l l!/4 33 14!/4 231/2 21/2 81/2 11 !14 45 1 19 301/2 31/2 81/2 12!/4 45 19 301/2 31/2 505 10 8172 13!14 ---¡s-1_ 1_9_ 301/2 3112 506 11 81/2 14114 45 19 301/2 31/2 507 9 10 12!14 60 27 421/2 1 41/2 508 10 10 13!/4 60 27 42112 41/2 -S09 - 1 1- _ 1_0_ 14-¡¡.- ~----;¡=¡---- 421/2 41/2 510 13 10 16114 60 27 42112 41/2 511 14 10 17!/4 60 27 42112 41/2 512 15 10 18!14 60 27 42112 41/2 513 11 1 141/4 18 41 341/2 541/2 4112 514 13 11% 161/4 84 34112 1 541/2 41/2 515 14 11 % 17!14 84 341/2 541/2 4112 516 15 11% 18114 84 341/2 541/2 41/2 51716 11% 19114 8 4 341/2 541/2 41/2 518 14 13 1/2 17114 99 42 651/2 51/2 519 15 131/2 18!/4 99 42 1 651/2 51/2 520 16 131/2 19114 99 42 651/2 51/2 521 19 13112 22114 -w~ 65 1/2 51/2 522 20 13112 23 l,4 99 42 651/2 51/2 523 19 13112 22!/4 114 48 75 6 524 20 131/2 23!/4 11 4 48 75 6 525 2213~ 2'5114 lT'4 ----¡a-- ~ - 6-
I
!--¡¡-:y..
Hove dimensions certified fo r instollotion purp oses.
330 • L 1 N K - B E L T
281/2 28112 38 38
. .. 21 36 4% 6 11 !14 181/2 .... 14 23 .. . 21 36 5!14 6 11!/4 191/2 . . .. 14 23 .. . 25 42 5114 6 16 191/2 .... 19 27 . .. 25 42 5% 6 16 201/2 .... 19 27 ~ -.. -. ,25 42 ~ - 6- _1_6_ 211/2 -.-.-. .- 19 27 38 ... 25 42 6% 6 16 221/2 .... 19 27 54 24 31 48 5% 12 18 211/a 18 23 33 54 24 31 48 6114 12 18 221/s 18 23 33 1----s¡- 24 _ 3_1_ ----¡a 6% ~ _1_8_ 231/s _ 1_8_ _ 23 33 54 1 24 31 48 7% 12 18 251/a 18 23 33 54 24 31 48 8114 12 18 261/s 18 23 33 54 24 31 48 8% 12 18 271/a 18 23 33 ~8'03860 6% 15 221/2 231/a 221/2 29 41 69 80 38 60 7% 15 22112 251/a 221/2 29 41 69 80 38 60 8 1/4 15 22112 261/a 22112 29 41 69 80 38 60 8% 15 221/2 271/a 221/2 29 41 ~8'0386091/4_1_5_ 221/2 281/a 22112 2941 84 40 44 1 72 81/2 16 27 28o/a 23 36 47 84 40 44 72 9 16 27 29o/a 23 36 47 84 40 44 72 91/2 16 27 30o/a 23 36 47 a ¡ - - 4 0 4 4 7 2 - 11- - 16----;¡=¡-- 33o/a ~3647 1 84 40 44 72 111/2 16 27 34o/a 23 36 47 96 88 44 72 11 16 27 33% 23 36 47 96 88 44 72 111/2 16 27 34% 23 36 47 ~¡--es · -¡¡- 72 !21h' - 16- --;¡:¡---- 36% ~ 36 47
bulk handling bucket elevators
Type 5 bucket elevators • ce ntrifuga! discharg e Elevotor 1 A ~um b e r
1
B
C
E
F
1
1
G
H
1
K
1 M
N
1
5 26 527 528 529
26 28 30 34
13 Y2 13 Y2 13 Y2 13 Y2
29 v.. 3 1 v.. 3 3 v.. 37 !/.o
99 99 99 99
42 42 42 42
65 Y2 6 5 Y2 65 y, 65 Y2
5 Y2 5 y, 5 Y2 5 Y2
84 84 84 84
40 40 40 40
44 44 44 44
72 72
530 531 532 533
36 34 36 38
13 Y2 13 Y2 13 Y2 13 Y2
39 37 39 41
v.. v.. v.. v..
99 114 114 114
42 48 48 48
65 Y2
5 Y2
75 75 75
6 6 6
84 96 96 96
40 88 88 88
44 44 44 44
72 72 72
534 535 536 537
42 46
4 5 v.. 49 v.. 53 v.. 57 !/.o
114 114 114 114
48 48 48 48
75 75 75 75
6 6 6 6
96 96 96 96
88 88 88 88
44 44 44 44
72 72 72
54
13 Y2 13 Y2 13 Y2 13 Y2
538
54
13 Y2
57 !/.o
132
54
87 V2
6 y,
108
136
44
50
u Elevotor number 50 1 502 503 504
505 506
507 508 509 5 10 5 11 51 2
w
1
1
z
1
12 3,4
13 v.. 13 y. ..
...
... . . . . . .. .. . . . ... .. .. ... .. ... . . . .. . ...
9 :Va 2 Y2 9 l'.11 2 Y2 9 % 2 Y2
. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . . .. . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . .... ..... . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . .... . ...
1
S
1
T
1
X
1
Y
u
1
w
V
1
z
1
1
u
1
V 1
w
1
16 16 16 16
27 27 27 27
40% 42 % 44 % 48 %
23 23 23 23
36 36 36 36
47 47 47 47
19 Y2 18 Y2 19 Y2 20 Y2
16 16 16 16
27 27 27 27
50 % 48 % 50 % 52 %
23 23 23 23
36 36 36 36
47 47 47 47
72
22 Y2 24 v.. 26 Y2 28 Y2
16 16 16 16
27 27 27 27
56 % 60 34 64 % 68 %
23 23 23 23
36 36 36 36
47 47 47 47
72
28 Y2
16
27
68 %
23
36
47
72 72
72
z
3 3 3 3
Y2 Y2 \l:i 112
..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . .. . . . . . . . . 16 Ya 17 Ya 18 Ya 17 Ya 18 Y1 19 y, 21 Ya 22 V1
5 5 5 5
5 5
5
. . . . ..... 5.
32 % 33 %
.. ... .. . . .
10 Ya 10 Ya ... . 11 Ya 11 % .... . ... 10 11 Y1 . ... . ... 11 o/a .... 12 Y1 13 Ya . ... . . . . . . . . . .... P A•
.. . .
39 % 41 % 43 % 45 % 4 5%
14 14 Y2 15 15 Y2 14 Y2 15 15 'h 16 17
v.
v.
l
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 . .. .
1" A• 1" A• 1 15/i& 1" A. 11•.n. 11•.n. 1" A.
16 3/a 15 3/a 15 % 16 3/a ] lSM 17 V. 1" A. 17 l'.11 .... 18 3/a
7 7 7 7
12 Y2 4 Y2 13 Y2 4 Y2 14 4 Y2 14 Y2 4 Y2 15 4 112 14 4 112 14 Y2 4 Y2
19 % 20 :Va 20 % 21 :Va 21 l'.11 20 r a 2 1 3/a
'IÍ• 'IÍ•
17 % 18 % 19 % 2 ~. 19 li'a . ... 2 0% . . . . 19 3/a .... 19 % 2 2 2 711•
'IÍ• 'IÍ•
24 3 3 'A• 25 25 112 3 3 711• 25 3 711• 25 Y2 3 111, 26 'h 3 7.li& 28 112 , 29 Y2 .. 30112
' .3.'~·.
Y2 'h Y2 V2
7\l:i
"li•
3 3 1•.n. 3• •.n. 3 ••.n. 3' %
v.
3~"
21 •1i. 21 •.n. 2 " .li& 2"A. 2 " A. 21 •.n. 2 " .li&
4~·
5 ~·
3"A• 1 3 1 3 3"A• 3 " A• 3 " A. 3 1s.n. 3 1s.n.
17 Ya 1 6 18 Ya 6 18 'la 6 18 Ya 6 18 'la 6 19 Y1 6 21 '/a 6 22 % 6 23 % 6
'IÍ• 'IÍ•
3 1511·
4 ~·
3 y, 3 'h 3 'h 3 'h 3 3 Y2 3 Y2
v.
2 711• 2 1.n. 21.n. 2 1.n. 2 1.n. 2 711• 2 711•
1
1
l
z
1
13 Y2 14 112 15 15 \l:i 16 15 15 'h
u
w
V 1
3 ~•
1
1
z
diometer heod shaft
3 3 711• 3'A• 3 'A. 3 711• 3 'A. 3 711•
5 5
diometer heod shoft
26 Ya 27 'la 28 Ya 27 'la 28 Ya 29 Ya 3 1 Ya 3 2 Ya 33 Ya
18 % 20 y. 20 % 20 y. 20% 21 % 23 % 24 % 25 %
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
22 23 23 22 22
112
Y2 Y2 \l:i
Y2 'h 'h 112
7 Y2 28 3/a 7 Y2 27 3/a 7 'h 28 3/a 7 'h 29 3/a
4 1.n. 43 % 32 % 4'.li& 45 3/a 34 %
7 \l:i
4 711• 47 % 36 o/a 49 :Va 3 8 o/o 4 38 o/a 4 'A• 49
:v.
9 9 9 9 9
% 16 % 16 Y2 r a 17 % 15 Y2 % 16
1 4·~·
2"A• 2"A• 21 •.n. 2"A• 21 :Va 15 \l:i
4 ~"
5
3 1.n.
diometer heod shoft
6 6 6 6 6
3 " A• 3 1'.í· 3 " A• 3 " A. 25 Ya 3"A• 25 %
18 3/1 19 2 0% 19 r 1 20 3/1 2 1 3/a 23 % 24 3/a 25 lla
r.
4 71Í• 28 Y2 4 71Í• 29 4 ~. 28 Y2 4 711• 29 4 '.li& 30 4 1.n. 32 4 1.n. 33 4 1.n. 34
6 112 6 \l:i
4~
4 'A•
7 Y2 3 1s.n6 7 112 7 \l:i
7 'h 7 \l:i 7\l:i
7 Y2 7112
7 Y2
5~· diometer heod
31 •.n. 37 Ya 31 s.n. 38 % 3 " A• 37 % 3 " .li& 38 Ye 31 s.n. 39 Y1
6~·
17% 18 y.
diomeler heo d shoft 1 5 ~· diomeler heod sho ft
V2 4 11i. 27
l 27 :v.
4 'A• 36 4 'A• 37 4 7.li& 36 4 '.li& 3 7 4 'A. 38
'IÍ•
v.
'IÍ•
5 5 5 5 5
15
8 8 8 8 8
v.
diometer heod shoft 1 3"114" diameter heo d shaft 1
diometer heod shoft 1 5 114• diomeler heod shoft 1
41 o/o 32 % 43 o/a 34 3/a 45 Ya 36 :Va 47 o/a 38 3/a 47 o/a 38 %
12 y, 4 \l:i 13 4 14 4 Y2 14 Y2 4 Y2
17 l'.11 1s r 1 19 3/a 19 l'.11
diomeler heod sho ft 1 4"114" diomel er heod shoft 1
,
y. y. y. y. y.
12 11 11 'h 12 13 13 14
2"114" diometer heo d shoft 1
31 s1i6 25 % 1 6 35 Ya 127 % 1 6 Y2 31s.n6 36 Ya 28 % 6 Y2 2 6% 6 35 Ya 27 % 6 \l:i ... . . .. .. . . .. ..... 36 Ya 2 8 % 6 Y2 . . ......... 37 Ya 29 % 6 'h
31 33 35 37 37
w
V
1
diomeler heod shoft 1 2 1 ~· diomeler heod shaf t 1
1 2 ~·
diometer heod shoft 1 3"114" diometer heod shoft 1
22 23 24 23 24 25 27 28 .
1"114" diomeler heod shoft
u
1
l 11• 1 711•
4"114" diometer heod shoft 1 5 34 5 35 5 36 537 5 38
R
1
7
dia meter heod shoft
16 % 12 17 % 13 17 li'a 13 Y2 18 % 14
l
3"114" diometer heod shoft 1 529 530 53 1 5 32 533
Q
1
14 Y2 15 Y2 16 Y2 18 Y2
INCHES
3 ~" 520 521 5 22 523 524 525 526 527 528
V 1
1~· diomeler heod shoft
2 ~" 5 13 5 14 515 516 517 518 5 19
P
1
~----'~~~~~-'-~~'--~'--~~~~-'-~---'-IN _ C _ HES-'-~-'-~-'-~~--'-~-'-~-'-~~-'-~-'-~~~-
28 :Va 29 3/a 2 8 :Va 29 :V1 3 0 3/a
3 1•.n.
3"A• 3 15¡1, 3 1% 31 s.n. 31 33 Y1 24 % 8 8 3"A. 34 o/a 2 5 31 s.n. 35 % 2 6 :V1 8
•;1.
:v.
4 1.n. 4 'A•
shofl 1 5"114" diometer heod shoft 4 'A• 39 :Va 28 o/o 29 % 4 711• 4 0 4 ~ 39 % 28 % 4 ~ 4 0 3/a 29 Y1 4'.li& 4 1 % 30 o/a
8 8 8 8 8
4 1.n.
:v.
9 9 9 9 9
4"/i• 1 4 41 41 •.n. 4• •.n.
'IÍ• 'IÍ•
diomeler heod shoft 1 6"114" diometer heod sho ft
4 1s.n. 45 % 4 " 1Í• 47% 4 " A. 49 3/a 4".li& 51 :Va 4 " A• 5 1 3/a
33 % 35 % 37 o/a 39 % 39 Y1
9% 9% 9% 9 9%
:v.
41 s.n6 4"A• 4 " A• 4 " A• 4 "A•
48 3/a 36 V1 10112 5 7A• 50 3/a 38 Y1 10 \l:i 5 7A• 5 2 % 40 Y1 10 112 5'1Í• 52 :v. 40 V1 10 'h 5'A•
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 331
bulk handling bucket elevators
Type 6 bucket elevators • positive discharge Large head sprockets insure positive discharge Split removable hood - - for accessibility
1
Head shaft supports reinforced - to provide rigidity
:i- - - - - Head shaft mounted in fixed pillow blocks
L Discharge spout positioned for clean discharge
Bolted panels both sides 1 afford access to snub shaft
Rigid, strong, jig-built steel casing-dust-tight casings - can be furnished
Style A malleable iron - - - - - bucke ts with malleable iron chains prolong useful life Clamped removable door for assembly and inspection of buckets and chain
Feed hopper can be furnished----
- -Foot shaft adjustment by convenient---screw takeups
20171C
332 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Sturdy well-proportioned boot with removable plates at front and back
bulk handling bucket elevators
Type 6 bucket elevators • positive discharge Elevator specificatio ns Bucket • Elevo ter number
...
Size, inches
Spocing, inches
691 692 693 694
8x5x5 Y, 1Ox6x6 V2 12x6x6 V2 14x8x8 V2
20 20 20 24
120 120 120 120
695 696 697 698
16x8x8 V2 18x8x8 V2 20x8x8 V2 24x8x8 V2
24 24 24 24
120 120 120 120
35
number
...
695 696 697 698
Elevator number
•I
size, inches Percentoge of lumps 100 10 1
3A 1 1 \4 1 \4 1 V2 1 V2 1 3A
3 3 V2 3 V2 4
220 380 460 800
35 4 7 8 14
4 V2
920 1060 11 60 1380
16 18 20 24
4 v. 5 5
H4
50
1
1 1 ~6 1 2'll6 1 2 1 ~6 1 3 'll6 1 1 1 ~6 80 .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . 80
65 60 35
. . . . . ..... 55 . . . . . ..... 55 80 .... . 30
80 80 65 60
30 30 30 25
..... .....
55 50
80 80 80
.....
45
75
80
30 25 25 20
2'll6
1
.
1 21 ~ 1
3 'll6 1 1 1 ~6 . . . . . 70
....
. .. ..
80 80
. . . . . . . . . . 50 . .... . ... . 45 80
. ....
50
80
. . . . . 25
45 45 40
75
55
2'll6 80 80
1
23 26 29 34
75 8 15 17 30
100
1
11 19 23 40
34
46 53 58 69
40 44 52
25
45
. ....
45 40 35 30
3 'll6 1 3 1 ~6 1 . .... . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . .. . .. .. 80 . . . . . . .. .. 75 80 . .. . . 70 65 60
80 80 80
. ....
50
75
80
Pitch di a meter af >procket, IPer footlT IPer footlT /Per footlT /Per foot T . . . . inches erm1no 1s centers erm1na 1s centen ermma 1s centers e rmina 1s centers
1
50
75
1
100
1
15 15 15 15
17 V2 17 V2 17V1 17%
.015 .026 .030
695 696 697 698
.636 .726 .805 .943
.02 1 .025 .027 .032
.910 1.049 1.100 1.372
.031 .035 .039 .046
1.367 1.56 1 1.724 2.030
.046 .053 .059 .069
1.819 2.080 2.300 2.728
Bucket wing number
size inside, inches
Gouge of sleel casing t Haod
1 Head and l interm~diate
sed1ons
Boot section
1
3 'l\6
1 31 ~
80 80 65
80
60
80 80
55
75
45 45
80 80
65
Foot shaft §
Pitch Pitch di a meter Di a meter. di a meter Dia meter, of sprocket, inches of sprocket, in ches inches inches
30 3A 30 3A 30 3A 30 3A
.298 .5 14 .596 1.558
Number
Speed, RPM
.062 .07 1 .078 .093
.0 11 .0 19 .023 .04 1
35 35 30 25
Snub shaft f
.055
.220 .375 .417 1.139
75 70 40
. ... .....
11 3A 11 3,4 11 3A 17 V2
.007 .013 .015 .027
1 1 2 ~6 1
80
20 20
19 19 19 15
.144 .2 50 .298 .793
Casing
65 45 40 25
24 V2 24 V2 24 V2 30%
.005 .009 .011 .0 19
Choin
1 1 ~6 1 2'll6
. . . .. . . .. . .
He ad shaft O
Horsepower et h e ad shaft® Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
35
100
1 1 2 ~6 1
75
20 20
80 80 80
70 65
1
.1 11 .178 .207 .5 15
...
50 6 10 11 20
1
75 1 Heod shoft diameter, inches
691 692 693 694
Elevalor number
Cubic feet per hour
Moximum elevator centers in fe et for vorious •ixe heod •halls Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
Elevotor
691 692 693 694
CopocilyLI. Tons per hour Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
Maximum lump Cho in speed, FPM
Discharge spout
1 'li6 l 1SJ16
16 3A 16 3A 16 3A 25
1 u.11, 11SJl6 l 1SJl6 2 3.116
11SJl6 l 1SJ16 1 u.11, 11•11,
25 25 25 25
2 3116 23116 2 3.116 2 3.116
1 'li6
17116
1
Approximote weight, pounds l!l Casing, buckets Termina ls and cha in, per foot cenlers
69 1 692 693 694
483 483 483 730
39A 5A 5A 6A
20 V2x30 22 V2x30 24 V2x30 28 V2x42
14 14 14 14
12 12 12 12
10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10
10 85 1124 1163 2 153
81 87 90 13 1
695 696 697 698
730 730 730 730
6A 6A 6A 6A
30 V2x42 32 ll> x42 34 V2x42 38 ll> x42
14 14 14 14
12 12 12 12
10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10
2187 2219 2272 2338
135 139 144 152
.6. Elevators regularly include head shaft mochinery, snub shaft machinery, foot shaft mochinery, choin, buckets, and casings with discharge spouts. Specify elevator number, shaft centers and Style 1 or 2 discharge spout. Boll and roller bearing pillow blocks ond takeups, grovity takeups, Salem buckets, drives, leed hoppers. backstops, service platforms ond ladders con be furnished. • Style A malleable iron buckets. LI. Bosed on buckets filled to 753 of theo reticol copacity. Capacity directly proportionol to volume and weight of materia l corried in buckets ond choin speed. ® Bosed on buckets being filled to 1003 o f theoreticol copocity. Horse-
O
t
§ :j: 00
power directly proportional to volume and weight of mate ria l carried in buckets ond choin speed. Head shaft p rovided with Series 2- 1200 bobbitted beoring pillow blocks. Snub shoft provided with Series 1000 babbitted bearing pillow blocks. Foot sha ft provided wi th Series MS 2200 bobbitted bearing screw toke ups. Refer to Table 1 far corresponding casing moteriols far various operoting conditions. Terminal weight based on average size of head shaft. Weight odjustment necessory if casing thickness is other thon listed above. Terminal weight includes Style 1 or 2 dischorge spout but no t feed hopper.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 333
bul k handling bucket elevato rs
Type 6 bucket elevators • positive discharge y
'
.-..-~~"-~
J .l?f=;i~
5-0
L ~~~~
DISCHARGE SPOUT
STYLE 2
1
i\
LIFT
i 11
~
1111. AA
1
~4
1
M
y
(
~ BOLTS 2' PROJECTION Fig. 3724
Elevotor
e
8
A 1
number
D
G
F
E 1
1
1
1
1
J
K
1
1
1
L
M
1
p
1
s
R
Q
AA 1
1
1
INCHES
691 692 693 694
20 y, 22 Y2 24 Y2 28 Y2
30 30 30 42
23 % 25 'l'1 27% 32 %
1 y, l y, l y, 2
15 15 15 21
24 24 24 31 l4
v. v. v.
22 22 22 28
29 29 29 36
13 13 13 17
3 Va 3 v. 3 'l'a 2%
25 25 25 32 y,
12 Ye 13 Ya 14 Ye 16 Ya
8 8 8 10
12 12 12 18
695 6 96 697 698
30 Y2 32 Y2 34 Y2 38 Y2
42 42 42 42
34 'l'1 36 'l'1 38 % 42 'l'1
2 2 2 2
21 21 21 21
31 y, 31 l4 3 1 l4 31 l4
28 28 28 28
36 36 36 36
17 17 17 17
2 v. 2 v. 2% 2%
32 32 32 32
17 Ya 18 Ya 19 Ya 21 Ya
10 10 10 10
18 18 18 18
y, Y2 Y2 Y2
36 38 40 46
63 Y2 63 Y2 63 Y2 64
v. 48 v. 50% 52 :v. 56 v.
64 64 64 64
Diometer of heod shoft, inc hes 1 ·~
2~
w
Ele valor number
u
69 1 692 693 694
17 Y2 18 Y2 19 y, 21 y,
13 3A 14 3,4 15 3,4 17 3A
3 3 3 3
1 3A 1 3A 1 3A 1 3A
18 'l'1 14 5/ 1 13 Y2 19 'l'1 15 o/1 3 y, 20 'l'1 16 o/1 3 y, 22 'l'1 18 o/a 3 y,
695 696 697 698
22 y, 18 3A 23 Y2 19 3A 24 y, 20 3A 26 y, 22 3A
3 3 3 3
1 3,4 1 l,4 1 l,4 1 3A
23 'l'1 24 'l'1 25 'l'1 27%
1
V
W 1 Y¡,.
u
V
Y&
u
1
2·~ V 1W1 Y¡,.
3~
1
u
1
V
3'1'1.
lwl
Y&
u
1
V
\ wl
Y&
23 '.4 24 3/e 26 3/e
8 6 6
3 Ya 3 Ya 3 Ya
IN CHES
19 o/a 20 o/a 21 o/1 23 o/1
3 3 3 3
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. ¡,. Bosed on Series 2 - 1200 bobbitted beoring pillow blocks.
334 • L 1 N K - B E L T
y, y, Y2 Y2
2 Ya 2 Y1 2 Y1 2 Y1
21 22 24
2 Y1 2 y. 2 Y1 2 Y1
25 3,4 26 3,4 27 lf.t 29 y.
v. v. v.
16 y, 4 y, 2 Y2 17 y, 4 y, 2 y, 19 Y2 4 Y2 2 Y2
26 \4
20 y,
5
2 V1
4 y, 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2
27 \4 28 \4 29 y, 31 l4
21 y, 22 1/2 23 Y2 25 Y2
5 5 5 5
2 2 Va 2% 2 V1
20 y, 21 Y2 22 Y2 24 Y2
2 Y2 2 Y2 2 Y2 2 Y2
v.
31 '.4 31 'la 33 'la
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types 7 and 8 bucket elevators • continuous buckets . - - - - - - - - - - - - - Split removable hood for accessib ility
- - Head shaft mounted in fixed pillow blocks
Head shaft mounted - - in screw takeups
Discharge spout positioned for clean discharge
- - - - - - Rigid, strong, jig-built steel casing- - - -- - dust-tight casings can be furnished
Style MF continuous steel - - - - - - - - - buckets with rugged chain - - - - - - - provide trouble-free service
Clamped removable door - - - - - - - - - for assembly, inspection and service
- - - - - - - - Removable piafes at front and back for access to boot
Loading leg ----reduces d igging in boot Sturdy steel boot - - - - with screw-adjusted foot shaft
TYPE 7 ELEVATOR
Feed hopper can _ _ _ _ __ be furnished
Sturdy steel boot _ __ with fixed foot shaft and curved bottom piafe TYPE 8 ELEVA TOR
L 1 N K - B E L T • 335
bulk handling bucket e l evators
Types 7 and 8 bucket elevators • continuo us buckets Elevator s pecifica t ions Bucket • Elevator number
Gauge of steel
S ize, inches
Á
Spocing, i nches
Tons per hour Cubic feet per hour
Tyoe 7 Percentage of lumas 10() 1 10
0
766 767 768 769
866 867 868 869
8x5x 8x5x 10x5x 10x5x
7 3A 7 3A 7 3A 7 3A
12 12 12 12
8 8 8 8
125 125 125 125
770 771 772 773
870 87 1 872 873
10x7x11 Ya 10x7x1 1 Ya l 2x7x 11 Ya 12x7x11Ya
12 12 10 10
12 12 12 12
125 125 125 125
1 1 1 1
3 3 3 3
774 775 776 777
874 875 876 877
14x7xl1Ya 14x7xl l Ya 12x8x11 o/a l 2x8x 11 o/a
10 10 10 10
12 12 12 12
125 125 125 125
l l l l4 l l4
3 3 4 4
778 779 780 781
Capacit y l'.'.
Maxim um lu mp si z e, inches
Cha in speed , FPM
o/.¡ o/.¡
:y., :y.,
Type
8
350
2 Y2 2 \/2 2 \/2 2 \/2
"O Q)
..<:.
2 V
14x8xl 1 Ya 14x8x 11 Ya 16x8x 11 Ya 16x8xl 1 Ya
10 10 10 10
12 12 l 2 \fa 12
125 125 125 125
l l l l
Y2 \/2
4 4 4 Y2 4 \/2
782 882 783 883
18x8x l 1 Ya 18x8xl 1 Ya
10 10
12 \fa 12
125 12 5
l \/2 l y,
4 y, 4 y,
25 25 32 32
34 34 42 42
1080 1080 1300 1300
1<¡ 19 23 23
27 27 32
41 41 49 49
54 54 65 65
1520 1520 1560 1560
26 26 27 27
38 38 39 39
57 57 58 58
76 76 78 78
1820 1820 2080 2080
32 32 36 36
45 45 52 52
68 68 78 78
91 91 104 104
2340 2340
41 41
58 58
88 88
117 117
~
oE
"O
e
ti
Q)
e
e;:
o u..
100
1
17 17 21 21
V
Qj
75
1
12 12 15 15
.!:
]
50
1
680 680 840 840
..<:.
2 a. ::>
878 879 880 881
l4 l4
Material weight, p ounds per cubic foo t
32
M a x i m um elev a tor ce nters i n fe et for vari o u • siz e h ead sh afts Material weight, pounds per cubic foat
Elevator
1
35
number Á
1
50
75
100
1
Head shoft d iamet er, inches
111. \ 27,í,
I 2 +1. I 37,í, ¡ 3'fü 1 4',í, j 1 r.. I 27,í, ¡ 2 ri. ¡ 3 7,í, I 3% 1
..
1
766 1866 767 867 768 868 769 869
40 45 30 35
60 70 60 65
70
.. .. .. ..
..
. . . .
.. ..
..
770 870 771 871 772 872 773 , 873
30 25 25 20
55 50 45 40
60 70 60 65
.. .. . . 70
.. .. ..
..
774 775 776 777
874 875 876 877
20 20 20 ..
40 35 40 30
60 60 60 50
.. 70 .. 70
..
778 779 780 78 1
878 . . 879 . . 880 . . 881 . .
30 25 20 25
50 45 35 40
782 1882 . . 783 883 . .
20 20
30 35
..
..
1
336 • L 1 N K - B E L T
..
30
55
70
..
..
25
45
70
..
..
..
..
20 .. .. ..
35 30 30 25
55 55 50 45
60 70 60 70
. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . ..
45 40 40 35
60 60 60 60
70
..
25 25 25 20
.. 80 .. 80
..
20
35
55
60
..
.. ..
25 25
40 45
55 60
60 80
60 80
.. ..
20 25
35 35
50 50
60 70
35 35 30
60 55 50
70 60 70
60 55 55 50
.. 70 60 70
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
..
30 30 30 25
50 45 45 40
60 70 60 65
70
..
45 40 35 35
60 65 55 55
.. 80 60 75
.. . . .. 80
.. .. ..
..
25 20 20 20
40 35 30 30
60 55 45 50
.. 75 60 65
. . . . 30 45 60 . . . . . . 20 30 50 65 80 . .
.. ..
25 25
40 40
55 55
..
.. .. .. ..
20 20 20 ..
35 30 35 30
60 70 60 60
.. 80 .. 80
.. .. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
30 25 20 20
50 55
60 75
.. 80
..
.. .. ..
..
.. 70 60 70
.. .. .. . .
4~
. . 30 50 60
20 20 ..
. .
.
J
.. ..
. . 20 40 60 . .
60 70 60 60
..
Elevators regulorly include heod shoft mochinery, foot shoft mochinery, choin, buckets, ond cosings with dischorge spouts ond curved bottom pioles for Type 8. Specify elevotor number, shoft centers ond Style 1 or 2 dischorge spout. Boll ond roller beoring pillow blocks ond tokeups, drives, feed hoppers, bockstops. service plotforms ond lodders con be furnished. • Style MF, medium front, continuous steel buckets.
¿
60 65 45 50
.. .. .. ..
50 45 40 35
.. ..
30 35 25 25
1
1
.. .. 70
25 25 20 20
. .
. .. .. ..
¡ 2•r" I 3fü 13 r.. \ 4~, l 1•r.. I 2 7,í, I 2·~· 13',í, 1 3 +1.
..
60 70
.. . .
27,í,
.. ..
60 70 55 60
. .
11 1 ~.1
.. .. .. ..
..
35 40 30 30
..
1 4 ',í,
..
.. 25 40 60
. . ..
.. ..
70
.. 20 30 50 70 80 .. ..
0 When handling light weight, fluffy or pulverized mote riols, choin speeds moy be increosed to 160 to 175 FPM occording to the íluffy noture of the material, to provide greoter copocity. 6 Bosed on buckets filled to 753 of theoreticol copocity. Copocity directly proportionol to volume ond wei:;¡ht of material corried in buckets ond choin speed. Free-ílowing moteriols connot be corrled as high in the buckets os heovier or less íluffy moteriols.
bulk handling bucket e levato rs
Types 7 and 8 bucket elevators • continu ous b uckets Elevator speclfications Ho rse pow er a l head s ha ft® Ele vo la r number .A
Heod shoft O
Foo t shoft §
Material weig hl, pounds per cubic foot
Pitch di a me ter of . Is IPe r foot sprocket, . Is IPe r fool Term .1na Is rer foot Terminols ¡Per ~001 Te rmino f Termino f f inches Ty pe 7 1Ty pe 8 ce:te rs Type 7 JType 8 ce:ler." Type 7 Type 8 cenlers Ty pe 71Type 8 ce:te rs
so
35
75
100
0
Sp e ed, RPM
Pitch dio me te r Dio meter, of inch e s sp rocke t, inches
7 66 7 67 7 68 769
8 66 8 67 8 68 869
.100 . 100 . 100 .100
.257 .257 .309 .309
.0 16 .0 16 .020 .020
.1 00 .100 .100 .100
.352 .352 .441 .441
.0 23 .023 .0 28 .028
.1 00 .1 00 .100 .100
.53 0 .5 3 0 .662 .662
.034 .03 4 .043 .0 43
. 100 .100 .1 00 .1 00
.70 9 .709 .880 .880
.045 .045 .057 .057
20 V2 20 112 20 V2 20112
23.4 23.4 23.4 23.4
14 \/4 14 '.4 14 '.4 14 '.4
1'.116 P ;\6 1'116 1'116
770 771 772 773
870 871 872 87 3
.125 .125 .13 1 . 13 1
.550 .550 .7 17 .7 17
.0 25 .025 .031 .031
.136 .136 .144 .144
.795 .795 .957 .957
.036 .036 .044 .044
.155 .155 .165 .165
1.172 1.172 1.464 1.464
.055 .055 .065 .065
.1 73 .173 .187 .187
1.590 1.590 1.9 48 1.948
.073 .073 .0 87 .087
25 25 25 25
19.1 19.1 19.1 19. l
19 112 19 112 19 V2 19 'h
11s;16 115116 115;16 11 s;16
774 775 776 777
87 4 875 876 877
.135 .135 .236 .236
.804 .80 4 .743 .743
.035 .035 .036 .036
.151 . 151 .252 .25 2
1.146 1.146 1.070 1.070
.051 .051 .052 .052
.177 . 177 .278 .278
1.740 1.740 1.590 1.590
.077 .077 .078 .078
.2 10 2.5 00 .2 10 2.5 00 .3 0 4 2.063 .3 0 4 2.063
.102 .102 .104 . 104
25 25 25 25
19.1 19. 1 19.1 19.1
19 112 19 'h 17 V2 17 V2
l ";16 115;\6 2% 2 3;\6
778 779 780 781
878 879 8 80 88 1
.243 .243 .252 .252
1.134 1.1 34 1.25 0 1.250
.043 .0 43 .0 52 .052
.26 1 .261 .270 .27 0
1.242 1.242 1.406 1.406
.061 .061 .07 0 .070
.292 .292 .305 .305
1.857 1.857 2.040 2.040
.092 .092 . 105 .105
.323 .323 .340 .3 40
.123 .123 .140 .140
25 25 25 25
19. 1 19.1 19.l 19. 1
17 'h 17 'h 17 % 17 'h
2 3116 2% 2% 2%
782 783
882 883
.255 1.11 o .055 .255 1. 11 o .055
.358 3.200 .157 .358 3.200 . 157
25 25
19. 1 19.1
17 % 17 'h
2 3;\6 2 3;\6
Elevato r number .A
Cho in num ber
t
.278 1.595 .078 .278 1.595 .078
.319 2.385 . 11 9 .3 19 2.385 .11 9
2.482 2.482 2.362 2.362
Appro ximote weight, pound slll
G ouge o f sleel ca sing t
Casing size inside, inches
Hood
14 14 14 14
12 12 12 12
10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10
867 862 8 27 81 6
83 83 94 94
1 Heod ond 1 in term~dio te
sect1o ns
Bo ot section
1
Oischorge spout
Te rminols
1 Casing, buckets and chain, per foot ce nlers
7 66 767 768 769
866 8 67 868 869
e 1028 SS 10 28 e 10 28 SS 1028
11 %x3 9 11 %x39 13 %x39 13 %x39
770 771 772 773
870 871 872 873
e 11 0 SS 11 0 e 11 0 SS 11 0
13 %x48 13 %x48 15 l,4x48 15 %x48
14 14 14 14
12 12 12 12
10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10
1 130 1223 11 9 2 1295
99 103 1 14 114
774 775 776 777
874 875 876 877
e 11 0 SS 11 0 e 11 0 SS 11 0
17 %x48 17%x48 15 %x48 15 %x48
14 14 14 14
12 12 12 12
10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10
12 6 1 1359 1250 1462
11 9 120 115 121
778 779 780 781
878 879 8 80 8 81
e 11 0 SS 11 0 e 132 SS 11 0
17 %x48 17 %x48 19 %x48 19 %x48
14 14 14 14
12 12 12 12
10 10 10 10
10 10 10 10
1401 1568 1669 1607
120 127 142 132
7 82 783
882 88 3
e 132 SS 11 0
2 1 %x48 2 1 %x48
14 14
12 12
10 10
10 10
1700 1642
148 137
.A Elevotors regulorly include heod sholt mochinery, foo t sholt mochinery,
choin, buckets, looding le gs for Type 7, ond cosings with dischorge spouts. Spe cily elevotor number, sholt centers ond Style 1 or 2 dischorge spout. Boll ond roller beoring pillow blocks ond tokeups, grovity tokeups, drives, le ed hoppers, backstops, service plotforms ond lodders con be furnished. ® Bose d on buckets filled to 1003 ol theoreticol copoclty. Horsepower dire ctly proportionol to volume ond weight ol material corried in buckets ond choin speed. O Heod sholt lor Type 7 elevotor provided with Series 2- 1200 bobbitted beoring pillow blocks lor diometers thru 3 1V.." ond Serles 2 -1 300 bobbitted beoring pillow blocks lor diometers ove r 3•Y,:. Heod sholt lor Type 8 e le-
votar provided with Series GS 3 100 bobbitted beoring screw tokeups.
§ Foot shoft lor Type 7 elevotor provided with Series MS 2200 bobbitted beoring screw tokeups. Foot shoft lor Type 8 elevotor provided with Series 1000 bobbitted beoring plllow blocks. t Closs 800 choins con be lurnished insteod al Closs SS. Reler to Table l lor corresponding casing moteriols for vorious operoting condltions. 00 Terminal weight bosed on average size heod sholt. Weight odjustment necessory il casing thickness is Qther thon listed o bove. Terminal weight includes Style l or 2 dlschorge spout ond looding leg but not leed hopper.
t
L 1 N K - B E L T • 337
bulk handling bucket e levators
Types 7 and 8 bucket elevators • continuous buckets w
DJSCHARGE SPOUT_ STYLE l
1
DJSCHARGE SPOUT FOR BOTH TYPES OF ELEVATORS STYLE 2
1
-e
INSIDE~A~
1
D
DISCHARGE SPOUT STYLE l
!
INSIDE
LIFT
1
LIFT
1
6 -10·
AA
6. y
M
A ·>-
N !
(
~ ' BOLTS R >--< R ""5 "" 2•PROJECTION
5
Fig. 6124
Type 7 elevator Casing size
e
A 1 B 1
inside,
1 D
Type 8 elevator
E
1
G
F
1
1
J
1 H
K
•
1
l
1
inches
11%x39 13%x39 13%x48 15%x48
11% 13% 15% 17% 19% 21%
1
p
N 1
Q
1
R
1
S Type 7
1
1 AA
1 AB
AC
6 8 8 10
12 15 15
12 14 16
15 15 15
Type 8
INCHES
11% 13% 13% 15%
39 39 48 48
15Ya 17Ya 18Ya 20Ya
19Y2 1 Y2 19Y2 2 24 2 24 l Y2
17%x48 17% 48 22Ya 2 19%x48 19% 48 24 Ya 2 21 %x48 21% 48 26 Ya 2
Casing depth, inches
M
1
24 24 24
32Y2 32Y2 40% 40%
28 28 38 38
121Y2 21 Y2 27% 27Y2
l
29 29 33\4 33\4
10 17 10 17 15 22Y2 15 22Y2
l37Y2 37Y2 49Y2 49Y2
22 22 27 27
e:,.
6 6 8 8o
7% 8% 8% 9%
15 22Y2 49% e:,. 27 10% 8 15 22Y2 51 Y2 27 11 % 10 15 22Y2 51 Y2 27 12% 10
405/s 27Y2 38 33\4 40% 27Y2 38 33\4 405/s 27Y2 38 33\4
16Y2 l6Y2 21 21
25\4 27\4 29Y2 131Y2 0
o:2121
20% 63Y2 22% 63Y2 24% 64 26% @ 64
1
33 Y2 0 28% ~
38\4 40\4
21
3 1% 33%
64 64 64
12
Diameter of headshaft, inches
l "A. _u_...,..__v ___w_
13% 14% 15% 16%
... ...
2~
1
-w- 1
-u --v-~ ¡
9'l'a 10 % 11% 12%
3 3 3 3
14% 15% 16% 17% 18% 19%
1
... ...
. .. ...
1
2'!í. 1 2"A. 1 3 ?1,
10% 11 % 12% 13% 14 % 15o/e
16 % 17 % 18% 19% 20o/e 21 Ye
3Y2
3Y2 3Y2 3Y2 3Y2 3Y2
2"A.
u ¡
v
1
¡ w
113/, 123/a 133/a 143/a 153/a 16;ta
4Y2 4Y2 4Y2 4Y2 4Y2 4 Y2
u . .. 19 20 21 22 23
3~
v
.
1 1 ·3-~
14Y4 15\4 16\4 17\4
5
..
. .. ...
... ...
... .. .
5 5 5 5
22 23 24 25
15Y4 16\4 17 Y• 18\4
6 6 6 6
. .. ...
...
2414 25Y4 26Y4
1
. ..
. .. ...
17 18 19
6Y2 6Y2 6Y2
. .. ...
. ..
Diameter af hea dshaft, inches Pillaw block series
1 1"A.
2-1200 1 1% 1 2Ya
3 ",,. '·
J
41'<."
Y-inches 1
2Y2 1 2%
3Ya
Takeup serie s
1
I "''·" X
J
Z
2"A.
2 "· '" X
I
Z
x1 z
4Ya .._ 1 G S3100 1 5 1 23/a 1 6 1 2% 1 7
Ho ve dimensions cer tified for instollotion p urposes. A For Series 2- 1300 bobbitted beoring pillow block. • lncreose 12" to 24" w he n handling ligh t íluffy moteriol. b. 51 y,• for 2~16 diometer foot shoft.
338 • L 1 N K - B E L T
1
o
I
1
3 l-i.
x1
3Y2 1 8
1
3"A.
4 l16
~z...,-;_x_~ I --,-, z --;-_x~~l___,z...,..3% 1 10 1 4Ya 10% J 4%
JO" fo r 2Yi." diome te r foo t shoft. O lncreose 2~" for 2•,,& d iomete r foo t shoft. ® lncreose I " for 2Yi6 diometer foot shoft.
bulk handling bucket elevators
Type 9 bucket elevators • continuous buckets
Head shafts mounted directly on steel frames
Style MF continuous steel - - buckets on combination or Ley bushed chain Frames of structural steel designed a nd constructed to provid e ampl e support fo r machinery, bucket line and material load
Discharge spout can be furnished
Ca rrying run supported on idler rolls to mainta in al ignment
Carrying run supported on idler wheels to maintain alignm ent
1
1
Styl e MF continuous steel buckets on 32ounce rubber covered b elt
Feed hopper can be furnished 32559
ELEVATOR USING CHAIN Elevator using chain for handling materials which tend to pack o r lodge behind buckets Foot shaft adjustment by convenient screw takeups
ELEVATOR tJSING BELT Elevator using belt for hand ling materials which do not pack between buckets and belt
l 1 N K - B E L T • 339
bulk handling bucket e levator s
Type 9 bucket elevators using chain • continuous buckets Eleva tor specifica tions Bucket • Eleva lar
Cha in
number
Size, inches
...
Spacing,
speed,
inches
FPM
100 901 902 903 904
10 10 10 10
11 o/1 l 1 o/a
8 8 12 12
140 140 140 140
905 906 907 908
12 )( 7 )( 11 Ya 12 X 7 X 11 Ya 12 )( 8 )( l 1 o/a 12 )( 8 )( 11 %
12 12 12 12
909 910 911 912
14 14 16 16
l 1 o/a 11 o/1 11 Ya 11 Ya
913
18 )( 8 )( 11 Ya
X X X X
)( )( )( )(
5 5
7 7
8 8 8 8
X
7~
X
7~
X X
)( )( )( )(
1 1
1000 1000 1200 1200
140 140 140 140
l l l \4 1 \4
3 3 4 4
12 12 12 12
140 140 140 140
1 \4 1 \4 1 '12 1 '12
12
140
1 '12
Material weight, pounds per cubic faot
100
125
Termi- 1 Per foot nals center.s
Termi- 1 Per faot nals centers
number
...
~
~
Material w eight, paunds per cubic faat
Material weight, paunds per cubic faat
100
2 '12 2 '12 3 3
Horse powe r a l head s halt o
Elevator
10
1
head shalts
Tans per haur Cubic fe et per haur
Percenlage af lumps
M a xi mum e levator ce nters i n feet for vari ou s 5iz.e
CapacityC:.
Maximum lump s ii:e, inches
1
125
100
125 1 Head shaft d ia mete r, inches
2v..1 2"V.• 3 7A6) 3 1~ í• 4Vi6 ) 2~16
75 75
1500 1500 1750 1750
75 75
85 85
95 95 105 105
::::¡
4 4 4 '12 4 '12
2000 2000 2300 2300
100 100 115 115
125 125 145 145
.... 30 50 70 . . . . . . .. 25 . . . . 25 45 70 ¡·... . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 45 60 . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 35 60 80 . . . . ....
45 40 40 35
60 50 50
75
5
2600
130
165
. . . . 1....
. . . . ....
30
45
65
Pitch diameler of sprocket, inches
Speed RPM
l 0°
.. . . .. . .
diameter
Diam-
af sprocket, inches
eter,
Cha in number
e
60
30
50
70
M ochºin- 1 Chain cmd ery ldlers. lermi- 1 b uckets. each per foot 1 na 15 centers
Stee l frame
Terminals
790 975 800 1075
38 45 39 51
120 120 120 180
844
875 1025 900 1225
41 54 44 56
120 180 120 180
650 650 670 690
e 132
1325
63
180
700
26 26 22 22
20.50 20.50 23.18 23.18
102a 823 e 110 830
905 906 907 908
.700 .700 .800 .800
.109 .109 .123 .123
.900 .900 1.000 1.000
.136 .136 .154 .154
25.07 25.07 25.07 25.07
22 22 22 22
23.18 23.18 23. 18 23.18
2 '5/Í• 2 15/Í• 2 l 5Jí6 2 l 5Jí6
e 110 830 e 11 0
909 910 911 912
.900 .900 1.100 1.100
.144 .144 .167 .167
1.100 1.100 1.400 1.400
.180 .180 .210 .210
25.07 25.07 25.07 25.07
22 22 22 22
23.18 23.18 23.18 23.18
2 l 5Jí• 215/Í• 215/Í• 21 5/Í•
e 110 844 e 110
913
1.300
.189
1.600
.23S
25.28
22
23.37
21 5/Í•
844
1
pounds ~
120 120 120 120
20.50 20.50 25.07 25.07
Elevators r
1
1
.... 35 1 55 80 .... 35 55 .. . . 30 45 75
35 31 35 42
.092 .092 .1 12 .1 12
1
.:J::
75 75
590 775 875
.600 .600 .800 .800
2'll. 2 15/Í• 2'5/Í•
1
50
Approximate we ight,
inches
2 7/Í6
1
1
Faat shaft § Pitch
1
70 . . . . .. .. 60 80 . ... 60 . . . . . . . . 55 80 . . . .
40 40 35 30
.073 .073 .089 .089
340 • L 1 N K - B E L T
60 65
60 60
1
.500 .600 .600
.a.
30 35
60 60
901 902 903 904
.500
. . .. . .. . .... ....
41 ,.
50 50
Head shaft O
35 65 1· ... 1. . . . 40 ' 70 . . ... . .. . . . . 55 · · · ·. . . . . 50 80 1...
31 V.<¡
2 1716 3 ~16
575
1
Per foot centers
490 490 530 530
28 28 31 31
595
35 35 35 35
625 595
1
625 1
39 39 40 40 41
o Based on buckets filled to 100"0 o f theoreticol capacity. Horsepower directly proportional to vol""'" and weight of material carried in bucke ts and chain speed. O Head shaft provided with Series 2-1300 bobbitted b earing pillow blocks. § foo t shaft provided with Series DS-B2800 babbitted bearing screw takeups. © Terminal weights based on maximum size head shaft. Terminal weight incl ud es loading leg but not leed hopper or discharge spout.
bulk handling bucket e levators
Type 9 bucket elevators using belt • continuou s buckets Elevator speciflcations Maxi mum lump
Bucket •
Capocityó
si:ze, inches
Elevator number
Belt Spocing, inches
Siz.e,
...
inches
Percentoge of lumps
speed,
FPM
100
6 x 91/.4 6x 9 1/.4 8xllo/a 8x ll o/a
926 927 928 929
9x 11 X 12 X 14 X
930 931 932
16 X 8xllo/a 18 X 8xllo/a 18x10x15
9 \12 9 \12 12 12
200 200 200 200
12 12 15
200 200 200
10
1
Cubic fe et per hour
100
926 927 92 8 929
30 25
. .. . ..
930 931 932
. .. .. . ...
2• '!1.
1
3%
.. .
60 45 25
65 45 35
. .. . .. . .. ...
30
. .. . ..
1
4 \12 4 \12 5
3300 3700 5000
165 185 250
200 230 310
31 ~
. .. . .. 60 55 45 40
. ..
1
Fa ce,
inches
inches
... ... .. . .. .
3\lí•
3 •v..
1
70 55 40
55 45 30
35 30
...
4 \lí,
1 4 ''A•
...
... ... . .. ... . .. . ..
.. . .. . .. . 60 60 35
1
Terminols / centers
50
Terminols 1
Width,
inches
inches
4• 'A·
70 70 45
65
Heod sho ft O
Per foot
inches
Face, inches
Dio meter,
Speed, RPM
centers
.600 .800 1.200 1.400
.090 .110 .171 .197
.750 1.000 1.500 1.750
.113 .138 .2 14 .246
30 30 36 36
11 13 14 18
25.5 25.5 21.3 21.3
1.600 1.800 2.600
.225 .253 .334
2.000 2.250 3.250
.28 1 .316 .417
36 36 48
20 22 22
21.3 21.3 15.9
Belt, 32 ounce duck
Oiameter,
1
Pulley
125
Per foot
4 \lí.
1
70 65
Horsepower al head shoft o
Ply
Di a meter,
1
Mate rial weight, pounds p e r cubic foot
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot 100
1
Mochinery termina Is
Approximote weight, pounds® 1 Steel frome Belt ond buckets, ldler, p er foot ea ch Terminols Pe r foot centers
centers
125
926 927 928 929
18 18 24 30
11 13 14 18
2 'li, 2 7/Í6 2 15/Í• 2 15/Í•
10 12 13 16
7 7 9 9
8 8 10 10
700 850 1300 1500
24 27 33 36
35 40 40 40
490 440 600 635
29 33 37 37
930 931 9 32
30 30 36
20 22 22
2 u;í, 2 1•11, 2 u;í,
18 20 20
9 9 11
10 10 12
1700 1800 2850
40 44 58
45 50 50
690 700 870
40 41 44
Elevotors regularly include heod shaft machinery, supporting idlers, loot shoft machinery, buckets, and steel lrames with loading legs. Specify elevator number and shoft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks ond takeups, drives, belts, feed hoppers and dischorge spouts con be furnished. • Style MF, medium front, continuous steel buckets. ó Bosed on buckets filled to 75% of theoreticol capacity. Copacity directly proportional to volume ond weight ol material corried in buckets ond belt speed.
¿
.. . .. . .. . .. . .. .
100
Foot shaft§
...
70 55 30
1 \12 1 \12 2
Pulley
Elevotor number
40 30
1 1 v.. 1 v..
1 25
1
2• v..
80 100 155 180
Heod shoft d iometer, inches 2\lí.
100 Heod shoft diometer, inches 2 \lí•
65 80 125 145
*
Material weight, pounds p e r cubic foot
125
1300 1600 2500 2900
Material weight, p ounds p er cubic foot
...
1
2 \11 3 4 4
Maxi mum ce nters in feet far variou s diame ter h e ad s haftsl Elevotor number
Maximum ce nters in feet for vori ou s diameter h e ad shafts
Tons per hour Material welght, pounds per cubic foot
o
Based on buckets füled to 1003 o f theoretical copocity. Horsepowe r directly proporlionol to volume and weight o f material co rried in buckets and belt speed. O Heod shalt provided with Series 2- 1300 babbilled beoring pillow blocks. § Foot shalt provided with Series DS-82800 bobbitted beoring screw tokeups. ® Terminal weights based on maximum size heod shaft ond heaviest listed belt. Terminal weight includes looding leg but not feed hopper or dis· chorge spout.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 341
bulk handling bucket elevators
Type 9 bucket elevators • continuous buckets
TYPE 164 6"DIAMETER FLAT ROLL IDLERS
VERTICAL CENTERS
VERTICAL CENTERS
12"DIAMETER FLINT RIM WHEELS WIDTH OF
WIDTH OF LOADING CHUTE
-'-~ORIZONTAL-J
Fig. 3720
f ;o. 372 1
CENTERS
Elevator using chain
Elevator using b elt
Eleva t ors using chain
\4
24 24 24 24
13 y, 13 Y2 13 Y2 13 Y2
16 \4 16 \4 20 Y2 20%
12 3/.i 12 lf.i 12 lf.i 12 7!i
17 Y2 17 Y2 18 Y2 18 Y2
19% 19% 20% 20 %
38 Ya 38 \4 39 Ya 39 \4
2 1 Y2 2 1 Y2 21 Y2 21 Y2
26 26 26 26
15 Y2 15 Y2 15 Y2 15 y,
20 Y2 20% 21 Y2 21 %
14 % 15 14% 15
20 Y2 21 3/.i 20 Y2 21 3/.i
5 Y1
4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2
20% 203/.i 20% 203/.i
39 Ya 39 \4 39 Ya 39 \4
2 1 Y2 2 1 Y2 2 1 Y2 2 1 Y2
28 28 30 30
l6 Y2 l6 Y2 17 Y2 17 Y2
21 Y2 21% 2 1 Y2 21 %
16 16 17 17
22% 22% 23 3/.i 24 1/.i
6 Y2 6 Y2 6 Y2 7
4 Y2
4 Y2
20 Va
39 l/a
21 Y2
32
18 Y2
2 1 Va
18
25
Y4
3 3 Va 3 3 Va 3 Y2 1 4 Y2 4 Y2 3 Y2
16 \4 16 \4 19% 19%
33 33 38 38
27 \4 27 \4 27 \4 27 \4
27 \4 27 \4 27 \4 27 1/.i
8 8 8 8
4 4 4 4
4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2
23 Y2 23 Y2 25 Y2 2 4 Y2
29 \4 29 \4 3 1 \4 3 1 \4
29 \4 29 \4 3 1 \4 31 \4
9 9 9 9
4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2
26 Y2
33 \4
33
v.
9
19 19 18 18
21 21 23 \4 23 \4
23 23 23 23
905 906 907 908
22 21 Y2 22 21 Y2
909 910 9 11 9 12 9 13
\4 \4 \4
14 Y2 14 Y2 21 Y2 21 Y2
6 6 7 7
90 1 902 903 904
\4 \4 Ya
4 Y2 4 Y2
5 Y1 5 Y1 6 Y2
5 Y1 6 Y2
v.
7
Eleva tors using belt
v. v.
926 927 928 929
20 23 25 28 Y2
23% 26% 31 28 Y2
26 29 31 28 Y2
6 7 8 8
3 3 Y2 4 4
3 Va 3 Va 4 Y2 4 Y2
15 Y2 15 Y2 20Y2 23 Y2
32 Y2 32 Y2 39 42
16 Y2 16 Y2 2 1 Y2 2 1 Y2
24 24 26 28
15 16 Y2 17 16
v.
21 Y2 21 Y2 26 Y2 26 Y2
13 15 16 % 18 Y2
18 21 23 Y2 25%
930 931 932
30Y2 32 Y2 32 Y2
30 Y1 32 Y2 32 Y2
30 Y1 32 Y2 32 1/l
9 9 10
4 Y2 4 Y2
4 Y2 4 Y2 4 Y2
23 Y2 23 Y2 28 %
42 42 49 \4
21 Y2 21 Y2 28 Y2
30 32 32
17 \4 18 \4 18
26 Y2 26 Y2 34%
20 21 2 1 Y2
27 28 29
5
_H_e_o_d _sh_o_f1_d_io_m_e_1e_r,_in_c_h e_s_
1
P, inches A
__
1 ~ ~1~1 ~1 2 Ya
2 Y2
3 V.
Hove dimensio ns certifi ed far instollotion purposes. Specify the required inclined cen ters ar horizontal ond vertical c enters • .t. Bosed on Series 2 -1300 bobbi tted beoring pillow blocks.
342 • L 1 N K - B E L T
v.
3 Y2
v. v. v.
4 Y2 1
5 Y1 6 Y2 6 Y2 7 7 7 Y1
36 36 42 45 45 45
50
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators • continuous buckets ~------------Split removable hood - - - - - - - - - - - - - .
for accessibility
Head shaft mounted directly on reinforced head casing Backstop mounted on elevator head shaft to prevent backward rotation
Head shaft mounted on independent supports
_ _ _ Discharge spout positioned for clean discharge
Rigid, strong, jig-built - - - - - - - - steel casing-dust-tight casings can be furnished
Style SC continuous steel buckets with double strand of steel roller cha in combine maximum capacity and lo ng life interna! angles guide chain
- - - - - - -11r w 1
Clamped removable door - - - - - - - f o r assembly and inspection - - - - - - of chain and buckets
- - - - - - - Steel loading legs guide material into buckets ------
Foot shaft adjustment - - - - - - - - b y convenient screw takeups
Sturdy well-proportioned - - - - - - - b o o t with removable p l a t e s - - - - - - at front and back Photo 20175A
Photo 32562
TYPE 1 O ELEV ATOR
TYPE 11 ELEVATOR
.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 343
bulk handling bucke t e le v ators
Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators • continuous buckets El e vato r sp e cificati ons Bucket • Elevata r
Thickness af steel
number
Size,
&
inches
1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006-11 0 1-1106 1007 - 11 02-1 107 1008- 11 03-1108 1009- 11 04- 11 09 10 10-11 05-111 0
12 X 8 'l4x 11 % 14 X 8 % x 11 % 16 X 8 % X 11 % 18 X 8 % x11 % 20 X 8 %x 11 % 16x 12 5/e X 17 5/e 20x 12 5/ex 17 % 24x 12 5/ex 17 % 30 X 12 5/e X 17 o/e 36x 12 5/ex 17 %
Spacing, inches
10 go 10 go 10 go 10 go 10 go
12 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 18
3¡16 3Ji6 3Ji6 3Ji6 3Ji6
Cha in speed, FPM
Capacity 6
Maximum lump size, inches
o 100 100 100 100 100 120 120 120 120 120
o
Cubic feet per haur
6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8
2400 2800 3200 3600 4000 5600 6800 8400 10000 12400
Tans per haur Materia l weight, paunds per cubic faa t
50
60 70 80 90 100 140 170 21 0 250 31 0
1 75 1 100 1 125 90 120 150 140 105 175 120 160 200 180 135 225 150 200 250 210 280 350 255 340 425 315 420 525 375 500 625 620 465 775
Type 1 O Elevator Maximum elevator ce nter s in feet f a r v a rious sixe hea d shaf t s
Elevator number
Material w eighl, pounds per cubic f eet
&
50
75
100
125
Head shaft diometer, inches
1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 101 0
25 20 20 20 .. ..
35 35 30 30 25 35 30 25 20
..
.. .. ..
60 55 50 45 40 50 45 40 35 30
..
85 75 75 65 60 75 60 55 50 40
20
30 25 25 25 20 30 25 20 20 ..
..
.. ..
.. .. ..
.. ..
..
45 40 40 35 20 45 40 35 30 20
25 20 20 20 .. 25 20 20 .. ..
70 60 55 50 45 65 55 50 45 35
40 35 30 25 25 40 30 25 25 20
55 50 45 40 35 55 45 40 35 25
20 ..
..
.. .. 20 20 .. .. ..
30 25 25 20 20 30 25 20 20 . .
45 40 35 30 30 45 40 30 30 20
Type 11 Ele v a t or M aximu m elevalor centers in f eet for vario us sixe hea d s h afts
Ele valo r numbe r
Material weight, p ound s per cubic fee t
&
11 0 1 11 02 11 03 11 04 11 05 11 06 1107 1108 1109 1110
50
1 4 1 ~ 1 5~ 1 5 1 ~ 1 85 75 65 55 50 65 60 55 50 40
115 100 90 75 65 90 80 70 65 55
125 125 11o 90 80 115 105 95 85 70
75
100
6 Y,
... ... ... ... ... 125 125 125 115 95
1
7
. ... . .. ... . .. 125 125 125 125 100 . .
14"11•1 70 60 55 45 40 55 50 45 40 30
5~
95 80 70 60 50 70 65 60 55 45
1 5 "11• 1 6 Y, 1 7 14"116 120 . . . . . . 60 100 . . . . . . 50 90 . . . . . . 45 70 . . . . . . 35 65 . . . . . . 30 95 125 125 50 90 115 125 45 80 105 11 0 35 70 95 100 35 60 75 80 25
Ji,. Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery, loot shaft machinery,
chain, buckets, casings with loading legs, guide angles and discharge spouts and backstops on the Type 10. Specify elevator number and shoh centers. Ball and roller beoring pillow blocks and takeups, gravity takeups, drives, leed hoppers, service platforms and ladders can be furnished. • Styie SC conti nuous steel buckets. 0 Based on handling mildly abrasive moterials. Recommended speed 103 higher lar nonabrasive meteríais and 103 lower far very abrasive meteríais.
344 • L 1 N K - B E L T
125
Heo d shoft diameter, inches
1 5 ~ 1 5"11• 1 6 Y, 1 7 14"1161 5 ~ 15 % 1 6 Y, 1 7 80 100 . .. ... 55 70 85 . . . . .. 70 85 . . . . . . 45 60 70 . . . . . . 60 75 . . . . .. 35 50 60 . .. . . . 50 60 . . . .. . 30 45 50 . .. . .. 40 50 . . . ... 25 35 40 . . . . .. 65 90 11 5 125 45 60 80 105 11 0 60 75 100 110 35 50 65 90 95 50 65 90 95 30 45 60 80 80 45 85 30 40 55 60 80 70 75 35 50 65 70 25 30 40 55 60
o Maximum size lumps not to exceed 103 ol the total volume and at least ol the total volume to be l ess than one-half ol the maximum iump size. Far handling materials containing higher percentages of lumps and lor sharp, wedge-shaped ond sha le-like mate riais, inclined boots are recommended. 6 Based on buckets fil ied to 753 ol theore tical capacity. Capacity directiy proportional to volume ano weight ol material corried in buckets and chain speed. Free-ílowing mate riais cannot be carried as high in the buckets as heavier or less íluffy materials.
75%
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators • continuous buckets Elevator speclflcatlons Hors e,.o wer al h ead shafl ®
Heod sh o ft O
Foot shoft §
Material weight, pounds per cubic foat Elevo lar
50
number
...
Terminols
Per foot centers
Termino Is
125
100
75 Per fool
Per foot centers
Termino Is
centers
Per foot
Termino Is
centers
Pitch d iameter of sprockel, inches
Spee d, RPM
Pitch diameler D io meter, inches of sprocket, inches
1
1
1001 1002 1003 1004 1005
2.04 2.23 2.46 2.65 2.87
.08 .09 .11 .12 .1 3
2.65 2.96 3.28 3.6 1 3.92
.12 .14 .16 .18 .20
3.27 3.69 4.14 4.55 5.03
.16 . 19 .22 .2 4 .27
3.91 4.46 4.98 5.5 1 6.07
.20 .24 .27 .30 .34
31.36 31.36 31.36 31.36 31.36
12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5
31.36 31.36 31.36 31.36 31.36
2 7A6 2 7A6 2 7116 2 7116 2 7A6
1006 1007 1008 1009 1010
4.00 4.8 3 5.30 6.38 7.30
.1 9 .23 .28 .34 .42
5.30 6.2 2 7 .45 8.67 10.39
.28 .34 .42 .51 .63
6.75 7.9 1 9.59 11.20 13.61
.3 8 .46 .57 .67 .83
8.14 9.65 1 1.74 13.78 16.75
.47 .57 .71 .84 1.05
29.12 29.12 29.12 29.12 29.12
16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
29.12 29. 12 29.12 29.12 29.12
2 15A6 2 15A6 2 15A6 2 15A6 2 15116
1101 1102 1103 11 0 4 110 5
4.54 5.36 6.22 7 .04 8 .17
.19 .23 .28 .3 4 .42
6.18 6.9 8 8. 18 9.50 1 1.18
.28 .3 4 .42 .5 1 .63
7 .50 8 .6 4 10.27 11.91 14.20
. 38 .46 .57 .67 .8 3
8.85 10.32 12.3 1 14.2 7 17.3 5
.47 .57 .71 .84 1.05
29. 12 29.1 2 29. 12 29.12 29. 12
16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
29.12 29.12 29. 12 29.12 29.12
2 15116 2 15A6 2 15116 2 15A6 2 15A6
1106 11 07 1 108 1 109 1110
4.9 1 5.74 6.77 7.88 8.95
. 19 .23 .28 .34 .42
6.57 7.79 9.04 10.26 11.92
.28 .34 .42 .51 .63
8.22 9.43 1 1.01 12.7 1 14.99
.38 .46 .57 .67 .83
9.59 1 1. 12 14.99 15.14 18.04
.47 .57 .7 1 .84 1.05
29.1 2 29.12 29.12 29.12 29.12
16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
29. 12 29. 12 29.12 29.12 29.12
21 SJl6 2 15116 2 15A6 2 15116 2 15A6
Approximate wei ght, poundsoo
Thickness of steel casing i Eleval or number
...
Cho in number
t
Ca sing
síze in si de, inches
Hood
He ad ond
Bool 1 Dissection chorg,e spou
in ter-
se ction
Terminal
inches
1001 1002 1003 1004 1005
554850 554850 554850 554850 554850
26x54 28x5 4 30x54 32x54 34x54
149 0 1490 1490 1490 149 0
129 0 1290 129 0 1290 1290
1090 1090 10 90 10 90 10 90
3J16 3A6 3A6 3A6
1006 1007 1008 1009 1010
554851 554851 554851 55485 1 55485 1
30x60 3 4x60 38x60 44x60 50x60
1290 12 90 1290 12 90 1290
1090 1090 1090 10 90 1090
%
\4 \4
11 01 11 02 11 03 1 10 4 11 05
554851 554851 554851 554851 55485 1
30x60 34x60 38x60 4 4x6 0 50x60
1290 12 9 0 1290 1290 12go
1090 10 90 1090 10 9 0 l Ogo
% %
11 06 11 07 11 08 11 09 111 0
554852 554852 554852 554852 554852
31 Y2x60 35 Y2x60 39 Y2x60 45 1!.x60 51 Y2x60
12go 12go 12go 12go 12go
1090 l Ogo 1090 l Ogo l Ogo
% %
3J16 3J16 3J16 3J16 3116 3A6 3A'
3116 % %
Casing, buckets ond chain, per fool centers
2874 2922 298 2 3038 308 9
250 25 4 26 0 265 271
3179 3316 3 44 3 3637 3826
289 301 311 330 346
Y4 Y4
3602 373 5 3875 4075 4 2 71
289 301 3 11 330 346
\4 \4 \4 \4 \4
41 94 4362 4 478 4618 4784
346 356 366 386 407
%
\4 \4 \4 \4 \4 \4
&
Elevators regulorly include heod shaft mochinery, foot shafr mochinery, choin, buckets, casings with looding legs, !lUide ongles ond dischorge spouts and bockstops on Type 10. Specify elevotor number and shaft centers. Ball ond rolle r bearing pillow blocks ond takeups, grovity takeups, drives, feed happers, service plotforms and lodders can be furnished.
® Based on buckets folled to 100% of theoretical copacity. Horsepower directly proportional to volume and weight of material carried in buckets and chain speed. O Head shaft provided w ith Series 2-1300 babbitted bearing p illow b locks. On Type 11 backstop should be provided on portian of drive locoted oheod of heodshofr.
§
Foot shoft provided with Series MS 2200 bobbitted beoring screw tokeups.
t
In handling extremely obrasive or corrosiva moteriols, consult Link-Belt for choin recommendo tions.
t
Refer to Table l for corresponding casing meteríais for vorious operoting conditions.
00 Terminal weight bosed on average size heod shoft. Weight odjustment necessory if thickness of casing is other thon listed obove. Terminal weight includes looding leg, dischorge spout ond bockstop but not feed hopper.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 345
bu lk handling bucke t elevators
Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators • continuou s buckets 1
y
w
[
11 1
91
1 1
1
! 1
y ~~.~4 ~
r
G
J
6-0
L
l
J
6-0
L~
Head Section For Type 11 Elevator DISCHARGE SPOUT
D~
DISCHARGE SPOUT
k-o
Fig. 6125
CENTERS
LIFT
AA
X
T BOLTS- AB
M
2~·PROJECTION
+
Elevator number
A
e
8
o 1
f
E 1
J
G 1
1
p
M
K 1
1
1
1
s
R 1
T 1
1
AA
X
AB 1
1
1
INCHES
1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 10 07 1008 1009 1010 1101 11 0 2 11 0 3 11 0 4 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110
26 28 30 32 34
- -30 34 38 44
54 54 54 54 54
30 % 2 32 :Ya 1 2 34 :Ya 2 36 % 2 38 :Ya 2
27 27 27 27 27
45 % 45 % 45 % 45 % 45 %
31 31 31 31 31
35% 35 % 35 :y. 35 % 35 %
10 12 14 16 18
34 34 34 34 34
14 'l'a 15 'l'a 16 'l'a 17% 18 'l'a
24 24 24 24 24
45 % 47 % 49 % 51 % 53 %
60 60 60 60 60
35 V2 39 V2 43 V2 49 V2 55 V2
30 30 30 30 30
48 % 48 % 48 :v. 48 :v. 48 %
34 34 34 34 34
39 v. 39 V2 39 V2 39 V2 39 V2
14 18 22 28 34
45 45 45 45 , 45 _
16 'l'a 18 'l'a 20% 23 % 26%
27 27 27 27 27
52 Ya 56 Ya 60 v. 66 Ya 72 Ya
12 12 12 12 12
16 'l'a 18 % 20 % 23 'l'a 26 'l'a
27 27 27 27 27
52 v. 56 Ya 6 0 v. 66 Ya 77 y.
12 12 12 12 12
17 % 19 % 21 % 24 % 27 %
27 27 27 27 27
53 % 57 % 61 % 57 o/a 73 %
12 12 12 12 12
- - --- - -- - ---- ---- - - - -- - - - - --- -
50 30 34 38 44
- - - -- -
60 60 60 60 60
35 V2 3 9 V2 43 V2 49 V2 55 y,
60 60 60 60 60
37 41 45 51
50 --- - - 31 v. 35 V2 39 y, 45 y, 51 v.
1
l
2 Y2 2 Y2 2 Y2 2 Y2 2 Y2 2 V2 2 V2 2 Y2 2 Y2 2 V2
30 30 30 30 30
38 38 38 38 38
14 18 22 28 34
37 V2 37 Y2 37 V2 37 v. 37 %
45 45 45 45 45
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 38 14 45 2 v. 30 48 % 37 V2
57
2 V2 2 y, 2 y, 2 V2
30 30 30 30
Hove dimensions cerlifoed for installotion purposes.
346 • L 1 N K - B E L T
48 % 48 % 48 :v. 48 :v. 48 % 48 % 48 % 48 % 48 %
38 38 38 38
37 Y2 37 Y2 37 Y2 37 V2
1
18 22 28 34
45 45 45 45
9 9 9 9 9
-
---- - ---- -
57 96 57 96 57 96 57 96 57 96 - - - --
:v. % % % %
78 78 78 78 78
114 114 114 114 114
1
78 78 78 78 78
114 114 114 114 114
1 1 1 1 1
78 78 78 78
114 114 114 114
--78- -114
1 1 1
1
1 1 1 1
1
bulk handling bucket elevatou
Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators • con tinuous bu ckets Headshaft dimensions Heodsho ft di omeler, inches Elevo tor number
2· ~
u
1
v.
1
3~
w
1
YA
1
u
v.
1
3 1~
w
1
1
Yll.
1
u
v.
1
1
4~
w
Y¿
u
1
1
1
v.
1
w
1
Yo
INCHES
•
100 1 100 2 1003 1004 1005
23 :y, 24 :y, 25 % 26 % 27 3/1
21 3M 22% 23 % 24 % 25 %
4 v. 4 'l:z 4 'h 4 V2 4 V2
2 'l:z 2 'l:z 2 'l:z 2 V2 2 V2
24 r. 25 % 26 r. 27 r. 28 r.
22 1 % 23 13;1, 24 u¡1, 25 u¡1, 2613;1,
5 5 5 5 5
2% 2% 2% 2 r. 2%
26 :y. 27 % 28 % 29 % 30 :y.
24 11M 25 11;1, 26 11;1, 27 11;1, 28 11;1,
6 6 6 6 6
3 v. 3 v. 3 v. 3 v. 3 v.
28 :y. 29 :y. 30 % 31 :y. 32 %
26% 27% 283;1, 29% 3 0 3¡,,
6 'l:z 6 'l:z 6 v. 6 V2 6 v.
10 06 1007 1008 1009 10 10
. .. . . ... . . .. . ...
.... ....
...
.. .
...
...
24 r. 26 % 28 % 31 r. 34 %
5 5 5 5 5
2 r. 2% 2% 2% 2%
2s u;1, 30 1 % 3 2 13M 35u¡1, 3 8 13;1,
26 Y.. 28 y.. 3 0 :y. 33 :y. 36 :y.
6 6 6 6 6
3 v. 3 v. 3 v. 3 v. 3 v.
3 0 ~,
. ... . . .. ....
26 15;1, 28 15;1, 30 15M 33 15¡1, 36 1 %
28 y. 30 y. 32 y. 35 y. 3 8 y.
6 6 6 6 6
. ...
...
. ..
. .. . ..
...
. ..
32 1;1, 3 4 7M 37 7¡1, 40 1¡,,
'l:z
V2 V2 V2 Y2
v. v. v. v. v. 4 v. 4 v. 4 v. 4 v. 4 v. 4 4 4 4 4
o Bosed on Series 2-1300 bobbitted pi llow blo cks. • lncludes bockstop.
Hove dimensions certified for i nstollotion purpo ses. Bosed on Se ries 2 -1200 bobbilled p illow blocks.
Heodshoft diomel e r, inches
number
5~
4"A.
Elevotor
u
1
V
1
w
1
Yo
u
1
V
1
1
5"A.
w
1
Yo
u
1
1
V
1
w
Yo
INCHES
o
11 0 1 11 0 2 11 0 3 1104 1105
37 r. 39 r. 41 r. 44 r. 47 r.
29 r. 31 % 33 r, 36 r. 39 %
7 7 7 7 7
1 106 1 107 11 08 1 109 1110
38 o/a 4 0 o/a 42 o/a 45 5/e 48 o/a
30 3/a 32 3/a 34 3/a 37 :y, 40 3/1
7 7 7 7 7
v.
3 9 r. 41 r. 43 r. 46 r. 4 9 r.
3 1 v. 33 y, 35 v. 38 Yo 41 v.
8 8 8 8 8
6 6 6 6 6
40 r. 42 % 44 % 47 r. 50 r.
3 1 y, 33 Ya 3 5 Ya 38 v. 4 1 v.
9 9 9 9 9
6 6 6 6 6
4 V2 4 Y2 4 V2 4 v. 4 v.
40 o/a 42 o/a 44 o/a 47 :y, 5 0 o/a
31 % 33 % 35 r. 38 r. 41 %
8 8 8 8 8
6 6 6 6 6
41 o/a 4 3 o/a 45 o/a 48 o/a 51 o/a
31 r. 3 3% 35 r. 38 r. 41 r.
9 9 9 9 9
6 6 6 6 6
Y2 '1:z Y2 Y2
4 4 4 4 4
V. Y2 '1:z Y2
v.
v.
'l:z 'l:z
Y2 'l:z
Hove s imensions certifi ed for i nstollotion purposes. Bosed on Series 2- 1300 bcbbitted pillow blocks.
Heod shoft dio meter, inche s
6 Y,
El evo ter numb er
u
1
V
1
7
w
1
Yo
1
u
1
V
1
w
1
Yo
INCHES
11 0 6 11 0 7 1108 1109 1 110
44 46 48 51 54
33 % 35 % 37 :y. 4 0 :y. 43 :y.
9 Y2 9 v. 9 v. 9 'l:z 9 v.
6 6 6 6 6
v. Y2 'l:z 'l:z 'l:z
44 v. 46 v. 48 Y2 5 1 'l:z 5 4 Y2
33 3/4 35 % 37 % 4 0 :y. 43 3,4
10 10 10 10 10
6 Y2 6 Y2 6 Y2 6 'l:z 6 v.
Hove dimensions certiíled for instollotion purpo ses. o Based on Se ries 2- 1300 babbitted pillow blocks.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 347
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types 12 and 13 bucket elevators • interno! dischorge Split removable hood for acces------sibility - - - - - - - - - - Head shafts mounted directly on casings to maintain alignment.- - - - - - - C asi ng s reinforced at h ead bearings to provide rigidity _ _ _ _ Discharge spout may extend _ _ __ through eith e r broad side of casing
_ _ _ _ Welded steel buckets with ste el._ _ __ chains ossure long se rvice
Rigid, strong casings of flange and ----angle construction- dust-tight casings can be furnish ed
_ _ _ _ loading chutes mad e to suit re - _ _ __ qu ire me nts Automa tic adjustme nt by g ra vity - - - - t a ke up fo r chain and bucke t lin e _ _ _ _ _ ___ Re movabl e front and back _ _ _ __ __ plates fo r a cce ss to boot
TYPE 1 2 ELEVATOR
348 • L 1 N K - B E L T
TYPE 1 3 ELEVATOR
bulk handling bucket elevators
Types 12 and 13 buck et elevators • interna! discharge Type 1 2 Elevator specifications Copocity 0 Bucket • Cho in speed, FPM
Elevolor number
....
Width, Spocing, inches inches
Maximum lump size, inches
Cubic fe et per hour
10 1 16
40 40
5 5
1
2 Y2 1 2 Y2
200 320
Horsepowe r al head shaftll. Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
Elevotor number
50
35
....
¡
Term1na . 1s Per foot Terminolsl Per/ºº
121 0 121 6
.09 1 .10
centers
1
3.5 5.6
1
1
l .0098
.0 145
35
50
5.0 8.0
Pitch dio meter of sprocket, inches 1
14 Ya 14 Ya
50
1 Heod shoft diometer, inches
1 1 ~6
1
40
..
1
2'l-I,
1
60 40
Heod shoftO
2 ~.
80 60
1
1
l ·~·
1
40 1
..
1
2~
60 40
10 \/2 1 10 \12
Cho in numb er
size in5ide,
Heod ond
Boot Hood intermedia te Terminols sections sections
inches
1 SS 1176117 Y2x26 V1 1 16 SS1176 23Y.x26'l'e 16
80 60
1
Casing Speed, RPM
2~
1
Approximote weight, pounds®
Gouge of steel casing o
cen ers
, .0084 1 .09 .0 119 .10
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
35
1210 1216
Maximum elevator centers in feet for various head sha fts
Tons per hour
Casing, buckets ond cho in, 1 per foot centers
14 14
1
14 14
1
583 654
1
87 103
Type 1 3 Elevator specifications Copocity0 Bucket • Ele votar number
....
Width,
Spocing,
inches
inches
10 16
5 5
Cho in speed, FPM
Mox imum
lump
Cubic
size,
fe e l
inches
per hour
103 103
500 800
Horsepower al head shaft[l. Materia l weight, pounds per cubic foot
Ele votar number
....
Terminols/
1310 13 16
50
35
.09 .10
/º
01 Per cen ers
.0202 1 1 .0296
T
.
ermmo 15
.09 . 10
1 Per foot
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
35
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot
35
1310 13 16
Maximum elevator centers in feet for various head shafts
Tons per hour
1
8.7 14.0
50
12.5 20.0
1' ~
1
40
Heod shoft O Pitch dio meter of sprocket, inches
Speed, RPM
50 1 Heod shoft diometer, inches
2'l-16
1
60 40
2~
80 60
1
l' ~
40
Gouge of sleel casing o Cho in number
Casing size inside, inches
1
2'l-16
27 27
Heod ond Boot Hood intermediote Termino Is sections sections
..t. Elevotors regulorly include heod shaft machinery, gravity tokeups, chain, buckets, ond casings with interna! looding chutes ond discharge spouts. Spe cily e levator number, shoft centers ond hand o f discharge spout. Orives, e xte rno! feed hoppers, service p latlorms and ladders can be lurnished. • Continuaus welded steel bucke ts. 0 Based on buckets filled to water leve l. Copocity directly pro portionol to vo lume ond weight ol material corried in buckets and chain speed.
SS11 76 11 7 Y2x26 Va l 16 23 Y2x 26 Va 16
I551176
I
2~
80 60
Approximote weight, pounds®
centers
.0216 1 14 Ya 14 Ya 1 .0349
1
60 40
Casing, buckets ond e.ha in, per foot centers
14 14
14 14
950 960
87 103
Ll. Bosed on buckets filled to water level. Horsepower dire ctly proporfiona l to volume and weighf of material carried in buckets and cha in speed . O Head shafts provided wifh Series P 200 boll b earing p illo w blocks. o Refer to Table 1 for corresponding casing mote riols fo r various o pera ting cond ifions. ® Terminal weight bose d on a verage size head shaft. W eig ht ad íustment necessary il casing thickness is other than listed above. Terminal weighf includes dischorge spouf but not externo! leed hoppe r.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 349
bulk handling bucket elev ators
Types 12 and 13 bucket elevators • interna! discharge
DISCHARGE SPOUT
DISCHARGE SPOUT
' i
1
¡
¡. i¡ !
1
! ¡
ii
CENTERS
D
'
1
1
.
. 1
1 '
.
1
·1
l I '' 1 •
1.
B
1
LIFT
D
1
'
' 1
1 '
.
1 A' INSIDE
3 10 " p p
Type 12 elevator
Type 13 elevator Fig. 3722
Fig. 3723
e
8
A
Elevo la r number
o
M
N
p
R
8 V2 8 V2
20 20
17 17
6
14 Ya 14%
8 V2 8 V2
20 20
17 17
G INCHES
Type 12 elevator
1210 1216
17V2 1 23 V2
26% 26 Va
20% 26 %
¡.¡,. 1%
13 V2 13 V2
26 Va 26 Va
20% 26 %
1% 1%
15 15
16 16
27 27
16 16
30 30
9
Type 13 elevator
131 0 131 6
17 V2 1 23 V2
23 Va 23 Va
v. v.
6
9
14% 14%
Dia meler of heod shoft, inches
•Y,.
1
Elevator number
u
2•;,.
1
w
V
Yt
1
u
V
2%
1
w
Yt
1
u
V
1
w
Yt
INCHES
Type 12 elevator
121 0 12 16
11 V2
1 15V..
14 \12 18
3 3
v. v.
3 3
11 :y,. 15 V2
14 V.. 18 V2
3 3 'A
v.
3 3
12 15 :y,.
15 18 :y,.
3 3 v.
v.
3 3
14 V2 18 v..
3V.. 3\4
3 3
11 :y,. 15 \12
14 :y,. 18 V2
3 3V..
v.
3 3
12 15V..
15 18 :Y,.
3 3
v. v.
3 3
v.
Type 13 elevator
1310 1316
1
11 V2 15
v.
Hove dimensions certified for instollot ion purpose s.
350 • L 1 N K - B E L T
t
Bosed on Series P 200 boll be oring pillow blocks.
bulk handling bucket elevators
Platforms and drive s Service platforms Service platforms are recomm ended for bucket elevators to provide access to the drive and head termina ls for inspection, lubrication and servicing. They extend around three sides of the elevator and are readil y reached by ladders. Th ese platforms are supported on the elevator casing and can be arranged for flooring made of w ood , checkered steel pla tes or grating. Safety coges are recommended for all ladders. Ladders and coges are made to co nform to safety codes.
Drive arrangements Various drive arrangements are ava ilab le for bucket elevators. The most economical combination consists of a G earmotor connected to the eleva tor head shaft by means of a chain drive . The chain drive provides flexibi l ity in mounting and, by varying the ratio of the drive, the speed of the elevator ca n be changed. Other com binations consisting of Motogears, worm gear drives, or helical gear drives either directly co nnected or combined with chain drives can be furnished. The final drive selection depends on clearances, method of supporting or user's preference. A typical drive is shown in Fig. 4971. Th e Motogear, supported on a brac ket mounted on the elevator casing, is connected to th e elevator head shaft by an enclosed cha in drive. This orrangemen t is compact, economical and efficient.
Backsto ps Backstops are available for use on bu cket elevators to preven t reversa! of the b ucket line should the elevator stop under load. A backstop can be applied directly to the head shaft on all but the very large elevators, in which ca se it sho uld be provided on a portian of th e drive located ah ead of the headshaft .
u 1 1 1
Elevot or casing size inside, inches
...
Fig. 3381
Fi9. 4971
Photo 20 174A
E Average weight, pounds
A
B
e
Elevator ty pe
D
l a nd 2
¡
6
17and 8
INCHES
.... . .. . .... .... .... . .. . . . ..
9 o/4 X 35 1 1 'lf4 X 35 11 'lf4 X 39 1 1 'lf4 X 42
550 550 560 570
9% 11 % 1 1 :y. 1 1 :y.
35 35 39 42
72 72 78 82
45 45 45 45
33 33 33 33
13%x39 13 o/4 X 42 13 % X 48 15 % X 42
560 570 6 15 570
13 % 13% 13% 15 %
39 42 48 42
78 82 88 82
45 45 50 45
33 33 34 14 33
15 o/4 X 48 15 o/4 X 54 17 o/4 X 48 17 % X 54
615 645 615 645
15% 15 % 17% 17 %
48 54 48 54
88 100 88 100
50 50 50 50
34 14 39 14 34 14 3914
19 o/4 X 48 19 o/4 X 54 20 Y2 X 30 2 1 o/4X4 8
615 645 560 615
19 % 19 % 20 y, 21 %
48 54 30 48
88 100 70 88
50 50 49 50
3414 3914
.. . . . ... .... . ... .... . . ..
. ...
42
22 Y2 X 30 22 •f.ix54 24 Y, X 30 28 Y, X 42
560 645 560 660
22 Y2 22 3/4 24 Y2 28 Y2
30 54 30 42
70 100 70 88
49 50 49 58
30 Y2 X 42 32 Y2 X 42 34 Y2 X 42 38 Y2 X 42
660 660 660 660
30 Y2 32 Y2 34 Y2 38 Y2
42 42 42 42
88 88 88 88
58 58 58 58
34
v.
. ... 39
v.
. .. . . .. .
.... ... . ... . ....
....
.. ..
.. .. 33
. ... 33
.. .. 34
v.
....
34 14
... .
34 14
.. ..
34 14
.. ..
....
. . ..
3414
42
. ... ....
.. .. 42 42 42 42 42 42
....
.... . .. . .... . ... . . ..
Hove dimensions certified far installa ti o n purposes. Platforms re¡¡ulorly furnished with stee l frames and handrails. Flooring, toe plates, ladde rs and safety coges con be fu rnished. A Platforms far other than listed sizes can be furnished.
LINK-BELT • 351
bulk handli ng sklp holsts
skip
Four sklp hoists provide dependoble operction et ges producing plcnt, handling cocl, coke, cnd cshes. The cocl cnd coke hoists, et fer left, deliver to bins serving e weigh lcrry over the chcrging floor. The hoist in the foreground, in front of boiler house, delivers cocl or coke breeze into bunker over boilers. The csh hoist, behind boiler house, delivers to storcge bin for truck hculcge. Photo 304 1 6
Semlautomati c noncounterwelghted skip holst with 20-cubic foot bucket elevctes cshes 63 fe et to circular locding bin. Photo 1801 2
The Link-Belt skip hoist has long been known to industry. Since the flrst installation before the turn of the century, Link- Belt has built and installed many such machines and has acquired valuable eic:perience in their application to a variety of uses and operat ing conditions. The skip hoist consists of a bucket with or without counterweights or two buckets balancing each other, a winding machine, wire rope, a steel structure with tracks, means for loading and unloading the bucket or buckets, and the necessary electrical ap pa ratus and leed sheaves. As an effective method of unloading bulk materials, the skip hoist is especially applicable to high lifts, and is suitable for various combinations of vertical and incl ined paths of travel. lt has few moving parts and the material being carried does not contact these parts; therefore, maintenance is infrequent and simplified. lt can handle a wid e variety of abrasive or corrosive materials, large lumps as well as fines, at low or high capacities. The Link-Belt skip hoist is known for its simplicity of construction, its dependability and economy in operation. Fully automatlc noncounterw elghted sklp holst with 100-cubic foot bucket delivers cocl or coke 121 feet from trcck hopper to storcge bln et power plcnt. Photo 18028
352 • L 1 N I< - B E L T
bulk handling skip hoists
Skip hoists
40-cublc foot sem lautomatic sklp hoist lronsferring limestone and coke from outdoor slorage to bins. Started by a push button, one cycle is completad aulomolicolly. Pnolo 30532
Materi als handled The skip hoist will convey virtually all materials with the exception of those which are very fine , light or fluffy, cont aminable, highly corrosive, or those having harmful, d usty or explos ive properties.
Types There a re three general types of skip hois ts-the single noncounterweighted bucket, t he si ngle counterwei ghted b ucke t, and the type with balanced bucket s. In the single noncounterweighted type , the cable is a ttached directly to the winding drum. The horsepower pull is measured by the weight of the bucket plus the weight of the materi al in the bucket. This type is lowest in first cost but is higher in power requirements than the other types. In the single counterweighted type, the counterweight is made equal to the weight of the bucket, plus one-half the weight of the material in the bucket, a nd t he horsepower pul! is measured by one-half the weight of mat erial in t he bucket . This type offers operating economies w here service is frequent or continuous, as the power requirement is less.
Fully a utomatic skip holst s elevating coal and coke fram trock hoppers. The 1 48-foot hoist a l left is o balonced type , while thot al righl ;, o counlerweighted type with 1 56 feel of trovel. Photo 304 1 8
In the balanced type, two buckets are used, one ascending while the other is descending . The horsepower pull is measured by the weight of the material in one bucket. This type is selected for large capacities.
Design All elements of the Link-Belt skip hoist are designed to conform with best engineering p ractice, predicated on many years of experience in this f ield .
Paths of travel Each installation must be designed to meet local conditions, and the path of travel of the bucket must therefore be arranged to suit. The paths illustrated here are typical, and will meet most operating conditions.
PATH PATH 1
2
PATH PATH 3
4
PATH 5
PATH 6
PATH 7
Fig. 3518
L 1 N K - B E L T • 3 53
bulk handling skip holsts
Winding machines The winding machine is assembled fram elements corefully designed to provide dependa ble , faolproof automatic skip hoist service. 11 cansists of a single g roaved d rum, a drum shaft maunted on heavy roller bearings, an enclosed pcrall e l shaft gear d rive, a combined coupling and brake wheel with operating mechanism, and a traveling cam limit switch, all maunte d on a welded stee l base. Twa ty pes of winding machines a re availab le , the HRT and the RS. The HRT machine ha s the advantage of easy accessibility of pe ris far service and ma inte nance. The RS machine is more campact fo r use whe re Aaa r space is limited .
Type HRT win d ing machin e
Type RS wi n di ng machine
Engineering a s fram a track happer, the use af an automatic loader is necessary and the skip o peratian b ecomes fully a ulomatic. The cycle is then the sorne as far semia ulomatic operation except that the bucket is held a predetermined p eriod al the lood ing p oint far looding, and then the cycle is automotically rep e o ted. The copacity of o semia utomatic skip hoist is somewhot less than that of one which is full y o utomatic, due to the g rea ler and indefinite time required far looding. Table l will be faund useful in tenlatively se lecting the approximate bucket size and speed. Consult Link-Belt fa r final selection.
When material is delive re d to a ski p haist intermittently, such a s when laad ing fram a wheelbarrow, an ash car, or by hand shaveling, it can be laaded d irectly into the bucket and the opera tion mad e semiautomatic. In semiautamatic operation, the cycle is as fallows-af ter loading, the bullan is pushed ; the skip accelerales, travels al full speed , decelerate s, and remains al the dumping zone far a p re-determined period ; it then reverses, accelerates, trove Is al full speed, decelerates, and comes to re sl ba ck al the loading p osition. When material comes ta the skip hoi sl in a conlinuo us stream, such Table 1 • Capacities and horsepowers Bucke t speed in feet
_
si:r. e in
pe r minute
cubic
Single 1 Two sp eed s pe ed
fe et
100
- -- --150
100 ond 200
150 o nd
Horse po w er ot motor•
Copacity in tons per hour A
· Bucket
lih of single bucker type, in feer
l "ft o f bo lonce d buclcet typ e, in fe et
80- -l- 0-0- l 2- 0- l -40- -l-6-0 - -l-8-0 - -2-0-0 l- 6- 0_ _ _
20 30 40 60
20 29 39 59
16 23 31 47
13 19 26 39
11 16 22 33
1o 14 19 29
80 100 120 20 30 40 60
78 98 117 27 40 53 79
60 78 93 21 32 43 64
51 64
38 48
18 27 36 54
44 55 66 16 23 31 47
80 100 1 20 40 60 80
106 133 159
86 107 129
72 90 108 38 57 74
100 120 40 60 80 100 120 40 60 80
No ncounte r· we;ghted
l 2- 0- l 4- 0- l 6- 0- 1-80 - -2-0-0 1- ,- 0-0- -
---¡
Single buclcet ty oe
Counterw e;ghled
lype
6 8 11 16
26 38 52 78
22 32 44 66
20 28 38 58
11 15 20 27
88 110 13 2 32 46 62 94
76 96 11 6 28 40 54 82
35 41
14 20 27 41
102 128 154 36 54 72 108
17 22 31 41
6 8 12
22 27 32 8 12 17 24
62 78 93 34 51 66
55 68 82 30 46 60
28 41 54
25 38 51
144 180 2 16 76 114 148
124 110 156 136 186 164 60 68 92 102 132 120
56 82 108
76 10 2
53 61 75 41 55 70
16 20 24 11 16 22
33 40 48 22 32 43
92 108 48 72 102
82 97 43 65 91
74 87 40 60 83
67 79 36 54 76
62 74 33
184 216 96 144 20 4
164 194 86 130 182
148 174 80 120 166
134 158 72 108 152
124 148 66 102 128
82 100 62 82 105
27 32 17 24 33
54 64 33 48 65
125 150
1 10 134
102 124
87 105 44 65 80
250 300
220 268
180 226 94 140 166
174 210 88 130 160
82 122 148
158
40 48 25 36 49
80 96
41 61 74
204 248 100 150 180
123 150 93
75 90
90 113 47 70 83
119 14 2
1 11 132
105 126
98 1 18
23 8 284
222 264
2 10 252
196 236
18 4 225
60 72
121 14 3
77
... .. ..
... ... ...
.. ...
58
50 64
50
__:_:
.
-
50
3 4
Balonc ed bucket
6 8
11 13 16 4
300
150 ond 4 50
100 120
50
• Copoc111es ore boseo on ou1omo1ic lood1ng of moteriol we1ghing 50 pounds per cubic 100 1, o nd 1oke into o ccoun1 the time required for looding, t roveling ond dischorging. With semiou1omo1ic lood1ng, the copocity
JS4 • L 1 N K - B E L T
l
122
50 73 98
depends upen the speed wilh wh1ch the bucket is looded. • Horsepower requirements ore bosed on listed capacit1 es and lihs, with fnctional ond eleclricol losses included,
bulk handling sklp holsts
Engineering Automatic loading b ucket co pocity, the looding of the b ucket is best co ntrolled by the use of o receiving hopper ond looding device. The Link- Bel! oulomolic loader is o p roven mochine designed lo utilize the full copocity of the syslem by ropid ond occurole Alling of the bucket, thereby eliminoting lime loss in the cycle.
A skip hoisl hondles material in botches ond therefore material which con be brought to it intermillently con be looded directly inlo the buckel. This permits manual looding, provided the copocity requiremenls ore odequole o nd services of on ollendonl justified. When material is ovoiloble far conlinuous looding of the skip, os from o hopper or bin, or in botches greoler thon the
1<--D-~
r-c- 1
O u_ iT
-i
BA
W=MIN. -DISTANCE TO REMOVE LOADER SHAFT
r.
u
INSI DE CHU TE
!
.'
' '
Style O automatic loader
Bucket
size, cubic f eet
looder weight, pounds
Maximum lumps, inches
Bucket width, inches
•
Empty
1
B
A
Fig. 3497
o
e
1
1
1
looded•
F
E
1
1
1
G
H 1
f[ET ANO INCHES
20 30 40 60
36 54 48 54
6 6 8 8
2 100 2300 3800 4070
2900 3300 51 00 5720
1-8 2-0 2-0 2-6
2-2V. 2-6'/a 2- 63A 3-0>A
1-1 ov. 1-1 ov. 2- 9 % 2- 9 %
2-5'12 2-5'12 3-4'/a 3.4y,
1-1 1 y, 2 - 3 y, 2- 3 'A 2- 9'A
2-2Ya 2- 2Ya 3- 4 3A 3- 4 3A
3-0 3-0 4-0 4-0
4 -4 4 -4 6-6 6-9
80 100 120
60 60 60
12 12 12
4350 4350 4 350
6300 6300 6300
3-0 3-0 3-0
3-63A 3-6 3A 3-6 3A
2- 9 v. 2- 9 v. 2- 9%
3.4y, 3- 4 •/, 3- 4 '/a
3- 3 'A 3 - 3 'A 3- 3 'A
3-4 3A 3-4 3A 3- 4 3A
4-0 4-0 4-0
7-0 7-3 7-9
Bucket
size,
J
K
20 30 40 60 80 100 120
M
l
p
N
R
1
1
1
cubic fe et
1
s
u
T
1
1
V
1
1
w
FEET ANO INCHE"
0-7 13/Í6 0-7 13/Í6
3-6 13M
2-4 '/2 2-4 '/1 3-7'A 3-7'A
3-6 13M 3-6 13M 3-6 13/Í6
3-7'A 3-7'A 3- 7'A
1 -0 1 ~6
2-5 1
~6
0- 4 '12 0-4 '12 0-6 0-6
4-8 4-8 6-5 '/1 6-5 '/1
4-7 4-7 5-3 '/1 6-2
2-5 1 ~ 3-6 13/Í6
0-6 0-6 0-6
6 -5 '/1 6-5 '12 6 - 5 '12
6-5 '11 7-3 '12 8-2
Hove dimens1ons c ertified for instollotion purposes.
1-0 1 ~ 1 -0 1 ~
1 -0 1 ~6 1 -0 1 ~
4 -6 4-6 6 -6 6-6
3-1 3- 1 4-2 3A 4-2 3A
1-1 O>A 1- 1O>A 2- 9>A 2- 93A
3- 4 '/2 3- 4 '11 4- 11 >A 4-113A
2- 10'/2 2-10 '11 4- ov. 4- ov.
4-9 5-5 4-1 1 5 - 11
6-6 6-6 6 -6
4-2 3A 4-2 3A 4- 2 3A
2- 93A 2- 9 3A 2 - 9 3A
4 - 11 >A 4- 11 >A 4- 11 3A
4- 73A 4- 7>A 4- 7v.
6- 11 6 - 11 6- 11
.A Moximum lumps not more thon 10% of total materia l. • Looded wi1h material weighing 50 pounds per cubic foat, such as cool.
L 1 N K • B E L T • 355
bu lk hand ling skip hoists
Engineering Discharging The bucket is unlooded by upending it al the discharge paint. Tilting the bucket to an angle of 50 degrees ha s been found satisfactory for ma ny materials such a s coal, dry ashes, crushed stone a nd sand, or in general for materials of Clossifocotions 1 and 2. This ongle must be increosed for particulorly sluggish moteriols, such a s those identiíled by Clossifocation 3 listed in Table 1, poge 563.
=8 L
RAIL GAUGE SECTION AA OVERTRAVEL DETAil
s
t-e- -TRACK GAUGE
l
SECTION BB
Fig. 3494
Bucke t
size, cubic
e
8
A
1
1
o
F
E 1
1
G
fe et
fE~T
20 30 40 60
4-5 Vi 4 -5 Y2 5-5 Y2 5-10
4-8 Y2 4-8 Y2 5-2 5-9
11-8 11-8 14-0 15-5 Y2
3-0 3-0 3-6 3-6
5-1 5-1 5-8 6-6
80 100 120
6-6 3A 7-2 8-2
6-3 Y2 7- l Y2 8-4 Y2
16-3 17-9 19-9
4-0 4-0 4- 0
7-0 JA 7- l O Y2 9- l Y2
6-8 6-8 7-9 Vi 1 8-7 Y2 9- l l 0-4 Y2 11 -7
K
J
H 1
1
1
1
1
s
R
l 1
T 1
1
1
A1'D NCfi.S
3-1 3- l 4-3 4-0
0-1 Vi 0- l Vi 0-1 0-3 Y2
2-6 2-6 2- 10 2-10
0-7 0-7 0-9 0-9
0-2 0-2 0-2 0-2
3-0 3-0 4-0 4-0
4- 1 JA 5-7 3A 4-11 JA 5-5 JA
0-6 Y2 0-6 Y2 0- l O Y2 0- l O Y2
4-5 4-5 4-5
0-2 0-2 0-2
3-0 3-0 3-0
l-0 l- 0 l-0
0-2 0-2 0-2
4- 0 4-0 4-0
6- l 6- l 6-l
l-0 Y2 1-0 Vi l-0 Vi
H ove dimensions certified for insto/lo:ion purposes.
Bucke ts Buckets are availoble in sizes ranging from 20 to 1 20 cubic foot capocities. The listed copacity of each bucket is meosured to the copocity line. This is used for determining the copacity of a skip hoist operoting in o vertical path. For on inclined poth, the copocity is modifoed accord ingly.
1r:
Plain boils such o s shown in Fig . 3495 ore employed when !he bucket operotes in o stro ight line. When the poth of the bucket is other than o stroight line, it moy be necessory to use cable guide sheoves with g uide rollers on the boil, os shown in Fig. 3496, to ovoid interference with the skip structure.
~(
PLAIN BAIL
CAPACIT Y
ROLLER BA IL
CAPACITY
---ciNE
UNE TRACK
! Fig. 3495
356 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Fig. 3496
bulk handling Bulk-Flo
Bulk-Flo
36776
Dl1tribu tlng coal by Bulk-Flo system al lorge hospital power plont. Cool is elevoted from truck hopper ond dischorged to silo by Bulk-Flo al left. Cenler Bulk-Flo recloims stored cool from silo ond elevotes it lo horizontal seporoted-run Bulk-Flo ot right, which conveys ond dischorges it to ony of !he three stoker hoppers. Cool no! dischorged into the stoker hoppers is retu rned to the silo-recloim Bulk-Flo for re-circulotion.
The Link-Belt Bulk-Flo is a self-feeding, self-discharging combination elevator and conveyor which provides a simple, efficient and flexible means of handling a variety of granular, crushed, ground or pulverized materials. lt can be applied separately as a feeder, elevator or conveyor. lt is enclosed and, in general, self-clearing. Travel can be horizontal, vertical or inclined, and a single self-contained Bulk-Flo will carry in all these directions. The conveying medium consists of an endless chain to which cross Aights are attached at intervals, all conta ined inside a close fitting casing. The material to be conveyed Aows in through feed openings to flll the spaces between Aights, and the movement of the chain then pushes or conveys the material by means of these Aights. Discharge is effected through a suitably located discharge opening or spout . The Link-Belt Bulk-Flo affords distinct advantages of compactness, simplicity and Aexibility of layout.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 357
bulk handling Bulk-Flo
Types Combined-run Appllcatlon • The combined-run design is commonly used for handling fine , fre e-flowing material and substances that only occosionally contain friable lumps.
Fe ed • The material is fed to the conveying medium on the top or return run of the conveyor and is carried rearword a short distance beforc it is allowed to drop through an opening in the partition piole to the bottom or conveying run. Horizontal slide gales regulate the rote of feed to the conveyor. Discharge • In a fronl discharge heod section, materiol carried up on the outside portion of the peak top fligh ts spills directly into the discharge chute, os it does in a side discharge design. Tho l which is corried b y the inside portion of o flight is deAected around the chain and flights into the chute.
Head section - - - wifh fixed head shaff
L-path • The illustration to the right shows an L-path Bulk-Flo with com bined-run having single feed opening and front discharge head section. Side discharge head sections may a lso be used. Horizontal • The lower photograph shows a horizontal Bulk- Flo with combinedrun having dual feed openings and a single discharge point. The design is adaptable to additional feed and discharge openings.
Chain and ----flighf line
1nfermed iafe - - - - se ction
Fig.
61 87
lns pe ction 1- - -- - window or door
Fully loaded
Portially lo a ded
A Bu lk-Flo operotes equally well irrespective of volu m e
Ta il section wifh s crew ad ju sfed shaft fakeups
- - -Curve d section
L
L-PATH COMBINED-RUN
Re movable hood-- - -- -
Feed re gulafing gafe Re movable cove r piafes 1
1
281 24
1
HORIZONTAL COMBINED-RUN
3 58 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling Bulk-Flo
Types He ad se ction with sc rew ad juste d
~-"
..•..•.
He ad se ction w ith fi xed he ad shaft - - - -
Separated-run Application • The separated-run is recommended for ha ndling materiols cantaining lumps, where feed control is essential and it is desirable to hove com plete occess to both runs of the conveyor.
Peak-top _ __ flights
Feed • Built with divided, sep ara tely encased horizontal runs, this design is better odopted to the use of multiple feed points. Material is fed directly to the bottom or conveying run, ond the flow is controlled b y horizontal slide ga les. Discharge • Side discho rge head sections afford additiona l flexi bility esp ecially whe n the material is tronsferred d irectly to o second conveyor, resulting in o decreased overall height of the machine. Loop-loading • The loop-loading Bulk-Flo is o form of the separate d-run design. Adjustoble tokeups o re on heod shoft. L-pa th • The L-path seporoted-run Bulk-Flo with side dischorge heod sectian is shown to the right. Front discharge head sectians may also be used with this design. Takeups ore provided o n the foot shoft.
281198
Horizontal • The horizonta l seporoted-run design is shown with two feed openings o nd one dischorge point. Additionol feed ond dischorge points moy be used where required.
LOOP LOADING L-PATH SEPARATED-RUN
1
Tail se ction with screw adjusted shaft takeups
HORIZONTAL SEPARATED-RUN
28123
Lstraight flights L 1 N K - B E L T • 359
bu lk handling Bulk- Flo
Selection Consider the following foctors whe n selecting o Bulk- Flo: Kind ond chorocter of material being
hon~ e d,
whether lump y,
obrosive, corrosive, sticky, etc. W e ight of material in pounds p e r cubic foot Moximum ro te al which material is handled or copocity, in cubic feet per hour Moximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material and percentog e of lumps in to tal volume Path or layout
Ex amples o f Bulk- Flo selection Pr ob lem 1
Select a Bulk-Flo to meet the following conditio ns: Materi al . .. ...... . . Aoxseed cake, expelle r Weight .. .......... 50 pounds per cubic foot Copocity .... . ...... 15 tons per hour or 600 cubic fe e t per hour, moximum Moximum lump size . . 1 inch, 1 2% of tota l volume Poth . ........ . . . .. Layout 1, Chori B, L= 45 feet Service .... .. . . .... 8 hours p e r doy
Service required; continuous or intermittent With this informotion known, p rocee d as follows: Esta blish the m a teria l cla ss • Refer to Table 1. Find the materia l closs fer the material b e ing hondled. lf this particular material is not listed, select one with simil ar cha rocteristics, o r determine the classifkation by using Table 1, page 563. Determine th e Bulk-Flo s peed • Knowing the weight of the ma terial and material class, refer to Table 2 and determine the recommended conveyor speed.
Solution Referring to Table 1, note thot the materia l closs fer Aoxseed cake is 026. In Table 2, the mo ximu m recommended spee d for o D26 ma terial is 50 FPM. Refer to Cho ri A. Bulk-Flo No. 57 operating ot 5 0 FPM will hondle the copocity ond the moximum lump size. Accord ing to Table 2 a No. 1 or 5 casing is recommended. Refer to Table 3. A l!i.'' commerciol hot roll e d mi ld steel or 3/i 6" low alloy steel casing is specified fer the No. 57 Bulk-Flo. Base the Anal se lection on the desired life expectoncy or the user's pre ference. input HP for Layout l
Se lect t he Bul k- Fl o size • When th e Bulk- Flo is to b e used as a conveyor, the maximum rote ot which materia l is handl e d is used in selecting the siz e, even though this rote e xists anly fer a short inte rvol. Whe n the Bulk-Flo is to b e used o s o feede r, the actual rote ot which material is hondled is used in selecting the size. Using the co pocity, weight o f material, lump size ond recom-
= .002
X 15 X 1.2 X 45
=
1.62 HP
Refer to Tables 4 and 5. A 2 HP drive with o heod shoft speed of 15 RPM is corree! for th e opplicotion. With the HP and speed ot the he ad shoft known, refer to Catolog 1050 ond select o drive. Th e heod shoft is l 15/io" in diometer, selected from Cho ri D, using Service l from Table 6 ond M e q ual to 1.62. Therefore, Bulk-Flo No. 57 with l 1S/i.'' diameter heod shoft is sotisfoctory for the opplication.
mended speed, refer to Cho ri A ond select the Bulk-Flo size. Problem 2
Determ ine the ca sin g sp ecifi catian s
0
Refer to Tabl e 2 ond find
the casing number. With this informotion refer to Table 3 ond determine the casing speciflcotions.
Calculate the required horsep o wer • Refer to Chori B o nd select the horsepower formulo opplying to th e poth or layout of the Bulk-
Select a Bulk -Flo to mee! the following conditions: Mate rial . .. .. soybeon meo l, cold W e ight ...... 40 pounds per cubic foot Capaci ty . . . . 20 tons per hour, or 1000 cubic feet per hour, max imum
Poth ...... .. Layout 5, Chori B, L = 20 feet, V =60 fee t Service ...... 16 hours p er doy
Flo. Knowing the input horsepower, refer to Tables 4 ond 5, ond determine the motor size ond heod shoft speed .
Knowing heod shoft speed ond motor ho rse power, refer to Cotolog 1050 and select o drive.
Solut ion Refer to Table l. Note that the material closs for soybeo n meo l is 626. In Tabl e 2 the mo ximum recommended sp eed foro 626 materia l is 7 0 FPM. Refe r to Chori A. Bulk-Flo No. 6 1 O o p e rotin g at 50 FPM will hondl e the capoci ty.
Vorious drive arrongements con be used fer operoting o Bulk-Flo. A commonly used combinotion consists of o Geormotor connected to the head shoft by a choin drive. Other comb ino tions consisting of o Motogeor, worm geor drive or poroll e l shoft gear drive, e ither directly connected or combined with o choin drive, con be furnished.
De termine the head shaft size a nd check the verti cal centers Us•ng the service liste d in Tabl e 6 fer the hours of operotion, ond Choris C, D, E, F or G corresponding to the Bulk-Flo size, refer to the instructions on poge 365 ond determine the he od shaft diamete r ond check the vertical centers.
360 • L 1 N K - 8 E L T
According to Tab le 2 a No. 2 casing is recommended. Refer to Table 3. A Y•" commerciol hot rolled mild steel casing is specifled fer the No. 6 l O Bulk-Flo. input HP for Layout 5 = .003 X 20 X 1.0(20 + 60)
=
4.8 HP
Refer to Tables 4 ond 5. A 7 Y2 HP d rive with o heod shaft speed of 12.5 RPM is corree! for the application. With the HP ond sp eed ot th e head shoft known, refer to Cotolog l 050 ond select o drive. The heo d shoft is 3 'lí•" in dio mete r, selected from Chori E, using Service 2 from Tabl e 6, M equol to 4.8 ond vertica l centers of 60 feet. Therefore, Bulk-Flo No. 6 1O with 3 1/i.'' dio meter he od shoft is sotisfoctory for the opplicotion.
bulk handling Bulk-Flo
Selection Table 1 • Typicol bulk moteriols hondled by Bulk-Flo Average
Material
weight per cubic foot, pounds
Class
•
t:. Alfalfo meol ... . .. Almonds, broken or whole ........ Aluminote jell ..... Aluminum silicate .. Ammonium chloride, crystalline .... Apple pomoce, dry . Arsenic, p ulverized .. Bakelite, fine . ... .. Boking powder ..... Borley ............ Beons, castor, whole . Beons, castor, meal. . Beons, navy, dry ... Beans, navy, steeped Bicorbonote of soda Blood, dried .. . .... Bones ..... . ...... Boneblack, under 100 mesh .. .... . Bonemeal .. .. ..... Borate of lime .... Borax, fine ..... Boric a cid, fine .... Bran .... . ..... Bread crumbs ..... . Brewer's groin, spe nt wet ....... .. .... Buckwheot . . . .. ... Cosein .. .. ....... Chocolate press cake Clover seed . ... . .. Cool ..... ........ Cocoo beons .. . ... Cocoa nibs ....... Coffee, c.hoff .. . . . Coffee, green b eon . Coffee, ground ..... Coffee, roasted beon Copper sulphote .. . Copperos (see ferrous sulphote) Copro, lumpy . .. . . Copro cake, lumpy. . Copro cake, ground . Copro meol . . ..... Cork, fine ground ... Cork, granuloted ... Corn, crocked .... . . Corn germs . . ..... . Corn grits ..... . ... Corn sugor ....... Cornmeol ......... Cottonseed, dry, d e-linted ........ Cottonseed cake, lumpy .... . .. .. . .
17
B37W
28-30 C27T 45 B27 B26 49 52 15 30 30-40 41 38 36 48 60 41 35-45 35-50
B26 C37W
..
.A.36 A26 B16S C16 826 C16 C26 A26 037
...
20-25 A27.& 55-60 B27 A26.& B26 53 55 B26 16-20 B26SW B26T.& 55-60 40- 42 36 40-45 48 50 30-40 35 20 32 25 22-26
22 25-30 40-45 40-45 12-15 12-15 45-50 21 40-45 31 38-40
C36P.& B16S B27.& 027 B16S
...
C27T.& C27 B26WY C26T B26 C16 0 26
026 D26 B26 B26 B36WY C36 C26 B26 B26 B26 B26
35
C26
40-45
D26
Horse power foctor
Material
e
2.2 Cottonseed flokes ... Cottonseed hulls ... 1.5 Cottonseed meol ... 1.4 Cottonseed meats .. 1.0 Cracklings, crushed, 3 " ond under .... 1.2 Oica lóum phosphote 2.2 Epsom salts ........ Foce powder, (see 2.0 Talcum powd er) 1.5 Ferrous sulphote .. . 1.0 Fish meol ......... 1.2 Floxseed .......... 1.2 Floxseed ca ke, 1.0 expeller .. ..... 1.0 Flaxseed meol ..... 1.5 Flour, wheat ....... 1.6 Gelatin, granulote
• Refer to Table I, Poge 563, for closs description. Consult Link-Belt for informotion.
A
Averag e
weight per cubic foot, pounds
•
t:. 20-25 12 35-40 40
Avero ge weighl per cubic foot, pounds
Horse Closs
...
power
factor
Material
e
...
...
•
t:.
Rice, rough ... . .. 2.4 Rice bron (see b ren) 1.2 Rice grits ........ 1.2 Rye . ... . . . . . . . . Salicylic ocid .. . .. . 40-50 036.& Solt cakP, dry, 43 A36 2.4 coorse ...... . ... 40-50 B26 1.4 Solt ca ke, dry, pulverized .... . .. Soltpe ter .. .. .. . .. 50-75 C27 1.4 Sawdust ... .. .. . . . 35-40 B36 1.0 Soop beads or 45 B16S 0.8 granules ... . .. .. . Soop chips .. .. . .. . 48-50 026 1.2 Soap flokes ..... . . 1.2 Soap powder ...... 25 a26 35-40 A36K.& Soda a sh, light. .... 2.0 Soda osh, heovy . .. 32 C26T 40 C16 1.0 Sodium phosphote 1.0 (see Trisodium 40 B26 40 C26 1.0 phosphote) 28 1.4 Sodium sulphate A16Y 2.2 (see sol! cake) 15-20 C37W 10-12 B26SW 2.2 Soybe ons, crocked Soy be on cake, 90- 100 027 1.0 over Y2" . ....... 1.0 Soybe on floke s, 37 C26 1.2 raw or spent . . . . . 35 -55 35-45 016 0.8 Soybeon flour ..... Soybeon meal, cold . Soybeon meal, hot . 72 1.5 Storch .......... B36R 45-55 026 1.5 Sugor, gronulated . Sugor, powdered 32-40 A26YZ 1.5 Sulphur, crushed, 1.7 53-56 036 1/2" ond und e r . 45-50 A26Y 1.7 Sulphur, lumpy, 1.4 33 C36 3 " ond under Sulphur, powdered . . Tolcum powder .... 1.4 22 B26SW 1.0 Tanbo rk, ground ... 27-30 C26S 36-40 B26 1.2 Timothy seed . . .... 3.0 Tobacco, scrops .... 13-15 B27 13- 15 A27Y 3.0 Tobocco, snuff ..... 2.2 Tri sodium phosphote 17-22 B17WY Tung nut me ots, crushe
Horse Closs
power
fa ctor
e
36
B26S
1.2
42-45 44 29
B26 B16S B26L
1.0 1.0
1.5
85
027
1.4
65-85 80 10-13
B27 B26S
1.5 1.4
15-25 5-15 20-25 20-35 55-65
B26T.& C26T.& B26T.& B26.& A27W B27
2.5 1.4
30-4 0
C27S
1.2
4 0 -43
02 6
1.2
...
18-26 C26W 27 40 B26 40 B26P 25-50 50-55 B26KT 50 -60
... ... ...
50-60
36 15-25 30 60 25 16 45-48 40-45 28 10-30 16-36 10-15 30- 35
1.0 1.0 1.4
C26S.&
80-85 0265.& 50-60 B26SY A 40-60 A27Y
55
1.2
...
1.5
B26SW 036W B36TY B27
1.0 2.2 2.0 1.6
026
1.4
C37W C16S B26S B26 H36WX.&
2.6 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.5
...
A36WZ.& 2.5 A36Z 2.5
t::. Weight of material loase or slightly ogitoted . These we1ghts are usuolly different when mote riols oro settled or pocked os in bins or contoiners.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 361
bulk handling 8ulk-Flo
Selection Table 2 • Casing num b ers and re camme nd e d moximum sp eed s Casing number
Weight of mate rial, pounds per cubic foot
"'
speed, FPM
Class A 16 materlals6
10 20 30
to to to to
10 20 30 40
1 1 1
40 50 60 70
to to to to
50 60 70 80
1 1 1
70 70 70 70
80 90
to to
90 100
1 1
70 70
5
l l
1
Casing
1 Moximum
number
"'
1
40 50 60 60
Class 816 materlals 6
Class A26 materlals 6
number
Casing I Moximum 1 speed, number FPM
"'Class A36 1
materials 6
"'
materlals6
30 40 40 40
30 40 40 40
5 5 5 5
30 40 40 40
50
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
40 40 40 40
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
40 40 40 40
2, 2, 2, 2,
6 6 6 6
40 40 40 40
50 50
2, 6 2, 6
40 40
2,6 2, 6
40 40
2, 6 2, 6
40 40
5 5 5 5
1
l l
50 50
1 1
60 60 60 60
1 1
1 1
60 60
1 1
50
Class 836 materlals6
Class 827 materials6
1, 1, 1, 1,
10 20 30 40
1 1 1 1
60 60 70 70
1 1 1 1
40 50 60 60
2, 2, 2, 2,
40 50 60 70
to to to to
50 60 70 80
l
1 1 1
80 80 80 80
2 2 2 2
70 70 70 70
2,5 2, 5 2, 5 2, 5
60 60 60
1, 5
80 90
to to
90 100
2 2
80 80
2 2
70 70
2, 5 2, 5
60 60
Class C26 materlals6
30 40 40 50 50
1
Class 8 17 materlals 6
to to to to
Class C16 materials 6
"'Class A37
"'Class A27
1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
I Moximum sp eed, FPM
5 5 5 5
30 40 40 40
10 20 30
5
number
materials6
1 1 1 1
1
Casing
Moximum speed, FPM
1, 1, 1, 1,
1
30 40 50 50
Class 826 materlals 6
¡ Maximum 1 Casing number speed, FPM
Class A 17 materials 6
1 1 1 1 l
1
Casing
Moximum speed, FPM
1
Class 837 materlals 6
5 5 5 5
40 40 40 40
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
40 40 40 40
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
30 40 40 40
1, 5 1, 5 1, 5
40 40 40 40
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
40 40 40 40
2, 6 2,6 2, 6 2,6
40 40 40 40
2, 6 2, 6
40 40
2,6 2,6
40 40
2,6 2,6
40 40
Class C36 materlals 6
Class C17 materials6
Class C27 materials6
Class C37 materials6
10 20 30
to to to to
10 20 30 40
1 1 1 1
60 60 70 70
1 1 1 1
40 50 60 60
2, 2, 2, 2,
5 5 5 5
30 40 40 50
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
40 40 40 40
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
40 40 40 40
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
30 40 40 40
40 50 60 70
to lo to lo
50 60 70 80
1 1 1 1
80 80 80 80
2 2 2 2
70 70 70 70
2, 2, 2, 2,
5 5 5 5
50 60 60 60
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
40 40 50 40
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
40 40 40 40
2, 6 2,6 2,6 2, 6
40 40 40 40
80 90
to to
90 100
2 2
80 80
2 2
70 70
2,5 2, 5
60 60
2, 6 2, 6
40 40
2,6 2,6
40 40
2, 6 2, 6
40 40
5
Class 016 materials 6
1 1 1 1
Class D26 materlals 6
Class D36 materlals 6
40 40 50 50
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
40 40 50 50
2, 5 2, 5 2,5 2, 5
10 20 30
to to to to
10 20 30 40
40 50 60 70
to to to to
50 60 70 80
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
60 60 60 60
1, 1, 1, 1,
5 5 5 5
50 50 50 50
80 90
to to
90 100
1, 5 1, 5
60 60
2, 6 2, 6
50 60
5
Class D27 materials 6
Class 037 materlals6
50
2,6 2, 6 2, 6 2, 6
40 40 40 40
2, 6 2,6 2,6 2, 6
40 40 40 40
2, 6 2, 6 2,6 2, 6
30 40 40 40
2, 5 2,5 2, 5 2, 5
60 60 60 60
2, 6 2, 6 2, 6 2,6
40 40 40 40
2,6 2,6 2, 6 2,6
40 40 40 40
2, 2, 2, 2,
6 6 6 6
40 40 40 40
2, 5 2, 5
60 60
2,6 2,6
40 40
2,6 2, 6
40 40
2, 6 2, 6
40 40
A C o nsider design, use of speciul c onsrrucrio n or casing moteriols, ere., when rhe marer ial ro b" hondled: Is mddly corros1ve, Closs P Gives o ff dust o r fumes hormful ro lile, Class R Co nto1ns explosive dusr, Class S
362 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Class 017 materials 6
30 40 50
6 Clossificorio ns cover o bro od lisr o f morerials thar generolly con be hondled in o Bulk-Flo. However, o Bulk-Flo is not ordinorily used fo r handling o material which: Is very obrosive, Closs 8 Is highly corrosive, Class N lnrerlocks or mors ro resisr digging, Closs X Solidifies or pocks under pressure, Closs Z.
bulk handling Bulk-Flo
Selection Siz e and speed s e lectlo n To determine Bulk-Flo size ond operoling speed for o given copocity ond weight of material, enter lower portion of chori from left side for copocities in tons per hour ond move olong o horizontol line to intersection with inclined moteriol-weight line. From this point move to upper portion of chori on o vertical line to intersection with Bulk-Flo size line. Reod Bulk-Flo size number al left hond edge of upper chori. O btoin conveyor speed by projecting o line through the zero ordinote ond the lotter intersection point to the upper edge of the chori. Knowing copocities in cubic feel p e r hour, enter chori ot lower
edge, disregord moleriol-weight lines ond proceed lo upper portion of chori on o ve rtica l line to intersection with Bulk-Flo size line. Obtoin Bulk-Flo size ond op e roling speed in sorne monner os obove. lf speed obtoined exceeds the moximum recommended in Table 2 , repeot proced ure but select o Bulk-Flo of next lorger size operoting ot o correspondingly red uced speed.
Moximum size lumps, constituting 1O to 15 per cent of totol material, which moy be hondled in eoch size Bulk-Flo ore listed to lhe left of the Bulk-Flo number.
Chart A • Size selection LUMP BULK-FLO SIZE NUMBER
, 11 22
7 12
2"
610
,11
57
14 3
//
35
4 _J
<(
él:
o
LLJ
f<(
5
~ _J
<(
f-
10
f-
15
e
l.J._
o
20
~ o ll)
ofo~
2 LLJ N
¡¡:¡ c. ~
::::J
o::
40
::::J
o
I
o::
LLJ
60
c.
(/)
z
o
f-
80
_J
~
::::J ~
100
X <(
~
o LLJ o
120
z LLJ ~
~
o
u
LLJ
cr
140
200 4 00 600
800
1200
160,0
2000
24 00
CUBIC FEET PER HOUR
Fig. 3 101
L 1 N K - B E L T • 36 3
bulk handling Bulk- Flo
Selection Chart 8 · Typical layouts
LAYOUT 2
LAYOUT 1
,.. ......../, ~ 1JJ_
~,
------------------1,~1
_I$UP
'<
L
LAYOUT 4
LAYOUT 3
/~
! -
\
/'.._/
/
TAKEUP
TAKEUP _ ,.. -<
('
...... 'W -
.._-.,¿_¿_ ' - - - --
.)
~,
(
,..,
LAYOUT 6
'-1 1
lh ¡ -.....1
/
V
/
---
,- '\ ("J.
LAYOUT 7
1
V
1
/
1
/
/
/
1
1 1
/
1 V
_,,/''
1
1
/
,L
/
/
/
/
I
)
1
/
\ \
~~~ / -..../
/
/
/
/
/
L
y
/
,..
I
, __ _
/....._
LAYOUT 8
J>1
1
/
1
r
J.T AKEUP
1
/
1
____ ,,,
/AKEUP
/
/
/
1
L -
Y
-
/
I
L
1 1
TAKEUP > -<
- -- -L - -
(t-~·)'¡-..-JV_______ _... / /
""'-- ' - - ----
LAYOUT 5
-
/
/
/
__tTAKEUP
1 TOP OF 'f FEED OPENING
\ TOP OF \ FEED OPENING"- -._
LAYOUT 9
A
/
/ / / /- -L-
-<
/ /
/
I
1 \
TOP OF FEED OPENING
\
' .._ __
TOP OF FEEDOPENINC;
- -L f ig !)04"
Powe r r e quire ments The power required to operote o Bulk-Flo is o function of !he poth, copocity ond physicol chorocteristics of the product hondled. In colculoting input horsepower, olwoys use the a ctual copocity La yout l . . . . . . . . . .. H = .002 T C L Layout 2 ..... . . . . . . . . . H = .004 T C L Layout 3 .............. H =.00 1 T C (2L + V) Lo youts 4 throJgh 8 ...... H = .003 T C (L + V) La yout 9 ........ .. ..... Consult link-Belt
3 64 • L 1 N K - B E L T
for the speed determined from Chori A. The following formulas will give close opproximote horse powers for the vorious loyouls in Chori B. where H =input horsepower T = tons per hour-octuol copocity for speed selected C = horsepower factor, from Table 1 L= horizontal centers in feet V = vertical centers in feet
bulk handling Bulk-Flo
Selection H ead shaft size
Table 3 • Recommended casin g materials Thickness, inches Casing
Material
number
Bulk-Flo number 35
1
- - 2
--3 - --
4
--5
Chori B on the preceding poge illustrotes typicol Bulk-Flo loyouts. To determine the correct heod shoft size, use the following procedure:
1
57
1
610
1
712
1
913
Commerciol hot 3/Í6 % 3/Í6 1 y.. 1 y.. rolled mild steel - - - - - - - - - - - - - -31Í6 y.. y.. y.. y..
----v.:-¡----v.:- -V:- -V:-
Commerciol hot % rolled mild stee l ~¡------;--golvonized
y..
y..
y..
y.. 3/Í6 3/Í6 3/Í6 1O go. - - - Low olloy steel - -- - - - - - - - - - - - y.. y.. y.. 3/Í6 3/Í6 6
- -7
- - - Stoinless steel
10
8
9
-1O- - - -- --- - -y.. go.
'A
10
3/Í6
% y..
11
3/Í6
12
% y..
1
--- ---
'A
'A
5IÍ6
5/Í6
---y.. 'A
3116
Aluminum
- - - Monel metal
3116
3/Í6
3/Í6
3/Í6
- -- --
go.
- - - - - - - --
--- -- -,----y.. y.. 3/Í6
3/Í6
- - - - - - - - - - -- - - 51Í6 y.. 5IÍ6 3/Í6 'A
For Layouts 1 and 2 The heod shoft dio meter depends on the o peroting service ond the h;,rsepower required to drive the Bulk-Flo with the mate ria l to be tronsported. The service clo ss is listed in Table 6 ond is bosed on the hours of o p erotion. Hoving selected the proper Bulk-Flo size from the weight of the material per cubic foot ond the required copocity in tons per hour by reference to Chori A, refer to Choris C to G on the following poge. Colculote factor M by the formulo given beneoth these cho ris, ond then locote this factor olong the bottom of the chori correspond ing to the Bulk-Flo si ze selected. lf this lies to the left of the point ot which the proper service line meets the zero centers line ot the bottom of the chori, the shoft diometer ind icoted for the oreo between the heovy lines is corree! for the opplicotaon. lf it is to the ri ght of the service line, o lo rger si ze Bul k- Flo operoting ot o lowe r speed should be selected.
For Layo uts 3 , 4, 5 , 6, 7 and 8 The ollowoble vertico 1 centers, o s well os the heod sho ft dio meter, ore determined from the operoting service ond the horsepower required to drive the selected Bulk-Flo conveying ond elevoting the materia l in question. The service closs is listed in Ta ble 6 ond is bosed on the hours of operotion. Hoving selected the proper Bulk- Flo size from the wei ght of the materia l per cubic foot ond the required copocity in tons p er hour by reference to Cho ri A, refer to Cho ris C to G on the following poge. Colculote factor M b y the formulo given beneoth these choris, ond then locote this factor olong the bottom of the chori correspond ing to the Bulk-Flo size selected . Drow o vertical line from this point to intersection with o horizontal line representing the vertical centers of the Bulk- Flo. lf the intersection p oint so locoted is to the left of the inclined d otted line representing the service closs obtoined from Table 6, the vertical centers of the Bulk-Flo ore within the ollowoble limits. lf this point is to the right of the incline d service line, select o lo rg e r size Bulk-Flo operoting ot reduced speed. The point of intersection described obove is olso used to select the heo d shoft diometer. The ronges covered b y the vorious heod shoft sizes ore outlined by the solid inclined lines, ond the shoft size covering the spoce in to which the point of inlerseclion fo lis is thot required for the instollotion in q uestion.
Table 4 • Motor sizes Input
Motor
horsepo wer
horsepower
To .9 to 1.4 to 1.9 to 2.7 to 4.6 to 7.1 to 9 .1 to 14. 1 to 18 .1 to
Table 5
_8 1.3 1.8 2.6 4.5 7 9 14 18 22
1 \12 2
3 5 7 \12 10 15 20 25
• Head s haft speeds He a d shaft speed, RPM
Conveyor FPM
Tabl e 6 • Serv ice cla sses
Bulk-Flo number
speed,
35
57
610 1
1
1
712
1
913
10 20 30 40
3.75 7.5 11.25 15
3 6 9 12
2.5 5 7.5 10
2.5 5 7.5 10
1.87 3.75 5.62 7.5
50 60 70 80
18.75 22.5 26.25 30
15 18 21 24
12.5 15 17.5 20
12.5 15 17.5 20
9.37 11.25 13.12 15
Daily operation, hours
Service
closs
6 to 10
1
10 lo 16
2
16 to 24
3
L 1 N K - B E L T • 365
bu lk handling Bul k - Fl o
Selection H e ad s haft size (continued) Chart F • No. 71 2 Bulk-Flo
Cha r t C • No. 35 Bulk-Flo 9 1-
w
\
--
\\
SERVI CE 1 1
8o
el 5 o ~ 4o 15 ~ -1 í6 ~ 3o !:::! 2 o la:: w o > o
H.
1
\
\ z.o
1 2.5
tl
,215
\
1
-
1 1
>
-
4.5
\
1
5.0
\ '1 4 l~
\
'.. 4;t
\
\ 1 3
2
\
\
\
\
1 1
1
FACTOR M A.
1 \
~
7
6
1
13
10
\
1
11
1
13
Fig . 3 107
Char t G • N o. 913 Bulk -Flo
Chart D • No. 57 Bulk-Flo
'
'srn:v1d
t;j 8 o
\
w u.. 7o ~
w
~ 5
tJ
4
'1
\\ \\
-.
~-
1
\1
...
2~
\
·~
31~
\1
HEAO SHAFT SlZE \
\
\
~ 30-15
u +-1ffi.+\ ¡::: 2 o a:: ~ Io
\
\
\
o
\ 1
1
'\
,,
4
2
6
1
1
1'
'
:
7
1
i '.
1
\
' ' ~2-~ o\ 16
o 2
1
\
1
1
4
6
,1z~
\
10
l
\1\
\\
s,~- ~
1
1 1
\ ' 16
1 18
Chart E • No. 61 O Bulk -Flo
1-
w
t::
80
70
~ 60
Vl
a::
~ 50
1
1
1
'
, sERVICE 3
\
\
' --2~-A- -3~- ~~~
1 1 1
..
\
\
\
4 [s
1
10
2
¡
15~
\
7
9
1
1
\
10
~,
\-
1 1 1
\\
1
1
11
1 1--+
4 ¡-5
\
\
1 )
1
~j
\
A.f actor M = -
1
·• 1 1 1
\
50 H
1
1
\ \
\ \
\
o
\
\
\
~ 30 u f+2¡~ ~ ¡::: 20
\
1\
1
H EA~'>HAFT SIZE 1 .\
\
l
\\
'.
\
\
~ 40
"\ ~
1
'·\
\
~
\
SERVICE~J
\
u
~
\
-\SERVICE 1 \
1
\
\1 1 1
\
12 13 14
FACTOR M A.
Fig. 3 10 6
366 • L 1 N K - B E L T
1
1
\1 1
1
1
20
22
Fig. 3 108
Fig. 3105
-
\
1
FACTOR M A.
FACTOR M A.
90
\
\\ ~
\
14
\
\
'
\ 12
1 \
\ sm
\
~
1
\
\
\
\
·.
,_
\ \ 1'
\
1 1
'
HEA ) SHAFT
\
\
1
1
có\ H
'
\
\
1 1
1
\ 5ERv1
\ ~3~.;i -3~- ~ -4fü- ..\ -4~~
~ 1o
1
\
5
6o
\
¡:! 5 o'
a::
1
'
1
SERVICE 2,
;!_ 3 o u ¡::: 2 o
\
1
1
a::
\
\
tl 4 o
1 1
\
~ Vl
~
\ SERVIC 11
\
\
z
1\ \
1 1
\
316 ~
'\
1
\
15 ~
-1\ ,,_
1
V
l;j 8 o w u.. 7o
\
\ ~,
\
9o ,
\
,
\
SERV ICE 3 -
\.
\+ ,_ 21~
-' n
1
1 1
\
lQ 6 o'
1
l
SERVl~E 2
\
14
FACTOR M A.
Fig. 3 10 4
9o
\
\\1
1
1 )
'
1
\
4
'\
1
\
\
\
\
1
'
'.
16
\\
\
1
'\
n
\
\
~
1
\\
1
?
\
o
'\
'
\1
HEA1 Sr AFT S~ZE \
\
-
1
\ :1
\
\
\
~-2uf ~ • ~: 1I~ 15 6-315
~
\
\
\
\
-"
1
\
\
u ~- ~215 z;~ ¡::: 2 a:: w
1
4.0
4
~ 3
1
1 1 1
' 3.5
3.0
0
~ 5
1
1 15
'\
\
·-
6 o\
z
1
\
1.5
1.0
C.5
1
1
2 j6 -·.1 HEAO SHAFT SI ZE 1~ \ 1
e(
(/) a::
1
1
\ \.'.\
~
\
" "
\
+ \SERVICE 1\ +-- SERv1d:-1
w u.. 7 ~f-\SERVl1 E3
1
\
7
w 8o
1-
1
1
\
1-
90
\ 1
1;
\ \
~ 6o
(/)
'.
\1
SERVI CE 3
\
t:: 7o
11
SERVI CE 2
-
\
5
-
where H = input horsepower S =speed in feet per minute
bulk handling Bulk-Flo
Horizontal with combined or separated-run
LOCATED~ ·o 'ti
CAN BE EITHER SIDE
"
y
L
:>
Combined-run
.../
r~~~i: Ll -: Z-CLEAR,... S -<:i-p "+-
w
SECTION A A
F ' + - - - - - - - - - - --
HORIZONTAL SI IAFT CEN TERS
TAKEUP
Fig . 6 146
CAN BE LOCA T E Dr-D iD' EITHER SIDE y )
L
r c1
Separated-run
../ E
,...
-
•1
AE
1
APº
\
f Cf Af
f----~:rf
C L TAIL SHAFT AE == }
.
r ~,
_í__ L,._J /
1
BN'
MAK ---f
_..
~ ---"-'---- / /'' , ) REMOV ABLE~- - - ·:::::7· jy
-
~
PANEL
_,.,;
/
-:__-___...:..-3/
"'- Z-CLEAR
-~-__,,___---
SECTION AA
VERTICAL SHAFT CENTERS
~
/
AB VIEW BB
~45° MA X.
~B
r - BL- >1
lw
....... 6
>+-+.
>-3
BOLTS -G
t:™~
Aql )¡
-<-
3•
10 FEET REGULAR LENGTHS HORIZONTAL SHAFT CENTERS
~ F
Fog 6 147
TAKEUP
8 vlk- Flo
A
e
•
•
35
5Y,
8~
57
7%
610 712 913
l Q:y, 12% 14
numb er
8vlk -Flo numb er
35
57 610 712 913
4
11 v. l 3 V. 1 sv. l 9 :Y. y
•
13 21 1 33Y, 17 41 21 21 41 53 25
D
•
5 Y, 6 Y, 7 y, 9%
z 16 \/• 20 28 33 35 Y,
1Qy, 12 y, 16 Yt l 8:Ya
10 Yt 13 y, 15% 16% 21 v.
19 ~a
¡107 Y, 12 13 16%
15
33 Ya 42 \/. 49 % 49 Yt 66Ya
:Ya :Ya
10 13 l5 16 20 Y,
•
9 \/a
11'~
13 y, 13 Y. 17'!.
h o ve d1mensions cert1fo ed fe r instollo t1on purposes.
I 2419 30Y, 32 Y, 36 Y,
1
10 12 % 1 s ~ª l 5% 20%
9 11 y, 14 14 18 Ya
AE
•
lO ~a 8 Yt 14 1 l v. l 6Y, 13 v. l 8 Y, 14 v. 1 23 18%
AF
•
M
N
9 12 14 15 l9Y,
1 Ya 1 y, l y, l y. 2
•
INCHES
AD
45
I
1(
•
AC
1 30 15'1' 195/a 23 23 30 V.
H
:y. y. y.
A8
AA
•
6 8 10 10 13
G
11 14 16 17 22
AG
AJ
A l(
8 Y, l Qy, 13 13 l 6 Y,
15 20 24 24 30
29 Y, 38
•
•
•
u
V
w
4 ;.
14 y, 18 Yt 23 '/a 23 % 30%
l S y, 20 25 1/. 25 V. 33
2 \1, 2 y, 3 3 3
7% 10 13% l sv. 17
• 2 v. 3 4 y,
S !!. 6
9Y, l 2 Y, 14 14 15 Y,
Al
AP
10 l 2 y, 15 16 19:Y.
50° 47°
5 7 8 8 Y,
AU
•
88
8C
12% 16:Y. 20 5/a 21 Ya 23 5/a
18 Yt 21 %
IN CHES
6% 8 V. 9% 10% 13 •
45 y, 45 \1, 59 5/a
1
43° 42° 46°
9 Y, 1
11 % 15% 17'1. 19
26 ~a 27 ~a 29 ~a
8l
8N
•
16 1 48 20 60 24 72 24 72 29 96
lnside dimensions
L 1 N K - B E L T • 367
bul k handling Bulk -Flo
Loop- loa ding BC
MAX.
F·TAKEU P
-,x_ AR AK
SIDE DISCHARGE
FRONT DISCI IARGE
RIGHT HAND SHOWN
A;_tl~ A YU ,.cf..
Bulk-flo number
- C"<
1
Bufk-Flo
•
R
ll
number
- Z -CLEAR
>l
Bulk-Flo
10 FEET REGULAR : LENGTHS
numbcr
9 Y, 12 \12 14 14 l 5Y,
~P-
1
-=~ 1~-
~
•
1
C
•
1
1r-.c-r
l
6 8 1OV. 10V2 11
:y.
:v. ll•
1 13 l 6:V.
•
W
~
2 \12 2\12 3 3 3
rn
V
5
414 5 7 8
ev,
13 19 22 22 25
8 11 12
Ya Ya
8 11 14 y, 14 !12 l 5:V.
1
Z
11'/a 15lla 19 20 26 1/ .
l
10 13 15 16 20\12
1 M
1
AD
7v.
131 ..
¡
lO:V. l 2:V. 13 '/4 16
29\11 34% 3 4 3/ 4 46:V.
1
~
NCH,
1
: ~'/1
¡
15 3/4 17
13 17 21 21 25
1614 1
~o 28 33 35V,
10
l 17% l4 l 8l11 23V,
.o; ~
1
AK AR AU 1 A; 1 AZ BA BB 1 BC _ _ _,;;;__;;;;__ _ _ _,..., '<-:::: O' ~----....:•:..__ _-'---
35 57 610 712 913
S'"'
&
•
35 57 610 712 913 CAN BE LOCA TED EITHER SIDE
1
5 !12 1 8~ 4 7 % 1114 5!12 lO:V. 13\4 6% 12% 1514 , 7V2 14 19:V. 9:V.
35 57 6 10 7 12 9 13
HEAD SHAFT TO TOP OF FEED OPENING
A
43\12 56% 73:V. 73:V. 95!12
v.
11 151/a 18 % 19% 26
12 17 23 23 30
23 !12 31 l/1 43 % 43 '/4 55!.'i
9!12 1 74 1t .., 25Y. 11 % 93'1o 3 1Y1 15:V. 1os v. 37 17 % 108\4 36 19 137% 1 45 !11
9:V. l 13!i, 2ov. 13 1714 23 y. 1814 2 1Y1 29 !11 20Y. 22 y, 30 1/1 23 V, 26 :Y. 33 %
J Lc' AD
cr--o BOLTS-G -f ¿
w-J
µ
Bulk-Flo
1
nurnber
-
35 SECTION AA THRU FEED REGULATING GATE
57 610 712 913
AY
•
l AE
'1
C L HEAD SHAFT
368 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Fig 6118
1 BE B•F 1 BH 1 BK 1 BL 1 BM 1 B•N BP BR • ' - - - - - - " - - - - -.,..,.:'-:--:-'----'-....::....- ' -- •: : : _ _....::•:._
BD
'-lCH
v.
3 4 1,. 515.M,
5u,, 7 Y1
5 y¡. 6:Y. 9% 10% 12
3 4 y.
s:v. 5% 7 Y1
6 v. 8 v1 9:V. 1 13%
ov.
nv.
l
30V. 35 :Y. 3 7:Y. 4 6 '/a
~
9
9 V.
0;,.
ª'""
7Y1
1 9% 5
9 ,. 9•¡. 9~..
9s,"
Hove dimensi ons certified for 1nstolla tion purposes. lnsije dimensions
24 30 36 36 48
33V, 42 y, 50
so
63!.'i
14 17 \12 21 21 28
bulk handling Sulk- Flo
L•path combined-run
SIDE DISCHARGE RIGHT HAND SHOWN FRONT DISCHARGE
r::: -
tit
A
/ ","-. ,_""\ < /" , 1
~c ~
~c
~ CA N BE LOCATED \ EITHER SIDE
VERTIC AL SHA FT CENTERS
ffiJJ ~
~
10 F EET REGULAR LENGTH<;
AD
/
/
W-1
/ 1/ /
I
/
1
~
/ •,{
1
f
¡-':LE'{'f
i) / /
/
/
/
SECTION AA
/
/
/
Fog 6 149
A
Bulk-Flo
•
number
35 57 610 712 913
Bulk-Flo number
1
e
B
1
•
8~
5y, 7% 10% 12% 14
1
AD
1
11 y. 13 y. 15Y. 19'1·
AE
•
1
•
4 5% 6% 7% 9%
1 Af •
o
f
10 12 % 15 16 19%
1 AJ
1
I G H• v. v.
6 8 10 10 13
AK
8 11 12 13 16%
'!. '!. :y.,
1
J
Al •
1
K
1
A~
L
1
2 3
4 4 4'!.
1
9 11 y, 14 14 l 8 Y1
AR
1
11 3/a 153/a 19 20 26 Y.
AU
1
p
M
•
•
1
1
1 1 INCHES
10 13 15 16 20Y,
AY
1
2v. 3 4 Y,
5Y, 6
s:
s
• 4 Y.
5 7 8 sv,
88
u
T 1
•
1
14% 41 y, l8 Y1 563/a 23'11 73'!. 23'/a 73 % 30 % 95Y,
1 BC
1
w
V
•
1
8~
2% 2% 3 3 3
1
X
1
1
BE
7'!. 10 13% 15 '!. 17
1
B:
1
21 33% 41 41 53
1
BH
~1 13 17 21 21 25
1
z
AA 1
•
AC 1
7Y,
l 6Y. 20 28 33 35 Y1
10 12 13 16%
BK
1
Bl
l 6 Y. 22'/a 25 1/ .
9 y. 9 Y.
9·~
1
8~
7y,
ª"~
7Y,. 7%
1
BM
19 24 30Y2 32 y, 36 %
1
B~
INCHES
35 57 61 0 7 12 913
10% 14 l 6 !h 1 SY, 23
4 1 y, 50% 60 3/4
58'!. 78Y.
10 14 18 19 25
15 20 24 24 30
41 'h 54 y, 7 1'11 713/1 92 %
v.
11 15'/a 18'!. 19% 26
12 17 23 23 30
Hove dimensio ns certif1ed fe r installo ti o n purpo ses.
21 y, 29% 41 'lo 41'/a 52 %
9% 11'/.i 15% 17'!. 19
21 !h 31'/1 48% 43 % 55!h
9% 13 1sv.
20Y. 23Y, •
13 % 1sv. 22% 23% 273/1
20'/a 23 y. 2s v1 29 Y1 33 Yt
3'/a 4 ¡.¡, 5'"ii• 51~
7V1
5~.
6'1;.
3 4Y.
6Y. 8Y1
9% 1(}3/1 12
5-% 7%
lOV. 13 y,
sv.
9'!.
vv. 35>/o
1
7%
8'11
48 60
72 72 96
lnside dime nsions
L 1 N K - B E L T • 369
bulk handling Bulk-Flo
L-path separated run BB >MAX.
~-BC--
MAX . BK CLEAR 1
l;--- -----¡¡j~..¡=:!~ AY AN
u 11
i:
::
:1
,1
1
1: _..1, 1
~
L ·BM \
12
BD
1
SIDE DISCHARGE RIG HT HAN D SHOWN FRONT DISCHARGE
~ C AN
BE LOCA T ED EITHER SIDE
w~,
( 1
vrnTICAL Sll AFT CENTERS
,/
/
/
/
/
r
ACl
MAX~
1
>-'< -
/
T - >--<--10 FEET REGULAR LENGTH S
/
/
1
~A
I
D
'==
11
/
/ K CLEAR
/
/
/
/
/
)
/ 1
//
/
/
/ 1
/
/!
/ / 10 FEET REGULAR LENGTHS
/
}--
1
>"3~- R--?-
Bulk- Flo number
1
~
J
~
7% 10% 12 % 13
Bulk -Flo
60
35 57 610 7 12 91 3 •
1
;,
D
J
E
F
1
~
1 G
1
J
J
~
K
~
1
R
1
1
~
J
~
U
1
~
1
W
1
731,
I 1OY, ay,
13 % 15 % 17
13 13 16 Y,
1
X
Y
1
1
Z
A:
-=----=--'---=----'---~--'-~~-::__:.~....:..~~~~~N ~C ~ H ~ E~ S '-----'~~'--~'--"'-~~-'---=--'----'-~~~~-~'--.::,_
35 57 610 7 12 913
number
Fig. 6 150
MIN. - F - - - -HORIZONTAL SHAFT CENTERS.- - - -- -r TAKEUP
BOLTS·G
5 Y,
1
1
ª'A•
1 1V. 13 1/ , 15 •/, 19%
4
5y, 6 Y, 7 Y, 9%
A8 1 75 1 A(
1
5 Y,
2 '/• 3 3 y, 7\lo 3 \/o l OV. 1 4 % 6 Y:i 7•¡.
l
19 24 3º y, 32 Y, 36 Y2
10 \/o 13 V. 1531. 1631. 21 y,
1oy, 12 y, 163/1 1a v1 19 71
AD
•
AE
6%
41 y,
a v. 150 3/o 9 % 60% 1031, 5 a31, 13 7 a v.
6
:g 13
Af
'11
1
2
~ ¡~ 1; 1
y.
•
AK
10 14 1a 19 25
41 y, 54 \l:i 7 1 31, 7 1 v. 92 %
Hove d imensions certifled for instollol1on purposes. l nside dimensions
370 • L 1 N K - B E L T
a
1631. Al
•
4%
AN
•
11 y, 1 12 15y, 17 1a>;. 23 19% 23 26 30
10 12 % 15 71 1571 20% AP
1 1'/1 ' 1o 15311 13 19 15 20 16 1 26 4 20 Y,
AR
AU
2 V. 3
4 y, 5 Y, 6 AY
INCHES 50º1 21 Y, 43 . ,. 42°l 46°
9Y:i
2 1 Y,
4 1' / t "1531, " " . "43 "31, 4 1 311 1 17v. 143% 52'14 19 55Y:i
I
9 Y, 4 V. 12Y, 5 14 1 7 14 a 15 y, ay, 8A
•
9 '!<
88
15 Y, 20 25 Y, 25 Y, 33
1 BC
1
13 71 20 y,
1a " v. 1 22 " 'Y1' "2a r" 1 2;i y, 2331o 29 7, \ 1 23 Y2 27 3/t 33'11
¡
4 1Y, 56 311 73 % 7 331,
2 Y2 2 Y, 3 3 3
95 Y,
B~ 3 Yo
BE
10
BF
51¡1,1 3
'5"A• '"' "9 311 "5 %· 5"A•¡ 10•;, 5 31, 7 71
12
BH
•
7 3/o
l
l
1
13 17
11 y,
~25~ 35 ;~ Y2
13 Y, 14 y, 1a v.
1
BL
BK
6 V. 1 16'1•
'9 % " 1o y, 13 Y2
l
ay,
16 V. 20
25 "V. 22 27 y, 35 V.
l
BM
BN
9 Y, j 9'M
4a
y, 'a•",16 7' " ª " MI 7% 7 7, 7'14
72 160 72 96
bul k handli ng Rotor- Lift
Flour is elevate d a nd uniformly discharged to sifter by a Roto r-lift in a modern b iscuit p lanl. The cla mped casing is readily removed for infernal cleaning. Pholo 3 2 195
Granular mate rials are rece lved fro m railrood cars a nd conveyed by Ro to r-lifts lo overhea d screw conve yors for d istribution to slora ge b ins. Photo 23522
De livery of sugar to mixer in lhis bakery is o cle an, p ositiva o p eration using link-Bel! Rotor-lift. Photo 3 21 97
The Link - Belt Rotor- Lift is a compact, dust- tight, weatherproof vertical screw con veyor which will successfully elevate many products such as seeds , cereals and grains, as w ell as fine, pulveri z ed, fluffy and granular materi als. The Rotor-Lift is economical , the space occupied is small a nd the ope ration is si mple. The power requirements under normal operating conditi ons com pare favorably with o t her mec hanica l elevating units o f equiva lent capacity. Rotor- Lif ts hove fewer opera ting parts than oth er forms of elevator s. They are easi ly erected or dismantled, as th ey are co mpact and co mparative ly l ig ht in w ei g ht, a nd a re therefore well adapted for u se w ith temporary or portable in stallations.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 371
bulk handling Rotor-Lift
Features
The recommended method of feeding is by means of hori zont al screw feede rs connected to the Rotor-Lift casin g . These feed ers are available in two lypes- offsel sc re w a nd ce ntral sc rew feeders. The e levating medium consists o f a conveyor screw having he lica l flighti ng, of accurate pitch, mounted on Jo rge d iameter steel pipe. Ends of pipe and in fernal end collars are ma chine bo re d and the moun ted conveyo r sections ca refully straightened to assure concentricity. The sections of conveyo r sc rew are made in convenient lengths for ease of handling, with fl ighting motched at ends of sections, thus forming a continuous screw. The e ntire vert ical screw is suspen d ed from the top thrust bearin g . Rotor- Lift casings are fl anged and bolted fo r accessibi lity. To insure perpendicula r alignment, the housing conn ec ting flanges are ma ch ined an d matc he d . The discharge spout and overfl ow doors are regularly provided os part of the top casing section. Special outlets can be mad e to suit unusual conditions.
Compact and fully e nclo sed Link-Belt driv e mounted d ire ctly on casing
O verflow door prev e nts jamming
l
Dis charge spout easily arrang ed t o s u it conditions
Conv e yor scre ws consisting of helical flighting of accurate pitch, mounted on larg e diam et e r pipe
Ve rtica lly split casings are used in handl ing food products, so ap f lakes and such materia ls as require accessib ility to screw and casing for cleaning purposes.
Dust tight, w e ath e rproof, flang e d and bolte d ca s ing s accu rate ly aligne d
A fu lly enclosed Link-Belt drive, to operate the RotorLift, is located a t the top of the casing. This drive is compact and easily connected to a prime mover.
ROTOR - LIFT WITH
ROTOR - LIFT WITH
OFFSET SCREW FEEDER
CENTRAL SCREW FEEDER
Lowe r e nd of v e rtical s cre w fitted with s ta bili z ing b ea ring
Feed e r scre w supporte d by e nd b earing s
Feeder scre w su p ported by outboard b e aring s
J 31107
372 • L 1 N K - B E L T
bulk handling gravlty-discharge conveyor-elevators
gravi'ly-discharge co~veyor-eleva'lors
Cool Is received, e levoted, conve yed, and discharged by gravity-discharge canveyar·elevator. Bolh bucket fines receive coal from loading hoppers al beginning of lower run ond dischorge into sloroge hopper al end of upper horizontal run. Photo 4723A
Upper run of grovity-dischorge conveyor-eleva tor o t o lorge cool transfer station. Coal is received from feeders on lower run ond dischorged through gales on upper run. Photo 28359
lower corn e r of gravity-discharge conveyar-elevator, showing sturdy conslruclion. Photo 28360
The gravity-discharge conveyor-elevator is used to handle non-abrasive bulk mat erials in vertical, or combinotions of horizontal and vertical pa ths. lt derives its name from the fact that ma t erial discharges from the buckets by gravity. Because of the gentl e pick-up and discharge of material the gravity- d ischarge conveyor-elevator is primarily intended for use where breakag e or degradation of conveyed material is an importan! consideration. lt is also suitable for lumpy materials, relatively large capacities and many other applications where compa rotively econom ical equipment is desired. This conveyor-elevator consists of a conveying medium of modified V-shap ed buckets rigidly mount ed al regular intervals b etween two strands of long pitch steel roller chain, operating over suitably located comer sprockets and in open t roughs or enclosed casings as determined by the requirements of the installation.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 373
bulk handling gravity-dischorge conveyor-elevators
Layouts The typical arrangements illustrated show sorne of the more common p aths empl o yed in chemical plants , b oil er houses, etc. l oading can be accomplished by means of a corner boot, or material can be fed into the conveyor al an y point along a lower horizontal run. In the latter instance the buckets act as scrapers, pushing t he material fo rward to a corner where it is carried around a curved trough and picked up b y the buckets. On vertical runs this machine functions as an ordinary +.---TRAVEL
(~~_:_Q__,~ •·:t:·•··~~t.·•ti! ~'-.._ STORAGE HOPPE~ ) "-· • 1 _¡., • ORIVE
. ../ c .
~
CORNER
• ~ ~•
~
~ED/
•
y
TAKEUP CORNER
. ·(\--\
;
··•·•·•·•·•·•·•· 4Jp·"º'·-0-·~· + ) GATE (
i
ORIVE CORNER
. .
\
STORAGE
j1
et HOP~ \,_\L. .--6 (
~
/
• •
f'\_
T AKEUP CORNER
J.
)._
•
y
..,..
le>~
r ·'1t
V~
_
Q..~·-0-·-0-·-0-·-0-·-0-·-0--0--0--A.:-o-, "·- .
!
_¡., ..,...
\
.. ._
+--TRAVEL
•• •
1
1
bucket elevator. U p on reaching an upper corner the conveyor l ine aga in assumes a horizontal position and the buckets opera te as scropers. Material i s rest rained from spilling a l corners by specia l ly constructed cu rved t roughs. Discharge fro m the convey or can on ly be effected on horizontal ru ns where o p en i ngs o ccur i n the troug h bottom. Gales con be provided or the trough bottom omitted to properly d i stri bute ma terial along the line of travel of the upper run.
+ LOAOING
\o/·~·~7PER
- .
~
-0--0-·-0-·-0-·-0--0--0--0-·-0-·-0-~~ ~
Arrangement
~
+--TRAVEL GATE
-
(
;~~~
·i19
~~
'-·i t
/ 4t
9---~~-~
TAKEUP
Wll~_./
LOAOING HOPPER
Fig. 3366
Arrangement 3
Arrangement 4
Buckets
f:f) !H LE~GTH.J LEVEL
f OISCHARGE Average weight each, pounds
Copacity Leng th, inches
12 16 16 20 24 20 24
Width, inches
12 12 15 15 15 20 20
Depth, inches
Style
6 6 7 7 7 10 10
A A A A A
B B
in cubic fe et
12
Á
gauge
.297 .398 .579 .727 .874 1.306 l.582
9.9 12. l
... ...
.. . . ..
1
10
gauge
1 ~6
21.0 24.3 27.7
. .. . .
Hove d imensions cer ti fied far installation purposes Á Buckets level full. • Furnished w ith rei nforcing bors.
37 4 • L 1 N K - B E L T
SIOE
Style A
Photo 4033
in ch
28. l 32.7 37.2 48.5 54.7
l4 1
Length, inches
Width, inches
Depth, inches
Style
in ch
64.3 72.4
Copacity in cu bic fe et Á
30 . 36 . 30 . 36 . 42 . 48 .
20 20 24 24 24 24
Style 8
Fig. 3620
10 10 11 11 11 11
B B B B B B
l.984 2.386 2.672 3.285 3.8 40 4.395
Average weigh t eoch, pounds
~ inch
75.8 87.4
.. . .
.... ....
....
1
l4 in ch
96.5 11 l.O 118.0 134.0 151.0 168.0
bulk handling gravlty-dlscharge conveyor-elevators
Selection 58 X 100 . 63 3
Example of gravity-discharge conveyor-elevator selection
conveyor speed far 58 TPH copacity
Problem
horsepower of lower run = (90 X .O 15) + (20 X .063) = 2.61 HP
Select o grovity-dischorge conveyor-elevotor to meet the following conditions:
horsepower of loaded vertical run = 40 X .08
Material .... .. .. .. .... cool Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 pound s per cubic foot Copacity ........ _.. ... 58 tons per hour Layout ......... __ . . . . Arrongement 1 with 20 feet of lower run and 100 feet of upper run looded Horizontal shoft centers .. 11 O feet Vertical shoft centers ... . 40 feet
Solution
,¡_
=
= 91.6
FPM
3.2 HP
horsepower of upper run = (100 X .063) + ( 1O X .O 15) = 6.45 HP horsepower of head shoft, bosed on 1 00 FPM speed, including 103 far corners =( 2.61 +3.2 + 6.45) 1.1O = 13.48 HP horse power of heod shaft, bosed on 91.6 FPM speed 13.48 X 91.6 100 speed of head shoft far 91.6 FPM =
Refer to the table below. A conveyor-elevotor with 24 " long ond 20" wide buckets operating al l 00 FPM will handle 63.3 TPH of material weighing 50 pound s per cubic faot.
=
8.33 X 91.6 OO 1
12.35 HP
7.63 RPM
Knowing HP and sp eed of head shaft, select drive.
-l
HORIZONTAL CARRYING RUN
~
.
STORAGE HOPPER ~_,,..----/1--
.f
~S .
<
VERTICAL RUN
:
.
""~·
,.,,.
.
B
•_.;
HORIZONTAL LOADING RUN
Fig. 3368
Fig. 3369
Copacity ~ Horsepower per foot ¿ Bucket Bucket Mox. Cho in ond bucket Heod si:r.e, B_ucket spocing, lumps, per hour Vertical ! . Eoch Choin weight per foot, shoft pounds RPM inches thockness inches inches A ru n horizontal run numbe r Empty lloaded• O Length!Width Cu. ft. I Tons loaded• Empty lloaded•
¿
.014 .014 .015
36.2 37.5 .040 SS 1227 35.3 .047 SS 1227 36.8 .055 SS 1227 38.8
44.2 48.1 46.9 51.3 56.3
.0 14 .015 .018 .019
.054 .063 .078 .093
54.0 59.7 72.4 81.8
12 16
12 12
12 ga. 12ga.
18 18
4 4
952 23.8 .03 1,275 31.9 .04
.014 .014
16 20 24
15 15 15
10 ga. JO go . 10 ga.
24 24 24
6 6 6
1,390 34.7 .045 1,745 43.6 .055 2,100 52.5 .067
20 24 30 36
20 20 20 20
'Ao 'Ao 'Ao 3Ao
36 36 36 36
8 8 8 8
2,090 2,530 3, 170 3,820
.067 .08 . JO .12
in. in. in. in.
52.3 63.3 79.2 95.5
.032 SS 927 .038 SS927
Hove dimensions ceniíled ío r inslollo lion purposes. Copocily ond horsepower based on buckets 80% íull operoling at a conveyor speed of 100 FPM. HP a t head shaft should include 103 fo r corners. Copacity and HP direclly proporlional to speed, and weight of
SS 1827 SS 1827 SS 1827 SS 1827
36.6 38.6 46.0 50.0
16.6 16.6 12.5 12.5 12.5
A
1 B 1 C 1 O 1 E
1
f
1 G
l----~--1NCHE _S_ _ _ _ __
22 V2 18 Yz 26 V2 18 V2 26 V2 26 30 Yz 26 34 V2 26
8.33 30 Yz 34 8 .33 34 Y2 34 8.33 40 V2 34 8 .33 46 V2 34
22 Ya 18 22 Ya 18 20 5 16 o/a 23 V2 30 'A 23 V2 24 5Ao 20 Ya 23 V2 30 'A 23 V2 28 5 24 Ya 23 V2 30 'A 23 V2 16 5¡1¿112 o/a 18
20 5~ 16 Ya 18
* 24 Ao 21 28 •Aol25 *** 34'Aol3 I 40 Ao 37 5
5
34 134 34 34
42 Va 34 142 Va 34 !42 Va,34 42 Ve 34
ma terial.
• 8ased on material weighing 50 pounds per cubic fool. O Based on 8-tooth sprocket wheels and speed al 100 FPM.
L 1 N K- B EL T • 375
bulk handling P eck carrier
-
Peck carr1er
Elevating and conveying r e clalmed coal to stora ge bunkers, lhis Peck carrier has been in operation since 1903 al railroad shop power plant. Photo 3881 6
Low e r ru n af Peck carrier in large modern office building, operating under storage bunkers. Excess coal from active starage bunkers is recirculated to l 000-ton main storage bunker. Photo 37670
Uppe r run of 96-foot long Pe ck carrier , d ischarg ing coal into top of a ctive bunkers which e xte nd unde r Aoor grating. Po rt o f coal handling system of larg e mo dern o ff ice build ing . Pho to 37671
The Link-Bel! Peck corrier elevotes ond conveys material such os cool, oshes, cement clinker, Fuller's eorth, slone, etc., in o continuous Aow without the necessity of lronsfer points. lt hondles moteriols verticolly, horizontolly, or on an incline, over mony poths of trove! in a single vertical plone. There may be one or severo! looding points ond dischorge may be concentrated or distributed. Material is corried over mony combinotions of horizontal, vertical or inclined poths, in buckets which dischorge ot o predetermined point, or points. There is no weoring oction of 376 • L 1 N K - B E L T
material upon the buckets during tronsit. Material is corried undisturbed from looding point to dischorge, without coming into contoct with the rototing ports of the corrier line ossembly. Thus the Peck corrier moy be used to hondle moteriols al hig h temperoture, obrosive moteriols such os oshes, coke, ore ond cernen! clinker; os well os less obrosive moleriols such os cool, Fuller's eorth ond similor substonces. The Peck corrier permits flexibility of instollotion since poths of trove! con usuolly be orronged lo suit ovoiloble spoce.
bulk handling Peck carri e r
Fea tures
Photo 361 O .. Peck corrier bucket dischorged by movoble tripper. Both movoblc ond stotionory trippers con be lowered to cleor bucket coms.
One outstanding feature of the Link-Bel! Peck carrier design is the ingenious method of bucket suspension
circuit; and al the same time automatically overlap ad-
which causes buckets always to remain horizontal, except when discharging, regardless of localion in the
to auxiliary devices cr complicated mechanisms. Because buckets overlap on ali horizontal runs to form
jacent buckets on horizontal runs, all without resorting
o continuous carrier line, any location on lower horizontal run
may be used as a
loading poin t, and moving
buckets may be filled uniformly by an uninterrupted flow o f material, without spillage. In transition from horizontal to vertical or inclined travel, buckets separate smoothly without tipping, and when horizontal travel is resumed they are brought together again automatical ly. During the entire circuit, buckets remain Photo 7776
suspended in normal position. They cannot come into t he loading zone inverted, nor can they discharge at any point except when emptied by a tripper. This positive coordination is produced by suspending the buckets from projecting ends of the chain sidebars so that as the chain pivots at the joints when entering or leaving the turns, each point of bucket suspension describes an are which frees the overlapping bucket lips or brings them together as required, without interference . No additiona l parts are required nor is the chain in any way complica ted by the importan! fea tures which this construction provides.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 377
bulk handling P e ck carrier
Features Malleable iron or steel carrier bucke ts For normal requirements, Peck carrier buckets are made of seamless, corrosion-resisting, smooth malleable iron, reinforced al the top edges for added rigidity . Steel buckets of welded or flanged construction, and bucket s with malleable iron ends and steel bottom plates, are also available for handling exceedingly abrasive or high temperature materials. Each bucket is suspended from an i ndividu al cross rod, by repla ceable hardened bearing blocks which fil within dumping cams riveted to the bucket ends. There is no wearing action whatever upon the bucket body in travel. Malleoble iron Peck corrier bucket
Rugged chain design Cross rods , from which the buckets are suspe nded, are jointed to both strands of chain by milled pivotal con -
made with large diameler single flanged roll ers which support the carrier line on horizontal and i nclined runs.
nections which preven! twist in the chain yet are free to adjust to irregularities resu lting from uneven chain
Rollers are made of gray iron, Flint-Rim chilled iron
wear or stretch, without binding the buckets or straining
or high properly alloys and moy be bushed, cored or
the carrier line. Chain sidebars are regularly made of
bored depending on condition of service. Lubrica tion is
high grade malleable iron with 1-beam shaped midsectio n s for extra strength without unnecessary weight,
supplied through drilled chain pins equipped with pressure fittings.
but they can also be furnished in the sorne design, made of Link -Belt Prom al or of forged stee l.
supp lied to both pins and rollers, and are designed to
Chain sideba rs hove broad broached surfaces which
These bushings are also shaped to maintain a definite
Choin bushings are so made that lubri can ! can be lock snug ly within broached hole s in the chain sidebars.
provide wide sea ts for accurale fitting of pins, bushings and cross rods, an essenlial feature in resisling the loosening effects of wear and corrosion. Resulting wear is confined to renewable parts readily replaced. Sidebar exlensions from which the buckets are suspended, are integral parts of the links, not separate pieces riveted or bolted to the chain. A variety of cha in joint assemblies is available in the Link - Belt Peck carrier to suit various services. All are
spacing between the sidebars for free roller action. Chain pins are prevented from rotating within !he sidebars by projecting lugs on the bucket link which grip the T-head pin. The opposite end of the pin is journaled to provide sidebar clearance for chain articulation, and fitted with a special l ocking washer and nut.
Ce n ter r oller cha in for long conve yors Cenler roller chain can be supplied for installations involving long horizontal conveyor cenlers. The cenler rollers are located between chain pitch points with driving collars al the chain joints. Center roll e rs support chain on horizontal tracks, while driving collars al cha in joints make contad only when articulating around sprockets. The center rollers are bushed, or can be equipped with dustsealed anti-friction bearings, to reduce power requirements and maintenance. Center rollers can easily be replaced without disconnecting chain.
Supe r io r perfor man ce The remarkable performance records established by the hundreds of Link-Belt Peck carriers now in service, are tri butes to the design and const ru ction of the carrier Peck carri er with center roller chain
378 • L 1 N K - B E L T
line . Every par! is functional; every part is rugged .
bulk handling Peck carrier
Layouts with the fact that buckets may be loaded or discharged on horizontal runs, often enable a single Peck carrier to perform funct ions which wou ld require several separote conveyors of other types. A typical example is a boiler plant installation in which ashes are loaded directly into the carrier from the clean - out doors and discha rged inta the ash bin, and the same carrier used at a different time to d istribute coal to the bunker.
The Link - Belt Peck carrier operates over practicall y an y path of trove! in a single vertical plane. The path need not necessarily be rectangular. For example, the lower run of the Peck carrier m a y be extended to pass beneath truck or !rack hoppers located outside the build i ng which houses the carrier. Vertical runs may be adjacent as well as w idely separated. The upper run may be short, for discharge at a single point , or long enoug h to serve many points of discharge, even if located be· y o nd the vertical runs . The variety of paths of travel permissible, combined
Some of the more common arrangements are illustrated.
"'*'····. . (/~
=<•• w ......o\.7c/vV)27 &.
w ~
ll l
DUMP
~
~-
ORIVE CORNER
OUMP
ORIVE CORNER
t) A rrangement
(~
~~\TAKEUP
~ (+ . Fig. 3629
Arrangement 3
A rrangement 2
Fig. 3630
Fig . 363 1
Fig . 3632
Fig. 3660
TAKEUP
CORNER
~··
A rran gem ent 4
t
~~ Arrangement S
A rrangement 6
L 1 N K - B E L T • 379
bulk handling Peck carrier
Selection Example of Peck carrier selection
Trippers l ink-Belt Peck carrier buckets are dumped at desired poin ts on the horizontal runs by contact between tripper cams and bucket cams. Each bucket is revolved indepe n dent ly with a n easy motion which gradually disch a rges its load and then ret urns the empty bucke t to nor ma l traveling position. Complete discharge is obtai ned wit hout t urning the b uck e t e n ti re ly ove r. lt is impossib le for buckets to rema in in an inverted position. Trippers may be movable or stationary. Movable trippers travel upon a separate track beneath t he buckets, and a re controlled by a power o r hand ope rated w inch with a cable which moves the tripper in the direction opposite to tha t of bucket travel. Slack in the cable permits the tripper to travel with the bucket line until the desi red pcsition for discharging is reached. Stationary trippers are installed in a f ixed location, but, like movable trippers, they may be rendered inoperative by a manual control which lowers the tripper cams t o clear t he bucket cams. Stationary trippers are used where frequent changes in discharge points are required, as over auxiliary conveyors, spouts, ash bins, etc., or where a few fixed points o f discharge wi ll p rovide sufficient distribution. Tripper cams are made of gray iron for normal service, or of Flin t-Rim chilled iron when abrosive mo teriols ore to be hand led.
Select a carrier to meet t he following cond it ions : M aterial . . . . . . . . . . . . . coal Weight . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 50 pounds per cubic foot C apacity . . . . . . . . . .. . 90 tons per hour Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arrangement 1 Horizon tal shaft centers .. 240 feet Vert ica l shaft centers ... 50 feet Solution Refer to Ta ble l . A Peck carrier with 30" p itch and 24" wide b uckets operating a t 60 FPM will ha ndle l 05 TPH o f 50 pound per cubic foot material. . . 90X60 speed of comer for 90 TPH capac1ty = = 51.4 FPM 105 3 3 5 speed of hea d shaft for 51.4 FPM = .4 ; ~ = 2.94 RPM 0 Refer to Chart C for 30" pitch buckets. Locate 240-foot horizontal and 50-foot vertical shaft centers for 24" wid e buckets. Note that a 20 HP motor is required Knowing horsepower and speed of headshaft, select equalizing gears and drive from Catalog l 050.
Table 1 • Capacities Size of bucket, inches Pitch
Orives Orives ore simple ond efficien t. Use link-Belt enclosed geor drives ond choin drives for primary reductions and linkBelt equalizing geors for th e final reduction. Equalizing geors, incorporated in all Peck corrier design, compensate for pulsations produced when long pitch chains operate over sprockets which revolve at uniform speed . Use Charts A, B ond C to determine the size motor required for o Peck corrier of estoblished buck e t size and known horizontal and vertical centers, handling material weig hing 50 pounds per cubic foot.
1
18 18 18 24 24 24 30 30 30 36
Copocity A Cubic Tons feet p er per hour hour 1
Copocity of bucket leve( full, cubic feet
Width
15 18 21 18 24 30 24 30 36 36
0.74 0.89 1.04 1.55 2.08 2.55 3.65 4.55 5.47 8.00
800 1000 1200 1800 2400 3000 4200 5200 6200 10200
Recommend e d moximum
speed, fee t per minute
20 25 30 45 60 75 105 130 155 255
40 40 40 50 50 50 60 60 60 80
Heod sho ft speed,
RPM
3.8 1 3.81 3.81 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.43 3.43 3.43 3.81
A Copocily bosed on buckcls 80
full, listlld speed ond hand ling material weiqhing 50 pounds oer cubic foot. Cap'lcity d ireclly proportional 10 corri~r
')pPPri nnd w0iqht of material.
Table 2 • Machinery weights Weight per foot, pounds
Size of bucket,
Weight a l drive mochinery, pounds
inches
Width
Pitch
Cha in and buckets
Weight of upper corner mochinery,
paunds
Buckets empty
1000 1025 1050 1800 1900 2000 4200 4400 4600 11000
50 53 56 90 103 112 120 140 146 240
1
18 18 18 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 •
Upr~r
15 18 21 18 24 30 24 30 36 36
3 100 3150 3200 5300 5400 5500 11000 11200 11400 28000
Buckets fllled, materia l weight, pounds per cubic foot 50
100
75 83 91 129 155 176 193 23 1 256 373
100 113 126 168 207 240 266 322 360 506
run onr.ludes cross chonnels. walkway, handroils, track ra ils, raol chairs, chain and buckets.
380 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Upper run6
Buckets empty
Buckets fllled, material weight, pounds per cubic foot
50
176 182 188 228 242 257 269 294 307 413
201 212 223 267 29 4 321 342 385 417 546
1
too
226 242 258 306 346 385 415 476 527 679
bulk handling Pe ck car rie r
Selection Chart A • Horsepow er for 18 - inch pitch b ucke ts hand li ng 50 po und per cu b ic foot materia l 4
--M
i= r.:r ,_.. 3609 .,_.,, 1- >-- f-'°lFIG.1-+·I · 1 r· t ..... , ~ r:-::-T
i?..-· .1-
...... ,...._... ~:.
¡ti: ,........
-k
. .-·- -
·-f-·
"'
...
-
..
-·
·-=:;.
':::; =~·-
--·
~
-
·•··
·~-
!ti- ~ ·
--
..... ,_
¡::;¡ l'
I~ ~~ 1I
¿
··.\
¡? ' ~ ~ ~ '<: '<: ¡;, o I~ ~ ~ ~
~
.. ~
~ ~
---
• · •1
~
~
"~
~ ~
;;¡:
...
· •t•
1
. •·l
"1
"
'<'1
·-
¡.¡¡_.
·:e fE; R
-·
·: 1~ µ: r.
. ,..... ¡:.;:;<
,_
ri l~E j;Il .¡..¡. :l;L
;;;.:
t::::::
~ t;.
luu
ª,-:-
'·1-.. ~ f - •
::i:.
;;:J $
·4j
r::::-
....... . .
.•.
¡.¡.¡
_,
f:-1
. ...j
.¡¡ -~
-'t•"
t::::::
N~
. .¡
1~
:-~
,., 11-?.t'- ,_...
._..,~
. ,¡
~
C\
,.ti t¡::
1t: f
.....
--
/(
·,.n-::
u•
r- ........
l::t ::e
-~
.J-
,_.._
-~
;;¡:
1
,_
....
~
"''
w,, 66= wljtJ: f-5 1:>•
...... <¡+. ~?·
~ u
- so-
·~
40
-,
.~
30-
"
-
~ s 2 ~ ~ ¡s '~ ~ 1 § ~- ~ ~ ~ I~ ~ ~ I~ 5' 1s'w¡oTH "" ~ ~ I ~ ¡1 ~ ~ I ~ ~ = ~ ~ 5 ¡q 18' WIDTH al l::i ~ : ~ 1 z (WIDTH ~ lg_ ~- I ~ ~ ~ ';'
e
"
"tr
J-
E!~W
! .
- -
'u
•v-
.µ ··>+
..
~
g áS 1 ~
- .;;:¡+ f-. ¡;.¡:::
,_
..•
·-·
,.......
,_.. ,_..
.iÍ
+ ·· +·
...
~- j
~
,_
-
11
1
,.......
.:.._
~ f?N ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 ~
~~
.. ·•tt
.¡.
:'1t'
~
1•
........
~ ~ ~
,_
-
e!§:f_Ef;T
~
-._, ......,
·- -· - .. . __.1:1 i:::::::;f is _.,.... ... m:·- f.: -E: - -· ·- - .....-- -· .,i-:;; .J; --< -- ·- ·- w: "t'. it1 _:¡:-_f.f. -· -- ·· ~~6 -· -:-::¿jr.& .. -·· 3ii É ~ t - ......· 1±.lli: * 1: -= -- .....- i.....- -· .v - - =- -· -- -· """"'
:
1.
f,:::'.
,_ ,_.. ,. ,,¡· ,_ ........
~ ~~
-..
. . j:::2...,.~o'º~ ~ ' ri.? 1 .. ,....... '
V
,.¡;
-1
~
..
·-·· 1;:[email protected]"L cm ~-
~ ·i--
....
-·
•++•
[¡;~ ¡.¡.¡ 1111
~¡.:
-·
.
~. ~.-......
fiE =~ __. , :f -- ...- "'-- ..,...................
~
---
·!-++·. ..... 1-+- µ.._
Jt::. f4+
.¡.. .
.. ~-c,.o~ · "'l~ ? ·'11 :-V ~"' -.. - ...-· - .. . •
,_.. ··· ·- -
,.....,
..- lt'".. -- .. -=-·=-i--·:
t·
~ ¿-
.--.
....
~
ª
ª
ª
Chart 8 •
Ho rsepow er fo r 24-inch pi tch buck ets handling 50 pound per cubic foot material 4
Chart C •
Horsepow er fo r 30-in ch pitch buck ets handling 50 poun d p er cubic foot materi al ¿
Consult Link-Belt for horsepower when hondli ng o ther thon 50 pound per cu bic foot mote riol, or for horsepower of co rriers with 36-inch by
36-inch buckets. C onsult Link-Belt for possible horsepower reduction if onti-friction rollers are used on center roller cha in.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 381
bulk handling P e ck carrier
18-inch pitch buckets
Cross section through upper run
Fig . 3598
PLAN O F UPPER RUN
t" - - VARI ABLE-
-
""'- 3-0' A
- - --
1 A- -- - -A- -
a'.s~
--
l!!
j
1o·r
~r<--::¡-A1
I
Cross section lhrough vertical leg odjocenl lo woll
.L !1
1
10-0
SECTIONS
1
1
...: ..
.-:
Crou section through encosed vertical leg nol odjocen l lo wol l
4'- a ' MINIMUM
- ->-
I
I
I
- -A - - - r - < - -- A- - ->i 17 r< 2-9 Fig. 3597
Cross section through lower run
, . ~
~~~·~·~·~·
•'
•. e
• '••
·. . . .
PLAN OF LOWER RUN
Fig. 3598 Fig. 3599
Size o f buckel, inches
Pitch
Al
e
B
1
F
E
D 1
1
L
J
1
1 No rmal' MinimJ Normal
1
p
MinimJ
s
1
Norma l ¡MinimuJ
FEET ANO tNCHES
Width
18 , 15 8- 0 1 3-2 11- 4 1- 8 11- 10 13-6 18 18 7-0 3-5 1- 7 1- 9 \/2 1- 11 \/2 3-7 \/2 2- 1 3-9 18 2 1 6-0 3- 8 1- 1 1- 11
o
Hove dimensions certified lar instollotion purposes.
38 2 • L 1 N K - B E L T
1
2-1 2-4 2-7
3-3 3-6 3-9
8-0 8-0 8-0
2-4 6 - 1 1 ¡3- 11 3-11 1 6-0 6 - 1 1 4\/2 2-5 \/2 4\/2 6-0 6- 11 4- 2 2-7 6-0 ¡4- 2
o
o
5-0 13-3 \/2 5-0 3-6 \/2 5-0 3-9 \/2
bulk handling Peck carrier
24-inch pitch buckets 8
-e -
o -
o-J.
Cross section t h roug h upper run
PLAN OF UPPER RUN
Fig. 3601
~ LEARA NcµoR
REDUCE~'..g' Q...EARAOCE FO!L.ll.M'ING B~E{
3"16"--~ --
MIN
2~··
A
A
A
1 1
Cross seclion thro ugh vertical leg odjocent to woll
¡
l~r
,.,.,, - -
.rv
f
.. ·.· .· ..
..
'
Cross seclion lhrough encosed verticol leg nol odjacent to woll
..,..,,,,
.· """ . .. ··. SIDE ELEVA TION
Fig. 3600
.\ '.: '.'~ .:
'· -.. ,--
l
.'
~
-~-----------~----------~
tó-....¡;¡;¡....-.¡'i-}.-- -- - - - - -- -- - - - ------- - - - - --
--
--1
F
p f _
•
·;-i ,---@-i>t
tt-+--1-+-. -
;
,
,
~
,
••
'...
•
PLAN OF LOWER RUN
Size of bucket, inches Pitch
24 24 24
c
B A l
1
o
E
1
1
Fig. 3601
l
J
F
1
1 Wldth
18 6-013-61,4 1-6 24 6-0 4-0 1,4 2-0 30 5-0 4-6 1,4 2-6
Cross section Through lower run
,..
1
1
1
Normal, Minimuml Normol
I
Fig. 3602
s
p
Minimum
1
Normol ¡Minimuml
fEET ANO INCHES
2- 1 2-4 2-7
2-3 2-6 2-9
4-0 2-6 Y2 4-21,4 10-2 4-3 3-0 Y2 4-8 1,4 10-2 4-6 3-61/z 5-2 1,4 10-2
8-8 4- 5 1/z 8-8 4- 8 Y2 8-8 4-11 Y2
2-9 3-0 3-3
4- 5 Y2 4- 8 Y2 4-11 Y2
7-2 7-2 7-2
5-8 4-2 1,4 5-8 4-8 1,4 5-8 5-214
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 383
bulk handling P eck ca r r ier
30-inch pitch buckets
Cross scct ion through up per run Fig. 3604
PLAN OF UPPER RUN
-<
-
/'
I
'
I
1
A-
5-2! - >+<
¡
1 -13-0,-
1
- - A- > ' < - - -A-
1
- ->-<-VARIABLE
--->I
Cross section t hroug h vertical l eg odjaccn t to wal l
10-0' SECrONS
---'!.
1oi-O' _1:
---~...-
1
f .. ... . ' .
Cross section through e ncased vertical lcg not odjacent to woll
Fig. 3 603
SIDE ELEVATION
- - -F- --
·~~~-~~ _Ip -F- - - - - - - - - - -- -- - - -. -
..... : ..
Cross section through lower run
•
'
'
~
.. . .
Fig. 360 4
PLAN OF LOWER RUN
Fig. 3605
Size o f bucket, inches Pitch
30 30 30
1 Width
24 30 36
FEET AND INCHES
8-0 7-0 6-0
4-3 4-9 5- 3
2-0 2- 8 % 2-6 14- 4 3- 1 Vil 4-9Y-i l 11-8 2-6 12-11 %¡ 2-9 4- 7 3-7 Y2 5-3 Y-1 1 11-8 3-0 2- 2 :Ya 3-0 14 - 1O 4-1 Y215-9 Y-1 11-8
Hove dimensions certi'ied fo r iosto llotion purpo ses.
384 • L 1 N K - B E L T
10-3 10-3 10-3
5-0 5 -3 5-6
3-6 3-9 4-0
5-0 5-3 5-6
8-2 8-2 8-2
6-8 6-8 6-8
4-9Ys 5.3 Ya 5-9 Ya
bulk handling Peck carrler
36-inch pitch buckets
Cross section t hraugh upper run
Cross •ection thraugh vertical run adjacen t to wall
L Cross section through cncosed vertical run not adjacent to woll K- --
- - - -1&7' MINIMUM-
--SIDE ELEVATION
...
:.:'·
Fig. 3606
Cross section through lower run
.
' . ... . ~ .' ·. .' ·:: ::-""' · ~... ,,,...,_-.-.-......-,""·:""·,-·-• •.,..:.••-.,.,-.-,..........-.-.·..,..~ :.~... · ~-=-·.:..•__,·.'--__,_~.. PLAN OF LOWER RUN
Size of bucket, inche• Pitch
Width
36
36
Fig. 3607
c
B
A
Normal
Fig. 3608
Minimum
Normal
Minimum
Normal
Minimum
4-3
11-0
9-6
FEET ANO INCHES
13-8
12-2
5- 1o
Hove dimens1ons certifoed for instollotion purposes.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 385
processing equipment
PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
contents General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 386 lcing equipment ... .. . ...... .. . 389 Dryers and coolers ............. 396 Vibrating screens ........ ... ... 405 Revolving screens ............ . . 4 21 Separotors, clossif1ers ond woshers............... . 423 Troveling water screens ........ . 429 Water, sewage, ond industrial waste trea tment .. . 437 Cool preparation equipment ... .. 453 Cool crushers ................ . 462 Foundry equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Llnk-Be:t laboratory for lesling processing equipment from bench size batches to p ilot p lonl runs.
Processing equipment plo ys o vitolly importan! part in the economics of practically oll industries. Such equipment is often the key to the success of an entire plant. Requirements vory widel y from industry to industry, and the moteriols used in any one industry are often subjected to many different processing operations. In many plants, materials must be handled repeatedly from primory to final operations, and are frequently recirculated through these operations. These processing and handling operations are often so closely reloted that they must be considered together for best overall plant performance. Link-Belt, with its bread line of processing and bulk handling equip ment and its wide experience with automatic controls, can integrale proc· essing and handling equipment into one efficient, continuous operation. Link-Belt manufactures a wide variety of processing equipment, ranging from single purpose units to complete processing systems. Individual items, such as screens, dryers, coolers, icing machines, etc., are used in many different industries to improve existing systems, and when such equipment comprises the mejor part of a project, Link-Belt has d esigned, furnished, instolled and placed in operation compl ete plonts. When such in· stallations require specif1c processing units not monufactured by Link-Belt, they are integrated with Link-Belt equipment to produce optimum overall performance. Link-Belt maintains extensive loboratory facilities for developing and testing processing and handling equipment and t esting materials. Testing usually begins with a small quantity of material to be treated, often followed by full-scale operation. Laborotory facilities include feeders, proportioning devices, continuovs and batch mixers, screens, dryers, coolers, etc. - plus all the necessary scoles, pumps and other devices used in processing moterials.
386 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment
The following link-Belt processing equipment and its appl ication indicate the bread scope of Link-Belt activities in the p rocessing field:
lcing equipment (page 389) ranging from portable crusherslingers for top-icing trucks or railroad refrigerator cars with crushed ice to giant dock-mounted icers for bunker- icing more than 60 railroad cars per hour. Dryers and coole r s (page 396) for drying, cooling, roasting, pelletizing or otherwise treating innumerable products of the various chemical, faod processing, mining and metallurgical industries.
Vlbrating screens (page 405) for screening, scalping, separating and sizing solids; screening liquids; separating materials according to size, shape, or other characteristics. Al so for removing undesi rabl e elements a nd recovering valuable products.
Revolving screens (page 4 21). separators, classifiers and washers (p age 423) for cl eaning and separating sand, gravel, stone and similar materials to provide the construction ind ustries with clean, properly sized aggregates, and other non-metallic industries with desired basic products.
Ammonium nltrate process for manufacturlng fert ili:i:e r mokes exlensive use of Link-Belt drying, cooling and other processing equipment. Complete plants of this kind ore built by link-Belt.
Scre e n ing wood chip a ot the rote of 25 cords per hour with battery of nine Link-Bel! CA vibrating screens. Screening, sizing ond scalping ore importont functions in most industries where bulk materials are handled. Photo 38697
Railroad car lcing, to protect perishable commodities, requires handling, crushing and delivering the ice lo railroad cor bunkers olong with sufficienl salt to mainlain the proper te mperotures. Photo 38530
F19. 5361
Se v en grades o f san d can b e cle a ned , washed and separate d ot this sand preparatíon plan! using lhree Link-Belt Show classiflers ond o Rotoscoop seporotor. This equipment can produce not only cleon commercial sand but olso such special g rades as foundry, asphalt, engine, Alter and industrial sand. Photo 25996
L 1 N K - B E L T • 387
processing equipment
Traveling water screens (p age 429) for screening river,
content for most effici ent steam generating p lant operation,
lake and ocean water to be used in publ ic utility and industrial
and coal with generally better characteristics for industrial
steam generating stations, water treatment plants, chemical
heating plants and o ther uses. This equipment includes air- pul-
p lants, pulp and pap er mill s, distilleries and other industrial
sated w ashers, Aoat-sink concentrators, crushers, screens, dry ers
processes.
and various ty pes of coal han dling conveyors.
Water, sewage, and industrial waste tr e atm e nt, plants and equipment (page 437) for water purifkation, sewage clariflcation and industrial waste treatment to provide safe d rinking water, eliminate pcllutior:, and recover valuable
Foundry equipment (p ag e 470) from d esign, manufacture ond instollation of complete foundry sand preparation systems consisting of screens, shakeouts and various conveyors for handling sand, molds, and castings; to complete shell molding
products.
systems w hich provid e ferrous and non-ferrous foundr ies with
Coal preparation plants and equipment (page 453)
a fully integrated , a l most wholly automated method of pro-
to clean, size and d ry coal for making better and stronger metal-
ducing ca stings with flnish and dimensional accuracy surpassing
lurgical cake, coal with high BTU value and low ash and sul phur
those of castings produced in green sand molds.
Sludge from settling tanks is d ig est e d , e lutrlate d , floccu late d and d e wate r e d in this mode rn sewoge treotment plant involving pre ~ chlorino tion, grit removoJ ond w ashing,
comminulion of fine solids, pre-oerotion ond post-chlorinotion. Gril collectors, sludge collectors, rotory skimming equipmenl, drives ond belt conveyor system for handling sludge from the fllters were designed ond furnished by Link-Belt. Phofo 381 29. Twelve t r a velin g wate r screen s at in ta ke o f a large powe r pla nf remove refuse from river water
os o proleclion lo voluoble sleom generoting equipmenl. Phofo 34268.
Meta llurglcal a n d steam coals are p re pared in this plonf by crushing, woshing with o heovy medio p rocess, mechonicol drying, flltering ond hect drying. The woshed cool is looded info cors, !he wosh woler is clorifled, ond the refuse is disposed of beyond o neorby mountoin. Complete plonl wos designed, furnished ond inslolled by Link-Bell. Photo 38 11 8.
She ll m o ldln g process Is the h e a rt of this foundry system. Cleon, smoothly ioined shell mold s reduce flnishing costs, ossure high-volume oulpul. The complele sond ond mold hondling syslem wos designed, furnished ond onstolled by link-Bell. Pholo 36969.
388 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment lcing equipment
• • 1c1ng • equ1pmen• Link-Belt icing equipment consists of dock-mounted and groundmounted car icers, ice crushers, ice crusher slingers, solting machines, icing docks, ice conveyors in and from storage and complete salt handling and storing facilities. This equipment is primarily used for mechanically icing perishable commodities in transit or in storage, to assure arrival at markets in salable condition. Both the car icers and ice crusher slingers flnd wide acceptance for initial and subsequent icing of railroad refrigerator cars handling shi pments of fresh vegetables, fruits, seafoods, meat, p oultry and dairy products, etc. The car icers are used for bunker-icing, while the ice crusher slingers are normally used for top-icing. Other uses for crushed ice are for cooling chemicals and other related items, or for provid ing snow ice for indoor or outdoor sporting events, such as skiing or tobogganing . Top-lclng rallroad refrlgerator cars is eosily occomplished with this p o wer· fed ice crushe r slinger, with minimum effort ond deloy. Be fore !he d oors ore closed , the oreo o t the opening is o lso protecled with o blonket of crushed ice, thereby seoling the perishoble commodities. Pholo 34722
Link- Belt has a broa d background of experience in the d esig n, manufacture and installation of icing equipment. Consult Link-Belt for recommendations for ali icing requirements.
Bunke r -lclng rallroad r e frlg e rator cars in less thon o minute is occomplished by this Link· Belt dock·mounte d cor icer. One man conlrols the d elivery o f ice to lhe mochine, the o p e rotion of the p ick·tJP conveyor, the size of the crushe d ice, the posilion of the dischorge chutes ond the mochine trovel. Pholo 38396
L 1 N K - B E L T • 389
processing equipment icing equlpment
Ice crusher slingers Link-Belt ice crusher slingers are used to crush cake or chunk ice to a mixture of small to flne ice. Th e ice is then prope ll ed through a fl exible hose in a hi gh velocity jet. When top-icing with a crusher slinger, the crushed ice is distributed uniformly over and b etween tiers o f containers, completely blanketing them for protection. Th e slowly melting ice maintains saf e temperatures and preserves the moisture content of the produce. The entire procedure requires only a f e w minutes.
Trucks are quickly ice d a l icing slalians by service trucks equipped with dependable link-Bel! ice crusher slingers. Cavered with a blanket af crushed ice, produce and seafaad arrive fresh and in marketable canditian. Phato 27 526
Comme r cial fls h lng boats on oll coosts use link-Bel! ice crusher slingers to focilitate icing the cotch. The boat hald is quickly laaded with crushed ice which is easily shoveled over each successive layer o f flsh or shrimp . Photo 27747
Gravity- f e d ice crusher slinger The grovity-fed ice crusher slinger is built in two sizes, Series 200 ond Series 300. The Series 200 hes o copocity of 15 to 20 tons per hour, while the Series 300 hes o copocity of 60 tons per hour, both bosed on continuous feeding. The Series 200 con be fed with l 00-pound ice cokes ond the Series 300 with either 300 or 400 -pound cokes. The Series 200 ice crusher slinger is driven by either o gosoline engine or on electric motor ond is ovoiloble in either the portoble or the stotionory type. The Series 300 ice crushe r slinger is driven by either o gosoline e ngine or on electric motor ond is of the stotionory type.
Power-fed ice crusher slinge r The power-fed ice crusher slinger is built in one siz e, Series 500. This mochine has o copocity of 45 tons per hour, bosed on continuous feeding. lt con be fed with either 300 or 400-pound ice cokes. The Series 500 ice crusher sling er is driven by either o gosoline engine or on electric motor ond is ovoiloble in either the portoble or the stotionory type.
390 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment i cing equi pment
Car icers Link-Belt ca r icers are built in two general ty p es, th e dockmounted and the ground-mounted. The dock-mounted machines o pe ra te on rails on either ex isting or new docks with the docks about the height of railroad refrig era tor cars. The ground-mounted machines operate on ra ils at ground level without docks. They are high speed, self-propelled machines designed to mechanically crush and deliver ice to railroad refrigerator car bunkers. These car icers supply crushed ice, and because of the efficient method of handling, ice lass and shrinkage are negli gible. All movements of these machines-the starting and stopp ing of the ice supply conveyors and the feed ing of the ice to the b unkers-are controlled b y a single operator stationed on a built-in elevated platform affording complete visibility in all directions. Therefore, congestion and confusion are eliminated, resulting in an efficient and economical
Controlled lclng and salting are available fo r doy and night service an this dock where three Link-Belt car icers and three Link-Belt salters operate. Ice cakes up to 4 00 pounds are reduced to eilher chunk, coa rse o r crushed sizes for delivery to lhe refrigerator car bunkers. Pholo 38401.
operation with minimum train dela ys at icing stations. Floodlights, mounted on the machines, illuminate the entire work orea and permit uninterrupted doy and night service. Link- Belt car icers are adaptabl e to various heights of railroad refrigerator cars and all st yles of bunker hatch o penings. One of the simp lest methods of artiflcially obtaining temperatur es below those of ice, is to add salt to the ice. Link- Belt salting machines are used for this purpose. The amount of salt added to a g iven amount of ice determines the temperature in the bunkers. This temperature is predetermined to suit the commod ity being shipped.
Se parate lclng and saltlng a f refrigerator cars a re easily and economically occomplished by a Link-Bell dock-mounted car icer and an independently p owered Link-Bell salting machine. Refrigera tor cars an eithe r side o f the dock a re serviced by these machines. Pholo 38394.
Combln e d bunker- lclng and s altlng of ro ilrood re frig e rotor cors is p e rformed efficiently and quickly by a Link-Belt ground-mounted ca r icer, which travels an roils at ground level. Complete ice crushing and salt ha ndling fa cilities are built into the machine. Pho to 39204.
Fas t car icing and saltlng with a Link-Belt dock-mounted ca r icer and coupled salter assure sa fe shipmenl o f perishobles in roilroad refrigerator cors. Complete a peration o f both ma chines is under the control of a single o p eralor. Dock congeslion is avoided and enlire lrains can be iced or re-iced ond be on lhe ir way wilhout delay. Photo 38380.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 391
processing equipment l clng e quipme nt
Dock-mounted car icer The Link-Belt dock-mounted car icer is built for use on existing or new docks and is arranged to service railroad refrigera tor cars on either side of the dock. By means of an inclined pick-up convey or, the machine receives 300 or 4 00- pound ice cakes, lying on the fl at side, from the ice cake conveyor . The lower end of the pick-up convey or is hinged so that it may be raised to permit reverse travel of the car icer orto allow ice to pass throug h to a second machine. From the p ick-up conveyor the cakes are f ed into the crusher for reduction to chunk, co arse or crushed ice. The ice then fall s onto a reversible cross conveyor for delivery into one of the hinged discharge chutes which d irects it to the bunker hatch. Fixed chutes can also b e furnished, in place of the reversible cross conveyor, for delivering ice to the hinged discharge chutes. In either case, while moving from bunker to bunker, crushe d ice is stored o n the cross conveyor or in the
flxed chutes for immediate and controlled delivery. The car icer is operated at a speed o f 300 feet p er minute in either direction b y a d rive which includes a fluid coupling and d ifferentia l. Hy d r aulica lly operated track brakes assure smooth, positive stops for accu ra te p ositioning. The machine has a capacity of forty 300 or 4 00-pound cakes of ice pe r m inute. lt is p owered b y electric motors with current obtaine d from either a trolley system or from an engine-generator set. Salting machines of the coupled type or indep endent ty pe can be provid ed to supp ly the necessar y salting requirements. When conditions are such that only a limit ed amount of salt is required, the salting eq uip ment can be ma d e an integra l part of the car icer. Dock-mounted car icers of other designs can b e furnished to suit sp eciflc cond itions or requirements.
, -ic-~~-
- - - - - -APPROX 1~3'.'..._
-----~
CONVEYOR
Fig 5696
1 3~6H TO TOP OF RR RAIL VARIABLE
~
392 • L 1 N K - B E L T
, •
LI
, ,, - -11- 4 VARIABLE----! - -14-3 VARIABLE ,.j
Fig 5697
processing equipment lclng equipment
Ground-mounted car icer The Link-Belt ground-mounted car icer operates at ground level without a dock. lt travels on rails located parallel to and at approximately the same elevation as the railroad tracks and services two trains of cars, one train on each side. Under the car icer and parallel to the tracks, an ice conveyor delivers 300-pound ice cakes from storage. These cakes are removed from the ice conveyor by an inclined pick-up conveyor and are fed to the crusher. The crusher can be quickly adjusted by remote control to produce several sizes of crushed ice. A second inclined conveyor elevates the crushed ice to one of the discharge chutes which directs it into the bunker hatch. Th e car icer is d riven by an enclosed drive at a speed of 300 f eet per minute in either direction. The electric p ower is obtained from either a t rolley system or from an engine-genera tor set. This car icer has a capacity of forty 300pound cakes of ice per minute. Salting equipment, when furnishe d, consists of a salt bin mounted on the machine, from which salt is raise d by an elevator and is delivered into the discharge chutes. The salt is delivered in a measured quantity and f ed into the hatches either separately or simultaneously with the crushed ice. Auxiliary equipment to provide top- icing can be furnished. Ground-mounted car icers of other desig ns can be furnished to suit speciflc conditions or requirements.
Fog. 6260
ONE MAN CONTROL STATION
3~·
APPROX
ICE CAKE CONV EYOR
1
1
__
....
;:__~-------------33~6=·- ------------c---a~7::. ·-~:'I ----------------48 ~4~#---------------------~-· fóg. 6261
L 1 N K - B E L T • 393
..
processing equipment icing e quipment
Dock-mounted salting machines Two types of Link-Belt solting mochines ore ovo iloble for use with the dock-mounted cor icers: the coupled mochine, ond the independent mochine. Both ore self-propelled ond trove! on the sorne ro ils os the icers. Eoch mochine has o storoge copocity of 9 0 00 pounds of solt, which con be d ischorge d ot o pre-determined controlled rote. When conditions worront, solting equipment is bu ilt os on integral port of the cor icer. Other types of solting mochines con be built to suit individual requirements.
Coupled-type salting machine The couple d salting ma chine is ottoche d to the car ice r ond consists of a solt bin with suitable conveying e q uipme nt, mounte d on o structurol steel corriage. The conveyo rs o re fl xed ond feed the salt into
the discharg e chutes for d e live ry into the bunke r hatches. The salt is eithe r co mbine d with the crushe d ice o r fe d into the hotches seporately. One ope rator controls bo th the icer and the solting machine.
13!.a~
APPROX
s-o·
,..__5!..o!.._.>-1
k--- 10~ 1
13~ · To
10!.3,- · - - - ->l
TOP
OF RR RAIL VARIABLE
t
11!..4* VARIABLE "<----14!..3• VARI ABLE
>i
J f;g_ 6262
l ndependent-type sa lt ing machine The inde pe ndenl sa lting machine is inde pe nde ntly operoted and co nsists of o salt bin with suitoble conveying e q uip ment, mounte d on o slructuro l sleel carrioge. A reversible conveyor ca rries the solt from
1~6 "TO
the bin lo o ne of two swivel conveyors for de livery into the bunkers. The tra vel of the mochine and opera tion of the solting e q uipment is contro lle d by the solting machine operator.
TOP
OF RR RAIL VARIABLE 1
y
;
-
>E-- - - 14!..3" VARIABL E- F1g. 6263
394 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment iclng equlpment
Typical dock and salt storage layout Link-Belt designs, builds and installs complete docks with ice conveyors for handling cake ice to meet any requirement. This also includes convey ing equipment for handling cake ice from ice manufacture to and from storage, from ra ilroad cars to storage or from storage to the conveyors servicing the car icers. Link-Belt also d esigns, builds and installs complete sal! handling equipment including unload ers, conveyors, elevators and storage facilities. The quality and superior design of Link-Belt equipment reflects extensive experience in the icing equipment field.
SALT BIN
ELEVATOR 39203
~ -,.---++-
DISCHARGE GATE
ICING DOCK
POWER UNLOADER SCOOP RECEIVING HOPPER AND SCREW FEEDER
Elevation
...
~
=~ o
F=**=*'6====-!
o
D
D
o
D
D D
o
1===-~=l==<
0 1-====-!~~
D
RR TRACK - - -
D Plan
Fig 6259
L 1 N K - B E L T • 39 5
processing equipment dryers and cool e rs
clryers ancl coolers
Proce ssing ommonium nltrate prills durlng fe rtillze r manufacture with these two Roto-Louvre dryers. Oryer in foreground is for cooling ond the one in background is for flnal drying. Photo 38243
Dr y ln g coo l o t cool cleoning p lont, these two Multi-Louvre dryers produce o superior product. Photo 38371
Tw o Mon otube dryers r eco ver so lvent formerly lost in processing al o phormaceutical plont. Photo 33880
Link-Belt dryers ond coolers ore ovoiloble in mony designs ond models for o wide voriety of opplicotions. They ore used for treoting innumerable products of the vorious chemicol, food processing, mining ond mineral industries; handling crystols, flakes, powders and granular moteriols such os chlorid es, sulphotes, oxides, plastics; coffee, sugar, solt, opple pomoce, cereols, soybeans, yeast, sludges, cool, coke, lignites, minerals, foundry and glass sond and refuse products.
by conduction, as a metal rod heats when one end is held in a fleme; by rodiotion, os wormth is felt from the sun in open air in midwinter; ond by convection, os o house is heated by circulotion of worm oir from o hot-oir furnace or steam radiator. Heat transfer by conduction and radiotion ore not well suited for heat drying, since they involve undesirable temperature extremes and produce uneven, uncertoin results. But heot tronsfer b y convection, correctly applied , is both suitabl e and efficient_ lt permits intimote contoct with every particle of material, is eosily controlled ond produces consistently uniform results. Link- Belt dryers ond coolers ore designed lo handle materials gently, improve drying operations, minimize dusting, save floor space ond yield better end products. Because of o thorough knowledge of principies involved in heat drying ond wide experience with mony types of materials, Link- Belt is oble to make proper selection of the equipment to solve your drying ond cooling p roblems.
This equipment meets most drying and cooling requirements and can be built to various speciflcotions dictated by the chorocteristics of the material to be hondled. The drying process is subject to exoct onolysis, but because of the voriations in moteriols, equipment selection must be bosed upon experience. When required, tests of moterials ore conducted in th e Link-Belt laborotory by quolifled engineers who determine the best solution of o drying problem. Generolly speoking, heat con be transferred in three ways:
396 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment drye rs and coole rs
Types Roto-Louvre The Roto-Louvre consists of o salid outer cylindricol shell, ond on inner shell composed of full length louvres. The inner shell of overlopping louvres, which supports the bed of material, increoses in diometer in the direction of Aow. The material trovels gently toword the dischorge end os the drum slowly revolves. In o p erotion, the heot tronsfer medium, introduced through the louvre openings, permeotes the bed ond intimotely contocts every porticle. The moteriol continuously Aows over on itself, while troveling throughout the lenglh of the drum. During every revolution, the material is subjected to o gradual vo riotion in temp erolure from the inlet to the exhoust. Being bosicolly on efficient heot exchong er, it is os e ffective for cooling o s it is for drying. With the Ro to-Louvre it is possible to exp ose he otsensitive mote riols to drying oir al moximum temperotures, without donger of overheoting ond scorching of the product. lt will hondle delicote mo leriols with minimum degrodotion of the crystol s or loss of luster, or obrosive moteriols without undue weor on the conlocting porls.
Multl-Louvre The Multi-Louvre will ropidly process lorge quonlities of material becouse of its short rete ntion lime. 11 is exlremely flexible, operoling effeclively os o dryer or o cooler. The moving elemenl in lhis mochine consisls of speciolly d esigned Aighls oltoched to o nd corried by two slronds of roller choin. These choins ore owo y from lhe oir slreom ond d o no t conlocl lhe material. The material is corried up in the fligh ts ond then Aows downwo rd in o shollow b e d over the oscending flight s. lt groduolly moves ocross the dryer, o little ot e och pass, from the fe e d po int to the discho rge p oint. The Multi -Louvre feotur e s o gentle flo wing oction of the material, similor to thot of the Roto-Louvre, which exposes oll porticles lo incoming oir ond results in minimum degrodotion. The intoke oir con b e mointoined ot o temperoture best suited to the material hondle d.
Monotube The Monotube moy be opplied for conduction drying or cooling smoll quontities of vorious products of the chemicol ond processing industries. 11 is generolly used for drying products al temperotures close to thot of steom, but other temperotures con b e ochieved by using other heot mediums such os hot water for temperotures b elow thot of steom, ond hot oil or other fluids for temperoture s obove those normolly reoched by the use of sleom. The Mono tube consisls of o poddle conveyor, on o rotor or hollow shoft, turning in o U-shoped trough or housing. Steom, hot liquid o r coolont is circuloted through the shoft ond tubes of the rotor. Material is churned while being conveyed the length of the trough, resulting in efficient tronsfer of heot. 33998
L 1 N K - B E L T • 397
processing equipment dryers and coolers
Typical installations PRILUNG TOWER
•
Drying, cooling and processing fertilizer This complete Link-Belt instollo1ion, far the preporo tio n of ommonium nitrote fertilizer, indudes three Roto-louvres in series, with Link-Belt o.sci11oting conveyors co rrying material b e tween them.
Fig. 5361
FROM MOIST SANO STORAGE TO SANO PREPARATION EQUIPMENT ,
Drying foundry sand Prop er drying of faundry sond in the Link-Belt Roto-louvre contributes to production of better castings. This complete system includes storoge facilities far moist ond CU-y sond., Roto-louvre dryer, screening, e le voting ond conveying equipment.
1 ~1
t , ' ·'\ VIBRATING \ · SCREEN \.¿;
t'
• ;'
Drying chemicals In this Link-Be l1 instollotion chemicols o re dried, sized ond conveye d to storoge. Oversize material is crushed ond returne d far rep rocessing, olong with the fines.
f ig. 5469
398 • L 1 N K - B E L T
.
~IRE~
GAS ' A IR HEATER
Fig. 547 1
processing equipment dryers and coole rs
Operation • Roto- Louv re EFFICIENT HEAT TRANSFER
)
Contlnuous supply of a lr • When the Roto-louvre is used as a dryer, material is continuously exposed to !he maximum drying effect of he ated air introduced b e neath the material bed throughout !he full length of the drum. Heated air has a greater vapor-carrying caHEAD END SECTION pacity and the refore provid es a "thirsty" me dium that readily absorbs moisture from the material to b e dried. Heate d air also increases the vapor pressure of the moisture present upon or within the material, thus acceleroting transition from the liquid lo the vapor siete. Fig. 5466 When !he Roto-louvre is used as a cooler, a ir al ambient, or room tempera ture, may serve a s the cooling medium or refrigerating coils can be used where air a l substantially lower tempe ratures is needed.
Constant agitatlon of material • Material
Fig. 5467
Fig . 5468
passe s through the Ro to-louvre in a gently agitated moss. Eoch porticle is exposed to the some contoct with the hot gases, ond eoch is corried forword al !he some rote of trave l. Constonl ogitotion of material in the Roto-Louvre is occomplished o s the drum re volves. Material is corried o round until the ongle of re pose is reoched, the n rolls gently bock upon its own b e d in en eosy, co ntinuous movement thot prevenls spotty drying due to slrotiflco tion or segre gotion.
through contoct with moisture ond material is exho usted immediately, b efore it con d rop in lemperoture to !he p oint where some of the vapor would condense. Material is cooled quickly ond e fficiently b y contoct with o Jorge volume of cool or cold oir possing through the constontly moving bed of material os well os by hect loss due to evoporotion. Control of oir temp eroture, oir exhoust ond conditions of material trovel ossures e ffective hect tronsfer.
EFFECTIVE TREATMENT OF MATERIAL Uniform aeration of material particles mokes possible uniform drying or cooling results, beco use o ll of the material is treoted in the sorne woy al the some time. There co n be no strotiflcotion or segregotion to cause o spotty, overdried or underdrie d product. Dry, heoted oir penetrotes the moss through ever-chonging chonnels thot reoch the entire surfoce of every piece ond po rticle.
Gentle action prevents degradatlon of friable
moteriols thot musl no! b e broken while processing, ond moteriols consisting of, or conto ining, fin es. Fig. 5038
Suitable for drying se mi-liquids • Operolion is sto rte d with a
porliolly dry bed to which !he semi-liquid is odde d groduolly. The portiolly dry material quickly obsorbs o por! of lhe moisture from the semi-liquid ond this, combined with the Roto-Louvre method of possing he oted oir through the combined moss, conve rls the subslonce into eosily hondled po rticles of solid product.
Graduated flow of air through material bed • The flow of hot gases is reguloted outomoticolly by
Gradual transfer of th e rmal energy from input air to moisture ond material
the sloping inner she ll, which causes the material bed to be thinnest et the feed end ond to become groduolly thicker os the material moves forword. See d io grom ot top of pog e 400. A !hin b e d offers le os! resistonce to the po ssog e of hot gases ond, conseq uently, the gre-:itest gas volume posses through the bed et the feed end, where the material is wellesl ond where more hect con be absorbed by voporizotion. As the material moves toword the dischorge e nd of the dryer, !he materia l b e d beco mes pro gressively thicker ond the gas chonnels become smoller. As o result, the vo lume of hot gases odmitted to the moteriol is progressively reduced to e liminote he ot in e xcess of voporizotion requirements which, if presenl, would le nd lo overheot the mate rial. Similorly in !he cooling process, !he greolesl volume of the coolesl oir is present where the material is !he ho llest.
places the Roto-Louvre obo ve o ther d ryers. Mony moteriols hove o te nd e ncy to case-horden when subjected to too ropid heot-drying ond the resulting impervious skin, or shell, thus produced prevents the diffusion of moisture to the surfoces where it mo y voporize. To reduce cose-hordening with ordino ry dryers, it is necesso ry to resort to slow, low-te mpero lure operotion, but the Roto-l ouvre principie greotly lesse ns lhe te nde ncy to cose-horden without socriflcing thermol efficiency or normal outpul. This is occomplished by the initiol ropid drying ond slower fu rther d rying in re lotively moist o ir, which occurs in the moss material b e d of oll Ro to-louvres.
Prompt exhaust of used alr • He oted oir thot has been rend ered less active by hoving give n up o port of its the rmol energy
handling costs ond reduces treotmenl time required to produce !he flnished product.
Comblned drylng and coollng in one ope rc;.tion, where the process p ermits, soves
L 1 N K - B E L T • 399
processing equipment dryers and cool ers
Operation and features • Ro to-Louvre
1
,.--
_,,.,,.
/
/
Section throug h Roto-Louvre dryer
A lorge vo lum e of hot, d ry a ir ea sily p enetrates the thinner bed o f material ne ar the fe ed end for maximum heat transfe r where gre atest evapo ration can take place; then as material move s for word and bed b ecomes thicker, oir p assages b ecom e sma ller so that red uce d volume of heated ai r p enetro l es b ed o f materia l, p rev enting overheating . Fig. 5<65
Fc ed end
Di scharge en d
Economical operation and low maintenance costs
Reliabl e constant speed or positive, infinite ly variable speed drive
Ma x imum heat transfer for ev ery cubic foo t o f d rying or cooling a ir introd uced into the Roto-Louvre is accompl ished throug h the preci se co ntro l of input air temperoture and through intimate co nta ct b e tween d rying or cooling o ir and the materia l. This e fficie nt he ct transfer p e rmits the e xact amount o f air to b e used and saves the cosl of he ating or cooling air in excessive amounls. Low mainle nance cost s a re an outstanding fea t ure of lhe Ro toLouvre. Because it r ev ol ves a l much slower sp eeds tha n conventional ro lary ma chines, and b eca use ma teri a l rolls ov er ilself instead of sliding on met a l peris, noteworthy saving s in maintenance costs result.
Where constant-spee d ro tation is d esired for use w ith materia ls requiring the sorne treatment t ime, the Roto-Louvre is usually powered through a Link-Bel t enclosed d riv e, d irect-connected to a motor. Where varia b le sp ee d rota tion i s d esired , the Roto-Louvre can b e supplied with a Link- Belt P.1.V. d riv e between motor a nd enclosed speed red ucer for positiv e, infinitely variab le sp eed r e g ul a tion by d irecl or remo le control, without slippa ge or creep ing.
Durable lightweight construction Com pact d esign and d ou ble-shell d rum constructio n a ssure streng th a nd rigidity. The effici ency o f hect l ransf er in the Ro to-Louvre p ermits the use of a drum o ne-ha lf l o two-thir ds the l eng th of conventio nal d rums, permitting a shorter retention perio d , and afien a ssuri ng a 50 p er cent saving in v a lua ble Aoor space. This shorter drum construct ion also reduces overa ll exp a nsion and contraclio n.
400 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Long service life The Ro to-Louvre i s b uilt for conlinuous-duty service. There a re no moving pa rts w i thin the shell, nothing to g el out of ard er and pra ctically no w ear from the abra sive a ction o f materia l. Every detail o f design, bo th sl ructurally and mechanically, conforms s••ictly with fines! engineering p ractice. From drive to d ischarge, lhe Ro oo -Louv re i s b uilt for long , lrouble-free o p eralion.
processing equipment dryers and coolers
Features and d imensions • Roto-Louvre Drlvlng gear mountlng provldes for expanslon
Turned steel tires and hardened steel trunnlons
Ali Roto -Louvre d rums lorger !han 3 feel, 1 O inches in diometer ore equipped with o high-lesl iro n segmento! driving geor mounted directly lo drum by meons of shop e d pioles, which ore bolted to the geor ond welded lo the ouler shell to provide
Built for long, lrouble-free service, the Roto-Lauvre drum revolves on one-piece sleel tires supported on hordened sleel lrunnions, enclosed for sofety ond equipped with roller beorings
for voriotions in exponsion betw een drive gear and outer shell.
in od justo ble frames thol res! on o structurol sleel b a se for odded slrength.
to keep maintenonce re q uir ements low. Trunnions ore mounted
On the smoller Roto-Louvre s roller choin drives ore used.
_l
Distributing ring a ssembly
Dis charge nozzle and seal
lnlet connector
Fig. 5537
Con stant or variable speed drive
Simple supports - - -- - - - " The Roto-Louvre is mounted on o simple rigid sleel supporting slructure to mointoin p o sitive o lignmenl of o ll rololing peris. Al !he feed end, !he support corries !he lru nnions ond slolionory dislributing heod. Al !he dischorge end it corries only !he trunnions. The drive is mounted on on integral steel base.
...:--
numb er
"
207-8 207-10 3 10-12 3 10-14 -502-16 502 -20 --604 -20 604-24
11 - 10 13-10 17-3 19-3 23- 1 27-1 28-2 32-2
Roto-lo uvre
--
~-+-~-------L--------1
o- - - >-<-- -- - - - - e - - - - - -- .......
-
e 1
2-8 2-8 -3 .5 3.5 4 -6 4-6 5-0 5-0
B- -
- - -- ------A-------- - -- - -- --.,
8 1
Hardened steel trunnion b earings
o 1
4 -8 6-8 7-5 9.5 11-0 15-0 13-6 17-6
---
E
1 fEET ANO INCHES
3.7 3-7
- -5-0 1/> 5-0 \11 5-6 \11 5-6 \11 7-5 7.5
1
F
G 1
4. 4 0-11 4. 4 0- 11 5.5 1- 4 \/2 5. 5 1- 4 \/2 --- -1- 1o\/2 7 -0 1- 10 \12 7-0 2- 3 8-2 2- 3 8-2
---
2- 6~ 2- 6 3A 3. 2 3. 2 3-11 3- 11 4 . 8 \/2 4. 8 \/2
-¡
1
H
Ro10-Louvr e
number
2-1 1 -22-8 2-8 3-6 3-6 4 -2 4 -2
--
705-24 705-28 900-28 900-32 1003-32 1003-36 1106-36 1106-42
I
A
_.j F19. •026
[ ; - f " •MAXIMUM WIOTH OF STEEL
C
O
G
1 H
' - - - - ' - - - - ' - - -:....,,, fE"" ET,,._,. A.,, N"" D"'1"" N"'C"" H"'E°"" S.....;._ _...;...._ _ _:...._
33. 7 5- 8 37- 5 5. 8 39- 2 6- 2 43- 2 6- 2 - 44. 7 6-10 48 - 7 6-10 -49 . 10 7 - 4 55 -1 0 7 . 4
17- o 20-10 20- 10 24-10 --24- 10 28- 10 28- 10 34- 10
8- 3 \/2 8- 3 \/2 8-11 8-11 9- 3 \/2 9. 3 \/1 9- 8 9. 8
---
2- 7 \/2 2- 7 \/2 3- 3 3. 3 --3. 7 \/2 3- 7 \/2
-4.
o
4-
o
4. 9 9-4 5- 2 4. 9 9.4 5. 2 -- --- -11-1 6- 1 \12 11 - 1 6 - 1 \/2 12-5 6- 10 \12 12-5 6-10 \11 13-8 7 . 6 13-8 7 . 6
5-11 5- 1 1 6- 6 6- 6 -7- 3 7. 3
Hove d imensions certified far instollotion purposes.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 401
processi ng eq uipment dryers and coolers
Features and Operation • Multi-Louvre
A
Ho using is d ust-ti ght, ru gg e dly built of heovy-go ug e welded steel ond provided with doors for occess ond insp ection.
B
louvre pons ore formed fro m steel piole, cut to exoct length ond then sho p ed inlo speciolly designed flights.
(
Choins supporting the louv re pons hove lo rge-diome ter rollers ond horde ned steel bushings ond pins to insure long life.
D
Automotic toke-up s fo r drive choin o re provided lo compensote for chonges in length coused b y lemp eroture or weor.
E Heod
sprockets o re e q uipped with renewoble steel rims to simplify re plocement ond keep mointenonce costs low.
f
Conveyor screws ond poddle s of speciol design ossure moximum efficiency with o wid e vo riety of moleriols.
Multi-louvre instollo tions ollow fa r greoter outp ul in o limited plo nt spoce tho n would otherwise be possible , ond shorter runs for feed ond d ischo rge conveyors. Stroight-through conslruction f urther simplifles plont layout. Material is fed inlo o ne si d e o f the Multi -louvre ond d ischo rged from the olher ot the sorne level o r the unit con b e orronged to feed ond discho rg e o n the sorn e side. Speciol orrongements mo ke it possible to treot the material with multiple input-oir temperotures; lo control d e p th of material bed by vorying speeds o f conveyor screw ond louvre-pon op ron; to treot material with steo m or gases of vorious kinds; or to cool the material ofter drying. Avoiloble in o wide ronge of sizes ond copocities, the Multilouvre opplies bo sic p rincipies of thermodynomics to ossur e effective hect tronsfer, ropid evoporotion ond uniform treotment to ali po rticles of the product. louvre pons roise the material ond spill it out lo form o constontly moving curtoin, through which heoted oír is drown by exhousl fans. Continuous o perotion is occomplished by o screw o nd poddle conveyor whkh moves !he material through !he mochine o t o rote determined by the nolure of the substonce, its moisture or heot contenl ond the treotme nt desired. This screw-podd le conveyor gently moves the material to onother section of the moving opro n to b e corried up ond spilled out ogoin. Constont ogitotion of shollow materia l bed ossures thoroug h circulotion of oir ond permits opero tion ot velocities requiring mínimum power for exhoust fon. Gentle handling is ossured by meons of sp eciol flights corried by two stronds of roller choin o nd suspended in such o woy os to keep the material flowing in o sho llow bed over the o scending materia l ond flights with mínimum degrodotion. Accuro te control of oir flow is occomplished b y housings so designed thot the e ntire material bed is uniformly penetroted. Mo.>Umum heot tronsfer results from louvre-pon oction thot sp reods the material in thin loyers ond directs the flow of o ir through the moving curtoin of material.
402 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment dryers and coolers
Dimensions • Multi-Louvre
1
D
1
\
/
/
\ /
'
> \
\
\
\
¡'
e '\
WARM AIR INLET CONNECTOR
\ _1 ~ ¡!
·I
~
i¡
__ __ _____ Jj
f ig. 5078
Multi-louvre
e
B
A
1
number
1
F
E
D
1
1
1
1
K
J
H
G 1
1
1
p
N
M 1
1
1
FEH ANO INCHFS
305 307
2- 7 2- 7
1- 4 1- 4
6- 7 8- 4
2-2 2-2
1- lO Ya 2- lO Ya
4-6 6-0
3-0 3-0
4-3 4-3
2-5 Y2 2-5 Y2
2-2 2-2
2-4 2-4
2- 4 y. 2- 4 y.
3-0 3-0
610 612 614
3- 11 l-11 3- 11
5- 3 5- 3 6- 3
11- 9 13- 6 15- 2
3-1 3-1 3-1
3-1 O Y2 4- 11 5-1 1
7-0 8-9 9-0
4-0 5-0 6-0
7-7 7-7 7-7
3-7 Vi 3-7 Y2 3-7 Y2
3-6 3-6 3-6
3-0 3-0 3-0
4- 6 4- 6 4- 6
5-0 5-0 5-0
814 816
3- 11 3-11
6- 3 7- 3
15-10 Y2 17- 7 Y2
3-1 3- 1
5-11 6-11
9-0 9-6
5-0
9-7 9-7
4-6 4-6
4-6 4-6
3-6 3-6
5- 8 Y2 5- 8 Y2
6-2 6-2
1216 1220 1224 1228
4-11 4-11 4-11 4- 11
6- 11 8-11 10-11 12- 11
18- 6 Y2 22- o 25- 5 Y2 28- 11
5-6
13-0 15-0 17-0 19-0
5-0
5-5 Yo
5-0 5-0 5-0 5-0
4-0 4-0 4-0 4-0
7-11 7-11 7-11 7-11
y. y. y. y.
8-6 8-6 8-6 8-6
5-6 5-6 5-6
681O12-
6 Ya 6 Ya 6 Ya 6 Ya
6-0
6-0 7 -0 8-0
14-0 14-0 14-0 14-0
5-5 Yo 5-5 Yo 5-8
Hove dimensions ce rtilied ror instollotion purposes.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 403
processing equipment d ryers a nd coole r s
Monotube o ~-.........,·~~~~~~- s ~~~~~~-'>-~ -~ E
EXHAUs r i l ST ACK 1 1
~,.=íl
VA~!f1l~:A~ t
DISCHARGE
VARIES
~J
STEAM SUPPLY
CONDEN SATE RETURN
K: F Fog. 4896
M o no tu b e number
8
A
e
o
E
F
G
H
K
FEET ANO INCHES
24-5 24-7 24-1 0
2-0 2-0 2-0
5- 0 7-0 10 - 0
1-6 1-6 1- 6
2-0 2- 0 2- 0
30-10 30-1 3 30-18
2-6 2-6 2-6
10-0 13-0 18-0
2- 0 2-0 2-0
2-8 '12 2-8 '12 2-8 '12
1
2-0 2-0 2- 0
5- 9 5-11 6- 2
1-2 1-2 1-2
1-8 1-8 1-8
2- 11 2- 1 1 2-1 1
6-2 6- 5 6-1 0
1-5 1-5 1-5
1-8 1-8 1-8
2-4 'I• 2-4 ~
2-4 1/4 2-10 ~ 2-1 0~
2-1 0~
1-4 l-4 1-4
1-8 1-8 1-8
1-9 1-9 1-9
1- 8 1- 8 1-8
Hove d1mensions cer tified for installo tio n purpo ses.
Link-Belt laboratory facilities Link-Belt ma intains a well equipped, full y staffed laboratory for drying and cooling tests, both small scal e (bench) studies a s well a s pilot runs w ith commercial size units af the severa! ty p es offered b y the company . Pilot machines ma y also be l eased by prospective purcha ser s for conducting fleld tests in co llaboration w ith our laborator y engineer s. After making la b oratory or fl el d tests, Link Belt will assist in ma king recommendations far your full- scale requirements. Th ese facilities and services hove b een indisp ensible in develop ing Link- Belt drying and cooling install a tions all over the world for a w id e range o f mat erial s.
Full sco le e q uip ment w ith co mple te occessories ond controls con be orrong ed to d emonstr o te Link- Belt' s ability to h and le your pro duct. Pho to 33 199A
Ro to - Louvr e bench test e quip ment for smo ll sca le studies. Pho to 390 9 8
404 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment vib r ating s creens
vibra'ling screens The Link-Belt complete line of vibroting screens is the result of sound engineering principies opplied to toke full odvontoge of the knowledge goined by over o quorter-century of fleld operotion. For the kinds of screening best suited to vibroting oction, these screens ore unsurpossed for efficiency, simplicity of construction, high copocity, ond troubl e-free extra-long life. Link-Belt offers o vibroting screen to meet every individ ual need, ond will onolyze ali screening problems ond moke recommend otions bosed on thorough engineering knowledge. Since material chorocteristics vory, proper selection of equipment will provide the moximum operoting efficiency .
NRM liquid v ibrating screens NRM liq uid screens hove o high sp eed , unbolonced-weight vibrotor ond o re used to seporole solid s from liquids. The high-energy vibrolion produced ossures mo ximum liquid possing copocity with minimum blinding of lhe fi ne mesh cloth. These units ore ovoiloble in the open type or with liquid receiving tonk ond motor support. S pray cleoners con b e furnished os o plionol equi pment.
Tomoto culls are separ ated from llquid in conning plont by NRM vibroling screens. Photo 35550
UP vibrating s creens The UP screen has o simple, fuliy occessible unbolonced-weight vibrolor. Operoting with only two beorings, !he unbolonced puliey produces high frequency vibrotions whose omplitude con b e field-odjusted. These screens ore especioliy useful for screening fine or light moleriols. These unils ore ovoiloble in open or totoliy dust enclosed types. The totoliy e nclosed screen has o seoled sleel enclosure within which the screen vibrotes. A hinge d e nclosure cover provides eosy occess to screen cloth ond working ports. The UP screen mo y be floor o r suspension mounte d. Electricoliy he ote d screen cloth con be supplied for screening sticky moteriols. Bouncing boli d ecks con b e furnished for screening moteriol s with o high percenloge of ne or-size porticles.
High molstu re conte nt r a w clay Is scalpe d on a UP vibro!· ing screen, electrically heote d to preven! blinding. Photo 35802
CA v ib r ating screens These sturdy concentric oction screens hove o two-beo ring unbolonced-weight vibrolor which imporls o smooth, uniform circular motion to ali screening surfoces. This motion con b e reodily odjuste d for highest screening efficiency. CA screens ore designed for medium d uty sizing ond scolping, os weli o s rinsing ond d e wotering, of medium sized mole riols. The cenlrifugoliy octuoled, outomolic counterweight mechonism reduces storting !arque ond eliminoles excessive vibrotion through criticol speed ronges when occeleroling ond deceleroting. These screens con be furnished with total dust enclosures. Numerous mountings moy be provided to suit ali o peroling conditions ond the versotil e d esign p ermits fi eld modificolion of mountings. Electricoliy heoted screen cloth con b e supplie d for screening sticky moleriols. Bouncing boli decks con be furnished for screening moteriols with o high perce ntoge of ne or-size porticles. Wood chips are 1ized by circular motion of these dou ble deck CA vibroting screens. Photo 38698
L 1 N K • B E L T • 405
processing equipment v lbrating screens
Types CB v ibrating screens These rugged circular mation screens ha11e a twob e a ring unba lanced weight vibralor. The CB vibraling screen is used for high-tonnage sizing and scalping of medium and la rge maleria ls. Ali CB screens use a mechanical a rrangemenl for slopping the screening action, thereby eliminating excessive vibration when passing through the resonance range. The vibrator shaft ond cortridge-mounte d self-oligning roller beorings ore enclosed in o tubular steel housing, well protecte d from dust, di rt, ond obrosion by frictionle ss flinger ond lobyrinth seols. The CB screen moy be suspe nde d or floor mounted, ar floor ond suspension mounted. These screens con b e furnished with total d usl enclosures. Electricolly heoted screen cloth con b e supplied for screening sticky moterio ls. Bouncing b oll decks con b e furnished for moteriols with o high percentoge of neor size particles. lron ore being size d by CB vibroting screen for delivery lo roilrood cars. Photo 37283
BA vi bratin g screens Heovy duty two-beoring scolping ond sizing screens hondle high-impact, high-tannoge mote riols common to the mining industry. The eccentricshoft, un bal o nced-weight vibrotor has two cortridge-mounted self-aligning roller beorings for occurote olignment, and is complete ly e nclosed for efficient operotion under dusty cond itio ns. Automotic control feotures limit motion during occelerotion ond decelerotion, eliminoting resonont vibrotion in the critico( speed ronge. Although these screens ore usuolly floor-mounted , sub -b ases for suspension-mounting con be furnished. Primary screening of ir on ore by BA vibroting
screen.
O versize
posses to
crusher. Pholo 37265
OS and BS foundry shake outs Heavy duty two-be a ring shakeouts are designed for continuous opera tion. They provide fast, economical sep a ration of castings and sand from flasks or molds. The vibrating mechonism is recessed into the screen box, providing access to the vibrating d eck from oll sides. The re ore no projecting ports e xp osed to possible domoge by heovy flosks or costings. The shakeout is o full- floating unit, ond has provisions to e ffectiv e ly limit motion d uring accelerotion ond decelerotion. Self-discho rging sha keouts ore o lso ovoiloble . Dislodging sand from e ngine castings in high produclion fou ndry, by BS foundry shokeaut. Photo 38775
CL vibrating screens Horizontol-type stra ightline motion scree ns a re designed for dewatering, washing and sizing of ma te rials. The centrifuga( force unbalanced-shaft vi· brotor produces the high-inte nsity motion ne cessary to efficient separatio n. These scree ns can b e installed in locations where hea droom is limite d and can be suspension or floa r mounted. Mo tion is limited during a cce leratio n ond d ecelerotio n, e limina ting critica ( vib ration in the resonant speed rang e. Bo th eccentric shafts ore rotated through a he licol gear drive, resulting in a straightline motion. Washe d coal is de watered by CL vibroting screen prior to drying operations. Screen materia l is sta inless sleel. Pholo 38993
406 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment vibrating screens
Types Pulsating magnet grizzly bar screens Heovy duty grizzly ba r screens ore used for coorse scolping or screening lorge tonnoges of ore, cool, rock ond other b ulk moteriols. They provide high-speed vibrotory material flow ond seporotion, plus reguloted control of the material flow to match the copocities of processing equipment. They ore generolly used to feed oversi ze material to crushers ond ho mmermills, ond to byposs the ftnes thot would normolly clog ond slow down crushing operotions. They ore olso used to protect conveyor belts from domoge by depositing o loyer of fines to cushion the foil of lorge o brosive p ieces, ond to provide on even belt load, free from surges. Quarry rack is scalped by pulsating magnel grizzly b a r screen and the oversize posse s to o crusher. The Anes bypass the crusher ond join the crushed material on o belt conveyor. Photo S 16033
Pulsating magnet screening feeders Screening feeders utilize powerful, high-speed electromognetic drives to size, dewote r, desludge and dedust the majarity af bulk material s proc· essed by the mining, quo rrying, chemical, foad, foundry, and mony o ther industries. They provid e two simultaneous bosic functionssizing ond va riabl e-control feeding. The rote of flow over the screen co n b e regulated to correspond to chong es in mate rial characteristics, assuring moximum efficiency al all times. The high·frequency low-amplitude vibration provides g e ntl e particle agitation and assures mínimum degradotio n of material. Run -of-mine coal is screened by o pulsoting magnet screening feeder ond is fed lo o vibraling p icking table. Photo S1 5087
Pulsating magnet vibrating screens Pulsating magnet vibra ting screens combine on unusual, high-speed screen cloth ripple with am· plitude control, to produce uniform, medium to ftne dry scolping ond sizing of mony b ulk mole· riols in the chemico l, food, ceromic, re froctory, metoilic ond non-me tollic mining, ond other industries. The opplicotion of powerful vibrotion directly to the screen cloth generales high·speed tronsverse ripples thot o ssure moximum porticle strotiftcotio n in o minimum contoct time. The omplitude of vibrotion con be regulote d to suit the material chorocteristics to obtoin best results.
Balle d mate rial is scree ned out of a doy· tale mixture used in lile manufacture. Phota 560001 1
L 1 N K - B E L T • 407
processing equipment vlb ratlng screens
Selection How t o sele ct an NRM vibrating screen
Consid er the following information when selecting an NRM screen:
Table 1 • Curve numbers ond recommended screen cloth for NRM vibroting screens Usual screen dorh •
Material lo be screened Capacily in gallons per minute
Curve
Moreriol
number
Wire
Mesh
W ith this informa tion, proceed as follows:
1
Refer to Ta ble 1. Determine !he usual screen cloth with percentoge of open oreos ond curve number for !he material being screened . Enter b otto m of Cho ri 1 al !he per cent of open oreo ond proceed vertically up to !he intersection with !he curve number. From this point proceed horizontolly to !he intersection with !he vertical capocity line. Select the screen size neorest to !he right of this inlersection. When the required copocity exceeds 3,000 gallons per minute, or !he inlersection point foll s to the right of !he lo rgesl screen, divide !he copacity b y 2 or more, in ord er to select o screen. This figure will be !he number o f screens required of the size selected. Example
Find !he NRM screen size required lo hondle 300 gollons per minute of lomolo conning wosle through 20 mesh cloth having .O 18" diometer wire.
Sol ution
20 mesh cloth with .O 18" dio meter wire has 39 per cent o p e n oreo. Use curve numb er 3 for !amolo wosle. Using Chori 1, follow vertical line from 39 p er cent open oreo to intersectio n with curve number 3 . Follow horizontol line from this point to its inlersection with vertical line from 300 gollons per minute. Use nexl lorger screen number, which is NRM 145.
Ashes and water Acetate slurry Beet sugar juice Conning plont wos te water (no tomato woste) Cl ay slip Cooked f1sh Cottonseed oíl Cotton linl in woter Coffee grounds Copra oil Distillery slop Fruit juices Fish Fish oil Fish press liquor Felt plant waste wa t er Hide dehoiring waste wa ter Lime slurry Meat packing plant waste water Paper stock, re jecl dewatering Pumpkin conning waste Pounch monure Rubber reclaims Rayon lint in water Soybean oíl Sugar juice Sugar beet pulp Sugar beet flume water Tomato canning woste Tomato seeds Tung oil Wool lint in wat er Wood bark and fiber White water Á
•
__ ,
1
1
1
1
t ~:
l&Y
1
~ · -~
_¡
- -41iL ~ ,
Ji
00 00
PERCENT OF OPEN AREA
408 • L 1 N K - B E L T
6 22x24 40x60
2.0 5.0 3.5 4.5 2.5 5 .0 5 .0 5.0 5.0 1.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 5.5 2.5 5.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 3.0 1.0
20x30 120 20x30 100 20x30 50x41 100 50 14 20x30 100 20x30 20x30 10 16 20 36x40 12 20 60 20x30 100 40x60 40 20 20 20x30 100 20x30 30 20x30
Á
3.0 4.0 1.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 1.5 4.0 3.5
co Q
CAPACITY IN GALLONS PER MINUTE
Per cent
of open
oreo
.047 .020 1 .0 10
5 1.8 29.3 30.5
.015 .0037 .015 .0045 .015 .009 .0045 .009 .023 .015 .0045 .015 .0 15 .035 .023 .017 .0 105 1 .028 .0165 .009 .015 .004 5 .009 .010 .017 .018 .015 .0045 .015 .013 .0 15
38.5 30.7 38.5 30.3 38.5 32.2 30.3 21.3 4 5.2 38.5 30.3 38.5 38.5 4 2.3 39.9 4 3.6 36. 1 43.6 44 .6 21.3 38.5 23.7 29.5 36.0 43.6 39.0 38.5 30.3 38.5 37.l 38.5
Consul t Link-Belt. Stainless steel wire clo th usually furnished on liquid screens.
Chart 1 • NRM vibrating screen selection
--+--+
1.0 5.0 3.5
dio meter, inc hes
processing equipment vlbrating screens
Selection How to selecta UP, CA, CB or BA vlbratlng screen The copocity of o vibroting screen is influenced by mony foctors, omong which ore certoin physlcol chorocteristics of the material, the size ond the shope of the screen opening, the omounl of oversize ond neor mesh material ond whether the screening is done in the presence of free water or is essenliolly dry.
The oreas of screen surfoce in these choris are approximote for feeds contoining up to 65 per cent oversize ond hoving 50 per cent of the undersize smoller !han one-holf the screen opening. lf this halfsize material is substantiolly more thon 50 per cent, lhe chori oreas will be loo lorge. On the other hond, if the holf-size material is much less !han 50 per cent of the undersize, the chori oreo will be too small. Wet screening Vibroting screen capocities for rinsing and dewotering operotions require additionol considerolions. Consult Link-Bel! Company for recommendotions.
Approximate screen size The choris below ore designed to focilitate the determination of the required approximate screen size for a given condition. For an exact determinotion, consult Link-Belt Compony. Preliminary to using the choris, determine from Tab le 2 the curve letter applying to the pa rticular material to be screened. Then, enter the proper chori from the bottom on o vertical line corresponding to the screen opening to be used. From the intersection of this line with the material curve, follow a horizontal line to the left of the chori, os illustroted by orrows on the chori, to find the required square feet of screen surfoce for each ton per hour of feed. Multiply this by the tons per hour of material to be screened, which will give the required squore feet of screen surfoce. Choose a screen from the sizes listed on the following poges, whose size has this required oreo.
Example Find the omount of screen surfoce ond size of UP screen to hondle 35 tons per hour of Foundry sand on 'Ya inch squore openings. Solution Use curve C for Foundry sond. Vertical line for 'Ya inch (.375) square opening, Chori 2, intersects al 0.8 squore foot for each ton per hour. The total oreo (0.8) (35) equols 28 squore feel. A screen 4 feet by 8 feet, which is the neorest standard size, will fulfill the requiremenls. Therefore, use screen size 148, which designoles a single deck screen 4 feet wide b y 8 feel long. Table 2 • Curve letters for UP, CA, CB or BA vibrating screens
Dry screenlng The choris indicote the number of squore fe et of surfoce required for eoch ton per hour of vorious moteriols fed to the screen. Obtoin total oreo required by multiplying the actual feed, in tons per hour, by the proper figure from the curve. for double deck screens, the oreo of the second deck should be 1O per cent greoter thon the chori fig ure, if the first deck has openings less thon one inch. lf the top d e ck openings ore one inch or lorg er use the chori orea. In either case, the actual tons p er hour fed to the second deck should be used to find its required orea.
lette r ' Curve
Moter iol
Limestone, sizing
D
Phospho te rock Sond, bonk Sond, foundry
c c c
Cake, sizing Cake, breeze
F
B
Sond, sílice Slog
B A
rem ovol
B A
Grovel Gypsum lron Ore
A
Limestone , scolping
A
Stone, crushed
B
c
,_
f-r\
-~ l - -
-
u
e
u
"" 2ol ..."' w
w
~
::>
u
"'z ..,
"" a: u._
...o
Vl
"'"'o:: u
>-
F
1.0
...ti ~
u._
0.5
~~~A~
O __ OPENINGS 0 .01 " 1
.1 ... ,
.02 26 40
.04 .06 .08 0.10 18 14 10 7 6 5
¡ .2·
E
\
'i-...
1\
f---;:::y ~
__ ;
~~
B A
.4"
1. 5"
+
.¡.
1 j
1
--+-'j
e
._
~
K
~
!'.....
·-·-
1
'.~f i'l .__~l "' t--..klli ·; ~ ~rr . B.__ 1 •
0 .5
,
'
-~
:
¡__ ¡___
"\
---K~
w «
Q:
"'"' Si
1.0
1
l-- ~
'
¡...
\ \
·-
1
1-
1\
~ o: \ -·-
"'ua:
1.5
·- ·-
\
El
~-W\
"-
w
1
1 l_j_ 1 •
u 1.5
o
-~
1
o::
I
1
\
1T
I
""w
>-
-
1\
>-
:i: c._
-
'--'-
it 2.0
~ 2.S f-- -- •
""
c
rl ~
o
::i
c
J
"'u..u..
w a:
c
Chart 3 • CA, CB and BA vibrating screen selection
ow
>-
B
B
..,o
..."'o
Cu rve lett er
Dolomile Feldspor Fertilizer Fluorspor
2 .5
::i
Material
B E B
3.5~--';>---.\~-'1'--'í-----IE,,_-,--'r---.---..,---,----,-.------,
"'z
letter
Corborundum Cinders Cement clinker Cool
Copper o re
Chart 2 • UP vibrating screen selection
Curve '
Materia l
t
1
:--- 1--...
'
~L
1
-j
L-
...._..._ i--:_ t
F l--f- l-1 f
~ 1
1
~
.
T
E
o e B ~
1
1
1
3
SI ZE OF SOUARE OPENINGS IN INCHES f1g . l22J
4 51ZE OF MESH
Fig. 4947
L 1 N K - B E L T • 409
process machines v ib ra tin g screens
Selection How t o select a pulsating magnet scre e ning f eeder or a pul sat ing magn e t vibrating screen
How to select a pulsating magnet grizzly bar screen Chort B gives trough width required for tons per hour scolping with effective seporotion of vorious material sizes. Copocities ore bosed o n rock weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot . Table 2 specifles the length of the grizzly seclion bosed on the seporotion required.
Refer to Table 1 for proper material curve letter for use on Chori A. Chort A gives the number of squore feet of screen surfoce required for eoch Ion per hour of material fed to the screen. Obtoin total oreo required by multiplying feed in tons per hour by proper figure from the chori.
Ex ample
Example
Find the screen size required to effectively seporote over 4 " porticles from 100 tons per hour of 8" to O" crushed limestone.
Find the oreo of screen surfoce ond size of screen required to hondle 18 tons per hour of silico sond on %" squore openings.
Solutio n Refer to Table 1 for silico sond, use curve B on Chort A. Note thot the vertical line for %" squore openings intersects curve B al .8 squore feet for eoch Ion per hour; therefore, required total oreo = .8 x 18 TPH = 14.4 squore feet Refer to dimension poge ond note that o screen 3x5 feet, which is the screen neorest in oreo to thot required, is sotisfoctory.
Solution Determine required trough wid th by entering Chort B ot 100 tons per hour ond p roceed verticolly to 30" trough width intersection in the 8" to O" rock section. Refer to Table 2 which recommends o 36" long grizzly section for effective seporotion. Refer to d imension poge ond note thot Model F-55DT has o 30" wide trough with o 36" long grizzly section, ond is therefore sotisfoctory. lf the problem were os obove, b ut required scolping 1 2" to O" rock, proceed on Chort B to the next trough width within the 1O" x 12" to O" rock brocket, which indicotes o 36" wide trough. Model F-66 DT meets the requirements.
Table 1 Curve
1 letter Curveon 1
Mete riel
Chori B E B
Corborundum Cinders Cement clinker Coo l Cake, sizing Cake, breeze removol Copper ore Dolomite Feldspor Fertilizer Fluorspor
Material
A
c
F B A
B
c o c
Grave! Gypsum Limestone, scolping Limestone, sizing Phosphote rock Sond, bonk Sond, foundry Sond, silico Slog Stone
letter on Chori A B
Table 2
c
A
Length cf
B
Process
c c c
Podd ing ond rude sco lping Effective seporotion More d ifficult seporotion
B A A
Ch a rt A
60
~-,....,..--,-..,..,--,...,-,,..,-,.--,-..,..-,,...-,,,77-,--;r-7777--,..-,,
7
-~~{1~ "!_A~~!}"~(_( __ //,y~/
UJ UJ lL
15 36 54
Chart B
o . 5,-----rr---T---rr--'Tr--...---r-----r~---~---,------,-,----,
o
g rizzly section, 1 inches
48 +----'--'--------------~
3 .0+-- - -+---1- -++---+-+--+f---+---\--+---'-----'f---+--+-+----l
"'::>o
10" ANO 12' TO O"
:X:
5 a..
2 . 5+-----+----T+--+--+--+-+---fr---~---t-'.--t------,r-r--~
z ~
"':X:
:X:
UJ
u <
UJ
~
"'~
~
UJ
:X: .... o
u < lL ~
36
u
2.0+----+----+--T-t---\-t----Jt---T-+---"rl--+-~'<-+----i
30
§:
1.5 + - - -- +----+---+--!'.--+-.,__ _,,__+-_,,-__,f--_.....,..---1-+----1
:X: l'.J
z
::>
o
UJ UJ
0" ro o" 24
.... "'
"'u
~
1.0+----+----+---+--+--+-- --'.,_+-.,__
t;;
-
UJ lL
-
__,,,.____,~-+-+----l
UJ
"'6<
G"ro o"
18
- +----- - - - - --
o o. 5+------+----+---+--+--+----+----'---1-"'c--+-"'-d~+-~
e
10
8 A
o
.01
.02 40
26
.04 18
.06 .08 0.10 .2 .4 SIZE OF SOUARE OPENINGS·I NCHES
14 10 7 SIZE OF MESH
410 • L I NK- B E L T
6 5
.6
.8 1.0
1.5
4 Fig. 61 54
o
25 so 100 150 200 300 400 TONS PER HOUR SCALPING WITH EFFECTIVE SEPARATION FOR BELT PADDING ONLY. FEEDING CRUSHED ROCK. MULTIPLY TPH BY 2.5 FOR SCALPING COAL WITH EFFECTIVE SEPARATION. MU LTIPLY TPH BY .5 FOR BELT PADDING ONLY, FEEDING COAL. MULTIPLY TPH BY 1.25 Fig. 6155
o
processing equipment vlbratlng screens
NRM liquid vibrating screens NRM liquld vibrating screens Ser e en Horse~ 1 W e ight, I A 1 e 1 D size
p o wer
NRM- 124 N RM-1 34 NRM-145 NRM- 128 N RM-1 38 N RM- 148 NRM - 141 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 3
21 % 27% 33 % 21 :Y1 27% 33 % 33 %
28 28 34 52 52 52 64
s
V
12 \o'.i 12 \o'.i 12 \o'.i 12 \o'.i 12\o'., 12 \o'.i 13
19:Y. 25:Y. 31 :y. 19:Y. 25:Y. 31 :y. 31 :y.
10 10 10 10 10 10 14
NRM liquid vibrating screens with feed flume, collecting tank and motor support Screen IWeight A 1 8 1 e 1 D 1 E F G 1 s
1 V
Screen
1
G
64 0
750 890 830 9 70 1100 1520 J
-----
NRM-124 NRM-134 NRM-145 N RM-128 NRM- 138 NRM- 148 NRM-1410
size
s
A+ll- - - - J
3% 3% 3% 3% 3% 3:Y. 3:Y.
9 9 12 12 12 12 12
34 46
50
58
26 38
34 46 58 58
50
1 K
J
26 38
50
size
NRM liquid vibrating screen
1 E 1 F
INCHES
pounds
1 N¿ J INCHES
13 13 13 16 16 16 16
1 1 1 1 1 1 2
p ounds
24 24 30 48 48 48 60
I W
INCHES
N RM- 12 4, 1290 126113 :Y.137 Y, 12 1'/ol2812 4129Y.il53 Y.il 19:Y, N RM- 145 2130 5 016 Y, 42 45>/1343033 65 31 :Y.
NRM liquid vibrating screen with feed flume, coll e cting tank and motor sup port
¿
Hove dimensions certi fi ed for instollo tion purposes. N umber o f springs per brocke t.
UP vibrating screens UP one deck vib rating screens Screen 1Horse- 1 W eight, I A 1 e 1 D 1
~
•
E
,
~
•.O •
' 1.i''-3: ' ;. ~ ....'--...... 22 WHEN ~ .. ~
N• 1
.t..
'
1'"
) 4! *!,:
"r"
WHEN
size
pow er
p ounds
UP- 124 UP- 13 4 UP- 145 UP- 128 UP-1 38 UP-1 48 UP- 1410
2 2 2 2 2 2 3
640 7 50 890 830 970 1 100 1520
Ser e en siz. e
UP- 12 4 UP- 134 UP- 145 UP-1 28 UP- 138 UP-1 4 8 UP- 14 10
F
N 21 2
z•
ALLOW VERTICAL ANO { HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN
UP one d e ck v ibrating screen
.
,
. -·,. ---~,L,tt-'-. ·_,,1 VIBRATOR SHEAVE
ORIVE~
5.6.PD
ASSEMBL Y 1
1
G 1
3% 3% 3 :Y. 3% 3% 3% 3 :Y.
H
. -,.,
' 3°
Screen
DRIV~
1 ASS EMBLY 2
z:
UP two deck vibrating screen
----e----·~
.• ....
21 :y. 27:Y,, 3 3:Y. 21 :y. 27% 33 % 33 >/1
34 46 58 34 46 58 58
50 26 38 50 50
i
1 W
V
28 28 34 52 52 52 64 AA
24 24 30 48 48 48 60 1 AB
INCHES
1 1 1 1 1 1 2
15 \o'.i 15 \o'.i 15 \o'.i 15\o'.i 15 \o'.i 15\o'.i 16
1Horse- 1 W eight, ,
si ze
po w er
p ounds
UP- 224 UP-234 UP-245 UP- 228 UP- 238 UP- 248 UP-2 4 1O
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1150 1350 1610 15 2 5 1790 2 0 40 2400
UP- 224 UP- 234 UP- 245 UP- 228 UP- 238 UP- 248 UP-2 410
1, - ...
,
F
1
19 :Y. 2 5:Y· 3 1 :y. 19 :Y. 2 5:Y. 31 :Y. 31 :y.
10 10 10 10 10 10 14
l l :Y. l l :Y. 14:Y. 14:Y. 14:Y. 14 :Y. 14 :Y.
l OV. lOV. 10 V. 13\4 13 y, 13 y, 13 V.
UP two deck vibrating screens
..
. ,
/..__AB '
26 38
1 NÁ
+
z.
•
A
26 38
50 26 38 50
50
1
C
24 24 30 48 48 48 60
1 1 2 2 2 2 2
19 :Y. 2 5 :Y. 3 1:Y. 19:Y. 25 :Y. 3 1:Y. 31 :Y.
i D IN CHES
34 46 58 34 46
58 58
V INCHES
Ser e.en size
ALLO\\ z·vfRTICAL A;o 1'. t•OH1zo.-..TAL CLEARANCE UNLESS OTt-tER·.,·. ;;, •.h\ N
E
INCHES
2 1:y. 27% 33% 21 'Yo 27% 33 :Y. 33 %
30\o'.i 30Y, 36 Y, 5 4 Y, 5 4 \o'.i 5 4 Y, 66 Y,
AA
AB
24 \o'.i 2 4 1"! 27 % 27% 27:Y. 27% 27%
1ov. l OV. 13:Y. 13:Y. 13 % 13 Yo 13 %
H ove dimensio ns certifi ed fo r insl ollotion purposes. N umber o f springs per b rocket.
LINK-BELT • 411
processing equipment vlb r a ting screen s
UP totally enclosed vibrating screens
r
G VIBRATOR SHEAVE
1
5.6"PD
y
,e
---::=._ -
....L-
¡. SPACES
VI EW AA
FEED ENO
UP totally enclosed one d eck vibrating screen
~---.
~---.
ORIVE m
ASSEMBL Y
ASSEMBLY
1
2
PLAN VIEWS
4 ·cLEAR
VIBRATOR SHEAVE
5 6'PO
_ _ _ _ .l___- t
\•
1
21;
--j
I /
<' MOTOR SHEAVE
56"PO
VIEW 88
5-
--25---'-------
- 7r
~-----------
UP totally e nclosed two de ck vibrating screen
UP totally enclosed one deck vibrating screens• Scree n site
UP UP- •2'E l 34E UP-14SE UP- 128E UP- l 38E UP-148E UP- 141 0
We;ght, I IHorsepowe r pounds
j
2 2 2 2 2 2 3
1800 2100 2600 24SO 2900 33SO 4100
A
1
88 88 98 '1a 130 '1a 130'1a 130% 1S2
B
1
o
1
F
G 1
1K
l
R 1
s
Screen sit:e
INCHES S2 S2 S 7i,<, 74 y, 7 4 y, 7 4 y.
10 10 13'1a 23\.'J 23'h 23 \,
IH ors•-1We;ght, I power pounds
nv. 2Si,<, 30 18' 42 29Y. 21 y, UP- 224E 22 v. 31 \.'> 42 30 S4 29:Y. 2 l Ya UP- 234E
29 29 34 y, 2S 33 Y.
37 \.'J S4 42 66 38'1a
22 ~.
UP-24SE
soy, 2S 'h 30 18 42 6S'h 28Y1 UP-228E sov. 33y. 31 \.'> 42 30 S4 6S \.'J 28 Ya UP- 238E
SOY. 33V. 37\.'J S4 42 66 6S!f.i 28 Ya UP-248E 38 \.'J 37Y, S4 42 66 83Y,31% UP-2 4 lOE
8SY. 30y. 61
H ove dimensions cer tified for instollotion purposes.
412 • LINK - BELT
H1J
UP totally enclosed two deck vibrating screenu
¿
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
23SO 2800 3SOO 3300 3900
4SOO S2SO
A
98:Y1 98 :Ya 109 Y. 141 y, 141 y, 141 y. 162 \,
B
1
o
F
H
G
J
K
l
l
1
R
s
INCHES 67V. 7
2S i,<, 20
67 ~.
2S \.'J 20 30>;. 22 :Y. 46 >;. 31 'llt 46:Y. 31 Ya 46:Y. 31 Ya S7:Ya b 6%
7 73 '1a 103/a 90 20\.'J 90 20\.'J 90 20'h 101Y1 27V•
2Si,<, 30 18 42 293/a l6:Y1 31 \.'> 42 30 S 4 29:Y. 16:Ya 37 'h S4 42 66 38Y. l 8 :Y1 23'1a 2S\.'J 30 18 42 6S 31 !f.. 42 30 S 4 6S 23 '1a 37\.'J S4 142 66 6S 23% 3 7V. S 4 42 66 82Y. 27Ya
Screen moy be foctory mounted o t 25° , 27'/2 ° or 30° within the enclosure.
processing equipment v lbrating screens
CA vibrating screens CA one deck vlbratlng screens - s~
1
., 1
1
..J
Ser e en 1 HP I WI.,
Ser e e n siie 0
CA- 148 1 3 11400 CA- 141 O 3 1750 CA- 141 2 5 2050 CA- 15l01J -¡1950
CA- 148S CA-14 lOS CA-1 412S
lbs.
size 0
CA- 151 2 5 2 150 CA-1514 - - - 1 5 2750 CA-1612 5 2250 CA-1614 71'1 ,3050
--
Ser e en size 0
1
1 ElD l tOPP ER OPTIONAL •
Ser e en
HP 1 Wt., lbs. 1
-- --
CA-151 OS 5 2600 1040 59 CA-15125 5 3000 1040 59 CA-1514S 71'1 3600 1040 59 CA-16 l 2S 71'1 3300 1040 7 1 CA-16 14S 71'1 4200 1040 7 1
DISCHARGE END TOP DECK
1 HP 1 Wt., lbs.
Screen size 0
1 F 1 G 1 H 1 J
11 11 11
1 31 Y. 32 !.4144 1'15 2!.4 11 :y. 50 1 31 v.32 !.4155 1'1 163!.4 161'2 59 !.4 1 31 !.4 32 !.4 66 '14 74 21 68 v.
11 11 13
1 37!.4 38!.4 55Y, 63 !.4 161'1 59V• 1 37!.4 38 l4~6:Y•¡7 4 21 68 Y. 2 37!.4 38 !.4 7 85'14 24!.4 771'1
11 13
1 143 y, 44 V:l66 '!4t7 4 21 68V. 2 43 !.4 44 !.4 77 l85 :Y. 24!.4 71'1
IScreenl
5 2900 1040 5 3350 1040 71'142501040 71'1 3750 1040 71'14750 1040 10 5350 1040 1O 5250 1040 10 59501040
si ze 0 CLEAR AL z" VERTICAL AN O .. 1 ;" LOW HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE UNLESS OTHE RWISE SHOWN
12'-f,~T
-s'l
CLEAR F-EAED
v3:1
CH TE-.. -
r
·Kf:::J J"
10, ...._
HOLES WH EN N• I
ORIVE
ñ ºñ
~~ PLA N VIEWS
CA three d eck v ibrating screen
34 34 34 40 40 40 46 46
551'1 671'2 791'1 671'1 791'2 91 Y,
- -
79Y, 91'h
1 37!.4 8 !.455Y, 63 V.¡40:Y• 83 1'2 2 7 !.4 38 Y.66 4 '14 45 :Y• 94 V• 37 !.4 38 !.4 77!.4 85 '14 50!.4 103Y, 2 43 •; . 44!.466 74 :Y. 5 :y. 94 !.4 2 43 Y,44 !.477!.4 85 :Y. 50 Y. 1031'i
- 2.
.J1; "CLEA~] h -C
1 HP
RPM
lbs.
5
1040 1040 1040
3100 3500 7Y, 4500
CA-3510 CA-3512 CA-3514
7 V2 3900 7 Y, 4900 10 5600
1040 1040 1040
CA-3612 CA-3614
10 10
5400 6200
1040 1040
5
1
J
1 l
CA-348 27'14 1 y, CA-3410 38'14 1 y, 1 y, CA-3412 49 CA-3510 38'14 1 y, 1 y, CA-3512 4 9 CA-351 4 6o v. 1 y, CA-3612 CA-3614
2 49 60!.4 2
~
47 47 47
57 57
59 59 71 71
69 69 81 81
34 34 34 40 40 -4046 46
57 ---59 69
1 N6 f P 1 1 2 1 2 2
E
F
GI
T f V INCHES
6o v. 44 72Y• 84 !.4 72Y, 84 Y, 961'1 84 y, 96Y,
1 AA
J
29 Y, 2 1 56 291'2 21 y, 67'14 31 '14 22Y, 56 29 Y, 21 y, 67'14 31 '14 22v. 79'14 31 :y. 22!.4 67'14 31 '14 22!.4 79'14 31 :Y. 22 Y,
AB
1 AC 1
2
AD
20Y,31!.4 32V• 44 y, 52 36!.4 86 !.4 20Y,31!.4 32 !.4 55 Y, 63 !.4 40'14 95 '14 21 !.4 31 V, 32 !.4 66 74'14 45'14 107!.4
- -- --- -201'2- 37!.4 38 !.4 55 Y, 63 !.4 40'14
-2
H
INCHES
CA-34 8 CA-3410 CA-3412
Ser e en s.i:r.eO
..f;:::;;_ ( .:
47 57 47 57 47 57 59 69 59 69 59 69 71 81 71 81
1 AA I AB 1 AC 1 AD
CA three deck vlbratlng screens e o Ser e en wr.. Screon A
AA
1
A 1 e 1 o E RPM '11-~-..,,.~=--1 INCHES
1 l IN 6 1 T I V IN CH ES
CA-251 CA-2512
....
791'1 91 l'i
CA-248 8 :Y. 18 v. ¡2 1 27:Y. 1 y, 1 31 v. 32 v.144 y, 52 36 !.4 7 4 v. CA-241060:Y.18Y•21Y,38:Y. 1 Yi 1 3 1 Y.32Y.55Y, 63 !.4 O:Y• 83 1'2 CA-2412 2 :Y. 19'14 22 Yi 49 1y, 2p 1 v.32 v.66 4~ 4 5:y.l 94y.
CA two d eck vibrating screen
''-.
46 81 46
T I V 1 AA 1 AB 1 AC I AD INCHES
1 HP 1 Wt., lbs.
Screen size 0
CA-248 5 2500 CA-248S CA-241 O 5 2800 CA-241 OS CA-241271'i3600CA-2412S CA-251 O 5 3100 CA-251 OS CA-2512 7Y, 3900 CA-2512S CA-2514 7Y, 4500 CA-2514S CA-2612 7Y, 4200 CA-2612S CA-26147Y,4800CA-26 145
AD
N•2
-- --
iN 61
1 l
Hea" y duty A
Standard
WHEN
E
69 391'1 671'1 69 40 791'1 69 40 91 l'i
- - - - - - -81
F 1 G 1 H 1 J
o 1
INCHES
CA two deck vibrating screens Scr een size 0
s:·~ --'-'a1.. /
A 1 C 1
RPM
1800 1040 47 57 331'1 551'1 2300 1040 47 57 331'1 6T'h 2800 1040 47 57 34 791'1
3 5 5
CA- 148 l48:YJ 8 !.4 14 27:Y. CA- 141C k>O:Y• 18 !.4 13:Y. 38:y, CA- 1412l72 :Y. 18 !.4 13 1'i 49'14 CA-151( 160'!4 18 v. CA-1512172 '14 18!.4 13:Yfr,,,. 14!.4 9 '14 CA- 151 4 84 '14 19'14 15'14 60V• CA-1612 172 '14 18 !.4 14 49'14 CA-1614 84 '14 19'14 15 Y, 60 !.4
CA one d e ck vibrating screen
A.
Heovy duty
Standard
CLEAR V
2 1 !.4 21 !.4 21 !.4 21v.
95'14
37V. 38 !.4 66 74 '14 45:Y. 107 V. 37 !.4 38 !.4 77 Y• 85 '14 5ov. 116 Y, 43 !.4 44 !.4 66 74'14 45 '14 107 Y. 4 3V. 44 !.4 77 !.4 85'14 50 !.4 116!.4
Ho ve d imensions certifi ed fo r instollotion purposes. A Furnished with beom d eck fo r mo unting perfo roled piole or grizzly bar deck s. t:. N umber of springs per brocket. See three deck dro wing. 0 CA screens o re l urnished wi th provisions fo r ceiling o r íloor mounting, os require d.
LINK-BELT • 413
processing equipment vibratlng screens
CA totally enclosed vibrating screens
- G·~s, --
-5 -
•
a CLEAR AD'
l
FEED END
H
·o··SPLS [c·~--------tt .
.
ORIVE
ASSEMBl Y
MOTOR MOUNT
2
PLAN VIE W
1
AD!
ASSEMBLY
1
lM~LL_-_
~
M--
,.. •t••
J
CA totally enclosed one deck vibrating screens6 1
Standard scr e en Screen
1
size
pounds
CA-14BE 1 CA-14 lOE CA-1412E CA-lSlOE CA- 1Sl 2E CA-1Sl4E CA- 16 l 2EI CA- 1614E •
N
Weight,
4 2SO SlOO
4700
CA- l 4BSE CA-14 lOSE CA-14 l 2SE CA- 1Sl OSE CA- l Sl 2SE CA-l S14SE CA- 1612SE CA-1614SE
SBOO S600 6300 7600 6BOO
BSOO
2S Y. 30 34 y, 69 sBv. 30 69 34 'h ao:v. 37:y, 69 34 V2 BO:Y. 37'!.
6600 6300 7200
v.
BSOO 7900 9700
B3 73:Y. B3 92 B3 92
39'h
SOY. SOY. sov. S l :Y.
66 66 66 7B 7B 7B 90 90
391'2 39'h Sl 'h S l 'h S 1'h 73Y, 6 3 'h 73Y, 63Y,
Sl:Y.
e;
Sl :Y.
S6V. s7:y, S7:Y. S7:Y. S7:Y. 6 1 y. 67V. 67V.
63:Y. 67 V.
"' CA-1514SE, CA-1 612SE
Hove dimensions certifi ed for i nstallation purpo ses. Heavy duty screen.
o C A-1612SE = 5
49 'h 49'h 49 'h 61 'h 61 'h 61 'h
36 36 36 42 42 42 4B 4B
9S Y. 64'h 47 Y. 73:Y. SBV.
l 17V. 139V. 117Y. l 39V. 161 l 39V. 161 v.
S700
=
3 :y. 3 3:Y. 3 3 :Y.
17 17 17 17 17 17• 17• 20
...
3 :Y. o
By, Bv, BY. sv. sv. SY,
72
54 69 l 16 V. B4 94 v. 69 116 V. B4 14 1 'h 99 l 16V. B4 141 y, 99
9 4 V.
6Y, 6Y,
20• .
Three deck screens can also be furn ished.
1 .•.
A- - - --
-
-F~t I "t-
a "C LEAR ~ - lf - - - - - -- - - l t
FEED END
ORIVE
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
1
2 PLAN VIEW
CA totally enclosed two deck vibrating screens6 Standard screen
Ser een size
CA-24BE CA-24 lOE CA-2412E CA-2S l OE CA-2S12E CA-2S l 4E CA-2612E CA-2614E •
Heo vy d uty screen
Weight, 1
1 Weight,
pounds
Scree n size
6400 7300 B700 BOOO 9600 10900 10400 11BOO
CA-24BSE CA-241 OSE CA-24 l 2SE CA-2S 1OSE CA-2S12SE CA-2S 14SE CA-2612SE CA-2614SE
1
1
=
6".
414 • LINK - BELT
1
f
D 1
G 1
1
H
1
J
69SO 7900 9400 B700 lOSOO 1 lBOO 1 lSOO 13000
L
K 1
1
1
pounds
1
M I M• I
p
N 1
1
R
1
s
1 AD
AE
INCHES
97'h 56 120 V. S6 142V• S7 'h l 2o v. S6 142Y. S7'h 164Y, S7'h 142 V. 57'h 164Y, S7'h
Hove dimensio ns ce rlified for inslallol ion purposes. Heavy d uty screen.
o CA-25 10SE
e
8
A
B6'h 96 106:Y. 96 106:Y. 116 106:Y. 116
43'h 43 'h
49
47 'h
60 V,
S2
4S
71 :Y•
43Y,
4S 4S 4S 4S
36 36 36 42 42 42 4B 4B
S7 60 Y• S2 71 :y. S7 B2 :Y. 61 'h 71 :Y. S7 B2 :Y. 61
v.
49'h
39'h 49'h 39'h 49 'h 39 'h 61 'h Sl y, 61 'h S 1 y, 61 y, S 1'h 73'h 63'h 73Y, 63'h
"' C A-2510SE 6
=
66 66 66 7B 7B 7B 90 90
51 :y. Sl :y.
5l :Y. Sl :y.
3 y. 4 'h
S5 v. S7:Y. 61 v. 61 v. 67V• 67V,
5S v.
3V. 4 'h o 3V.
61 y. 61 v. 62:Y. 6B :Y. 6B:Y.
. ..
3V.
. ..
20".
Three deck screens con o lso be furnished.
17 17 20 17• 20 20 20 20
72
94V. l l 9V. 94V. l l 9V. 141 'h
46
BY. S9'h BYo 72'h BY. S9'h SYo 72'h SY, BS Y, SY,
119V. 7.2'h 141 'h B5V.
6 Yo 6'/a
6S'h 6S'h 67
6S 'h 67 67 67 67
processing equipment vlbratlng screens
CB vibrating screens FEED HOPPER OPTIONAL ~ ,,.... ,s'" .... 9 /,,, 7" ......._ I ~ ~1 f .-
1
ALLOW 2 " v[RTI CAL ANO 1 HOR12UNT AL CLEARANtf uN1rss OTHERw1sr SHOWN
CB one deck vlbrating screens A 1 e 1 D 1 Ser e en 1Horse-1W eig ht,
_c~EB~R-
size
CB-1412 CB-1414 CB- 1SlO CB- 1Sl 2 CB-1S14 CB-1Sl6 CB-16 12 CB-1614 CB-1616 Sc reen size
CB-14 12 CB-1414 CB-1 SlO CB-1S12 CB-1S14 CB-1 Sl6 CB-1612 CB-1614 CB-1616
fl"'"* CB one d eck vibrating screen
po wer
po unds
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 lS
4400 4800 4300 4700 SlOO ssoo S200 S700 6300
H
1NLI 1
1
E
F
1 G
INCHES
48 48 60 60 60 60 72 72 72
1
T
41 y, 81 41 y, 89 47 Y, 6S 47V. 81 47 Y, 89 47Y, lOS S3Y2 81 S3Y, 89 S3Y, lOS
66 66 78 78 78 78 90 90 90
1
V
1
AA
AB
29 Y, 29 Y, 29Y, 29 Y, 29 Y, 29 Y, 29 V. 29 V. 29Y,
7S 91 67 7S 91 99 7S 91 99
1
j AD
AC
INCHES
1 SV. 1SV. 1SY, l SY2 lS Y2 1SY, 1SY, 1 SY, 1 SV.
1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2
34V. 34 v. 40V. 40Y, 40V. 40 Y2 46Y, 46\1, 46Y,
66 80 V. 73V. 9SV. Sl 73 66 80V. 73 V. 9S Y2 8S Y, 103 SOY, 66 73V. 9SV. 88 y, 103
3SV. 3SV. 41 v. 41 Y2 41 y, 41 y, 47 Y, 47Y, 47 Y,
6SV. 7 4 V. S8 6S Y. 74V. S2V. 6S Y• 74Y, 82\1,
10 % 16V. 8 IO:Y. 16 V. 19 10% 16V. 19
CB two deck vibrating screens
r
CLEAR IB' >-< - -T-
¡
Screen
CLEAR V----10'>-j
size
CB-241 O CB-2412 CB-241 4 CB-2S 1O CB-2S l 2 CB-25 14 CB-2S16 CB-2612 CB-2614 CB-2616
•.J - FEE~ CHUTE_,., 1..·
l 1
J
Ser e en size
6"r:;;; ¡_
CB-241 0 CB-2412 CB-24 14 CB-2S 1O CB-2512 CB-2S14 CB-2S 16 CB-2612 CB-2614 CB-2616
l--AA
1'
--.
1
- :
•
"-11;,.,¡
T WO SPRI NGS FOR EACH BRAC KET
CB two deck vibrating scree n
IHors•1Weighl, 1 A pow er po unds 10 10 1S 10 15 15 15 15 15 20
1 e 1
48 4S 4S 60 60 60 60
S200 S800 6400 S800 6600 7400 82 00 7300 82 00 9100
72 V
H
23 Y, 23 Y2 23 y, 23 Y2 23 Y2 23 y, 24 y, 23 y, 23 y, 24V.
1 AA INCHES
34 Y, 3S Y, 34Y, 3S Y, 34 Y2 3S Y, 40 Y2 4 1 y, 40Y, 41 v. 40 \l:i 41 y, 41 42 46Y, 47 \l:i 46\l:i 47Y, 47 4S
1
41 v. 6S 41 y, Sl 4 1 y, S9 47Y, 6S 47 Y, Sl 47 Y, 89 47 Y, 105 53 Y, 81 53 y, S9 53 Y, 105
66 66 66 7S 7S 7S 7S 90 90 90
72 72
D 1 E INCHES
G
67 29 V. 7S 29 Y, 91 29 Y, 67 29Y, 75 29 Y, 91 29 Y, 99 30 Y, 7 5 29 Y, 9 1 29 Y, 99 30 Y,
AB
AC
Sl 73 SOY, 66 7 3 \l:i 9S Y2 51 73 66 SO Y2 7 3Y, 9S Y2 88 V. 103 Y, SO Y, 66 73 Y, 9SY, s0 v. 103Y,
1
F
AD
1
42 4S sov. 42 45 so v. S4 V. 4S sov. S4 V.
92 1oov. 108 \l:i 92 1oov. 1OS Y, 119 1oov. 108 \l:i 119
CB three deck vibrating screens Ser e en siz e
AD
CB-348 CB-341 O CB-3412 CB-3414 CB-3S 1O CB-3Sl2 CB-3 S l 4 CB-3Sl 6 CB-3612 CB-3614 CB-3616
l 1
J MOTOR SHEAVE
ll ' PD i __
_
+------'~,L---1-------'---'-.....~~
~¡2 1
8
• 7 -
- -AB -
DRIVEñ
Dñ
rnrn PLAN VIEWS
CB three d eck vibrating screen
Ser e en
!),.
C j
10 lS lS 20 lS 20 20 20 20 20 20
ssoo 6600 S200 9000 7400 S600 9600 10600 9300 10400 l ISOO
1
D
E
1
INCHES
48 48 48 48 60 60 60 60
66 66 66 66 78 78 78 78 72 90 72 90 72 90
H
1NLI
T
23 Y, 23 !ói 24 v. 24 y, 23 y, 24 Y2 24 Y, 24 Y, 24 Y, 24 !ói 24Y,
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
34 !ói 34 Y, 3S 3S 40 Y, 41 41 41 47 47 47
size
CB-34S CB-34 1O CB-3412 CB-3414 CB-351 O CB-3S l 2 CB-3S14 CB-3S16 CB-3612 CB-3614 CB-3616
1
A
Hors e - W oig ht, po unds
pow er
1
j AA INCHES
3S~
1
41 y, 64V. 43 % 41 y, 72 V. S9V. 41 y, ss v. 67:V. 41 y, 96V. 83 :V. 47 Y:i 72 V. S9 :V. 47 \l:i ss v. 67'!. 47 \l:i 96V. 83% 47Y, 112 v. 91% S3 Y, ss v. 67:Y. S3!h 96 V. 83 :Y. S3Y:i 112 Y, 91 :y.
V
3S !ói 36 36 41 y, 42 42 42 48 48 48
F
43 Y, Sl 6SY, 73 y, Sl 6SY,
73 \/, 0s v. 6S Y, 73 V. 0sv.
1
AB
1
S8 73 81 96 73 Sl 96 103 \12 81 96 103 Y,
AC
36Y:i 42 46 Sl !Xi 42 46 SI y, S 4 Y. 46 S 1 y, s4 y,
G
49 Y, 49 Y, SOY, SOY, 49 Y, SO Y, SO Y, SO Y, SO Y, SO Y, SO !ói
1
AD
l OS 113 v. 123 '!. 132 113 Y• 123:Y. 132 140 123'!. 132 140
Hove dimensions cerlif1ed fer lnsto llo lion p urposes. N umber o f springs per brocket.
LIN K - BELT • 415
processing equipment vlbratlng screens
BA vibrating screens FEED ENO
~ 22
CLEAR
.-
T
V
o
0 •INSIDE LINERS
-12
CLEAR
>-
.-------,
-----~
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
1
2
ORIVE
PLAN VIE WS
AD
---~~~;-'~~: -
~)
1 1 1
3' ·~
_J
L
-Y ~
. •
-
~-- J
AA
-
-,
1
15' )
K
_,...,_
AB
WHEN N=3
-
~
2_
MOTOR SHEAVE
A
t:=:=j: CJ - -
~ ... 6~
11 PO ALLOW 2• VERTICAL ANO
1;" HORIZONTAL
CLEARANCE UNLESS OTHERWI SE SHOWN
WHEN
7 ..,.7 ~"" 7"
C L VIBRATúR SHEAVE 20 PO
7" 7" N = 2
BA vibrating screens º Screen si1e
W ei ght, p0und s
1
BA- 1S10 BA-1S12 BA-1612 BA-1614
Vibrotor 1 A 1 C 1
1Horse-1
V-belts power No. ! Size
7400 7900 9400 10200
4 1 C-144 4 C-144 C-144 C-144
20 20 2S 30
O
1
E
1 F 1 G
1
1
J
K
l IN & I INCHES
1
RPM
960 960 960 960
s s
60 60 72 72
l 74 147 Y, 163Y, 74 47 Y, 79Y, 86 86
S4 y, S4 y,
6S 130Y, 73 30Y, 73 33 97 33
79Y, 79 Y,
Hove dimensions certi fied fo r instollo tion purposes. o Two deck screens ol so ovoiloble.
l
31 46 Y, 46 46
46 S3 :Y. S4 y, 77'12
P
1 Q
l7 Y, 17Y, 19l'o 19 l'o
14 Y, 1 2 14Y, 2 17 3 17 3
S9Y. S9 Y. 71 y. 71 y.
1
T
41 41 47 47
1
1
V
42 42 48 48
AA
1
AB
I
AC
l
l
1
AD
49% S6 S6 62 \/.
S3 Y. 70% 68% 78 y, 68 Y. 79 68Y. 102 \/.
..6. Number of springs per brocket.
CL vibrating screens +
FEED END
21·
MA X.
X
-· WHEN rr--r--n--> - - T I WHEN N= 1 N= 2
k----c----
a· ..-
i'
,-
M
1
-16-rt_ '• ~-
CLEAR
'
T- , - .
3 FEED CHUTE- ' -
1
r ,
ASSEMBL Y
]1!1
2
PLAN VIEWS
~ 121 CLEAR
1
1 ASSEMBL Y
1
-, 1
1
1
1 _,
G
ORIVE
1
_I
I_
-';__,_12 H
18 ALLOW 2' VERTICAL ANO t)" HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN
,,. ,. HOLES"\ W~EN
N -2
t
~
r.¡:--n '· !- ..... . -
20 ·
14~-
CL two deck vibrating screens • Ser e en
sir.e
CL-248 CL-241 O CL-2412 CL-2414 CL-2416
Weight, pounds
HoneV-belts pow e r No. 1 Size
CL-2S8 CL-2S10 CL-2S 12 CL-2S1 4 CL-2S16
SOOO S800 7100 8000 8900 - S800 -7600 8SOO 9400 11300
10 1O lS lS lS -1O lS 1S lS 20
Cl-268 CL-2610 CL-2612 CL-2614 CL-2616
8SOO 10300 11600 12700
lS 20 20 2S
A
I C I
O
C-128 C- 128 C-128 C- 128 C- 128 C-128 C-128 C-128 C-128 C-128
48 48 48 48 48 60 60 60 60 60
4 4 4 4
C-128 C-128 C- 128 C-128
72 72 72 72 72
66 66 66 66 66 78 78 78 78 78
34 \/• 34 Y• 34% 34% 34 % 40 Y. 40% 40% 40% 40%
90 90 90 90
40% 40:Y. 40% 40%
- --- --- - -
1 F I
73y, 86 y, 99Y, 112Y, 12SY, 73 y, 86Y, 99Y, 112Y, 12SY,
23 34 4S
s6
67 23 34 4S S6 67 73'12 23 86 '12 34 99\li 4S 112 Y, 12SY, 67
--- -90 40%
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. .t. Number of springs per brocket.
41 6 • LI NK-BELT
E
G
I
H
1 J
1 M
I N& I
T
1 U
1 V
INCHES
3 3 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 4
----1----lS- -4 -C--1287SOO
1
S6
•
19 19 20% 2ov. 2o:y. 19 19 20% 20% 20:Y. 19 19 20:Y. 2o:y. 2ov.
63 63 64% 64:Y. 64:Y. -63 63 64 % 64 :Y• 64 :Y. ~ 63 64:Y. 64:Y. 64:Y.
64 88 112 136 160 -64 88 112 136 160 ~ 88 112 136 160
13 1 13 1 13% 2 13:Y. 2 13:y. 2 13 1 13 2 13:Y• 2 13% 2 13:Y. 2 1 3 - 213 2 13:Y. 2 13:Y. 2 13:y, 2
--
31 % 31 % 31 % 31 :Y. 31 37% 37% 37% 37:Y• 37:Y. 43 % 43:Y. 43:y, 43:y, 43 %
v.
23 49 Y, 23 49 Y, 22Y. 22 v. 22v. - --23 49 Y, 23 49 Y, 22 Y• SO Y. 22 Y. SOY. 22 y, SOY. 23 49y, 23 49 Y, 22 \/. SO Y. 22 22 v.
so y. so y. so y.
y, soy. soy.
Single deck screens o lso ovoiloble. Dimensions ore sorne os fo r two deck screen.
processing equipment vlbrating screens
DS foundry shakeouts r
~
1
1
,.,\J D
----- --
----~
FEED El\O
1 ' I j 1 5 -
V L_¡ -
X -
:; HOLES
T. .
FOUNOATION PLAN
j
18
ALLOW 2• VERTIC AL ANO HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN
1r
PLAN VIEWS
u p
-6-
VIBR ATOR SHEAVE 12 4•po
l
¡r~~=~~
r 1
MOTO~
J
l
SHEA VE
a·
6 .8• PO
- - 3• k
H,OPtNING
~
G
OPE~ING
1
~
17,. · - - - E
'''ª"'
DS foundry shake outs 6 Ser e en
size
1 W ei ght. Hone·
p o wer
pounds
05-36 05-38 13000 3400 05-46 3400 05-48 39 00 6
f
Rcting, pounds
5 5 5
5000 5000 5000
5
5000
1
A
E
D
B
1
F
G I H
1
p 1
J
s
1
u
X
INCHES
36 36 48 48
21 y, 22 72 201 20 42 23 23 4 2 44 321 21 961 26 27 \4 22 28 1 54 35 17 30 32 72 27 '!. 28 54 35 23 4 2 44 96 26
4~1 2~1 171 3º1
y,I
70 94 70 94
7 Vi
13 Vi 7 Vi
13 Vi
Hove dimensions cerlified fer instollol ion purposes. DSD self-dischorging shokeoul s ovoiloble.
BS foundry shakeouts ~-rf~['J f~N_o_
1
_
~
s
ORIVE
T
ASSEMBLY 1
5
/
l
HOLES
ASS EMBLY
2
PLAN VIEWS
•
ALLOW z" VERTICAL ANO 1!' HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN
V
FOUNOATION PLAN L-- .
e u--
8 - ->-<- - 0 -
CLEAR - 1s'-
t21CL EAR
A~---
•
•
•RIOING BARS 1 x 2 AT 6.SPACING
GUARO OPTIO\AL\
AB•PD VIBRATOR SHEAVE
t 1
J AC•P~fl. ;J MOTO;¡>~i° SHEAVE
h-
h.-
N-
F=OPENING-,.,
-. - -- E
j
',
11111
BS f o undry sha keouts 6 w oíghl, I 1 po unds 3700 85-35 4450 85-46 5150 85-48 85-410 6000 6000 85-58 85-510 7800 85-68 7900 85-610 9500 Ser e en
si:z.e
6
Hors•· I
Rolíng,
po w er
po und s
5
6000 10,000 12,000 14,000 15,000 20,000 20,000 30,000
7Vi 7Vi
10 10 15 15 20
- º-'-'_E--'-1
1-A - -'l_ B--'-l_ C _.._I
36 22 48 28 48 28 4 8 28 60 34 60 37 72 43 72 43Vi
23 % 29% 29 % 29 3/< 35 y, 38>;. 44% 46
_ F -'l' -G-'1_H --'-l_ J-'1 _K__;l_ M-'1_N_l;...-P-'-1_
22\4 28 v. 28\4 28 \4 34 '!. 35>;. 41 y, 41 Y•
42 23 54 35 54 35 54 35 66 47 67 48 79 60 79 60
R_'1 _s_ 1'--r-'-1_u--'_v--'-1_ w-'-1_x-'1 _Y--'-l_A_A-'1 _A...;cB_:_ I _A_;C;...
INCHES
14 17 23 32 23 32 23 32
24 30 42 48 42 48 42 48
26 32 44 56 44
19 Vi 19 Vi 28 28 28
56136 44 24 56 36
12 12 12 14 12 13 13 13
18\.', 21 21 23 23 31 31 32%
60 72 96 120 96 120 96 120
30% 3oy, 3oy, 32 Y, 30% 34 >;. 34 y, 34 y,
20 . ·1 58 18 16 70 18 16 94 18 16 118 22 20 94 19 V, 26 118 22\4 32 94 25 Vi 26 118
5 Vi 11
6 Vi 6 Vi 6 Vi 6 1-'z 9 9 1OVi
13 13 15 15 18 \4 18 \4 18 '!.
4 8 \4 11 v. 24 11 10 1OVi 8 Vi
18 20 20 20 20 26 26 29
12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15
12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 20 20 20
6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 11 11 11
Hove dimensions cerlified fer instollotion purposes. BSD self-dischorging shokeouts ovoilable.
LINK-BELT • 417
processing equipment vibrating s cr eens
Pulsating magnet grizzly bar screens Pulsoting mognet grizzly bor screens consist of o p owerful, he ovy duty electromognetic drive ond o speciolly-b uilt grizzly bor trough. The trough is constructed with o solid steel plote o reo ot the feed e nd to ob sorb the impoct ond shock of Jorge, heovy chunks of material ond to distribute the material so the grizzly bar discharge is fully utilized for coarse scolping. The g rizzly bo rs ore mode af o wearresistant materi a l-topered for non-blinding-and ore individuolly reploceable. High speed vibration flows the material for ward, over and through the grizzly bors. By means of o dial in the sepa rate control box fu rnished with e och screen, the flow of material over the g rizzly ba rs can be regulated-increasing to maximum or decre asing to minimum - to o utomatically or manually match the capacities af p rocessing equipment. G rizzly bar screens ore availoble with singl e, dual, twin or d uo ltwin electromo g ne tic drives. The multiple d rives p rovide increosed conveying distance, lorg er copacities ond higher effici ency than the single d rives. Single and d ual e lectromagnetic drives cdn b e maunte d either b e low or abave the g rizzly bor trough. Twin ond d uol-twin drives musl be mounted b e low the grizzly bar trough. lt is generolly recommended that grizzly ba r screens b e suspension-mounted. Units with below-d e ck driving magnets con be floo rmounted, but the grizzly section must be suspension-mounted. Units with obove deck driving mognets can only be suspension-mounte d. All models con b e furnished for either 230 or 460 volt AC o p erotion; however, Model F-33DT can also b e furnished for 115 volt, 60 cycle AC operation.
Pul soting mogne t grizzly bor screen with single e lect romogne tic drive.
r---.. . . .'f i' '
~1_
['
Fig. 6144
Pul soting mognet grizzly bor screen w ith dual e lectro mognetic d rive. DUAL MAGNETS
SINGLE MAGNET
Fig. 6 145
Pu ls oting mognet grizzly bor scree n with duo l-twin electromognetic drive.
Size,
Model
pi ate and grizzly
DUAL TWIN MAGNETS
Size,
Size,
grizzly only
piole only 1
1
TWIN MAGNETS
Bar spacing
Screen weight, paunds
Controller weighl, paunds
Y. to 1 v. Y. to 1 % Y. to 1 V2 ~. to 1 V2 1 V2 to 4 1 V2 and up 1 V2 ond up 1 V2 to 8 1 V2 to 8
1075 2275 3350 7300 7300 8500 10,300 17,500 22,0 00
100 100 150 150 150 190 190 300 300
1
INCHES
Single F-33DT Single F-44 DT Single F-45DT Single F-55 DT Singl e F-55 DT Singl e F-66DT Single F-86DT Twin F-66DT Twin F-86 DT
418 • L I NK-BELT
18 24 30 42 30 36 42 60 60
X
X X
ll X X
ll X X
36 42 60 60 72 72 72 72 84
18 24 30 42 30 36 42 60 60
ll X X X X ll X X X
15 15 15 15 36 36 36 36 54
18 24 30 42 30 36 27 60 60
ll ll X
X X
X X X X
21 27 45 45 36 36 42 36 30
processing equipment vibratlng screens
Pulsating magnet screening feeders Pulsoling mognet scree ning fee ders consist of o powerful electromognetic drive, a heovy frome enclosing !he screen surfoce, ond o seporote eleclric controller. They con be furnished with vorious types of screening surfoce s: wedge slot, flonge lip, or woven wire cloth, depending upon the screening opplicolion. Screening feeders with woven wire cloth ore furnished with solid impoct pioles on !he feed end. The heovy, rigid frome is designed so the screening surfoce con be reodily reploced. The driving mognets con be mounted either below or obove !he screen deck; however, the overheod mognet type is recommended for dewatering. Each screening fe e der is furnished with o seporote electric controller arranged for woll mounting. This controller contoins the operoting switches, o dial for reguloting the flow of ma terial over the screen, ond o selenium rectifler thot converts olternating curren! to shorp, pulsoting curren! for energizing !he electromognetic drive. All models con be furnished for either 230 or 460 volt AC operotion; however, Models SF-22DT ond SF-33DT can also be furnished for 115 volt, 60 cycle AC o perotion.
Single deck pulsating magnet screening feed er with overhead electromagnetic drive
t
r
+
F
- -
A
s- 1 --.....
11
Fig. 614 1
Pul sating magne t screening fee d er- be low d eck magne t type
r -F-~
Fig . 6 142
Pulsating magne t screening feeder-overhead magnet type
Model SF-22DT SF-3 3DT SF-44DT SF-45 DT SF-55DT SF-6601 SF-86DT
Input Feeder Controller Sere en Input, amps weight, size, watts ot230 weight, pounds inches volts pounds 12 18 24 30 36 48 54
)( )( )( )( )( )( )(
42 42 54 60 72 72 72
350
5
750
9 18 30 40 42 45
1000 1500 2600 2800 3000
450 1075 2250 3300 7200 9200 10,600
23 Yl 100 100 150 150 190 190
Below deck magnet types
Al
B
1
e
1o 1 E 1 F
1
GI
Overhead magnet types H
1
1A 1
J
B 1
e
1o 1 E 1 F 1
G1
H
1 J
INCHES
12 40 Yl 11 Yl 18 40 Yl 24 Yl 24 52 131 Yl 30158 28 Y2 36 6 9% 50 48 69 Yl 50 54 69 Yl 52 Yl
5 26 19 35 1 6 Yl 631 25 43Yl10 7 ¡38 35 49 13 13 8 39 Y2 35 52 12\50 Yl 68 Y2 80 17 18 12 51 Y2 68 Y2 80 12 52 Yl 68 y, 81 19
7Y• 12 140Y2ll4Yl 5 25 Y2 19
13 18 17 Y2 22
22 22
~
18 40 Yl 25 24 52 36 30 58 38 36169 Y2 58 Y2 48169 y, 57 54 69 Yl 72 Yl
38 Yl 17 630 25 43 Yl 18 Yl 8 38 35 54 Yl 24 1o 41 35 63 128 12\57 Yl 68 y, 88 y, 33 Yl 12 58 y, 68 y, 86 y, 33 y, 12 64 168 Yl 100 33 Yl
lO Y2 16 21 V4 21 27 V4 28 30 V4
Hove dimensions ce rtified for installation purposes.
LIN K - BELT • 4 19
processing equipment v ibratlng scree ns
Pulsating magnet vibrating screens Pulsoting mognet vibroting screens consist of o rigid steel frome, o reploceoble screening surfoce, o d ust-seoled electromognetic d rive ond o sepo rote electric controller. They con be furnished in sing le ond doub le deck models ond moy be totolly enclosed for dust-tight protection. Screen cloth tension con be mointoine d al drumheod tightness b y o fixed fu ll-w idth tension p iole a l the dischorge e nd o nd on od justoble hook ba r ot the fee d e nd of the screen cloth, leoving the cloth fr ee for its full length. Pulsoting mogne t vibroting screens o re ovoiloble fo r susp e nsion-mounting, or with o triang ula r supporting frome. This frome p ermits od justing th e screen surfoce ong le 33° to 38° from horizontal. Eoch screen is furnished with o se porote e lectric controller orrong e d for wo ll mounting. This controller contoins the operoting switches, o dial to re gul ote the Aow of ma te rial over the screen ond o selenium rectifier tho t converts olternoting curren! to shorp, pulsoting curren! for energizing the electromo gnetic drive. Bolonce d gote feed hopp ers, to effect even distribution of material over the full width o f the screen, o nd fines collecting underpons to di rect the fines to o d ischorge opening, con be fu rnished. Pulsoting mognet vibro ting sc reens co n b e suppl ied for 115, 230, or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC o p e rotion.
Pu1sating magne t vi brati ng sc reen
-<
K >'- i
F
E
k- - -A---J f 19 6 14 3
-<-- - -- - -- -H- - - - - -- -
Screen Model
size, inches
VS F-22 VSF-22 VSF-33
18 24 36
X X X
36 48 60
Input, watts
Input amps a l 230 volts
Screen weighl, pounds
Controller weight, pounds
350 750 750
5 9
6 50 11 90 1270
23 Y2 23 y, 100
9
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.
420 • L 1 N K - B E L T
e
8
A 1
1
l
o
E 1
G
F
1
H
INC HES
33 Y2 42 49
32
4 1 314 5 1 Y2
J 1
1
1
43 54 64
K 1
processing equipment revolvlng screens
revolving screens Revolving sc ree ns hove been used for many years for sizing stone, gravel and other similar materials. íhey are simple, rugged machines and frequently the most efficient screening medium available. Because they rotate, they can b e made to provide a scrubbing action which scours the material partides to obtain a deaner product and a better separation where individual pieces are covered with or held together by doy, vegetable matter or other foreign substances. Screens must hove a reasonably uniform feed and must be of sufficient length for efficient screening. Two types of construction a r e generally used. Both types may be furnished with jackets to produce additional smaller size products.
Shaft-supporte d screens Shaft-supported screens are the lighter of the two types and are suitable for dry screening where the size of material is relatively small or will not be restricted by the spiders. Consult Link-Belt for dimensions and weights.
Discharge end of typical 60" diameler shaft-supported screen with six-arm spiders. Usual lengths are from 6 lo 1 2 feel. Pholo
12868
Roller-supported screens Roller-supported screens hove a main frame which is open at the feed end and supports the screen plates. The discharge end of the frame is supported by a stub shaft through which the screen is driven. Exceptionally heavy screens handling very large pieces hove both ends open. The heavier roller-supported screens are for heavy, coarse materials where dry or wet scouring and scru bbing is necessary. The open end construction permits the handling of larg e pieces and the introduction of water sprays for wet scrubbing, washing and sizing. A bl ank plate et the feed end, with proper baffles, provides an efficient scrubbing section for the reduction of doy balls and similar foreign material, p roducing on oction which cannot be obtoined with shoker or vibroting screens.
Receiving end af typical roller-supported screen with la rge diameter rollers, rolled sl eel tire and accessible bolted conneclions. Pholo 14188
Selection The following tables show opproximations of the capacities of revolving screens aver the usual range of sizes, assuming the material to be screened is stone or grave! contoining the usual
Example of screen selection Select o screen to handle 75 TPH of stone to be seporated os follows:
moisture, and is reosonably free from vegetoble motter and
1" ond under over 1" thru 1 '12" over 1 1/2" thru 2" over 2 "
30 tons 19 tons 15 tons 11 tons
other foreign material. Table 1 lists diometer, peripheral speed and revolutions per minute of screens together with rote of f eed ond horsepower
Solution
required. The length of a sing le jacket screen is governed by the
Refer to Tabl e l. N ote thot o 48" diameter screen will handle this fe ed.
number of screened products required ond the tonnage of each which must pass through the perforations. Table 2 shows, for the some diometers, tons per hour which will pa ss throug h a foot of screen l e ngth of vorious maximum sizes of screened p roduc t for certain moximum sizes in the feed.
Enter Table 2 al the 48" diometer screen on the fine of the 2 " moximum feed size, as 853 will b e smaller than that size. For a 1" product, read 4.2 TPH per foot; for a 1 'h" pro duct, 5 .4 TPH per foot; for o 2 " product, 6.3 TPH per foot. The opproximote length of screen required for each size is determined by dividing each of the first three required tonnages by the corresponding capacity per foot. These are 7 feet for 1" and under, 3 'h feet for over 1" thru 1 1/2", 2 'h feel for over 1 'h " thru 2"; totaling 13 fe et. For practica! pur poses make these lengths 8 feet 4 feet 4 feet = 16 feet overall.
+
+
Table 1 • Capacltie s and spe eds Screen diameler, inches . . Average f eed, l ons per hour of slone or gravel ... . Peripheral speed, fe et per minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revolutions per minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horsepower per foot of length . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
40 17 5 19 .65
48 85 190 15 .8
60 125 190 12 1.0
72 150 190 10 1.4
L 1 N K - B EL T • 421
processing equipment revolvlng screens
Table 2 • Capacities and lump siz:es dio meter,
Sere en
Maximum ring size of leed,
inches
inches
To ns per hour per foot of le n gt h for stone or grovel Ring size of product, inches '12
1 2 3 4
36
3.2 1.9 l.3 l.1
2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6
60
1 \4
4.1 2.5 l.9 1.5
4.7 3.2 2.3 l.9
3.6 2.8 2.2
--- - - 5 .4 3.4 2.5 2.0 l.6
6.3 4.2 3.1 2.5 2.1
5.2 3.1 2.2 l.7 l.4 l.2
6.7 4.2 3.1 2.5 2.0 1.7
l
8. 1 5. 1 3.7 3.0 2.4 2.1
1
1:Y.
4.1 3.2 2.5
4.4 3.4 2.9
2
1
1
4.8 3.8 3.2
2'12
1
3
3'12
1
4.8 4.1
4.2 3.6
4.4
--- - -- --- --- - - -
4.8
--
6
5
4
- --
4.8 3.7 3.0 2.5
5. 4 4.2 3.4 2.9
5.9 4.6 3.8 3.2
6.3 5.0 4.2 3.6
5.7 4.8 4.2
6.3 5.4 4.7
5.9 5.2
6.3 5.6
6.3
7.8 5.2 3.8 3.1 2.6 2.2
6.0 4.6 3.7 3.1 2.7
6.7 5.2 4.2 3.6 3.1
7.3 5.7 4.7 4.0 3.5
7.8 6.2 5.2 4.5 3.9
7.1 6.0 5.2 4.6
7.8 6.7 5 .9 5.2
7.3 6.5 5.8
7.8 7 .0 6.3
7.8 7.1
9.4 6.3 4.6 3.7 3.1 2.7
7.2 5 .5 4.5 3.7 3.3
8.1 6.3 5. 1 4.3 3.7
8.8 6.9 5.7 4.8 4.3
9.4 7.5 6.3 5.4 4.7
8.5 7.2 6.3 5.5
9.4 8.1 7.0 6.3
8.8 7.8 7.0
9.4 8 .4 7.5
9.4 8.6
- --
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -
- - - - - - - --
6.3 3.7 2.7 2.1 1.6 1.4
1'12
- -- - - -
--- --- ---
2 3 4 5 6
72
1
1
4.2 2.5 1.8 l.4 l.1
l
48
'A
1
- - - - - - - - - - --
7.8
--- --- --- --- ---
9.4
Roller supported screens
RECEIVING END OF SCREEN
Dio me ter
Thickn eu:
o f Kteen,
o f screen
inches
piar es, inch es
A
36
~" 'A.
-'A.
-y.
-48
v. - --
v. Dio met er
pin:~~~fts. 1----.,.,.,. ,. . -C,,_--=-.,,...,.-º-1 pounds 8-0
---5,300
-5,325 -5,700 5,725 8,200 8, 225_ 8,825 8,850 9,500 9,525
12-0Y,
O- 8 1- o O- 8 1- o O- 8 1- o 0 - 10 1- 6 0 - 10 1- 6 0 - 10 1- 6
10-1 1 ~
11 -3';1, 14- 11 11.-i. 15- 3•1¡\,
--- -16-0Y, 12-0 Y. 16-0Y,
20-0 Y,
18- 1 l•'A. 19- 3•';1. 15- 1'116 15- 9~. 19- 1 · ~ 19- 9".oi. 23- 1n/l.6 23- 9"1<
----
---
H
Th ickness
'lo
- 3
60
'lo
-:y.
3
-2 --
-'lo
---
3
y,
72
-
---
3
'la
M
1-7'!.
1-8 'h 1-8:Y. 1-8 Y. 1 2-0 Ya
2-5 3-5 4-4'h 5-0
1
0-2".oi. 0-2 1';1. 0 -2".oi. 0 -4
Hove dJmensions certified for instollotion purposes.
422 • L 1 N K - B E L T
O- 9Ya 0- lO:Ya 0 - lOYa 1- ¡ y,
1
1-4 y, 1-7:Y. 1-7'11· 1-6 Y,
1-6 2-0 2-0 2-6
p ounds
9,800 12-0 Y, 9,825 ----10,750 16-0Y, 10,800 --11,700 20-0Y, 11,750 --24 ,000 16-0Y. 24, 100 27,000 2 4-0Y, 27, 100 --33,000 32 -0 Y. 33, 150
1
1- 1 l'a 1-6 '/. 1-9Ya 2-4 Y,
1
1- 17¡y. 2'Ya 3- 11h. 4- lYa
I
1- 10 2- 6 3- o 3- 9
1 3.5y, 3-0 3-5Y, 5-8'.oi.
1-0 1-6 1-0 1-6
15- 3".oi•
1
1-6 1-0 1-6
RPM ser e en
1
0- 11 1- 2 1- 2 2- o
3
15- 9 · ~ -- -19- 3".oi• 3 1 199•~ - 23 - 3".oi. 1-0 3 23 1-6 - - - - -9".oi. -- - 1-0 19-1 OY. 2 1-6 20- 4 :Y. -1-0 27-1 1
1
of
s
N
ftET ANO INCHES
1- l'Ya 1-2 1-2
Weight withour p inion sho fts,
of screen piafes, inches
1
K
inches A
36 48 60 72
Dio meter of screen, inches A
FHT ANO IN CHES
4,900 4,9 10
G
of screen,
fig. 3551
15 12 10 8.5
3
28- 5 35- 11 y. 36- 5Y.
RPM
4
of
pinion
shoft
52 42 35 43.5
processing equipment separators, classiflers, washers
separal'ors, classifiers, washers
12-foot diameter Rotoscoop de wate rlng s and. Coking o t dischorge plow demonstrotes efficiency o f scoop squeezing oction to produce o product d ry enough far handling on belt conveyor ar r egular truck.
The link-Belt fine of sand, grave! and stone preparatian and handling equipm ent illustrated and d escribed incarporates the results of years of experience in this fleld. The design of each it em has been carefull y considered to assure production of a high grade product at a minimum ma intenance expense. This complete fine of wa shing, classifying and screen ing equipment permits the selection and recommendation of the most suitable unit for each operation . Such latitud e in choice afford s the o p portunity of providing equipment flexible in operation to meet changing spec ification demands.
Fllght separators dewatering sand Aumed fro m conicol revolving screens in b ackg r ound. Photo 1 68 11
lhree Show classlfter-separators and a Rotoscoop prepare sand ot this sond ond grovel preporotion p lont. Photo 25996
L 1 N K - B E L T • 423
processing equipment separators, class ifiers, was h e rs
Flight separators
Discharge end af fllght separator, dewotering sond. Pholo 17381
by the flights , ou t of the wa ter, up an incline at a speed to give the drainage requ ired. The dirt and water fl ow out of the end of the tank opposite the product discharge end. The tan k can be made of either steel or wood. By arrangin g two f light separators i n series, a coarse and fine prod uct can be obtained. Many uses hove been found for this separa tor where dewatering of fine moteria ls is requ i red.
The Lin k- Belt flight separator consists of a large settling tank wi thin which an inclin ed flight co nveyor operates to re move and dewater the ma teri al. Two stran ds of rug ged , reinforced casi malleable iron chain with renewable hardened or manganese stee l bushings, alloy stee l pins and closely spaced fl ights a re used as the co nveying medium. The stream of wa tered material is flumed into the tank nea r the center. The settled material is slowly dragged
K
1 I J
Fig. 3533 ~
~2~· ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~c~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
k~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~f~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Width of conveyor,
Copocity, l ons per hour
A
B
e
o
inches
...
36 36 48
50 50 75
2-3 V2 2-3 V2 3-3 V2
27-0 32-0 27-0
26-6>;n6 3 1- l v. 26-6':n6
3 ·~
48 60 60
75 90 90
3-3 V2 4-3V2 4-3 V2
32-0 27-0 32-0
3 1- l Ya 26-6 ':n6 3 1-1 Ya
4>:n. 4':n6
H
K
37- l v. 32-6 i:n.
32-6 ~.
l 0- l l Va 13-5 5/a l O- l l 5la
5-8 5-8 6-9
37- l y, 32-6 ':n6 37- l v.
13-55/a 10-11 % 13-5%
6-9 7-10 7- 10
FE:T ANO INCHES
3i:n. 3>:n. 3·~·
Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes. Consult Link- Belr fer motor horsepower . .t. Bosed en conveyC>r opero•ina ot 40 FPM hondlino concrete sond. When handling finer qrodes, capacities are reduced.
424 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment separators, classifiers, washers
Rotoscoop separators
Photo 20630
Fig. 3 82 4 The illus l ro l ion shows the oclion of lhe Rotoscoop seporotor.
The Li nk-Belt Rotoscoop separator is a dewatering and
to the top of the disc. A curved renewable stainless steel
cla ssifying machine which can be regulated to deliver material conforming to exacting specifications, retaining
discharges the dewatered product. The motor and driv-
or removing fi nes in the proport ions desired , with remarkable accuracy and efficiency. Originally developed for sand clossificatio n and dewatering, it is ideally suited for treating other products requiring si milar processing.
plow, mounted in a stationary position, plows off and ing machinery are located obove the tank, and therefore, bearings, etc., are not subject to abrasive wear. Uniquely, the entire orea of the tank is utilized for settling purposes. The slow motion of the scoop, and the long adjustable overflow weir, in excess of 150 degrees of tank circum-
Rotoscoop separators provide a simple means of saving special grain sizes which are lost with overflow water
ference, reduce velocities and assist effective settling and washing.
on other separating devices. They are used in foundries for removal of solids from the accumulation in wet dust
For most service this separator provides flexibility and
collector systems, where castings are cleaned hydrauli-
accu racy of separation . Due to the squeezing action and
cally, in the recovery of usable core sand, or to treo!
drainage time, the product delivered is dry enough to
water for disposal through a regular sewage system and
permit transportation by trucks or belt conveyors to processing or storoge.
accumulate the solids for easy handling . This unit also fills the need for dewatering ore, so as to catch the fine ore grains.
Control of the fineness of the product can be maintained by raising or lowering the overflow weir, reducing
The Rotoscoop separator is a self-contained machine,
the number of scoops from the standard of three, adding
consisting of a large circular steel tank, together with a
fresh water through bottom of tank to w a sh out excess of
rota ting disc carrying inclined underslung scoops. These
fines or dirt present in feed and changing the speed of
scoops move the material within the tan k and at the
rotation.
sorne time squeeze and lift the portien to be discharged,
desired, to obtain a change in grading.
A variable speed drive can be furnished, if
L 1 N K - B E L T • 42 5
processing equipment s e parators, classifiers, washers
Rotoscoop separators
Fig . 3823
Oiameter in feet
6 9 12 15
Oiameter in f eet
Ca p acity in tons p er haur
Mo tor har sepo wer
...
5 7 V2
20 to 30 30 to 55 55 to 90 90 to 150
G 6
10 15 to 25
Total weight w ith mater ial
5,000 9,000 13,000 19,000
9,000 18,200 27,000 44,000
K
J
H
1
1
1
Weight i ncluding motor, po und s
A
p ounds
l 1
•
1
1
o
1
1
N 6
4-0 5-6 7-2 8- 10
p 1
8-0 11 -0 14-4 17-8
Q 1
•
1
s 1
1
5- 1 Vi 6 - 1 \4 6-7 V2 7-7
3-4'A 4-0* 4-7 \4 5-4
R 1
F
E
•
FEET ANO INCHES
4- 1o 6-3 7-2 8- 1o
M 1
e
B
•
and w a te r,
1
T 6
3-4 4- 10 6-5 8-0
w 1
6
1
X 6
FEET ANO JNCHES
6 9 12 15
9 lO V2 12 13 V2 1
1-5 V2 1-9 2- 1 2-4
1-lO 'llo 2-2 7,.i6 2-3 7A6 2-3 'llo
2% 3% 39Jl6 3 9116
1- 1 V2 1-4 V2 1-5 V2 1-5 V2
2-7 3-0 3-1 3-1
Hove domensoons certofted for instollation purposes. .._ Capacities ore bosed on handling sand ond similor material weighing 100 p o unds per cubic l oo r, bul con be only opproximote, os the seltling rote of co orse ond fine maJeriol varies ihrough o w ide range. A machine handling fone sand wilh a slo w seltling role would hove a very much
426 • L 1 N K - B E L T
1-3 1-6 1-9 2-0
2 V2 4 4 4
45 45 40 38
1-1 * 1-7 Vi 1-7 V2 l - l O V2
3-7 1-6 5-3 1 1-9 6- 10 2-0 8-5 2-6
1-9 2-6 3-6 4-0
1-3 1-9 2-6 3-0
lo wer capoco ty l hon l he sorne machine handling a coarse co ncrete sand . The grading o f material fed to a machine must be carefully considered in delermining the capacily of any size mochine. • These dimensions increose slightly when o 25 HP molor is used on the JS.foot machine. 6 lnside dimensions.
processing equipment separators, classlflers, washers
Shaw classifier-separators
The Show clossifier-seporotor cleons ond clossifies sond to meet exocting specificotions. lt will not only produce clean commerciol sond, but will olso yield such special grades as osphalt, filler, engine, ond industrial sond. The mochine embodies a combinotion of surfoce current ond rising current to obtain final clossification. By using o series of these classifier-seporotors, two or more grades of sond con be mode ot the sorne time, or mixed into any combination d esi red . Not only can the sand be graded, but leaves, dirt, small sticks, lignite and other foreign particles can be removed. The used water is replaced by clean water, so that the small quantity of water which discharges with the sand, carries no dirt or silt. The sand to be saved folls through the rectangular opening in the bottom of the flume, into the body of the classifier. Above the flume is a float tank which receives the supply of fresh water. A large pipe leads directly down from the tank, through the flume, and into the settling chamber, where the lower end of the pipe is flared like an inverted funnel. In si de the fresh water tan k is a float to which is attached a vertical rod extending down through the pipe to the dischorge opening at the bottom of the classifier. A rubber tipped valve on the end of the rod regulates the discharge, by reason of the raised or lowered float position. The pressure of the fresh water as it spreads out oround the flared edges of the central pipe in the settling chamber, is sufficient to produce a gentle upward current, lifting out dirt, silt, leaves, sticks and other foreign porticles, as well as finer grades of sond. When the accumulated sand clogs this pipe, the fresh water back s up in the tank, lifting the float with its rubber tipped rod, thus automatically allowing cleaned sand to discharge at the bottom of the classifier.
Photo 17344· A .. The illustrot ion shows the operotion of the Show clossifier-seporator.
ll"
~ e-
The quantity of fresh water delivered to the classifier controls the rising current and permits variations in the grading when it is desire d to use two or more classifiers in series. This classifier-separator is simple in construction, and has only one moving par!, namely, the float with the valve rod. By using a series of Show classifiers and a Rotoscoop separator to save the extreme fines in the classifier overflow, the most exacting specifications can be obtained and complete con trol of fines maintained.
H
y
Fig. 3382
Dio meter
in inches
18 24 30 36
Shipping weight, pounds
Totol weight with material and water; pounds
1100 1900 2100 2900
3,600 6,000 9,000 13,100
e
B
A
1
F
G
1
1
H 1
1
l
N
M
1
1
1
FEET ANO INCHES
9-9% 11·7% 13-6 Ya 15-6 Ya
4-0 Y2 4-0Y2 4-0 Y2 4-0 Yi
2-0 2-8 3-1 % 3.9
2-1 2-8 3-3 3-1 o
0-11 1-0 1-2 1-3
4 - 11 l4 5-9 l4 7- 1 l4 8-7 l4
1-1 l4 1-6 l4 1-1 o l4 2-2l4
4-1 o~. 5-1 o 'Va 6-4 Va 6-1 o Va
1-6 2-0 2-0 2-0
Hove dimensions ce rtified for installation purposes.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 427
processing equipment separators, classlfiers, washers
Screw washer-separators The link-Belt screw wosher-seporotor is o unit for woshing, d ewotering ond dossifying sond, grovel ond similor moteriols. Single or double-screw mochines o re ovoiloble in vorious sizes for processing from 25 to 160 tons per hour. The screws of the son d woshers p erform o scrubb ing oction on th e sond which frees loom ond other foreign motter ond keeps it in suspension until it con be corried owoy in th e overflow. Pressu re exerted by the screws in e levoting the sond forces out th e water, thus p roducing o deon, low-moisture so nd. Wosher-seporotors for grovel ore of the sorne construction os th e sond woshers, but the screws operote ot o higher speed to produce o scouring oction between the p roduct portid es. Clo y, dirt ond other foreign motter o dh ering to the grovel is broken up ond forced into susp e nsion. Fresh water sprays ot the dischor ge en d of the trough p rovide odditiono l woshin g. Poddle or log woshers ore similor to screw woshers except for the poddle shofts. Renewoble mongonese Dou b le scr ew washer-se parator with spray no zzles for additional washing of product with fre sh water. Pholo 19741
steel poddles ore mounted on o hollow, squore shoft. Po ddle woshers ore used for woshing grovel ond coorse og gregotes requiring violent oction to break up doy bo lls, os the scouring oction liberotes the doy ond other impurities from the product. Fresh water sprays ore locoted ot the dischorge end of the trough. Add itionol wosh water con be provided in trough bottom, if better woshing of the product is required. The screw wosher-seporotor consists of heovy steel screws, either single or double, operoting in on indine d steel trough, with o suitoble receiving tonk ot its lower end. The upper end of the trough has o dischorge opening ond supports the countershoft drive. The lower end has on odjustoble overflow weir ond beorings for the screws. Screws con be ord inory commerciol steel, speciol heot-treoted steel, or with hordened steel weoring
ISCHARGE OPENING
shoes. For severe opplicotions ond prolong ed life heot-treoted flights or hordened steel weoring shoes
" /SPECIAL WATER LUBRICATEO ANO SEALED BEARING
Fig 3532
ore used. Sturdy roller beorings ore used ot the upper end of the screws to obsorb radial ond thrust loods ond mointoin the screws in tension. Speciol design, eosily renewoble lower end beorings utilize wate r pressure to prevent fine sond ond grit from entering. 428 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Double screw washer-separator with flared trough and ad justable weir for maximum recovery o f fine material and production af low-moisture washe d sand.
processing equipment travellng water screens
l'raveling wal'er screens
Twelve Mod e l 45 Thru-flow traveling wate r screens a re insta lled in lhis municipal power plant. Photo 34268
Since 1895, when Link-Belt installed its füst traveling water screen, it ha s pioneered in developing and improving screens for removing trash and r efuse from water. The wealth of experience gained through building and installing such equipment for many years has produced a design with many reflnements. The models presented h ere meet the exacting conditions of service which are demand ad of such equipment. Clean intake water, free of objectionable solids and refuse, is essent ial to publ ic utility and industrial steam g enerating stations, continuous wate r treatment plants, chemical plants and other operations requiring Jor ge volumes of water for cooling, processing, etc. Such installations, where interruptions or shutdowns are extremely costly, demand dependable performance of water screens. Traveling water screens p rovide the most effective ond economical means yet devised for removing twigs, leaves, seaweed, kelp, grass, needle ice, flsh and similar refuse from lake, river or sea w ater. Traveling water screens are normally installed in a vertical chamber forming a part of the intake well through which raw water Aows to the pumps or point of usage. As the water passes through the screening medium, refuse is retained on the screen tra ys and elevated for removal when the screen is operated. Conditions which may vary greatly on o single screening installation generally govern the frequency or cy cle of operation. Under e x treme cond itions, th e screen may run continuousl y. As the trays rise into the head enclosure, the re fuse is d islodged b y jets of water from the Non-Clogging spra y nozzles. The re fuse and spray water are discharged into a trough and sluiced awa y for disposal. Being self-cleaning, Link-Belt traveling water screens require a minimum amount of attention. Their power requirement is nominal, since und er all but the most severe condition s, the screens function virtually as balanced machines. Refuse-free water, plus high efficiency and d ep end ability of screen performance, is assured b y the proper selection and application of Link-Belt traveling water screens.
60" wide Model 57 Dual-flow travellng wate r screen ha ndles 50,000 GPM o f water used in an oil reflnery. Photo 39442
Head shaft a ssembly
~
Water spray
Scree n fray with seal pi ates
Screen tray lip
WATER FLOW
Foot shaft assembly --,.-+-.i~
Boot plate This seclional view shows !he a mple refuse carrying ca pocity of !he troys a nd the e ffective cleaning of these lrays by !he water sprays. The design o f !he foot assembly and sealing action of the troy lip in the bool of the Thru-flow Models 45A and 46A are shown. On the Dual-flow Model 57, the foot shaft assembly and curved boot plote ore reploce d by run-around chain guides. Figure 6388.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 429
processing equipment t r ave ll ng wat er scree ns
Types link-Belt b uilds two ty pes of traveling wa ter screens: the Mod els 45A a nd 46A Thru-flow screens a nd th e Model 5 7 Dual-flow screen. Thru-flow- ln the Models 45A ond 46A Thru·flow troveling water screens, row water flows through the oscending ond descending runs of the screen from front to b ock. The refuse is co rried up on the a sce nding troys ond dischorged into o traugh for disposol. The first traveling wa ter screens were this type and they hove proved their dep endability and effectiveness on thousands of installotions over the post 60 years. The Mod els 45A and 46A screens a re similar except for the p itch of chains a nd ·, ~ tro ys. The two sizes permit well-bolanced and economi· cal selections for a wide ronge of intake chombers, varia tions of water levels ond screening requiremenls.
t t
Fig. 6390
Dependable , economical operation The screen trays are designed to resist b e nding from o ccasionol head differentiol on opposite sides of the screen. Galvanized steel screen cloth wire is normally provided, but cloth made from electro-zinc plated copper, bronze, stainless steel or other wire material can be supplied to meel special conditions. The choins o nd the structurol from e ore designed to carry heovy loods with an ample factor of safety. The chains ore designed to exclude m.Jisture ond prevent corrosion in the p itch holes of the sidebars.
Features • Thru-flow, Models 45A and 46A Screen frame A structural steel screen frame supparts the head and foot assemblies and includes seoling guards over the chain and renewable tracks on the oscending run. Continuous fla nges o n the frame fil into p it wall g uideways, which may b e of gray iron for imbedding in the concrete wolls, or of steel for placement on wall faces.
HEAD TERM INAL"--. SPRAY PIPES ANO NO ZZLES
Dual-flow-ln the Model 57 Duo l-flow traveling wa ter screen, row water flows through the oscending a nd descend· ing runs and the curved bottom of the screen simultaneously. The cleon water portion of the well is b etween the two runs of the screen. Refuse disposal is the sorne os with the Thruflow screen. Duol-flow screens are capoble of handling higher capocities thon single flow screens of equal width ond screen cloth opening, porticula rly where screening load is relatively light ond high capacity is required.
Features • ali models Maximum capacity a nd low hea d loss The conslruction of the screen trays offers the mínimum practicol obstruction to the free passage of water within the width of the intoke chamber. G reater screening orea results in lower water velocities and lower head losses. SCREEN FRAME
Effe ctive se a ls between m ovin g parts Posilive sealing against possage of solids between oscending lrays and guides and the guides al the bottom of the well is effected by the accurotely sha ped seo! pioles bolted to the ends of the trays. Cleoronce between oll submerged parts is held within the limits of the openings in the screen cloth.
CHAIN ANO TRAYS FOOT SPROCKET
Thorough refuse r emoval Refuse clings to the inclined screen cloth of the trays and Jorge quantities are also elevoted on the lower troy members. These inclined shelves overcome the tendency of refuse to wash off prema turely os the trays emerge from the water. Cleoning sprays are directed across the entire carrying surface of these shelves and there o re no projections or pockets to obstruct the effective removal of occumulated refuse. The possibility of refuse fall ing into the clean water is eliminated as the water sprays flush all refuse from the trays into the lrough on the stream side.
430 • L 1 N K - B E L T
FOOT SHAFT
Typical Thru-flow traveling water screen installation cut away to show the principa l working parts. Model 45A has a torque tube head shaft as shown while Model 46A has sali d head shoft. Photo 29689A
processing equipment traveling w a ter screens
Features • Thru-flow, Models 45A and 46A Cha in a nd trays The troys ore mounted between two stronds of heovy bushed roller choin with off set sideb ors: 24 " pitch on Model 45A screens ond 18" pitch on Model 46A screens. The choins hove hordened and ground steel bushings ond pins os· sembled with watertight, corrosion resisting press flts into occurately pitched steel sidebars. The wearing surfoces of the choins ore lubricoted through pressure grease flttings in the pins. Large hardened steel rollers with flnished treads ond bores, reduce sp rocket weor ond friction o n the g uides. Bolts for attaching trays pass throug h steel b ushings which are pressed ond locked into both sidebors of the chain, providing stability under lo ads imposed by the trays. The tra ys a re constructed of heavy angles and bo rs, jig-welded to ossure true and square surfaces. Screen troys overlap and closely adjoin, forming en e ff ective seol ogoinst the passage of solids. Due to their inclined position they readily retain refuse on the ascending run. The lower lip of the troy is flot over its e ntire projectio n ond p rovid es maximum refuse carrying capacity. Seal plates bolted between tro y e nds ond chains preve n! the possoge of refuse between oscending troys and g uid es, as well a s be twee n trays ond curved plate of the boo t in the bottom of the well.
Bushed roller choins of rigid unit link conslruction, ossembled with troys ond seol pioles. Photo 30345
Head shaft assembly
' ¡;, 1
Model 45A screens ore furnished with o to rque tube heod shoft ossembly. This assembly will withstand the heaviest pulls imposed upon the ascending · run of tro ys ond choins, ovoiding torsio nol d eflection and bending which would skew or twist the trays. The segmento! drive choin sprocket is bolted to the rim of one of the screen chain sprockets thus reducing the stresses in this sprocket as well a s reducing the size of the head shoft. The he od shaft rotales in grease lubricate d, bronze bushed adjustable bearing blocks. The e ntire assembly is supporte d in the head section by bronze takeup screws and steel adjusting nuts fltted with roller thrust bearings. Head sprockets hove 6 tee th with renewable hardened stainless steel inserts. Model 46A screens use the he ad shaft assembly without the torque tub e since this screen is normally used on installations with lighter load s.
Foot shaft assembly The foot sha ft assembly co nsists of two Flint-Rim sprockets mounted on a sha ft which rotales in bronze b earing s. The b earing s are held in position b y U-bolts which engoge with supporting brackets on the foot termina l frame.
Sprockets The 6 -tooth head and foot sprockets used o n all Model 45 A and 46A screens result in less chain joint motion a nd accompanying chain joint wear !han with 5-tooth sprockets. Chains e ngage and disengage sprockels uniform ly, and the entire screen operation is much smoother.
Model 45A heod shoft ossembly wilh torque tube, shoft, split d rive choin sprocket, and renewable tooth inserts
on screen choin sprocket. Pholo 38772
Spray pipes and nozzles Spray pipes, with hardened stainless steel oriflces and Non-Clogging bronze spray nozzles direct fon shaped overlopping sp ra ys across !he width of the screen tray s for washing the trays near the top of !he ascending run. The sproywater feed pipe extends outside the housing ond includes a gate valve and companion flonge .
creen choin sprocket tooth howing renewoble hordened to inless steel insert used in
/
Foot sprocke t ossembly for Models 45A and 46A. Photo 3877 3
oth heod shoft ossemblies. Photo 38775
Mode l 46A hea d shaft a ssemb ly has ali the same fe otures as the 45A shoft except the torque tube. Photo 38787
L 1 N K - B E L T • 431
processi ng equipment traveling water screens
Features • Thru -flow, Models 45A and 46A
Screen head terminal The he od fr ome is slurdy, compoct o nd trim in o pp earonce. Th e unique torque tube design reduces the required heodshoft spoce there by reducing the size of the heod terminal. The he od mochinery is completely housed except far o portian of the descending troys. Full e nclosure with inspection doors con be furnished. Lugs ore pro vided o n th e heod frome far lifting the screen from the well. The Link-Belt Electrofluid Motogeor drive is mounted o n the screen heod frome, where it is reodily occessible.
Orive Single speed The Electrofluid Motogeor combines o helicol geor speed re::lucer, o fluid cou pling ond o general purpose induction motor mounted on the Motogeor brocket, to farm o sturdy self- conto in ed unit. This drive is connected to the screen heod shaft b y o he o vy SS Clo ss drive choin hovin g slo inless steel pins ond bushings of full round sections ossemble d into offset steel sidebors with press fits lo ossure water-light, corrosion-resistonl construction. The drive n steel sprocket ring is mounted on one of the heod sprockets ond is mode in segments far e osy removol. The fl uid coupling permits smooth storting under conditions most favorab le to the motor. Should the screen b ecome tempororily overlooded, the coupling utilizes the full pullout lorque of the motor to overcome this short peak load which might otherwise stop the motor completely. Should the screen becom e completely stolled, the fluid coupling slips, ond the motor continues to operote ond deliver its moximum torque. lf the stolled condition continues ond the screen does not cleor itself within the sofe time limit ollowed far the motor, the thermol overlood device stops the motor to preven! domoge to it thereby eliminoting the need far sheor pins or o ther mechonicol overlood protection.
Scree n heod terminal w ith e nclosure, showin g single sp eed Ele ctrofluid Motogear.
38671
Two speed
The Electrofluid Motogeor drive con be furnished with built-in chonge geors to provide o screen trove) speed of 1 O feet per minute far normal intermillent operotion, ond 2 '12 feet p er minute when conditions require continuous operotion. Speed chonges, either from low to high or vice verso, ore occomplished outomoticolly without stopping the screen or monuolly shifting geors. Monuolly operoted electricol controls ore normolly furnished. Relioble ond outomotic overlood protection far the motor ond th e screen ot both speeds is provided through the unique combinotion of fluid coupling, georing, ond electricol equipment.
Sin gle sp eed El e ctrofluid Motog e ar.
38670
Two speed Ele ctrofluid Motogear.
432 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment travellng water screens
Dimensions • Thru -flow, Models 45A and 46A
HALF OF TRA Y WIDTH
HALF OF TRA Y WIDTH
1:2~!:...>!+-PLUS 1:2~~
·11
TRA Y WIDTH PLUS
~l
K---0--
2~1 l~'"MJNIMUM
-F
r-------
Gj' MIN.G
1
i
t
PLU~ 1~2 '
íl
- CIL
11
y 1
~IDTH
TRAY MAX.
FLOW
1
GUIDES· - -
lz
-
~~u
H MIN.
(/)
'º
PLAN Casi iran guideways sel in side walls
l
f~=t__J MIN.
CENTERS WELL DEPTH
flt. u11
AlTERNATE DISCHARGE ARRANGEMENT Discharge lraugh abave Aaar
cA
HEAD SHAFT
r------------------------
1 1 1 1
1 1
1 TRAY _WIDTH PLUS 1~8 1 #
1 1
t
'
2
i CIL- GUIDES..
lz
...Jw
0~ u
(/)
FRONT ELEVATION
Model
D
SECTJONAL S1DE ELEVATION
F
G
K
H
ALTERNATE PLAN
"•·º'º
M
f if . 6 JIJ
Sleel guideways an face of side walls
p
N
R
S
1 T
screen
45A 46A
4-4
v. ¡2-9 :114 ¡ 4-1 1 v2 I 3-5 v2
1 3-8 Va 2-2 :y.
4-1 'h
3-0
FHT ANO INCHES
v. ¡ 3-7 v2
1-8 :y.. I 0-11 y. 0-6 %
1 1-6
2-7 y.
2-2 :y.. 2-0
v.
3-9 3-6 l/2
¡ 5 -o 3- 1 1
v.
0 - 1 'h 0 - 1 y.
¡ 2-5 'h 2-0
¡3-3
2-9
Hove dimensions cerlified for i nslallalion pu rposes. Available w ith carbon steel frame o r low al loy steel frame . .A T ray widths from 3'-0' to 10'-0' in increments of 6' .
L 1 N K - B E L T • 433
processing equipment traveling water screens
Features • Dual-flow, M odel 57 Model 57 Dual- Aow screens are normally installed in a vertica l chamber forming part of the intake
HEAD TERMINAL""
well. They are installed with the screening surfoces in line with the d irection of Aow of raw water into the intake well, as compared with the right angle p osition of the Th ru-Aow screen. The raw water Aows through the ascending and de-
TORQUE TU 8 E --.,---iii::'.'11 HEAD SHAFT
SPRAY P IPES ANO NOZZLES
scending runs and the curved bottom of the screen simultaneously, therefore full advantage is token of all screening orea. The clean water portien of th e well is between the two runs of the screen. Refuse is carried on the screen trays of both runs, the descending run carrying it down and around the foot terminal and the ascending run carrying it up to the head terminal for discharge into refuse trough.
Chain and trays The lroys ore mounted between two stro nds of 18" pitch heovy b ushed roller choin with offset sidebors. Hordened ond g round sleel bushings ond pins ore ossembled wilh woterlight, corrosion resisting press fits in occurotely pilched steel sidebors. Weoring surfoces of the choins ore lubricoted through pressure greose fitting s in the pins. Lorge hord e ned steel rollers hoving f1nished treods ond bores reduce friction on the vertical g uides ond in the roll-oround foot terminal. Soddle brockets between the choin sidebors ossure proper sidebor spocing ond choin stobility under oll loods imposed by the troys. Troys ore constructed of heovy ongles ond bors, jig-we lded to ossure true ond squore surfoces. Screen troys overlop ond closely od join, forming on e ffe ctive seol ogoinst the possoge of solids. Due to their inclined position they reodily retoin refuse on th e oscending run. The lower lip of the troy is flot over its enlire projection ond p rovides moximum refuse corrying copocity. Seol pioles b olted between troy e nds ond choins preven! lhe possoge of solids between troys ond guides. Choin guides ore provided on both the oscending ond descending runs.
Roll-around foot terminal
Typicol Duol-flow Model 57 lroveling wa ter screen inslollotion cut owoy lo show lhe principal working peris. Pholo 39444
Duol-flow troveling water screens hove o rol l-o round foot terminal thot reploces the conventionol foot shoft ond sprockets. The screen choins roll oround the fool terminal through steel guid e roils formed in on 1 80° ore. Seoling ogoinst the possog e of oversize solids is effectivel y mointoined throughout the foot terminal.
Bypass gate A monuolly operoted byposs gote in the upstreom end ~f the screen permits dive rsion of the water directly into the dischorge chonnel without possing through the screening surfoces. The byposs gote is used only in emergencies or under fl ood conditions where excessive differentiol heods might domoge the screening surfoces. All head machinery, screen frames, drives, s ~r ay pipes and nozzles are essentially the sorne
as those used on the Thru- Aow Model 45A screen. See pages 4 30 to 4 32 for details.
434 • L 1 N K - 8 E L T
Roll-o round foo l terminal with sleel guide roils lo guide choin. Photo 39482
processing equipment trave llng wate r screens
Dimensions • Dual-flow, Model 57
1
~·/
~--t---ttt--
I"'\
(_ ~· ~
-
,.
. -H
FLOOR UNE¡
~~'E~
l)
'
MIN.
ALTERNATE OISCHARGE ARRANGEMENT
- --
¡;"""
3-52
1 '
\1
i -~'~ ;.;
4'....11( MAX.
C/L SCREEN
1
i
--r
VALVE7
This d ischorge tro ugh obove floor
l I
•
¡t 3-3
*===:!=! .•~
1
1 [ l(MINr 1
~ ..-
1
'¡
"
~16: ~ 2-s~ ~ 3~2~
L..f-~1-~
:
rf-
it
1 ~··
"'' " WID ' M~
1}.:,.
CEN TERS
1
~ !;'
i
.)
'
1
11
t
....
>-FLowj
GATE
i-íl
w
!•~'!
J¡
'
- ·~ e:
1
1 1
FLOW )
1
1
1
-17 ¡'\ - ~,...
I~ ~
:,
~ ! ~l i
1
BY·P~ , ,,
1
t
¡::..
-
1
B
,
i i
1
TRAVEL
1
1
l+tt----4¡1---t+ffl
1 1
!
¡\
,,
,'...
!
1 1
WELL DEPTH
~~ l!V---f,--''-1,~
HEAD SHAFT
,.
/
rt
1
C/L
.1
1
1
' .... ' ......
.,.. "",,,.'/
I
3- 0
!
l
GROUT
FLOW
~
i
FRONT ELEVATION
SECTIONAL SIDE ELEVATION
Troy width
A
B
e
3-0 3-6 4-0 4-6 5-0 5-6 6-0 6-6 7-0 7-6 8-0
9-0 9-6 10-0 10-6 11-0 11-6 12-0 13-0 13-6 14-0 14-6
2-0 2-3 2-6 2-9 3-0 3-3 3-6 3-9 4-0 4-3 4-6
2- 1 2- 4 2- 7 2-10 3- 1
o
•
PLAN
E
F
G
6-0 6-6 7-6 8-0 9-0 9-6 10-6 11-0 12-0 12-6 13-6
2- 8 v. 2-11 s;. 3- 2 v. 3- 5 v. 3- 8 5/ 1 3-11 v. 4- 2 v. 4- 5 5/a 4- 8 5/a 4-11 v. 5- 2 v.
4- 1 'la 4- 4 'la 4- 7 'la 4-10 'la 5- 1 'la 5- 4 'la 5- 7 Ya 5-10 'la 6- 1 'la 6- 4 'la 6- 7 Ya
"•·.,.,
FEET ANO INCHES
3- 4 3- 7 3-10 4- 1 4- 4 4- 7
4-0 4-3 4-6 4-9 5-0 5-3 5-6 6-0 6-3 6-6 6-9
H ove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.
¿
These d imensions moy vory depend ing on copocity requirements.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 435
processing equ ipment travellng water screens
Optional features
In many t ravelin g water screen installations sp ecial conditions such as remete location of site, excessive refuse in the water or extremely corrosive conditions may necessitate sp ecia l, or non-standard screen components or a ttachments. To meet these con ditions Link-Belt can suppl y the following optional features to adapt n ew or existing scre ens to the job requirements.
Automatic differential head control Controls can be furnished to automa tically operate screen and cleaning spra ys whenever the d ifferential head exceeds a predetermined selective amount. An automatic ti ming device continues operation of the screen for a selected period of t ime after the differential head ha s returne d to normal.
Full head enclosure Additional enclosure can be furnished for th e back o f th e screen to completely house th e head t erminal machinery and tra ys. lnspection doors in the enclosure extension permit ob-
abrasives, special abrasion-resistant spray nozzles can be supplied.
Brass spray p ipes Spray pipes of red bross with b ronze gate valve can be furnished when required.
Rubber seals Rubb er sea ling strips con be p rovided to further red uce clearances between screen trays and the cha in and guides when the p assage of fine refuse, small flsh or eels is to b e prevented .
servation of the screen trays.
Multipl e sprays
Corrosion-resistant parts
Two lines of sprays with one or two valves can be provided for screens handling lorge quantities of stringy or tenocious
Screen fra mes, head terminal enclosures and screen troy fromes
debris requiring additional spray wa ter.
made of low a lloy corrosion-resist ant steel con be furnished. St ainless steel foot sh afts can also be suppli ed. Screen chains can be furnished with low a lloy corrosion-resistant steel sidebars, stainless steel pins ond bushings and hardened steel rollers. When required, stainless steel rollers can be furnished in place of hardened steel.
Down run guides for 45A screens Guides for conflning and guiding the chains on the return or down run can be fu rnished. This construction is somet imes referred to os the four-post design.
Leaf rakes Corrosion -resistant screen cloth Leaf rakes or auxiliary l ips can b e furni shed on the screen A wide variety of screen cloth con be furnished. Cloth made of
trays to assist in removal of debris from the boot and pit.
stoinless steel or other non-corrosive materials are often necessary wh en screens will b e sub jected to sa lt water or other
Solenoid spray water valves
corrosive cond itions. Where it is desirable to hove th e refuse spray water start
Abraslon-resi stant spray nozzles
automatically with the operation of the screen, solenoid spray water valves are used. The electrical impulse that storts the
On water screen insta llations where spray wat er contains un-
screen also octuotes the solenoid valve ond ollows th e spray
usuolly large omounts of suspended sand, grit or o ther harmful
water to flow.
436 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment water, s ewage and industria l waste treatment
wa'ler, sewage and indus'lrial was'le 'lrea'lmen'I
A Link-Belt equipped sewa ge treatment plant for the removol of screenings, g rit ond sludge from sewoge. Photo 381 29
Link-Belt sanitary engineering equipment for water, sewage and industrial woste treatment plonts has been proven in the field for over 35 yeors. Designed primorily for standard processes ond common installation sizes, this equipment con be reodily odapted to many speciol designs. Wherever there is o problem of removing solids from water, sewage or industrial wostes Link-Belt con supply the proper equipment. Solids con be large, small or even colloidol in size. No motter whot the volume of water or quantity of solids, Link-Belt equipment con
be designed to fit the specific opplicotion requirements. Plonts hove been constructed for flows os smoll os 70,000 gallons per doy, to os large os 200,000,000 gollons per doy. The following poges give o b rief description of the various items of sonitory engineering equipment manufoctured by Link-Belt. Consult your nearest District Soles Office for detailed cotologs ond descriptions of equipment to suit your requirements. Link-Belt mointains o stoff of engineers specializing in water, sewage and industrial woste treatment equipment.
contents lntroduction ...................... ... ....... . 437 lnstollotions ond typicol flow diogrom . ....... . ... 438
Stroightline grit collectors .......... . ... .. ...... 442 Stroightline grit woshers ... .. .. .. . .. .. ... . ..... 445 Stroightline mixers ....... . ....... .. . . ....... . 446
Screens .. ....... ...... .. . .... ....... ... 439-44 1
Flash mixer ............................... 446
Thru-Cleon bar screen . .. ................. .. 439
Horizontal slow mixer . .. ...... . .. . .. .... . ... 446
Straightline bar screen .. .. ........... ...... 439
Vertical slow mixer . . . . .... ........... ..... 446
Tro sh screens . . .. ......... ........ . .... ... . 440
Vibro - Flow feeder mochines ................... 447
Tritor screen .............................. 441
Straightline sludg e collectors
Drum screen . . ......... . . . . .. .. .. . . . . ... . . 44 1
Circuline sludge collectors . ............. . .. .. .. 450
Disc screen ... .. . .. . .. .. . ... . .......... . . .. 44 1
Additionol Link-Belt equipment ... .. ..... . .. .. .. 452
......... .. ...... 448
L 1 N K - B E L T • 437
processing equipment water, sewage and Industrial waste treatment
lnstallations
"'
Grit colle ction ond scre ening e quipme nt removes solids from
Stroightline sludge collectors are installed in large numbers a l
log flume water al a large paper mili. Water is recirculated, thus saving water and reducing pallution. Photo 35991
lhis activated sewage lrealmenl plan!. This modern p lan! was erected la purify municipal sewage. Pholo 38674 ·1
V!.¡.
Slow mi x e rs and Circulin e sludge colle ctors far !he coagulation and removal of solids from river water befare flltralian al a municipal water lrealmenl p lan!. Pholo 38125
link-Belt manufactures a broad line of equipmenl far water, sewage and industrial wasle lrealmenl planls. Bar screens, gril coll ector s, sludge collecto r s, fla sh mixers, StroightJine mixers, ore
par! of this co mple te line. Figure 6050 above and 6372 below.
SLUOGE DIGESTER
...Q!._~ SLUDGE DRYING SEOS SLUDGE
SOLIO STE1R- f ORIVE SHA~
FLASH MIXER TANK
438 • L 1 N K - B E L T
FLOCCULATIO N TANK
·
t-_:E_l!!t~~~ .
processing equipment water, sewa ge a nd Ind ustria l waste treatment
Screens Link-Belt manufactures a complete line of screens for the automatic removal of large or fine Aoating and suspended solids from water, sewage or industrial wastes. For large soli ds removal, vertical or inclined bars are used to catch the sol ids which are then removed from the bars b y traveling rakes. Fine solids are removed b y revolving disc or drum screens which are usually cleaned b y water spra ys. Consult Link-Bel! for expert recommendations on your screening requirements. Selection of the best screen for any application can be easily made from Link- Belt's complete line.
Thru-Clean bar screen Link-Belt Thru-Cleon bar screens hove two or more rokes thot cleon the screen bors. The rokes ente r the spoces between the vertical bors ot the bo ttom from the downstreom side ond trovel upword. The screenings ore roked off the foce of the screen ond ore conveyed out of the liquid ond deposite d in o troug h from which they con be dischorged into o disposol receptocle or delivered to o shredder. The screen bo rs ore usuolly spoced with Y." to 1" cleor openings for the r emovol of lorge solids. The bors ore fo ste ne d al the bottom ond spocepositioned al the top, to preven! th e troveling rokes from rubbing. This de sig n fe oture reduces weor ond power consumptio n to o minimum. A specio l pivoted bar spocer with stub teeth hold s the bors in ve rtical olignment.
I
SCREENINGS
TROUGH
SIDE PLATE
CH AIN GUIDE
SLACK CHAIN SUPPORT
Thru-Clean bar screen with shredder used to grind screenings ond return them to sewage flow
in front o f screen. Photo 3 1 35 1
Vertical seclion of Thru-Clean bar screen. Rake enters thru screen bars al bottom and remaves retained solid s an upward travel. Figure 61 OO.
Straightline bar screen The Link -Be lt Stroightline bar screen is on olternote screen to the Thru-Cleon bar screen ond is used for the removol of lorge porticles of Aooting ond suspended solids from the Aow inlo sewoge ond industrial woste treotment plonts. Stroightline ba r screens consist of o roke, ottoched to two or four cables, operoting over motor propelled grooved drums. The roking element is su pporte d by gra y iron blocks sliding in steel chonnels recessed in the concrete wolls. Control of the roke is manual or outomotic. Bar screens usuolly hove cl eo r o pe nings of :y.¡ " to 1" between the bors.
Vertical section of inclined bar screen. Reciprocoting roke, sup·
ported by two cables, remaves salids from frant of bars on uoward lra vel. Figure 61 O l.
lncllned Stralghtlln e bar screen w lt h shredder. Time dock conlrols operotion of rake. Photo 22827.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 439
processing equipment water, sewage and industrial waste treatment
Trash screens Tra sh screens are installed et the river intake of power or water t reatment plants for remov ing larg e Ao ating o r suspended debris w hich would damage tra veling water intake
screens. Th ey are usually built w ith incl in ed or vertical bars sp aced w ith 3" to 4 " cl ear opening s.
Type 3C
TRAVERSING CRANK
The Link·Belt Ty p e 3 C t ra sh screen may hove either vertical or incline d bors. The ra ke ha s ca si iron b locks which slide in steel channe ls in the sid e wall s and is power o p erate d b y p ressing ond ho lding a control b utton. One rake cl e ans the full cha nne l width up to a maximum o f 16 ' -0". The cleo ning mecho nism ca n b e moved fr om cha nnel to cha nnel so that numerous channels mo y b e cle one d .
RAKE CARRIAGE (UP TRAVEL)
r--'~~....• ~ ~.
., ·'
.. ' .:
~ '
,. ',
.,,.
~'~[''·.WATE~LEVEL '.:-'~·t~ 1 > '1
. , '
:.'· .'
_J
- ..
1
' :S-
-
--
:~ ''.r-~~;:~~ Ciü - ~=~-_oc_ 0=-1SC.:tH=A~R-G=E=-
ft ' .
1
~ I
_-=::--__
..
• •
•
r • •,
- - - - ' - ·-
.. •
.- - . . . .1
9
,
.,
•
' "1
' • ·"" '
:
~·--'-~·-·,, • , ...._ ·'
._ ",
•.•
;1• . ¡ ,.
Vertical sectian of vertical Type 3C lrosh screen wilh 3 cables lo operole !he roke. Figure 391 4
Type 3C trash screen lroverses ond cleons 3 screen bays al o power plont water intake. Photo 36578
Type 2C
TRAVERSING CRANK RAKE CARRIAGE (UP TRAVEL) CLE ANING POSITION
The Link-Bel t Typ e 2 C trosh screen is on olternate design to the Type 3 C a nd has a ro ke conveyed by 2 cables. Wheels on the roke trove! directly o n the inclined bars. Th e rake is of a standard width and is t raversed manually or b y motor to clean a screen bay of any width.
TRAVERSING TRASH CART
WATER LEVEL FLOW--+
~-r·.~t~i }~·;)&._1} 1_
L
-...!~ :.:::<:~~~~·t:·~',~
SIDE VIEW
Vertical section of Type 2C trosh screen When roke reaches cleaning position, debris is discharged inlo trosh car!. Figure 6102
440 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Type ::ZC trash screen with 7 ' -8'' wide roke corriage used to cleon o screen boy 100 feel wide . Pholo 3881 2
processing equipment water, sewage and Industrial wast e treatment
Tritor scre en
The Link-Bel! Tritor screen is designed for smoll instollotions with o moximum chonne l width of 4 ' -0" ond o mo ximum design flow of 2.75 M G D. lt is on economicol mechonicolly cleoned grit chomber ond bar screen dual purpose unit. Tritor screens ore b uilt with either vertical or inclined bors with Y. " to 1" openings. Two or more perforoted buckets with roke f1ng e rs cleon the bors ond remove the debris thot settles in the sump in front of the screen bors.
A fully enclosed Tritor screen with shredder to grind screenings ond return them to sewage flow during dry weather flow. Grit ond debris from stor111 flows a re b uried o r burned. Photo 36899
Vertical section of Tritor screen. Distribution vanes and adjustable baffle control flow velocities through the screen. Level control vanes maintain water at proper depth through the screen bars. Figure 3917
Drum screen SCREENINGS DISCHARGE TROUGH
The Link- Bel! revolving drum screen effectively removes lorge quontities of very fine solid s from water used in monufocturing processes ond from industrial wo stes. These screens ore ideal for instollotions where the volume of water is lorge, the voriotions in water level ore slight, ond where the loss of heod through the screen mus! be kept to o minimum. Screens up to 1O' -O" diometer con be furnished.
Front view of drum screen. Screenings ore removed by sprays and flushed to the screening d ischarg e trough. Figure 3 198
Drum screen equipped with stoinless steel cloth of 2 to 60 mesh or flner. A weir maintains water level. Photo 38918
Disc screen The Link-Be l! disc screen is on olternote to the drum screen ond con usuolly be used for the some se rvice. Copocity ond layout usuolly determine the selection. Disc screens hove been built up to 14' -0" diometer, the copocity depe nding on the mesh of cloth used.
....
•4,"
4 ~
. . . ()
..... o
' ,
~~Al WALL
}{.:
Link-Belt disc scree n at poper mili for screening portion of waste water so it can be re-circulated as spray woter. Photo 371 72
;-~;
.-"' ~.(>.~;{.-..:.; .~.. ~ ·. :i.
•
•"}
f'
.
,·..
.;t
.. -. Y'
--...
FRONT VIEW
Front view of disc scr een with splash plote removed. Screenings retained on cloth and those elevated by lifting trough s are Au shed into a trough for dewatering or return to streom flow. Figure 6103
L 1 N K - B E L T • 441
processing equipment water, sewage and in d ustrial waste treatment
Straightline grit collectors
Link-Belt Straightline grit collectors are installed at sewage and industrial waste trea t ment plants to provide an easy method of collecting settled grit and inert solids without drainin g the grit chamber. These solids are dewatered and removed from the chamber b y Aight conveyors, screw con-
veyors, or buckets attached directly to the collectors. Depend ing on the sol ids to be remov ed, chambers may be designed with controlled velocities, as a retention tank, or air may be used to a id the differential separation of grit from organic matter.
Type S The Link-Bel! Type S grit colleclor consists of a conveyor with pitched Aights, which turn the settled grit ond other materials over and aver, then discharge them into a washing ond dewotering screw at the inAuent e nd of the chomber where grit is ogitoted ond woshed to free it of putrescible maller. Flights ore of welded steel construction. Combinotion chain is used to assure long service under the most obrosive cond itions. Replaceable obrosion resistan! shoes and !rocks, located slightly above the chamber Aoor, support the Aights. The woshing and dewotering screw has thick steel Aights mounted on heavy steel pipe.
WATER LEVEL CONTROL PLATE7
~~~.§..
,. . . . ...,..,~.;r?,~:i11r.i..+-~~r-4lrrr.~N_·#~ ~--=----o--~--~~~!l.ill1qr=
1
·-......_·-.!i!_
FLOW---+ +-TRAVEL
EFFLUENT
. ..1- , _
-,.~.,,
STOP PLATE
Ty pe S grlt colle ctor with pitched
Aights which turn the gril over ond convey it to the dewolering and woshing screw. Pholo 24869
Longitudinol section of Type S grit collector with dewotering ond woshing screw which elevotes grit ond reduces putrescible motter to 1 v,3. Fi~ure 6114
Type B The Link -Be l! Type B grit collector consists of a conveyor fltted with buckets to collect the grit from the Aoor of the chamber and elevate it to the dischorge point above the ground level. 11 is used when the chambers ore deep and an inclined screw would not b e practica! due to excessive costs. Class C combinotion choin and knock-out wear shoes ore provided fer long life. The collector buckets discharge by gravity into a separate Type SW screw washer. Sprays assist in cleaning the buckets ond provide wosh water to produce a grit with a low putrescible contenl.
GRIT WASHING ANO DEWATERING SCREW Type B grlt collect or with buckets on d o s• e combinotion cho in e levoting grit ond d ischorg ing it lo wo•hing ond dewatering screw. Photo 34618
WATERLEVEL CONTROL PLATE
~TRAVEL
Longitudinal section of Type 8 grit collector. Grit is collected, elevated vertico lly, discharged into screw, ond washed. Orgonics ore returned to lhe inAuenl end of chonnel. Figure 6104
442 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment water, sew a g e and Indust rial w ast e t r e atment
Straightline grit collectors Type IH The Link-Be lt Type IH grit collector is designed to remove heovy inorgonic solid s from industrial wostes ond has no provisions for woshing the material o s it is withdrown from the chombers. Flights ore used to convey ond dewoter the grit ond /or other solids o s they ore elevoted up on incline to o point obove the water level. Th e Ty pe IH heovy duty grit collector has been instolled in steel milis, coke plonts, corbon plonts, mochine ry monufocturing plonts ond power plonts. lt con be odopted to ony industrial liquid woste where it is desiroble to settle, dewoter ond remove o heovy inorgonic solid. The Ty pe IH grit collector is of o rugged design consisting o f a double strand conveyor with flights. The choins are combinotion ty pe or Rive tless drop forged sleel. The size o nd spocing of the flights depends on the volume and ty pe of material lo b e re moved. Abro sion resisting renewobl e weor slrips ore instolled on the flights and on the return run lrocks. The settling rote of the solids to be removed is usuolly dctermine d by loboratory tests. After the settling rote is known the detention period ond chomber dimensions are determined for the degree of clorifkation desired. Three Ty p e IH Stralghtlln e grit collectors recover· ing mili scole o t lorge steel mili. Value of re·cloimed sca le ha s paid far instollotion. Phota 34299.
·~
Z
~TE BOTTOM
IN FLUENT~
. ~~
' """
GRIT CAN. "BELT CONVEYOR OR ... (' -.....__ SCREW CONVEYOR TO • SUIT LOCAL CONDITION -.....__
. ('......__
,
.,
'.
\
-"F l .>\ ~ -~, ,
"J
BAF LE
-.....__
FLo w -
SCUM PIPE
scuMi
''-.,. ..,.-FLIGHTS }
.
-- -pn=
----
.........
EFFnr;;I
f
BAFFL:_/
---]
1 l • 1 • ---1~- -1~ ~ c.-· -r- · -c..=.:,-:-t.---L- ·-L-·-t-:- · -l-- - r-·"::::__1
('._( :-'\ -+--TRAVEL
Longitudinol section o f Type IH Stroightline g ril collector. Settled inorganic materia l is co llected, d ewotered ond d ischo rg ed into cons or conveyo r. Figure 61 05.
Type IM The Link-Belt Type IM grit collector is for medium duty ond is usuolly instolled ot smoll sewage tre olm e nt plonts' where o more economicol design is d esired, with no provisio n for woshing of the g rit o s it is withd rawn from the chamber. Grit with o high putrescible content moy be returned to the sewage ot high flo ws for resettling and removol later. This g rit collector consists of o single strand of cho in with 4" chonnel flights spoce d on 1 O' centers. Renewoble single weor shoes ore ottoched to the flights ond ride on T-roils in the botto m of the chomber and on the return run tracks. The grit which settles to the bottom of the chomber is conveyed by the flight conveyor along the floor o f the tonk ond up an incline to the discho rge point, where it is dischorged into cons or o llowed lo foil bock into the chomber for re-circulotion whe n the con is removed. Ty pe IM g rit chombers ore sized so thot their cross sectionol o reo ond length ore equa l to thot of Types S ond B chombers of equol copocity. Surfoce oreo ond velocity through the chomber determine the size of the chomber. To control the water depth through the chamber ond thus mointain velocities of .75 FPS to 1.25 FPM, use Pa rsholl flume, p roportionol weir or odjustoble goles.
Tw o Type IM Stralghtllne g r it collect ors instolled ot a municipal sewage trealmenl p ion!. Phala 38662.
WATER LEVEL
Longitudinal seclion o f Type IM Straightline grit callector. Grit is not washed bul ma y be returne d to chonnel a l high flows far resettling ond reduction in o rganic conlenl. Figure 6 1 06.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 443
processing equipment water, sewage and industrial waste treatment
Straightline aerated grit collectors Link-Belt Stroightline oeroted grit collectors consist of grit chombers in which compressed oír is in troduced to creote ond mointoin velocit ies of opproximotely l .O to 2.0 FPS ond thus induce optimum conditions, for se porotion of grit on d orgonic motter ot oll flo ws. The compressed oír is odmitted into the chomber through porous cero mic d iffuser tubes. The tub es moy b e ossembled os units or individuolly suspen ded in the ch omber. They ore reodily removoble for cleoning . A mechonicol meons for removing the sepo roted grit from the sewoge is provided, the method used depends on the size of the chomber.
Type A B Straightli ne a erated gril co lleclor. In od dil ion to grit removol the chornber has on extended oerotion period for pre·oerotion. Photo 38684
GRIT WASHER ORIVE
Type AS The Link-Belt Type A S o eroted grit collector is used in smoll chombers with flows up lo 6.0 MGD. lt consists of o hopper with on inclined screw grit wosher for removing o nd washing lhe grit. Air is provided to mointoin uniform velociti es for all flows. The size of the chomber is selected to give a detention pe riod of one minute o r lo ng er. longitudinal section of Type AS Stroightline oeroted grit colleclor. Adjustoble effluent weirs remove orgonic motter from the chomber. Figure 6107. GRIT ELEVATOR ANO SCREW CONVEYOR ORIVE WATER SPRAY FOR CLEANING BUCKETS
Type ASB
GRIT WASHING ANO OEWATERING SCREW
The Link-Bel! Type ASB a erate d gril collector 1s used for chambers with Aows o f 1.5 MGD or more. The collector is constructed with o lo ngitudinal screw in the b o ttom to convey !h e grit to o bucket elevato r which elevoles it to the discho rge point obove !he water lev e!. A Ty pe SW screw washer is used to wash and d ewater the g rit to a ssure mínimum p utrescible ond water content of !he discha rged g ri t. Th e chombe rs a re usuo lly d esigned for a d etention period of approximote ly one minute, for efficient grit
l ongitudinal section of Type ASB Stroightline oeruted grit collector. Figure 6 l 08.
separation.
ORGANIC RETURN PIPE GRIT WASHING ANO OEWATERING SCREW
The Link-Bel! Type AB a eroted g rit collector i s for large installotions or al planls where it is desirable lo combine pre-a era tion and g rit rernoval in the some tank. 11 may be designed o n !he bo sis of an ext ended d etention p eriod, !he length of time depending on !he d esired results from !he preoerotion. The Type AB consists of o Type B grit collecto r for the collection and removol of the g ri t, ond porous tub es for the introd uctio n of th e compressed air. l ongitudinal section of Type AB Stroightline oeroted grit collector. A Type SW grit wosher removes putrescible matter fram collected grit. Fi gure 6109
444 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment wate r , se wage and Ind ustr ia l wast e t reatme nt
Straightline grit collectors Type
se
The Link-Be lt Type SC grit collector is on inclined dewatering and woshin g screw installed in a grit hopper. The hopper is designed so thot o surfoce creo rote of Aow of 40,000 GPD per squore foot is provided to remove 65 mesh grit or larger. The effluent trough is d esigned so the Aow over the screw can be regulated and the putrescible matter washed from the grit as it is conveyed to the discharge point. Thi s chamber is economical to build, simple to operate ond especially adopted to small Aows. lf a packaged unit is desired the entire grit hopper con be fobricated of steel and shipped as a unit.
Longitudinal section o f Type SC Stroightline grit colleclor. The screw woshes ond dewaters the grit before dischorging it into grit con. Figure 611 O
Straightline grit washers
Efflu ent tro ugh of Typ e SC grit collect or has odiu•toble weirs to remove organic motter from grit os it is elevoted by the screw. Photo 39017
Grit moy be removed from chombers by vorious methods: lf the grit is removed in dry state b y hond shoveling, grob bucket or other mechanical means, it must be washed to remove the putrescible motter. lf the grit is removed b y air lift, water e ductor or pump, it must be dewotered ond woshed to produce o product which is inoffensiv e ond con be easily hon dl ed . lf the g rit is removed b y conveyor or bucket e levo tor such as Link-Bel t Types ASB, AB or B gri t collector systems, it must be dewotered ond woshed to prod uce on occeptoble product.
Type SW The Link-Belt Ty pe SW grit washer will dewoter and wash grit to a low putrescible content. When grit is removed in a dry siete, water is added in the S W grit wa sher to Aoat out the putrescible matter ond the grit is removed by the screw. When grit is removed with water, the SW grit washer dewaters the grit and removes the putrescible matter. When grit is removed by conveyor or b ucket elevator, it is desirable to Aush the grit from the buckets with spra y wa ter to ossure complete cleaning of the buckets. The spray water not only cle ans the buckets but olso scours the grit pa rticles ond oids in the reduction of putrescible content. This washer is on ideol unit to separote the grit, water and putrescible matter.
Alr lift fr om g r it wosher hopper elevotes grit into Type SW gril wo•her fo r dewotering ond removing putrescible motter. Photo 28569
Longitudinal section of Type SW grit wosher for woshing and dewotering grit. Fig. 6111
L 1 N K - B E L T · • 445
processing equipment water, sewage and Industrial waste tre atment
• Straightline m1xers
ORIVE ORIVE
STRAIGHTLINE MIXER WITH REOWOOO PAOOLES
___.. BAFFLE ORIVE SHAFT
----+ Longitudinol section of Aosh ond horizontal slow mixers. A complete system for thorough chemicol mixing ond Aocculotion. f igure 61 13
In an efficient chemical flocculation system the rapid, thorough mixing of chemicals with raw water, sewa ge, or industrial liquids is followed by a gentle, slow mixing to produce ma ximum size floc. link- Belt manufactures a complete line of flash an d slow mixers carefully designed for each of these two chemical mixing operations. The size and shape can be adapted to suit local requirements.
Flash m ixer The Link- Belt flash mixer consists of o consto nl·speed motor direct connected to o Link-Belt worm geor reducer. This drive, mounted o n o pedestal, is connected to o vertical propeller shoft mounted so thot underwoter beoring s ore not required. Loa d ond thrust of the propeller shoft ore token up by beorings in the p edestal so these forces do nol oct o n the reducer beorings. This efficient desig n o ssures long life o nd trouble-free operotion. lf underwoter beorings o re desired, ped estal o nd b e o rings obove the water level mo y be omitted ond on underwoter beoring on the tonk Aoor substituted. The propeller is on iron casting designed for high mixing efficiency with low horsepower re q uiremenls, o ssurin g economico l operotion. The propeller provid es ropid, thorough mixing by d ischorging the liquid o goinst the to nk Aoor. The liquid then tokes o poth ocross the Aoor, up the side wolls o nd down the center of the tonk. Flash mixers moy be instolled in concrete, sleel or wood tanks by mounting on a steel or concrete platform spanning the tonk wolls. Fla • h m ixer provides ropid ond thorough mix· ing of che mica Is. Photo 37679
Horizontal slow mixer For recta ngular tonks where horizontal Aow is desired, the Link-Belt Straightline slow mixer provides the most efficient mixing et minimum cost. The omount of mixing con be reduced os the liquid flows through the to nk by decreasing the number ond changing the pitch of the podd les. The ro te of mixing co n o lso be varied by o P.l.V. variable speed drive, so the p eripheral speed of the paddles will be between 0.6 ond 1.2 feel per second. A fluid drive is used ta permit the motor lo develop the full speed to overcome the heavy starting load and it permits use of o smaller motor. When horizontal slow mixers ore installed et sewage and industrial wasle treatment plants, the bottoms of the tonks may be rounded to preven! the settling of solids which moy become septic. Septicity is usually not a problem ot water trealment planls and therefore squore bottom corners with fillets can be used al these installotions. Horizontal slow mixers are constructed with solid steel or pipe shafts, steel angle arms and re dwood poddles. H ori z o ntal slo w
mixer ossures efficient chem·
ical Aocculotion. Photo 24976
Vertical slow mixer The Link- Belt vertical Stroightline slow mixer is usuolly instoll ed et small water p lants ond industria l waste continuous flow or batch treotment plonts. Construction details of poddle sections ore the sorne os for horizontal mixers except that the shoft is vertical ond the drive is located on top of the tonk. A P.1.V. variable speed drive is normally used to produce the optimum speed for most efficient mixing.
Vertical •low mixer provides economical Aoc· culation for small plants. Photo 34 907
4 46 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment wate r, sewage and Industrial waste treatment
Syntron Vibra-Flow dry feeder machines Syntron Vibro-Flow dry feeder mochines ore designed to control t he dry feeding of olum, soda osh, lime octivoted corbon ond other chemicols used in water, sewoge ond industrial woste treotment p rocesses. They consist of the following components: o supply hopper, hopper vibrotor ond vibrotory feeder mounted in on open box frome or in o dust-tight cobinet. Eoch mochine is furnished with o seporote controller contoining the operoting ond control elements. The standard open models FM-11-30 ond FM-21-30 ore furnished with 3-cubic foot supply hop p ers or lorger hoppers if desired. The open models con b e dust -seoled with o covered trough Aexib ly sealed to the hopper. The top of the hopper can be Aexibly sealed to a supply chut e or fitted with a removable cover. Earthenware, vortex-type solution pots can also be supplied. They ore mounted in a holder when used with the o p en models and in an ouxiliary cabinet for the cobinet models. The rote of feed con be monually regulated by odjusting the rheostot in the controller. The dept h of the mat erial stream in the t rough con b e regulated from o full t rough down to a thin loyer by o colibroted odjusting lever which changes the size of the o p ening between the supply hop p er o nd the vibrotory feeder trough. When smo ll feeds of less thon 8 pounds per hour are required, an outoma tic, adjustoble intermittent feed device con be incorporoted in the controller. This is ovailable in two sizes: one con be set to o p erate the feeder any froct ion of every 20 second intervol, the other con be set to operote for any length of time between 2 ond 120 seconds. Models FM-0-1 O ond CFM-0- 30 will operate on 115 or 230 volts, 60 cycle AC. The Models FM- 11 -30, CFM- 11-30 and FM-21-30 will operote on 115, 230 or 460 volts, 60 cycle AC.
Syntron open model Vibro-Flow dry feeder mochine. Photo 520036
Models FM are open type feed er machines, while Models CFM ore cobinet type feeder machines.
Syntr on cabinet model Vibro-flow dry feeder mochines with ouxil· iory solution poi cobinets in o water flltrotion plont. Photo 520040.
Syntron open model Vibro-Flow dry feeder mochine feeding a chemicol odditive to two poddle mixers. Photo 520014A.
Speclfications and capacities Maxim um copocity, pounds per hour A
Controller
Feeder si10
Approx. power
Approx.
Hopper
input current
Weight,
consumption @ 115 volts,
pounds
®
115 volts,
Oimensions, inches
Weight, pounds
omps.
Oimensions, inches
capacity, cubic fe et
watts
Sond weighing
Alum
Soda osh
2,000 8,000 20,000
600 1000 6000
800 6000
2,000 8,000
6 00 1000
100 lbs. per
Hydroted lime
lump lime
Activoted
200 250
4,000
60 100
4000
10,000
500
200 250
1,0'00
4,000
60 100
corbon
cubic foot
Open model s FM·0-10 FM-11-30 FM-21 -30
1
60 150 350
1.5 3.75 10.0
125 210 370
22x27x36 31 x36x48 !h 31 x44 !hx48 %
20 25 30
10x4><14!h 12><6x21 l6Y1x8x23
165 350
20x23x48 31 x35!hx48!h
20 25
10x4x14Y2 12x6x21
Cabinet model s CFM -0·30 CFM-11 -30
1
60 150
1.5 3.75
1
I
1 v. 3 3 3 3
400
400 800
1,000
A for feed rotes lower thon 8 pounds per hour, use the intermittent feed device.
LINK - BE L T • 447
processing equipment water , sewage and Industrial waste t reatme n t
Many years before th e mech anica l remova l of sludg e a nd scum was considered, eng ineers determined tha t the ideal form of settling tank was rectangular and was the most e fficient in removing susp end ed solids. Link- Belt Straightline sludge collectors were designed around this ideal tank form and is an a dvantage of p rime importance. Straightline operation also means the shortest possible trove! for the collected m a terial. lt permits a stead y slow sp ee d of
Straightline sludge collectors the collecting flights, that is uniform over the entire floor surface of th e tank which means maxim um efficiency with minimum o f disturbance to the flow. Straightline collection, with its straig ht working pulls, means thot the mejor stresses ore !ensile stresses. Tension members can be made rugged an d strong without being unwield y, insuring uninterrupte d ope rotion th rough a wide range of conditions.
SLUDGE PIPE
l on9itudinol section of o primo ry recton9ulor tonk with Stroi9htline sludge collector. Upper run of Aighls pushes scum to scum lrough. Skimmin9 is no! provided in fino ! tonks. Multi p le effluenl weirs provide o low overflow rote. Figure 39 l 9.
Typ e H The Link-Bel! Type H Stroightline sludg e collector is standard for oll sizes of rectangula r to nks. lt consisls of two strond s of he ovy Promol choin on which ore mounted 2 " X 6 " ar 3 " X 8 " redwood flights ol 1 0foot inte rvols for collecting ond removing sludge from the floor of the tonk. In primory ond olhe r lonks where scum floots on the surfoce il moy be removed by the return run of lhe collector. A moto r, operoling through o Link-Bel! worm o r ln-line helicol geor reducer ond Promol cho in drive, lurns the heod shoft so thot the flight s trovel al the slow speed of l or 2 fee l per minute. For lorge inslollotions multiple colleclors with o cross collec1or a l the influent e nd of tonk moy be used. Stralghtlin e slu dg e callector insto llotion in o primory settling lonk. Lower run conveys settled solids to slud9e ho pper. Upper run concentrotes surfoce scum. Photo 1 91 2 1.
Type L The link-Belt Type L Stroightline sludge collector is specioll y designed for smoll rectangula r settling to nks which ore l O feet or less wid e ond up to 50 feet long. 11 operotes with the sorne e ffici e ncy os the Type H ond the only difference b e lween them is thot the collector choins ore lighter ond 2" X 4 " redwood flights ore used. This colleclor is o rugg ed, economico l unit for instollotio n in smoll tonks.
St rolghtline slu dge collect or in seltling tonk ot water treolmenl plont. Colleclor removes cooguloted precipiloled solids from floor of lonk. Photo 24977.
448 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment w a ter , sewage and Industria l waste t reatment
Straightline sludge collectors INFLUENT
UniAow settling tank
longitudinal section of Uniflow settling tonk. Sloping bottom and multiple effluent weirs assure highest efficiency. Figure 611 6.
The link-Bel! Uniflow settling tank is a rectangula r settling tank with multiple effluent weirs and a rapidly sloping bottom. lt can be used for removing solids from water, sewage or industrial liquids and is equipped with Straightline sludge collectors for removing scum from the surface of the liquid and sludge from the floor of the tank. As the neme Uniflow implies, the velocity of the liquid through the tank is maintained as nearly uniform as practical tank construction permits. This tank was developed by Link-Bel! to provide higher settling efficiencies and, through decreased volume requirements, lower construction costs. The principal feature s of the tank are: • Uniformly distributed influent. • Multiple effluent weirs to provide low overflow rote and uniform dischar g e from a large orea of tank surface. • A rapidly sloping bottom, with decreasing cross sectional orea of the tank as the liquid is discharged over the effluent weirs to provide a uniform velocity throughout the entire tank length. This uniform velocity reduces short circuiting and eddy currents.
Operator tilting scum trough to collect scum from surfoce of Uniflow tonk. Note effluent weirs and reflections on water surfoce which indicate a clear effluent. Photo 34625.
Pre-aeration and settling tank Pre-aeration of sewage is practiced for odor control, grease separation, remova l of suspended solids and reduction of oxygen demand. When pre-aera tion tanks are constructed as separate units, grit and heavy organics settle to the bottom of the tank and provision must be made to remove them. The scum formed on the surface of the ae ration tank mus! be removed by hand if a mechanical method is not provided. The Link-Bel! p re-aeration system is designed to eliminate these costly and undesirable f ea tures. The Link-Belt pre-aeration settling system consists of a single tank for both pre-aeration and settling. The sludge hopper is located al the effluent end of the tank with a quiescent zone between the pre-aeration and settling zones. In this quiescent zone the entrained a ir is r eleased and ~he turbulent action subsides so that the flow into the settling compartment is evenly distribu ted and enters the tank with a mínimum velocity. Experience indicates that the volume of air required can be kept to the mínimum necessary to provide circulation in the pre-aeration compartment. A recommended design, which p rovides flexibility, would consist of two blowers having a total ma ximum output equal to 3 cu. ft. p er lineal foot of the pre-aeration compartment. The blowers should be operated by V-belt drives from the motors with additional sheaves to permit adjustment of the blower output to the volume actually required Surface of aeration comportment of link-Belt pre-oerotion and for speciflc conditions. The detention period in the aeration compartment may be varied to suit specifk settling tank. Photo 35496. requirements. Results al existing municipal sewage treatment installations indicate OUIESCENT that with a pre-aeration per,.,zoNE,...~--------- S ETI UNG - ZONE iod of thirty minutes, a quie-
TR55g~
~cne;tap::;~~go;:~~;~~u::~
~,~N~F~LU~E=N~T~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~EFFLUENT hour~ ~e
pre-aeration
se~
"\i.E.:;;:::~ie::.::.¡__J M"_,...~ñ--~"' tling tank effluent will not
--+
contain more !han 45 PPM of suspended solids. This is irrespective of the solids in the raw sewage entering the tank. longitudinal section of l ink-Bel! pre-oeration ond settling ta nk. Tank is equipped with sludge collector to convey settled solids to sludge hopper al effluent end. Tank con also be designed wi th sludge hopper al influent end. Fig. 6115.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 449
processing equipment w ate r , sewage and i ndustrial waste tre atment
Circuline sludge collectors Circuline revolving sludge collectors hove been monufoctured by Link- Belt since 1937. There ore four different t ypes, eoch to serve o distinct purpose. Circuline collectors con be instolled in eith er squo re or round tonks. Tonks ore usuolly mode of concrete, but steel tonks con be furnished if d esired. All Circuline sludge collectors ore furnished with o rugged, de-
p endoble drive consisting of o motor, overlood cut-out device, totolly enclosed worm geor reducer, ond o speciol olloy steel turntoble with nickel steel bolls. An integral externo) or interno) geor rotales the Ty pes R, S ond T while troction wheels on tank wall rotote the Ty pe C.
longitudinal section o f Circuline sludge collector, Type RB. Pitched b lodes on revolving lruss p low sludge inlo center sludge hopper. Figure 611 2.
Type R Link-Bel! Ty pe R Ci rculine sludge colleclors ore usuolly instolled in circular tonks, ond ore used in water, sewoge or industrial woste treotment plonts to remove the settl e d slud g e from the fl oor of the tonk. Where scum colle cting is desired, o surfoce blod e is instolled on the revolving truss to skim off the scum ond deposit it in o scum box on the periphery of the tonk. In the Type RB collector the influent enters the tonk through o pipe under the floor, then flows up through the vertical hollo w center column ond is dischorged into the tonk. In the Ty pe RS collector the influent posses through o hori zontal pipe jusi beneoth the wa ter surfoce ond enters the tonk through o distributio n baffle. The Type RC collector is insto lled in o sq uore tonk with the fl ow ocross the tonk. The colleclor mechonism is the sorne in oll types. A Type RB sludge collector wilh scum skimmer instolled in o sewoge primo ry settling lonk. The influenl baffle insures o uniform d islribution of the incoming sewoge. Photo 3791.4.
Type S Link-Bel! Type S Circuline slud1¡e collectors ore instolled in squore to nks, ar rectangular tonks where the sludge is collected only from the influent e nd of the tonk. Squore o r rectangular tonks provide construction economy when tonks ore nested. The Type S colleclor is o modifkotion of the Type R ond has pivoted orms al the e nd of the revolving trusses to remove the sludge from the corners of !he to nk. When the flow enters the center of the tonk through o hollow vertical
pipe the colleclor is o Type SB. When the flow e nlers the distri bution well al the center of th e tonk through o horizontal influent pip e, the collector is o Typ e SS. When o collector is instolled in o tonk with cross flow ond o flocculotion tonk with slow mixers is conslructed integral with the settling tonk, it is o Type SC. This is o very economicol orrongement ond results in mínimum b reoking up of the fice os it enlers the settling tonk.
Type SC Circuline sludge collectors instolled o to water treatment plont. Tonks ore 1 50 fee l wide ond 300 feet long, with lhe collectors inslolled al lhe influent end to remove the bulk al lhe sellled sludge. Photo 37678.
Type SS Circuline slud ge collector installed in o square lank. The influenl lrough is supported by the walkway from the periphery to lhe center of the tank. Pholo 36960.
450 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment water, sewage and Industrial waste treatment
Circuline sludge collectors Type T ( Thick eners) Link-Belt Type T Circuline sludge collectors ore colled Thickener s ond ore similor to the Type R, except they ore built to withstond torques enco.intered in removing heovy settled solids. The torque rotings necessory ore usually much higher than those required for sewage or water treatment plant sludge, th~s requiring a heavier ond more rugged design. Type T Circuline sludge collectors are made in three styles: Type TF with fixed truss arms, Type TM with truss arms that can be raised manuolly, ond Type TA with truss arms which roise automoticolly when overloods occur, until the overlood has been removed. lf the overlood increoses to the design torque of the collector, the motor
Type TA Circuline sludge collector (thickener) instolled in o steel tonk to remove settled solids. Truss orms outomoticolly roise and lower to relieve overloods. Photo 37945.
overlood device will stop the revolving orms. When the overlood decreoses, the truss orms automoticolly lower to the floor of the tank. Thickeners ore instolled in steel or concrete circular tonks. They are used in processes where it is desirable to thicken or concentrote pulps or in woste treo tment for the removol of heavy inert solids. The pitched blodes on the revolving truss reduce the moisture contenl of the setlled solids os they ore conveyed to the center of the tonk.
Type TA Circuline sludge collector (thickener) insto lled ot o cool preporotion pion!. By removing the solids, the clorifted water con be recirculoted, thus conserving water ond reducing streom pollution. The removed solids ore ftltered, heot dried, ond recloimed. Photo 38468.
Type C Link-Bel! Type C Circuline sludge collectors hove both the economicol feoture of circular tank construction o nd !he positive sludge and scum collection of o
50 50 feet in diameler.
Straightline sludge collector. There ore two designs, Ty pe CH for tonks feet or more in diometer ond Type C L for t onks less thon
Type C Circuline collectors consist of o Stroightline collector mounted on o rototing bridge. Radial plows collect !he sludge on the floor of the tonk and the scum on the water surface. Th e Stroightline collector, with its positive action, conveys the sludge to the sludge hopper ot the center of the tonk o nd the scum to the scum box at the tonk periphery. Rubber tired troction w heels trovel on the tonk woll ond support ond turn the rotating wolkway ond collector truss. Type C collectors ore always instolled in a circular tank wilh the influenl entering the distributian well al the center of the tank through
A Type CL Circuline sludge collector instolled in o 40-foot diometer primory settling tonk. A single strond Straightline sludge collector ond omission of wolkwoy mokes construction economicol for smoll tonks. Phota 2684 1.
a pipe under the tank floar, and a vertical center pipe. Construction economy, slow peripheral speed, uniform influent distribution, and positive sludge a nd scum collection are a few of the features of Type C sludge collectors.
A Type CH Circuline sludge collector of speciol design for installotion in en industrial waste treatment
pion! where the tonk hos a 10-foot freeboord. Photo 371 4 1.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 45 1.
processing equipment water, sewage and Industrial waste treatment
Additional Link-Belt equipment
Link-Belt, as the la rgest manufacturer of materials handling and processing equipment, has the facilities to build any equipment re q uired to handle the solids from water, sewage ar industrial waste tre atme nt p lants. In addition to the sanitary e ngineering equipment illustrated on the preceding pages, l ink-B e lt's complete line of power transmission and conveying equipment can be adapted to !he requirements of water, sewa ge ar ind ustrial waste plonts. Bel! conveyors, flight conveyors ond screw conveyors handle d ried slud ge and sludge fil ler cake. Bulk-Flos, belt conveyors, screw conveyors, bucke t elevators, troy elevators, car spotters ond power hoes handle chemicals used in the trealment of water, sewoge and ind ustria l wostes. The Roto-l ouvre dryer is used to dry sewage sludge filler cake ond process it far fertilizer. The photos o n this poge illustrote a few special Link-Belt designs which a re now in common use. lf you hove a special proble m in the handling of wa ste solids call your nearest Link-Belt District Sales Office. O ur sanita ry e ng ineers will b e glad to work with your e nginee rs, consultants, ar chemists to cid in the selection of equipment far your requirements.
A Link-Bel! motor d riven skimmer instolled in o cotch bosin al o meat pocking pion!. A Stroightline sludge colleclor collecls sludge from the floor af the tank and concentrates the surface greose al the effluent e nd of the tank. The skimmer deposits the concenlrated surface greose in a scum trough. Photo 37 522.
A Link-Bel! Roto-line skimmer pipe used to remove surface scum from o sewoge p ion! primory tonk. By lurning the Roto-line skimmer pipe lhe scum concentroted by !he Stroightline collector flows through slot inlo !he pipe ond then to the scum box or pump. Photo 3751 O.
A special design of Link-Belt Straightline sludge collector installed in an API oil separotor for removing settled solids and flooting oil a l en oil reflnery. Photo 37183.
link-Be lt Meider sludge collector consisting of o troveling bridge supporting sludge ond scum plows. This collector removes sludge from the floor ond scum from the surface of o settling tonk ot o sewoge plonl. Bridge con be lronsferred to severo! tonks. Pho to 20256.
A moto r drive n tronsversing bridge supporling a bel! conveyor. Bridge travels aver sludge d rying beds, sludge is shoveled anlo belt conveyor which d eposits it into a truck al the side of the bed. Economical and fast sludge removol is occomplished. Photo 37908.
452 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment coal preparatlon
coal To meet t he demonds for more exocting cool speciflcotions ond
of one source and one responsibility for this service are offered
competition from other fuels, the cool industry is constontly
in a single contract. This complete single-controct service assures customer satisfaction, starting with a study of the coal
seeking new woys to improve cool preporotion methods while reducing operoting costs.
sample analyses and product requirements, and continuing
To help meet these needs, Link-Belt offers cool producers a
through design, manufacture, erection and initial operation,
vast background of experience, acquired in all phases of coal handling and processing. Link-Belt as:;umes the entire
until plant operating personnel is trained.
responsibility for furnishing materials handling and preparation
machine or a complete cool preparation plant -Link-Belt is
equipment, plont design, erection and start-up. The advantages
eriger to serve you.
For all coal preparation requirements-whether a single
A com plete line of integrated coal preparation e qu ipme nt is built by Link-Be l!. Equipme nt for unloading, handl ing, cleaning, cla ss ifying, conve ying, crushing, blending , thermal drying, water clarifying and loading is s hown in thi s catalog. Th is e quipment will fil economically and compactly into an e ntire ly new plan! design, or adapt readily to e x isting in stallation s.
Metallurgical caal pre paratlon p lant contains !he mast madern equipmenl far preparatian of 7 50 tons per hour of run-of-mine bituminous coa!. lmpurilies are removed by air-pulsated wash boxes, and coa! is automalically mixed far direcl delivery lo railroad cars. Pho to 33032
Heavy-me d ia coa! prepar ation p lant furnished complete, incorporales lhe most modern coal handling and processing equipment and produces a consistenlly high grade product. Pholo 38464
He avy-med ia coa! p re paratlon p lant where autput has steadily increased through economicol, non-stop operotion. Pro duction has been conlinuous since it was built, without loss of output far mointenance. Photo 33456
Me tallurglcal coal preparatlon p lant built ond equipped complete, processes 350 tons per hour. Operotion of the entire pion! is controlled by one man from o central control panel. Photo 38432
L 1 N K - B E L T • 453
processing equiprnent coa l p reparatlon
Heavy-media coal cleaning The heavy-media separation process is an efficient method of treating anthracite and bituminous coals, particularly those which are not amenable to other cleaning processes. lt is particularly applicab le to separation a t a high or low sp ecifk gravity or when a la r ge percentage of the raw coa! is near the separating gravity. Heavymedia separation is also advantageo us when the amount of impurities in the feed Auctuates widel y, or when adjustment o f th e separating gravity is d e sired to meet changing characteristics of the coa! or changing ma rket requirement s. Th is method utilizes a mixture of water and finely ground magnetite whose specific gravit y can b e accurately co ntro lled. Coa ! is f ed into a vessel containing this mixture, and the lower specific gravity p o rtian Aoats and d ischarges o ver the outlet weir. Refuse, being of higher specific gravity, sinks to the bottom a nd is removed . The med ia is reclaimed and re-used. Flow Sheet of o Compl ete Coo l Prepor ati on Plan t Using the Heovy-M ed ia Coal Clea nin g System
~
.\
MINE
- - --
~ 1
~
Rl.'.\
B\
t
""
1
Al
1 1
SECONDAR Y
ttf l\\ Y ~'t.OIA CO\ l ~TRA TOR
JxO
,-
_
_
_ _
B»PA~
1
,.-·--·-
~"\ V
<""' '
<.( \'.(11
{\\\\l.
~· RW.
_.,.,..;r
fLIGH1
"')
' f()íRS : . ::::-- ~~,;~'ooR \JARA fl~u SCREl ~s --
\\\ í\1
i
íRUSHER
i
i
C"-\.EYOR
~L
1,
~ x O REfUSE
i
i
i i
1
j
SCRE~.
El--·- · T l
TO PLANT •• [írLUENT
·- -- ""iiJH;;-L-"' -
·- -· - -
FÍg. 6079
f l11,,l
BY·PA.55,.
ti;:,( fl
IGufZ·- -·--. O\vr 'rUJ? --·- ·- - -
ASH 10\Vr'fr
~
~.~~~~~!:.:.:'--....!:::====~==:i:::.,'"'
LV~VfYOR
l'!AT DRIED
1 ., '
4., 1
1 ...
1 )(
~H
'fü"itií"''
T
..
.o.
'fo
1,,.. J
1
' º..\
\~ IDOLl'\lJS
... .¡. .¡. H
H
7
-
H
1
lAACl\S
Drum-type float-sink concentrator The Link-Belt drum-ty p e Aoat-sink concentrotor consisl s of a tonk contoining a revolving perforated drvm immersed in a se parating medivm. The medivm enters in two locations ; al the bottom of the p erforated drvm (vp-cvrrent), and throvgh the inlet Avme. The vp -cvrrent medivm is introdvced to maintain o vniform svsp ension of lhe mognetite, b vt is not strong enovgh lo red uce the efficiency of seporotion. The inlet Avme medivm is vsed to convey f eed material into the both. Float pa rticl es connot b e entropped in the revolving d rvm by sink material since the feed is delivered l o the bo th by Avme. The Aoal prodvct is discho rg ed over the weir of the concentrotor. The sink materia l drops to the bo ttom of the perforated drvm wher e it is lifted by perforo ted vo nes ottoched to the inside of the revolving drvm l o o d ischarg e laund er a l the top of the concentrotor. 30825
454 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment coal preparation
Heavy-media coal cleaning Double strand of rugged abrasive resisting chain
material d ischarge
Sturdy perforated flights
Up-current con e
Tank-type float-sink concentrator The low initial cost, simplicity of maintenance and compact design of the tank-type float- sink concentrator make it the ideal unit for many coal cleaning operations. This concentrator uses the basic principie of float-sink separation in a magnetite and water mixture. The pre-wetted feed, from whlch the fines hove been removed, enters the vessel together with medium of the desired speciflc gravity. The coal floats across the bath and discharges with its carrying medium aver a weir onto screens for draining the free medium back into the system and rinsing magnetite particles off the coal. The heavy material sinks to the bottom and is re moved by a double stra nd flight conveyar. Draining or rinsing of sink material is accomplished by the sorne procedure used for the floot material. Free medium drained off the clean coal ond refuse is collected in the media sump. The greoter port of the medium is pumped back to the feed inlet sluice with the balance going to o funnel-like a rrongement ot the vessel bottom. This peri of the medium returning to the vessel creates on up-current which prevents the magnetite from settling. The rinse water, contoining mogne tite and non-mogne tic particles, which hove possed through the fine screen openings, is collected in a sump fer mognetic recovery of mognetite, which is then returned to the medium circuit. lf a middlings product is desired in addition to clean cool and refuse two-stage separotion can the n be o rronged, using two tank-type concentrotors, operoting ot different specifl c grovities. The tonk-type vessel con be equipped with o motor-driven lifting device fer handling large sizes without increasing the normal Aow of medium over the weir.
•
Low original cost.
e e
Simplicity of maintenance. Readily adaptable where mínimum space is a vailable.
e No refuse push medium is required. Makes sump pumps and th eir maintenance less costly.
e Minimum amount of circulating medium .
Two tank-type float- sink concentrators for th ree sloge seporation in a mod ern cool prepo ralion plonl. Photo 38839
L 1 N K - B E L T • 455
processi ng eq ui pment coal pre p a ratio n
Heavy- media coal cleaning
~-F·~-'>i<----4'"--~
r-o ~- --
-----.
1
kJl:IGH"i_J ~ WIDTH
1
1
1 1 1
OUTLET SLUICE
~RAIN
INLET SLUICE
Fig. 6208
OUTLET
s-J.:-2~6"
20!!
Tank-type float-sink conc e ntrator
4 2"' Aight width
JO• Aight w idrh A
Model
8
e
o
1
E
1
G
F
o
1
E
F 1
1
G
FEET ANO INCHES
60 72 84 96
5-0 6-0 7-0 8-0
2-6 3-0 3-6 4 -0
18-8 19-8 20-8 21 -8
Hove dimensions cerrilied for instollorion purposes.
456 • L 1 N K - B E L T
3-3'.4 3-3'.4
...
.. ... ..
3-6 3-6
. ..
3-0 3-0
1-9'A 1-9 3A
.. ..
.. 4-3'.4 4-3'.4 4-3 '.4
.. 3-6 3 -6 3-6
3-6 3-6 3-6
. ... . . 2-3'.4 2-3'.4 2-3'A
processing equipment coal preparation
Wash box coal cleaning The wash box coal cleaning system is used in installations where the handling of large volumes of sized or unsized feed is required. This system is particularly adoptable where woshíng requirements permit more economicol seporotion equipment and where fully outomatic controls ore desiroble to accommodote wide voriotions of feed. This is o general purpose mochine with o wide ronge of opplicotions and will efficiently handle lorge volumes of cool and refuse.
FROM MINE HOIST
Flow Sheet of a Complete Coal Preparation Plant Using the Air-Pulsated Wash Box Coal Cleaning System.
MAGNET
~
RAW COAL BINS
5
·\.
'o
5'
o
SYNTRON VIBRATING fEEDERS
ª
r---·-·~ --.,- -----m"/t~~y' 1
TR:iCK
-·
'
LOADING,-----+-------_2-~~FUSE_~ ;~~E~---!
•• O
--,-~O~--~''
'-..
·~
! BY PASS
'-' ------- ~ -MIDDLl-NGSé': .J , CRUSHER .()'.-O
Fig. 6078
DEWATERING SCREENS 5 <
........_ ______. ~-º---- --+--
! CLEAN COAL
-~ ·~ -~
ORIWCOAL OIN y
TO WASTE
'
· -rFABLE
f LJ~~~~SING
•• o
1
TABLE DRESSING SUMP
·~ro
CIRCULA TING PUMP
n
WET DUST _ ; ; ; : - - - - ->[!JCOLLECTORS
...._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .!
ME TALLURGICAL COAL
.....
TRUCK LOAOING
S•O
s~o
s~o
s ~ o
5 ' 2.
STEAM COAL 2 ~ I~ 2 \ O
; • O
5•1~
2~!
5 '!
1~1~
1! . o
A ir-pul sated wash box The oir-pulsated wosh box consists of o vessel divided into comporlmenls into which water flows continuously. As the cool to be cleoned is fed inlo this vessel, the water is forced through submerged screens by pulsating air p ressure, cousing o slrotification of the cool and refuse. The coal moves progressively from compa rtment lo compartment ond is finolly Aumed off as clean coa l. The refuse is drawn off the submerged screens ond is dischorged into a refuse e levator far dewatering and disposal.
Parallel bed a lr-pulsated wash box in lorge meta llurgico l cool preparotion pion!. Photo 3844 1
L 1 N K - B E L T • 457
processing equipment coal prepara t lon
Wash box coal cleaning Model E single bed a ir - pulsated wash box The link-Belt Model E wosh box is smaller in size ond copocity thon the dual bed wash box, b ut it is well suited to perfarm difficult cleoning jobs, including opplicotions where exlremely heavy sink materials ond lroublesome silt cond itions o re encountered. The primary refuse drow, located jusi below the raw coal feed inlet, removes extremely heovy sink material immediotely ond e liminates the necessity of tronsporling sulphur bolls or heovy rock across severol cells befare disposol. Where the raw feed contains large percentoges of medium size refuse, on o plionol refuse drow con be furnished al !he outlet end of the primory washing section. Huich screws are somelimes used lo preven! the b uildup of silt in cells thot are not adjocent to lhe refuse elevalors. They permit an increase in the number of cells ovoiloble far proper strotificotion. The Mod e l E air-pulsated wash box is ovoiloble in two widths, either of which can be furnished with 4, 5, or 6 cells. This rugged wosh box has proved its reliability through yeors of continuous, sotisfactory service on seores of installotions.
M odel E si ngle bed o ir-pu lso ted w o s h box
Dual bed air-pulsated wash box The link-Belt dual bcd air- pulsate d wash box incorporales many new design fealures. These include individuolly controlled dual woshing beds, dual oir chombers, refuse and middlings elevotors, individuolly controlled refuse draws, ond individuolly cantrolled electro-pneumatic drive motors. The sequence, odvonce and relroct of the individual sliding valves con be chang e d conveniently in o motler of seconds. This odvoncement incorporales flexibility heretofare unknown in cool woshing. The odvonloges of lhis wosh box are its higher copacity roting becouse of increosed washing bed width and closer control, also sharper seporation over the entire woshing oreo os o result of the lwo individual beds.
Ae ropolse refuse contr o l
Dual bed air-p11lsoted wash box
458 • L 1 N K - B E L T
The most oulstonding feoture of both lhe single ond dual bed oir-pulsoted wosh boxes is the oddition of lhe Aeropoise refuse control. This control mokes possible extreme occuracy ond complete automation of the refuse dischorge control. Thoroughly proven, this design provides sensing choracterislics far in advance of o lher controls. This outomotic device re guloles the rote of discharge of high grovity materia l in response lo minute pressure chonges in !he wosh box oír chombers. This control e liminales all necessity far floats or other mechonisms operoling in the flow of material through the wosh box. The Aeropoise refuse control inslonlly compensotes for mojar ond minar voriotions in the nolure of the feed to the wosh box, without monuol ossistonce .
processing equipment coal preparaflon
Wash box coal cleaning
C/l WASHER
¡-1
3!.6" --OUTLET SLUICE
WATER HEADER
1
1
1
1
1
1
[-1 1
1
1 1
1 1
-ri (J 1,1 1r1
REFUSE 1
8~1i1
AIR MOTC'RS
111
111
1 1 1¡1 1 111 111
6!.6~~Fi__9!.10:!" C;/L COLUMNS
i+---c---'>-++---C
L
l
)l
C;L COLUMNS
E-C/l ELEVATOR
z!.11~ '
l1i JtJ
I 1016 "" 9-
E-C/l
L 'J F
ELEVATOR~
Dua l be d a ir -pulsafed wash box Num·
1
~~=h c~:I: :~i~~ • 6 sq. feet 1
160
5214
5 5 5
230
5212
195
838
8
210
8310
8
260
8312
8
310
8314
8
380
•
I
1 1 1
1 1
~---o---------~
f l e 6211
5210
1
I
1
8ucket leng th, inches
1
A
27
C
¡-.....,D-..,...--
Elevotor centers, lee!
G-l,__~-5-¡---G-..,.l-H2-6"""1-----G-..,.l-~ 7---_ ___:._..;.__
39
-, - F-l--o-,..--- -l- F - l -....
---'----'---'-----'---.;._--'--'---'--~F~ EE ~ T~A ~N ~D,-:;,IN~ C~ H~ ES,-----'---'--'-..;;.....-'-----'--.;_-'-____:;__.:_
10-0 17- 5 1 8-3 Y, 24-91% 12 -7',1. 2. 0 y, 26-9 1% 13-7•; .. 3 - 8 Y, 29-2 y, 8-7''A6 13-9"!16 30- 1% 9-6'!. 14- 2"116 31- y, 10- 5"!16 17- 7:Y. 12-0 20- 10 \/2 1024-91',1. 12 -7 'A6 2-8\/2 26-9•~¡. 1 3 -7'A6 3 - 8 Y, 29-2·~ 8-7 1',1. 15-6•'¡\, 30- 1% 9-6'!. 15-1 1% 31- y, 10-5 1 '11. 16- 4Y, 14-0 24- 4Y, 11-9 \/. 24· 9 1',1. 12-7',1. 2 - 8 Y, 26-9 1% 13-7 ',1. 3. 9y, 29-2Y, 8-7''A6 17-3 1'11. 30-1 % 9-6'1. 17- 8'116 31 - y, 10-5''11. 18 - 1 1-S
v.
8-0 13-11
6 - 6Y, 37-5
10-0 17- 5 8 - 3Y, 37- 5 12-0 20- lOY, 10- y, 37- 5 14-0 24 - 4 ¡.s/11.914 37-5
12-7'!16 2.9y, 40- 5 12-7'!16 2 - 8Y, 40-5 12-7'!16 2-8 Y, 40-5 12-7'!16 2-8Y, 40-5
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. Six-cell boxes with three elevotors con olso be furnished.
13-7'A6 3-8Y, 29-2 Y, 8-71',1. 12- "ti. 30-1 % 9-6 3/.o 13-7',1. 3 - 8Y, 29-2 Y, 8-7 1'A6 13·9"!16 30- 1% 9-6'/.o 13 7'116 3 - 8Y, 29- 2 Y, 8-7''!16 15-6 1'tl. 30- 1% 9-6 '/.o 13-7'!16 3-81-S 29- 2 Y, 8 - 7 •',1. 17-3''tl. 30- 1% 9-6 '/.o 6
1 2-5 1'A6
31 - y, 10-5 1'11. 12- IO:Y.
14- 2 1'!1. 31- "" 10-5 1'11. 14- 7 :Y. 15- 11 % 31 - y, 10- 5 1'tl. 16- 41-S 17- 8% 31- 1-S 10- 5 1'tl. 18- 11-S
Two- buckel elevotors for five-cell boxes. Three-bucket elevotors for six-cell boxes. Three-bucket elevalors for eight-cell boxes.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 459·
processing equipment coal pre paratlon
Trough separators
- '-WATER INLET
f ig. 3851
Th e Link - Belt trough sepa rator is used in com bination with the air-pulsated wash box for handling large tonnages req uirin g more th an one wash box. Without sacrificing cleaning efficiency, it effects substantial savings in initial cost. For the larg e tonnages handled, it occupies less space, uses less power, and requires less ma intenance than multiple machinery of other types. lt requ ires no more labor than a single machine. Using this combination, raw coal is first fed into the trough separator. As the material moves down the trough or launder in a stream of water, it is stratified according
to its specific gravity, the l ighter gravity fraction, or clean coat, remaining on top and the heavier grovity froction, or refu se, sinking to the bottom. Suitable barrages in th e launder assist in their segregation, and clean coo l is carried off with the water. Openings in t he trough bottom permit the d i scharge o f the primary ond secondary rejects to dewatering elevators. The secondary rejects are usually delivered to a Link -Belt air-pulsated wash box for further treatment. The primary purpose of the trough separator is to produce a preconditioned feed for an air- pulsated wash box .
Stratlfylng and washlng large tonnages of coal, this co mbinotion lrough seporolor ond oir-pulsote d wosh bo x increose s yield wilh mínimum labor and mainlenonce . Photo 2177 9
460 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment coal preparatlon
Shaker screens Shaker screens are an efficient, economical means for sizing and dewatering coal. They consist of a trough with p erforated plate decks supported on flexible hangers. Link- Belt shaker screens are ruggedly constructed for dependable operation and are available in a wide range of si zes and designs to meet practicall y any requirements. The proper combination of screen crea, inclination, stroke and speed are matters to be referred to engineering specialists. Consult Link-Belt for recommendations on all your screening requirements.
Si:r:ing run-of-mine coal a l lorge strip mine, these shoker screens ore ruggedly built to provide efficient separotion ond long, trouble-free service. Photo 1921 2
Combinlng two ope ratlons, this shoker screen olso serves os o picking table, utilizing o single drive, resulting in marked sovings in equipmenl ond spoce. Photo 28889
Dewaterlng coal and sblng lt lnto th e d esired grades, these high speed honger-type shoker screens ore dependoble ond sturdily built. Photo 25063
L 1 N K - B E L T • 461
processing equiprnent coal crushers
coal crushers Link- Belt coal crushers are well known throughout industry, wherever coal is processed. They are used for reducing and sizing lump or run-of-mine coal for stoke rs, pulverizers, gas producing plants, etc. These crush ers are made in three different types and in various sizes to mee t the particular requirements of practicall y any coal crushing problem, but can also be used for crushing simila r materials such as lignite, coke, glass cullet and many chemical products. Link-Belt coal crushers ore rugged, simple and comp act in design. The single-roll and two- roll machines are a rranged for easy adjustment for product sizes within their range. Smooth and efficient operation assures long life with mínimum maintenance. Each coal crushing prob lem requires careful consideration of the coa l chora cteristics, capacity to be handled and product size desired, to assure the selection of a crush er ample and suitable for the intended purpose. Link-Belt, with many yeors of experience and specialization in this fleld , is w ell qualifled to build crushers to meet individual requirements. Two-roll gear driven coal crush e r under car dumper crushes 250 tons o f coal p er haur. Photo 32768
Two•roll cha in d rlve n coal cru sher comb ines e ose of odjustment for uniformly sized coal with high cap acity a nd limited d egradation of mate rial. Photo 226 57
462 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Single- roll coat cru sh e r in industrial power pion! reduces lump cool with minimum mointenance. Photo 15224
processing equipment coal crushers
Types Single-roll coal crusher The single-rol! coal crusher is built with a single crushing roll arranged to operate in conjunction with a stationary breaker plate to obtain its crushing action. Slugger teeth , spaced across and around the periphery of the crusher roll, assist in breaking up the larger lumps and in feeding coal down to the crushing orea . The Link-Belt single-roll coal crusher is used extensively for crushing run-of- mine coal to a mínimum of approximate ly 1 lj4 i nch ring size. Maximum size of product produced, within the range of the various crusher sizes, is determ ined by the roll diameter, size of teeth and breaker plate combination and by the setting of the adjustable breaker plate. Where the amount of fines in the final product is not a factor, this crusher will do an excel lent job . Photo 12606
Single-roll coal crusher
Two-roll gear driven coal crusher
Photo 14957A
Two-roll gear d rive n coal crusher
T he Lin k-Belt two-roll gear driven coal crusher performs its crushing action by break ing t he coal between opposing crushing rol l s fitted with teeth held i n synchronism by the driving spur gears. Depending upon the app l ication , sl ugger teeth are utilized to as>ist in break i ng up the larger l umps preliminary to further crushing by the normal teeth and to assist in drawing the larger lumps into the crushing orea. Two-roll gear driven coal crushers are widely used for crushing run-of-mine as wel l as sized coal to final products ranging from a maximum of 8 in ches lo l -inch and under ring size. Product size is de termined by the roll and tooth combina tions selected. These crushers, available in a wide range of sizes and with numerous roll tooth co mbinations, are capable of handli ng large capacities. Because of the actio n obtained between the teeth of the opposing crusher rolls, coal is broken rather than crushed, providing a more accurately sized uniform product w i th a minimum of fin es .
Type C two-roll chain driven coal crusher
Photo 31307
Type C tw o-ro ll chain driven coal crusher
Th e Li nk-Belt Type C two-roll chain driven coal crusher is simi lar to the gear driven machine in that two opposing crus her rolls are used to obtain the breaking actio n . An adjustable chain drive connecting bo th roll shaf ts provides this machine wi th the combined features and advantages of both the sing le- rol l and two-roll gear driven machines. Combining the inherent design qualities of both the single and two -roll gear driven machines, this crusher affords a single unit readily adaptable to almost any crushing application with definite assurance that economica l and efficient crushing will be obtained. Product size, determined by the roll and tooth comb ination and roll spacing, can be easi ly and quickly modifi ed within the roll adjustability range, thus providing a machine suitable for appli cations where a conti nually varying product size is required. . Capable of producing large capacities of a very uniformly sized product with a minimum of degradation, these machines are ideally suited for crushing and sizing operations such as encountered in coal preparation plants.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 463
processing equipment coal crushers
Features Link-Belt coal crus hers are the embod iment of years of experience in the manufacture and a pp lication of coal crushers to a wide variety of co nditions. Among t heir important desirable feotures a re : Simple and compoct design. Sturdy frames. Eose of adjustmen t for ony size o f prod uct within their range. Smooth ond quiet operation. Low maintenance cost. Flywheel pulleys ore regular equipment and a re designed for flywheel effect sufficient to carry th rough peak loads.
Single-rol! coal crusher This crusher is built with side fromes of rigid box construction, joined by spocers of heovy channel section, finished at the joints. Mounted on the two heavy side frames are the roll shoft, the countershoft, the crushing ro ll, the cut steel geors ond the spring-re lief breaker pl o te; the lotter suspended on o pivot shoft. The shaft bearings a re cost integral with the side frames, and are fitted with ren ewable b ro nze b ushings. The crusher roll is ma de up of ma nga nese steel segments bolted to heavy spiders, which ore keyed to t he Jorge diameter steel roll shoft. The segments ca n be reodily removed when replacement is necessary. Removol of the side housings permits eosy access to bol ts wh ich fasten roll segmen ts to spiders. The heavily ribbed casi breaker plote is provided with a renewable mangonese steel shoe to resist wear where most of the crushing takes place. As a protection to the crusher, the adjustob le breaker plate rods are provided with relief springs. The pull and shock on the se springs are token directly on the end of the heavy side frames.
Photo 25603 . . Ho nd opero ted worm g eor mecho nism for od juslme nt of rolls for varying product s ize of two-ro ll ch o in driven coa l cru she r.
Two-roll g e ar driven coal crusher The Link-Belt two-roll gear driven cool crusher is sturdily built. The frame is a rigid weldment made up of plates and structural shapes combining lightness and strength. Roll shafts are carried in heavy rigid bearings, these beorings being either babbitted or fitted with renewable bronze bushings. Babbitted bearings are furnished unless otherwise specified. Long tooth , wide face spur gears form the driving connection between the two rolls. These gears are made w ith special teet h to compensate for the adjustments of the movable roll. The rol Is ore made in various types, such as solid ca si ste el, solid Flint-Rim, or segmenta) rolls mode of mangane se ste el mounted on heavy gray iron spiders.
Type C two-roll chain driven coal crusher The Lin k- Belt Type C two-roll choin driven coal crusher frome is a rigid welded unit made up of plates ond structurol shapes combining lightness with strength. Roll shafts o re carrie d in he avy rigid bearings, with one shaft odjustoble to vory the size of productor to compe nsote for wear. Be hi nd th e adju stabl e shaft bearings, relief springs ore mounted on sleeves, p roviding the necessary re sistance 464 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Pho to 2447 1 A .. Motor d riven ro ll od jus ting mecha nism p ro vi d es ro p id o djuslments o n two -ro ll cho in d riven co al crushe r.
for normal crushing ond olso permitting odjustable roll to move back to ovoid e xcessive shock, should ony foreign material find its woy into the crusher. Crusher rolls are set during man ufa cture to g ive the desired product. lf it is desired later to obtain o different sized product, the roll centers can be chonged to suit. This odjustment may be done by hand , o ratchet ope rated worm gear mechanism, or b y o motor d riven cha in mecho ni sm. Rolls ore of the segmen to ! type, hoving heovy gray iron spiders to which are bo lt e d manganese stee l seg ments.
processing equipment coal crushers
Selection How to select a coal crusher
Screen opening
In determining the size of a crusher and motor, consider the kind of coal to be crushed and the resulting wear on the crusher teeth . Select a crusher of generous size since the wear on the teeth will reduce the capacity and increase the power requirements. Also consider the following: Coal classification Screen opening Capacity Motor horsepower
Coal size is ordinarily expressed in terms of ring size or round screen opening. The equivalen! screen opening for round ond square openings ore listed in Table l .
Table 1
Equivolent screen openings Equivolent screen opening, inches
Coal cla ssification Bituminous coals are usually classed a s hard, medium ha rd and soft. C lassifications of sorne of the more common coal s follow: Hard bituminous coal, such as: West Virginia Splint, Indiana Block, lllinois, lowa, Colorado, Wyoming, Penn Freeport, Kittanning and Cannel.
Motor horsepowe r The a verage horsepower required to crush sized ond run-ofmine coal of the various classes is shown in Table 2. This app lies lo both the single and two-roll crushers. Select motors of ample size to provide for surge or overload conditions.
Medium hard bituminous coal, such as: Tha cker, Panther, Banner, Coalburg, Harlan, Haza rd No. 4 , No. 7 Block and Ohio Hoc king. Soft bituminous coal, such as: Pocahonlas, N ew River, Connellsville, Pittsburgh Nos. 7 and 8, and Youghiogheny.
Table 2 • Ho r se power for single ond two-roll crushers Horsepo wer per ton per hour, crushed cool
Ctossiflcotion of cool
R.ing or round screen size of product, inches
Sized cool 1 1
3A .87 .75 .63
Hard Medium Soft
1 'A
.75 .63 .50
1
1 1
.63 .50 .38
1
1
1 y,
.44 .33 .25
1
2
1
.38 .28 .22
1
3
Run-of-mine cool 4 1 1
5
.31 .25 .19
.25 .19 .12
.19 .13 .09
1
1
6
1
.13 .09 .06
1
1
8
1
.09 .06 .02
Table 3 • Copocity of single-roll crusher, run-of-mine co o l Ring size of
24
crushed product, inches
• l 'A
1 \/2 l Ya
2 3 4
5 6 8
H 14
X
24
s
M 1
16
1
24
1
18
1
H 14
X
30
s
M 1
16
1
1
18
Capacity, ton s per hourÁ Diomeler ond length of roll, inches 24 X 36 30 X 30 30 X 36 30 X 24 1 1 1 Clossiflcolion of cool ond moximum size of lumps in leed, inches 0 H
1
14
M
1
16
118 1 t6 I 18 1 20 l 2Ho 1 22 1 24 2~ s
M
M
s
l
10 20 25 10 25 30 15 30 40 25 35 45 30 45 50 35 25 40 50 30 50 60 40 60 75 45 75 105 50 95 135 70 - - - - -- - - - - -- -- - - -- -- - - - - -- - - - 15 25 30 15 30 35 20 35 45 30 45 55 35 50 60 40 30 50 60 35 60 75 45 75 90 55 90 125 60 110 155 80 - - - - -- -- - - -- - - -- - - - - - - -- -- - - - 20 30 40 25 35 50 30 45 60 35 50 60 40 60 75 50 40 60 75 50 75 95 60 90 110 60 100 140 75 125 175 90 - - - - -- -- -- -- 25 35 50 30 45 65 40 50 75 40 60 70 50 75 100 60 50 75 100 65 95 125 75 110 150 70 130 160 100 160 200 120 -- -- -- - - - 30 50 60 35 65 75 45 75 90 45 75 105 60 90 130 70 60 95 130 75 120 160 90 145 195 105 150 215 130 195 265 155 -- - - - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - 35 55 65 45 70 85 50 85 100 55 85 115 65 110 150 80 65 105 145 85 130 180 100 160 215 115 175 235 150 220 295 180 40 60 70 50 75 90 60 90 105 60 95 130 70 120 165 85 70 120 165 90 150 205 105 180 250 130 190 265 165 240 330 200 45 65 75 55 80 95 65 95 1 15 65 105 140 75 130 175 90 75 130 175 95 165 220 115 195 265 140 205 285 175 255 355 210 50 70 95 60 85 120 7o 105 145 75 135 155 90 165 190 110 95 150 190 120 190 240 145 225 285 155 230 345 190 295 430 235
--
--
--
RPM of 1 Normal ' Max., Normal ' Ma x., Normal 1 Max. , Normal roll 60 100 60 100 60 100 50 Á
s
Upper row a l copocities opplies whe re % of the cool to be crushed 11 is over 3 ring size. Lower row of copocities opplies when 2 3 o l the cool to be crushed is 3" ond under ring si ze.
Copocities ore bosed o n the no rmal roll speeds but moy be increosed
1 Mox.
75
M
s
1 22 1 24
55
70
-115 - -16565 80 130 185 75 90 150 210 90 120 195 240 110 155 225 ,_ -- 300 130 180 265 350 145 200 290 395 155 210 305 425 200 235 350 515
30
1
l
2HO
45 85 50 95 55 105 70 140 85 180 -95 205 100 235 110 245 135 275
X
42
30 X 54
1
1 ~ 1 24s 1~o 1 ~ 1 24s 65 135 75 155 85 175 110 230 130 270 -15531 0 170 335 180 355 230 405
85 190 95 215 105 245 140 280 180 360 -205 410 235 465 245 500 275 600
55 95 65 115 75 135 90 170 105 -235 120 265 130 295 140 315 165 345
80 170 95 200 110 225 135 290 165 -345 195 395 2 15 430 235 460 300 525
95 240
115 280 135 315 170 360 235 480 -265 530 295 595 3 15 640 345 775
, Normal ' Max., Normal 1 Max., Normol I Max. , Normal 1 Max.
50
75
50
75
50
75
50
75
or d ecreosed by chonging the roll speed . Do not exceed the moximum listed speed. • Round screen or ring opening through which 853 lo 903 o l the cool would pass. 0 Clossificotions H, M ond S indico te hord, medium ond so ft.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 465
processing equiprnent coal cru; hers
Selection classes of both sized ond run-of-mine cool. Ali copocities are ba sed on the normal roll speeds listed.
Capacity The copocity of o crusher is the omount of coo l which con be crushed lo o given size, in tons per hour. Capocities will vary depending on lump size ond whether the cool is hord, medium hord or soft ond whether the feed is sized or run-of-mine. Size o f product means the average results obto inable with 85% to 90% of the final product possing through the listed ring or screen size. Fo r cool from which !he smaller sizes hove b een screened, determine the capocity of the c rusher by using os o total the omount of coal removed plus the amount remoin ing, since !he crusher copocities ore bosed on the total tonnoge ordino rily hondled including both smoll ond lorge lumps . The capocity of the single-rol! crushers handling voriou s closses of run-of-mine cool is li sted in Tabl e 3. The two-roll c rusher copo cities are shown in Tables 4 ond 5 for vorious
Example of crush e r selection Select a single-rol! crusher to hondle 60 TPH of hard bituminous ru n-of-mine cool with lumps no! exceeding 20" ond with 2/ 3 of the coal olreody under 3" ring size, crushed down to a product that will be 1 V2 " ring size or less. Solution Refer to Table 3 . A 30" diameter roll is requi red for the 20" lump. Since 2/ 3 of the cool is under 3" ring size, select cru she r from the lower row of copocity figures. By using 1 Vi" coal size and 60 TPH, a crusher with o 30" diometer b y 30" long roll will be adequote. Refer to Table 2. The power required to c rush 60 TPH of hard, run-of-mine cool to o 1 Vi" product equols 60 X .44 = 26.4 HP . A 30 HP motor is recom me nded.
Table 4 • Capa city of two-roll crusher, sized cool Capacity, to ns per hour
Ring size, inches
.A.
Diameter ond length of roll, inches
1
Crushed product
20x18
Mox. leed
1 1 v.
H
3-4 5-6 8 - 10
1
1 M
15 20 30
Roll speed, RPM Crushed product 1
Mox. feed
>;.
3 -4
1
s
M 20 1 2 5 30 35 35 45
1 H
1
20 25 35
251 30 40
130
1
130
1
36x36
30x48
s
5-6 8-10
M 95 75 1 120 95 130 160
M 90 1151 70 1 145 90 11 5 190 125 155
Roll sp eed, RPM
115
110
1 1 v.
1
26x24
1
1
26x30
30x30
1
30x36
1
Clossificotion of coolS>
1
'14
20x2 4
1
H
1
1
1
M 35 45 65
1 H 30 301 40 35 55 50
s
1 H
1
s
1
120
1
36x48
1101 95 140 120 185 165
M 120 150 205
1
110
1 H
1
1
1
s
1
401 55 BO
s
H
1
35 50 65
1
120
1
36x60
1 H 1 M 50 60 551 6 0 75 70 95 80 100
s
M
1 H
1451 180 245 205
255
1
110
s
s
M 45 60 80
1
115
1
36x72
1 H
M 70 90 125
1 H
55
1
70 1 70 90 120 100
s
M
1
115
1
48x48
1 H
s 1
85 110 150
M
s 300
305 122 5
280
335 1200
250
1
100
1
100
1
30x30
1
30x36
Table 5 • Capacity of two-roll c rush er, run -of-mine coal Capacity, ton s per hour .A. Diometer ond length of roll, inches
Ring size of crushed product,
20x18
inches
•
26x24
1
26x30
1
Classificotion o f cool o nd mox.imu;n si ze of lump s, inches ::>
H
6 40 50 60 70
1 •;, 2 3 4
1
... .. . . . .
5 6 8 Roll speed, RPM Ring size of crushed product,
20x24
1
j
H M s 10 1 6 1 8 70 60 55 1 70 70 85 90 80 100 110 95 120
M 8 50 60 75 90
.. . ... ...
1
... ... ...
... . .. ...
.. . . .. ...
30x48
•
1 \/2 2 3 4
14 150 180 215 260
M s H 16 1 18 1 16 190 ¡ 230 130 225 270 160 270 325 190 325 390 230
5 6 8
310 375 450
390 470 560
470 565 670
1
M 18 165 200 240 285
1
466 • L 1 N K - B E L T
20 1 200 240 290 340
''º I"º ¡.. º 330 390
410 490 110
Copoci1ies ore bosed on roll speeds listed. 0 Clossifocotions H, M ond S indicare hord, medium ond soh.
.A.
1 . . .
490 590
H
16 175 21 0 25 0 305 365 435 525
220 1
. . .
1
1
H M s H M s s 14 1 14 1 16 1 18 1 14 1 16 1 18 95 ¡ 120 ¡ 145 11 o 1 1 40 1 170 1 125 150 11 o 140 170 135 170 205 180 135 170 205 165 205 245 215 165 205 245 195 245 295
265
195 235 285
... .. 120
36x48
1
s
105 125 150 180
175
120
36x36
1
H
M 12
H
..
130
inches
11 5
..
s
14 1 10 95 95 120 100 145 120 175 145
170 1 205
135
. .. ...
...
130
Roll speed , RPM 1
1
H s M 10 1 10 1 12 85 65 1 80 100 80 100 120 95 120 145 125 , l 45
1
295 355 420
230 280 335
36x72
1
455 545 655
570 685 820
11 0
11 o
685 820 985
500 600 72 0
625 750 750 900 900 1080
1
355 420 505
48x4a
1
H M S M s H 18 20 1 16 1 18 1 20 1 18 275 , 330 240 1 300 1 360 225 330 395 290 360 430 260 395 475 350 435 520 310 475 570 415 520 625 37 0
455 550 655
295 350 420 115
M H s 18 1 20 1 16 220 265 220 265 320 265 315 380 315 380 455 380 545 655 785
1
115
36x60
1
245 295 355
450 535 645
10 0
• Round screeo or rinq ope· ino through whi·. h 85"o to 9070 ol lhe cool would pass.
1
M 20
¡ 280
s
24
325 390 465
335 390 470 5 50
560 67 0 80 5
670 805 965
100
processing equipment coal crushers
Single-roll coal crushers .-:: - - - - - - -
..,e >-< -
o- ->-<
FLYWHEEL PULLEY
V
Fig. 39 55
Nominol siie of roll, inches Lenglh
Weight complete, pounds
Normol speed of roll, RPM
Normol flywh e el speed, RPM
24 24 24 30
24 30 36 24
7 ,550 8,200 8,850 9,500
60 60 60 50
231 231 231 210
68 \/2 68 \/2 68 \/2 77 '.4
63 63 63 72
\/2 \/2 \/2
30 30 30 30
30 36 42 54
10,000 10,700 11,200 12,350
50 50 50 50
210 210 210 210
77 '.4 77 '.4 77 '.4 77 '.4
72 72 72 72
T
u
Diomeler
1
N ominal size
of roll, inches
s
R
Q
1
1
1
e
B
A
1
o
E
1
1
K
J
...
1
1
1
l
N
p
38 '.4 38 '.4 38 '.4 48
28 o/a 3 1 o/a 34% 30%
48 48 48 48
33 %. 37 'l'1 40 %
M
1
1
1
INCHES
1
'.4
7 7 7 7
\/2 \/2 \/2 \/2
21 21 21 23 '.4
35 35 35 4 1 \/2
30 3/e 33 3/e 36 3/e 32 Ya
3 1 Ya 34 y, 37 \/a 32 Va
38 '.4
43 '.4 43 '.4 43 '.4 49 \/2
'.4 '.4 '.4 '.4
7 7 7 7
\/2 \/2 \/2 \/2
23 23 23 23
4 1 \/2 4 1 \/2 4 1 \/2 4 1 \/2
35 y, 38 \/a 4 1 \/a 47 y,
35 y, 38 y, 41 % 47 %
44 50 56 68
49 \/2 49 \/2 49 \/2 49 \/2
1
'.4 '.4 '.4 '.4
w
V
Diomeler 1 length
47 ~
Al 1
1
1
'.4 '.4 '.4 '.4
z
y
X
1
35 3.4 41 ~
1 47 %
Cl
81
1
1
INCHES
24 24 24 30
24 30 36 24
35 o/a 38 o/a 4 1 o/a 38 y,
30 30 30 30
30 36 42 54
4 1 \/a 44 \/1 47 \/a 53 y,
8 \/2 8 \/2 8 \/2 10 \/2
42 3.4 42 1.4 42 ~
12 12 12
48
12 ~
10 \/2
48 48 48 48
12 3.4 12 3.4
12 \/2 12 \/2 14 \/2
12 ~
12 ~
22 \/2 22 \/2 22 \/2 26
v.
33 33 33 37
11 11 11 12
2 \/2 2 \/2 2 \/2 3 \/2
31 \/2 37 \/2 43 \/2 3 PA6
3 3 3 4
\/2 \/2 \/2 \/2
1 1.4 l '.4 l '.4 1 \/2
24 \/2 30 \/2 36 \/2 24 '.4
27 y, 27 \/2 27 y, 33 '.4
26 Va 26 % 26 % 26 %
37 37 37 37
12 12 12 12
3 3 3 3
\/2 \/2 \/2 \/2
37% 43 % 49 3116 61 %
4 4 4 4
\/2 \/2 \/2 \/2
1 \/2 1 \/2 1 \/2 1 \/2
30 36 42 54
33 33 33 33
'.4 '.4 '.4 '.4
'.4 '.4 '.4 '.4
1
Hove di mensions c ertifi e d fo r instollotion purposes. 4 Ro ll sho lr moy be e xtended fe r feed er drive.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 467
processing equipment coal crushers
Two-roll gear driven coal crushers
A1
X
SPAC ES
B
AT y
Fig. 3954
Nominal size of r oll, inches Diomeler
J
Length
Weight of Rywheel, pounds
Weight comple te, pounds
Norm o l speed of rolls,
A
e
B
1
F
1
1
Oiometer 1 Width
RPM
E
D
1
•
INOiES
G
1
H
1
1
K
20 20 26
18 24 24
900 1000 1300
5000 5400 7500
130 130 120
42 42 52
10 10 10
18 24 24
29 \12 27',4 35 \12 30 ',4 37 \12 32 ',4
29% 32% 34 3.4
6 \12 6 \12 8
25 28 31 ',4
l 24\12 24 \12 29 ',4
20 \12 20 \12 26 3A
6 6 4
26 30 30
30 30 36
1300 1400 1600
7900 9500 10550
12 0 115 115
52 58 58
10 10 14
30 30 36
43 \12 35 ',4 44 y, 36 ',4 50 \12 39 ',4
37 3.4 38 3.4 45 3,4
8 8 8
34',4 35',4 38'.4
29 ',4 35 35
26 3.4 32 3.4 32 3.4
4 4 4
Nominal size o f roll, inches Diometer
Length
20 20 26
18 24 24
1 Ya 1 Ya 5 \11
26 30 30
30 30 36
5 \la 5 5
Á
Flywheel size, inches
p
M
N
33 39 42
l l 'l'a l 1 'l'a 13 3.4
2 \12 13 1 2 \12 13 15% 2
48 49 55
13 3,4 lHí 13 'l'a
15 5..í. l9lJi. l9lJi.
R
s
T
l Ya l Ya l \11
l \la l \la l '.4
21 21 25
1 19 \12 25 \12 24 3.4
l ',4 l \11 l ',4 l \11 l \11 1 l ',4
25 27 27
303.4 303.4 363.4
V
1
W
1 Al
v. v.
1
X
Y
1
2 2 3
8 3.4 8 3.4 6
1 4 3 Ya
4
6 6 6
2 3 Ya 2 3 Y1 3 3/a 1 2
1
Bl
1 Cl
1
01
IN CHES 1
Hove dimensions certifi ed lo r insto llo1ion pu rposes. Roll shoft moy be ext ended for feede r drive.
468 • L 1 N K - B E L T
I
2 2 2
1
4 1
5
1
1 \12 l \12 2
. . .... 4 \12
9 9 6
4 \12 5 \12 5 \11
6 6 6
. ..
..
processing equipment coal crush•s
Type C two-roll chain driven coal crushers
9
A J
~ CENr
- ¡-
81
BEARING
1
RS
F1
16
1
C•
SPACES AT Gl
•
1 )*
C/ L HOPPER
~~~~n::=~~~~::;::::;~!é!~::;::::;~~_Js---1
3¡
---------C~ -·~H~N
-
HOPPER
l
GUARO
K ---
Kl H1 r Y -
¡
~
V
1
Fig. 39 53
Nomino l size of rolls, inches
Oio meter
j leng th
We ight Weig ht o f comple te flywheel, less flywh eel, pounds pounds
Normo l speed o f rolls, RPM
Normo l flywhee l sp eed , RPM
280 280 270 270
24 40 30 46 30 47 1;.. 36 53 'A
F 1
G 1 H K l 1 1
1
M 1
p
N
1
INCHES
v.
670 765 1130 1215
10,500
120 120 115 115
30 36 36 36
48 36 48 60
1375 1610 1610 1625
11,500 13,500 16,500 18,500
115 110 110 110
270 260 260 260
48 36 48 60
36 48
72 48
1815 1625
29,000 29,000
100 100
260 260
72 92 Ya 90 48 66 64
l
V
65 'A 62\12 49 54 52 65 3A 66 64 65 3A 77 Y2 76 65 3A
v.
v.
31 39 'A 3 9 'A 39 'A
8 39 Ya 8 39 Ya 9 >J. 42 Y2 9 % 42 Y2
5 % 11 Ya 9 % 42 4 4 12 1A. 49 12 1,i, 49 4 4 4 4 11 49
Y2 Y2 Y2 Y2
13 13 15 15
13 % 13 13 % 13 Va
15 5A. 28 Y2 15 5A. 28 Y2 19% 29 :y. 19 % 29 3/a
15 19 19 19
13 % 16 % 16 % 16 %
19 3ti4 29 Va 21 Y2 35 15116 21 Y2 35 15A6 21 Y2 37
v.
8 Y2 11 % 60 Ve 18 20% 23 7,i, 45 3A6 8 Y2 11 % 64 Va 26 Y2 2 0 % 28 'A 45 3A6
65 43 9 68 Y2 51 Y2 9
1
Á
s
R
Q
1
1
T 1
u 1
w
z
y
1
1
1
Al
1
81
01
Cl
1
1
El
Fl
1
1
1
Kl
Hl
Gl
1
1
1
INCHES
Oiometer 1 l ength
55
8 8 8 8
1 'A 1 'A 1 'A 1 'A
34 >;.. 37 3A 38 >;.. 4 PA
44 44 44 44
10 10 10 10
32 'A 35 'A 36 39
37 32 'A 38 'A 44 'A
67 56 Y2 68 Y2 80 Y2
8 8 Ya 8 y, 8 Ya
1 'A 1 :y. 1 :y. 1 :y.
47 >;.. 47 53
59
44 58 58 58
10 14 14 14
52 'A 39 !A
95 Y2 10 69 Y2 10
1% 1 y,
69 Y2 54
58 58
26 26 30 30
24 30 30 36
24 27 28 31
30 36 36 36
48 36 48 60
36 48
72 48
E 1
25 y, 5 >;.. 9 % 37 Y2 48 5 >;.. 9 % 43 Y2 48 Va 25 5 >;.. 11 y, 44 Y2 49 31 5 >;.. 11 Ya 50 Y2 49 31
24 30 30 36
7,500 9,500
o 1
26 26 30 30
No mino l size of rolls, inches
6,600
e
8
A
42 48 49
Hove dimensions certifi ed for instollolion purposes.
11 Yi 11 Yi 11 :y.
2 2 1 'A 1 'A
4 Y2 4 Y2 6 6
6 6 6 6
3 4 4
11 :y.
25 24 3A 25 30 >;.. 26 Y2 30 % 26 Y2 36 3A
45 41 47 53
11 :y. 12 12 12
26 Y2 34 Va 34 34 Va
48 3A 36 3A 48 >;.. 60 >;..
1 'A 2 7A4 2 7A. 2 'll6
6 7 Y2 7 Y2 7 y,
6 7 Y2 7 Y2 7 Y2
7
l6 Y2 63 14 1 50
19 3A 19 >;..
36 7 2 3A 48 Y2 49
2 'A 3 'A
7% 7
7 Va 7
10 6
Á
v.
5 5 7 9
6 6 6 6
2 2 2 2
1 Ya 1 1 Ya 1 Ya
6 6 6 6
2 2 2 2
1 Ya 1 y, 1 y, 1 Ya
6 ''A4 2 Y2 2 y, 7
v.
1 :y. 1 Va
Ro ll sholt moy be exte nd ed for fee d er drive.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 469
processing equipment foundry equlpment
foundry For mony y eors, Link-Be lt has suppl ied mechoni zed e q ui p me nt for foundry mode rnizotion ond has kept pace with oll the od vonces in this fleld . Tod oy, Link-Belt is prepo red to meet th e problems resulting from the g reotl y increosed d e monds fo r mor e efficient ope rotion, lower costs ond bette r working cond itions . No two found ries o re re quire d to meet e xoctly the sorne op eroting cond itions or f1t into the so rne physicol limitot ions. Link-Belt, mo nufocturing procticoll y e very typ e o f mo terio ls handl ing e quip ment, is in o uni que position to fu rnish o nd in; toll the correct ty p e fo r ony situo tion. Link-Be lt wi ll build compl e te instollotions, lo rg e or smo ll. Eng ineering speciolists ore ovo il-
• oble fe:..~ Li nk c~rsu 1tot1on ond recommendotions. tory a ra -c::le l;.~~ost e.nginee~i~~ experie nce, bocked by loboro in its <::::> 'N" ' test1ng f?c1l1t1es, operoting e xperience goined compl e »n rnolleoble •ron, gra y iron ond stee l foundries e nti re - : m cn~foc!uring facilities ond the obility to erect th: p roduc ~ ta ll~ t1on, is your ossuronce of o foundry designed to s'lngs o t o p roflt Fo r ~ Ca b · fou nd ry r<:°d outlook on link-Be lt's position in the fleld of tion, m e:> ~ 1u º~,:nt whether it b e son~ ha ndling, sond preporoindu st ry ai •ng, shokeout o r cost1ngs handling r efer to the .Secton, pog es 18 ond 19 of th is coto log.
Molds ore o utomotico lly d ischo rged fro m Tru-Trae mo ld conveyor to ...:::-=~:=~:3,¡'-.J shokeout. This o nd o t he r types o f mo ld conve yo rs con b e faund o n p oge 494. Photo 3 2078
Sond dis tributing belt conveyor far prepored sond showing dischorge plows over molders hoppers. Complete design informo tion en belt conveyors far every purpose is covered in o seporote section, poge 127. Photo 32077
''
\
''..
OISTRIBUTING BELT CONVEYOR ANO MOLOING SANO HOPPERS
TRU·TRAC
Typical foundry installation including two separate mechanized production lines. Both have complete sand, mold and castings handling equip ment.
F19 5322
Torqmount oscilloting conveyor collecting sond ond costings from pollet line shokeout stotions. Oetoiled selection far oscillot· ing conveyors con be faund en poge 236. Photo 32089
Cosfin g tronsfer from shokeout screen to ~pron conveyo r. Shokeout ond other vibrot1~9 equipment suitoble far foundry opplico-
t1ons on poge 405. Photo 32090
470 • L 1 N K - B E L T
processing equipment foundry equlpment
Combining long experience in the design la yout and installation of conventional foundry systems with the compact, performanceproved, shell molding machine and com panion shell closing machine, Link-Belt Company is in a position to offer industry a foundry system adapted to high volume production. Pace setter for the system, the Link-Belt four-station shell molding machine consists of four pattern frames with built-in individual heating e lements carried by turntable, a sand- resin investme nt station, sa nd- resin handling equipment, d rives and controls. Compact design, requiring minimum floor space for both shell molding and shell closing machine, allows extreme fle x ibility to fit existing as well as new installations. Dependa-
bility is assured by proven doy-in, doy-out service. Where thin sectioned, or intricately designed top-qua lity castings having greater dimensional accuracy and smoothness ore desired, the completely automatic shell molding mochine synchronized with the shell closing machine provides the most compact and efficient system ovoiloble when integroted with sond, mold ond casting handling equipment. Further reference to other foundry equipment such os mold conveyors of the cor, polle t or trolley type, belt conveyors, elevotors, shokeouts, oscilloting conveyors, apron conveyors ond sond dryers con be found in the index of this book.
Oscilloting conveyor serves os shokeout, cooling conveyor ond p icking table. For more informotion on this type o f conveyor refe r to poge 236. Photo 38619
Pouring man stands on o moving plotform synchronized w ith on overheod trolley mold conveyor. Poured molds ore cooled on the conveyor while traveling to shokeout stotions. See poge 508 for trolley conveyor in· formotion. Photo 38615
Typ ica l she ll mo ld ing foundry system consisting o f she ll mold ing and she ll closing mach ines integ rated with comple te sand, mold and casting handl ing e quipme nt.
Resin cooted molding sond is prepo red to precise speciflcotions o s required. Fee ding, meosuring ond mixing equipment for most moteriols con be found in lhe index of this book. Pho to 38602
In she ll molding mochine obove, potterns with odhering loyer of resin sond ore locked in exoct locotions in elec· tricolly heoled curing stotions where plostic shell is cured to desired hordness. She ll closing mochine, le ft reor, joins two hot holves of mold. Photo 39502
L 1 N K - B E L T • 471
processing equipment foundry equipment
Shell molding machine operation
O
Sand-resln automatically applled to constant temperature pattern
Potterns ore heoted ond held al o constan! pre-delermined lempero ture through ali cycles by for-infrored heolers in eoch pottern-holding frome. As cycle begins, heoted pottern leoves ejeclor stotion, is sp royed with releosing ogenl ond slop s al investment sto lion where Aosk is lowered over poltern. Flosk-woler-cooled to preven! buildup of mix oround lower edges -is fllled with meosured omount of sond-resin. After pre-determined interval, during which sond-resin is bonded lo desired shell th ickness, !he conneclion from lhe hop per is wilhdrown ond pollern ond Aosk ore rolled over lo dischorge excess mix. This inlervol is !he delermining factor in conlrolling shell thickne ss ... ond moy be v aried to suit ind ividual r equirements.
36943
Sand-resin baked at curing stations to insure shell of desired hardness Po llern, with odhering loyer o f sond-resin, moves lo lhe lwo eleclricolly heoted curing slolions whe re !he plo stic shell is cured by bo king under eleclric heolers lo form o shell of desired ho rdness. Potterns arrive ot oll stations under power ond ore locked in exoct loco tions,
conlribuling greally lo ropid operolion ond uniform shells.
e
Shell mold e jected
l eoving curing stc tions, pattern re-
tur ns lo ejeclor slolion where shell is outomotico lly slripped from !he p o i· tern. After shell is removed p ottern returns to investment sto tion for start
of o new cycle.
36932
Cycle of sand resin Excess sond-resin, dumped from flo sk at investment station ond new mix from
!he Aoor-level mokeup ho pper ore fed lo o buckel elevator. The sond is elevoted, lhen screened, to remove oll shell porlicles, ond relurned lo storoge hopper far recycling. Even, o ccurale distribulion of sondresin on pottern is ossured by vibrating screen ond measuring
chomber which meters corree! omount of mix.
The Link- Belt shell molding machine offers these extra benefits • Compact d esign; requires minimum Aoor spoce. • lncreoses production of sound, topquality castings-even those of intricate, thin-sectioned design.
472 • L 1 N K - B E L T
screen, p roducing a uniform shell. • Individual electric controls pe rmit variation of pattern temperature and investment and curing times. • Patterns can be changed in minutes.
• Positive and accurote pattern indexing, essential to production molding.
• Pre-hea ting af patterns permits immediote production-minimizes downtime.
• Measured amount of sand drops vertically on pattern through vibrating
• Sand can b e loaded al ground leve l; requires less ha ndling.
processing equipment f oundry e qulpment
Shell molding machine specifications Tur ntable • The lurntoble corries four pollerns up lo 20" x 30" for producing lop-quolity precision shells. 11 consisls of four radial orms wilh fromes for supporting the pollerns ond is operoted by o positive indexing drive. These orms pivol al lhe investmenl stotion to dump off excess sond-resin. To ossure positive indexing, pollerns orrive al indexing posilions under power ond ore locked in place. The holding fromes conloin individuolly conlrolled electricol heoting elemenls for moinloining relotively conslonl pollern lemperolure throughoul the entire cycle of operotion. Sand -resln handling • The sond-resin handling syslem consists of o feed ond recloim hopper for receiving the sond-resin; o screw feeder for feeding the sond-resin to the bucket elevotor; o continuous bucket elevotor ond distributing screw conveyor, for delivering lhe sond-resin lo lhe sloroge hopper; o sloroge hopper orronged with o meosuring chomber ond gafe to meter the flow of lhe mix lhrough o vibroling screen, hood ond wolercooled flosk to the pollern; ond on oir-octuoled hydroulic mechonism for rololing pollern ond flo sk. 1 • ~11 ¡
Heatlng equlpment • The pollerns ore he oted by tubular element electric heoters. An extra pollern frome, complete with heoting equipment, is furnished to focilitote ropid potlern chonges. The shells ore cured under eleclric rodionl farinfrored heoters locoted under two bonks of reflectors al the curing stotions. Con trols • The controls provide for complelely outomotic operolion os well os possible manual operotion of eoch porl of the process. A master progrom timer, ond individua l limers control the investment time ond the temperaturc of cach pattcrn heater ond curing heoter.
Shell closing machine The Link-Belt closing mochine is o compocl ond efficienl unil for joining hol holves of the mold, ond operotes in conjunction with the outomolic shell molding mochine. 11 consists of four oir-operoted closing slotions mounted on o sturdy, slructurol steel turntoble ond orronged with individual, odjustoble resin conloiners for opplying resin to holf the mold. To synchronize the two mochines for most efficient operotion, the turntoble of the shell closing mochine is driven through o Link-Bel! variable speed drive . . . with motor storler ond conlrols conveniently orronged for the operotor. High-volume oulput of uniform, high quolity costings is ossured when both mochines ore used.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 473
processing equipment foundry equlpment
Sand revivifiers
Sand i1 a e rated and 1hot m e tal a n d othe r impurities re moved by this high-copocily Sep-Aerotor instolled o s peri of o conlinuous system in lo rge foundry . Pholo 22237
Pre pared sa n d is t hor oughly aerated by this revivif1er befare en · tering molders hoppers. Pholo 38860
Sand revivifiers effectively disintegrate and thoroughly
to cross each other in reaching the discharge opening,
mix, blend, and cool foundry molding sand to produce
thus providing thorough mixing and blending as well as
a uniform, fluffy sand that will ram to a uniform density
additional disintegration.
in molds. Fl owabil ity is thereby assured and ram-offs
ciab ly reduced by the action of the revivifier.
Sand temperature is appre-
e liminated. These l ink-Belt machines, embodying many
Housing construction is of simple and accessible de-
years of experience in this field, are rugged and depend-
sign, having a hinge door al the back of the machine
able and are designed to give long and satisfactory
and access doors on the sides for easy renewal of the rotor blades. A ven! stock connection is provided, al the
service. The link -Bel! revivifier consis ts of a single moving
top of the housing, through which heat is removed.
par!, the rotor shaft, turning in roller bearings which
The link - Belt Sep-Aerator is a revivifier with a modi-
are mounted outside the housing for added protection
fied rotor design and an adjustable plate for shot re-
from dust and grit.
moval with the necessary chutes on either side of the
Sand is introduced over an adjustable flow directing plate at a point directly above th e rapidly revolving blades on the rotor shaft.
Proper contact with these
housing. lt performs th e sorne function as th e regular revivifier in mixing and aerating sand, but in addition incorporales
blades, through adjustment of the flow directing plate,
a separation feature for r emoving shot metal, pebbles
results in maximum aeration and the throwing of the
and refuse which are not caught by the screen or
material toward a discharge opening in the bottom of
magnetic pulley. This latter feature is of particular value
lmpa ct of the sand
in brass foundries where the removal of metallic shot by
with the blades bre aks up lumps and pellets, and the
magneti c attraction is not possible. lt is a high capacity
angular mounting of the blades causes streams of sand
unit, ideally suited for continuous systems.
the housing at the opposite end.
474 • l 1 N K - B E l T
processing equi pment foundry equlpment
Fee d opening equipped with adjustable dire cting piafe
1
Heavy welded steel housing - -----.
~'i!Gicrñ:;S:~;;:;~~~;;;;~rt High speed rotor with re newable paddles
Rotor shaft equipped with self-aligning roller bearing pillow blocks
~--Frame,
motor support and housing welded into one piece
SANO REVIVIFIER
5[] : 2 1
!
z
''
VENT STACK
DIRECTING PLATE ADJUSTMENT
4~10:"------~ 1-0·-
Revivif ier size
1 2 3
4
5
Copocity, tons per hour
20 40 60 80 100
Horsepowe r of
Weight, pounds
o
8
A
1
1
E 1
motor
3
5 7 \/2 10 15
1
F
Fig. 3770
K 1
1
M
1
N
p
R 1
FEET ANO INCHES
1650 1875 2225 2500 272 5
1-6 \/2 1-11 2 -3 \/2 2-8 3-4•,4
1-7 1-11 \/2 2 -4 2-8 \/2 3-4 3.4
2-9 'A 1-5Ya 3-1 ~ 1-7 o/1 1- l l 7A6 3-6 'A 3-10 3.4 2-1 11116 4-7 2-3 'A
1-9 'A 1-11 \/2 2-3 \/2 2 -6 1/.& 2 -91/.&
0 - l lSM O-l 15A6 0-2 'll6 0-2 'll6 0-2 15116
0-2 % 0-2 0 -2 % 0-2 % 0 -4 Ya
v.
2-4 2-5 'A 2-6\/2 2-6 \/2 2-7 \/2
o
0-1 0- 11 'A l-0 \12 1-0 \/2 1-1 \/2
3 -7 3-8 'A 3-9\/2 3-9 y, 3- 10\/2
Hove dome nsoons certofoed for onstallat1on purposes.
L 1 N K - BEL T • 475
parts and package handling
PARTS AND PACKA.G E HANDLING
A Link-Belt trolley conveyo r used in conjunclion wilh o Aot belt inspeclion ond storoge conveyor for handling o rmotures. After inspection, the ormotures ore placed on corriers suspended from the trolley conveyor for delivery to the motor ossembly lines. Such syslems conserve Aoor spoce, ore exceptionolly relioble ond o ssure uninlerrupted production. Photo 30175
contents lntroduction ..... .... ..... .. ... .. .. 47 6 Engineering .......... ..... ..... ... 483 PI o in choin conveyors .... .. ..... .... 484 Pusher cho in conveyors .. . ........... 487 ~orrier
Cost reductions resulting from meteríais handling systems contribute substantially to the successful and economica l operation of modern industry. Conveyors for parts and packages ore used in every step of production-from receipt of row materials through ali stages of manufacturing, packaging, warehousing and shippin g. They provide the means for the high degree of mechanization in these industries. Sorne of the beneflts derived from conveyors and convey or systems inclu d e automatic transportation between operations, timing and scheduling, reauction of inventory, more effective use of Aoor space, and safety . These and other cost reducing beneflts ore realized by huge automotive and appliance plonts that ore often built oround their handlin g systems, and to small manufacturing plants where one or more conveyors can provide important economies.
cho in conveyors ............. 489
Crossbor choin conveyors ............ 491 Slot conveyors ...........
. ..... 492
Pallet-ty pe ond cor-type conveyors .... 494 Flot belt conveyors . . . . . . . .
. ...... 497
Arm and tro y elevators .............. 500 Syntron parts feeders ......... . ..... 506 Trolley conveyors ... ..... . ..... .... . 508 Power and free conveyors ........... 539 Trukvey ors . . .. . ............. . .... 546
476 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Conveyors of vorious ty pes are available for handling peris and packages of proctically any si ze or shape, weighing from ounces to tons. When peris are handled individuolly, they may be carried directly on top of the conveyor or suspended from it by hooks, cross rods, slings or in rocks or trays. When the type of operation requires hand ling of parts in containers such as pons, tole boxes, cartons or tra ys, they too can be carried on or suspended from conveyors. The type of conveyor is determined b y the parts, packages or containers to be handled, the purpose of the conveyor and the conditions of service. Conveyors used primarily for transportation provide the meons for ca rrying parts between mochines, operotions, departments or bu il dings in a Aow
parts and package handling
Plain chaln and pushe r chain canveyo rs provide an orderly ond continuous Row of lumber between sowmill, stocker and drying kiln. These conveyars ore built for continuous service ond require very little moinlenonce. Photo 17176
Crass·bar chaln conveyor being loaded with steel locker doors for possoge through a two-stoge wosher, paint dip tonk ond boking oven. Closely spoced hooks, suspended from the cross rods, pe rmil high produclion in o relotively smoll spoce. Pholo 37204
Push e r ch o ln conveyar, mode of multiple slronds, is used for feeding pulpwood logs through slosher sows in o poper mili. The choins ond pushers are ruggedly conslrucled to provide dependoble doy in ond doy out operation. Phota 20000
Carrler cha ln conveyar, consisling of o universal crescenl Rol top chain, smoothly carries jors of baby cream from fllling machine through cooling oreo, then to capping, lobeling and packing operotions. The jors maintoin their original spocing throughout their trovel. Photo 32626
that is orderly, continuous, ond often autamatic. They are adoptable both to new and existing plants. Often they are the means for converting obsolete plan! layouts to straight line production methods by linking together operations in multi-story buildings ar widely separated oreas. Many conveyors operate overhead, thereby making more floor space available for production machines and reducing floor congestion. While en route on the conveyors, the parts may proceed through such operations as molding, spraying, painting, drying, sorting, assembling, packaging, etc. The timing of severa! of these operations in sequence can be maintained by the conveyors. Inventaries are reduced by conveyors which provide for immediate use of material token from stock, eliminating storage at individual production machines and saving floor space. Damage is reduced by gentle handling, often resulting in elimination of transfers and intermediate inspection sta tions. Safety conditions are improved by using conveyors which eliminate the need to manually handle heavy loads, and the necessity of working in haz· ardous oreas. Sorne of the more important types of conveyors and elevators for handling parts and packages are illustrated in this section. Descriptions of their application are given and in sorne cases engineering data is included for guidance in their selection. Link-Belt engineers are available to assist in the selection and design of conveying equipment for specific conditions-either individual units or completely integrated systems.
Flat b elt conveyo r is used to handle packoges on both horizontal and inclined runs, through tunnel from factory to worehouse ond shipping building. The belt is a raugh top type ond operotes over Rol rollers wilh boll beorings. Photo 33657
link-Belt designs, furnishes and installs complete parts and package handling systems-ossuring the owner of a single responsibility for performance. Laboratory facilities are available for solving complex handling problems.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 477
parts and package handling
Arm elevator automatically p icks up b oles of wool al the se cond floor receiving stotion for delivery to the sixth floor monufocturing d e portment. Such elevotors reduce manual ha nd ling o nd free freigh t elevo tors for other se rvices. Photo 34 161
Power and free conve yo r outo mo ticolly d elivers hogs from cooler rooms to p o rk cutting ta b le in o modern p ocking house. The cutting table consists o f o heovy d uty sial conveyor. Ali conveyors o re designed to meet sonitotion regulotions. Photo 31 4 12
Trukveyor of the in-the-floor typ e is ideal for tronsporting looded p lotform trucks between receiving ond shipping depo rlmenls in this truck freight terminal. Trucks ore eosily engoged or disengoged while the conveyo r is in operotion. Photo 33253
Car- type conveyo r is o highly efficient ond proctico l meons of conveying foundry molds throug h molding, closing, pouring, cooling ond shokeout operotions. The cho in ond rollers ore designe d far continuous perfo rmance under severe operoting cond itions. Pho lo 3659 8
478 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Carrier chain conveyor hondles steel coils from rolling mili to sto roge. The two sturdiiy built stronds of choin hove iorge, heovy duty rollers ond speciol flot top corrying ottochmenls. Photo 37102
parts and package handling
Steel sial con v eyors are used os en economice! ond versotile meons of elevoting and lowering bales of sheet pulp. The boles ore canveyed fro m railrood cors to beoters o r storoge, o r relurned fro m storoge to beoters. Photo 31324
Flat b e lt con vey or ca rries saftwaad lags ta a daublea rm stacker far stock piling. The canveyor is reversible and also hondles reclaimed logs from sto rag e and delivers them ta anather belt conveyor far tronsp o rti ng lo !he g rinding room. Pho to 37 621
Pus her con veyo rs ore porticulorly useful far moving looded dollies between oll slages a f hausehold oppliance manufacture. Moximum praduction is possi ble beca use all peris are under the control of the conveying syslem and are delivered to the proper place on schedule. Pholo 30017
A parts feed er, which does !he work o f mony honds, outomoticolly feeds eroser d iscs in on oriented ond single line position to on ossembly mochine. Such feeders occelerote the output of mochines where duplico te operotions ore required. Photo 530806
Trolley conveyor outomalicolly picks up cortons of percolators far delivery lo worehouse. The lrolley conveyor in lhe background provides overheod sto rage far percolotor bodies between o perotions. This method of gentle handling protects the product. Photo 35476
L 1 N K - B E L T • 479
parts and package handling
Plaln chain conveyors (p age 484) carry the load d irectly on the chain links without any attached au xiliary members. The chains operate on tracks, with the top surfaces of the chain projecting sufficiently above the tracks, to enable various Aat objects to be carried on them. Chains designed especially for this purpose hove additional wearing surfaces on the bottom and may b e provided with peake d or Aat tops. Swivel chains are another form of plain cha in where single or multiple strands will operate in both horizontal and vertical planes. Plain cha in conveyors are widely used for handling such products as boxes, cases, lumber or steel sheets, plates or bars.
Fig. 3893
Pusher chaln conveyors (page 487) hove chains with attachments or lugs fastened to the chain at intervals, so they may push various objects which slide or roll on their own surfaces. This type is used to handle billets, plates, pipes, logs or packages. Pusher chain conveyors are also used for towing objects carried on rollers or wheels, such as dollies or industria l trucks, as in assembly and freight handling operations.
Carrler chaln conve yors (page 489) hove chains with attachments
Crossbar chaln conv eyo rs (page 491) hove
fastened to or cast integrall y with the chain links. The attachments include Aat-top or crescent-top pallets or carriers which present a practically continuous moving surface on which objects can be carried directly. Many other attachments are also available, designed for fastening a dd itional members, such as cradles, flxtures or tra ys, which carry the loads. Applications of these conveyors are numerous for conveying objects in a wide range of sizes, shapes and weights and in operations such as assembling, processing and cool ing.
two strands of cha in separated by cross rods at specifled intervals. Parts or packages may be sus:pended from the cross rods or they may be pushed along a trough by the cross rods. Many arrangements hove been d eveloped to handle a wide va riety of parts and packages. When the parts are suspended from the cross rods the conveyors are used for dipping, cleaning, painting and drying applications.
480 • L 1 N K - B E L T
parts and package handling
Slat conveyors (page 492) consist of closely spaced slats fastened to one or more strands of chain. The slats are the load carrying members and may be made of wood or metal to suit a wide variety of objects. The chains are usually equipped with rollers. These conveyors operate over horizontal or inclined paths, or a combination of these paths. They are extensively used throughout industry to provide an orderly Aow of products for processing, assembling or distribution.
Pallet-type and car- type conve yors (page 494 ) are for carrying large, heavy and otherwise d ifficult-to-handle loads and are used in foundries, steel mills and similar p l ants. Cars or pallets are attached to and moved by an endless chain over a path which may include curves. The cars hove wheels which run on tracks, and the pallets slide on rails or move over a series of rollers; the chain in either case supplies the motion without sustaining the weight of the load. Such heavy loads as poured molds or hot coils of steel, can thus be conveyed with ease and safety.
Arm and tray elevators (page 500) are used to elevate
Flat belt conveyors (page 497) are used in transporting, distributing, assembling and processing various objects of moderate weight. They may be operated up or down slopes as well as horizontally. The carrying run may slide on a Aat deck or trough, or operate over closely spaced idlers. Flat belt conveyors provide a smooth path of travel and gentle handling.
and lower many types of packages and objects such as barreis, boxes and rolls. Arm elevators can be inclined or vertical and hove ::~~~§!~ projecting arms attached et intervals to two strands of chain. They pick up the load on the ascending run and discharge over the head end. Troy elevators are of two vertical types: The multiple troy elevator shown has trays freely suspended et intervals between two strands of chain. lt picks up the load on the ascending run from one Fig. 3899 or more points and discharges from the descending run et various stations. The single troy elevator has a t roy A rm elevator mounted between two strands of chain operating in a single vertical path for raising or lowering a load from one elevation to another. This type can also be built with a cable hoist.
Syntron parts feeders (page 506) Parts feeders consist of bowls with spiral tracks, operated by electro-magnetic drives, which provide automatic, oriented, single line feeding of small parts to automatic assembling machines or other automatic processing equipment. These feeders may include supply hoppers and gravity feed tracks with integral escapement devices to increase their operational scope. Transfer and storage parts feeders consist of spiral or helix tracks operated by electro-magnetic drives for automatically feeding small parts. They receive parts at one level from one machine and discharge them automatically and in an oriented position at another level to a second Transf er and storage Spiral feeder 6189 Fig. Parts feeder parts feeder machine. When acting as a transfer feeder, the helical track and bowl provide adequate space to store parts which is advantageous when feeding from a slow primary to a fast secondary operation. Spiral feeders elevate or lower small parts or bulk materials at a controlled rote. They consist of spiral ramps operated through a vibratory motion obtained by a high speed electro-magnetic drive. Spiral feeders are advantag eously used for cooling the product or material being handled.
L 1 N K - B E ( T • 481
parts and package handling
Tr olley conve yors (poge 508) consist of on endless power d riven strond of choin suspended from on overheo d trock by boll beoring trolleys hoving loa d corrying ottochments. A greot voriety of po rts, components ond ossem b lies con be hondled b y the use of many types ond kinds of hooks, rocks, tro ys, boskets or buckets suspended from the trolley ottochments. As a tronsportation med ium these conveyors hove olmost unlimited possibilities of handling copocity ond flexib ility of path. They can operate over greot d istonces, up and out of the woy, ond the poth of trovel con wind and bend in the horizontal plone o nd d ip ond rise in the vertical plone to suit simple or complex layout require ments.
Power and free conveyors {poge 539) ore o com binotion of a powered trolley conveyor ond a seporate free tra ck system su pporting load-carrying trolleys. Trolleys on the powered conveyor ore equipped with pushers thot engoge ond propel the load corrying trolleys. When required, the load carrying troll eys ore monuolly or outomoticolly switched from the power o nd free trock system to od jacent free tracks where they moy be propelle d manua lly or by grovity. In like monner, they can be re-entered into the power and free track system. Switching is accomplished without stopping the powered conveyor. Lifts ore provi ded when required on a portian of the free trock to roise or lower it together with loa d-corrying trolleys to other free trock or work station elevotions. Power ond free conveyors ore used extensively in production operotions whe re work must be stopped, stored, recirculated or dispotched.
---------
~~
· ~-.'=!-l~ j ~ ln-the-floor Trukveyor
Overhead Trukveyor
Trukveyo rs {poge 546) ore of the in-the-floor ond overheod types. ln-the-floor Trukveyors consist of on endless power driven strand of cho in with ball beoring id le rs ond specio l pushers spoced ot intervols to e ngoge ond tow four wheel plotform type lood-corrying trucks over o given poth. The conveying medium is locoted directly below o slot in the floor. Trucks ore fltted with towing pins thot ore lowered through the slot to engoge the pushers. Trucks ore easily engoged o r disengoge d while Trukveyor is operating. Overheod Trukveyors ore trolley conveyors with troll ey ottochments spoced ot intervols to engoge truck mounted mosts or far connecting chain slings ottached to trucks. On both types, trucks moy remoin engog ed whil e objects ore p laced on or removed from trucks ot vorious points or moy be d isengo ged os desired. Trukveyors hove o wide ronge of o pplicotions far fre ight handling, worehousing, ond in monufocturing operations, where loods vory widely in size, shope ond weight.
482 • L 1 N K - B E L T
parts and package handling
Engineering Selection of conveyors best suited to the needs of o given opplicotion requires coreful considerotion of mony factors, so rne of which follow: Size, weig ht ond shope of objects Copocity Meth od of looding and unlooding Poth Monn er of handl ing Size, weight and shape of objects Light objects ore reodily hondled on flot belt conveyors ond on light choin conveyors. Trolley conveyors con be used for heovy and light objects. Heovy objects require heavy choin conveyors, slat ond pallet-type conveyors ond orm ond troy elevotors. Sorne ports, such os smoll nuts or woshers, moy be hondled in bulk. For such ports, conveyors for bulk moterials can be used, or parts moy be pul in contoiners or polletized and handled as objects. The size of the conveyor must obviously be adequate to accommodate the size of t he object being handled. In addition, such items as will not stand on a conveyor in stoble equilibrium must hove orms or fixtures on which they con be placed, or hooks from which they con be suspended. Capacity In the case of objects which are handled in bulk, the capacity requirements are figured in cubic feet per hour or tons per hour. Otherwise, the capaci ty requirement is determined by the number of pieces to be handled and the spoce required for each piece. Thus, the speed of the conveyor in feet per minute is the number of pieces per hour divided by 60, times the space in feet required for each piece. This must include adequate cleoronce between pieces to allow for worki ng spo ce, surges in flow of parts or ordinary clearances required for the placing of the objects, swinging, or foreshortening at bends and curves. In general, the following formulo will opply: + CI s NIL60 wh e re S = speed of co nveyor in feet per minute number of pieces per hour whe n placed N in a single longitudinal row. This factor requires consideration when more than
one piece is placed across width of conveyor. dimension of object measured long itud in ally along conveyor, in feet e = minimum permissible clearance between objects on conveyor, in feet
l
= maximum
Should this speed be beyond thot recommend e d for the conveyor selected, or be greater than will allow satisfoctory handling on and off the conveyor, more conveyo rs or other equipment must be used. Method of loading and unloading Whi le loading and unloading may not alwoys directly influence the selection of a conveyor, it is still an important consideration. lf the object must be loaded ond unloaded by ho nd , heavy lifting can often be avoided by hoving the conveyor pass at the most convenient height or working level. On the other hand, conveyors lend themselves read ily to methods of automatic load ing and unloading. Mechan ical means can usually be devise d for plocing objects on and removing them from a conveyor, eliminating the human effort altogether. These things may affect the path, speed, economy or other factors and thus, indirectly influence the choi ce of a conveyor. Path The conveyor path, whether simple, irregular, monoplane or multiplane, has a definite bearing on the selection of the proper type of conveyor. Many conveyo rs will operate in a single plane, while others ore well ada pted to multiplane service. The angle of inclination to the horizontal frequently determines whether the conveyor requires flights or will properly transport its load without them. Careful consideration should be devoted to the physical restrictions and the locations of the stations to be served when deciding upon the typ e of conveyor to employ. Mann er of handling The manner in which objects are handled is a very importan! considerotion, and very lorge ly determines the choice of conveyor. Table 1 lists general considerations given to handling objects and will be found valuable in a preliminary anal ysis. For detailed ond accurate considerotion of oll problems involved, it is best to consult experienced engineers . For dependable recommendation s, consult Lin k- Belt.
Table 1 • Conveyors for parts and packages Manner af handl ing
Obiects
Po rls or objects which are besl handled in bulk
Bolts, nuls, rough objects such os small castings
Parts or objects which must be handled gently
Bottles, cases, finished parts, small packages
Heavy objects which must be set or placed on conveyo r
Bales, barreis, b oxes, erales, drums, molds, rolls of paper, sacks, steel coils, steel tubes, lumber
Parl s, objects, or pans, rocks or trays of parls which are best handled by suspending Objects which are best handled by towing
La rge castings, forgings , parts, stampings
machined
Cars, dollies, pallets, trucks, wagons, raíl road ca rs
Types of canveyors which con be used Apron conveyors, belt conveyors, interna! discharge bucket elevators, drag conveyors, oscilloting conveyors, parts feeders . See conveyors for bulk materials Flat belt conveyors, flat top chain conveyors, carrier cha in conveyors, cross-bar chain conveyors, swivel cha in conveyors, trolley conveyors, parts fe eders Arm and troy elevators, plain chain conveyors, carrier cha in conveyors, sla t conveyors, cartype cha in conveyo rs, pallet-type cha in conveyors, trolley conveyors Trolley conveyors, cross-bar chain conveyors Haula ge machines, pusher cha in conveyors, Trukveyors, trolley conveyors
L 1 N K - B E L T • 483
parts and package handling plaln chaln conveyors
plain chain conveyors
Mony objects ore odopted to tronsportotion on o system of ploin choins without requiring ony corry ing medium other thon the choin itself. lt is possible to present only typicol exomples of such opplicotions, illustroting o few of the uses of ploin choin conveyors, to show the possible economy of spoce ond Aexibility of poths. Link- Belt, with its complete lines of choins ond drives ond its yeors of experience in monufocturing ond instolling such equipment, is well quolified to moke relioble recommend otions on choin conveyor problems.
Transferring bas kets of cans from two cooling tonk s to floor level, these two conveyors in lcrge ccnnery use rugged combinction chcin. Pho to 3154 0
feedlng truck bodles to three -strcnd cutcmctic trcnsfer conveyor, these storage conveyors use b ushed r oller ch c in. Photo 374 21
484 • L 1 N K - B E L T
parts and package handling plaln chaln conveyors
Feeding exp ort boxes to hydraulic lift tables in autamotive plant, this faur-strand canveyar uses bushed roller chain. Six-strand delivery conveyor, using bushed roller choin, receives baxes from hydroulic lift. Photo 37425
Dellver lng can• of salmon from mechanlzed packlng Une lnto trayf by feeder-conveyor using bushed roller choin, Photo 3 4 3 8 1
Movlng pulpwood 10111 to barklng drum, this sixstrond conveyor uses Log Lugge r cha in. Photo 35292
L. 1 N K - B E L T • 485
parts and package handling plaln chaln conveyors
Handling 2 80 mm. shells from drow furnoce , lhis cooling conveyor use s double-slrand Rivelless cha in. Photo 37 4 62
Corrying sheets of stalnless steel ta ann eallng furnace , this four-strand bushed roller choin conveyor feeds sheeh to special fou r-strand co mbination chain conveyor within furnace . Photo 3 4306
Movlng cants from unsultable logs from sawmlll to kroft mlll, this inclined drag conveyor use s four slrands of durable p inlle chain. Pholo 36927
486 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Tronsferrlng mllk coses from processing llne, this conveyor use s single ·slrand swivel chain. Photo 35770
parts and package handling pusher chaln conveyors
pusher chain conveyors
When an article or part can slide or roll, or be moved on rollers or wheels, the most economical method of conveying it in a deflnite path is frequently a pusher chain conveyor. These conveyors consist of one or more endless strands of chain with suitable attachments to push the loads. The choin itself does not carry the load. Whatever type of pusher chain conveyor is indicated, Link-Belt can give expert guidance in its selection. Transfe rrlng hot sla bs on lronsfer to ble equipped with 12" pltch chains with casi sleel tilting dogs every 1 O feet, operating al 60 feel per minute. Photo 32485
Caollng h o t p ip e on rack conveyor in large pipe mili. Conveying modium consish of twelve endless strands of malleable iron pintle chain with H2 pusher allachmenl every second link. Pholo 31 084
Car rylng g r oundw ood l a gs fro m Aume to revolving table feeder, this jack ladder conveyor consists o f twa strands of cha in wilh K17 casi sleel pushers with rollers every twelfth pitch. Pholo 37166
L 1 N K - B E L T • 487
parts and package handling pusher chain conveyors
Fe e d ing Ice into Llnk-Belt dockmounted refrigerator car ice r p ickup trough , this conveyor uses o single strand of bar link choin with 8 5 pusher oltachments. Photo 38381
¿~1~~~ ~ ~._
Delive ring hardwood to barker and chipp er, this inclined conveyoruses combination cha in with S 1 attachments at intervols. Photo 37953
488 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Transferrlng pipe fro m lnsp ectlon d epartment to cut-off in p ipe mili, this conveyor uses bushed ro ller cha in with M ottachments. Phota 35943
parts and package handling ca rrler cha ln co nveyora
carrier chain conveyors
Carrier chain conveyors of numerous types handle many kinds of objects, parts and packages of various sizes, shapes and weights. They are used on virtually unlimited applications for efficient and economical handling of materials and are frequently the solution to the ever increasing demands for more continuous automated production. These conveyors are built with attachments either connected to or integrally a part of conveyor cha in, forming a carrying medium for an individual part, or a continuous surface, as may be required. They are built in a wide range of types and sizes incorporatin9 special designs for handling various objects from medicinal pills to 70,000-pound coils of strip steel.
Movln9 b eer cans thr augh processln9 lin e of lorge brewery, this flot top choin conveyor o ssures uninterrupted production through capping machines. Photo 38502
Carrier chain conveyors are particularly adapted to such automat ed continuous processing operations as assembly, bottling, dry ing, cooling and food handling.
Hot str ip co ll Is hondle d on e nd on this double strand chain conveyor to side-d ischarge downtilter equipped with grovity rollers. Photo 35647
J
Transferrln9 strip coll to sheor line entry point, this choin conveyor with saddle top attachments handles coils weighing up to 40,000 pounds. Photo 34715
L 1 N K - B E L T • 489
parts and package handling carrler chaln conveyors
H e avy pap er rolla are conveyed to skip type lowerer by this chain conveyor equipp e d with o continuous line o f soddle top carrier ottochments. Photo 36008
Carryl ng huak ed corn from husk er ta cutter . Corn is insp ected , trimmed ond d oub le-washed en ro ute. Conveyor consists of two strand s of roller choin with bronze-bushed, water-light rollers. Photo 36674
Pauenger cars are dellvered to this fl nol ossembly line flot top conveyor by two-strand choin
conveyar. Photo 37417
490 • L 1 N K - B E L T
parts and package handling cro ssbar chaln conveyo rs
crossbar chain conveyors Crossbor choin conveyors ore used in mony monufocturing plonts for moving ports ond pockoges through processing operotions, through shops ond between deportments. Crossbor choin conveyors consist of two stronds of choin sepo roted by cross rods, from which the object to be conveyed is suspende d or held by crodles or fl xtures. They ore reod ily adoptable to inclined poths ond hove been successfull y opplied to p rocess operotions in industries such os outomotive, furniture, opplionce monufocturing, meot pocking, foundry, steel, pulp ond poper ond mony others. When used on crossbor choin conveyors standard choins ore generolly furnished in motched ond togged stronds with speciol ottochments ossembled to meet mony requirements.
Painte d m e tal parts are passe d thraugh Industria l palnt dtylng a ven by this conveyor, which uses two stro nd s of bushed choin. Pho to 37207
Wlr e 1helv e1a re conveyed th r ough d ipplng operatlon by crossbor choin conveyor. Shelves ore suspended from cross· bors otloched to lwo stro nds of pintle choin. Photo 21 561
Paulng p alnt 1pray ed panela u n d er lnfra -red lampa for drying, this conveyor uses double-strond pre ,ision sleel roller choin with steel crossbors al intervals. Photo 25 113
L 1 N K - BEL T • 491
parts and package handling sla t conveyors
sla'I conveyors
Handling pack a g e d m e ats, this mople slo t
conveyor o peroles in cold sloroge room of lorge meol po cking plont. Photo 34365
Slot conveyors ore built with corrying memb e rs of wood or metal slots ottoched to o single or doub le strond of choin. In odd ition to conveying operotions they moy be used os o troveling work table, or o combinotion of the two. Mony kin ds of p orts ond pockoges con be corried, light, heovy or bulky, on inclines os well os on the horizontal. Slots con be designed ond shoped to suit the orticles to be hond led . Slot conveyors con be opplied o dvontogeousl y to obtoin o steody, orderly Aow of moterio ls thru o plont, eliminoting confusion, p romoting efficiency ond effecting importont so vings in handling expense. Short pitch steel or mo ll eoble iron choins ore used for corrying smoll orticles; longer pitch steel cho ins ore use d on long conveyors ond for conveyors corry ing lorge or heovy orticles. For ossembly conveyors ond other opplicotions where exceptionolly smooth operotion is essentiol, cho ins with flnished rollers ond cut tooth sprockets ore recommended. Loadin g or unloading ma il and b aggage, this siot conveyor oper-
otes on o 36-degree incline. Eight conveyors of this type service one of the world's lorgest possenger ships. Photo 38043
Unlaading pin e apples into bulk stora g e a t ca n nery, this slol conveyor is 128 feel long
ond con store up to 42 tons of fru il, Photo 32814
492 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Front sea t cush ions a re a ssemb led on this long slot conveyor, octing os o tro veling work table in new outomotive ossembly plant, Photo 37 418
parts and package handling slat conveyors
Types ·"",
i ! i 1 1
i
p·- - - - - - - -- - - ------ - - - -
_j
1
Slat canveyor with waaden slats operating on angle track, for handling packaged materials and similar articles. Light weight is combined with Figure 3507 sturdy construction.
Sial canveyor, built of a single slrand of chain with cla se fitting sleel slots, forming o continuous moving work table suitoble for various light objects. Figure 3508
Sial conveyor with chain on edge for recirculating opplications. This carousel design, suitable only for light loads, can take any number of horizontal paths. Figure 3 509
Slat conveyor with chain an edge and a slationary working shelf an both sides for light loads for
Sial conveyor with wooden slots sliding on ong le !rock ond cross ongles, for corrying light p ockoges up on inclined palh. Figure 3511
Sial conveyor wilh waoden slats, cenler supporting roller and single slrand of chain for carrying bags, boxes, etc. Figure 3512
which o narrow carrying element is suitoble.
Fig ure 351 O
Sial conveyor wilh sleel slats having lo ngitud inal depressions for carrying heavy ro lls of paper, oil Figure 3513 d rums, e le.
Sial conveyor of channel construction with T-rail track and wilh cenler roller ru nning on 1-bea m for wide, heavy packages. Cross angles preven! backFigure 3514 sliding on inclines.
..., ,•'
Sial conveyor of channel conslruction wilh lengthwise ridges for carrying coils of sleel, ail drums and other heavy cylindrica l objecls. Figure 351 5
. ..
Slat conveyor using dauble line o f w id e chain wilh heavy sleel slats flush with floor for assembling automobiles, lrucks, tractors, etc. Figure 35 16
Sial conveyor for mea! packing line. Slats a re lurned up a l e nds lo form continuous pan. G uard rails along !he sid es prolecl workmen. Figure 3517
L 1 N K - B E L T • 493
parts and package handling pallet-type and car-type co n v eyo rs
palle•-•ype and car-•ype conveyors
Tru-Tra c ca r-t y pe mol d co nveyor with moving operotor's plotform for conlinuous pouring opero tions. Photo 36392
Link-Belt poliet- type ond cor-typ e conveyors provid e on excelient medium for tronsporting salid or pockoged orticles, contoined bulk mo teriols, ond loase ob jects w hich con be eosily placed on or removed from the conveyor. Designs ore ovoiloble for light, medium or heovy loods ond for monoplone or multiplone operotion over o wide voriety of poths. Conveyors con be built in o voriety of designs ond types to suit most oppl icotions. These Link-Bel! conveyors ore extensively used in foundries, steel milis, poper milis ond similor industries for corrying molds, coils of strip steel, rolis of poper ond o voriety of simil or orticles. In mony instonces they con be orronged for o utomotic looding and unlooding to synchronize with other conveyors or processing equipment. N umerous designs of cors ond poliets can be furnished to accommodote porticulor requirements. The two ty pes ovoiloble to meet the needs of most industries are: roliing poliet-type conveyors ond Tru-T roe cor-type conveyors.
Rolling pallet-type conveyors
,.
===='1'1L
.Jr=1 Rolling pollel·lype conveyor for corrying molds in o lorge foundry, with one o f the grey iron p ollets removed to show !he sleel cho ssis with inverted T-roils, rollers ond conveyor cho in. Photo 2 1 0 4 3
494 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Cross section of o rolling pollel·lype conveyor, showing !he olloy iron pollet, the Rivetless choin with ex· tended p in ottoched to the steel chossis mounted on T-roils, ond the fixed suppo rting roller. f ig. 4223
The Link- Belt rolling po ll et-type conveyor consists of o series of pollets or troys rollin g over boll or roller beoring rollers mounted in the supporting frome. The po ll ets ore ottoched to ond p ropelled by on endless strond of r ivet less or steel roller choin operoting in guides ot one side of the roller frome. The convey or is driven b y meons of conventiono l enclosed geor drives through a lorge diometer cerner sprocket to ossure smooth operotion. Since olf mochinery is obove Aoor level, pits ore not required.
parts and package handling pallet-type and ca r-type conveyors
Tru-Trac car-type conveyors The Link-Belt Tru-Trac car-type conveyor is monufactured in severo! sizes for handling light, medium or heovy loods. lt consists of o series of roller-supported cars propelled over o sup porting trock by means of o long pitch stee l roller choin.
,--, 1 1 1
1 1
1
1
!
The car design is of rugged constructi011 consisting of a top plate supported by a chassis which in turn incorporates the oxtes and ball or roller bearing rollers of substontial diameter and capacity. Chassis axles are rigidly attached to individual pitches of the conveying chain, which acts os o wagon tongue to hold the axles in a radial position on curves and return them to a position normal to the tracks on straight runs. Top plotes can be hinged and cam-operated for automatic dumping to either or both sides of the conveyor. Supporting tracks and guides for the propelling chai ns extend the full length of the conveyor and assure true al ignment and operntion of the ca r chassis through the guiding action imposed upon the conveyor chain. Since all axles are maintained in occurate alignment with the track on both the straight ond curved portions, sidew ise sliding is elimi noted and roller wear reduced to a minimum.
Pholo 22552 .. Tru· Trae eor-type eonveyor with four·wheel ehossis. Top piole removed to show eho ssis ond ehoin.
Photo 28521 . . Genero! view in o molleoble iron foundry , showing lhe Tru· Trae ear.type eonveyor which eorries vorious lypes of molds over o mulli· plone poth. Such eonveyors ore odapted lo a wide voriety of poth s.
Fig. 4222 Cross section of o heovy design Tru-Trae eor-type eonveyor with top piole supported by rollers on the oxle sholt. Cor wheels ore positioned on the roil by the eonveyor ehoin operoling in ong le guides.
Photo 29944 .. Tru·Troe cor-lype conveyor with two-wheel ehossis ond h inged top piole for outomolie unlooding.
Pholo 28523 . . One of the top pioles ol o Tru-Troe eor· lype eonveyor in !he process of being outomotieolly tilted lo dischorge molds onlo o shokeout screen. Operotion of this meehanism requires no ollendanl.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 495
parts and package handling palt e t - type and car- type co nveyors
Tru-Trac car-type conveyors /l /'
/ ..............
/
I
/
¡,
!/
I
/ I
./
.
]
/ /! !/
// //_/
.
,, .... <' ' \ ~
~ \\
\
\\
\
\ \ \
\
\\
\,.
\
\
\
Fig. 4221 Tru-Trae ear-lype conveyor with divided top plate, showing how both halves may be tilted, far use where d iseharge is req uired on both sides simultaneously. Fig. 4224 Cross seetion of a Tru· Trae ear-type conveyor, designed so that the top plate may be tilled by a eam to diseharge !he load.
Conve yor fo r coils
The Tru-Trac car-type conveyor for hand ling coils is made in various sizes to suit coil diameters and loads. lt can operate overa path that includes many curves or slopes without transferring coils from the initial position on the car until they reach the fina l unloading point. This type of conveyor is particularly suitable for carrying hot strip coils from coile r to storage over irregular paths and where it is desirable to utilize the greater portian of the conveyor length for storage and cooling purposes. The top plate is constructed of heavy steel plates and beams with broad bearing surfaces for supporting the coils, and is carried on a chassis that is fitted with axle shafts and large diameter ball or roll er bearing wheels. Axle shafts and chassis are rigidly connected to the con veyor chain. The chai n rollers guide the axles around the path, assuring true rolling of the wheels, without sliding, as the axles are constantly held on the true radius of every curve and normal to the straight track sections. long pitch steel ro l ler chain is employed and can be arranged with swivel joints for multiple plane service. Carrying attachment conveyors may also be used for handling coils. Orives
The Tru -Trac car-type conveyor is driven by means of a booster type drive. This drive is made up of a short pitch, precision finished steel roller chain, which , because of its short pitch , operates over relatively small diameter sprocket wheels to conserve space but with sufficient teeth to give smooth conveyor operation without pulsation. The chain is fitted with roller equipped dogs operating on tracks so designed as to engage and disengage the main conveyor c hain without shock and with at least one dog always definitely pushing on the main conveyor chain . 496 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Photo 31086A .. A Tru-Trae ea r-ty pe eanveyor al a mode rn slee l mili, 1,000 lee! long , handling 11 ,000-paund eails of hol stri p steel.
With this type of drive, the main conveyor chain is not required to articulate where the ma ximum chain load is applied; thus reducing wear on the main conveyor chain while allowing higher safe operating loads. For long conveyors or where loads are excessive, additional booster drives may be used to keep within safe operating loads. The link - Belt Electrofluid d rive proves most satisfoctory for multiple booster drives , as each drive is automatically synchronized to pick up its proportionate share of the load. The driving equipment is protected by the cushioning effect of the flu id coupling incorporated in this drive. Alternating current moto rs may be used, as the Electrofluid drive assu re s a fixed high starting torque with overload protection and gradual pick-up of the load.
parts and package handling flat belt conveyors
fla• bel• conveyors Flat belt conveyors are used to conveniently and economically convey parts, packages, bags or boxes in a wide range of sizes and weights. These conveyors are easily adapted to the continuous movement of materials during manufacturing or for conveying to storage or shipping departments. Flat belt conveyors increase production, coordinate allied departments, eliminate damage to material, reduce handling and lower manufacturing costs. Link-Belt, with its comp lete line of light and heavy duty conveyors, will recommend the equipment best suited for the job.
Cores are transferred to operator by Aa t belt conveyor. Operotor places cores on boking oven looding pollets. Photo 38531
Llve roll tronsfer conveyor d ellvers logs to sortlng flat b elt conveyor ot lorge poper plant. Photo 37443
Deliverlng pulpwood logs to stockplles, this 2300-foot long Aot belt conveyor is equipped with heavy duty Aat roll idlers. Photo 35726
L 1 N K - B E L T • 497
parts and package handling flat belt conveyors
Handling packaged furnitur e fram factory floor to warehouse , this flat-roll rough-top belt conveyor o p era les through underground tunnel. Photos 33656 ond 33655
Flat- roll Inclinad b e lt conve yor handling baslc materials use d In che w lng gum manufacture, from cold storoge to hommermill crushers. Phota 35109
498 • L 1 N K • B E L T
Handling hogged fuel, chips , refuse, a nd cants from sawmill to plont, these flat belt conveyors form a simple, efficienl, and time-saving conveying system far this veneer plont. Photo 374 7 6
parts and package handling fla t b elt co nveyors
Types /[ l '
1
1 1
1
1 1
!~
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
1
1 c!:::::=:1!=i
1
1 1
1
1
1
1 1
1 1
1
1
1 1 1
c::d.,,
Jllf
1 1
1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fig. 3946 Flot belt conveyor with b el! slid ing on sleel bed for handling light ports ond pockoged ma te rial. Side guords retoin the material on the bel!.
,, 1
1
1 1 1
1
=tb=o
Fig. 3947 Flot belt conveyor with bel! sliding o n wo od b ed combined with o work opron used for handling ports during manufacture or ossembly.
Fig. 3948 Flo t b e lt conveyor with combinotion ste e l bed ond occosiono l idle rs for hand ling heovie r ports ond pockoges where comporoti ve ly smooth o ction is desiroble .
Fig . 3950 Flot b elt co nveyor constructed the som e os Fig. 3949 except thot the side supports form guords which help to retoin the material on the belt.
Fig. 3951 Flot bel t conveyor with belt sl id ing on stee l bed with cross cleots to prevent bocksl id ing of peris being corried up inclines. Side g uords olso help to retoin porh on the bel!.
l ll\ 1 1 1
1 1 1
1!1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
1 e:~ ~
Fig. 3949 Flot bell conveyor with belt operoting over idlers far corrying heovy ports or pockoges. The size o f idler ond be oring con b e mode to suit o wide ronge o f loods.
Engineering Link-Belt flat belt conveyors are built in two general types; those with belts sliding on wood or steel slider beds, and those with belts opera ting over straight ball or roller bearing idlers. The (alter is the preferred type, although sliding belt conveyors are most frequently used where the loads are light, where the belt must be continuously supported, and where the co nveyor lengths and speeds are not excessive. For the selection of a flat belt conveyor for parts and packages, it is necessary to g ive careful consideration to the following factors: Path of conveyor Speed of bel t Width of belt Load on conveyor
The mínimum width of belt musl be as great as, or greater than the ma ximum dimension of the largesl objecl lo be handled. By ma ximu m is meant the dimension a cross the corners, if the object is likely not to be p laced squarel y on the belt. Two or three-ply bells may be used on narrow, shorl cenler conveyors carrying very light objects. Otherwise four-ply bells should be considered mínimum.
Path of conveyor
Load on conveyor
A flot belt conveyor for handling parts and packages may be operated over varied paths, simila r to those of bulk material co nveyors . Limitations to the angle of incline, however, are determined by the angle a l which backsliding occurs. Should the required incline be greater than the angle al which backsliding occurs, cross cleats of wood or steel can be mounted on the belt.
For purposes of making a recommendation it is necessary to know the maximum load to be carried on the belt al a ny one time.
Speed of belt The speed of the bel t is determined b y the si ze of the parts to be carried and the number to be handled per unit of ti me .
Con sideration must be given to the speed with which these parts can be handled a l points of loading and discharge. Obviously, the capacity cannot be greate r than the least of these. Speed should not exceed 100 feet per minute for sliding belts or 250 feet per minute for belts operating on idlers.
Width of belt
Recommendations Given adequate descriptions of the conditions a nd requiremenls, and the facto rs mentioned above, complete and carefully engineered recommenda tions a re a vailable. Link-Belt's un· equaled backg round and experience in the ha ndling of mole· rials is applicable to flat belt conveyors for peris and packages. For your requiremenls, consult Link-Belt.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 499
parts and package handling arm and tray elevators
Arm and troy elevators and lowerers are used to transport packaged materials and objects of various shapes between floors of warehouses and other multistoried buildings, and can be furnished in a variety of sizes and designs. Arm elevators hove arms shaped to hold the o b jects to be carried and are particularly adaptabl e to cylind rical shapes such as barreis, kegs or d rums. These arms are mounted on two strands of chain which elevate the load . The carry ing arms pick up the load by passing between stationary arms or similar supports at the receiving floor where load has been deposited . Unloading is accomplished automatically b y the arms rolling or pushing the load over the head wheels which are located near the leve! of the discharge platform or skid . The path should not be inclined more than 15 d egrees from the vertical. Tre y elevators hove single or multipl e tra y s which are suspended from the cha ins to carry rolls, packages or cartons. The multiple tro y elevator is loaded on the ascend ing run and unloaded when descending on the other side, and is adapted to selective elevating and lowering with multiple loading and unload ing stations. The single troy elevator requires a reversible drive. After d ischarge, the unloaded troy returns to the loading posit ion over the sorne p ath token when loaded, but the opera tion may be completely automatic. Automatic feeders and unloaders are sometimes incorporated in both types of troy elevators. These elevators can also be furnished for handling objects weighing more than listed. Consult link- Belt for recommendations. Lihing cartons of salt to floor above, this multiple t r o y elevata r w ill hon dle ma.•y sizes of packages a nd baxes. Photo 2 197 9
Liftlng barreis from fl oor t o s hipping platform, lhis arm elevata r la ads and unlaa d s auto matically. Phalo 26959
Lowering pape r rolls fr o m pape r mo chlne floor to m ain floor a t lorge ip e per p b nt, this flnger-tr a y la werer mave s heavy lo ads efficiently.
P h ola 36007
500 • L 1 N K - B E L T
parts and package handling arm and tray elevators
lnstallations
Arm ele vator hondles boles of wool from receiving floor to sixth Aoor ot woolen milis. Photo 341 62
Style B tray e le vator obout to discharge 990-pound linoleum roll to unloading table. Elevalor hondles heovy roll¡ between bosement, first, 1econd and third floc;>rs. Photo 30354
Tray lowere r hond les 2000-pound rolls of newsprint stock from unlooding dock to storoge orea in basement of large newspoper pio n!. Photo 37657
He ad t erminal o f Sty le 8 t ray e levator roising a package which will be deposited on the stationary arms in !he foreground. Photo 21980
L 1 N K - B E L T • 501
parts and package handling arm and tray elevator5
Arm elevators • inclined
UNLOADING SKIDS
23;"po SPROCKET WHEEL SERIES 1000 PILLOW BLOCK
CHAIN GUIDES-<]
~· .. ~~-,~ ~ .-;. ~
'--
~~4·
,,.
•'
SECTION AA
,.
LOADING SKIDS
'.
SECTION BB Fi g . 3616
Borre! or keg
Molleoble iron crms cnd breces .A
size, inches
A Pcttern numb er
Chime 1 Bilg e 1 Height or diomeler dic meter lenglh
B
e
o
1 Weight per set in pounds
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
INCHES
12
14
18
e e
16868 16869
14
11
6
9 y.
10
15 3/.o 23 3/.o 32 y. 38 y. 17 Y2
24
29 Y.
28
13
16
21
e e
16648 16649
17
9
9
1 2 ~,
12
17 3/.o 25>;.. 343/.o 40 3/.o 20
24
31 3/.o
30
16
20
25
p 853 p 854
21
9>;..
9 3/.o 18'l\¿
15
20l/.o 283/.o 35Y. 41 y. 20 Y2
28
32 y.
33
19
24
30
e e
28
12
12
18:;.1,
16
21 3/.o 293/.o 40 Y1 46 Ya 25Yo
28
37 Ya
34
19
24
30
p 767 p 766
31
13
13
15:Y1
16
2l3A 29 3/.o 40 3/.o 46 3/.o 26
28
37>;..
34
18429 18430
Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes. The design shown hes o total elevoting capocity of 375 pounds • .A Ro lled steel crms con be furnished,
502 • L 1 N K - B E L T
parts and package handling arm and t ray elevators
Arm elevators • vertical
LINK-BEL T GEARMOTOR WITH CLASS RC ROLLER CHAIN REDUCTION TO HEAD SHAFT
...... '
,, r .•
r
t
A
•
A
LOAD e__ :'
1
STATIONARY LOADING ARMS
60
FPM
SECTION AA
i ' 1 i 1 . lm&~'º"j .
C/ L
1
1
.
.
1
1
.
...,..
1,-4 '•
.-• L--~~"""""~---....J ....
~~·... ~., '.... : . 4'. . . ,..C>:1:. :
·.: .---
.J
Fig. 3617
The drawing illu strates an elevator for rai si ng articles, such a s bags of flour , coffee, lime or ceme nt, from a lower level to an upper floor where they are automaticall y unloaded into the chute. Th is d esig n is adaptable to elevating many different kinds of articles between sing le loading a nd discharge stations, si nce special arms may be provided to suit the parti cular loa d.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 503
parts and package handling arm and troy elevators
Tray elevators • style A c~~~-o---
REVERSIBLE MOTOR
EAR DRIVE'.j]
1
K
J 1
UNLOADING SKID
'L.
.
-'• -·
,
....
.. ..... .
LJ--~-
=:;} .. '
OFFSET IN GUIDES TIPS TRAY AT UNLOADING POINT TO DISCHARGE LOAD
'
1: 1!
' 1
CENTERS
,, 3 - >-
(·-- y~·--,\ AUTOMATIC FEEDING ARMS
1 ·+·1·:
)
·~ ./
1
L
,
TRAY
1
: _: ;
1: 1:
H
GUIDE ROLLERS f-{ .
G 1
i·:
1
: ••
TAKEUP
' -<- - FT1t-º-;---:-..-,'>,-<:·;J Fig. 3618
The elevator shown is designed to handle paper rolls ar cylindrical containers, but, by use of the proper troy, loading and unloading arms ar skids, it is adaptable far barreis, bags, boxes ar other articles . The troy may be fitted with rollers far transporting flat bottomed loads which must be handled gently. Rais ing and lowering are perfarmed over the sorne path by mean s of a chain hoist. These elevators may be insta lled with manual, semiautomatic ar fully automatic controls. With semiautomatic controls, the elevator will co mplete one cycle each time it is started, returning the troy to loading position. With fully automatic control , it will continue to operate, un-
5 04 • L 1 N K - B E L T
less shut off, as long as loads are fed to it, otherwise the troy will complete the cycle and then come to rest al the loading position. A
B
e
D
E
F
H
G
K
FEET AN O INCHES
6-0
8-5
4-7
1
5-0
i 8-9
1
5-6
1
3-3
1
2-9
6-6
1-2
Hove d imensio ns certified for instollotion purposes. These d 1"1enS1ons ore fer o typ ocol e levotor to hondle po per ro lls 30 to AS in ches in d io me ter, up to 72 inches long, we1g hing 5000 pounds ond will se rve os o g uide fer layout purposes. Th11 elevotor con be furnished tn vorious sizes o nd modified to hondle o ther orticles.
parts and package handling arm and tra y eleva tors
Tray elevators • sty le B : ,Y--~ : '
t
M
1 · 1
HINGED UNLOAOING ARMS
LOWER POSITION FOR ORUM OR BARRELS
TRAY
i C/L OF
1
ELEVATOR CENTERS
:1
1
1
1
HINGED LOAOING ARMS
SECTION AA
&
~
4
V •
,. .. '"1 !j.f
...."
UNLOAOING
, ,,\ '.
,:'"'
'~'
-~'
"
--+1 ,~
ORIVE MACHINERY MAY BE LOCA TED A T HEAO ENO FOR HEAVY ANO LONG C ENTER ELEVATORS
'
Fig. 3619
The installation illustrated is a suspended troy elevator or lowerer on which the ascending run may be loaded and the descending run unloaded at any floor by setting the hinged arms on both loading and unloading sides in the appropriate positions. Hangers, freely suspended from the two strands of chain, carry the trays so that they are always in the carrying position .
quently located at the foot terminal, os shown, but head end drives are usually employed for heavy and long center elevator designs.
When handling boxes, crates or cartons, un loading arms may be fitted with rollers and installed at the proper slope for gentle discharge. When conditions are favorable automatic feed ing devices may be incorporated with the loading arms. Orive machinery is fre-
Hove dimensions certified lor instollotion purposes. Thes• dim•nsions ore lor o typicol elevotor to hondle bags ar barreis up to 24 inch diometer by 30 inches long, weighing up to 500 pounds each ond will serve os o guide lor layout purposes. This elevator can be iurnished in various sizes and modiíied to handle other articles.
A
B I C / D I E I F I G I H I J I K/ LI M FEET ANO INCHES
3-11 Y2 / 4-1 O 3-9 Y2l 2-8 13-1 O 3-4 / 3-0 I 3-0 / 5-6 6-6 6-0 2-3
L 1 N K - B E L T • 505
parts and package handling parts f eed ers
Synl'ron parl's feeders Syntron parts feeders • vertical vibratory Syntron vertical vibrotory ports feeders provide outomotic, oriented p osition, single line feeding of smoll ports to vorious types of processing mochinery, mochine tools ond ossembly ond pockoging equipment. They will hondle olmost ony shope port of every kind of moteriol-metol, wood, gloss, plostics, etc. Gentle, pulsoting electromognetic vibrotions move the ports up ond oround o spirol t rock in the bowl. During this t rove!, selector devices orient the port so it is in o specifled position ot the bowl dischorge point. Grovity feed trocks ore used to oid in distributing the ports oft er dischorge from the bowl. These con be fltted with escopement devices to control dischorge of o required number of ports in sequence to conform to processing r equirements. Offset su pply hoppers con be furnished to increose bulk storoge copocity ond to contoin the p orts so they do not interfere with positioning operotions in the bowl. Syntron vertical vi b rotory ports feeders ore ovoiloble in six models, with fobricoted steel or cost oluminum bowls, from 7 " to 3 6 " in diometer, copoble of handling po r ts from the size of o rhinestone to on 8 " long cy linder heod bolt. Mod els ore normolly furnished for 115 volt, 60 cycle AC OJ:'erotion but units for 23 0 or 46 0 volt operotion con be mode to order.
Feeding hollow he ad s et screws to o cen terl ess thread grinder with p orts feede r . Photo 530826
Bank of parts feeders in on outomotive engine pion! handling o voriety of ports, eoch being fed into o seporote compo rtment of a ports kit troy. Photo 5 4004 1
Nin e parts feeders supplying adding mochine pips in o vert ical positian
Fee ding be aring s he lls and roce rlngs
to o g roup assembly jig . Photo 53062 1
to outomotic hinge beoring machine with t wo po rts feeders. Photo 53061 8
506 • L 1 N K - B E L T
parts and package handling parts f e e d e rs
Syntron parts feeders • transfer and storage Syntron tronsfer ond storoge peris feeders move peris al o controlled rote from one operotion to onother, orient, or position the ports being tronsferred, ond provid e po rts storoge prior to su bsequent usoge. They eliminote manual handl in g of ports between operotions ond their vertical construction requires very little floor oreo, permitting more compoct production lines. Ports storoge con olso be increosed b y incorporoting offset type supply hoppers. Syntron tronsfer ond storoge ports feeders consist of on electromognetic drive on which is mounted the spirol or helix. Bowls, with or without spiro l trocks ond similor to those used
on standard ports feeders, con be used in oddition to the spirol or helix. The rote of ports flow in the feeder is controlled by o rheostot ond the dischorge rote from the escopement is controlled by the o peroting sequence of the mochine receiving the ports. Ports movement con be either up or down. The electromognetic drive con be floor or suspension mounted. When suspension mounted, the helix is below th e drive. These feede rs ore ovo iloble in six models copab le of handling moximum ports lengths from \4 " to 5". Operotion is from 1 15, 230 or 460 volt, 60-cycle AC.
Model ST-2 transfer and storage peris feeder A tra n sf e r a nd starage parts fee der a nd a v e rtical v lbrat ory porta f eed er
handling gear blanks lo and between four boring and facing operations. Photo S40402
Syntron spiral feeders • vertical vibratory Syntron vertical vibrotory spirol feeders ore for elevoting or lowering moterio ls in bulk, whether granular or smoll ports such os nuts, bolts, studs, etc. In oddition, they ore wid ely used os material cooling units since the lorge surfoce oreo of the spirol romp permits economicol ond efficient convection or forced oir cooling os the material moves up or down . These feeders ore ovoilo ble with o 7-foot high spirol trock. They hove o moximum copocity of 4000 pounds per hour of material similor to dry sond weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot. Operation is from 230 or 460 volt, 60-cycle AC.
Model ES-44 vertical vibrotary spiral feeders with base mounted and suspension mounted electromagnetic drives.
ssooos Two vertica l vlbratory 1p lral fee ders handling a p lastic compound In o coaling and bagging system. Photo S50007
L 1 N K - B E L T • 507
parts and package handling trolley conve yors
•rolley conveyors Link-Belt trolley conveyors are universally used to reduce manufacturing and handling costs by efficiently mechanizing many kinds of industrial operations. They are a versatile conveying medium for handling parts, components and assemblies. Trolley conveyors consist of an e ndless power driven chain suspended b y ball bearing trolleys from an overhead track. Trolley conveyors offer unlimited possibilities of flexib ility, capacity and length. The path of trove! can wind and bend in the horizontal plane and dip and rise in the vertica l plane to suit simple or complex layout requirements. An extremely wide range of material sizes, shapes and weights can be handled. Coupled with modern control systems, trolley conveyors automatically p erform a wide variety of functions. Application of trolley conveyors by Link-Belt, from the creative sales engineering in the initial stages through the final engineering, manufacturing and installation, assures the most appropriate and economice! conveyor to suit individual requirements.
What a trolley conveyor will do Reduce handling require d • With moderate speeds and appropriate carriers, including fixtures when required, assembly operatians can be perfermed directly on material in transit on the conveyor. This is pa rticularly advantageous fer pieces that are difficult to handle b ecause of shape or weight. Trolley conveyors frequently are designed to provide storage between receiving and manufacturing operations with no intermediate handling.
6 " troll e y conveyor with hooks handling 600-pound coils af hot steel wire from mili to storage yard. Coils cool in tronsit. Photo 39 1 61.
Re d e em valuable floor space • Material in transit on trolley conveyors is suspended from ceilings ar overhead building members, utilizing otherwise unused space. Floor storage oreas are released fer productive use. Cont rol p r o cess timing • Material on a trolley conveyor travels continuously ata uniferm rote. Variable speed drives pe rmit controlled exposure tim es fer washing, painting ond drying. Schedule m a teria l • A tralley conveyor will d eliver material to work slolions al o uniferm role paced lo !he required operolions ond al ony desir ed elevolion. Period s of wailing ond rush octivily ore eliminoled which increases p roduction ond decreoses worker fatigue. Complex assembly lines con b e occurotely supplied with praper colors, types ond quonlilies of variaus ports. lntegrate allied d e partments • Related d eporlments are effectively inlegraled, r ego rdless of separating distonce. Starage between d e portmenls is provided on the conveyor. The operoting efficiency of connected deportments is thereby increosed.
4 " trolley conveyor with open side carriers used os final ossembly line for wa ll type refrigerator-freezers. Photo 38732
4 " trolley conveyor wilh multi-purpose corriers handli ng metal bothtubs through vorious flnishing opera tions. Photo 38944
508 • L 1 N K - B E L T
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
contents lntroduction ........................ ........ ...... 508
Layout procedure ... . ........ . .. ... ........... 522
Sizes .................. • ........................ 51 O
Size selection ...... .......................... 523 Chain p ull calculations .. . .......... 523 and 527
Components
Multiplane service limitations ...... . ...... . .. 523
Chains........ . ....... . ............... .. .... 51 0
Component selection ...... .. ........ .. ..... . ... 527
Trolleys ..... . .. . ... .. ... .......... . . . ....... 511
Supports and superstructure ... .. ... .. . .......... 529
4
Guards ........................ ... .......... 53 l
Roller turns ................... ...... ......... 51
Traction wheel turns . . . ... .. ..... . .... .. ....... 515 Takeups..................................... 516
Oimensions
Straight track, vertical curves and safety devices .... 517
Chains ....... ... ... ......................... 532
Orives .. .... .... ....... . .... ........ .. .. .... 518
Trolleys . . .......... ....................... . . 533 Roller and traction wheel turns ... .. . ....... ..... 535
Hooks and carriers ...... . ...... . .......... . ... 520
Takeups .... . ... .. .... .............. . ..... . .. 536 Orives . .... .. . .. .. .... .. . ........... ...... .. 537
Selection Ty pical trolley conveyor layout .. .......... ... ... 52 l
Straight track and safety devices ............. . .. 538
The unique capabilities o f trolley conveyors for moving parts, components or assemblies continuously through various processing operations are graphically shown by !he following system . This Link-Bel! trolley conveyor carries folding chairs through cleaning, painting and d rying operations and delivers them to final assembly, storage or shipping.
Choirs in fo reground o re descending lo enter prime coo t dip tonk. Po th bends ond dips o s required by building ond process equipment. Photo 36488
Choirs ond hooks o re outomo ticolly tronsferred to ond from o spray booth conveyor far electrostotic pointing. Choirs emerge a l right fro m spray booth ond are transferred to moin conveyor. Photo 3 6491
Choirs move from looding p oint through o hot couslic cleoning bo th, ond o hot water spray rinse. Photo 36490
Chairs on the tro lley conveyor dip inlo lonk of prime coot and then pass through a drip ore a ta d rying oven. Photo 36489
L 1 N K - B E L T • 509
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Sizes Link- Bel! trolley conveyors o re buill in three standard ond several speciol sizes to meel o wide range of load, poth ond length requirements.
3" trolley conveyors ore designed far relotively light loods ond low chain pulls. They ore used to hondle smoll components, subassemblies ond light producls such os smoll electricol opplionces, electronic equipmenl, ond smoll fobricoted metal p roducts. 3u 1-beom trock and X348 Rivetless chain are used. 4 " trolley conveyors ore designed far moderole loods ond choin pulls. This size is the most popular ond is very widely used throughout industry. lt has sufficienl copocity far most opplicolions in the mojar opplionce, oulomotive, o ircroft, implemenl, rubber ond ceromic industries ond most other metal fob ricoting ond monufoct uring operotions. 4u 1- beam !rack and X458 Rivetless choin ore used.
6 " trolley conveyors ore designed far heovy duty service and high choin pulls. This size is used in faundries far cooling coslings, in !he sleel induslry far handling fargi ngs or coils of rod ond strip, in the construction mochinery o nd outomotive industries, ond for othe r monufacturing ond processing operotions involving heavy material. 6 11 1- beo m trock ond X678 Rive tless choin ore used . 3 " trolle y convey or 3" 1-beam track 3 ' trolleys X348 Rivetless chain
4 " trolley conveyor 4 • 1-beom track 4 " trolleys X458 Rivetless choin
6 " trolley conveyor 6" 1-beam track 6" trolleys X678 Rivetless chain
Load bars, which join two od jocenl lrolleys into o faur-wheel a ssemb ly ond combine their load corrying copocity, ore o voiloble for oll th ree sizes of Link-Bel t lrolley conveyors. This orrangement permils the copocily of exisling conveyors to be increosed ond plont standardization of o trolley conveyor size suito ble for the mojority of loods involved.
Chains Drop farged stecl Rivetless chaim hove been used on trolley conveyors far many years because of their high strength with minimum weight, ond fl exibility in two piones. They hove the odded odvontoge of easy ossembly ond disossembly without tools. Type X drop farged steel Rivetless chains ore used on oll LinkBelt trolley conveyors. These chains hove greoler lronsverse strenglh, will operote oround o shorter rodius in o vertical plone, ond reduce
the peening aclion of centerlinks on trolley brackets by providing shoulders lo limit lhe sliding oction of trolley brockets. All ports of Link-Belt Type X Rivetless chains ore heot treote d lo provide greater slrength ond moximum weor resistonce. Mony standa rd ond speciol choin pins ond ollachments ore available lo meet o wide voriety of requirements.
X678, X458 ond X348 drop forged steel Rivetless chains for trolley conveyors. Photo 393 85
Rivetless chains are easily assembled and disassembled without tools. (X458 chain shawn) Phota 39234
Many types of chain pins and intermediate chain allachments are available for Rivetless chains. Photo 39218
510 • LINK-BELT
parts and package handling trolley co nveyors
Series 500 trolleys Wheels machined from steel tubing -carburized and heat treated for maxlmu m life of rolling surface.
Labyrinth seals are effectlve and frictianless .
Bracket projecls into inner bearing ring lo preven! canti lever effect on wheel bolt or rivet, assuring light assembly.
Hardened and concentricall y g round inner and outer raceways minimize rolling friction .
óracket projects over lubricatian fitting on riveted lype for max-
Bol! or rivel is accurately machined and lightly fltted in brackel to assure o rigid assembly.
Large lubrican! storoge.
imum protection.
Cages accurately space precision steel balls, assuring smooth rolling.
Press ure type grease fitting with ball check.
BOLTED
36396
Series 500 trolleys consist of two wheel ond brocket ossemblies with on ottochment between the brockets to serve os o spocer ond to suspend loods. Eoch wheel ond b rocket ossembly consists of o boll beoring wheel rigidly joined to o heovy drop forged steel brocket by o bolt or rivet. The choin is supported in occurotel y formed choin pockets in the brockets ond the entire ossembly is secured by two bolts, one obove ond one below the choin on the vertical centerline of the brockets. These trolleys ore monufactured with the sorne precision os LinkBelt boll beorings. Sound design ond the most modern facilities for manufacture, inspection ond ossembl y combine to ossure o quolity product capoble of long, dependoble service unde r severe conditions.
Forged steel bracket provid es m aximum
strength.
Extra wide lug s fil shouldered chain center links closely and provide large bearing area for long life.
3" trolleys Attachme nts B Stud forged steel
e
E
Pendant formed sleel
Lo ad bar pendant Formed steel 36400
36399
39025
H Clevis Form ed steel
J Swivel forged steel
ldler formed sleel
3" trolleys operate on 3" 1-beam track wilh X348 or 348 Rivetless chain and have a 5 Y2" drop (distance from top of !rack lo chain centerline.) The twowheel trolley has o copacity of 250 pounds for monoplone service. All ottochments shown al left except J ore ovoiloble ond speciol ottochments con be furnished.
4" trolle ys 4" trolleys operote on 4 11 1-beom !rock with X458 or 458 Rivetless cho in and ore ovoiloble wilh 73/J/ and 8 " drops (distance from the top of the !rack lo choin centerline). The two-wheel trolley has o copocity of 500 pounds for monoplone service. All ottochmenls shown ot left ore ovoiloble ond speciol ottachments con be furnish e d.
6" t rolleys 6 11 troll eys operote on 6 11 1-beam !rack wilh X678 or 678 Rivetless cha in and have a 1O" drop (distonce from the top of the trock to the chain cenlerline). The two·wheel trolley has o capacity of 1000 pounds for monoplane service. All oltochmenls shown al lefl excepl J ore ovoiloble ond speciol ottochmenls can be furnished.
36402
36403
36401
Series 500 four-wheel load bar t r o lley s
""'"--=~===;;...--.-i
Style LE
36398
Four-wheel load bar trolleys consisl of o poir of lwo-wheel lrolleys connected by a load bar suspended from lrolley attochments. Four-wheel load bar lrolleys ore gene rolly used where onticipoted lood s exceed the copocity of two wheel trolleys ond whe re condilions do not justify th e use of the next heavier choin ond lrolley. The use of four-wheel load bar trolleys often permits the stondardizotion on one trolley size. The load copacily of the four-wheel trolley is twice thot of the two-wheel trolley. Two styles of load bars are ovoiloble: Style LE divides the load equolly between the two trolleys al oll angles of incline up to 60 degrees; Style LB has greoler tronsverse stobility ond less pendulum action and is recommended when corriers are aulomoticolly lood ed or unlooded. Standard load bors ore two chain pitches in length; however, longer bors con be furnished.
Slyle LB
39037
LJNK-6ELT • 5 11
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Series 600 trolleys W heel1 m ac hined from 1t eel tubing -carburized ond he at lrea ted fo r maxlmum lile of rollíng s u rface.
Bra cket pro jects into i nner b e a ri ng rin g to p revent cantilever e ffe ct on w h eel bolt o r rivet, a ssu ri ng l ig ht a ssem bly.
Hard e n ed and conce nlrica lly g r o und i nner a n d outer r ace-
Bro cket p ro jects o ver lub ricalion fitting on " ' riveted t y p e fo r maxi mum p rote ctio n.
w a ys mini m ize ro lli ng fri ctio n. Bolt o r rivet is accurate ly mac h in ed and lightl y fl tte d in bracke t to assu re a rig id a ssem b ly.
Large lubrica n! s torage .
Coges a ccuralely s pace precisi o n st eel balls, a ssuri n g 1 mooth ro lling.
P ress u re t y p e gre a se fitti ng wit h ball c hec k.
RIVETED
Forg ed steel b racket provides m a ximum s tre ngth.
A llac h m e nl lu g s a nd b otto m of bra ckel flt sh ouldered cha in ce nter link cl osely to p ro vide a mo re rigid jo int with large bea ri ng a rea fo r long lil e.
<..,~ /
~
39230
3923 1
BOLTED
Series 600 trolleys consist of two wheel ond brocket ossemblies with on attochment between th e brackets to serve os o spocer ond to suspen d loo ds. Each w heel ond brocket ossembly consists of o bo ll beo ring wheel rig i dly joined to o heovy drop forged steel brocket by o b o lt o r o rivet. Th e b rockets end ot the top of the chain w hich is supported in pockets formed by the bottom of the brockets ond projecting lugs on the ottochments. The complete ossembly is secured by two bolts locoted horizontolly on the brockets obove the cho in. Attochments ore ovoiloble in 4 moteriols; Promol, casi steel, forge d ond formed steel os shown below. The table on poge 534 lists ty p es ovoiloble for specifk trolleys ond speciol ottochments con be furnished. Promol ond forged steel ottochments ore suitoble for opplico tions requiring o rigid joint or reduced joint cleoronce between corrier stem ond ottochments. These trolleys ore monufoctured with the sorne precision os linkBelt boll beorings. Sound design ond the most modern facilities for manufacture, inspection, ond ossembly combine to ossure o quolity product copoble of long, dependo ble service under severe cond itions.
4" trolleys 4" trolleys operote on 4" 1-beom track with X458, 458 or 468 (with odapters) Rivetless choin. Avoilable drops (distonce from top of trock to choin centerline) with X458 ond 458 choin ore 7 3/i,", 8 11, 8 V. " and with 468 cho in ore 7 Y2", 8 5/i,", 8'/i,". 468 choin is recommended for applicotions hoving individual loads within the roting of o 4" trolley, but where excessive choin pulls due to long or complex poths would require en obnormol number of drives with X458 choin. The two-wheel trolley has o copocity of 500 pounds for monoplone service.
Attac hments
6" t r olleys
e
e
Pendant
Pendant
Promol
Formed steel
39029
39464
39023
E Load ba r pendant Casi sleel
39027
H Clevis
H
H
Clevis
Clevis
Promol
Formed sleel
Forged sleel
39465
51 2 • L 1 N K- BEL T
39466
6" trolleys operote on 6 11 1-beom !rock with X678 or 678 ond X458 or 458 choin. Avoiloble drop (distonce from top of trock to choin centerline) with X678 or 678 cho in is 1 O%" ; with X458 or 458 cho in is 1O". The trolley designed for use with X458 or 458 choin is recommended for opplrcotions hoving heovy loods ond short simple poths where the individual trolley load exceeds the copocity of o 4" trolley, but where the choin pull is within the copocity of X458 choin. The two-wheel trolley has o copocity of 1000 pounds for monoplone service.
3903 1
ld ler
l dler
ld ler
Pro mol
Formed steel
Forged sleel
39021
39026
parts and package handling trolley conveyor s
Bearing seals, lubrication and operating temperatures Series 500 and 600 trolleys hove close tol e ronce triple lobyrinth metal seols, which provide odequote protection for oll general uses including foundry opplicotions. For conveyors opero ting in excessively dirty otmospheres or exposed to corrosive vopors, consult Link-Belt. In general, greo se lubrico tion is used for te mpe rotures up to 270° F. however speciol high temperoture greoses are required obove 200° F. For temperotures from 270° F. to 450° F. fluid lubriconts ore recommended. For most high temperoture opplicotions, the lubricont is introduced (usuolly outomoticolly) through en enlorged hole in the wheel bolt or rivet; however,
for sorne applications beoring seols ond greose flttings ore omitted ond the lubricont is sproyed directly o nto the ball poth. Mony variable conditions such os exposure to hect, steam or water, fr eezing ond thowing cycles, dirt, chemicols, etc., will offect proper lubricotion. Consult Link-Belt for lubricotion recommendotions in oll coses except where troll eys operote in cleon dry oir and ore exposed to temperotures not lower thon 32° F. or obove 200° F. Complete lubricotion ond service instructions ore furnished with eoch Link-Beft engineered conveyor.
Special trolleys Ele ctrified trolleys
Where it is necessory to opply en electric curren! to material being corried on a trolley conveyor, Series 500 ond 600 trolleys can be furnished with current collector orms ottoched to the brackets. A wide ronge in voltoge ond omperoge of either director olternoting curren! con be supplied to work in process. Electricol ond electronic opporotus of many kinds can be testoperoted while in transit on the conveyor.
Heavy d uty t r olleys
Speciol heavy duty trolley conveyors ore used to accommodote very heovy loods. Trolleys hove heovy steel brockets ond flonged wheels with boll or roller beorings. Wheels ore designed to run on two ASCE rails or structurol ongles ond con be furnished without greose fittings or seols for high temperature opplicotions. When loads require, two trolleys joined by suitoble load bors ore used. 39388
LINK - B ELT • 513
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Roller turns
19235
Rolle r turns ore used to g uide the conveyor choin oround horizontal turns to keep the centerline of the choin under the centerline of the 1-beom trock a l oll times. Link-Belt roller turns consist of o series of double row boll beoring rollers mounted on speciol bolts between two curved steel re toiner bors supported by welded steel brockets from o substontiol structurol ste el frome. Curved !rock sections ore occurote ly form ed without distortion of 1-beom flonge s. Roller lurns ore ovoiloble in mony standard rod ii for a wide va riety of a res; however, special lurns can be furnished . Turn radii selected must be lorge enough lo provid e cl e arance be tween adjacenl loads on the conveyor. W ith proper lubrication, roller turns will operale sotisfoctorily al te mperatures up lo 270° F; howe ver, traction wheel
turns are commonly used in ovens and in proce ssing e quipment, since they hove only one bearing that requires lubrication. Ball b e a ring rollers for Link-Belt roller lurns are d e signed specifically for this purpose a nd are built with the sorne precision a s Link-Be lt boll be orings. The o uter shell with integral roceways is accurately machine d from steel tubing; the inner ring with integral raceways is made from ba r stock. Both componenls ore carburized ond hect lreoted lo ossure ma ximum life of rolling surfaces. A full complement of balls a ssures ample bearing capocity. Formed sleel e nd shie lds o re press fitted lo the inne r ring to preven! the e ntry of forei gn ma terial and to seal in the b e aring lub rican!. Rollers with four differenl lubrication p rovi sions ore ovailoble. Roller turns are furnished with Style OL rollers unless otherwise specified.
Ball bearing rollers
29034
Style OL •Oíl lub ricote d thro ugh a ho le in the top beo ring shield . Used fo r lo w spee d applica tio ns ond where toller lurns o re reod ily occessible.
c9033
Style GL • Greose lubricate d through a fl ush pressure lubricotion fitting in the top be o ring shield. Recomme nde d for ali applicotions ond is pa rticulorl y advontage ous for high speed opplico tions.
Unit brackets Unit brocke ts ore used for slight changes in d irection in th e horizo ntal plone. The ossembly consists of o he ovy weld e d steel brocke t with o ne lurn roller ond is welde d lo the top o f the !rock. The numbe r of unil brockets requi red for ony turn is gove rne d by !he rod ius ond ore of the lurn. Unil brock e ts ore ov oilobl e fo r 3 ", 4 " ond 6 " trolley conveyors.
514 • LINK- BELT
19032
Style GLP • Grease lubricote d thro ugh a flush pressure lubrication fitting in o drille d ce nte r mounting bolt. This style provid es the optimum distribution of lubrican! lo !he be o ring surfoc es. Re commend e d fo r a li applications ond is porticulo rly odvonlog eou s for high spe ed opplicatio ns. 11 p rovid es the b es! lubrican! dislribution ond convenient occess to th e gre o se fittin g.
Style FS • Pre -lubricote d ond seole d. This style has o clase cl e oronce seo l to compl e tely e ndose the bearing. This b e o ring is lubri cote d al the factory and need neve r b e re lubricate d . Used for turns in inaccessibl e lacotions and lo suit othe r sp e cia l conditions. Consult Link-Bel! fo r pro p er application.
parts and package handling trolle y conve yors
Traction wheel turns
3895 1
Troction wheel lurns ore used lo guide the conveyor choin oround horizo ntal turns to keep !he cenlerline of !he choin under !he centerline of !he 1-beom !rock al oll times. link-Be l! lroctio n wheel turns co nsisl of o welded steel wheel with o wide rolled sleel rim concenlricolly ottoche d b y spokes to o sleel hub fitted with e ither o b ronze b eoring, topered roller beoring, or copper Gropholloy b earing. The wheel is supported by ond turns on a cold ralled steel shaft which is rigidly alloched to welded sleel mounling brocket. The brocket ond curved !rack section o re supporte d by o welded slruclural slee l frome. The curved 1-beam !rock seclion is occurotely formed withoul dislorting the b eom flong es.
,,.,.,, ,
o
Bronze b e a ring wheels (Style BH) a re recommended for mod erole speeds ond cl e an, dry operoting conditions ot lemp eratures up lo 270° F. Topered roller bearing wheels (Styl e RH) ore recommended for moderote or high sp eeds and with speciol lubricanls, for exposure lo moisture or chemica l vopors ot tem p erolures up to 270° F. Lo rge lubric an! sto roge spoce exle nd s lub ricolion intervo ls. Copper Gropholloy b eoring wheels (Style GH) ore recommended for use in ovens ond will withstand lemperatures up to 700° F.
11
--
1¡ 1
Bronze be aring whee l, Styl e BH
Wheel diomelers mus! be selected lorge e nough lo provid e cleoronce between odjocenl lo ad s o n !he trolley conveyor. Troctio n wheel turns ore ovailable in mony standard pilch diamelers ond o res, ond special turns con be furnished. Traction wheel turns ore furnishe d with Style RH wheels unless otherwise specifted. Ta p ered roller be aring whee l, Style RH
Fe atur e s 1. One cenlrolly loco ted b eoring to service and maintain. This is odvanlogeous for turns loca ted in process e nclosures where occess is limited and where beorings may be exposed to hect, moisture or corrosive vapor. The single beoring is also desirabl e for turns exposed to excess dirl or abrasive dust, in high storage bays or over extremely congested oreas. 2. Continuous riding surface for the choin lrovel oround corners, minimizing chordol aclion and choin weor. 3. Can be furnished with provision for remole lubricotio n.
\
¡ : ~ I i1 6111
Copper Graphalloy b earing wheel , Style GH
LINK - BELT • 515
parts and package handling t rolle y conveyors
Takeups Takeup s control choin slock and permit ex· cess chain to be removed from the conveyor when necessory. They are located neor drives o n the slock choin sid e. Link-Bel! trolley conveyor takeup s consist of o roller o r troction wheel turn made moveobl e by adding rollers, trock exponsion joints, ond o structurol sleel stotio nory from e which surrounds ond supports the turn from e. Movement of !he rolling frome is controlled by springs, counterwe ights or screws. Ex ponsion joints com pensote for tokeup movement ond provide o continuous trock surfoce. Standard roller turn ond troction whee l turn tokeups ore o voiloble for oll trolley conveyor sizes in ores of either 90° or l 8 0 ° ond in mony standard pitch diometers ond rodii. Speciol sizes con be furnished. Takeup s ore furnished with Style O L rollers or Style RH troction wheels unless otherwise specif1ed .
39312
9 0ª ro ller turn to keup
90° tokeups require o hinged stroight !rock section o n the exit side to occommodote the movement of the tokeup. This stroight !rock section is included with 90° tokeups. 180° spreod center tokeups, e ither roller or troction wheel type, ore ovoiloble for oll standard rodii or piten diome ters ond for !rock centers up to 20 fe e t. Spre od cenler tokeups consist of two 9 0 ° turns with o section of stroight trock betwee n, all mounte d on o structurol steel rolling fra me which is sup· ported by o surraunding structurol steel stotio nary frome. Movement of the ro lling frome is contro lled by springs, counterweights or screws. The le ngth of !he stroig ht !rock between turns is voried to suit required spreod between e ntry ond exit !rocks. For general trolley conveyor op plicotions, spring odjusted takeups ore normolly used ond ore furnished unless otherwise specified . Counterweight odjusted tokeups ore used o n some high temperoture ap plications, for tokeups re quiring more th0J1 normal trove! ond for reversing conveyors when choin pulls ore relotively low. Counterweights can be furnished. For speciol opplications, oir or hydroulic o peroted tokeups, or units with locking feotures, con be furnished.
38706
l 80 ª troction wheel turn tokeup
Takeup type track expansion ioints Trock eltpansion joints are used on trolley conveyor tokeups. Rugged construction ond occurote feothering ossure quie t possoge of trolleys with no binding. Tokeup type !rock exponsion joints ore ovoiloble for 3 ", 4 " ond 6 11 1-b eom trock. 10219
Tokeup type track ex ponsion joint
516 • LINK - BELT
parts and package handling trolley coriv e yors
Traclc: and traclc: ioints In o trolley conveyor, the trock is the moin load corrying member. 11 is the sofe load co rrying copocity of the flonges of the trock beom, without floking or deformotion, that d etermines lrolley load rotings. Trock is American Sta ndard 1-beom in cross section; however, specifkotions for composition ond dimensional occurocy ore more rigid thon for standard slructurol sleel. Speciol corbon steel is used for 1-beom trock for trolley conveyors to increa se wearing q uolities ond slrength of trock flong es.
1-beam track Trolley conveyor 1-b eom size size
3" 4" 6"
3" 4• 6"
W eight per foot, pounds
5.7 7.7 12.5
fi g. 627:;
Link-Belt stroight trock is ovoiloble for oll three conveyor sizes in 20'-0 " le ngths pointed or unpointed and with ends sow cut ond sq uared . Track joinls normolly ore welded a nd ground os shown; however, malleable iron splice clomps for bolted joints o re availabl e for ali lhree track sizes. Track expansion joints with wheel guide plate ore available for conveyor runs crossing building exponsion joints, or when necessa ry for runs in ovens. 39221
39221
Welded track joint
Bolted track joinl
Vertical curves To ne go tiote o change in elevation, on accurotely formed double vertical lrack curve is used. Vertical curve radii must be carefully selected b eco use the radius will affecl the magnitude of the resultan! force exerted by lhe chain p ull on trolleys and track flang es. Link-Be lt vertical track curves are accurately formed to specifled radii, with no lrack deformation. Vertical curves narmally are made as single curves, ond are fleld assembled into double curves. Vertical curves are availoble for all three !rock sizes in standard ares o f 30º and 45 ° and various radii lo meet a wide varie ty of conditions. Special curves con be furni she d.
Dou ble v ertica l curve
37558
Ba ckst o p (uphill ru ns)
39222
Baclc:stops (uphill runs) Bockslops are used on uphill runs to preven! reverse trave l of the chain for more than one trolley spocing. They are recomme nded for trolley conveyor runs rising more than 1 O feet on one floor and for all runs rising from one ficar to another. This pro lection is porticularly importan! d uring mainte nance ond for conveyars with sheor pin protected drives. Track flang es need nol be cut lo install Link-Be lt backstops. They ore available for 3", 4" ond 6 " track.
Anti-runaways (downhill runs) Anti-runo woys are used on downhill runs to stop the choin and the drive if on obnormol increo se in speed occurs in the direction of lrovel. They ore recommended for lrolley conveyor runs descending more thon 1 O feel on one floor ond for all runs descending from one floor to another. Anti-runowo ys con be odjusled to serve as bockstops and ore so used o n reversing conveyors. For downhill use, anti -runoways ore octuoted by a chong e in the inerlio of the lever arm, which is offecte d by the speed of pa ssing trolleys. A sudden incre ase in speed will cause the lever to release a heavy track block which engoges the next po ssing trolley to stop the chain ond also actuales a li mit switch to stop the conveyor drive. Anti-runowoys ore ovailobl e for 3 ", 4" ond 6 " trock.
39224
Run posilion
Tripped posilion
Anti- ru naway (downhill runs)
LIN K- B E L T • 517
pacts and package handling t'tolley conveyors
Drives Link-Belt trolley conveyor drives ore built in two ge neral types: coterp illo r ond corner sprocket. Orive speeds, either constan! or variable, up to o normal moximum of 150 feel per minute, ore ovoiloble. Orives for speciol opplicotions requiring higher speeds or other speciol conditions con be furnished. All drives hove Link-Belt helicol-wo rm geor speed re d ucers with o n
exte nd ed dry well type b e oring housing on the output side to provide built-in shoft olignment ond mo ximum copocity for overhung loods. Sp eed red ucers ore connected to d rive motors by V-belts, silenl or roller choin ar variabl e speed p ulley units. Link-Belt drives hove no o pe n o r exposed georing . Orive ossemblies ore integro lly mounted on structurol steel fro mes.
Stationary caterpillar drives The sto tionory caterpillar drive is widely used, ond con be locoted on ony stroight run of !rock. This drive, in oddition to the obo ve components has o caterpillar ottochment, which engoges with ond drives the conveyor choin. The driving or caterpillar choin is on e ndl ess precision steel roller choin fitted with casi steel driving dogs which mesh with the Rive tless conveyor choin to drive the conveyor. The caterpillar ond conveyor choins ore held in proper engogement through the drive by o bock-up bar ond o series of g uide rollers. The hordened sleel bock-up bar contocts the caterpillar choin rolle rs to hold the caterpillar choin in position ogoinst the conveyor choin. The bock-up ba r is occurote ly shoped to provide contro lled engogement ond smooth disengogement of the choins without binding between conveyor choin ond d riving dogs. Th e boll be o ring guide rollers mount behind ond contoct the conveyor choin to p reven! it from moving owoy from the caterpillar choin. The coterpillo r drive sprocket is mounted on the reducer output shoft ond has on integral sheor pin hub for overlood protection. The idler sprocket has on infernal onti-friction beoring . lt operotes on o toil shoft mounted in o move oble brocket to permit odjustment of cate rpilla r choin te nsion. Cate rpillar ottochme nt components o re mounted on o weld ed steel frome thot bolts to the moin d rive frome . Cate rpillar drives with mony differe nt choin pull copociti es ore ovoiloble for oll three trolley conveyor sizes.
Stotiono ry ca terp illar dri vc
Floating caterpillar drive s Flooting caterpillar drives hove oll the odvontoges of the stotionory caterpilla r drive plus limit switch overloo d protection thot eliminotes the necessity of chonging o sheo r pin whe n the unit is overlooded. Flooting caterpillar d rive from es ore mounted on rollers which ore supported ond gui ded b y on enclosing steel stotionory from e. Movement of the flooting frome is controlled by compoct, constan! modulus rectangular section helicol sp rings. A limit switch is mounted on the fl ooting frome o nd on odjustobl e tripping com is provided on the sto tio nory from e. As th e drive is progressively looded, the fl ooting fro me moves ogoinst the control springs ond will trip the limit switch to stop the conv eyor when the p re-set choin pull is exceeded. To pre p are the conveyor for restorting ofte r the cause of overlooding has been removed , simply push the reset b utton in the drive motor controll er. Th is type of drive is very popular, porticulorly o n production conveyors, os it minimizes down-ti me coused b y drive overlooding. Flooting cater pillar drives ore ovo iloble in the sorne sizes ond choin p ul 1 ro tings os stotionory caterpillar drives.
Floating caterpillar d rive
Corner sprocket drives Corner sprocket drives hove o sprocket with on integral she or pin hub which mounts on the reducer output shoft o nd engoges with ond drive s the Rivetless conveyor choin. All mochinery is mounte d o n o n inte gral w e lded steel drive from e. Standard drives ore ovoiloble for choin wrops of 90° ond 180°. A 90° choin wrop is the minimum recommend ed. Vo rious !rock orrong ements ore ovoiloble to mee t ony layout requirement. Cern er sprocket drives ore ovoiloble for oll three sizes of con11 veyors. Two standa rd sprocket diometers ore ovoiloble for 3 " ond 4 11 trolley conveyors ond one standard diometer for 6 trolley conveyors.
518 • LINK - BELT
3922)
Comer sprocket drive
parts and package handling t rolley conv eyo rs
Drives Co nstant spe e d d rives On opplicolions where lhe desired conveyor speed is flxed, constan! speed drives ore recommended for their simplicity ond economy. A simple V-belt drive is used to connect the motor ond worm geor reducer. Constant speed drives ore pre flxed with the letter C in the Orive Selection table, pog e 528.
3 t o 1 variable spee d d rives For most opplicotions, some voriotion in the conveyor speed within the ratio of 3 to 1 is desiroble. A full line of Link-Bel! trolley conveyor drives with this speed voriotion ra tio is ovoiloble. Speed chonges ore mode by using o variable pitch motor pulley ond base. The speed chonging hondwheel is usuolly locoted on the motor base; however, it con be remotely locoted for greoler convenience. 3 to 1 ratio variable speed drives ore p reflxed with the symbol R in the Orive Selection table, poge 528.
Constan! s peed d rive
6 to 1 variable speed drives For opplicotions requiring o greoler speed vo riotion ratio thon 3 to 1, o full line of Link-Bel! trolle y conveyor drives is ovoiloble, hoving o nominal 6 to 1 speed voriotion ratio. The Link-Bel! P.1.V. inflnitely variable speed drive is used to obtoin these rotios. In oddition to their high voriotion ratio, these drives provide the mosl occurote speed control ovoiloble. They ore ideal for conveyors operoting through ovens, or other process enclosures where deflnite exposure times ore required. The speed chonging hondwheel is usuolly locoted on the drive, however it con be remotely locoted for greoter convenience. 6 to 1 ratio P.1.V. drives o re preflxed P in the Orive Selection table, poge 528.
3 to 1 variable speed drive
J45Jó
Multiple drives On some conveyors, the length, the load, or o combinotion of these two will result in o choin p ull greoter thon the copocity of the choin ond of drives usuolly furni shed for the conveyor size. To meet this condition, two or more identicol, occurotely synchronized drives o re used. Flooting caterpillar drives ore recommended for multiple drive instollotions to eliminote multiple progressive sheor pin breokoge in evenl of on overlood on one drive. For constan! speed conveyors, odequote synchronizotion con b e obtoined by using high slip motors ond selected V-belt or choin drives. For variable speed opplicolions requiring multiple drives, the best orrongement is on electricol system thot will occurote ly control either the outpul speed of the drive molors, or lhe effective input speed d elivered to the worm geor sp eed reducers. Three methods of occomplishing this ore:
6 to 1 v a ria ble sp eed drive
An AC-OC drive system with the OC g e nerotor controlling the speeds of the individual drive motors. Speed voriotion of ali drive motors is occomplished by vorying the excitotion of the OC generotor. Individual motor rheostots o re provided to balance the lood s on e och drive. For low horsepower drive systems, control systems using electronic rectifiers ore ovoiloble thot eliminote the AC-OC motor-generotor. 2 A controlled synchronized eddy curren! clutch system in which the individual drive motors o re connected to speed reducers through eddy curren! clutches wired to o common control panel. Output speeds of ali drives ore voried from the control panel. 3 A motor driven AC generotor syslem which drives motched AC squirrel coge motors on conveyor drives. Speed is controlled by vorying the frequenc y ond voltoge of the curren! supplied lo conveyor drive motors. No direct curren! mochinery is used. Consult Link-Belt for recommendotions on variable speed multiple d rive syslems.
Va riab le speed drive for multi p le d rive application
3871•
LINK- B EL T • 5 19
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Hooks and carriers
Simple benl ro d carrie r for handling small metal parts. Photo 39227
Plo slic covered co rrier handling smoll mo tor sto tors o nd ro lors without scra tching them. Photo 38717R
W ire basket for ha nd ling small p eris lhrough washing or d ipping o p e ro tions. Photo 3 87 1 8L
-.~ ,-!~ , _,, /"'"
Coil hook carrying sleel wire. Pho to 39228
Benl ro d co rrie r for compocl stora ge o f refrigerolo r lro y s. Pholo 387 35 R
O p en C-sho p e d engine carrier. Engine can be ro ta ted in 90 increments on co rrier. Photo 37 4 0 5 '
_....,./ ,~-
Oump bo ttom Photo 39 229
corrier for o utomotic unlood ing.
Ca rrier with flxture for ossembly of refrigero tion compressor. Photo 3 8 717L
,
..
'
ill
,/['
...
' .
.. '
'
..
' ' ' ' "í
' t • ' ' ' ' .........l , ,~
Troy carrier for cooling castings. Troy is p ivoted off cen ter for outomo tic unlood ing, open construction is
for uv tomotic looding. Photo 38928
520 • L 1 N K - B E L T
'
parts and package handling trolley conveyon
Selection • Typical
layout
This multiplane canveyor moves ma terial between various rooms and effectively ties scattered processes into an integrated production pattern. A layout of this installat ion is shown below. This conveyor is used os the example problem on the following pages and is shown in italics.
39365
~---------------------200!.nº'--------------------~
~~F"b-~-E:=U=P=3-~~~~-~~~~~~~~~~ LO~ArD;_;_;A~N~D~U~N~L~O~A~D~~~~) -~---iE::=U=P==~~~~~-xf"-¡;l o
1
, ¿
<(
g
)
K
20!.o...
Y
LOAD
DOWN
~
A 1
' 10!.o"
-'----+-'~_j
t I"
Mz
UN LOAD ALL PARTS
!=
8
TAKEUP
~
3!()1-
40!.~o ·
PLAN VIEW
:
/ R UP
0
O
OU
'·
' ---------~-sJ~,· ' ______LOA130.!..o~ AN·"--~NL_o_A_º~---~ p f<-----------150!.o~ -·
/
3~,...0-=":----/ --.,.---+> ----7~
.Jº. 1
s!.V _ _..-.:;_____ ""'('-------- - - - - - 5--1!.*o"
7~77777777777777777,,
L
1
- 5-!.l+º-" - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
7771,;,7//////////////777777/~/l
,,,, ELEVATION
=i
,e?" ,,~.
-~ 4!.o"
'/ 'lr 777777777
77/
" • 62 1 4
L 1 N K - BEL T · • 521
parts and package handling troll e y conveyors
Selection A t rolley conveyor can be eosily selected by following the ste ps below. Each step is full y discussed a nd a typical exampl e is then p resented .
Make material flow diagram ind icating quantity of material t o be handled per minute or hour 1. On a plant layout locate pick-up and delivery points in creas to be served by co nveyor system. Locate these points so material i s loaded or unloaded at points most convenient to operation involved. 2. Co nnect points by a line indic ating normal direction of material flow from o ne point to another in proper sequence. This flow fine establishes a t entative conveyor path. 3 . Since the best system ma y require more !han one conveyor, consider the following factors: Need for storage between operations. Diverging flow of material from o ne poinl to severa! remole points. C onverging flow of material from sev ero! remole points to o ne assembly conveyor or orea.
D eterm ine the most convenient weight and/ or number of pieces to be h a ndled per carrier and establish tentativa carrier size and sha pe The size, shape and w eight o f material lo be hondled, the method of loading ond unloading, and any process operalions to b e performed on material on the conveyor affect the size and design of the carriers. Clearance ovo iloble in !he building along conveyor poth ond the cleoronce ot t he horizontal lurns and vertical curves mus! b e considered when eslo blishing corrier si ze. Typical carriers for several differenl applicotions ore shown o n poge 520. Design o lenlotive corrier to suit the ma terial ond operotions involved . Carrier should p rovide eosy occess for convenient loading ond unloading, ond be orronged to p reven! damage to odjocent pieces. Determine plan view outline dimensions ond o vera ll height for cleoronce purposes.
Select t e ntative track elevations The best path for mosl applications will be multiplone (!ro ck el evat ion will vary to suit poth requirements). Select !ro ck e levotions al load and unlood po ints so co rrier shelves or hooks will b e al a conveni ent working height. The rest of the conveyor con most conveni ently ond economically be supported al an elevation slightly und er t he bottom of building trusses o r beoms. Trock on fl oor supported conveyors should be kepl as clase to the floor a s requi red cleorances w ill allow. Track eleva tions o n layouts are olways m easure d from top of !rack lo floor. Establish d esired track elevations for the path o nd show them on la yout al points of elevation chang e. The d ifference between upper a nd fower elevations al p oints of change is d rop of double vertical curve req uired. Record thi s al points of elevation chong e.
Trach elevations for the examp le problem were selected as shown to suit the system . D etermine maximum incline angle for vertical curves based o n míni mum carrier spacing Select incline ang le for v ertical curves to p rovide cle arance between adjacent ca rriers on inclined runs as shown in Fig. 6278. Dim ension A shown in the figure is t abufoted in Table 1 " Load cl earance o n inclined track" for a v a riety of load spacings and angles of incline. N ote that length of ca r rier mus! b e less than dimension A to p rovide cleora nce. 2 " cleo rance will be adequate for many applications, however, 4 " clearance should be provided when handling fro gil e o r painte d material. lncre ase clearance for high sp eed oper ation. Also provide clearance betw een to p of ca rrier and conveyor chain. lnclining to p corrier member s ot some angl e as v ertical curves will usually provide sufficient clearonce.
Carriers on examp/e conveyor are 32" long and are spaced on 48" centers. From T able 1 select an incline angle of 45° which has an A dimension of 34" for loads on 48" centers. T his will prouidc 2" clearance between 32" long carriers.
Determine number of carriers p e r hour or minute Copacity of the system is determined by the weight or number of pi eces hondled p er corrier, corrier spocing and chain speed. Dete rmine the numb er of corri ers required p er hour or minute by dividing the tota l weight or numb er of pieces to be handled p er hour o r minute by the tento tive corrier capacity.
P roduction rate and material characteristics for example system are: Production rate = 180 pieces per hour A verage weight per ptece = 150 pounds P ieces are o( such size and shape that each piece will fil on a rectangular single shelf carrier 20" wide x 32" ion{! weighing 50 lbs. . per /¡our . . = -180 - = 18o carriers R equ tred conveyor capaci/y 1
= l60 BO = :J carriers• per minute. Make horizontal turn cle arance diagram to e stablish t entativa mínimum carrier spacing and horizontal turn radii With carrier size known, moke a cl eoronce diagram to determine corrier spacing ond hori zontal turn rodii to p rovide cleoronce between carriers al turns. To do this make o pion view layout to scole, o s shown in Fig. 3793.
Usi ng the 20" wide x 32" long examp/e carrier dimensions, a layout will show that adjacent carriers will clear on 18" radius horizontal turns when spaced on 48" cenlers.
Table 1 • Load cleo ronce o n incline d tr ack lood spocing , inche s
12 16 18 24 30 32 36 40 42 48 54
56 60 64 72 80
1
Hotizontol centetS A, inch es Incline ongle, d eg r ees
5
1 1 o 1 15 1 20 1 2 5 1 30 1 35 1 40 1 45 1 50 1 55 1 60
12 15 v1 18 24 29 V1 31 V1 35 V1 39 V1 41 V1 47 V1 53 V1 55V1 59 % 63 3/4 71 % 79 %
1 1'11 11 y. 1ov1 15 !h 15 Y, 14 Y2 17311 17 16 311 23 Y. 22 '/o 21 % 28 y. 29 27Y. 31 30Yo 29 34 3.4 33 V1 32 '11 38 '11 37'11 36Y. 40'/o 39 Y2 38 1/o 47Y. 463/1 4 5Y1 43 Y, 5 3 '.4 52 Y. 50 3/4 4 9 55Y, 54 Y1 52% 50 3.4 59 Y1 58 56 3/o 54 3/a 63 161 V1 6 0Y, 58 70 V1 69 V. 67314 65Y. 78 V1 177y, 75y, 7 2Y, 11 V1 153.4 173.4 23 '/o 29 '11 31 y, 35 Y2 3931o 4 131,
10'11 l 3 V1 15'11 2ov1 26 2731. 3 1 y. 34 '11 36 3/1 4 1 3/1 46 % 48 Y2 52 55 Y2 62 3/o 69 3/o
8 y. l l3/1 1231. 17 2 1 y. 22 '/o 25Y, 28 Y• 29 % 34 38 Y. 39 '1o 42Y,
73.4 6 V1 103/a 9 Y. 1 l 'lo 103/o 15 y, 133.4 193/a 17 V. 20 '11 183/a 23 Y1 20Yo 25% 23 24 y, 27 30V1 27'11 343/4 3 1 36 3 2Y, 38'/1 34 y, 4 5 y. 41 Y1 36% 55 y. 5 1 46 y, 4 13/1 65Y, 61 3/1 56V. 51 y, 4 5V1 9 V1 13 y, 143.4 193.4 24 '11 26 '.4 29 Y, 32 % 34 3/a 3931o 44 y. 4 5V1 4 9Y1 52 Y2 59
9 Y.
12 \4 l 3 V1 1831o 23 24 Y2 27 '11 30% 32 V. 36 31. 41 3/a 4 2V1 46 49
6 8 9 12 15 16 18 20 21 24 27 28 30 32 36 40
Complete tentativa conveyor path layout lnsert hori zontal turns o f p rope r r adius in flo w diag ra m. lndicate tr ack e levations on the path al p oints of e levo ti on change. Select and indicate directio n o f tr avel. Compute p lan view path l ength. Use squa re corners and hori zo nta l lengths of v ertical curv es. PLAN
522 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Fl,. ,,.. .
P ath length o( example conveyor is 700 feel. Direction o( trav<'l is clockwise in plan view.
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Selection Compute t e ntative chain pull To calcula te tentative cha in pull, add 1 O lbs. per ft. (tentative design weight of chain ond trolleys) to weight of live load and carriers in lbs. per ft., and multiply by conveyor le ngth in feet, and by 3% coefficient of friction. lf load is removed ot a high point, or if condition can exist where loads are moving up a vertical curve when no compensating loads are moving down a comparable vertical curve, add the product of lift in feet and live load weight in pounds per faot to the faregoing. Always make an addition for each uphill vertical curve which ha s no compensating downhill vertical curve.
For example conveyor: Chain and lrofleys JO pounds per (t. Carriers 12.5 pounds p er ft. Live load 37.5 pounds per (t. Total movi11g weight 60 pounds per (t. Conveyor length calculated = 700 (eet 60 X 700 X .03 1260 pounds 37.5 X 8 (t. li(t 300 pounds Tentative chain pull = 1560 pounds Select tentative conveyor size based on monoplane chain pull and trolley loads Pull ratings of Rivetless chains, trolley load capacities far monopla ne service and trolley spacing multiples far mejor trolley conveyor sizes are shown in Table 2. Frequently, chain pull will exceed !he capacity of the chain used with the trolley suitable for the loads involved. This condition can often be accommodoted with the conveyor size suitable far the trolley loads by dividing the chain pull between two or more identical drives. For extreme cases, Series 600 4 " trolleys adapted to fit 468 Rivetless chain are available. For applications invo lving heavy loads and relatively low chain pulls (usually conveyors with short simple paths), the use of 4 wheel load bar trolleys may allow use of a conveyor size smaller than required with two wheel trolleys. For extreme cases, a Series 600 6 " trolley designed to fit X458 Rivetless chain is available. In cases where the conveyor may be extended after installation, !he conveyor size should be initially selected to accommodate the Anal length and loads. Select a tentative conveyor size from Table 2 based on chain pull and trolley loads. Also select a revised carrier spacing based on trolley spacing multiples. For all multiplane troll ey conveyors, limitations impose d by the vertical curves as shown be low mus! be carefully considered .
For the example, a 3" conveyor is tentatively selected based on a trolley load of 200 pounds and a tentative chain pull o( 1560 pounds. Carriers can be spaced on 48", (based on trolley spacing multiples o( 6".) Table 2 • Trolley conveyor size capacities Conveyor
size, in ches
3 4 4 6 6
Cho in number
Working pull roting ITrolley load copocityl Trolley spocing of heot treot ed cho in, {monoplane service), in multiples pounds pounds of inches 1
X348 X458 468 X678 X458
6 8 8 12 8
250
1800 4000 5800 7000 4000
500 500
1000 1000
Se le ct vertical curve radii (multi plane conve yors only) Vertical curve radii should be as large as practicable consistent with layout requirements. Recommended and usual mínimum vertical curve radii far the majar trolley conveyor sizes are shown in Table 3. The lorger the radius and !he Aatter !he angle of incline, the longer will be the horizontal le ngth of a vertical curve. This is importan! when conveyor runs mus! rise sharply to clear aisles or machinery. Clearances are bes! checked by an elevation layout of the orea, however, indicating the horizontal length of the curve on the plan Table 3 • Vertical curve radii Cha in
Conveyor size, inches
number
3 4 4 6 6
X348 X458 468 X678 X458
Usual mínimum
view will suffice in many cases. Always allow one trolley spacing between the tangent lines of horizontal turns and vertical curves. · lf no clearance problems exist, select the recommended radius far the tentative conveyor size and pass on to Mod ify siz e sele ction. Use Nom ographs to d e t e rmine lengths of vertical curves To assist in selecting vertical curves, use Nomographs A and B, pages 524 and 525 which show the relationship between horizontal length, radius and angle of incline far vertical curves. Any one ítem can be determined when the other two aré known. Results will not be exact but will be sufficiently accurate far layout ond estimoting purposes. Nomograph A shows relationships far continuous double curves (upper and lower curves joined at their tangen! lines). In many cases, an inclined section of straight !rack will be required between upper and lower curves to give the required drop. Nomog ro ph B shows relationships far inte rmediate inclined straight sections in vertical curves. Standard ra dii and angles are shown in heavy type. For the example conveyor (3" conveyor tentatively selected),
8'-0" radius is selected from Table 3. A 45° maximum angle of incline has been determined (rom Table 1. Consider curve BC on the layout, page 521, which has a drop of 8' -O'. To determine horizontal lenglh proceed as (ollows: From Nomograph A, page 524 1. Line 1 (from 45º on f!H scale to 8'-0" on R scale) intersects H (drop ) scale at 4'-8". 2. Line 2 (from 8'-0" on R scale lo 45º on flA scafe intersects A (horizontal length) scale at 11'-4". 3. Remaining drop reguired: 8'-0" - 4'-8" = 3'-4". From Nomograph B, page 525 4. Line 3 (from 3'-4" on K (drop ) scale to 45° on OL scale) intersects L (horizontal length ) scale al 3'-4" 5. Total drop = 4'-8" + 3'-4" = 8'-0" 6. Total horizontal length = 11 '-4" + 3'-4" = 14'-8" A s a second example consider curve GH 011 the layout page 521 which has a drop of 3'-0". Use 8'-0" radius and a maximum incline angle o( 45° as previously determined. Proceed as follows to determine horizontal length: From Nomograph A , page 524 1. Lin.e 1 ((rom 45° on tlH scale to 8 '-0" on R scale) inlersects H (drop) scafe at 4'-8" which is more drop than is required. 2. L ine 4 (from 8'-0" on R scale through 3'-0" on H scale ) intersecls !he OH scale al 35.5° which is the angle of incline of the conlinuous doublc cu1·t•e lo give !he required drop. 3. Line 5 ((rom 35.5º 011 the OA scale to R'-0" on the R scale) inlersecls the A (lenglh ) scale at 9'-3" which is the horizontal length o( the curue. Select vertical curve radii, determine horizontal length ond indicate curves on layout. Vertical curves can be shortened b y increasing angle of incline (check Vertical Cl eorance Table 1) or decreasing ra dius. The effect of reducing the radius o n allowabl e chain pull and trolley loods must be carefully considered a s shown below. Modify size sele ction if required for multiplan e s ervice At vertical curves, the chain exerts an additional force on trolleys and track Aanges. This resultan! force acts toward the center of curvature and its magnitude is determined by chain pull al curve, trolley centers and vertical curve rodius, as shown by Figure 6277. This resultant adds to the force exerted by troll ey loods (live load plus carrier) on trolley wheels and track Aanges. continued on page 526
Recommend ed
FEET ANO INCHES
6-0 8-0 12-0 12-0 8 -0
8-0 10-0 16-0 16-0 12-0
RESULTANT = CHAIN PULL (POUNOS) X TROLLEY CENTERS llNCHES) (POUNDS) VERTICAL CURVE RADIUS {INCHES) ,,. .,,,
L 1 N K - B E L T • 523
parts and package handling trolle y conv eyors
Selection Nomograph B • Horizontal lengths ond d rops of inclined stroight sections for double vertical curves of vorious drops ond ongles. Refer to poge 581 for octuol lengths of inclined stroight trock sections.
HORIZONTAL LENGTH L
L
=
K col
e
60-0 55-0 50-0 45-0 40-0
15 16 17
35 -0 18 30-0 19 25-0
20 21
20-0
22 23
15-0 14-0 13-0 12-0 11-0 tJ)
w
9-0 8-0
o
7-0
z
< 1-
w w
tJ)
w
...
o
1-
...ww
1 :..:: a.
oa:: o
29
"I 1-
6-0
~
w w
zw
2-3
1-
"'w
1-9
<
o
oN ¡;;: oJ:
a>
1
...
2-6
37.5
w
0
z <
2-0
40 42.5
1-9 1-6
35
0
z
2-0
34
w
0
... ...
11')
...z
J:
2-6
o"'
30 31 32 33
0
1
~
1-
27· 28
LL.
J: V
z <
25 26
10~0
J: V
~
24
1-6
45 1-3
1-3
47.5 1-0 0-11 0-10 0-9
1-0 0-11
50
0-8
0-10
52.5
0-7
...w
0-9
u
0-8
....w
<(
"'
< u
..."'
~
0-6
...<
0-5
"'s
w
u
55 57.5
0-7
0-4 0-6
0 -3V2
Fig . 6276
60 L 1 N K • B E L T • 52 5
parts and package handling trolley conveyo rs
Selection (continued from poge 523)
When selecting multiplone trolle y conveyors, consider these three foctors ond moke selections thot balance these foctors to keep trock flo ng e lood s within recommend e d limils. Table 4 shows the relotionship b e tween these foctors with volues shown for the va riables bolonced to keep trock flonge loods within ollowoble limits.
Far example p roblem re(er lo T able 4. M aximum trolley spacing allowed is 30". Th e 48" carrier spacing required is !frealer than this max imum; there(ore, use an intermedio/e idler trolley between each load carrying lrolley, which will reduce lrolley spacing to 24". From T able 4 , maximum ollowable chain pull (or 3" com·eyor wilh 200-pound loads, 24" trolley spacing and 8-(oot radius vertical curves, is 800 pound$. Calculated chain pull of 1560 p ounds greatly exceeds this figure, there(ore the selection mude m u st be c:lwnged lo suit conditions , by one or more of lhe following {i!'e methods. 1. Reduce lrolley spacing. 2. llsP (our-wheel load bar /rolleys. ( For existing conditions neitlwr o( these would be !he bes/ solution becau se 12" tmlley spacinp l'f'Qu ires twice as many trolleys and allowable chai11 p ull o( 1800 pounds is borely odequate (or 1560 pounds cha in pull. ) 3. 1 ncrease vertical cu1'l'e radii. Far existing conditions this is not practica! becau e radiw• ca1111ot be mude large enough lo meet requirements. 4. 1 ncrease number o( drfrcs. By using lwo driues cha in pull would be reduced lo opproximately 780 pounds wh ich is barely within maximum allowable cha in pull. 5. Use next larger size conl'eyor. Table 4 i ndica/es thal allowable chain pull is 2400 pounds (or 4" conveyor with X458 chain, 8 '-0" radius vertical cunes, lrolleys on 24" centers, and 200-pound loads, which is ample (or the example con -
i•eyor. Use this procedure and modi(y example com·eyor selection. In mony coses Method 5 will be the best proce dure to follow when initiol selection will not provide req uired copocity. Follow proce dure shown obove to check tentotive conveyor selection. Add intermediole idler trolleys if necessory ond modify lenlotive conveyor seleclion os indicoted . Comple te p a th layou t lncorporote ony chong es mod e in the conveyor poth layout ond recheck cleoronces os required. To gel a ctual poth length, corree! initiol length for ony poth chonges mode ond use develope d leng ths of vertical curves o nd ore lengths of horizontal turns. See tabl e poge 581. Determine design operating speed Multiply corrier spocing by numbe r of corriers required per minute, to obtoin design operoting speed. Trolley conveyors co n ope rote al speeds ronging from o froction of o foot to over 150 fe e t per minute, however 50 lo 65 feet per minute is the usual moximum for general service. The required speed is usuolly d etermined by o combino tion of corrier co pocity ond spocing . When processing operotions such os woshing, pointing, drying, etc., o re involved, these unils ore usuolly d e signed to suit required conveyor copocity ond speed. The conveyor speed must b e mod erote e nough to ollow eosy lood ing ond unlooding ond to permit required work on material in lronsit. In general, it is odvisoble to o p erole o lrolley conveyor al the mínimum speed thot will g ive the required copocity. When variable sp eed drives ore used, the speed ronge is usuolly selecte d with the design operoting sp eed os o medien.
Carrier spacing on example conueyor is 4 (eet, and 3 carriers per minute are required which giues a design operating speed o( 12 (eet per minute. Select [lariable speed operation from 6 to 18 f eef per m inute.
Table 4 • Allowoble trolley loods ond choin pulls for multi p lone trolley conveyors, bosed o n !rock flonge strength
I
Trolle y 1 Rod ius, 1 Allowoble choin p ull, p ound s 1 Troll•y 1 Rod ius, k>od, feet ond --------'--~---- load , feet o nd pounds inches Trolley 1p ocing inches pounds inches
3 -0 4 -0 6 -0 8 -0 3-0 4-0 100 6-0 8-0 -3 -0 4 -0 150 6 -0 8-0 - - -3 -0 4-0 200 6 -0 8 -0 250
50
--
--
1800 1050 1800 1400 1800 1800 1800 1800 -1800 900 1800 1200 1800 1800 1800 1800 -1500 7 50 1800 1000 1800 150 0 1800 1800 -- - - - -1200 600 400 . . . . . ... 400 . .. 1600 8 00 533 1 800 1 200 8 00 6 00 480 640 1800 16 00 1066 800 Mo no plone o nly 18 00
I
Allowo ble ch oin p ull, p ounds 1 Trolley 1 Rad iui., Allowable cho in p ull, p ounds - - - - - - " - - - - - ' - - ' - - - - - lo ad, feet ond - -- - -- -'-..._...:...i;..;;..;......;;.;,._ _ Troll ey spo cing inches pounds inches Trolley spo ci ng inche s
7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7 000 7000 -7000 -7 0 00 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7 0 00 7 0 00
--
4800 7000 7000 7000 4400 7 000 7000 7000 4000 6 000 7 000 7 000 5400 7000 7000 4800 6400 7000
Table 5 • Weight per foot, choin ond trolleys 3 " trolteys • X348 chain
100
Tro lley spo cing, in. 1 6 11 2 118 12 4 130 Weig ht per foo t, lbs. ---s:J-s:2-0 :U JA 4 'f trolleys • X458 chai n
200
Tro lley spocing, in. 1 8 116 124 1 32 140 W eight per foot, lbs. lJ:9 ---S.Ó ~ -:5.'9 5:4 4 • trolteys • 468 chain
'
Trolley spocing, in. 18-1~1~1~1~ Weight pe r foot, lbs. 18.9 13. 2 12.6 10.4 9.78. 6 " trolteys • X678 chain
300
500
.
Monoplone only 4 000
526 • L 1 N K - B E L T
500
Mo noplone only 5800
Tro lley spocing, in. 1 12 1 24 136 148 16 0 W e ight pe r foo t, lbs. 26.516.513.2 11.5 ~ . 6 " trolteys • X458 chain Trolley spocing, in. 8 ~~~ ~ Weight per foot lbs. 22. 2 17.5 12.7 10.3 8.9
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Selection Compute final chain pull
Follow the sorne procedure o s shown on poge 523 for tentotive choin pull except use final poth length ond octuol weight of choin ond trolleys, selected from Table 5.
For example conueyor: Clwin and trolleys (UI pounds Carriers 12.5 pounds 37.5 pounds Liue load Total moving weight = 56.8 pounds R evised path length = 720 (eet 56.8 x 720 x 0.03 = 1225 pounds 37.5 x 8 (l. li(t = 300 pounds Filwl chain pu/l = 1525 pounds
per (oot per (oot per (oot per f oot
Conveyor poth ond size hove been estoblished; corriers designed; proper rodii for horizontal turns ond vertical curves d e termined; ond choin pull computed using on overol! coefficient of friction. Far the mojority of opplicotions this informotion is oll thot is required to select proper size components. Howeve r, to determine drive locotions for multiple drive opplicotions to equolly divide the load, it is necesso ry to compute choin p ull from point-to-point throughout the path. Pointto-point pull calculations ore olso desirable for long trolley conveyors hoving complex poths involving mony horizontal turns ond vertical curves. Formulas ond procedure for computing point-to-point chain pull ore shown below ond colculations for exomple conveyor ore in Toble 6. Point-to-point chain pull
The following three formu las ore used to comp ute the point-to-point choin pull: 1. Pull for eoch stroight horizontal run. PH = XWL .02 for standard ball bearing trolleys. Where X w total moving w e ight in pounds pe r foot (Empty or looded, os the cose moy be) L = length of stroight run in feet. 2. Pull for each troction wheel or roller turn. Pr = YP Whe re Y = .02 for troction wheel or roller turn. P = pull ot turn in pounds 3. Pull for eoch vertical curve. Pv = XWS + ZP + HW ( 1 + Z) Where X ond W ore os obove S = horizontal spon of vertical curve in feet H = total chong e of level of conveyor in feet (plus, whe n conveyor is trove ling up the curve; minus, when conveyor is trove ling down the curve). Z = .03 for 30° incline; .045 for 45° incline .06 for 60° incline; .09 for 90° incline P = pull ot stort of curve in pounds. 4. Add 5% to total figure to gel choin pull ot drive sprocket. Mo ximum choin pull olong poth of conveyor should be within working stre ngth of choin selected. lf it is not, consider the five methods shown on poge 526 ond revise selectio n. Stort ot slock (d ownstrond ) side of drive ond follow poth in direction of trovel. lf desired locotion of drive is unknown select o tentotive locotion, see "select ond locote drive" be low. Compute point-top oint choin pull comple tely oround poth.
Table 6 shows point-to-point pull calculations for the example conueyor. Point designations in table re(er to lay out on page 521. Loads have been previously established as shown below. W eight of cha in and trolleys = 6.8 pounds per (oot 50 = 12.5 pounds per foot W eighl o( carrier = Total moving weight, empty conuey;/,· = 19.3 pounds per foot W eight o( cha in and trolleys = 6.8 pounds p er (oot W eighl o( live load and carrier = 50.0 pounds per foot Total moving weighl, loaded conveyor = 56.8 pounds per foot a .~
Colculolion
forPull this
section,
1 pounds
Selection summary
Calculations are
Table 6 • Point-to-p oint cho in pull colculotions for exomple conveyor (refer to layout, poge 521)
shown in Table 6 al right.
A to B B lo C
1 3
PH = .02x 19.3x 12 5 Pv= (.02x 19.3x 18l+(.045x5) (8x 19.3x 1.045) - 168 e to o 1 PH = .02x56.8x90 102 Turn O 2 Pr = .02x102 2 PH = .02x56.8x 11.5 O to E 1 13 Turn E 2 Pr =.02xl 17 2 E to F 1 PH= .02x56.8x3 1.5 36 Turn F 2 Pr =.02x 155 3 F to G 1 PH = .02x56.8x4 5 G to H Pv = (.02x56.8x 12i+(.03J<163) + 3 (3x56.8x 1.03) 194 PH= .02x56.8x2 19 H to J 1 249 Pv= (.02x56.8x 15J+(.037x606) 1J lo K 3 (5x56.8x 1.037) 333 K to L 1 PH= .02x56.8x30 34 Turn L 2 Pr =.02x973 20 l lo M 1 PH= .02x56.8x20 23 Pv = (.02x56.8x 18)+(.045x1016) M lo N 3 (8x56.8x 1.045) - 408 PH= .02x56.8x22 N lo P 1 25 Turn P 2 Pr =.02x633 13 P to Q 1 PH =.02x56.8x113 128 Q to R 3 Pv= (.02x56.8x 13)+(.033x774l+ (4x56.8x 1.033) 276 R to S 1 PH = .02x56.8x4 5 Turn S 2 Pr =.02x1055 21 S to T 1 PH= .02x56.8x4 5 T to U 3 Pv=(.02x56.8x l 3l+(.033x 1081 l+ (4x56.8x 1.033) 286 U to V 1 PH = .02x56.8x23 26 Turn V 2 Pr = .02x 1393 28 V to A 1 PH =.02x56.8x30 34 Actual chain pull al drive spracket = 1455x 1.05
1
At
po int
B
e o o E E
F F G H
J
K L L M
N p p Q
R
s s
T
u V V A
1
Pull,
pounds
5
o
102 104 117 119 155 158 163 357 606 939 973 993 1016
608 63 3 646 774 1050 1055 1076 1081 1367 1393 1421 1455 1528
Select and locate drive
Choin pull ond conveyor speed hove b een determined. Ty pes ond construction fe otures of drives ore o n pog es 518 ond 519, ond d rive dime nsions ore on poge 537. Caterp illar drives ore widely used since they con be conve niently locoted on stroight runs ond b ecouse they hove much smoller drive sprockets thon cerner sprocke t drives with resulting torque odvontoge. The lorgest standard cerner sprocket drives hove 36" P.D. sprockets ond connot be used when more thon 18" rodius turns ore required for corrier cleoronce, unless loads do not trovel oround drive sprocket. Cerner sprocket drives must hove 90° minimum choin wro p ond ore locote d ot either 90° or 180° corners. 3 to 1 ratio variable speed drives ore widely used ond will meet re quirements of most opplico tions. Variable speed drives ore usuolly selected with required conveyor speed os the median speed in the ronge. Generolly, for b est o perotio n, use ene drive for eoch 2000 feet of conveyor length regordless of choin pull. Conveyor le ngth per drive can occosionolly be greater on simple poth mono plone opplicotions, on storoge bonk conveyors or on multiplone conveyors hoving few horizontal turns ond vertical curves. Consult Link-Be lt. For multiple drive constont speed opplicotions, flooting caterpillar d rives with high slip motors ore recommended. For multiple drive variable speed opplicotions, individual recommendotions ore mode. Consult Link-Belt. Orive horsepower moy be colculoted from following formu lo: drive copacity, lbs. x moximum speed, FPM d . h nve orsepower = , x _ 33 000 0 8 Motors ore usuolly included w ith drives. Motor storters ore fur nished on request. For conveyor speeds up to 60 f PM, o cross the line storters ore use d. For speeds from 60 to 150 f PM outomotic two ste p resistonce storters ore used. However, for speeds over 1 20 FPM ond horsepowers over 1 O, outomotic stepless storters ore recommended. Stort-stop push button stotio ns ore usuo lly locoted ot load ond unlood points ond ot other control points, os required by layout. Consult Link-Belt for control equipment recommendotions. Locote drives on multi-plone conveyors to kee p choin pull on vertical curves os low os possible. lt is desirable to hove o downhill vertical
L 1 N K - B E L T • 527
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Selection curve ofter the drive. Locote drives on multiple drive instollotions to divide the total load equolly. Tokeups ore usuolly locoted ot the flrst 180° corner, downstrond from drives. Table 7 shows choin pull rotings ond operoting speeds for the vorious sizes ond types of trolley conveyor drives. Select o drive bosed on conveyor size, choin pull, o nd moximum conveyor speed.
ottochments for connecling lo corriers ond 1 (idler) ottochments for intermediote trolleys ore most widely used ond will occommodote most opplicotions. Specify series, size, drop, type (bolted or riveted ) ottochment ond if seols ond /or greose f1ttings ore to be included .
For example problem, a conueyor size of 4", a speed o( 12 FP M and a chain pul! of 1525 pounds have been established. T o allow (or an increase in p roduction, .~elect 3 to 1 variable speed dr iue (or speeds o( 6 to 18 FP M . From T able 7 select R 60S stationary coterpillar driue (or 4 "- 7 3 Ír;" drop conueyor with X 458 chain which has a cap acity o( 2300 pounds, ample (or this application. 2300 X }8 . H orsepower required = 1.56. U se a 2 HP motor. 3.'J,000 X 0.8
Mínimum rodius for horizontal lurns has been estoblished. Roller or troction wheel turns, or both, moy be used for horizonlol lurns. Roller lurn conslruction feolures ore on pog e 514 ond dimensions on poge 535. Troction wheel lurn co nstruclion feotures ore o n poge 515 ond dimensions on poge 535. Note thot roller turns o re listed by pitch rodius ond troction wheel lurns by pitch diometer. Roller turns ore generolly used for ores of 90° or less, porticulorly for smoller rodii. Troction wheel lurns ore used where lurns are exposed lo heol ond for turns in inoccessible locolions. Both roller ond lroclion wheel type turns moy b e used in the sorne conveyor; however, plonls hoving severol conveyors a fien stondordize on one size o nd type of turn.
Specify drive number, type, pull copocity, operoting speed or rong e; conveyor size, drop ond choin; horsepower; ond curren! chorocteristics. Give control circuit curren! chorocteristics if different !han motor curren!. Table 7 • Orive copocities ond speeds Conve yor sp eed , fee t p er minute.6.
Orive numb er C ha in numb er
Co n · 1
s~:~~
1
1
~~~¡. 1~~~¡.
1 s0pbe1e0d s0pb e e0d
up to 301
AO
1 60
1
80
1 100 l
120 1 150
1---------------"'--Pull co p ocity, poun d s
Cate rpillar d rives
X348
cho in
X458 468 X678
cho in
C35S R3 5 S PJ 5 S C35F R35F P35F C40S R4 0S P4 0S C40F R40F P40F ---c5os R505 P5 os C50F R50F P50F C3 5 S R355 PJ 5 S C35F R35F P35F C40S R40S P40S C40F R40F P40F C50S R50S P50S C50F R50F P50F C6 0S R6 0S P6 0S !=60F R60F P60F c 7 os R7 0S P7 os C70F R70F P70F caos R80S PSOS CSOF RSOF PSOF
----
~~~:
468
cho in
550
500
500
500 450 400
1000
750
700
600
550 550 500
- -
--- --- -- -- - -
1800
1450
550
450
1000
750
700
600
500 500 400
1450
1150
1050
1000
850 800 700
2300
1800
1600
1500
130012001050
3400
2600
2400
2 200
1800 1650 1500
1300
1250
1050 1000 900
·-400 ------1 ---4 00 400 350
350
- -- -- - -5100 .& 4000 3600 3300 2700 250 2250
300 250 200 200 4 50 - 350 300 250 800 650 550 550 1350 1050 ~ BSO 2000 . 155() 1400 1300 3i 0 0 . 2400 . 2200 . 2000 . 300 200 200 :..:....:...:.. 500 400 350 350
C60C RÓOC P60C a so 650 C70C R70C P70 C 1300 10 00 CSOC RSOC PSOC 1950 • 150 0
38112 " P.D· C60C R60C P60C
For example problem , 18" radius has been established (or turn size. Select 18" rad ius style GL roller turns (or all 90° corners. /.,ocate takeup (see nexl section) at the 180° corner. Give !he following information when specifying: type of lurn, pitch rodius (roller lurns) or pitch diomeler (troction wheel turns), ore, roller or wheel hub style, conveyor size ond drop. lnclude moximum tem· peroture for turns exposed to heol. Select and locate takeup
700
Corne r sprocket drlves
C35C R35C P35 C ~:,::k~; C40C R40C ~40C X348 C50C R50C P50C X458 C60C R60C P60C 468 C70C R70C IP70C ~ ca oc RSOC PSOC 36" P.O. C40C 1R40C P40C sprocket C50C R50C P50C
Select hori:z:ontal turns
800
600 900 1350
= =-= .-.-.
200~. .. ..
.
250 ~ 450 .. . .. . . . 750 -.-. .- . -. -. .- . 1050 1650 -.-. .-. .:....:....:... _._. ._. ·_:__:_ · 300 ... ... .
550
==
500 E~ 700 .:....:....:. . .:....:...:.. 1200 1000 . . . ... .
65055()~
4 50 .... . . . .
sprocket C70C R70C P70C 1200 900 850 750 6o -. -. .-.... ~ X678 - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - choin CSOC RSOC PSOC 1850 1450 1300 1200 10 00 . .... . .& For 468 ond X678 choins only.
• For X458 ond 468 choins only.
6, For variable speed drives, us~ mo,imum speed oí conveyor.
Both roller ond troction wheel lurn tokeups ore ovoiloble. Their conslruction feo tures o re on poge 516 ond dimensions ore on poge 536. Note thot roller lurn tokeups ore listed by pitch rodius ond lroction wheel turn tokeups by pitch diomeler. Tokeups should hove the sorne rodius or diomeler os determined for horizontal turns. All single drive conveyors should hove o tokeup. O n multiple d rive conveyors, provide o ne lokeup for eoch drive. Very short simple loop poth conveyors will work without o tokeup; however, o tokeup will imp rove operotion ond reduce mointenonce. Tokeups ore locoted os clase os possible to d rives on the downslrond (slock) side. On multiplone conveyors, !he bes! orrongement is to locole drive ohe od of o downhill vertical curve ond !he tokeup ofter !he vertical curve. 180° tokeups ore recommended wherever co nve yor po1hs permit becouse they occommodote more choin slock. Spring od justed tokeups ore widely used ond recomme nded for general trolley conveyor use. Counlerweight odjusted tokeups o re furnished complete with weight slem and wire rope. Counterweights con be furnished on reque sl.
For example problem, select 36" P .D. 180° tractwn wheel spring adjusted takeup, located as shown on layout, p age 52 1. Give the following informotion when specifying: type, pitch rod ius (roller turn type) or pitch diometer (lroction wheel type). ore, roller o r wheel style, type of odjustmenl, hond (90° only), conve yor size ond drop. lnclude moximum lemperoture for tokeu p s e xposed to heol. Select vertical curves Rodii of vertical curves hove bee n determined. Vertical curves o re usuolly furnished os single bends with 1 ' -0" of slroight !rock beyond tangen! lines ond ore field ossembled inlo double curves during ereclion. Double vertical curves hoving different rodii on uppe r ond lower curve con be mode for use when cleoronce problems ore encountered ond where smoller rodius upper curves connot be used becouse of lrolley loods and choin pull. For ongles o ther thon standard, the next lorger standard ongle is usuolly selected ond curves ore field cut during e rection. Sp e cify rodius, ore ond !rock size ond if curve is single or double. Select stralght track
Select chain Choin size has been determined. Type X Rive tless choins designed for trolley conveyors ore ovoiloble for three mojar conveyor sizes ond ore recommended. Choin dimensions shown on poge 532. Se lect trolle ys Trolle y size ond spocing hove bee n d e termined. Construction feoture s of trolleys ore on poges 5 11 , 5 12 ond 513. Trolle y dimensions ore o n poges 533 ond 534. Se ries 5 00 rivete d lrolleys with H (clevis)
528 • L 1 N K - B E L T
The trock size has been determine d by the conveyor size. Trock ond trock occessory conslruclion feolures ore shown on poge 517 ond dimensions ore shown on poge 538. Stroight tr ock is normally furnished in 20-fool lenglhs with sow cut e nd s ond pointed. Trock joints usuolly ore welded; however, trock clomps ore ovoiloble for bo lte d joints. Trock seclions for drives ond horizontal turns ore furnished with these items. Specify !rock size ond o mount required to ne xt gre ole r 20-foot incremenl.
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Selection Select backstops (uphlll) and antl- runaways (downhlll) The construction features of these devices are shown on page 517 cnd dimensions ere shown on page 538. Select quantities for the layout es desired or es required by safety regulations. The track size determines the backstop or anti-runaway size. Specify type, trcck size cnd for anti-runaways, whether or not the limit switch is to be includ ed.
Design of s upports and superstructure Trolley conveyors are usuclly supported from building trusses, beams or ceilings by vertical or inclined members. These members ere cclled supports cnd ere usually structurcl angles. Frequently, building truss or becm spacing will necessitate additioncl horizontal members to suspend supports at required locations. These cdditioncl horizontal members are called superstructure cnd ere usuclly structurcl chcnnel, wide flange or 1-beam sections, sized to suit loads and spans. Connections between conveyor components and supports, or bet ween supports, superstructure and b uilding members may be welded o r clamped. In mcny ce ses all connections are welded except !hose to building members, which ere generally clcmped. This a rrcngement is recommended; however, connections can be furnished welded or clcmped es desired. lag or through bolts ere usually used for connections to wooden building members.
Support member sizes ore selected to suit trolley loads and load spacings; however, usually the following angle sizes will be ample: 1 '12" x 1 %" x 3¡1611 angle for 3 " trolley conveyors; 2" x 2 " x lJi/' 11 angle for 4" trolley conveyors; and 2 %" x 2 Y2 x ~" angle for 11 6 trolley conveyors. The spacing of supports for straight track runs is d etermined by the trolley loads. Charts A, B, and C, pages 530 and 531 show maximum unsupported span lengths for 3", 4 v and 6 11 1-beam for various trolley loads and load spacings. Diagonal sway broces are usually provided on alternate supports on straight runs. A typical arrangement of supports and superstructure for straight runs is shown in Figures 6316, 6317 ond 6318 below. Vertical curves are supported similarly; however, al least two supports are usually provided for each curve. In addition to the component weight and trolley loa ds, horizontal turns, takeups a nd drives hove a reaction force on them caused by chain pull which must be considered when supporting these components. Occasionally it is desirable to support trolley conveyors from building floors. This is advantageous for low elevation runs in buildings having very high trusses or beams. Floor supports will also allow trolley conveyors to be installed in buildings not structurally adequate to permit suspending the conveyor from trusses or ceilings. Columns are usually 1-be a m or wide fl ang e sections selected for individual loads and heights. O ther components are similarly supported. Two, three or four columns are used as required, to amply support turns, tokeups ond drives.
Typical arran gements
St rcigh t trc ck s up p ort fro m superstructure with swc y b rece . Fig. 6316
Fig. 6317
Strci g ht t r ack s up p o rt fro m tru ss ch o rd .
S up por ts and superstructu re fo r 90 ° r oll e r t u rn (t ract ion w hee l turn simi larly supported ).
Supports and s uperstructu re for 1 80° rolle r turn (tractio n wheef tu rn similarly supp o rt ed).
Fig. 6320
L 1 N K - B E L T • 529
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Selection Design of supports and superstructure ( contin ued}
Supports and supe rstructure for l 80 ° roller turn toke up (troction whee l turn take up simila rly supported ).
floo r suppo rt for stroig ht trock.
Supports and superstructu re fo r stationory caterp il lar d rive (floa ting ca terpill a r and comer sp ro cket d rives similarly supported ).
Chart A • M a ximum span b etw een su ppo rts on 3 " 1-beom tro ck for vorious trolley loads and load spacings o "' z ::>
...o ~
~
<(
g
;
o~
100
o LOAD SPACING IN INCHES
Chart B • Maximum span between supports on 4 " 1- beam track for various trolley loads and load spacings 800
~
LBS.
600>----+- -
z ::> o
...
500
"' ~
400>------
;
300
g
o
1
1
\1AX. LOAD 500 LBS .- -
- - + - - - - t - ----1
1 MAX. LOAD390 LBS. MAX. LOAD 310 LBS. -----.,
~
200
100
o
104 LOAD SPACING IN INCHES
530 • L 1 N K - B E L T
112
120
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Selection Design of supports and superstructur e (continued)
Chart
e
Maximum span between supports on 6 " 1-beam !rack for various trolley loads and load spacings
15001---- ---+-1400 1300 1200 1100
~
1000
z
:>
...o
900
~
"'<(o g
800
;
700
o ~
600 500 400 300 200 100
o
48
, ._ 6JOS
LOAD SPACING IN INCHES
Design of guards Guards are recammended, and are required by many state and industrial plan! safety codes under high elevation trolley canveyor runs, particularly over aisles and work oreas. Guards are d esigned to suit individual installation requiremenls a nd are usually fleld fabri cated during erection. Guard panels are usually made from woven or welded wire mesh, ar expended or continuous steel sheets. Support headers and fr a mes are usually slructura l angles or channels. The guard width, opening size and wire or metal gauge used far panels, and the depth size and spacing of support frames, are selected to suit the size and weight of material handled and path requiremenls. Support frames are usually bolted to headers which are welded to the !rack; however, construction may be all-welded or all-bolted as desired. Panels can be welded, bolted or clipped to support frames as desired . In the design shown on f ig. 6326 page 532, framed panels are joined by wire helixes and longitudinal stringers are not usually required. The panels can be reodily disassembled and reused.
Typical cross sections of the fallowing faur widely used types of guards are shown on p age 532. Type SP guard (side panel type) is shown with expended metal panels and welded conslruction on fig. 6324. This type can be furnished with framed wire mesh panels, b olted, clipped or welded to support frames. Type SR guard (side rail type) is shown with framed wire mesh botlom panels a nd welded construction on Fig. 6325. This type can be fur nished with mesh panels b olted or cli p ped or with welded e xpended metal panels. Type D guard (demountable type) is shown on Fig. 6326. Panels are joined by wire helixes and longitudinal stringers are not usually required. Type SB guard (salid bottom type) is shown on fig. 6327. This type is used when wet or oily peris are handled. Rod sup porls a re used and guard runs are sloped far dra ina ge. Panels are usually welded.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 531
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Selection De sign of guards ( continued)
f ig . 632 4
.... 6325
Type SP guard • sid e panel type welded con struction shown with expanded metal panels.
Type SR guard • side rail type welded construction shown with framed wire mesh bottom panel s and 4 side rails.
f lg . '326
Type D gua rd • d e mountable type shown without longitudinal stringers. Panels joined with wire helixes.
Type SB guard • solid bottom type shown with rod sup ports.
Type SP guard for multiple runs shown w ith channel headers and transverse su pports. _1""-- - - - - - - - a'-o" TYPICAL ---------;~
Type SP guard • sid e e levation shown with expanded metal panels, channel transverse supports.
Component dimensions Cha in
Cha in number
X348 X458 468 • X678
Average p itch, inches
3.000 4.031 4.031 6.031
Average ultima te slrength, pounds
24,000 48,000 70,000 85,000
links in Weight E G approxiper Al C 1 1 F 1 mately foot, 1 O feet pounds INCHES
40 30 30 20
2.1 3.2 7.5 6.5
Y2 113m o/a 2 3;1 l ~'1'" /a v. l•m ""j :v. 3 3;1, 11, l r. l Ya m 3
13
ra3 1m 1% 2
Hove d1mens1ens cert1fi ed fer instollotien purposes.
A Shope el 468 1inks slightly different thon shewn.
532 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Ir
13;1, 3/4
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Series 500 trolleys • 2 and 4 wheel Trolley
v
A,
ond
drop
cha in
B 1C
¡
INCHES
size
3 "-X348 4"-X458 6 "-X678
1
w ¡
.
'
1 ~ 2 V13~ 51t '
~ ,..-- 3 •/, 4 'l'16:Y. 1
'l'1
1 ~ 1~. 1 Va ~ 2 o/a2:Y1 ·~1~ ~~
84Va
12 5•;, 1'11 1 Ya l :Y.1\/. 4
1.
®
~=J
Style LE, for 3", 4" and 6" lralleys
Hene LE 1 LB
H~r~ l~' ~'f ~ " " r~ "11'~· 1 Ya 2Ya 2~
-7 - - - -
Hove dimensions certified fo r instollotion purposes.
V
x 1 r
LE 1 LB ' LE 1 LB ' LE 1 LB 1 LE 1 LB
O 1 F GH I J I K IL
l:Ya 1 · ~
. ..
Style LB for 3" ond 4 " lrolleys
~ ~:J
4 wheel trolleys Sty le LB fo r 6" lrolleys
Attachments for Series 500 trolleys
Attachments
Trolley ond' Att h 1G 1 K oc ment chain size
B
H 1
l4 l4 l4 l4 Y4
B
3/a
e 3"-X348
E
e 4"-X458
3/a Ya 3/a 3/a 3/a
E H
1 J
B
B
e
Stud
Pendan!
Forged sleel
Fo rme d sleel
6 "-X678
Yz Yz Yz Yz Vz
e
E H 1
--,.
J
l
1M
j
N
! INCHES P 1 Q
1 Va 1'A• 1 ''A. y., 1 Va 2 \4 o/a y. y., 1 Va 1'A• 3/a 1 % 2 l4 o/a '14 1 % 3/a 'l4 - - -- .. - JS,1, "Á• 2 2 Ya 1 JS,1, 13Á• 21;1, y., 1 JSA, "A• 1 l4 Yz 1 JSA. " A. 2 1A• y. 1 JSA, "Á• . . . Yz 1 JSA, "Á• . . . 17hzl - -1 o/a 1 v. 2 3 1 Y2 1 o/a 1 Ya 2 Yz 1 v. 1 Yz 1 o/a 1 Ya 1 o/a 'l4 1 Y2 1 o/a 1 Ya 2 Y2 1 v. 1 Y2 1 o/a 1 Ya . . . o/a 1 Y2
1
R
1
S 1 T
j
U 1W
Yz 5 y. 1 l4 v. l4 Yz 5 Ya ... .. . . . . . 'Á• 3/a 4 3A, - . . .. . . . . 'A• Yz 5 Ya 1 'A. .. . .. . 2 o/a . .. -. . ..- . . . -•A• - 'A. 'A.
3/a o/a 'la y, 3/a ~. 3/a y, 3/a 3/a - Yz Va Yz 'l4 Yz o/a
-
6 Va 1 3/a 1 v.
... 4 Ya . ..
'A•
. . .. . . . .. . . . . . 11Á6 .. . 5 7,1, 1 3 Ya .. . . . .. . . . 6 \4 . . . .. . . 4•A. -- 8 y. 2 1 Ya 3/a 7 .. . .. . . . . . 5'!4 .. . .. . . . . . Vz :v.. 7 1 v. "A• . .. . .. .. . . . . . Yz .. . 4 5 7A•
•
Hove dimensions certified for instollation pu rposes. o/a" hole.
4 Attachmenl J has V2 " hole, JA has
G
+-· u. BOLTS-om .
K
C/L
CHAIN
SHACKLE-R
'"·'"'
·
L
r',
lM
l
s
BOLTS·Oe-~1
J S
[P P :i kG
E Load bar pe ndan! Formed sleel
J
C/L
S
CHAIN
,,. ....
H
~ p,_.p j
+ .J.l..-G J or JA
Cl evis
1 ldler
Forme d sleel
Formed sleel
Forged steel
Swivel L 1 N K - B E L T • 533
parts and package handling t r olley conveyors
Series 600 trolleys ,.,_--F- - --..
Se rie s 600 troll e y s
-¡-;:::
Trolley ond,A, drop l cho in size
C
1
i
O F INCHES
A
DROP
v.
K
1
- -
v.
v.
Hove dimensiens ce rtifi ed fer instollotien purpeses .
... 6 110
Rivete d
G
4 ra 5% % 2 5% -4% 5 % % 2 :Ya 5% 6 % % 2 Y2 -6% - - % - 1 111i.
73/J• 8 2 Ya 3 y. 8 - - -- 7 Y1 4 " - 468 8•1i. 2 Ya 3 8% 6 " - X678 10 Y1 3 y. 4% -- - 6" - X458 10 2 4 ra 4 " - X458
1
Bo lted
Attachments
e
e
Pe nda nt
Penda nt
E l oa d b ar p end ant
E load bar p enda nt
Pro mol
Formed sleel
Pro mol
Ca.si steel
Pro mol
H
H
Clevis
Clevis
Clevis
Promol
Forged sleel
Formed sleel
Attachments fo r Se r ies 600 trolle ys Trolley_ IAlloch-1 ond . cho in menl
Moterio l
1
G
1
J
1
K
1
L
1
M
1
N
1
~NCHE~
1
R
1
S
1
T
1
U
j y
1
z
srze
e Drop forged sleel
4" X458 - -4-,,468 - --
E H
1 H
1
6"
H
X678 ---
1
6" X458
e E H
1 1
ldler Formed sleel
534 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Promol Premol Promo l Promol forg ed steel forged steel Formed steel Forged steel Formed steel Casi steel Formed steel Formed steel
% % % % % % ra % - % % % 'la
'IÍ• v. "IÍ• "IÍ•
v. v.
v. v. v.
v. v.
y, 2 .. . . 2 1 1% .. .. 1 % l6 'h2 1 l/a 2 13JI· is1i. Y1 1% :Ya 'JI• 5 3m .. .. . . . . 1 1 Ya 2 . . . . 2% 2'm . . . . Y1 6 %2 1 l3ii• ... . 2 .- . .- . .-. .-. - - . .. . 3 11m.. .. .. . . 1 y. 1 31Í6 - -- -- - - -1 Ya 2% .. . . 3 Ya 23h2 1 1m :Ya Y1 6 111i. 1 Ya "hz 1 % 1 . . . 2% . .. . .. . . -2% . . . . 3 % . .. . h 2 :Ya .. .. 1% - - - --- - - - -1-l 1l % 1 % 2 Y2 ... . 3 % 1 Y1 % 7% 1 % . ... . . . . 2 Y2 . . . . . . . . 15/Í• 1 % Y1 . . . . 4 '/Í• . ... . .. . 1 % - - -- - -- ---. . . . 1 11/i• ... . 2 % 1 Y1 % 6 y, .... . . . . 1 3.4 1 " /Í• z9m 11 •1i. % 5' 9m .. . . . . . . 1 Y1 % 11 Ya r1 1 Ya Y1 6 Y1 1 "li• .. .. 1 'JI• 1 " JI• ... . 2 y, . . . . 4 3/a .. . .. . .. 1 y. . . . . 1 11/Í• . . . . .. . . 1 V1 1 Ya
Hove dime nsiens certified fer insto llo tie n purp eses.
r.
r. v.
r.
v.
"IÍ•
v. v.
1 :Ya 1% 1 :Ya 1% 1% 1 :Ya 2 2 1 o/a 1 o/a l :Ya 1 :Ya
parts and package handling tro lley conveyors
Roller turns
Traction wheel turns
45° TURN SHOWN 30° ANO 60º SIMILAR
45° TURN SHOWN 30° ANO 60° SIMILAR
DROP=
L CLEARANCEnJC ~~--~~~~~~....,. DROP=r
/,,_ _ _ _ __ _ __,
<;/l CHAIN TYPICAL SECTION
Are of turn,
...
degrees
3 ... and 4 "' co nveyon X348 or X458 choin 6
Pitch rodius, inche s
A
18 24 30 36
Al
8
1
60 6~ 6012•;,. 6018'1'1, 60 24V.
42 48 60
6029 V, 6635 Ve
72
18 24 30 36
72 60 'A. 142 6 ~ 148 1211. 48 17 1'1'1. 48 23'h
711. 5:Y. 6:Y. 7'1'16 3:Y.
42 48 60 72 18 24 30 36
54 29'1'1. 54 34\l:i 60 46•Ji. 66 57ló. 36 6 Y, 42 11'/ , 42 16 Ve 48 22 %
180 42 48 60 72
~
7V. 66 4 5'!. 72 9:Y. 6'!. 72 15'1o 3:Y. 72 21 :y.
of turn,
1E 3'!. 5
6Y, 5Y,
7
or
1
--
--
5
5'h
611. 7:Y. 78 4 511. 7857 -- - 7\l:i e7\l:i 3:Y. 3:Y. 48 4 7'h 7V. 54 9s¡, 5'h 5V. 54 l 5V. 7'A. 3V. 3V. 5421 11.
5
-
8
8
6026Ve 5 5 6032 Y, 6 6 6643 Vo 8 v. 8V. 72 55V. - - -- -- - 33 142 4 6'!. 6:Y. 4 8 0 v, 3Y, 3:Y. 4 8 14 Y, 7'1'16 6 6 54 20111 5
5Y,
or
2'1o 6Y, - - 3:Y.
3
6'!. 5 3 'h
7
or
8
10
3\l:i 3\l:i 72 27\l:i 7'h 7'h 723311.
4
42 48 60 72 18 24 30 36
5Y,
8
4
90
5
6647~
45
24 30 36
1e1
10 7 4 6:Y. -- 9 4 :Y. 6 :Y. 4 7 '!.
7
10
54 27'1'1. 8 8 'h 8'h 54 25 3'!. 54 33 y, 5 'h 5'h 60 30:Y. 7 11. 60 43 1% 5 V. 5V. 66 4 1 y, 7 66 54 V~ 7 - - - - - - -- 5 4:Y. 72 52V. 36 5'!o 5 5 36 3 y. l Y. 42 1011. 5'h 5'h 42 8 2'/a 48 14 1'Ji¡ 6 5'!. 148 12v, 2:Y. 54 19 \lo 7'Ao 6 'h 6'h 54 17\.1. 3 4 5 5V. or 7 10 60 23 % 8 6 'h 6\l:i 60 21 'h 3 v. 66 28 'A. 7V. 7V. 66 26 3 y, 78 36111 6 7 78 34V. 3 90 46 8'h 8Y, 90 ~ -- -- 5V. 30 .... lOV. 10 30 lOY, 10 36 . ... 36 . .. . 42 . ... 1OV. 10 42 . .. . 48 ... . 7'1'16 1OY, 10 48 . .. 4 5 5Y, or 7 10 9Vo 54 . . .. 8 10111 10 54 . .. . 60 .... 1OY, 10 60 . .. ~2 .... 1OY, 10 72 . .. 84 . . . . lOY, 10 84 . ...
180° TURN Fig . 6298
Are
INCHES
4
42 48 60 1_8 _ - - - _ 72
Al B
TYPICAL SECTION
.•..,.,
6 "' conveyor X678 choin 6
~I O• E 8 X348IX458 X348IX458
30
60
1800 TURN
...
degrees
...
inches
A
O
1e1
18 18 24 21 4 36 24 - -- - -- -- 18 18 45 24 21 4 36 24 - - - - - f--- 18 18 60 24 21 4 36 24 --- - - -- 24 36 36 48 48 90 60 4 60 72 - - -84- - -- -72 24 42 36 60 135 48 78 4 60 96 112 - - - 72 -24 24 30 27 30 36 180 42 33 4 48 36 54 39 60 42 72 48 30
41r conveyor
3 w conveyor X348 choin /J.
Pitch dio m.,
1
6" conveyor X678 choin6
X458 cho in 6
E
A
O
1e 1 •
E
1
INCHES
5'h
4 4 'h 2'h
-- -5 'h
5 'h
4 :Y. 5
3V. 4:Y. 5
- - -3
6 V.
6 5'h 6 11. 6 'h
6 Y:i - - 3\l:i 3:Y.
5 Y,
5'h 6 '!. 8 V.
--
--
5 'h
7 Vo
18 21 24 18 21 24 -18 21 24 - 36
7'!'1. 4 5
4'h
8 2Y, -7'1'16 4:Y.
5
or
5
- - 8 - -3V. 7'1'16 4:Y.
5
or
5
- -8- -3
6V.
7'1'\, 6
48
60 72 84 42 60 78 96 112 -24 27 30 33 36 39 42 48
or
5
or
8
- --
6 V. 6'h 6'h
-3 Y,
7'1'16 3 :Y. 5
or
5'h
8
6 :Y. 8 v.
-- -
-
7'1'16 5
or
8
7'!.
1A
O
1e1
18 21 7 24 18 21 7 24 18 21 7 24 36 48 60 7 72 84 42 60 78 7 96 112 -- 24 27 30 33 7 36 39 42 48
®
10
-
1
E
3 'h 4 2
-4 V.
10 4Y, 2:Y.
- -4 V. -
10 4 Y, 2'h -5:Y. 5Y,
10 5 '!. 6 - -63 3 v. 10 5 6 V.
-
7 '!. --
10 7'1í
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes. Roller turns ore lurnished with Style OL ro llers unless othe rwise specified . T raction w heel turns ore furnished w ith Style RH wheels unless otherwise specined. ¿ Other ores, pitch rodii and pitch diameters con be lurnished. t; Corresponding sizes of unmodified Rivetless choin con be used. • Other drops: with X458 chain, BY.• with 468 chain, 7y2 • ; Bo/i."; 8~.". ® Other d rops: with X458 cho in, 1 with X678 choin, 10'/z".
o•
L 1 N K - B E L T • 535
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Roller turn takeups Ek--
-
-
G
H +--Í'-
B
H
6" 6"
90° TAKEUP RIGHT HAND SHOWN
180° TAKEUP 180° TAKEUP
CLEARANCE
~
C/l CHAIN
TYPICAL SECHON
t
90° t ractlon whe e l takeups • right o r left hond
90° roller turn t ake ups • right or left hond Piteh
turn,
...
rodius
o ·¡:;e •>>e ..e.., e .., ....
.
90
Q)
M
X
1
18 24 30 36 42 48 60
¡; ,..
.. > e
...
·¡:;
..,
..e
90
e ,,., .... Q)
X
18 24 30 36 42 48 60 72
-
o>
.. > e
·¡:;
..,
..e
....e ..,"
90
Q)
X
18 24 30 36 42 48 60 72
B
1
1
...
72
-
1 A
inches
d egrees
e
Are of
turn,
o
E
1
f
1
1
1
1
e ¡; ·¡:;
INCHES
36 42 48 54 60 66 78 90 -36 42 48 54 60 66 78 90 -36 42 48 54 60 66 78 90
59 65 71
48 54 60 66 72
78 90 -102 48 54 60 66 72
78 90 102 - 48 54 60 66 72 78 90 102
4
5Y:z
7 Y:z
15
77
83 89 101 113 - - - - - -- 59 65 71 7~ 77 5 or 7 Y:z 15 83 8 89 101 113 - - - - - - - 65 71
•
77
7
10
7\.'J
21
0
83 89 95 107 119
43 Y. 4 8'14 54'14 60 66 72
82 -94 43 Y. 48 :Y. 54 :Y. 60 66 72
82 -94 43 Y. 48 '14 54 Y. 60 66 72 82 94
Are of turn,
.
.!: o
..,
..e
e ....
M
-
•
..o,.. > e
de grees
Q)
180
M
X
- - -
o ·¡:;e •>>e ..e..,
... .... e ,,., Q)
180
X
. o > > e
72
18 24 30 36 42 48 60 72
- ~
18 24 30 36 42 48 60
·¡:;
..,
..e
e .., ~ " Q)
X
180
18 24 30 36 42 48 60 72
42 48 54 60 66 72 84 96 42 48 54 60 66
4
5Y:z
4
53 59 65 71 77
83 95 - - - - - - 107 53 59 65 7~ 71 5 or 4 77 8 83 72 84 95 96 107 --- -- - - -- - -42 59 65 48 54 71 60 77 10 7 4 83 66 0 72 89 101 84 96 113
536 • L 1 N K - B E L T
•
50Y:z 62 Y:z 74 Y:z 86 Y:z 98 Y:z 110 ¡.<, 134 Y:z 158 Y:z 50Y:z 62 Y:z 74 Y.i 86Y.i 98111 11 0 \.'J 134 111 158 \.'J
H
1
24 36 48 60
4 2 48 4 2 48 Q) 4 2 48 4 90 42 54 48 60 72 X - e- - - -24- --- 42 48 ·¡:; ..e 36 4 2 48 48 42 48 5 ~
,.. ..e "e> ..,
. M
-o ,..o >
... e
e
-~
..,.. e>
.
56 56 sv. 4 Y:z 12 56 62 66 -- -56 7~ 56 or 4 Y:z 12 56 8 62 66 - - -62 62 10 62 4 Y:z 18 68 0
•
e ... "
72
43 43 43 45 51 43 43 43 45 51 43 43 43 45 51
1 80° tractlo n wheel take ups
1
Are of
turn,
1 dio., Piteh 1
d e ~ees
inche s
A
1
e
1
O
...
E
1
G
H
INCHES
47 38Y:z 36 50 39 44 Y:z 53 42 50Y:z ..e .., 45 56 56Y:z > e Q) e Q) Q)
. . o>
e
·¡:;
....
24 30 36 42 48 54 60
•
..
.... "
SO Y..
62 Y.i 7 4 Y:z 86 111 98 Y.i 11 0111 134 ¡.<, 158 Y:z
1
d e~ees
H
G
1 8 0 ° roller turn ta keups
1
Fig . 6JO O
f ig . 6299
TYPICAL SECTION
Are of
IQ!..Q" /' MIN , HINGES
;f_
__t
::-::~;;:i~~-~-~~DROP e c:::'-=-=--=-=--=-?? ---
¡·
¿ D. • 0
Hove dimensions certiíled for instollotion purposes. Tokeups ore ovoiloble with spring, screw or coun te rweight type od¡ustment. C ounterweights con be furnished. Sp ri ng od¡usted tokeups o re lurnished unless otherwise specified. Roller turn tokeups ore furnis hed with Style OL rollers ond troction wheel turn tokeups ore furnished with Style RH w heels unless otherwise specified. Other ares, pitch radii ond pitch diometers con be furnished. Corresponding sizes of unmodified Rivetless choin can be used. Other drops: w i th X458 cho in, 8 V. "; with 468 chain, 7 Y1 ", BY,.", ay,,". Other drops: with X458 chain, 10"; with X678 chain, l OY2".
parts and package handling trolley conveyors
Drives
l
ASSEMBLY 1
CLEARANCE
o
..,_..,._.....,,......,.--uJDROP C/l PLAN VIEW
CHAIN
ASSEMBLY :2
VIEW AA
Stationary cate rpillar d rive
F
·G
~:!====~!::::-~-·A _J PLAN VIEW
VIEW AA
Floating caterpillar drive Orive numbe r Conslonl spee d
Vorio ble speed
1
3 lo 1
1
e
3 • conveyor
4• co n vey or
6 ' conveyor
X348 choint.
X4 5 8 choin ll.
X678 choin.C.
o
1
F
1 E 1
1 G
e
1
o.
F
1 E 1
6 lo 1
1
G
e
' º®'
INCH ES
E 1
F
1
G
Statlonary cate rpilla r drlves
C35S C40S
R35S R40S R50S R60S R70S RSOS
esos
C60S C70S
caos
P35S P40S P50S P60S P70S PSOS
22 22 25 ....
54
24 24 54 24 . . . . . ... . . . . 5 'h 5 'h 5 'h
12 12 12 . ...
54
. ...
. . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . .
. ...
20 21 26 29 29 33
54
7 3A, 8
54 54 60 60 60
73.M
66 66 66
or
. . . . .... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . ...
24 24 24 24 24 24
12 12 12 12 12 12
29 y, 29 '/:i 29 y, 29 y, 29 Y2 29 y,
17 y, . . . . 17 y, . . . . 17 y, 26 17 \12 29 17 \12 29 17'/:i 33
26 29 29 33
10 10 10 10
60 60 60 60
24 24 24 24
. . .. . .. . 15 15 15 15
Floatlng caterpillar drlves
P35F P40F P50F P60F P70F PSO F
R35F R40F R50F R60F R70F RS OF
C35F C40F C50F C60F C70F CSOF
22 22 25
5 '/:i 5 '/:i 5 '/:i
66 66 66 . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .... . . . .
Orive number Consla nl speed
Vorioble speed 1
3 la 1
1
A
17 y, 17 y, 17 y, . ...
29 'h 29 y, 29 Y2 . . .. . ... . ...
. ... . ...
20 21 26 29 29 33
or
8
72 72 72
3 r conve yor
4 " conveyor
X348 choin ll.
X4 5 8 choin t.
1 8
1
e
o
1
1
E
A
1
8
6 lo 1
1
e
1 O•
... . . ... . . . . .... . . . . . ... 10 10 10 10
29 y, 29 '/:i 29 y, 29 '/:i
72 72
72 72
. ... . .. . 20 y, 20Y, 20Y,
20 y,
6" con veyor
X678 cho in t. 1
E
1 8
A
1
e
1
º® 1
E
INCHES
Corne r sprocket drlv es
C35C C40C C40C C50C C50C
R35C R40C R40C R50C R50C
P35C P40C P40C P50C P50C
3 y, 23 3 y, 23 2~ 36 % 3 \12 23 2 ~. 36 %
C60C C60C C70C C70C
R60C R60C R70C R70C RSOC RSOC
P60C P60C P70C P70C PSOC PSOC
3 y, 2 ~. . . .. 2 v. . . ..
ca oc ca oc
.. . .
23 36 % ... . 36 % .... . .. .
22 22 23 23 25
5 y, 5 y, 5 Y2 5 y, 5 '/:i
30 5 y, 31 5 \12 . . . . . ... 32 5 y, . . . . . . .. . ... . ...
Hove dimensions cerlified for inslallation purposes. t::. Corresponding sizes of unmod ified RiveHess choin can be used.
54 54
60 54
60 54 60
.. . . 60
. . .. . ...
. . .. . ... 3 % 23 '.4 . . .. . .. . 3 Ya 23 '.4 3 36 3 Ya 3 3 3/1 3 3 Ya 3
23 '.4 36 23 '.4 36 23 \f4 36
. . ..
....
54
22
. . ..
.... 23 25 28 28 30 29 34 32
7% or
54 60
54 60 54 60 54 60 X458 choin, ay.• 8
. . . . . ... . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . .. 1% . ... 1% . ... 1%
.... 38 y, .. .. 38 '/:i .... 38 '/:i
. ... ... . .... . . .. . . ..
. ... . . .. . ... . ...
. . . . ... . 28 10 . . .. . ... 10 29 . . . . . ... 32 10
. ... 60 . .. . 60 . ... 60
. . ..
• Olher drops: wilh wilh 468 choin, 7Y/; 8>A."; 8~'. ® Other drops: with X458 chain, 10' with X678 chain, 10y2•.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 537
parts and package handling trolley conve yon
Track and expansion ioints Track
l
Track e x pansion jo int s
A
Trovel
Trock si1e,
Tro ck
si z.e,
w eig hl,
inches
pounds
3 4 6
5.7 7 .7 12.5
A
1
1
rlÍ TRAVEL
1
3 4 6
H a ve dimensions certified
16 16
8 8 12
6
=~ =:;
D
INCHES
1 1
e
INCHES
3 4
... •>0• Trock
T
inches
Take up type
20
Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.
JF=I
1 2.33 1 . 17 , . 17 2.66 . 19 . 19 3.33 .23 . 2 3
cf===iO:O:::-::·--::.. -
-
- - -10'
r
_$;¡
J
~. H07
Building type • short trovel
fo r instollotion pur-
poses.
Track splices e'""t<---6· J
Double vertical curves
'1;-=====1(5
/ MALLEABLE IRON CLAMP
¡_
¡
T
WELDED
Fig. 501 1
Fig. 50 12
W elded splice angl e
Bolte d spl ice clamp
ANGLE 9 /
For dimensions see poges 524, 525 ond 581.
Anti-runaway •
downhill runs
Backstop •
uphill runs
7 I==----Trock
e
A
D
ii1e,
in ches
INCHES
9 8 1/a 51'2 5'1. 1'I• 11 8% 51'2 2 Ya 6'1· 81/a 1 11 y, 1 8 1'2 1 51'2 1 3 Hove dimensions certified for instoll:>tion purposes. 3 4 6
538
.
LINK - B ELT
Trock size,
e
A
inches
3 4 6
INCHES
51/a 6Y, 1 8
4 y. 1
5 6'1.
1
3'/a 4 Ya 51'1
Hove dimensions certified for in·
stollotion purposes.
parts and package handling powe r and free conveyors
Power ond free conveyors provide the wide operoting Aexibility necesso ry to hondle ports, components ond ossemblies through fobricoting ond processing operotions, thereby reducing monufocturing ond handling costs. Coupl ed with suitoble control systems, power ond free conveyors outomoticolly perform mony comprehensive handling operotions. Power ond free conveyors ore o combinotion of powered trolley conveyors ond unpowered monoroil type free conveyors which provide in one integroted conveying system oll the odvontoges of both ty pes coupled with ony desired omount of outomotic cont rol. Two sets of trock ore used, usuolly suspended one obove the other. The upper trock is structurol 1-beom ond corries the powered trolley conveyor. The lower, or free trock, usuoll y consists of two structurol chonnels or ongles ond corries four wheel load trolleys from which carriers are suspend ed. Load trolleys h ove two integral pivoted dogs which engoge pushers attached to the power conveyor trolleys or chain. Load trolleys are switched to ond from adjacent unpowered free !rocks on either or b o th sides o f the main power and free conveyor while the power conveyor is moving. Loa d trolleys are hand or gravity propelled on free track runs. Manuolly or automatically controlled powered lifts ore frequently used on free tracks to move load trolleys ond corriers vertically to and from work stations and process enclosures such os point dip or ploting tonks or between trock runs of different eleva tions. Appl icotion of power ond free conveyors b y LinkBelt from creotive engineering in the initiol sto ges, through monufocturing, instollotion ond testing ossures the most opproprio te ond economico l system to suit individual requirements.
Automobile body subossemblies in tronsit from storoge to ossembly. Photo 39522
Operating features Routing of materi al • Dispo tch mechonism o n corriers permits material to b e tronsported to selected points in the system ond stopped. Storage • Corriers moy be collected on free or powered trocks between operotio ns or deportme nts ond he ld os long o s desired. Recirculation • Co rriers dispotched to o stotio n tempororily unoble to occept them con circulote in the system until needed. Material con be returned to vorious work stotions for rework, or re test of rejected work. Varlations in load spacing and load spee d • By using sup plementory power conveyors with variable speed drives ond with pushers spoced os required, load trolley spocing o nd speeds con be voried os required in the system to suit vorious processing operotio ns. Material flow moy be divided when necessory to mointoin desired production. V ert i cal move m e nt of load troll e y s • Powered lifts ore used o n free !rock runs to move load trolleys ond corriers verticolly to ond from work stotions, between trock runs of different e levotions ond for dipping operotions.
Load trolleys ond corriers bonked on free trock storoge lines ofter switching. Photo 39533
L 1 N K - B E L T • 53 9
parts and package handling power and free conveyors
Components ;T•o
~Power
~conveyor
- - - - Free !rock 39503
~load
h o ll•y
Power conveyors • 4" lrolley conveyors with 4 " 1-beom !rock,
Link-Bel! Series 500 trolleys, and X458 Rivetless choin o re usuolly used for power conveyors. For systems hoving moderote loods ond inclines, pusher ottochments on two wheel trolleys o re used to engoge ond propel load trolleys on free !rock. For systems handling heovy lood s or hoving steep inclines, pushers ore mounted on the choin between two trol1eys. Free track • Two structurol chonnels with Aong es focing ore usuolly used for free !rack on both powered ond unpowered runs. The fre e !rock on powered runs Is locoted b elow the power conveyor ond is supported by steel yokes. 4 " structurol chonnel !rock is used for systems hoving moderote loo ds ond 6 " structurol channel !rock is used for systems hoving heovy loods. Trock systems for relatively light loods can be furnished with !rock mode from two structurol ongles, Load trolle ys • load trolleys consist of four boll b e oring wheels, two vertical boll b eoring guide rollers, ond two pivoted pusher dogs ali ossembled to o rugged steel bracket hoving o pendont to suspend corriers. The wheels ore fully mochined from steel tubing ond are corburized ond hect treoted to give moximum life to rolling surfaces. f ully ground rocewoys and precision steel bolls, fully coged for occuro te spocing, minimize friction ond ossure smooth rolling. Wheels ore provid e d with frictionless triple lobyrinth metal seols ond formed steel end pioles hoving o pressure type lubricotion fitting. Steel dogs e ngoge pusher attachments on power conveyor to propel load trolleys. Vertical boll b eoring guide rollers run on !rock flonges to effectively guide load trolleys on straight runs ond around horizontal turns, assuring free movement. Bumpers, load bars and carriers • Bump ers ore generolly provided on corriers for power ond free conveyor systems. They preve n! odjocent corriers from contacting one another when corriers ore banked on unpowered free !rock oheod of switches, lifts or in storoge lines. Bumpers usuolly support carrier dispatch mechonism. When two
540 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Single and d auble suspension bumpers with rectangular box carriers. Photo 39534
trolleys ore required to suspend loods, bumpers olso serve as load bars. Carriers o re designed to suit individual requirements. Assem bly Axtures of mony types os required for vo rious operotions may b e incorporoted . Many carriers con be orronged for outomatic loading and unlooding when required. Dlspatch mechanlsm • Corrier dispotch ond control systems o re usuolly mechanical (for simple routing) or electronic (for comprehensive systems) and are designed to provide ony or oll of the operoting feotures shown on pag es 543 ond 544.
parts and package handling power and free conveyors
Components Horizontal turns • Turns used for combined power and free runs consist of occurately curved sections of both power and free tracks, o series of ball bearing rollers to guide power conveyor chain, steel yokes to support free track and a structural steel frame to rig idly support the entire assembly. M ínimum radius is 36". Standard trolley conveyor roller lurns are used on independent power conveyor runs (power conveyor runs not having free track) . Turns for indep endent free track runs require only accurately formed curved track sections with support yokes.
Po we r a nd free ho rizontol turn with vertical curve in backg round. Pholo 39536
Vertical curves • One method of varying track elevations on power ond free conveyors is with vertical curves. They consist of accurately formed sections of 1-beam and channel track. Mínimum radius is 10' -0" measured to centerline of power conveyor track. Powered lifts • Sections of free track on unpowered runs along with load trolleys and carriers are moved vertically with powered lifts. They are used to deliver work to and from work stations, for dipping operations of all ty pes and to tronsfer carriers from one Aoor to onother. Lifts are pneumaticolly, electricall y or hydraulically operated and automatically or manually controlled. Multiple elevations may be accommodated when required.
Track switches (power and free) • 2 or 3- wa y tongue and 2-way plate ty pe track switches are used to switch load troll eys to and from power and free runs. Switches a re usually pneumatically powered and are manually or automatica lly controlled. Tongue switches hove a pivoted section of free trock and ore used for moderote ond heovy loods when omple cleoronce is ovoiloble for switching. Plote switches use o moveoble switch plote to tronsfer load trolleys ond require less trock length thon tongue switches. They are used for moderate loods where required by poth cleoronces.
Powe re d lift on fre e lrock. Photo 39593
Track switches (unpowered free track) • 2 or 3-woy stub switches ore used to tronsfer load trolleys between unpowered runs of free trock. They ore monuolly or pneumotico lly p owered. The pneumotic type ma y be monuolly or outomoticolly controlled. Stub switches hove sections of stroight ond curved trock mounted on o moveoble frome.
2-way to ngue type !ra ck switch. Pho lo 39537
2-way plate type !rack switch with 2 -way stub type !rack switch in b ackground. Photo 3 9 53 8
l oad lrolley being switche d on 2 -woy plate ty pe !rack switch. Photo 39535
L 1 N K - BE L T • 541
parts and package handling power and free conveyors
Typical layout UP DOWN
o------
z 3: o o
1
(
)
1
: 1
i
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
i:
1 1 1
1 1
+1 1 1 1
LEGEND POWER ANO FREE ~--FREE TRACK
t
t - --- POWER CONVEYOR ONLY
1
1
O
1
1
C8J
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1
1 1 J
\
'
STOP ANO FEEDER ' POWERED LIFT
z
w
>
o AREA C
(.!)
z
>-
0::
o
/
(
1[8]--JREWORKI
1
z o
3:
"'-C8:1-"
o
t
ITJ W ORK STATIONS
..J
8u
AREA B
z o
3:
o
--------~---+---~-------~ - ----- ~---------0---------0----+---o------- -0 -- -- ----~---+---~-- - - - --~-- - ---STORAGE ~- - ------0- --------0-----+---o--------0--------~---+-- -~- -- ---- ~------ ~--------0--------0----+---o------ - -
fl9 . 62 JS
SHI PPING
Schematic layout of a power and free conve yor system.
542 • L 1 N K - B E L T
parts and package handling p o w er a n d free con v eyor s
Operating features Power ond free conveyors hove greot inherent operoting flexib il ity. Load trolleys with corriers can be switched to and from one or severo l power ond free conveyors or connecting free trock systems. Material can be transported at vorious speeds, stopped, moved vertically, pivoted, indexed, dumped or dipped as desired to suit operoting requirements. This Aexi-
/
~
,,,..------..o ~ 7
z 3: o
r 1 1
o
1
1 1
1
1 1
1 1 1
1
r
1 1 1 1 1
1 1
1 1 1
1
1
1
1 1
( 1
1 1 1 1 1
>
(
1
(( ( 1
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
1 1 1
1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1
1
1
1
1 1
1 1 1
1 1 l sTORAGE ¡ 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AREA A 1 1
1 1
1 1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1
t 9 t 9 t ·¡~ t ~ t ~ '
'
+1
1 1 1 1
1 1
1
-
1 1
>
> (
r
t9t9t9t9t 9
1
1 1 1
l
( 1
?
........ -
?
1 1 1 1 1
1
1 1 1 1
1
1 1
/
"'-1:8:1_, t ITJ
1 1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9? 9? 99
mt
,.-1:8J-..
1
o:J
[TI
,.-C8:]-..
,.-C8:]-..
~
t
/
/
"'~--
"--C>f--
OJ
m
WORK STATIONS Fog . 621 5 Ar eo A
bility coupled with proper control systems gives power and free conveyors mony desirable unique operoting features required for modern industrial operations. Sections of the typical la yout on poge 542 ore used os exomples in the following description of operoting feotures. The oreas used for reference ore indicated on the layout.
Automatic routing of material (dispat ching) · Used in conjunction with suitable dispotch systems on corriers ond motching controls on the conveyor, power ond free conveyors provide outomotic selective routing of material th roughout systems involving one o r more conveyors. Loa d trolleys with carriers ore dispotched from looding points or succeeding work stotions ond ore stopped for storoge ond et work stotions os required. After being dispatched, load trolleys ond carriers proceed without further ottention to the next scheduled stopping point wherever locoted in the system. Co rriers ore dispotched singly o r in groups ond when required , ore selectively recolled from remote storage oreas. Work stotions ore continuously ond outomoticolly supplied with proper omounts of material. In Figure 6215 Area A, the dispotch system ollows corriers to be moved outomaticolly from looding to storoge ond to ony of the work stotions. Dispotch systems ore designed to meet the requirements of individua l instoll o tions, which may vory widely. Mecho nical dispotch systems ore often used for smoll instollotions. They usuo lly consist of o metal flag ond o positioning brocket mounted on the corrier bumper. Electronic dispotch systems ore used for more comprehensive instollotions. One system of this t ype utilizes punched cord s which ore placed in o holder mounted on the corrier bumpers. Cords ore outomoticolly reod et vorious switching points. Dispa tch systems moke possible the full utilizotion of the inherent fle xi bility of power and free conveyors. Consult LinkBelt for the proper system to meet individual requirements.
Stora ge • Load trolleys with carriers ore outomoticolly stopped ond moy be stored indef1nitely on power ond free conveyor systems. Material in process is bonked for storoge wherever required on free track storage lines or on powered loops ho ving spring powl pushers on the power choin which override d ogs on load trolleys when corriers are bonked on the line. Load trolleys with carriers ore outomoticolly reclo imed from storage on selective co ll from succeeding work stotions. Material emerges from eoch storage line in the sorne order in which it enters, mointoining f1rst in-f1rst out flow. Storage lines occommodate differences, either continuous or temporary for machine set ups, in rotes of production b e tween vorious deportments or between operotions ond provide o continuo usly ovoiloble supply of material stored in otherwise unused overheod spoce. Figure 6215 Areo A, shows o series of storage lines ohead of work stotions.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 543
parts and package handling powe r and free conve yors
Operating features Recirculatlon • Power and free conveyors ore frequently
of various load stations. In Figure 6215, Area B, recirculation is provided in the fabrication- inspection crea. Th is allows carriers dispatched to various work stations to automatically b y-pass if necessary and retu rn. lt also allows carriers to be returned from inspection to the rework station. The poth in the inspection oreo is orronged to ollow seporote g roups o r different types of corriers to be used for pointing ond drying and in final inspection, pocking ond storage oreas if d esired.
orronged to ollow load trolleys with carriers to recirculote over selected paths or through all of the system. This feature allows material that has been dispatched to a station temporarily unable to accept it to by- pass the station and automotically return. lt also provides temporary storage and allows material to be supplied to work stations with minimum time delay. Recirculation ollows rejected work to be automatically returned from inspection stations to rework st ations in the system. lt also permits easy return of empty carriers to storage ahea d 1 1
9
1 • 1
1
1 1 1 1
99 99 99 99 9 1
c..
i
QJ •
=>
~-IREWORK I
~
/--~
1
' --cr~ 0 WORK STATIONS AREA 8
z
i'o5
Fig. 62 15
V e rtical move ment of load trolle ys and carrl e rs · Powered lifts ore used on free track runs to move load troll eys with carriers verticolly. Lifts ore pneumatically, electrically or hydraulically o perated and are manually or outomoticolly controlled. Vertical movement is odvontogeous for delivery of material to ond from work stations with minimum obstruction at the station. Lifts ore olso advantogeously used for dipping operotions to keep length of dip tonks ot o minimum. Lifts ore olso used to move corriers verticolly from one floor to onother. In Figure 6215 Areo B, lifts ore used to deliver corriers to ond from work stotions. A vertical curve is used to lower corriers to working level prior to entering the inspection stotion.
power conveyors, integroted power ond free systems ore orronged
DOWN
o - ----1
to
provide different load spocing ond speeds through areos where these factors affect the operations to be performed, such os pointing ond drying. The pusher spocing ond operoting speeds of the supplementory power con-
c..
)
(
=>
1 :1 1
1 1 1 1
t',I
'I 11 :1
+1 I+.¡ 1
'1
l
1
Variations In load spaci ng and load sp eed • By using two or more
Areo B
1
i ~¡¡
' I' 1 ~
'
zw i!; AREA C
<.!>
z
~
,I
J
o
/
veyors ore selected to suit the operotions involved ond, if possible, to mointoin desired production of the overoll system. lf the production connot be mointained, the flow con be divided into odditionol lines to occommodate slow operotions ond subsequently be recombined with main path. In Figure 6215 Areo C, supplemento ry power conveyors ore provided ot the
z
point booth ond the drying oven. Load spacing is increased through pointing
o
~
and decreased to a minimum through the drying oven. Operoting speeds in this crea are set to maintain o production balance with the fobrication section
_J
of the system.
§
Other f e atures • In oddition to the obove feotures, provision con be made for horizontal tronsverse movement of load trolleys ond corriers,
-+----
indexing, automotic loading and unloading, and other speciol features. Fog. 6215 Areo C
544 • L 1 N K - B E L T
parts and package handling power a n d free conveyors
Other types Meat packing industry type ~
F;g. 6223
Mea! packing industry type power and free canveyar system on the beef dressing floor al a modern packing house. Phota 31402A The power conveyor usually consists of 658 or 678 Rivetless chain, or SS 4126 cha in having drop finger pushers and slid e pioles, and supported by a double channe l o r angle !rack. fre e !rack is usually 'h" x 2 'h" bar and is located b elow !he power conveyor !rack o n monoplone systems os shown on fig ure 6223. The free !rack on multiplone systems is located alongsid e the power conveyor !rock on either side ond side finger pushers ore use d. Brockets ore used to support ond olign both !rocks. Load trolleys hoving one double flanged wheel ore used e ither singly or in poirs. Complete syslems including switches, powered lifts, inclined sections, d rives and controls ca n be fu rnished.
1 1
: J
f
Occosionolly poth lengths and loo ds moke it desiro ble to use trolleys insteod of slide pioles on !he powe r conveyor. The power conveyor on this type is orronged o s shown ond has boll beoring trolleys. f igure 6221 shows o spring type pusher which will override load trolleys when work is bonked on the line. Rigid drop finger p ushers ore olso used. Complete syslems including switches, powered lifts, inclined sections, drives and controls con b e furnished. Modifled meat packing industry type power and fr ee having ball beoring wheel trolleys on powered conveyor in a modern bakery. Pholo 39594
Side-by-side type In this ty pe, the two sets of !rock ore orronged alongside eoch other as shown. 1-beam sections ore used far the !rock system ond bo th lracks ore suspend ed from common supports. Load trolleys o nd corriers ore switche d to ond from the line on the side opposite the power conveyor; however, the power conveyor con be placed on either sid e of the free trock ond con cross over it when desired. Figure 6222 shows the general orrongement of tracks ond o spring looded side fing e r p ushe r with o manual releose. Complete systems including switches, powered lifts, carrier dispotch mechonism ond controls con be furnished.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 545
parts and package handling Trukveyors
Trukveyors
•1 I• l
J
Trukveyors ore widely used to mechonize freight handling, worehousing, ond industrial operotions. H andling costs ore reduced ond operot ing efficiencies ore increosed. They ore towing four material to d isengoged
o continuous ond versotile conveying medium for wheel plotform t rucks or dollies which carry the b e hond led. Trucks ore eosily engoged to ond from the Trukveyor ot ony point.
Tr ukveyors o ffer unlimited possibilities of flexibility, copocity ond length. They ore extremely versoti le ofter instollotion since the voriotion in size ond shope of material tho t con be hondled is limite d only b y the tr ucks used on the system. Trukveyors m oy operote in multiple piones to meet layout req uirements. Trucks ore outomotico ll y tronsferred from one Trukveyor to onother when necessory to meet complex material flow ond truck dispotching requirements. The creotive opp licotion of Trukveyors b y link-Belt, from initiol recommendotions th rough enginee ring, manufacture ond instollo t ion ossures the most suito bl e d esign ond equipment to meet individual req uiremenl s.
ln-the-floor Trukveyor in a grocery warehouse continuousl y moves cases of faad from receiving to storage and from storage to shipping. Photo 3949 1
Link·Belt manufactures two types of Trukv e yors: ln-the - floor Trukveyor Built Aush with the surfoce of the Aoor, this ty pe of Trukveyor consists of on endless power driven strond of Rivetless choin operoting in o metal t rough. The chain i s suspended by ball b earing pushers and idlers running in o double structuro l chonnel !rock. The trock has heovy cover plotes, o rronged t o p rovide o continuous norrow slot to occept truck tow p ins ond designed to ca rr y normal cross Aoor troffic. Trucks ore eosily engoged o t ony point by dropping the tow p in into the slot ond ore reodily disengoged by r oising the tow pin ond pulling the trucks owoy from the Trukveyor poth. Q uiet in operotion with no overheod o b struction, the in-the-Aoor Trukveyor i s the most convenient method of tronsporting p lotform trucks over any p reselected poth.
Overhead Trukveyor This t ype of Trukveyor is on odoptotion of the widely used Link-Bel t 4 " t rolley conveyor. l t consists of on endless power driven strond of Rivetless choin suspended b y boll beoring troll eys from on overheod !rock. Towing ottochments, mounted an the trolleys ar choin, engage mosts or choin slings attached to trucks. The overheod Trukveyor has inherent Aexibility for poth changes after installotian ond is recammended for installotion in b uild ings where the Aaor connat be cut for structurol r eosans. ln-the-Aoor Trukveyor handles grader peris and dozer blades weighing up to 3,000 pounds through cleaning, painting and drying to storage. Photo 37796
Advantages Quiet, orderly, continuous movement • lood ed ond empt y t rucks trovel al speeds up to 150 feet per minut e. Cong estion is e liminoted ond surg es in materia l Aow ore reodily occommodoted. Gentle handling • Material in tronsit o n Trukveyors moves gently ond smoothly.
Less handling • Trukveyors reduce the total number of physicol hondlings of material. Hand ling costs ore reduced. Material t empororily held pending shipment i s conveniently ovoiloble on trucks for eosy movement o nd proper looding sequence.
Convenient routing of mate rial • Trucks engoged on o Trukveyor trovel o pre -determined poth. They ore eosily ceded for vorious storog e oreas, looding doors or material destinotions. Material is conveniently ovoiloble for ropid occurote checking.
546 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Overhead Trukveyor in a motor freight terminal reduces congestion for neat, orderly and efficient operatian. Photo 39490
parts and package handling Trukveyors
contents lntrodvction .. .. ....... .. ..... ...... . ......... .... 5 4 6
Selection and dimensions
Components, in-the-Aoor Trukveyors
Typical layouts . .... . ............ . ......... .. . 554
Chain, pushers and idlers.............. . ..... .. . 548
ln-the-Aoor Trukveyors Design procedure ..... . . .... . . .. ...... . .... . 555
Straight track, clean-out box, and expansion joint track sections . .. .. . .. . . .. ... . .. 549 Chain conflning track section, chain removal
Component selection ... .... .. . ...... ... .. . .. 556 Pusher and idler dimensions .. .. . , .... , , .. .. .. 557
and lubrication box and roller turns ..... .. ..... 55 0
Straight track, rolle r turn and t rench dimensio ns . . 557
Orives, controls and electrical accessories ... .. . .. . 551
Pit dimensions . .. ....... ... . ...... . . ... . .. . . 558 lnstallation methods . . . . . .. ... . ..... . ... .. .. . 559
Components, overhead Trukveyors Chain, trolleys, towing attachments, roller
Overhead Trukveyors
turns, t akeups, track, and drives . .. .. .. . . . .. .. . 552
Design procedure . .. .. . . .. . ... .. ........ . ... 555
Trucks and truck accessories .. ..... .. ..... . ....... . . . 553
Component selection . . ........ .. ........ .. . .. 560 Componen! dimensions . . . . .. .. . .. . . .... , .. . .. 560
Shipments o re e fficiently trons p orte d throughout lhe syste m without conge slion. Photo 3 9506
-~
.___
-.._......
Trucks o re eosily e ngoged or d isengoged al o ny point. Pho to 3 7 360
1
1
Trukveyors ho ve versotility to reo d ily occommodo te w ide voria tion in material size, shope and
weight. Photo 37365
--lt-.
These two link- Belt in-the-floor Trukveyors totolling 5651 fee t continuously move LCL roil freight shipments quickly ond efficiently throughout this lorge roil rood freight house. Photo 37730
Trukve yo r cro sse s fou r sets of !rocks a l raíl le ve l. Trukveyor is sto ppe d , roil cors o re move d o cross p o th w ithout disossembly o f Trukveyor. Photo 37366
Po th includ e s inclined ramps to cha nge elevation to permit ra íl level !rock crossing. Pho to 37362
L 1 N K - B E L T • 547
parts and package handling Trukveyors
Components • in-the-floor Trukveyors
3928 1
Chain ln-the-floor Trukveyors use Link-Belt 658R drop forged steel l\ivetless choin. Rive tless cha ins, widely used for many years on Link-Be lt trolley conveyors, hove high strength with minimum weig ht and can be e osily assem bled a nd disassembled without tools. All peris ore hect treated for greate r strength and maximum wear resistance. Threod ed exte nd ed choin pins o re used to ottoch pushers and idlers.
Style TA pushers • through axle ty pe Style TA pushers a re used to capture and hold truck tow pins on monoplone installations. Tow pins normolly are engog ed by the powl sid e of the pusher. The counterweighted powl is depressed by the tow pin a s it enters the pusher. Upon e ngagement the pawl returns to normal position to capture the tow p in. The rear of the pusher is inclined to allow eng ag ement of tow pins from the rear. The frame and pawl a re rugged malleab le iro n ca stings. W heels a re similar to and hove the sorne bearing s a s Link-Be lt Series 500 - 3 11 trolleys. Fully coged p recision balls run on ha rd e ne d and concentrically ground roceways to assure smooth rolling and long life. The wheels hove recessed fo rmed steel e nd pioles, fitt ed for pressure lubrication, and triple la byrinth typ e metal seals.
36017
Style TA pushe r
Style TA idler • through axle type Style TA idlers are used on monoplane installations to support the chain between Style TA p ushers. They hove a rugged malleable iron frame with two wheels identica l to those on the Style TA pusher.
Style SA pusher • stub axle ty pe
360 18
Style SA pushers e ngage a greater leng th on tow pins than Sty le TA pushers o nd o re used for applications requiring romps or trock level rail crossing s. Style SA pushers hove two spring o p e rated pawls and can engage tow pins from either e nd. The frame and pawl are rugged malleable castings. Wheels ore similar to ond hove the sorne 11 bearings as Link-Belt Series 500 - 3 trolleys. Fully coged precision bolls run o n hardened and concentrically ground raceways to assure smooth rolling and long life. The wheels hove recessed formed steel e nd pio les, fitted for pressure lubrication, and triple labyrinth type metal seals.
Style SA idler • stub axle t ype
Style SA id ler
548 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Style SA idlers are used to support the chain b etween Style SA p ushers and provide g reater tow pin clearance than Style TA idlers. Simila r in construction to Style TA id lers, Style SA id lers hove o rugged molleable iron frame a nd two wheels identicol to those on the Style SA pusher.
parts and package handling Truk veyors
Components • in-the-floor Trukveyors
Straight track sections Straight track sections consist of two !rack chonnels, o formed steel trough, two steel cover plotes, ond onchors and yoke plotes which hold and align componenls during shipment ond instollation. Bolted construction is used for standard slroight !rack so thot cover plates ond !rack chonnels are individually removable ofter instollotion. Stroight track is availoble with either 3 " or 4 11 !rack channels and can be furnished with cover plotes welded to !rock chonnels on request. Trock sections are completely shop ossembled which provides greater accuracy for proper motching ond alignment. Standard cover pioles ore designed to withstond cross traffic individual wheel loads up to 5,000 pounds. When required, provision can be made to accommodote heavier wheel loods.
39279
Clean-out box track sections Clean-out boxes provide o convenient me ons of collecting and removing dirt and foreign material that enters the system through the tow pin slot. The y ore osse mbled integral with a standard seclion of slroight !rock; however, o deeper trough is provided in the box lo allow dirt to collect. A readily removoble cover pi ate offset from !he !rack cover piafe is provided. For installations where water or other liquids may enter !he trench, droins can be attached to the bottom of the box. Cover piafes ore designed for cross traffic wheel loods up lo 5000 pounds. This !rack section is available with 3 " and 4" channel trock.
Expansion ioint track sections Expansion joinl !rack sections consisl of a section of standard track cut through on an ongle ond fitted with guide rods to assure track alignment. Expansion joint !rock sections are used where Trukveyor paths cross building expansion joinls; however, they ore no! usuolly required where !he floor is made with only construction joints, or shollow saw cuis to control cracking. Cover pioles for trock exponsion joints hove the sorne load rating as stroight track cover pioles. Expansion joint track sections are avoilable with 3" ond 4" chonnel track.
:.____)
39280
L 1 N K - B E L T • 549
parts and package handling Trukveyors
Components • in-the-floor-T ru kveyors
Chain confining track section (takeup) ln-the-floor Trukveyors hove a special slraight !rack seclion ad jacent to !he drive on the downstrand (exit) side, to collect !he chain slack. The o utside dimensions and shape of this section are identical lo standard straight !rack and it will fit the sorne trench opening as standard slraight !rack. The cover pioles hove !he sorne load b e aring capacity a s straight !rack cover p ioles. Chain confining !rack sections are available with 3 11 and 4" channel !rack.
39588
Chain removal and lubrication box This special !rack section provides convenienl access to !he chain for removal of slack and to the wheels of pushers and idl ers for periodic lubrication. lt is located ad jacenl to !he chain confining !rack section on !he downstrand (exit) side. Track channels are cut so the upper flange and part of !he web are attached to and removable with the cover p ioles. The cover pioles hove the sorne load bearing capacity as on slraight !rack. Chain removal and lubrication boxes are available with 3 11 and 4 " channel !rack.
I Roller turns Roller turns are used lo g uide the Trukveyor chain around horizontal lurns to keep the cenlerline of the chain under the centerline of the tow pin slot. ln-the-floor Trukveyor roller turns consist of a series of d oubl e -row ba ll bearing rollers mounted on bolts between curved steel retainer bars supported by welded steel brackets fro m a heavy curved slructural sleel channel. Accurately formed curved !rack channels and cover pioles are provided which are individually removable to p rovide convenienl access to all peris. Cover plates are designed lo withstand cross traffic individual wheel loads up to 5000 pounds. The bottom and sides of !he entire assembly are enclosed with a sleel ca sing to p rotect componenls during insta ll a tion. Roller turns hove no projeclion beyond !he tangen! line of the turn. They are avoilable in three standard radii and four standard ares with either 3 11 or 4 11 channel !rack. Special turns can be furnished. 36025
Roller turn rollers The outer shell with integral raceways is accurately machined from steel tubing ; the inner ring with integral raceways is machined from bar stock. Both components are carburized and hect treated to a ssure maximum life of ralling surfaces. A full complement of precision steel balls assures ample bearing capacity. Formed steel end shields are press fitted to the inner ring to preven! entry of foreign material and lo seal in bearing lubrican!. Top end shields of standa rd rollers hove grease fitti ng s which are accessible for maintenance through !he tow pin slot. Factory lubricated and seale d rollers are available having special dose dearance seals lo completely endose the bearing s. These rollers are lubricated at the factory during assembly and do nol require relubrica tion.
550 • L 1 N K - B E L T
parts and package handling Trukveyors
Components • in-the-floor Trukveyors Drives Caterpillar type drives ore used on in-the-floor Trukveyors. Stotionory caterpillar drives ore usuolly used ond ore recommended; however, flooting caterpillar drives ore ovoiloble. Orives, either constont or variable, ore ovoiloble far speeds up to o normal moximum of 150 feet per minute ond far o wide ronge of chain pull copacities. Speciol drives far opplicotions requiring higher speeds, or other speciol feotures con be furnished . Ali drives hove Link-Bel! helicol-worm geor speed reducers with extended dry well type beoring housings on the output end to provide built-in shoft olignment ond moximum copocity far overhung loods. The speed reducers ore connecte d to electric motors of omple size, usuolly by V-belts ond sheoves or variable speed pulley ossemblies; however, silent choin drives ore ovoiloble. ln-the-floor Trukveyor drives hove no open or exposed georing. Orives hove primory ond secondory overlood protection. Primory overlood protection is provided electricolly al the control panel. Secondory overlood protection is provided mechonicolly on stotionory drives ond electricolly on flooting drives. The caterpillar ottochment engoges ond drives the conveyor choin. The driving or caterpillar choin is on endless precision steel roller choin fltted with hordened ond mochined drive dogs. These dogs mesh with the conveyor choin to drive the conveyor. The drive choin ond conveyor choin ore held in proper e ngogement through the drive by o bock-up bar ond o series of guide rollers. The hordened steel bock-up bar contocts the drive choin rollers to hold the drive choin in position ogoinst the conveyor chain. The bockup bar is occurotely shoped to provide controlled engogement and smooth disengogement of the choins without binding between conveyor choins ond drive dogs. The boll beoring guide rollers mount behind ond contoct the conveyor choin to prevent it from moving awoy from the drive choin. The drive sprocket is mounted on the speed reducer oJtput shoft ond the idler sprocket, which has on interno! onti-friction beoring, operotes on o toil shoft mounted ta permit odjustment of caterpillar chain tension. Orives ore mounted on structuro l steel from es supported by heovy steel beo ms set in the drive pit wolls. Curb ongles and cover piafes ore furnished far drive pits. Cover piafes ore removoble ond ore designed to occommodote cross troffic individual wheel loods up to 5,000 pounds. An access hatch ond lodder ore provjded. The occess hotch is sized to permit removol of oll drive components ond is offset to allow the Trukveyor to operote with the hotch open.
Stationary ca terpillar drive. Photo 39314
Flooting caterpillar drive. Photo 3931 S
Controls and electrical accessories Trukveyor control pone ls provide convenient operotionol control ond o re designed far eosy instollotion. They contoin the motor storter, o fused disconnect switch interlocked to the panel door, on omply sized 440/220-11 O volt control circuit tronsfarmer, primory overlood reloys with externo! reset button, integra l START-STOP push bullen stotion ond they hove spoce far odditionol control reloys. A warning horn time-deloy reloy is provided when re q uired. Ponels hove terminal stri ps fer eosy fleld instollotion. To ossure smooth starting, outomotic resistonce type storters ore used on Trukveyors operoting over 60 feet per minute. Primory overlood protection far drive mochinery is provided by instontoneous trip reloys mounted in the control panel. The reset button is locoted in the control panel door. Push bullen stotions ore usuolly furnished with Trukveyors ond mony different types ore ovoilobl e. Fer best operotion, START-STOP stotions ore recommended far moin operotion control points only, with STOP or STOP-RUN stotions strotegicolly located oround the Trukveyor poth. STOP or STOP-RUN stotions should hove lotches or mointoined contoct type STOP buttons so thot the Trukveyor connot be restorted until the stotion from which it wos stopped has been restored to the run position. An audible warning device is recommended far oll Trukveyors operoting over 60 feet per minute or hoving runs not visible from stort stotions. A megophone type industrial horn is usuolly used with o time-deloy reloy connected so thot when the stort bullan is pushed, the horn sounds far severo! seconds befare the Trukveyor storts. The horn reloy is mounted in the control panel when ordered with the Trukveyor. Field wiring con be furnishtd.
Floating caterpillar drive installed in pit. Photo 36892
L 1 N K - B E L T • 551
parts and package handling Trukveyors
Components • overhead Trukveyors Overheod Trukveyors ore 4" trolley conveyors odopted to tow trucks. 4" 1-beom, X458 Rivetless choin ond Series 500 trolleys ore used o s the towing medium. Roller type horizontal turns ond tokeups hoving greose lubricoted rollers ore used. Stotionory caterpillar drives ore usuolly used ; however, Aooting caterpillar drives con be furnished . Trukveyor control pone ls os described on poge 551 ore used with overheod Trukveyors. The construction feotures of the vorious components for overheod Trukveyors ore shown in the Trolley Conveyor section. The proper Trukveyor towing ottochment for ony opplicotion depends upon the type of most or sling provided on trucks to b e
used with the system. For most operotions, towing shoes ore recommended. They o re used with trucks hoving vertical, rigid telescoping mosts. With this orrongement trucks need not be pulled oheod of the Trukveyor to engoge or disengoge. For b es! operation it is desi rable to keep the d istance from the towing attachments to the Aoor al o mínimum. 7 ' -O" clearance under the Trukveyor towing attachments will ele a r cross traffic for most operations and is recommended. Greater clearance can be provided when required; however, for clearances over 8 ' -O", towing arrang ements require special consideration. Consult Link-Bel!.
39311
Towing hook
Towing eye
Towi ng shoe
Towing
slrop
o 9 0 ° Roller turn
39312
Spring a d justed 90° takeu p
Stationary caterpillar type constan! speed drive
552 • L 1 N K - B E L T
floatin g caterpillar type variable speed drive
30485A
parts and package handling Tr u k vey ors
Trucks and truck accessories Plotform trucks obout 30" to 32" wide ond 40" to 48 " long o re commonly used for motor freight terminols. They ore usuolly fltted with o rigid front end rock obout 40" high hoving o woybill or arder cup, o dispotch blockboord ond o push hondle projecting forword from the rock. Roil terminols ond worehouses usuolly use trucks somewhot lorg er ond heovier; ond trucks for monufocturing opplicotions ore often speciolly designed to suit individual requirements. To occommodote unusuolly long material, two wheel plotform troilers
con be ottoched to standard trucks. Troilers hove two swivel costers ond ottoch to truck fromes ot two points. Trucks should hove onti-friction beoring wheels not less thon 6" in diometer with soft, 60 to 80 durometer, rubber tires. Ho rd rubber or ploslic tires or ploin steel wheels will chonnel standard concrete floors oround the poth of the Trukveyor. Trucks, troilers, tow pins, mosts ond other truck flttings con be furni shed on request.
ln-the-floor Trukveyors For proper operotion on Trukveyor, tow pins should meet following speciflcotions: o. Pin to be round ond not over %" diometer. :V.." diometer is the most common size. b. Pin to be free to rotote in its guide tube. c. In the engoged position, pin to project 1 112" moximum, 1 Ye" minimum, below surfoce of floor for monoplone instollotions with 3 " chonnel trock (Style TA pusher); 2 Y2"
moximum, 2 Ya" minimum, below top of floor for multiplone instollotions with 3 11 chonnel !rock (Style SA pusher); ond 3 Y2" moximum, 3 3/a 11 minimum, below surfoce of floor for multiplone instollotions with 4 11 chonnel trock (Style SA pusher). Projection should be od justoble. d. Pin to be mounted on centerline of truck os clase os possible to front wheels. For some multiplone opplicotions, it moy be necessory to hove tow pins on the centerline of the front wheels.
Truck engaged to Style TA pusher
Truck with trailer engaged to Style SA pusher
Overhead Trukveyors Three towing arrongements are commonly used on overhead Trukveyors; however, voriotions can be made for individual requirements. Rigid telescoplng mast and towlng shoe is the most convenient operoting orrongement and is recommended. The towing shoe is designed to work with pipe masts up to 1.9" outside diometer. Ample engagement is provided between the shoe and the mast to accommodote some floor unevenness. Trucks do not need to be pulled ahead of the Trukveyor to be disengoged.
Wagon ton gue mast wlth towlng hook orrongement is recommended for opplicotions involving ramps or when it is necessary to change the elevotion of the !rack, with trucks engaged, in order to cleor overhead obstructions or to pass through flre doors. Chaln sllng and towlng eye arrangement is simple in design, however wide aisles are required along the Trukveyor polh for proper operotion with choin slings. The sling should be ottoched neor the top of the end rack and should make an angle of obout 45° to the floor when trucks ore engaged to the Trukveyor.
7'- o* usuAL CLEARANCE
l lg . 6391
Rigid telesco ping mast engaged to towing shoe
Rigid telesco pi ng mast hooked to towing eye
W a g o n tang u e ma st engaged to to wing h ook
Chain hooked to towing eye pin
Cha in sling h ooked to to wing strap
L 1 N K - B E L T • 553
parts and package handling Trukveyors
-r-f
Typical layouts ---------38 9~0·----
START STOP PUSH BUTTON STAT ION
11~-------------~-----44:0· 1
[>
e 35~0·
AJ-L. TURNS 6-0 RAOIUS
.
1
QJ WARNING HORN
~
L_l'----- -....- ---4><..
l L..----'----~....q_----'Cl..-----'"----""-----""'------""---'"----=---------""----+---' J
~ 70-0--~.~-------------------- 54 9 :0,_•
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ __ _
.......
-+i-+-SO~O
Layout 1 • ln-the-floor Tru kveyor for a m oto r freig ht terminal
/CLEAN OU T BOX
T
ti
ORIVE
1
1
--
.+--...,
-
--+ -
<-
ORIVE
RAM P
RA MP
IÍ
_._
'
.. "
--
JI
RAM P
~---
,
t CLEANOU T BOX
- -· r
CHAIN REMOVAL AN O LUBRICATI ON BOX ~
.
ORIVE
7 't
TAKEUP
-
CLEANOUT BOX 1
'----'
1
"Jt
~
r
···-
---
'
L
,..
,.
[
RAMP
- - - --------+ RAMP
..
--+~
ORIVE
CLEAN OUT
RA MP
eoxl T 1
Layout 2 • ln-the-f loor Trukvey o r fo r a large rail freight t ermi nal
veyors. With p owe red deod-end spurs, trucks ore se· lect ively switched from Trukveyo rs, collected logether ond s t o pped with o ut manual o ssistance.
CHAIN REMOVAL ANO LUBRICATI ON BOX
o zw o
""ow TRANSFER S WITCHES
o
w
i¡ \.!)
ORIVE •Oe. 6HS
Layout 3 • ln-the-floor Trukveyor with automatic switches and transfers for a typical ware house
554 • L 1 N K - B E L T
parts and package handling Trukv eyors
Design procedure • in-the-fl o or ond overh eod Tru kveyors Layouts 1 and 2, page 554, show in-the-floor Trukveyors in freight terminals. Overhead Trukveyor paths for these installations would be similar. La yout 3 shows a schematic layout for a warehouse with four in-the-floor Trukveyors interconnected with automatic switches and transfers. A Trukveyor ca n readily be selected by following the steps listed below. Each step is described and an example is presented . Layout 1 shows a Trukveyor in a motor freight terminal and is used as the example problem on the following pages and is shown in italics. De termine layout In freight terminals, Trukveyor poths ore usually rectangular in shape. Runs along the length of the dock should be locoted obout 1 4 feet in from the outside edge to permit limited storoge of looded and empty trucks between the Trukveyor ond the doors. This distance may be voried to suit individual conditions, but is seldom less !han 12 feet. Freight owoiting shipment is usually stored on trucks in the middle oreo of the plotform between the runs. The tronsverse run al !he open end of the dock, awoy from !he office, is commonly locoted obout 1 4 feet in from !he end, if freight is hondl ed through !he end doors. The transverse run al !he office end of !he dock is frequently set bock one or more full bays from the office wall. This space can be used to store trucks with freighl that must be held beyond normal storage time and far moving freight such as long sections of pipe, sleel bors or structural shapes in long lengths, large pieces of machinery, etc., thot becouse of size, shape or weight, require speciol hand ling. This provision may be mode al the open end of the platform if desired. Since sorne side doors would be d e prive d of access to the Trukveyor, it may be prefe rred to hove the Trukveyor poth run the full length. The bes! o rrongement con result only from on evaluation of !he individual operotion involved. Trukveyors are uni-directionol in travel after instollotion, but con be designed far either clockwise or counter-clockwise trovel. The direction of trove! far the majority of installotions mode has been counter-clockwise. There is usually no particular reason far this other than individual preference, os the performance of the system is not affected. The direction of lrovel must be e stablished, however, os it does affect the locotion of the drive. Trucks ore frequently looded with ma terial overhonging the sides in vorying omounts. In negotioting turns, trucks trovel towo rd the inside of the ore during the exit holf of the turn. The omount of inswing will depend on the radius of the turn ond on the type of truck. Provide ample cleoronce oround building columns neor the Trukveyor poth. In worehouse opplicotions, Trukveyor runs ore usuolly located in main aisles, but when desirable, they are locoted in side aisles through storoge oreas. For manufacturing opplicotions, Trukveyor runs ore locoted to deliver material to work stations ond through process enclosures os required. Relocotion of sorne production mochinery moy be desiroble to achieve the bes! layout far mechanized operotion.
/11a ke a plan uiew layout showing the bu ilding outline with tlze Trulweyor path. S ee L ayout l. Determine capacity Capocity is the weight of material that can be handled per hour by the system. This will be determined by the speed of the chain, spocing of the trucks, weight corried per truck, and the percent utilizotion of the towing ottachments. In ony operotion there will be peak hours in o doy and peak days in each week; the ca pa city of the system sh o uld be ba sed on these pea k operating co n d iti o ns. To determine Trukveyor design copocity far freight handling operotions, proceed as follow: (a) Bosed on o country wide average motor freight shipment weight of obout 400 pounds, o design figure of 500 pounds is used which will provide a morgin far unusuol conditions. Terminal managers usuolly know the average shipment weight for their aperation. lf known, use the actual average shipment weight plus a design factor of 253. (b) The recommended truck spacing far high capocity monoplone systems is 12' -O" far in-the-Aoor systems ond 1 O' -O" ar 13'-4" far overheod systems.
(e) The normal moximum operating speed is 120 FPM. Try this speed flrst. Speeds up to 150 FPM con be used. (d) Utilize pushe rs or towing attochments as follows: 703 with looded trucks engoged (utilization factor) 203 with empty trucks engoged 103 empty The total quantity ond volume Aow of material to be handled in warehouse and manufacturing operotions are generolly well estoblished ond not subject to extreme voriotion. The speed far warehouse Trukveyors is usua lly not over 100 FPM. The speed of Trukveyors far monufacturing operations is afien less than 20 FPM. Truck spocing far worehouse and monufacturing operotions is usuolly greoter thon for freight handling ond moy be 20 feet or more. Make provision far transporting or re turning empty trucks when figuring the copocity of ony system.
Compute the design capacity for tlze example system from the informa/ion above: 120 F P M (max. speed) . -.-) = 10 pushers per minute 12 ft . ( puslzer spacmg JO x . 7 (utilization facto r) = 7 loaded lrucks per minute 7 x 60 = 420 /oaded trucks per hour, or shipmenls per hour 420 x 500 poimds (design ship menl weight + 25 %> = 2 10,000 p ounds per hour design capacity In motor freight operotions, opproximotely 103 of the total shipments require more thon one truck. This is ollowed far out of the 303 cushion provided on the utilizotion of pushers. The above capocity will be more thon omple far the mo jority of instollations; however, the ca pacity is the key factor in designing the system and should be thoroughly checked. lf o greate r capacity is req uired, the speed moy be increosed up to 150 FPM ond if necessory, reduce the pusher or towing ottochment spocing in 1 ' -O" increments (in-theAoor) or B" increments (ove rheod ) down to the mínimum required for truck cleoronce. In most coses il is preferoble to increose the speed. In sorne instances, o higher figure may be used far average shipment weight, with the resulting higher roted copocity.
Compute path length and chain pull Compute path length fro m Layout. Refer to poge 581 for ore lengths of turns. Far choin pull calculations, the empty weight of o 32" x 40" plotform truck with an in-the-Aoor tow pin and 6 " diameter wheels is about 170 pounds. Adjust this figu re for trucks of different size ar construction. Use 6.0 pounds per foot design weight of 65BR chain with pushers and idlers assembled (in-the-Aoor) or X458 chain with trolleys and towing attachments assembled (overh e ad). In figuring chain p ull far Trukveyors (both in-the-Aoor and ove rheod) hoving o loaded truck weight up to 1200 pounds, use a coefficient of friction of .O 19. Far installations having o loaded truck weight of from 1200 to 2400 pounds, use a coefficient of friction of .020. These coefficients are based on trucks having anti-friction bearing wheels not less thon 6 " in diameter operating on smooth level Aoors hard enough to preven! channeling by truck wheels. Apply this to the total moving weight; full and empty trucks; chain, pushers ond idlers (in-the-Aoor); or trolleys and attachments (overhead). lf future extension of the Trukveyor is planned, compute cha in p ull for the ultimate length and loading. The drive furnished with the initial installation will then be adequate for the final extended length of the Trukveyor.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 555
.·
parts and package handling Trukveyors
Design procedure • in-the-floor ond overheod Trukveyo rs When the path includes ramps as shown in La yout 2, include in the additional chain p ull the total chain pull due to lhe rise. A rise factor consisling of the pra d uct of the change in Aoor eleva tia n in fe e t a nd lhe loaded truck weight in pound s divided b y the pusher spacing in feet musl be add e d to chain pull calculations to abtain total chain pull. No deduclion is made for down ramps. Cansul t Link-Belt for applications having romps.
Path lenglh of lay out 1 is 1200 feel. Pusher spacing is 12'-0 " which gil-es a line capacity of ~~0 = 100 pushers. Design capacity is 70 pushers with loaded lrucl1s. 20 wilh emp/y lrucks and 10 emply . Emply lruc/1 weigh/ is 170 pounds. Cha in pull calculalion: 1200 feet chain assembly x 6.0 pounds per fool . . 7.200 pounds 70 loaded lrucks x 670 pounds per /ruck . . . 16,900 pounds 20 emply lrucks x 170 pounds per truc/1. . . . .. :J.400 pounds T ola/ moving weight . . 57,500 pounds chain pull = 57,.500 pounds x .019 = 1092.5 pounds 1
Sele ct d rive Table 1 shows pull capacities of both in-the-Aoor and ove rhead Trukveyor drives for various aperating speeds. Selecl a drive based on maximum aperating speed and chain pull. Far variable speed applications, select speed range with d esign aperating speed as maximum. Specify drive number, pull capacity, speed, Trukveyar ty pe and chain (overhead-X458; in-the-Aoor-658R). Statianary caterpillar drives hove suffix S in the table ; and Aoating caterpillar drives hove suffix F. lf the calculated chain pull is greater than the ca pacity of the largesl drive listed for the speed required, use twa or more drives. Ali drives used on a multiple drive Trukveyor shauld be id e ntical and the sum of lheir capacities must e qual ar exceed the calculated pull. Constan! speed drives are recammended for multiple drive applica-
tions for economy and simplicity. Cansult Link-Bel! for applications requiring va riable sp eed multiple drives. Far best operatian, one d rive should be provided for each 2000 fe et of Trukveyor length, regardless of cha in pull.
For /h e example Trukveyor wilh chain pull of 1093 pounds and conslant operating speed of 120 F PM, select drit-e C60S from Table 1. Ta ble 1 • Orive capacities and sp eeds Trukveyor speed-feet p er minureó.
Orive numb er •
Constant~
3 to 1 spee d ¡variable
Up to 1 30
40
1 60
1peed
1
80
1 100
1
120 1 150
Pull copac ity, pou nds
C35S R35S 450 400 400 550 400 350 350 C35F R35F -- ------ -- -- -C40S R40S 1000 750 700 600 500 500 400 C40F R40F -- -- ---- -C50S R50S 800 700 X458 C50F R50F 1450 1150 1050 1000 850 - - -----or R60S 658R C60S C60F R60F 2300 1800 1600 1500 1300 1200 1050 cho in - - -- -- - - ----C70S R70S C70F R70F 3400 2600 2400 2200 1800 1650 1500 - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - esos RSOS 4000 4000 3600 3300 2700 2500 2250 CSOF RSOF -- ------ ---C90S R90S .... 3700 3400 1 3000 C90F R90F
•
.
Pull capaci ty x max. speed FPM x .B 33000 ¿ X458 Ri vetless chain used fa r ove rhead Trukveyors. 658 R Rivetless ch a in use d fa r in-the -íloo r Trukveyors. • S denotes stationory caterpillar d rives. F denotes ílo a ting ca terpillar drive s. C orne r sprocket drives ore no t used on T rukveyors. 6 Fa r variable speed drives, use moximum speed. Dnve horsepowe r=
Component selection • in -th e-floor Trukveyors Chain 658R Rivetless chain has o warking pull roting of 4000 pounds base d an an average ultimate strength of 48,000 pounds. For Trukveyor speeds over 1 00 FPM a worki ng p ull rating of 3000 pounds is recommended to increase service life of chain and other components. Thread e d extended chain pins for attaching p ushers ond idlers a re mounted in pairs on 6" centers at inte rvals to suit p usher and idler spacing. Pushers and idlers must be spaced in multipl es of o ne foot. Give spacing when specifying.
Pushers and idlers The Style TA pusher pravid es a 'l'1" ma ximum engagement to tow pins and is used for manoplane installations, usua lly with 3" traclc. The Style SA push er provides a l %" maximum e ngag e me nt to tow pins and is used for multiplane applications and those involving roil leve) track crossings. Both Style TA and SA pushers will operate in either 3" or 4 " channe l track. Use Style TA idlers with Style TA pushers ond Style SA idlers with Style SA pushers. Ma ximum allawable spoce be tween pushers and idlers or between ad jace nt idlers is 4 ' -0". Normally, p usher and idler wheels o re pravided complete with mela) seals and pressure typ e lubrication fitting s.
For the example Trukveyor, select Style TA pushers spaced on 12' -O" centers with Sty le TA idlers on 4'-0" centers between pushers . Straight track 3" channel !rack is used on all applications except lhose requ1rmg provision for special cle a rance between top of Aoor and p ushers and idlers, such o s rail level track crossings. Balte d track construction is usually used; however, welded construction can b e furnished when d esired. The footage of standard straight tra ck required for each run will be the dislance be tween tange n! lines of turns less the to tal length of sp e cial sections (cleanouts, expansion joint, e tc.) required for that run. Specify the total length af track required far each run to the next greoter multiple af l O fee t. The sum af individual run lota Is will determine the total le ngth af standard straight !rack required for the Trukveyor. Specify !rack channel size, typ e of construction and total
556 • L 1 N K - B E L T
footag e required. See Figure 6402, page 557, for recommended lrench dimensions. Select tre nch width for prepared trench installations so truck wheels da not run on joint between trench flll concrete and Aaor slab.
For the example Trulweyor, select 3" bolted trach. Cle a n out bo x tra ck sections A cleanoul box track section shauld be provided far each 250 to 300 feel of path length. For best ope ratian they should be placed within 50 feet ahead (u pstrand) of turns and drives and as required on slraight runs. Where the distance between adja cent turns or turns and drives is less than 50 feet, lhe cleanout bax may be omitted ahead of downstrand unit. Cle anout baxes ore 2 '-3 " long and are integrally a ssembled ta a standard straight !rock section. When droins ore required, the cle anout box trough is attached to the drain line during installation. Give quantity and track channel size whe n specifying.
For lhe example Tndweyor ( 1200 feet long) a min imum of 4 cleanout box trach sections are required. To insure adequate protection, select 6 cleanout boxes, located as shown on the layout. Expansion joint track section Provide on exponsion joint track sectio n at each intersection between building expansian joints and Trukveyor path. Show tie-in dimensions b etween slab expansion jaints and building me mb ers or Trukveyor path. lnclude track size with speciflcations.
No trach expansion joints are prouided for lhe example Trukveyor because the terminal shown is not fitted with building expansion joints. Chai n confining track section (takeup) This !rack sectian is 10' -0" long. Pravide two sections for e a ch d rive. Locate chain conflning !rack sections immediately ad ja cent to drives on downstrand (exit) side. Give track size when specifying.
For the example Trukvey or, se/ect 2 chain confining trae!;:, section located as shown on lhe layout. Chain removal and lubrication track section The le ngth af this track section is 3 ' -O". Provid e one for e a ch d rive.
parts and package handling Trukveyors
Component selection • in-th e-floo r Trukveyo rs Chain removal ond lubricotion trock sections ore placed immediately adjacent to the la st chain confining track section on the downstrand side. La rger sections con be furn ishe d for extremely long Trukveyors.
For the example Trukueyor, select one chain remoual and lubrication track section, located as shown on the lay out.
Roller turns Rolle r turns are available in standard ares of 45°, 90°, 135° and 180° with standard radii of 48", 72", and 9 6 ". 48" radius turns con be used for speeds up to 1 20 FPM and 72" radius for sp eeds up to 150 FPM. 96" radius turns are recomm ended fo r sp eeds over 150 FPM. Roller turn trench dimensions for pre pa red trench installations are shown on page 558. The largest trench shown will allow truck sizes noted in table to negotiate !he turn without crossing !he joint b etween trench fill concrete and floor slab. Specify a re, radius and !rack size.
For the example T rukueyor, select 72' radius for the 120 FP M operating speed. Select six 90° and two 45° turns located as shown on layout.
Drlves Orives are available for a wide variety of speeds ond capacities as shown on the drive selection table on page 556. Mo tors and sta rters are normally furnished with drives. Orives can usually b e locote d fo r
convenient occess to po wer supply and in low traffic c reas. Provide a mínimum distonce of 33 fee t from exit sid e of drive pi! to tonge nt line of nea rest downstra nd turn. Specify drive number, type (sta tionary o r float ing), p ull capacity, spee d, and curren! cha ra cteristics.
For !he example Trukveyor, select stationary caterpillar driue C60S for 120 FP M conslant speed and 1200 pound p ull capacity. L ocale dr iue as shown on layout f or conuenience to p ower source.
Controls and accessorles Control pane ls and electrical accessories a re d escribed on page 551. Orive control panels a re recommended to a ssure proper Trukveyor operation. Control panels, wa rning horns and pushbutton stations as req uire d a re usually fu rnished with Trukveyor. Schema tic wiring diagrams are furnished sho wing a ll electrical compone nts furn ished with the Trukveyor. Control panel size is determined by horsepowe r of d rive motor. Specify the quantity ond ty pe of push b ullen stations and warning horn, if desired. Give curren! cho racteristics of moin powe r supply.
For /he example Trukueyor, select 2 START-STOP push bu/Ion stations, located as shown and 16 latch /ype S TOP push button s/ations located on 60-foot centers along the Trulweyor p alh . P rot•ide a warning horn as shown.
Pusher and idler dimensions • in-the-floo r Trukveyo rs
....,..
-----~-~
STYLE TA PUSHER
STYLE SA PUSHER
,,, .,.,
~-r-------;--~
STYLE SA IDLER
STYLE TA IDLER
Hove ali dime nsions certified for instollo tion purposes.
Straight track and trench dimensions • in-the-floor Trukveyo rs Floor surface under truck wheels s hould be s mooth and leve! to within 1/s".
Select width of tre nch such that truck whee ls do not run on joint b e tween trench fill conc rete and floor slab.
~
t-<-----4~0' U SUAL MAXIMUM- --
-+<
Fini she d surface not required on trench walls.
During installotion, an initial pour of concrete is made, ei ther continuous or as unforme d grouts on 5' -0" centers, to firmly encase track yokes. Fixtures are removed prio r to final pour. See page 559.
Mínimum excavation o r approximate fill line for track clearance. Outl ine of cleanout box.
Hove oll dimensions ce rlified far instollotion purposes. Concrete dimensions ore port of building design ond should be delermined by conditions ot the site.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 557
parts and package handling Trukveyo rs
Roller turn and trench dimensions • in -th e- floor Trukveyors ALT ERNATE OUTLINE j FOR SAW CU T TRENCH¡
_ ___ _
~45° 1
'
f g. 6441
Type A mínimum roller turn trench
Type B roller turn trench with str oight sides
Estob lish dimensions A and B so truck wheels do not run on joint between tre nch f111 concrete and floor slob when trucks ore on stroight runs. See section AA below. See no tes p oge 557 for inform olion on lrench walls, excavation and lrench flll concrete.
Type C roller turn trench Truck wheels for standard pla tfor m tru ck sizes shown below remoi n or. trench flll concre te oround turn.
Truck plolform size
32 "x48" Max. 36"x72" Ma x.
1
R
e
48"
1' -3"
o
E
1 1 -6 11
96"
G
H
3 ' -0 " 2 '-2 " 1' -2 y, " 2 ' -3" 4 '-0 " 3' -6"
9 '-0"
4 ' -6" 5 '-9"
72" 1':J" - -- --
---
f
8 '-0" l ' -8" 8 '-0" 3' -4 V. " -
-
-
5' -0"
5' -1 "
Hove oll dimensions certified fo r inS1allation purposes
Section AA through rolle r turn showing mínimum trench Concrete dimensions ore parl af building design and shoul d be delermi ned by condi tíons al the site.
Drive pit dimensions • in-the-floor Tru kveyors
'"""'"" "''""' "" ~
H o ve a li dimensi o ns cerlified for i nstollat io n purposes. Concrete d imensions ore rorl o f b uilding d esign a nd should be delermined by condil ions al the site.
CONOUIT TO PIT FOR ORIVE MOTOR. TO BE FURNISHED AN O INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE PIT IS POURED""11
"1 ;. 10
L
-- --
A
c.t
TRUK VEYOR -
- --
TRAVEL ~
A
IT
º J
L B
~
j
ORAIN OR SUMP ANO PUMP HEN REQUIRED FURNISHED NO INSTALLED B Y PURCHASER
B
+-PIT CURB ANG LES FURNISHED BY LINK-BELT INSTALLED BY CONCRETE CONTRACTOR
SLOPE FLOOR TO ORAIN
SECTION BB
ORIVE PIT PLAN
r . ... .. ' .'
ANCHOR BOL TS FURNISHED BY LINK·BELT INSTALLED BY CONCRETE CONTRACTOR
,
1
1
........-.:i-1 --:
1 l
:
~----- ------- ------ - ~1
1
1 1 1
1 t 1
1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
L------- ----------~ ----- ~
SECTION AA
558 • L 1 N K - B E L T
ENO VIEW
F19 6•0:
parts and package handling Trukvey ors
lnstallation methods •
in-the-floor Trukveyors
ln-the-Aoor Trukveyors are installed during !he conslruction of new Aoors by either !he prepared trench or finish grade methods as described below. They can also be installed in existing Aoors using !he prepared trench method by saw cutting the Aoor and excavating the trench ond pits as described below. Link-Bel! furnishes the mechanical installation for Trukveyors and test operates units after installatian. Necessary concrete, labor to pour and material and labor for electrical wiring are usually furnished by purchasers. The following description of installation melhods is presented to assist Trukveyor users in planning construction and in obtaining bids for concrete and e lectrical work. Construction drawings are provided for each installation.
Prepared trench installation This installation method is illustrated by Photo 36038. The Aoor slab is poured leaving the trench and pits ta receive Trukveyor components. Link-Bel! sets componenls in place on erection fixtures after which concrete is poured in the trench to about two-thirds its depth, either continuaus or as unformed grouts on 5 '-0" cenlers. When thi s initial pour has set, fixtures ore removed and the trench is then filled and finished off lo adjoining Aoor leve!. Sorne users prefer special surfoce fini shing compounds on trench fill concrete. Only compounds approved by the Portland Cernen! Association should be used and installation instructions mus! be carefully followed to insure satisfactory results. The choin is then installed and drive machinery set after which tbe unit is wired, usually by the purchaser's electrical controclor. The Trukveyor is then test operoted. Link-Belt will furnish concrete work and e lectrical wiring on request. This is the most widely used installation me thod, particularly in buildings hoving large Aoor oreas.
Prepored trench installatian method. Photo 36038
Finish grade intsallation method. Photo 38268
Finish grade installation This installotion method is illustrated by Pholo 38268. The drive pit is excava ted and walls poured by !he concrete contractor al the time site is prepared. The Trukveyor com ponents are set in place on erection fi xtures supported by stakes driven in the finish grade. The concrete contractor then places unformed concrete pads al about 5-foot intervols along the path of the Trukveyor, of sufficient height to engage anchors on !rack and turns. When pads hove set up, erection fixtures and stakes are removed, chain is installed and drive mochinery is set. The Aoor slab is the n poured. Trock cover pioles can be used as a working surface for finbhing operations on Aoor slab. Since the !rack cover pioles establish the e levation of the top of the finished Aoor, this elevation is set by the purchoser's architect or contractor ond is checked after Trukveyor components ore positioned and rechecked after placing pads but befare they set up. The unit is then wired, usually by the purchoser's e lectrical contractor after which Link-Bel! test operates the Trukveyor. Link-Bel! will furnish electrical wiring on request. This insto llation method is popular for Trukveyors for new motor freight te rminals.
Sow cutting exisling ficar forTrukveyor installotion. Photo 37821
lnstallation in an existing floor Trukveyors ore reodily installed in existing concrete Aoors, which hove been poured over fill or grade, by the prepared trench metllod as shown in Photos 37821 and 37822. The Aoor slab is sow cut to a depth of about 2 inches to outline the Trukveyor trench and pits. The trench slab is broken out with an air hamme r or a small concrete breaker and the trench and pit are excavoted to the proper depth. The Trukveyor is then installed as by the prepared trench melhod. Trench excavation and Trukveyor erection can be scheduled so that the terminal or warehouse can continue to operate through the conslruction p eriod. Link-Be l! will furnish on requesl: labor to sa w cut Aoors ond excavate trenches and pils, concrete work and electrical wiring.
Excovating trench in existing floor far Tru kveyor installatio n. Photo 37822
L 1 N K - B E L T • 559
-.
parts and package handling Trukveyors
Component selection • ove rh eod Trukveyors Chaln
Stralght track
X458 Rivetless choin has a working pull rating af 4000 pounds bosed on en average ultimate strength of 48000 paunds. For Trukveyor speeds over l 00 FPM a working p ull rating of 3000 pounds is recommended to increase service life of choin and other compo nents. Trolleys and attachments ore spaced in multiples of 8 " o n this choin. X458 Rivetless chain weighs 3 . 1 pounds p er foot.
4" 1-beom !rock is used for overhead Trukveyors ond is furnishe d ia
Trolleys Series 500, 4", riveted, 73;16 11 drop trolleys ore used (Trolley Co nveyor Section, poge 508). One or two trolleys will be required al towing ottochments os shown on poge 552 depe nd ing on the type of ottochment to be used. Provide intermediote trolleys with 1-ottochments o n 40" moximum cente rs between towing ottochments.
20' -0" lengths. Compute leng th of trock require d ond specify to ne:>t. t greoter multiple of 20' -0".
Drive s Both constan! ond variable speed caterpillar d rives ore ovai l obl ~ Use choin pull ond moximum Trukveyor speed to select o d rive fro rn Orive Seleclion Table 1, poge 555. Motors ond control ponels o re usuolly include d with d rives. Use stotionory cat e rpill ar drives fo r sing le drive overheod Trukveyo rs ond flooting caterpilla r d rives fo.multiple d rive opplicotions. Consult l ink-Belt fo r multiple d rive varia bl e sp eed opplicotions. locote drive within 1 00 feet ohe od of toke up if possible. Orive dimensions ore shown below. Specify drive ty pe, pull copocity, op e r oting speed ond curren! chorocteristics.
Controls and electrical accessorie s
Towlng attachment s Vorious o ttochment designs ore shown on poge 552 o nd dimensio ns ore shown on poge 557. For most o perations the towing shoe used with o vertical, rigid, telescoping mo st will be suitoble ond is recommended.
Roller turns Recommended rodii of roller turns ore 48" for sp eed s up to 120 FPM; 60" or 72 " rodius for speeds from 120 to 150 FPM; ond 96" rodius for speeds over 150 FPM. For higher speeds, consult link-Belt. Ares ovoiloble ore 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° ond 180°. Other ores con be furnished . Ro lle r turns ore furnished with Style GLP rollers, pag e 5 14, unless otherwise specified. Specify rodius ond ore.
Takeups Use the sorne rodius selected for roller turns. 180° tokeups ore used when the poth has one or more 180° turns. Use 90° tokeups for opplicotions which hove no 180° turns. 90° tokeups ore furnishe d complete with 1 O' -O" long hinged stroight !rock section. Spring odjusted tokeups with Style GLP rollers ore furnished unless otherwise specified. Screw ond counterweight type tokeups ond other style rollers co n be furni shed. Specify rodius, ore, type of odjustme nt, ond for 9 0° whether right or left hond.
Control ponels ond electricol accessories o re d escribed o n pog e 55 1 . Orive control ponels ore recommended to o ssure proper Trukveyo r o perotion. Control ponels, warning horns ond pushbutton stotions a s required ore usuolly furni shed with Trukveyo rs. Schemo tic wiring diogroms ore furnished showing oll electrico l compone nls fu rnishe d with the Trukveyor. Contro l panel si ze is dete rmine d by ho rsepo we r of drive motor. Sp ecify the quontity ond ty pe of push b utton stotions ond warning horn, if desi red. G ive curre n! cho roclerislics of moin power supply.
Supports and superstructure Ove rheod Trukveyors o re usuolly sup ported from overh e od b uilding members; however, fl oor supports con be used when re quired. Sho w loco tion of building memb ers on p ion view la yout of the T rukv eyo r~ lnclude typicol cross section e levotions showing bo ttom chord o f trusse s or bottom of beo ms. Trock su pporls o re re q uired on 16 ' -O'' moximum centers. The gene ral o rro ngement of supporls for roll e r turns, tokeups ond drives is shown in the Trolley Conve yor Seclio n , poges 5 29 ond 53 0. lt moy be necesso ry to provid e superstructure members to suspend suppo rts fo r Trukveyor comp o nents. Support ond superstructure me mbers o re usuolly weld e d to sleel building me mb e r s or lrock ; ond log-screwed to woo d e n b uilding members. Sorne users prefer to bolt superstructure to ste el building members. Cl o mps d esig ned for this p urpose o re ovoilo ble. Suppo rts ond superstructure o re usuolly furni she d with ove rhe od Trukve yors.
Component dimensions • overheo d Trukveyo rs St atlonary cate rpillar drlves Orive numb er
!
CLEARANCE
.,._..,....,....,......,..~..,~DROP c;/L
CHAIN
C35S e 40S esos e60S
to 1 vor. sp e ed
D
20 21 26 29
7~ 7~
¡
R3 5S R40S RSOS R60S
G lNCHES
54 54 54 60
7•A. 7~
12 12 12 12
24 24 24 24
29 24 e70S R70S 60 7~ 24 e sos 33 60 R80S 7 ~. 24 35 e90S R90S 7·~. 60 Hove dimensions certifted far instollo rion purposes.
VIEW AA
PLAN VIEW
j3
Coni to nt speed
e
Stationa ry caterpillar drive
12 12 12
Floating caterpillar drives Orive number
speed
13stopeed 1 vor. ,
e35F e40F eSO F e60F
R3 5F R40F RSOF R60F
Con itant
PLAN VIEW
Floating caterpillar d rive
560 • L 1 N K - B E L T
VIEW AA
f••
U Ol
e
D
20 21 26 29
7'A. 7'A.
G INCHES
7~ 7~
66 66 66 72
29 !h 29 Y, 29 Y, 29 1'>
29 Y, 29 e70 F R70F 7~. 72 29 !h RSOF 7~ 72 33 eSOF 7•,¡. 29 !h e 90F R90 F 72 35 Hove d1mensions cerrofted for 1nstollotion purposes.
1
17Y, 17Y,
171-', 171-', 17 Y, 171-', 171-'.
parts and package handling Trukveyars
Component dimensions • overhead Trukveyors Towlng attachments
t 1sr To
1
TOPOF TRACK
11:: TO
TOP OF TR CK
·-C/L CHAIN
TOP OF TRACK
o o
Cll
CHAIN
flt·•4CI•
Towing eye pin
Towing eye
l
1~ TO TOP OF TRACK
f 1sfro
Towing hook
- + :f-·--, 2%":
MAX.
T
1 •
$ . MAX. OIA.
n,.
•.ot
Towing shoe
Roller turns
Roller turns Are of turn,
Pitch
d egr ees
rodius, inches
30
48 60
•
•
72
-45° TURN SHOWN 30" ANO 60° SIMILAR
45
48 60 72
60
48 60 72
90
180
1
1
e
1
o
E
1
INCHES
66 66 72
35¡1, 47¡,¡. 60•1Ao
5 5 5
7'Ao 7'Ao
7 Y.
7!-1.
7Y,
54 60 66
34 1'.. 46',-1.
5 5 5
7 1,.¡.
5
7 Y,. 7 Y,.
6
5 5 5
7'1o. 71,.¡. 71,.¡.
51'.. 5V.
5 5 5
7Y,.
7V.
71,.¡.
7
7 Y..
8~
54 60 66
72
66 78 90
48 60
72
72
84
48 60
B
A
60
57~ 33~
43 1% 54~
28'A. 36~
46
... ... ...
71,.¡.
5 5 5
7y,
Towing strap
ay.
4 Y.
7% 7Y..
10 10 10
o
E
Roller turn takeups Are of
L
degrees
Pitch radius, inches
90
48 60
turn,
·r --------...,.
•
CLEARANCEl!¡; C OROP• /... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,.¡
Cll CHAIN
•
72
TYPICAl SECTION
Roller turn takeups
180
48 60 72
e
B
A
1
1
F
1
G
H
1
IN CHES
66 78 90
78 90 102
5 5 5
7'1o. 7'1o. 7'1o.
7y, 7y, 71'..
15 15 15
89 101 11 3
72 82 94
72 84 96
.. .
...
5 5 5
7Y,. 7Y,. 7%
4 4 4
. .. ...
83
...
107
1 lOY, 1341'.. 158 Y,
.
.
95
Hove dimensions ce rtified for inslollollon purposes. Roller turns ond roller turn fokeups ore furnished wilh Style GLP rollers (poge 514) unless ofherwise speciíled. Tokeups ore ovoiloble wifh spring, screw or counterweight fype od justmenf. Counterweighfs con be furnished. Spring odjusfed lokeups ore furnished unless o fherwise spe cified. For 90° foke up specify righf or leff hond. • Other ores con be furnished. • Other pifch rodii con be furnished.
Track expanslon lolnts 90" TAKEUP RIGHT HAND SHOWN
HINGES
CLEARA~
b
Clt
ff~ CHAl~~OROP
TYPICAl SECTION
,... no
Track spllce
TAKEUP TYPE
, tl====E:r===l;== ______ -=32Y====:j""'1 Ple. MU
~:t;f )J l ~.k--2.66~~ .., ) ¡ ~ ......l Track
'-wELOEO
tfave all dimensions certified for insta llation purposes.
10'
•·• '"'
,1
BUILDING TYPE • Short travel
L 1 N K - B E L T • 561
technical information
'lechnical informa'lion Link-Belt has always been an eng ineering organization,
con tenis Bulk materia Is classifications .
563
Cha in conveyor ca lculations.
566
designing and manufactu ri ng a large variety of p roducts and erecting complete insta llations. Many diffi cult and unusua l problems hove bee n solved, affording a broad background of knowledge and experience. This has largely
Shaft and bearing load calculations . . . . . . . . 570
been made available to industry in our publications, which
Conventional formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7 2
are replete with valuable engineering informal ion.
Shaft diameter calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
lncluded in the follo wing pages are add itiona l calcula-
Keyseating and keys .. ... ...... ..... ... 576
tions and tables wh i ch are particula rly useful for the selec-
Equivalents (weights and measures) . . . . . . . . . 5 77
tion and application of materials hand ling, processing equipment and pow er transmission products. Link-Belt
Pa th of belt on inclined conveyors. . . . . . . . . . 580
engineers are available for consultation and recommen-
Leng ths of turns and curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
dations.
39639
62 • L 1 N K - B E L T
technical information
Bulk material classifications Classificatlon of materials A clossifkotion of moteriols has been estoblished to focilitote considerotion of ali the foctors which offect their handling by conveyors. This clossiflcotion is given in Table 1. With it, ony bulk material con be clossifled occording to its chorocteristics. Reference is mode to these clossiflcotions in the engineering or selection of material for mony Link-Belt conveyors, indicoting th ereby the moteriols which con be hondled, the resulting copocities, speciflcotions, etc. Mony moteriols which ore commonly hondled in bulk ore listed in Table 2 with their clossiflcotions ond weights. The clossiflcotions listed ore given os o guide ond ore correct und er ordinory conditions. Considerotion should be given to moteriols thot ossume different chorocteristics under different conditions of processing, otmosphere, oge or storoge. Moteriols not appeoring in this list con be clossifled by compo rison with similor moteriols or by using the clossiflcotions in Table 1.
Table 1 • Material closs description Material characteristic Very fine-100 mesh and under Fine - '11-inch mesh and under Granular- Y2-inch and under Lumpy - containing lumps over Y2 inch lrregular- being flbrous, stringy, or the like
Class
Flowobility
Very free flowing-angle of repose up lo 30° Free flowing-angle of repose 30° to 45 ° 51uggish-angle of repose 45° and up
1 2 3
Abrosiveness
Nonabrosive Mild ly abrasive Very abrasive
6 7 8
Conlamina ble, offecting use or soleobility Hy g roscop ic Highly corrosive Mildly corrosive Gives off dust or fumes harmful to life Contains explosive dust Oegrodable, offecting use or saleobility Very light and fluffy lnterlocks or mats to resist digging Aerates and becomes fluid Packs under p ressure
K
5ize
' Other characteristics
Exam ple Crocked wheot is fine, Closs B; free flow ing, Closs 2; nonobrosive, Closs 6; ond contoins explosive dust, Closs S; moking its clossiflcotion B26S.
A B
e
O H
L N p
R 5 T
w X y
z
Table 2 • Material closses ond weights Material
Average weight per cubic fool paunds A 45 17 28-30 45-50 50-60 60 45 7 - 15 18
Adipic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . Alfalfo meal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ....... . Almonds, broken or whole ....... . ....... . Alum, flne .................. . ........ . Alum, lum py .................. . ....... . Alumino ............................. . Aluminate jell ......................... . Aluminum chips ......... ............... . Aluminum hydrate ..................... . Aluminum ore, see bauxite Aluminum oxid e ....................... . 67-120 Aluminum silicate ............ .......... . . 49 Ammonium chlorid e, crystolline ........... . 52 Ammonium ni trate ....... ....... ... .. ... . 45 45-58 Ammonium sulphate .... .... . . .... . ..... . Antimo ny powder . ............. ..... . .. . Apple pomace, dry ......... .... . ... . .. . 15 Arsenale of leed, see leed arsenate . ...... . Arsenic, pulverized .................... . . 30 100-120 Arsenic oxide ................ ........ . Asbestos ore or rock ......... .. ... .. ... . 81 20-25 Asbestos shred ....................... . Ashes, coal, dry, Y2 " and under ....... . .. . 35-40 35-40 _. Ashes, coal, dry, 3" and under ........... . Ashes, coal, wet, Y2" ond under ... . ...... . 45-50 45-50 Ashes, cool, wet, 3" and under .. . Asphalt, crushed, Y2" and under ..... . 45 7 - 10 Baga sse ............................. . 30-40 Bakelite, flne .. .... .. . ................. . 41 Baking powder . .. .......... .. ........ . 180 Barite ............ . ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Ba rium carbonate ....... .............. . . 72 10-20 Bark, wood, refuse .. .. .. ... .. ........ .. . 38 Barley ............... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Baryte, see b arite Bauxite, crushed, 3" o nd und er .. . .. .. .... . 75-85 36 Beans, castor, whole .......... . ......... .
Class
•
Materia l
Average weight per cubic foot pounds A
Beans, castor, meal. ........ ... . . . . . . . Beans, novy, dry . . ............ . .. ... . 48 Beans, navy, steeped ...... . . . .• . ..... 60 34-40 Bentonite, crude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Be ntonite, 100 mesh and under ... . ... . .. . 50-60 56 Benzine hexachloride ..... . ....... . .. . . 41 Bicarbonote of soda ........... . ... . . . Blood, dried ...................... .. . . 35-45 Bluestone, see copper sulphate . . . .... . . . Bones.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . 35-50 Bon e block, 100 mesh and under ........ . . A17Y 20-25 Bonechor, Ya " and under ................ . 27-40 B26 Bonemeal ......................... . .. . B26 55-60 Borate of lime ........... . ... . .. . .. . .. . Á Borax, flne ...... . .......... . ......... . 53 Á Boric acid, fin e ........ .. . ............. . B27 55 16-20 Bren ............................... . C37W Bread crumbs ... .. ..... ... ............ . Brewer's grain, spent, dry .............. . 25 -30 Á 55-60 Brewer's grain, spent, wet ....... ....... . Á C28R 30-50 Bronze chips ....... . ... .. .......... .. . 40-42 H37WZ Buckwheat . .... ........ . .... ... .... .. . 70-8 0 Calcium carbide . . .. .. .. .. . .. . .... ... . C37 26-29 037 Calcium lactate ...................... . C37PZ Colcium oxid e, see lime 20-25 037PZ Corbon block, pelletized .............. . . C26 Carbon block powder ................. . 4-6 100 H36WXZ Corborundum, 3" ond und er ............ . Casein .............................. . A36 36 32-37 A26 Cashew nuts ..... . .................. . 028 Casi iron chips .. .... ... ... .. .. ....... . 130-200 65-85 Cement, Portland ................... . . . A37 Ceme nt clinker ..... . ................. . H37X 75-80 B165 8 5-90 Chalk, lum py .......................... . Cholk, 100 mesh and under .............. . 70-75 028 18-25 Chorcoal. .. .. ........................ . 22 -24 C16 Cheese, grote d . . ...... . ............... . A26LP B37W C27T B26 026 B28 B27 H36X C26
• These classes represen! observotions under general condit1ons. Specifoc conditions may vary due to monufocturing processes ond handling. Refer to Table 1 above far closs description.
A
¿
Class
•
B26 C16 C26 037Z A27Y A36R A26 037 Á
A27 B27 B27 A26 B2 6 B26 B265W B26T C36 C36P B38 B165 027 036TZ B16TZ Á
028 B27 037 C37 A27Y 028 037Z A37YZ 0 37T 8 26WZ
Weights of material, loase or slightly agitoted. Weights ore usuolly different when moterials are settled or pocked as in bins or containers. Class may vary considerably due to conditions. Consult Link-Belt far information.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 563
technical information
Bulk material classifications Table 2 • Materia l classes and weights (continued) Average weight per Material cubic foat pounds 6. Chocolate press cok e .... •............. .. 40-45 Chrome ore ................. . ... . •... . . 125-140 Cind ers, blo st furnoce ... . ........... . 57 Cinders, cool. ............. .. ... .. . . . 40
Clay, see also bentonite, diatomaceous earth, fullers eorth, koolin and marl Clay, calcined ...................... _ 80 Clay, fine dry . . . .................... . 100-120 Clay, lumpy, loase ..................... . 60-75 Clover seed .......................... . 48 Coal, anthracite . ..... . ................ . 60 Coal, anthracite, river or culm, Y1 • and under 60 Coal, bituminous, mined , 50 mesh and under . 50 Coal, bituminous, mined, run of mine ...... . 50 Caol, bituminous, mined, sized ........ . 50 Coal, bituminous, mined, slock, Y2" and under 50 Coal, bituminaus, stripping, not cleoned .... . 50 Coal cha r .......... . ............ . .... . 24 Cocoa beans ................ . . . ... . ... . 30-40 Cocoa nibs ............. . ............. . 35 Cocoa powder ......... . .......... . ... . 30-35 Cocoanut, shredded .................... . 20-22 Coffee, chaff ..... . ..... . .... . ........ . 20 Coffee, green b ean .. .. . . .. .. ..... . ... . 32 Coffee, g round . ............ . .......... . 25 Coffee, roasted bean ....... . ... .. ...... . 22-26 Coffee, soluble .. ............... .. ..... . 19 Coke, loase . ... . ............. . ........ . 23-32 Coke, p e troleum, calcined ....... . . . _ . . _. 35-45 Coke breeze, Y• " and under ...... . ...... . 25-35 Compost ......... . .......... . . . ...... . 28 Copper ore ............... . ........... . 120-150 Copper sulphate ...................... . Copperas, see ferrous sulphate Copra, lumpy ................. . . . .. . . . . 22 Copra cake, lumpy .: ................... . 25-30 Copra cake, ground ........... . ........ . 40-45 Copra meal ............. . ........ . ... . 40-45 Cork, fine ground ...................... . 12- 15 Cork, granulated ..................... . 12-15 Corn, cracked ............ . ..... . ..... . 45-50 Corn, seed ...... . .................... . 45 Co rn, shelled ..... . ..... . ... . ...... . ... . 45 21 Corn g erms ...... . ...... . ............. . Carn grits ... . . ........ . ....... . .. . .. . 40-45 Corn sugar . .......................... . 31 Cornmeal ........................... . 38-40 Cottonseed, dry, de-linted .............. . 35 Cottonseed, dry, not de-linted ........... . 18-25 Cottonseed cake, lumpy ........ . ........ . 40-45 Cottonseed flakes ............ . .. . ...... . 20-25 Cottonseed hulls ...................... . 12 Cottonseed meal. ...................... . 35-40 Cottonseed meats . . ................. . 40 Crackling s, crushed, 3 " and under ......... . 40-50 Cryolite ......................... .. ... . 110 Cullet .. . . . .......................... . 80-120 Detergen!, see soap detergen! 11-14 Diatomaceous earth ................... . Dicalcium phosphate ... . ....... . ........ . 43 Disodium phosphate ............ . .. . .... . 25-31 Dolomite, lumpy . . .......... . . . .... . . . . . 90-100 65 -70 Ebonite, crushed, Y2" and under ... . .... . 16 Egg powder . ....... ............... . . . Epsom salts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . 4 0-50 •
Class
•
027 C28 038 028
828R
... ...
8165 C27P 837P 836P D26P D26PT C36P 037P 8275Y C27T C27 A36Z H36 826WY C26T 826 C16 826KlT D38TX D28X C38 H36N 028 026 026 026 826 826 836WY C36 C26 C165T Cl65 826 826 826 826 C26 C36 026
...
836W 826 826 036 027 028 A28YZ A36 827PT 027 C26
...
826
These closses represenl observations unde r general conditions. Speciric conditions moy vory due to monufocluring processes ond handling. Refer 10 Table 1, poge 563, for closs descriplion.
Material
Face powder, see talcum powder Feldspar, ground, Ya " and und er ....... . 65-70 Feldspar, powdered ... . ............... . . 75 Ferrous sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . ..... . 50-75 Fi sh meal. ............................ . 35-40 40-50 Fi sh scrap . ............ . . . ........... . 45 Fla xseed ....... . .................... . Fla xseed cake, expeller ................ . 48-50 25 Flaxseed meal ....................... . Flour, wheat ......................... . 35-40 35.45 Flue dust, boiler house, dry ............. . Fluorspar . ........................... . 82 Fly ash, dry, see flue dust 40 Fuller's earth, oil fil ter, burned ........ . .. . 35- 40 Fuller's eartn, oil filler, raw ............. . Fuller's earth, oil filler, spe nt ............ . 60-6 5 Garbage, green .. __ ............ . . ... . . 30 32 Ge latin, granulated ... . ............... . Gilsonite ... . ....... . ...... . ......... . 37 90-100 Glass batch ....... . ........ . .. . ...... . 40 Glue, ground, Ya" and under ............ . 40 Glue, p earl ........ . ........... . . . .... . 40 Glute n meol . . . . . ....... . ...... . ..... . Grains, distill ery, spent, dry ..... . ........ . 30 40 Graphite, flake ........................ . 28 Graphite, flour ......... .. .... .. . .. . ... . 95-1 00 Granite, broken . ............... . ..... . 15-20 Grape pomace . . ... ........ .... . ...... . 10 -12 Gra ss seed ...................... . .. . 90-100 Grave!, screened . . . . . ........... . 55-60 Gypsum, calcined, y,'' and under ...... . Gypsum, calcined, powdered . . . . . . . . . 60-80 90-100 Gypsum, row, l " and under . . . . . . . . . Hominy ........................... . . 37 35 Hops, spent, dry . _.................... . Hops, spent, wet ...................... . 50-55 35. 45 Ice, crushed .......................... . llmenite ore .......................... . 140 12 5 - 150 lron ore .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . lron sulphate, see ferrou s sulphate 163 Kaolin doy, 3" and under ............. . Koolin tale, l 00 mesh and und e r ........ .. . 4 2 -56 32 lactase ............. . . ..... .... . ..... . lamp block, see carbon block 72 leed arsenote ....................... . 45.55 lignite, air dried .. . . . .................. . 40 -45 lignite, raw ...... . . . ...... . . . ....... . . lime, ground, Ya " and under ............ . 60 40 lime, hydrated, Ye " and under .......... . 32-40 lime, hydrated, pulverized ............ . . 53-56 lime, pebble ........................• . 68 limestone, agricultural, Ya" ond und e r .... . limestone, crushed .................... . 85-90 75 limestone dust ..................... . ... . linseed, see fla xseed litharge, se e leed oxide lithopone ............................ . 45-50 Magne sium chloride .......... . ....... . 33 Maize, see corn 22 Molt, dry ground, Ye" and under .. . .... . 27-30 Malt, dry whole ..................... . . . Molt, wet or green .. ................... . 60-65 36 - 40 Malt meal ... . . . ..... ................. . Manganese dioxide ............ . ....... . 80 125-140 Manganese ore ...... .
Class
•
827 A37 C27 836 H36 8165 026 826 A36K A18Y C37 828 827
... ...
C26T C27P5 028 827 C16 826 H26W C26 A16Y 028 C37W 82 65W 027 C27 A37 027 C26 H36 H36P 016 828
...
027 A37 A26KZ 836R 026
...
836Z 826YZ A26YZ 036 827 027 A37Y
A26Y C36 8265W C265 C36 826
... ...
6. Weights of material, loase or slightly ogitoled. Weights ore usual ly dif!er-
enl when moleriols ore settled or pocked os in bins or contoiners. .t. Closs moy vory considerobly due to condll1ons. Consult Link-Bell for in·
formotion.
564 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Average weight per cubic foot paunds 6.
technical information
Bulk material classifications Table 2 • Material classes and wei ghts (contin ued) Average
Material
Mongonese sulphote ..... ....... . . .. . ... . Morble, crushed, Y2" ond under .... . . .. .. . Mari ........ . ........ . ... ·· ····· · ···· Meo!, ground . . ....................... . Mea!, scrops ......... . ... ... .......... . Mica, ground .. .. . ... ..... . . .. ... . .. . . . . Mico, pulverized . . . . . ........ . .. . ... . . . . Mica flokes ............... .. .. . . . ..... . Milk, dried flake ....... . . ..... .. .. ... . . . Milk, molted .. . ...... . . . . ... .. ...... .. . Milk, whole, powdered ... ..... ......... . . Monosodium phosphate ........... . . . ... . Muriote of potosh ...... . . .. . . .......... . Mustord seed . .... . . . . . . . .. .. ......... . Naphthol ene flokes .. . ............... ... . Niacin . ... .. ......... ...... . . ........ . Nickel-cobalt sul phate ore .......... ..... . Oats . ...... . .. . .... ...... .. ..... . ... . Oats, rolled ....... . .. . ....... .. .. ... .. . Orang e peel, dry . .. . ........ .. . . .. . ... . O xalic ocid crystols . ........... . ....... . Oyster shells, ground under Y2" . ... . . .... . O yster shells, whole .. ....... ... . .. .. ... . Paper pulp, l 03 consistency . .. . . . .. .. . . . Paper pulp, 203 consistency ....... .. ... . Pape r pulp, 303 consistency . . . ..... .. .. . Pe anuts, in shells .......... . ...... . . . ... . Pe anuts, shell e d . . ...... . ... . .......... . Pea s, d ried ........... ....... . . . . .... . . Phosphote rock ........ . . . . . . ...... . . . . . Phosphote so nd ....................... . . Plaster of Pa ris, see g y psum, colcined, powd ered Po lystyrene b e o ds ....... . ............. . Pota ssium carbonate .. ....... . . ... ..... . . Po tassium chloride, p e ll e ts ... .. . . . . . ... . . . Po ta ssium nitro te .... . ....... . ...... . ... . Po tassium sulphote .. .. . . .. .. . . .... . . ... . Pumice, Ya" ond under ... . ... . .. . . . . . .. . . Pyri tes, pellets .. . . . ... .... .. . . . . . ..... . . Rice, hulle d or polished ... . .... . . .... ... . Rice, rough . . ... . ......... .. ........ .. . Rice bron, see bron Rice grits ... . . . . .. . .............. . .... . Rouge powder ............ .. ........ .. . Rubber, hard, ground, see e bo nite Rubber, pelletized . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . Rubber, recloim . . .. . . ... ... . .. . . . .. .. . . Rye ........ .. . . . . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Salicylic acid . . . . ... ........ . . Salt, common, dry course ..... . . ... . ..... . Sal!, common, dry fine ...... . ....... . ... . Solt cake, dry coarse ........ . . .. . . . .. .. . Salt cake, dry pulverized .... . ....... . ... . Saltpeter ... ..... . . .. .. . ... . . ..... . .. . . Sand, bonk, damp ...... ...... . . . ... . .. . Sand, bank, d ry .... . .. ... ...... ... . .. . . Sand, foundry, prepared .. .... .... . ..... . Sand, foundry, shokeout .... ..... . . . ... . . . Sand, silica, dry . . .. ........ ... ........ . Sawdust ... . ....... . ....... . ... .... •. .. Seso me se ed . . . . . .. ........... . ... . ... . Sha le, crushed .............. . . .. . . ... .. . She lloc, powd e red or g ranul
weight per cubic foot pounds A
70 90-95 80 50-55 40 13-15 13-1 5 17-22 5-6 30-35 20 50 77 45 45 35 70-80 26 19 15 60 53
Closs
•
C28 D28 D27 4.
H37X 827 A27Y 81 7WY 82 6K A36KZ 836KLZ 827 828 816S 4.
827 4.
Cl6S C26SW H36 836L C27 D27X
45-50 25-30 10-15 15-20 35-45 45 -50 75 -85 90-100
D26T C26T Cl6ST D2 7 828
40 51 120 - 130 76 42-48 42-45 120- 130 45-48 36
826 827 C27P C17P 837Z 838 C27 816 826S
42-45
826 A38Y
50-55 25-30 44 29 45-50 70-80 85 65-85 80 110-130 90- 11 0 90 90 90- 100 l 0-13 27 85-90 31 45 60-65 160 - 180
036 0 36 81 65 826L C27PL 827 PL D27 827 826S 838 828 838 D28 818
4. 4.
...
...
827 C27 826K 828 C28 D38X
These classes represen! observations under general conditions. Specific conditions may vory due to manulactu ring processes and handling. Refer to Table l , page 563, fer closs description.
Materia l
Average weight per cubic foa t pounds A
Slote, crushed, %" and under ...... . .. . 80-90 82 Slo te , ground, Ya " ond under ............ . Soo p beods or granules . ....... . ....... . 15-25 Soop chips . . ................. . ....... . 15-50 Soa p d etergents ... . ..... . .. .. .. . ... . . . . 5-15 Soop flok es ...... .... . ...... . .. . ... ... . 20-25 Soop powd er ...... . ....... . ... . . . . . .. . Soopstone tole, fine . . . . . ...... . ....... . . 40-50 55-65 Soda osh, heavy .. . ... . . ...... ........ . Soda ash, light .... . .......... .. .... . . . . 20-35 Sodium bicorbonate, see bica rbonate of soda Sodium nitrote .... . ... . . . . . ..... . ... . . . 7 0-80 Sodium phosphate, see monosodium phosphate, disodium phosphote, trisod ium phosphate Sodium sulphate, see soltcoke Sorghum seed ... . .. . .. . ... .. . . . . .. . . .. . 47-52 30 -40 Soybeons, crocked . ....... . ....... . . . . . . Soybeons, whole . ..... . .. . . . . ... . ..... . . 45-50 40 -43 Soybeo n cake, over %" ... . . . .. ....... . . 20 -26 Soybea n floke s, row .. . . . . . . . . . .. . ..... . . 18-20 Soybean flokes, spent .... . ... . . . . . . .. .. . 27 Soybean flour . ...... . . . . .. ..... . .. ... . . 40 Soybeon meal, cold .. . ... .. . ... . .. . . .. . . 40 Soyb e an meal, hot .. . . . .. ...... . ..... .. . 25-50 Sto rch .. . . . ... . . .. . .... . . .......... .. · Steel chips, crushed ...... ..... . . . .. .. .. . 100-150 75-150 Steel turnings ....................... . . . Stone, see grave! o r lime sto ne 50-55 Sugor, gronuloted ............ . . . ..... . . 50-60 Sugor, powdered ...... . . ..... . ..... .. . . 55-65 Sugor, raw, cane ..... . ....... . ...... .. . 55-65 Sugor, wet, b eet .... ... ..... . . . .. . . .. . . 12- 15 Sugor b eet, pulp, dry .... . ... .. ... . . ... . 25-45 Sugo r b eet, pulp, wet .. . ... . . . .. ....... . 15-1 8 Sugor co ne, knifed ... . . .. . . .. .. . .. . .. . . . Sulphur, crushed, Y2" and under .......... . 50-60 80-85 Sulphur, 3 " and under .. . ... . . .. .. ... .. . . Sulphur, powd ered . ... ..... . . . ........ . . 50 -60 Taconite, pellets ... . . . ...... .. .. ....... . 116-130 40 -60 To lcum powd er .. . .... . .. .... . . .. ... . .. . 55 Tanbark, ground . . . .• . .. ... . . . . . ...... . . 60-70 Tankage . . . ... . . .. . . ....... . ... .. . . .. . 36 Timothy seed .. . .... . ....... .. ... .... .. . 60-70 Titonium spon'g e .... ...... . .. . . . . . . . . .. . 12-1 4 Tobocco leoves, dry . . ..... . ........ .. . . . 15-25 Tobocco scro ps ... . . . . . . ..... . . . ... ... . . 30 Tobocco snuff . .... . .. . .. ....... . ...... . 15 Tobacco stems ....... . ... . . . . . . . ...... . . Tro prock, crushe d . . .. .. .. . .. .. ... ... . . . . 105- 11 0 60 Trisodium phosphate ... . .. . ........ . .. .. . 50-55 Tripie su per phosphole ... . ... .. ... . .... . 25 Tung nut meo Is, crushed . .. ... ........ ... . 16 Ve rmiculite, exponded . . .. . . . . . . .... . .. . 80 Vermiculite ore ... . . ........... . ... . . .. . 35-40 W alnut she lls, crushed . ................ . . 45-48 Wheat ..... . ... ... . ... . . . . .. . . . ..... . 40-45 Wheot, cracked . ...... . .. . . .. .. ... .... . 28 Wheot germ . . . .. . .... . ... ... . .. . . . ... . Wood bo rk, se e b ork 10-30 Wood chips ......... .. . ..... . .... . . . . . 16-36 Wood flour .... . ... . .. .. . .. . .... . .. . . . . 75-80 Zinc concentrate residue . . .... . ... ..... .. . 160 Zinc ore, crushe d ..... ... . . ...... .... . . . . 30-35 Zinc oxid e, heavy ....... . ..... .. . ... . .. . 10-15 Zinc oxid e , lig ht . . .. .... . ...... ....... . . A
&
Class
• C27 827 826T C26T
...
826T 826 A37Z 827 A27W &
827 C27S G1 7S D26 C26W C26W
...
826 826P 4.
D28 H38X B26KT
...
836Z 836Z 4.
...
H36X C26S D26S 826SY D28T A27Y
... 4.
826 SW H38 H36TX D36W 836TY H3 6X D28X 827 827 NR D26 G 37W D27 828 C16S 826 S 826 H36WX
...
828
...
A36Z A36WZ
Weights el material, loose or slightly agitated. Weights ore usually difieren! wh.en materials are settled o r packed as in bins or containers. Class may vary considerably due to conditions. Consult Link.Bel! fer information.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 565
technical information
Chain conveyor calculations Chain conveyors and cha in elevators
G = factor in Table 3, for material 6 inches and over in depth H = horsepowe r al heod shoft
The following loyouts with horsepower ond choin pull formulas represen! o few of the more commonly used conveyor orrongements.
h = depth of moteriol sliding ogo inst trough or skirt pi ates, in inches- need not be considered for ma terial less thon 6 inches in depth K = 1. 15 for chain lub ricoted 1.20 for chain not lubricoted L = length os indicoted in layouts, in feet M = weight of material per faot of conveyor, in pounds, o r 33.33 T
Orive shaft • In general, the driving power is opplied to the heod or dischorge end of the conveyor. The odvantage of the heod end drive is that only the corrying run of the conveyor is under maximum tension. Takeup sh aft • Whenever
proctical, takeup s ore locoted ot the foot or looding end of the conveyor. Screw tokeups ore ordinarily used, but where flxed tension in the chain is required, spring or gravity takeups are recommended.
s N = pull for moking cha in t o ut, in pounds
Lay out and f o r mula select ion • The vorious layouts opplying to the different choin conveyors ond elevotors ore listed in Table l. For loyouts ond formulas not shown, consult Link-Belt.
WU 2
BZ + W
Z
P1= moximum choin pull or cho in pul l ot heod shaft in pounds P2 = pull required by tokeups, in pounds P>, p, etc. = cho in pull al points indicoted in loyouts, in pounds Q = odditionol pull, in pounds, req uired to slide conveyor und er objects which o r e stopped or objects which o re pulled through sows, etc. R = vertical rise of inclined portian of conveyor, in feet S = speed, in fe et per minute T =peak copocity, in tons per hour U = unsu pported horizontal distonce, in feet V = actual length of cho in, minus U W = weight of choin, slots, pons, etc., per faot per run of conveyor, in p ounds Y = horizontal length of inclined portion of conveyor, in feet
Layouts and calculations The following symbols ore used in the formulas ond the layouts: A = factor in Table 2 B = dio meter of bucket elevotor foot wheel, in inches, when handling material with smoll lumps = rodius of bucket elevotor foot wheel, in inches, when handling fine or fluffy material Ad
C=o
D = diometer of choin roller in inches d = diometer of bushing ar pin on which choin roller revolves or diameter of boll or roller circle, in inches F = .20 for sliding choin on steel trock, lubricoted .33 for sliding choin on steel !rock, no! lubricoted f = factor in Tabl e 3
Table 1 • Layout and formula
N =coteno r y tension or
or,
Z = sog of choin, in fe et, o r ,,/-:J75 U V
selection layout Chain sliding
Choin canveyors and elevators
Material sliding
Chain rolling Molerial sliding
Material corried
l
1
Horizontal l lnclined Horizonta l lnclined Hori zontal lnc/ined Apron feeder Apron conveyar Bor flight feeder Corrier choin conveyor
.. . .. .
...
. ..
D, E D,E
J J
... ...
. ..
. ..
M oteriol car ried
Material carried
Horizontal 1 1Horizontal and Horizontal lnclined ond inclined inc/ined 1 ... ...
e e
H H
L L
A
F
...
. ..
B
G
K
.. .
...
D, E
J
.. .
. ..
...
e
H
L
A A A
D, E
J
B
G
K
e
H
L
.. . ...
. .. . ..
D, E
J
e
H
L
D, E . ..
..
Cross-bar choin conveyor Drog conveyor Flight conveyor Ploin choin conveyor
.. .
F F F . ..
Slot canveyor Bucket elevotor
... .. .
. .. ...
G
K
.
...
. ..
.. .
. .. ...
. .. ...
B
..
J
.
.
..
Vertica l
1
e .
..
H
L
. .
...
Ta b le 2 • Factor A Factor A ii. Type of bearing far chain rollers
Cored iron or steel on cold flnished steel • Bored iron ar steel on cold flnish ed steel Bored bronze bushing on cold flnished steel Roller beorings with smooth hordened roces Boll b eorings with smooth hordened roces Ji. Based on rollers with smooth faces operoting on smooth, cleo n steel tracks
ond includes reosonoble ollow once for ílange and hub fricti ons.
566 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Rollers no! lubricated .50 .40
... ... ...
Rollers greosed 1
1
.35 .25 .20 .09 .06
Enc/osed oiling rollers
.20
• Based on smooth cored ho les mode wirh dry sand or painted cores.
M
technical information
Chain conveyor calculations Tabl e 3 • Factors f and G Average weight per cubic foot, pounds
Factor f,
Alum, lumpy Ashes, dry, 1/2" and under Ashes, wet, '12" and under Ashes, dry, 3 " and under
50-60 35-40 45-50 35-40
.35-.45 .45-.55 .55-.65 .45-.55
.03 5 -.0 40 .024-.028 .0 16-.020 .02 8-.032
Coke, breeze Cottanseed, undelinted Grains Grave !, dry, screened
Ashes, wet, 3 11 and under Bagasse Beans, whole Cement, Portland
45-50 7-8 45-50 75-85
.55-.65 .35-.45 .30-.40 .60-.70
.022 -.026 .004-.006 .054-.058 .082-.090
Cement clinker Cool, onthrocite, egg Coal, anthrocite, nut ond stove Cool, onthrocite, run of mine
75-80 50-55 50-55 50-55
.65-.75 .25-.30 .30-.35 .35-.40
Coal, Coal, Coal, Cool,
50-60 55-65 45-55 45-55 40-50 50-60 23-32 25-35
Material
onthrocite, onthrocite, bituminous, bituminous,
peo buckwheot sized run of mine
Cool, bituminous, slock, dry Cool, bituminous, slock, wet Coke, sized Coke, mi)(ed
Average weight per cubic foot, pounds
Factor f,
25-35 18-2 5 38-45 90-100
.60-.70 .30-.40 .35-.45 .40-.50
.026-.030 .010-.012 .042-.046 .078-.082
Grave!, run af bank Ice, crushed Ice cakes Lime, ground
100-125 35-45 57 55-65
.55-.65 .15-.20 .06-.10 .35-. 45
.086-.090 .028-.032
.078-.086 .030-.034 .036-.040 .048-.05 2
Lime, pebble Sond, dry Sond, domp Sond, foundry, shokeout
55-60 90-110 110- 130 85-95
.45-.55 .55-.65 .80-.90 .65-.75
.062-.068 .130-.140 .160-.170 .068-.072
.40-.45 .50-.55 .45-.55 .55-.65
.060-.064 .070-.075 .045-.050 .047-.051
Sond, foundry, tempered Sawdust Stone, dust Stone, screened lumps
90-100 10-13 75-85 85-90
.80-.90 .35-.45 .45-.55 .55-.65
.0 6 6 -.070 .004-.006 .085-.090 .110-.115
.45-.55 .65-.75 .35-.45 .55-.60
.033-.037 .03 1-.035 .0 18-.022 .022-.026
Stone, lumps and fines Wood chips
85-90 12-20
.60-.70 .35-.45
.105-. 110 .004-.006
vertical pre ssure
Factor G, horizontal
Material
pre ssure
vertical pressure
Factor G, horizontal
1
pressure
.034-.038
P1SK H = 33,000
Layout A • Chain and material sliding
P1 = Pó- PJ = L(2.2FW +fM+hiGJ+.2 N P2= 2.2P4 P3 = N P4 = P3+ LFW Ps=l. 2P4 Fig. 4981
P1SK
Layout B • Chain rolling and material sliding TAKEUP
,...""
r IP.
~LTRAVEL
.~¿. ...¿__,¿._~-~-~
L.JL ' . 1 ~ FEED Pz"'\. ~ ) W CHUTE
~ 2'. J>"'=
Ps
H =33,00o
P1 = Pó - P3 = L(2.2CW + fM+ hiG) + .2N l/DRIVE
~I
P2 = 2.2 P4
~-~ ...¿__,¿.-~~-
. '
(
1
lf'
P3 = N
.Á
~--~·.-J:":L,·~,~-->-P,
TRAVEL - - -
Pó = Ps+ L( FW + fM+ hiG) See poge 566 for explonotion of symbols.
~
P4 = P3 + LCW Ps= l.2P4
Fig. 4982
Pó = Ps + L(CW + fM + h1G) See poge 566 for explonotion of symbols.
P1SK H = 33,000
Layout C • Chain rolling and material carried
P1 = P6 - P3 = L(2.2c w + cM + h1G) +. 2 N P2 = 2.2 P4 P3 = N P4= P3+LCW Ps=l.2 P4 Pó = Ps+ L(CW + c M+ hiG ) Fig. 4983
See poge 566 for explonotion of symbols.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 567
technical information
Chain conveyor calculations P1SK
layout D • Ch ain slid ing and mate ria l carried
H = 3 3,000
K---------- L----------~
TAKEUP
TRAVEL- +
P, ,..-L..19.. __ffi__J:§L_...B__.0_
P, •
(
/ ORIVE
P. _Jfil__J;SJ__...fil_ __EL_EJ;._t___ p
(•' \ ) \)
('
1 ')
1
\ ....·~-- - ----- ---- ----~· P. - - - -TRAVEL P,
P1 = Pó - P3 = LF(2.2W + M) + .2N + Q P2 = 2.2P4 P3 = N p, = P3+ LFW Ps= l.2P, P6 = Ps + LF(W + M) + Q See poge 566 fer explonotien e f symbels.
layout E • Chain sliding and mat erial carr ied
P1SK
H = 33,000
AKE~~Rl
T
P, •
_fil_ _.fil__-"'l__ Cill
, ( ~)
--- ~ - --- --- -----
\ .:;;;".L.fil_.-""l..._IB__ _ _
{°RIVE
( i)
__ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ ____:::.._.-- -->-P.
TRAVEL ~
P,
""-~
1
P.
Fig. 4985
layout F • Chain and material slidin g
P1 = P2 = P3 = P, = Ps = Pó =
Pó - PJ = LF(2 .2 W + 1.2M) + .2 N + 1.2Q 2.2P4 N P3+LF(W + M) + Q l.2P, Ps+ LFW See poge 566 fer e xplonotien ef symbels.
P1SK
H =33,000 P1 = P6- P3 P2= 2.2 P, P3 = N when
R
y is less thon F R
P3 = N + W (R - FY) when
y is more thon F
P4 = N + W (FY - R) when
y is le ss
P4 = N whe n
R
y is mo re
R
thon F
thon F
Ps= l.2 P, Pó = Ps + Y(FW + fM + h 2 G ) + R(W + Ml Se e poge 566 fer explonotien ef symbels.
layout G • Chain rolling and mat eria l sliding
P1SK
H =3 3,000 P1= P6- P3 P2 = 2.2P, P3 = N when
- -- - -- - - -Y- - -
]-
-----;
Fog. 4987
yR is less thon C R
P3 = N + W (R- CY) when
y is
P, = N + W (CY - R) when
y is less thon C
P4 = N whe n
R
y is
more tho n C
R
more thon C
Ps = l.2 P,¡ Pó = Ps+Y(CW +fM + h 2 G ) + R(W + M) See poge 566 fer explonotien ef symbels.
P1SK
H = 33,000 P1 = Fó- PJ P2 = 2.2P, P3 = N whe n
yR is less tho n C
P3 = N + W (R- CY) whe n
yR is more
P,¡ = N + W(CY - R) when
y is le ss thon
P4 = N w hen
R
y is
R
thon C C
more thon C
Ps = l.2 P, Pó = Ps+Y(CW + CM + h' G ) + R(W + M) See poge 566 fer explonotion ef symbels.
56 8 • L 1 N K - B E L T
technical information
Chain conveyor calculations Layout J • Chain sliding and material carried
P.
rDRIVE
P. t~ ·
,..-<\--~"~~
L..--:- ~-y::v·.i.----
~\.. p.-·
fo--~
__.. ,. . .-
--------
>-<•
P3 = N when
P,
j
R
. e-:
-
~ ?p' Pz
Layout K • Chain rolling and material sliding
P3 = N + W (R - FY) when
~ is
more thon F
P, = N + W(FY - R) when
~is
less thon F
.
t
P,
).,!.~
~.v·.cr1.~P,
~
V ...O.
P,
,
- ~;~:
~-~--Ó- 4-.(,...~J,.-b-· ~Pe 1 }l_ . O FEED ~Jí: , ) .· .. C~UTE . . .; .·• ,: ~\.. ~-~-:9:":
r
~-$::?! -~
TRALVEL
\
.
See page 566 far explanalian af symbals.
P6 = 1.2Ps P7 = P6 + L(CW + fM + h1G) Pa = P7 + Y(CW + fM + h1G) + R(W + M)
33,000 P1 = Pa - P3 P2 = 2.2Ps
R
~ is less thon C y R P3 = N + W(R - CY) when - is more thon C y
(
p, = N + W(CY - R) when
---;i:
'\
P6 = Ps + YFIW + M) + R(W + M) + Q
H =~
r DRIVE
-.¡~\..
P.
less thon F
Ps = l.2 P, Fig. 4989
Pz '
~ is
y
P, = N when ~is more thon F y
4
TAKE UP\
33,000 P1 = P6- P3 P2 = 2.2P,
Al
f y· ~\.. TAKEUP ~Ps~·st>--· _____ _...,.....-;:::>~\'ti'/ -?(\
H =~
1
P3 = N when
R
y
'
p, = N when
1
Fig. 4990
y is more
~is
less thon C
y thon C
Ps= P4 + LCW See page 566 far explanatian al symbals.
H =~
P6= 1.2Ps P1 - Pó + L(CW + CM + h, G) Pa = P7 + Y(CW + CM + h1G) + R(W + M)
33,000 P1 = Pa - P3 P2= 2.2Ps
~ is less thon C y R P3 = N + W(R - CY) when - is more thon C y
P3 = N when
P, = N + W(CY - R) when
R
~is
less thon C
y P, = N when y is less thon C Fig. 4991
Ps= P4+ LCW See page 566 far explanolion of symbols.
Layout M • Material carried
P,
ORIVE
i-~ ----.
P. ~----1~ P,
. p
~
i UP
' .p
~
~
H =~
33,000 P1 = P6- PJ P2 = 2.2 P, P3 = P, + RW p, = N Ps = 1.2P, + MB P6 = Ps+ R(M + W)
F ~ f t ~ '
1
DOWN
. p ' .p ~ . Ps {:..~P. ~
See poge 566 for explonation of symbols.
i\._..T_A-KE_U_P_..,
P,
Fig. 4992
L 1 N K - B E L T • 569
technical information
Shaft and bearing load calculations Determination of rad ial loads on heaal and foot shaft bearings
E 1 = lo ad al bearing 1 due to p ull A, in pound s E2 = load et b e a ring 2 du e to pull A, in pounds F 1 = load al bea ring 1 d ue to pull B, in pounds F2 = load et bearing 2 due to p ull B, in pounds G 1 = load et b earing 1 due to weights C anó D, in pounds G 2 = load a t bea ring 2 dueto weights C and D, in pounds H 1 = load et bea ring 1 due to weight D, in pounds H2 = load et bearing 2 due to weight D, in p ounds J = radius of driving wheel in inches K1 = bending moment et bea ring 2 due to p ull A, in inch pounds K1 = b ending moment et bearing 2 due to we ight C, in inch pounds L1 = bending momenl et point 3 due to p ull A, in inch pounds L2 = bending moment et point 3 due to p ull B, in inch pounds l 3 = bending momenl et point 3 due to weight D, in inch pounds N 1 = bend ing mome nt al point 4 due to p ull A, in inch pounds N 1 = bending moment at point 4 d ue to p ull B, in inch pounds N J = bending moment al poi ni 4 due to weight D, in inch pounds M 1 = maximum bend ing momenl al bearing 2 M2 = maximum b ending moment et point 3 R1 = resultant radial load at b e a ring 1 R; - resulten! rcd icl !ocd ot beoring 2
The lood on each b earing is calculated for the various forces acting on the bearings in the planes in which they accur. Using these loads, a force diagram is plotted to d e termine the magnitude and direction of the resultan! radial load. The weight of the shaft has no t been included.
Determination of the bending and torsional moments on head and foot shafts The following method is simple and accurate. The weight of the shaft has not been included and for the ordinary applicotion need not be considered. When the size of the pillow blocks indicated for the radial loads is smaller than the diameter of the shaft requi red for the bending and torsional moments, it may sometimes be found economical, on the large sizes, to neck the shofts to suit the pillow blocks.
layouts and calculations The following symbols are used in the formulas and the loyouts: a , b, e, d and e = dimensions in inches A = pull al d riving wheel in pounds B = pull al conveyor wheels ar pulley in pounds e = weight of driving wheel in pounds D = weight of conveyor wheels or pulley including weight of 180-degree wrop of chain, slats, pans, belt, etc., in pounds
He ad shaft with single sprocket or singl e arm pulley betwe en b e arings Fo rces and re act ions for p lane in which pu ll A acts:
E~
A
Ab Bearing loads: E 1 = a
A(a + b) E2 = - -a Bending mam e nts: K1 =Ab , L1 = E1c
E,
,E,
a:t
1~
3
I
E~
1
Torsional momenl: T = AJ •
d ,.J - a- ,.Jb -c
>-<
Fo rces and reactions for p lane in which pull B acts:
~ ~c7dJbl-
Bd Be Beoring loads: F1 = ~· F2 =-;:;Bending moment: L2 = F 1e
Forces and reactions for vertical plane in which weights C and D act:
Bearing loads: G 1 =
Dd-Cb a
Dc + C(a + b) G1= - - -- o
Bending moments: K2 = Cb, l 3 = G1c
''º sooo Resultan! bearing loads and bending moments
DG , F,
RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R, AT BEARING 1A
RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R, AT BEARING 2 •
.A Know ing the radial loods, re fe r to C otolog 1050 to ma
selec tion.
570 • L 1 N K - B E L T
f 19 6136
MAXI MUM BENDING MOMENT M, A T BEARING 2 •
MAXIMUM BE N DING MOMENT M, AT POINT 3 •
• Knowing l he maximum bendinq ond torsionol moments, refer to poge 574 to moke the shalt size selection.
technical information
Shaft and bearing load calculations Head shaft with two sprockets or double arm pulley between bearings Forces and reactions for plane in which pull A acts:
"'0 , , u
E,
'
Ab Beo ring loods: E1 = ~,
A
E1
Fig.5001
'°\_
~
d~ ~o-J b e
E1
cr::,,
A(o + b ) E2 = - - o
Bending momenls:
Ki = Ab,
Torsionol momenl:
T = AJ
L1 = E1c, N ¡ = Ed c + e)
Forces and re actions for p lane in which pull B acts:
F,
¡:;
Beo ring loods:
F1 =
Fig. 5002
B(2d + e ) , 20
B(2c + e) F2 = - - 2o
Forces and reactions for vertical plane in which weights C ond D act:
Beo ring loods:
G1=
D(2d + e ) - 2Cb , G2 20
2 C(o + b) + D(2c + e) 20
Fig. 5003
Bending momenls:
K2 = Cb,
L3 = G 1e,
Resultan! b e aring loads and be nding moments
~A
F,
M2 - - -
2
F, RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R1 AT BEARING 1 •
RESULTANT RADIAL LOAD R2 AT BEARING 2 •
~
LJ[ ______
L_JG
MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M 1 AT BEARING 2 •
MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M2 AT POINT 3 • Fig. 5008
Foot or idler shaft with single sprocket or single arm pulley between bearings Forces and reactions fo r plane in which B acts:
~B
F,
F2
Beoring loods:
~&F 2
Be nding moment:
B e~
f "·
Bd F 1 =-¡;-.
Fig. 5004
L2 = F1c
Forces and re a ctions for plane in which D acts: H,
3
2
Fig. 5005
Dd Beoring loo ds: H i = ~, Bending moment:
De H2=o
L3 = H1e
Resultan! bearing loads and be nding mome nts
H~
L,
L------
L3
~.
RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R, A T BEARING 1•
RESULT ANT RADIAL LOAD R2 AT BEARING 2 •
.6. Knowing the radia l loads, refer to Catalog 1050 to make the bearing
block selection.
""'
-------__..__.-
-------
_ .,
i ig. 5009
MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M2 AT POINT 3 •
• Knowing the maximum bending moment, refer to page 574 to make th e shaft size sel ection.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 571
technical information
Shaft and bearing load calculations Foot or idler shaft with two sprockets or double arm pulley between bearings Forces and reactions for plane in which B acts: F, Fz
CE:,.
Beoring loods:
F1
Bending momenls: L2 = F1c,
N2 = F2d
Forces and reaction s for vertical plane in which w e ig ht D acts: H, H2
42
9
~
Beoring loads:
H1 =
Bending mome nls:
D(2d + e ) , 20
L3 = H1e,
H2
D(2c + e) 20
NJ = H2d
e l..c- e- :>-id ~ a -,.J
fl t .5007
Resultan! b e aring load s and bending mome nts F, F2
H,~
H,~ ••• •2:u
RESU LTANT RADIAL LOAD R, AT BEARING 1.t.
RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R, AT BEARING 2 .t.
Ji,. Knowing the radia l loads, refer to Catalog 1050 to moke the bearing
block selection.
MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M, AT BEARING 3 •
•
MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M2 AT POINT 4 •
Knowing the maximum bending and torsional momenls, refer to page 574 to make the shaft size selection.
Conventional formulas Horsepower H=
~ =___! N 3 3,000 63,025
Chain tension TN 5,250
Tem p eratures
Jorque t = 6 3,025 H N T = 5,250 H N
Centrifuga! pull of chain
B = ~S~
1 15,900
whe re
E= P + B
B = ce nlrifugo l pull, in pounds, due to weig ht o nd velocity o f choin e = deg rees centigrode E = total cho in tension in pounds F = degrees Fohre nheit H = horsep ower N = re vo lutions per minute
572 • L 1 N K - B E L T
C = 5 / 9 (F - 3 2 ) C = 1.2 5 R F = 9/ 5 (C +32) F = 1.8 C + 32 F = 2.25 R+ 3 2
R = .8 C R = 4 / 9 (F - 32) P = choin or belt pull in pounds R = degrees Reoumur S = feel per minute T = lorque in pound feel 1 = torque in pound inches W = weight p e r foot of cho in in pounds
technical information
Shaft diameter calculations • approximate
method
Shaft diameters
Example of shaft selection
Tables l, 2 ond 3 moy be used far determining opproximote shoft diometers bosed on the three types of loodings. The volues shown ore bosed on on ollowoble sheoring stress of 6000 pounds per squore inch far shofts with keyseots. Adjustments far other ollowoble sheor stress volues comparable with the physicol properties of the material used should be mode by opplying the sheor foctors listed in Table 4. More occurote selections moy be mode by using Chori A, poge 575. When using speciol shofting select beorings of odequote size to carry the imposed load. The resistonce to deAection is determined by the shoft size ond not the shoft moter:ol. See olso poge 57 4.
Problem Determine the opproximote shoft dio meter, using 10,000 pounds per squore inch sheor stress, to tronsmit 30 horsepower ot 200 revolutions per minute with sprocket wheels mounted neor the beorings.
Solution Refer to Table 5 ond note thot o 2 7,1, " diometer shoft is odequote far o sheor stress of 6000 pounds per squore inch. Refer to Table l. Note thot the sheor factor far l 0,000 pounds per squore inch is .8434. Therefare, the required shoff diometer = 2 7116" X .8434 = 2.06". A 2 3116 11 diometer shoft, which is the next higher listed size, is selected.
Table 1 • Horsepower values for torsional moments only - without bending moments Shoft diameter,
inches
15,1,
1
Horsepower of s hofting.t. Revolutions per minute
- ,2'""'5:--.,..--:5.,,.. 0--...,l,.....-=7 5,,,...-....,l--,-l"" Oo : --.,.. I .....,..,12'""'5,.......,¡---,1-=5""' 0 __,..1.....,.. 17=-5: --:I ...,2'""'0,...,0---:l-'-:2.,,.. 2..,,. 5 --,-l--:2 "5"0:--:1 -,2::-::7::-::5---:l-.,,3..,,.0""o---:1-,3 5':"'.0:--:1 -4~0'""'0:--:I ---..,.45':"'.0:--'"" I ---,. 5 -0 0-
.4 .8 l.4 2.2
.8 l.6 2.8 4.5
l.2 2.4 4.2 6.6
l.5 3.1 5.5 8.9
l.9 3.9 6.9 11.2
2.3 4.6 8.3 13.4
2.6 5.4 9.7 15.7
3.0 6.2 l l. l 17.9
3.4 7.0 12.4 20.2
3.8 7.8 13.8 22.4
4.2 8.6 15.2 24.7
4.6 9.3 16.6 26.9
5.3 10.9 19.4 31.4
6.1 12.5 22.2 35.9
6.9 14.0 24.9 40.4
7.7 15.6 27.7 44.9
211;1,
3.4 4.9 6.8 9.1
6.8 9.8 13.5 18. l
10.2 14.7 18.4 27.3
13.5 19.5 27.0 36.2
16.9 24.4 33.8 45.3
20.3 29.3 40.6 54.4
23.7 34.2 47.3 63.4
27. l 39. l 54.l 72.5
30.5 44.0 60.9 81.6
33.9 48.9 67.6 90.7
37.3 53.8 74.4 99.7
40.7 58.6 81.2 108.0
47.5 68.4 94.7 126.0
54.3 78.2 108.0 145.0
61. l 88.0 12 l.O 163.0
67.9 97.8 135.0 181 .0
2 15;1, 3 1A• 3 15;1,
11.8 18.9 28.5
23.7 37.9 57.0
35.4 56.7 85.5
47.3 75.9 114.0
59.2 94.9 142.0
71 .0 113.0 171.0
82.9 132.0 199.0
94.7 15 l.O 228.0
106.0 118.0 130.0 142.0 165.0 170.0 189.0 208.0 227.0 265.0 256.0 285.0 313.0 342.0 399.0
189.0 303.0 456.0
213.0 34 l.O 513.0
236.0 379.0 570.0
13116 1'/ 16 111;1, 1 15116 2 3116 2 1;1,
Table 2 • Horsepower values for combined torsional moments and moderate bending moments Shoft 1 Horsepower o f shaftin g .t. d iomeler. --------~---------,.--_,_Re_v_ ol_ ut_io_n,.... s "-pe_ r_m _i..,.nu_ te_ _.,.----,------..,.- - _ , . . - - _ , . .- - _ , . .- - inchcs 25 1 50 75 1 100 125 150 1 175 [ 200 1 225 1 250 1 275 1 300 1 350 1 400 1 450 [ 500
P A, 1'116 111;1,
.5 .9 1.5
l.O l.9 2.9
l.5 2.7 4.5
2.0 3.7 5.9
2.6 4.6 7.4
3.1 5.5 8.9
3.6 6.4 10.4
4.1 7.4 11.9
4.7 8.3 13.4
5.2 9.2 14.9
5.7 10.l 16.4
6.2 l l. l 17.9
7.3 12.9 20.9
8.3 14.8 23.9
9.4 16.6 26.9
10.4 18.5 29.9
l 1•11. 2 3A• 2 7116 2 11A•
2.3 3.3 4.5 6.1
4.5 6.5 9.0 12. l
6.9 9.9 13.5 18.3
9.0 13.0 18.0 24.2
11.3 16.3 22.5 30.2
13.6 19.5 27.0 36.3
15.8 22.8 31.6 42.3
l 8.1 26. l 36. l 48.4
20.4 29.3 40.6 54.4
22.6 32.6 45. l 60.5
24.9 35.8 49.6 66.5
27.2 39. l 54. l 72.6
31.7 45.6 63.2 84.7
36.2 52.2 72.2 96.8
40.8 58.7 81.2 108.0
45.3 65.2 90.2 12 l.O
2 15116
7.9 12.7 19.0 27.0
15.8 25.3 38. l 54.0
23.7 38. l 57.0 81.0
31.6 39.5 50.6 63.3 76. l 94.l 108.0 136.0
47.4 75.9 114.0 163.0
55.3 88.6 133.0 190.0
63.2 10 1.0 152.0 217.0
71.l 79.0 86.9 94.8 11 0.0 113.0 126.0 139.0 151.0 177.0 17 1.0 190.0 209.0 228.0 266.0 245.0 272.0 299.0 326.0 38 l.O
126.0 202.0 304.0 435.0
142.0 227.0 342.0 490.0
158.0 253.0 380.0 544.0
37.5 50.0 65.2
75.0 100.0 131.0
3~
3 15116 4 1A, 4 1'A• 5 'ií6 5"A•
112.5 150.0 187.0 225.0 262.0 300.0 337.0 375.0 412.0 450.0 525.0 600.0 675.0 750.0 150.0 200.0 250.0 330.0 350.0 400.0 451.0 50 1.0 55 l.O 601.0 701.0 801.0 902.0 1002.0 195.6 261.0 326.0 391.0 456.0 522.0 587.0 652.0 717.0 783.0 9 13.0 1044.0 1174.0 1305.0
Table 3 • Horsepower values for combined torsional moments and heavy bending moments Shoft 1 Horsepower of sh afti ng.t. diameter,
inches
P A, 11;1, l 11A,
Revolutions per minute
-2-5-..,.. 1-5-0-,.... \ - 7-5 ---,-
.3 .55 .9
1-0_0_ [,...--I 2- 5- . [ -150-..,.. I _ 1_7_5 __,.1_ 2_0_0___,l,...--2_ 2_5-:[ - 25 _ 0_..,.. l _ 2_7_ 5 __,.[_ 3_0_0___,[_ 3_5_0_ 1,...--4_ 0_0- . [ -4-5 0-
.6 l. l l.8
.9 l.7 2.7
l.2 2.2 3.5
l.5 2.7 4.4
l.8 3.3 5.3
2.1 3.8 6.2
2.5 4.4 7.1
2.8 4.9 8.0
3.1 5.5 8.9
3.4 6.1 9.8
3.7 6.6 10.7
4.3 7.7 12.5
5.0 8.8 14.3
5.6 9.9 16.l
J 1SA• 2 3A• 2 1A, 2 11A, 2 15116 3 'ií6 3 15116 4 7116
l.3 l.9 2.7 3.6
2.7 3.9 5.4 7.3
3.9 5.7 8.1 10.8
5.4 7.8 10.8 14.5
6.7 9.7 13.5 18.l
8.1 11.7 16.2 21.7
9.5 13.7 18.9 25.4
10.8 15.6 21.6 29.0
12.2 17.6 24.3 32.6
13.5 19.5 27.0 36.2
14.9 21.5 29.7 39.9
16.3 23.4 32.4 43.5
19.0 27.4 37.9 50.8
21.7 31.3 43.3 58.0
24.4 35.2 48.7 65.3
4.7 7.6 11.4 16.3
9.5 15.2 22.8 32.7
14. l 22.8 34.2 48.9
18.9 30.3 45.6 65.3
23.6 37.9 57.0 81.6
28.4 45.5 68.4 98.0
33. l 53.l 79.9 114.0
37.9 60.7 91.3 130.0
42.6 68.3 102.0 147.0
47.3 75.9 114.0 163.0
52.l 83.5 125.0 179.0
56.8 91. l 136.0 196.0
66.3 106.0 159.0 228.0
75.8 121.0 182.0 26 l.O
85.3 136.0 205.0 294.0
4 15A' 5 1;1, 5"A•
22.5 30.0 39.0
45.0 60.0 78.0
67.5 90.0 117.0
90.0 120.0 156.0
112.0 150.0 195.0
135.0 180.0 234.0
157.0 210.0 273.0
180.0 240.0 313.0
202.0 270.0 352.0
225.0 300.0 391.0
247.0 330.0 430.0
270.0 360.0 469.0
315.0 420.0 547.0
360.0 480.0 626.0
405.0 541.0 704.0
.t. Bosed on steody loads and 6000 pounds per square inch shear st ress fe r
than 6000 pounds per squo re inch .
shah s with keyseals. Re fe r to Table 4, page 574, for shear volue s o ther
l 1 N K - B E l T • 573
technical information
Shaft diameter calculations • accurate
method
Table 4 • Shear factors
Shaft d iameter s Chori A provides o meons for o ccurotely determining shoft diometers through the use of torsiono l ond bending moments. This cho ri is b osed on ollowoble sheoring stress of 6 000 pounds per squo re inch for shofts w ith keyseots. Adjustment for othe r allowoble sheor stress volues comparable with the physicol properties of the ma teria l used should be mode by opplying the sheor foctors liste d in Tabl e 4. In determining shaft diometers, it is odvisable to moke generous allowance for abnormol operating co nditions. Liberal shaft diame ters increase b e aring life. When using speciol shafting, select b ea rings of adequate size to carry the imposed loa d. The resista nce to deflection is determined b y the shaft size and not by the sha ft material.
Shear
....
Example of shaft selection Problem Determine the shaft diameter, using 8000 pound s per square inch shear stress, for a bending moment of 1 0,000 pound inches and o torsionol moment o f 22,500 pound inches under a suddenly applied load.
Solution
Shear
Shea r factor
stress
1
Shear factor
stress
....
1
500 1000 1500 2000
2.2894 1.8171 1.5874 1.4422
7 000 8000 9000 10000
.9 499 .9086 .8736 .8434
2500 3000 3500 4000
1.3389 1.2599 1.1968 1.1447
11 000 12000 13000 14000
.8171 .7937 .7728 .7539
4500 5000 5500 6000
1.1006 1.0626 1.0294 1.0000
15000 16000 17000 18000
.7368 .72 1 1 .7067 .6934
..t. Allowable shear stress is gene rally token as lowe r value of either 30°7c, of minimum elastic limit or 183 of minimum ultimote !ensile strength . For shafts w ith keyseots red uce ollowoble sheor stress to 75% of obove sheo r volues.
Tab le 5 • Shaft tolerances for low carbon steel
11
From Chort A, a 3 " 116 shaft is od e q uate for a sheor stress of 6000 pounds per squore inch. The shear factor for 8000 pounds per squa re inch she ar stress, from Tab le 4, is .9086. The required shoft diameter there fo re, is 3 1111," X .9086 = 3.35". Select a 3 7,-i6" shaft which is the next higher listed shaft.
Diometer tolerance, inches
Shoft diometer, inches
Oversi ze
Undersize
Up to 1
.000 .000 .000 .000
.002 .003 .004 .005
1 111, to 2 2 1A6 io 4 4 1116 to 6
Table 6 • Shaft speciflcations Shoft d iome ter,
inches
Are a of shoft, squo re
Weight
per inch, pounds
Weight per foot, pounds
N orm a l sha ft lengths, fe et
Section modulus
Mamen! o f inertio
*
inches
:y. A6
1 13,-i,
.4418 .6903 .7854 1.1 075
.125 .1 95 .223 .3 14
1.50 2.35 2.67 3.77
12 -16 12-16 12- 16 12-16
.0414 .0809 .0982 .1644
.0828 . 1618 . 1963 .3288
.0155 .0379 .0491 .0976
.0311 .0758 .0982 .1952
1 114 l'lí6 1 Y2 1 t '116
1.2272 1.6230 1.7671 2.2365
.348 .460 .500 .634
4.1 7 5.52 6.01 7.60
12-16 20-24 20-24 20-24
.1917 .29 16 .3313 .4718
.3835 .5832 .6627 .9435
.1 198 .2096 .2485 .3981
.2397 .4192 .4970 .7961
H4 1'% 2 2%
2.4053 2.9483 3.1416 3.7583
.682 .835 .890 1.06
8.18 10.02 10.68 12.78
20-24 20-24 20-24 20-24
.5262 .7140 .7854 1.0276
1.0523 1.4281 1.5708 2.0553
.4604 .6917 .7854 1.1240
.9208 1.3835 1.5708 2.2480
2 'lí, 2 V2 2"A' 2• •,-i,
4.6664 4.9087 5.6727 6.7771
1.32 1.39 1.6 1 1.92
15.86 16.69 19.29 23.04
20-24 20-24 20-24 20-24
1.4218 1.5340 l. 9057 2.4885
2.8436 3.0680 3.8113 4.9770
1.7328 1.9175 2.5607 3.6549
3.4656 3.8350 5.1215 7.3099
3 3 'A' 3 'lí6 3 V2
7.0686 7.9798 9.2806 9.621
2.00 2.26 2.63 2.73
24.03 27. 13 31.56 32.7 1
20-24 20-24 20-24 20-24
2.6507 3. 1794 3.9878 4.2092
5.3014 6.3589 7.9755 8.4185
3.9761 5.0672 6.8539 7. 3662
7.9522 10.1345 13.7079 14.7324
13
Bending
To r sion
Bendin g
Torsion
1
1
3 11A6 3 1o/í6 4 4%
10.680 12. 177 12.566 13.729
3.03 3.45 3.56 3.90
36.31 41.40 42.73 46.83
20-24 20-24 20-24 20-24
4.9226 5.9932 6.2832 7.2088
9.8452 11.9865 12.5664 14.4176
9.0761 11.7992 12.5664 15.0935
18.1521 23.5984 25.1327 30.1869
4 'lí6 4 Y2 4 11,-i, 4 "A6
15.466 15.904 17.373 19.147
4.38 4.50 4.89 5.43
52.58 54.07 58.67 65. 10
20-24 20- 24 20-24 20-24
8.5786 8.9462 10.1 117 11.81 74
17.1571 17.8924 20.2234 23.6348
19.0337 20.1289 23.6993 29.1742
38.0674 40.2578 47.3985 58.3483
5 'lí, 5 1o/í6 6 Y2
23.221 27.688 33.183
6.58 7.85 9.40
78.95 94.14 112.8
20-24 20 20
15.7833 20.5499 26.9612
31.5666 4 1.0999 53.9225
42.9108 61.0077 87.6240
85.8217 122.01 53 175.248'
574 • L 1 N K - B EL T
technical information
Shaft diameter calculations • a ccurate
meth od
Chart A • Combined to rsional and bending moments >-l!Q<;;,_ '"
lªº-
,,,, 1
,__l:!QL!!;i ,~+'~5"'1-¡....;...++--H--+H--+.,._¡-H-J-H-++-l-'::....H-++-'--i--1-H-++-l--'--l-H-H-+x -N_._~++__,_--H--+H-++-l--'-l-H-~~+'--+~H-++-17~~ 70~ 1""
14U -+-1-~H-++_._.-+-
"
·- 7'\''l!-H-+-t-H-t-H-\--t--1
,__ ~ ~-l'n"""-nl--l--i-++-!+H-+-+++-H-+l-++++H--+1--._ l-++-l-+--l_¡_--1__¡-_f_'~+ - ¡,.++_¡_ +--l _¡_-j-j__:-,__+¡__+._++_¡_+-'--'-,j:.1::.tt~,..._,_¡_-+-4+--l__¡-_;-_J--1--+1--+.__¡_+_¡_¡_4+--'j-j-_J--.__+._+ ._:t-'6~:
....
._
¡Z
~
~ ,__LeQ e
o ] ~
~1-'"" 12
~
g
15011\Cl
r ..,_1-
90
'
, ,, ,_,__,,,_,_.....__._._......_._.._._~6\
Q.
oZ .;e
"'
•' -
... o
a:a :;
"
.s= ,_
"·'
'
'' '•
\
"
" CT""""s,~a. . ,4--'+'--'--:++---1~-+-!-+-1w...µ+..'rl , +1+-h--:..;..;_;;_;...-1--_,-+<µ\-1++J
'
o
'
~\--', --.-l-'-'-H-+--~J,----l--'-'-iH-+-t-+T+-l-+-f-'-+--'---1-,--++---H--'\-l'--+-\'-+-H
1--
2
~
'-
',
~---·
z""""'-<--"--'--~~, ~,-~--1-1-",.~ '\ __.__._..._.__,_
\
1\
--h
r t_....._._H-_,__,_...__.--1-'-'-+-~---'--'--++++-'--'--+'--'-++--L--• -1--+!-+++-H--+H-++--H-+-1H-!-+~ !--1-1--1--!-+--1+--l-H-++++--H--+\-l-+++-1--1-H-++__,_-Hl4-!-+.;...¡.-H1--1--H-++--H--+1--!1-++--l--+-1
Fig. 4375
1
"' H 1«>
io
~ .~ ~ ~
b.
f! ~ ... F-. f- ~ - 1~ ~ ~
!
~ !:;- ~ ~ 1:. !
·~
= Q
TORSIONAL MOMENT
• Thousonds of pound inches A
Directions: Project a line ha rizonto lly from the bending momenl scole ond a nother line ver tico ll y from the torsionol moment scale . The spoce within which the intersection folls designotes the shaft size A Bosed on 6000 pounds per squore inch stress far shafting with keyseols. Re ler to Table 4, poge 574, for foclors lar other stress volues.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 575
technical information
Keyseating and keys Keys in keywa ys are usuall y used to transfer torque between sprockets, gears, pulle ys, couplings and similar items and the shafts or hubs on which they a re mounted. Link-Belt has adopted square and fla t parallel keys and square and flat toper keys, e ither with or without gib-head, for all applications except those transmitting extremely heavy shock loads or those for which anothe r method of fostening may be sp ecifle d or more desirable. The sizes of keyways and keys for various shaft diameters given in the table b e low comply with former ASA Standard B17. l- 1943 and are used unless otherwise ind icated. Type and length should be specifled.
PLAIN END KEYSEAT 1 1 1 I
~
ry 1
r
0
ROU ND END KEYSEAT (
~LENGTH•
1-
WIOTH
PLAIN MIDDLE KEYSEAT
1-
)
1
f+LENGTH-
"'··----------- _,,
r-------------
NECKED END
....
r
1 ENGTH1
--- 1
1
:L__ W L(,--
o
LDIAMETER
Fig. 3735
Sho f t dio meter, inches
...
O ver
~
2
.----- B
H [....___ __ ____,
t
------.) PARALLEL KEY ROUND ENDS
w
PARALLEL KEY SQUARE ENDS
W
A ~JH
{ TAPER !' IN 12
J
GIB HEAD TAPER KEY
TAPER KEY
Gib he o d
H
w Squore
To
1
H/ 2 Flot
Squore
1
Square
Flo t
Toleronce Flo t
A
1 (including)
Fig. 3736
1
m~x.
Por ollel W ond H
minus
Toper ond gib heo d
w plus
1
H -mox. plus
INCHES
o/a ~a
l l Ya
l y. l y,
1 y. l 'h
Hove d imensions cer tified far instollation purposes. In ordering, specify w hether parallel key square or ílat, taper key or g ib heod toper key is re quired. Flat keys ore used only when hub diameter is too smal l fo permit the use o f o squore key. Round end keys furnished only w hen specified. Jt. Refer fo Table 5, poge 574, far shaff diomefer tolerances.
576 • L 1 N K - B E L T
l l Ya PA. l ~
l y. l 'h
.0020 .0020 .0020 .0020
.001 .001 .00 1 .001
.005 .005 .005 .005
.0020 .0025 .0025 .0025
.001 .001 .001 .001
.005 .005 .005 .005
.0030 .0030 .0030 .0030
.001 .001 .001 .001
.005 .005 .005 .005
Size of set screw far p o r ollel key, inches
technical information
Equivalents • weights ond meosures 1 acre 43,560 squore feet 160 squore rods 4,046.87 square meters 0.40469 hectore
centimeter 0.3937 inch 0.0328 foot 1O millimeters
1 chain 1 atmosphere, 760 mm. 29.9212 inches of mercury 33.9006 feet of water 14.6969 pounds per square inch 2, 116.35 pounds per squore foot 1.03329 kilogroms per squore centimeter
1 Brltish thermal unit 778. 104 foot-pounds 0.000393 horsepower-hour, U.S. 0.0003984 horsepower-hour, metric 1,054.9 joules 1,052 watt-seconds 0.000293 kilowatt-hour 107.577 kilogram-meters 0.252 kilogram-calorie
1 British thermal unit per second 778. 104 foot-pounds per second 1.4 147 4 horsepower, U.S. 1.43436 horsepower, metric 1,054.9 watts 1.0549 kilowatts 107.577 kilogram-meters per second 0.252 kilogram -co lorie per second
1 bushel, U.S. 2, 150.42 cubic inches 1.2 4446 cubic feet 32 dry quorts, U.S. 8 dry gallons, U.S. 35.2393 cubic decimeters
792 inches 66 feet O.O 125 mile, U. S. stotute 20.1 168 meters 0 .02012 kilometer
1 decimeter, cubic 61.0234 0.03531 1.05668 0.02838
cubic inches cubic foot liquid quarts, U.S. bushel, U.S.
1 foot 12 inches 0.33333 yard 0.06061 rod O.O 1515 cho in 0.0001894 mile, U.S. statute 304.8 millimeters 30.48 centimeters 0.3048 meter
foot, square 144 square inches 929.03 square centimeters 0.0929 squore meter
foot, cubic 1,728 cubic inches 29.9221 liquid quarts, U.S. 7.48055 liquid gollons, U.S. 0.80356 bushels
1 foot- pound per second 0.001285 British thermol unit per second 0.0018 18 horsepower, U.S. 0.001843 horsepower, metric 0.13826 kilogrom-meter per second 0.0003237 kilogram-calorie per second 1.35573 watts 0.001356 kilowatt
gallon, liquid, U.S. 2 31 cubic inches 0.13368 cubic foot 4 liquid quarts, U.S. 0.8327 British Imperial gallan 3.78543 cubic decimeters
gallon, dry, U.S. 268.803 cubic inches 0.15556 cubic foot 4 dry quarts, U.S. 0.96897 British Imperial gallon 0.125 bushel, U.S. 4.40492 cubic decimeters
grain 0.002083 ounce, troy 0.002286 ounce, avoirdupois 0.0001736 pound, troy 0.0001429 pound, avoirdupois 0.0000648 kilogram
gram per centimeter 39.1983 grains per inch 0 .0056 pound per inch 0.0672 pound per foot O. 1O ton, metric, per kilometer 0.1 O kilogram per meter
1 gram per cubic centimeter 0.036 13 pound per cubic inch 62.4283 pounds per cubic foot 1,000 kilograms per cubic meter 100 kilograms per hectoliter
1 foot per second 1 kilogram- calorie 3,087.77 foot-pounds 3.96832 British thermol units 0.001559 horsepower-hour, U.S. 0.001581 horsepower-hour, metric 4, 186.17 joules 426. 9 kilogram-meters 0.001163 kilowatt-hour
1 kilogram-calorie per second 3,087.77 foot-pounds per second 5.61412 horsepower, U.S. 5.692 horsepower, metric 3.96832 British thermal units per second 4, 186.17 watts 4.18617 kilowatts 426.9 kilog ram-meters per second
0.68182 mile per hour 0.3048 meter per second 1.09728 kilometers per hour
gravity 32. 171 7 feet per second per second
he eta re 1 foot per second per second 0.68 182 mile per hour per second 0.304 8 meter per second per second 1.09728 kilometers per hour per second
1 foot-pound 0.00 1285 British thermal unit 0.000000505 1 horsepower-hour, U.S. 0.00000051 21 horsepower-hour, metric 1.35573 joules 0. 13826 kilogram-meter 0.0003239 kilogram-calorie 0.0000003766 kilowatt-hour
107,639 square feet 2.47104 acres 0.003861 squore mile 10,000 squa re meters O.O 1 square kilometer
1 horsepower, U.S. 550 foot-pounds per second 33,000 foot-pounds per minute 0.70685 British thermal unit per second 0.178 12 kilogrom-colorie per second 76.0404 kilogrom-meters per second 1.01 387 horsepower, metric 7 45.65 watts 0.7 4565 kilowatt
L 1 N K - B E L T • 577
technical information
Equivalents • 1 horsepower-hour, U.S. 1,980,000 foot-pounds 2,544.65 8ritish thermal unils 641.24 Kilogram-ealories 1.O 13 8 7 horsepower-hours, metric 2,684,340 joules 273.7 45 kilogram-meters 0.7 4565 kilowatt-hour
1 horsepower, metric 542.475 foot-pounds per seeond 0 .697 18 British thermal unit per seeond 0.98632 horsepower, U.S. 0.1 7569 Kilog ra m-ea lorie per seeond 7 5 kilogram-melers per seeond 735.448 watts 0.73545 kilowalt
1 horsepower-hour, metric 1,952,910 foot-pounds 2,509.83 British thermal units 0.98632 horse power-hour 2,647,61 O joules 270,000 kilogrom-meters 632.467 ealories 0 .73545 kilowatt-hour
1 inch 0.08333 foot 25.4 milli melers 0.0254 meter
1 k ilogram 1 5,432.4 grains 32.1507 cunees, troy 35.27 4 cunees, avoirdupois 2.67923 pound s, troy 2.204 62 pounds, avoird upois 0.00 1 1 02 Ion, net or short 0.0009842 ton, gross or long 0.00 1 to n, metrie 1,000,000 milligrams 100,000 eentigrams 10,000 decigra ms
1 kilogram per meter 0.056 pound per ineh 0.671 97 pound per foot 1.77 4 tons net or short per mile 1.58393 tons, gross or long 1 ton, metrie, per kilometer 1O grams per eenlimeler
1 kilogram per square centimete r 14.2234 pounds per squore ineh 2,048.17 pounds per square foot 1.0240 8 tons net or short per square foot 0.96778 a lmosphere, standard (760 mm.)
1 kllogram per hectoliter 0.0003613 pound per eubie ineh 0.62433 pound per eubie foot 0.08345 pound per liquid galle n, U.S. O.O 1 gram per eubie eenlimeter 1O kilograms per eub ic meter
1 kilogram per cubic m e t e r 1 inch of mer cury 0.49119 pound per square ineh 13.59 inehes of water
1 inch o f water 0.0361 pound p er squore ineh 0.0735 ineh of mereury
1 inch, square 0.006944 square foot 6.4516 square eenlimelers 0.0006452 squore meter
1 inch, cubic 0.0005787 eubic foot O.O 1732 liquid quart, U.S. 0.004329 liquid gallen, U.S. 0.000465 bushel, U.S. 16.39 eubie eentimeters
1 joule 0.73761 foot-pou nd 0.000948 British th ermal unit 0.0000003725 horsepower-hour, U.S. 0.0000003777 horsepower-hour, metrie 0.0002389 kilogram-ealorie 0.1O 198 kilogram-meler 0.0000002778 kilowatt-hour
578 • L 1 N K - B E L T
0.000036 13 pound per eubic ineh 0.06243 pound per eubie foot 0.001 gram p e r eubie eenlimeler O. 1 kilogram per heetoliter
1 k ilogram-me t er 7.233 foot-pounds 0.009296 Brilish therma l unit 0.000003653 horsepower-hour, U.S. 0.000003704 horsepower-hour, metric 9.80597 joules · 0.002342 kilogram-ealorie 0.000002724 kilowatt-hour
1 k ilog r am- me t er p e r second 7.233 foot-pounds per seeond O.O 1 315 horsepower, U.S. O.O 1333 horsepawer, metric 0.009296 British thermal unit per seeond 0.002342 kilog ram ealorie p er seeand 9.80597 watts 0.009806 kilowalt
1 k ilome t er 39,370 inehes 3,280.83 feet 1,000 meters 0.62137 miles, U.S. slatule
1 ki lome t e r per hour O. 911 3 4 foot per seeond 0.62137 mile per hour 0.27778 meter per seeond
weights and measures
1 kilometer p e r hour per second O.91134 foot per seeond per seeond 0 .62137 mile per hour per seeond 0.27778 meter p er seeond per seeond
1 kilowatt 737.612 foot-pound s per seeond 1.341 11 horsepower, U.S. 1.35972 horsepower, metrie 0.94796 British therma l unit p er seeond 0.23888 kilogram-ealorie per seeond 1,000 watts 101.979 kilogram-melers per seeond 1 kilowatt-hour 2,655,40 3 fo ot-pounds 1.34111 horsepower-hours, U.S. 1.35972 horsepower-hours, metrie 3412.66 British therma l units 859.975 kilogram-ealories 3,600,000 joules 1,000 watt-hours 367, 123 kilog ram-melers 1 liter 61.023 eubie inehes 1.0567 q uarts 1,000 eubie eentimeters 1 meter 39.37 inehes 3.28083 f eet 0.001 kilometer 1,000 millimelers 100 eenlimelers 1O decimelers 1 meter p e r second 3.28083 f eet per seeond 2.23693 miles per hour 3.6 kilometers 1 mete r per second pe r second 3.28083 feet per seeond per seeond 2.23693 miles per hour per seeond 3.6 kilometers per hour per seeond m et e r , square 1,550 square inehes 10.763 9 squa re feel 10,000 square eentimeters 100 square decimelers mete r , cubic 61,023.4 eubie inehes 35.3 1 eubic f eet 1056.68 liquid U.S. quarls 28.38 U.S. bushels 1,000,000 cubie centimelers 1,000 eubie deeimeters
mile, U .S. statute 63,360 inehes 5,280 feet 1,760 yards 320 rods 80 ehains 1,609.35 melers 1.60935 kilometers 0.86839 mile, U.S. nautical
technical information
Equivalents • weights and measures 1 mile, U.S. statut e square 27,878,400 square feet 640 acres 2,589,999 square meters 2.59 square kilometers
1 pound per cubic inch 1,728 pounds per cubic foot 27.6797 grams per cubic centimeter 2,767.97 kilograms per hectoliter 27,679.7 kilograms per cubic meter
1 pound p er foot 1 mile, U.S. statute, p er hour 1.46667 feet per second 0.44704 meter per second 1.60935 kilometers per hour
1 mile per hour per second 1.46667 feet per second 0.44704 meter per second per second 1.60935 kilometers per hour per second
1 ounce, troy 480 grains 1.09714 ounces, avoirdupois 0.08333 pound, troy 0.06857 pound, avoirdupois 0.0311 kilogram
0.08333 pound per inch 2.64 tons, nel or short, per mile 1.48816 tons, melric, per kilometer 14.8816 grams per centimeter 1.48816 kilograms per meter 2.35714 tons, gross or long
1 pound per square foot 0.006944 pound per square inch 0.0004882 kilogram per squarecentimeter 0.0004725 atmosphere, 760 mm.
1 pound per cubic foot 0.0005787 pound per cubic inch 1.24446 pounds per bushel, U.S. O.O 1602 gra m per cubic centimeter 1.60 184 kilograms per hectoliter 16.0 184 kilograms per cubic meter
1 pound per yard 1 ounce, avoirdupois 437.5 grains O. 91146 ounce, troy 0.07595 pound, troy 0.0625 pound, avoirdupois 0.02835 kilogram
1 pound, troy 12 ounces, troy 13.1657 ounces, avoirdupois 0.82286 pound, avoirdupois 0.0004 114 ton, net or short 0.000367 4 ton, gross or long 0.0003732 ton, metric 0.37324 kilogram
1 pound, avoirdupois 14.5833 ounces, troy 16 ounces, avoirdupois 1.21528 pounds, troy 0.0005 ton, nel or short 0.0004464 ton, gross or long 0.0004536 ton, metric 0.45359 kilogram
1 pound per inch 12 pounds per foot 3 1.68 tons, net or short, per mile 17.8579 tons, melric, per kilometer 178.579 grams per centimeter 17.8579 kilograms pe r meter 28.2857 tons, gross or long
1 pound per square lnch 144 pound s per square foot 0.072 ton, net or short, per square foot 0.07031 kilogram per square centimeter 0.06804 atmosphere, 760 mm.
0.02778 0 .33333 0.88 ton, 0.49605 4.96054 0.49605 0.78571
pound per inch pound per foot net or short, per mile ton, melric, per kilometer grams per cenlimeter kilogram per meter Ion, gross or short
1 pound per cubic yard 0.00002143 pound per cubic inch 0.03704 pound p e r cubic foot 0.04609 pound per bushel, U.S. 0.0005933 gram per cubic centimeter 0.05933 kilogram per hectoliter 0.59327 kilogram per cubic meter
1 quart, liquid, U. S. 57.75 cubic inches 0 .03342 cubic foot O. 94636 cubic d ecimeter
1 quart, dry, U.S. 67.2006 0.03889 0.25 dry 0.03125 1 . 1O1 2 3
cubic inches cubic foot gallan, U.S. bushel, U.S. cubic d ecimeters
1 radian 57.29578 degrees
1 radian per second 0. 159155 revolution p er second
1 rod 198 inches 16.5 feet 5.5 yards 0.25 chain 0.003125 mile, U.S. statute 5.02921 melers 0.005029 kilometer
1 rod, squa r e 39,204 square inches 272.25 square feet 0.00625 acre 0.000009766 square mile, U.S. statute 25.293 square meters
1 ton, net o r short 2,000 pounds, avoirdupois 2,430.56 pounds, troy 0.89286 tons, gross or long O. 90719 Ion, metric
1 ton, net or short, per mile, U. S. statute 0.03157 pound per inch 0.37879 pound per foot
1 ton, gross or long 2240 pounds, avoirdupois 2722.22 pounds, troy 1. 12 tons, net or shorl 1.01605 tons, metric
1 ton, gross or long, per mile 0.03535 pound, per inch 0.42424 pound per foot
1 t on, metr ic 2,204.62 pounds, avoirdupois 2,679.23 pounds, troy 1.10231 tons, net or shorl O. 98421 ton, gross or long 1,000 kilograms
1 ton, m e tric, per kilometer 0 .056 pound per inch 0.67 1 97 pound per foot 1.77 4 tons, net ar short, per mile 1.58393 tons, gross or long, per mile 1O grams per cenlimeter 1 kilogram p er meter
1 watt 0.73761 foot -pound per second 0.001341 horsepower, U.S. 0.00136 horsepower, metric 0.000948 British lhermal unit per second 0.0002389 kilogram-calorie per second 0.00 1 kilowalt 0 .10198 kilogram-meter per second
1 yard 36 inches 3 feel O. 91 44 me ter
1 yard, square 1,296 square inches 9 square feel 0.83613 square meter
1 yard, cubic 46,656 cubic inches 27 cubic feel 764.559 cubic decimelers
L 1 N K - B E l.:. T • 579
technical information
Descending run of inclined bucket elevators Ex ample The line drawing (Fig. 6242) represents an inclined b ucket elevator with ascending run supported by idlers ond descending run hanging free and forming a catenary curve. Data pertaining to this curve can be obtained from the following: Length of descending run = F1H Tension in descending run = F2W H Distonce S on drowing = F3 H Distance D on drawing = F4 H Angle Bon drawing-see Table Contact angle-see Table l F1, F2, Fa, f 4 = factors from Table H = vertical distonce between shaft centers, feet W = weight of em pty buckets and cha in or belt, per foot, pounds
For a bucket elevator inclined 65° from horizontal, with 60-foot vertical centers, and with l foot of empty buckets ond belt weighing 62 pounds; Length of descending run Tension in d escending run
1.17 X 60 = 70.2 feet 1.18 X 62 X 6 0 = 4390 pounds Distance S = .25 X 60 = 15 feet Distance D = .14 X 60 = 8.4 feet Angle B = 81 ° 7 ' Contact angle = 163° 53' In practice, tension is usuolly put in the descend ing run by use of tokeups or adjustable bearings, to decrease or prevent its swoying and to increase the driving effect of the upper wheel when a belt is used for corrying the buckets. This normally decreoses distonce D to about 4 0% ond chonges factor F3 for distance S to vory from .37 to .40.
Ta ble 1 • Dota for inclined bucket elevators
degrees
run leoves
F,
f¡
Á
F,
f3 1
1
Hang of return belt on inclined elevator without take-up tension .
Ang le B al which oscending
Factors
Angle A,
upper wheel•
Contoct ongle of choin or belt o n u pper wheel
DEGREES AND MIN UTES
1
45 50 55 60 65
1.50 1.39 1.30 1.23 1.17
1.62 1.46 1.34 1.25 1.18
.26 .26 .26 .25 .25
.20 .19 .18 .16 .14
67- 34 71-36 75- 9 78-23 81 - 7
157-26 158-24 159-51 161-37 163-53
70 75 80 85 90
1.12 1.08 1.05 1.02 1.00
1.13 1.08 1.05 1.02 1.00
.24 .23 .22 .20
.12 .10 .07 .04
.. .
.
83 -32 85-39 87-28 88-57 90- o
166-29 170-29 172-33 176-0 3 180- o
..
Moy be used to locote lip of dischorge chu te
Length of turns and curves • trol ley conveyors and Trukveyors Lengths of vertical curves and lengths of inclined straight track sections for double vertical curves. Develo p e d length of double curves = 2E+ J where E= 0.0175RA (se e Table 1) K J =sin
(see Table 2) 0 K= H-2C C = R- R cos O (see Table 3) Horizontal length of double curves= 2D + L where D=R sin O l = K col O Not e: l. Rodií of uppcr ond low er cur'W'"':S ore usuolly equo l. When th"y ore nof, E"Ot:'h cnd D dim,..nsion will d iArr in IPngth. 2. J will = O for conrinuous double curves.
e
Length between tangents E= 0.01 75 R O (see Table 1)
580 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Double vertical curve
technical information
Length of turns and curves • tro lley co nveyo rs and Trukveyo rs Table 1 • Centerline are length (E) for vertical curves and horizontal turns•
R~:!~'·¡
Ang le O. d egrees
;~~~. o. J 0-6 0-9 1-0 1-J 1-6 1-9 2 -0 2- J 2 -6 2 -9 J-0 J -J J-6 J -9 4 -0 s -o
6 -o 7 -0 B-0 9-0 10-0 11-0 12-0 lJ-0 14-0 1S-0
16-0 17-0 lB-0 19-0 20.0
5
10
v. y,
~~-3-º_ _ _3_5 _1--_4º_
15
y,
l ió. 1% 2 \lt 2 'fo J l4
1" 2 14 2 •1a 2'/t
4 11 SY,
6 •¡1¡ 7 'A.
7 V1 B'/1
2r,
9~
J Y, J :y, J11 JlS 4%
6" 7%
10 % 11 7 r. ll :Y. B'fo 1- O% s v. 10\12 1- J11 6•¡1¡ 1- O% 1. 6 r. 7% 1- 211!1. l-10 B'fo l - 4 :Y. 12 - l l4 9 '11. 1- 6 % 2- 4 \1• lO Y, 1- B"Jl. 2 - 7 '11. ll Y, l - l l 'A. 2 - 10% 1- 0 % 2- l Yo J . J11 1- 1% 2- J y. J - 4" 1- 2 1\.i. 2- S•ll• J - B 1- J 1\,io 2- 7 '11. J - 11 14 1- 4 :Y. 2- 9 Y, 4 - 2 \4 1- S 1% 2- 1 l Yo 4 - S'!í. 1- 6 r1 J . ll'A. 4 - BY.. 1- 7 r , J . J 1ÍÁJ4. 11 11 1- ª "116 J - s r . Is- 2"
l ió. 2 14 J l4
l •ti. 2 'fo J" S\I•
1% J l4 4 11 6%
SV.
4 ~,
6%
7 r,
6~.
7 r.
9% B•/, lO Y, 9~ 1 l :Y. lO Y, 1- l 'A. 11 y, 1- 2 '11 1- 0 % 1- J 11 1- 1 'fo 1- S 1- 2 11 11- J 1\.i. l 1- 4 :Y. 1- B" i . B •~ 2 - 2% 2 - i Yo 2- 7 '11. 2 - S ~ J- 0 % 2 - 9 Y, J - S r1 J. 1'1!1. J-11 14 J . s r . 4 - 4 'fo J-101!1. 4 - 9 '/1 4- 2 \4 S- 2" 4- 6 '11. S- B'llo 4 - 10 % 6- 1% S- 2" 6- 6% S- 7 6-ll :Y. S- 11 % 7- s 6 - J •!a 7 -10 \4 6 - 7 % 8 - J Y, 6 - 1 l :Y. B- B11 7 •11,
9~
11 1- 0% 1- 2 \1, 1- J 11 1- SV. 1- 6 r . 1- B ~ 1-10 1-11 % 2. 114 2- 7 '11. J- 111 J. B 44S- 2" S- 9 \11 6- J 'fo 6 - 9 1\.io 7 - J •SJI¡ 7-10\4 B- 4 Y, B-10'% 9 - Sl4 9 - 11 '11 10- s 11
111 J Y, S'A. o v.
B
_ __ 4_5 _ _ _5_0 _
2 14 4% 6% B'fo lO Y, 1- 0 % 1- 21111 1- 4 :Y. 1- 6 % 1- B" 1- 11 \.i. 2 - 1 Yo 2 - J V. 2 - S'A. 2 - 7 '11. 2 - 9 y, J. s r . 4 - 2 v. 4-10% S-7
6- J 'fo 6-ll :Y. 7- B\11 8 - 4 Y, 9 - 0 "11 9 - 9•¡1¡ s11 9 - 9'11• 11 - 21!1. 10- 4 % 11 - 10'!1. 10- ll "ti. 12- 6" 11 - 7 \4 lJ- J •11, 12- 2v. l J - 11 %
1
__ 5_5 -1 1
60
:- 6-5 -
1---7-º -
'·-
J 'fo J 11 SV. 61% 7% 7 r, B'fo 9~ 10% 11 9~ lO Y, l l Y, 1- 0 % 1- l 'fo 1- 2 1\.i 1 l :Y. 1- l ió. 1- 2'/, 1- J 1ló. 1- S 1- 6 % 1- 2 14 1- J 1ló. 1- s v. 1- 6 r . 1- B ~ 1- 10 1- 4 Y, 1- 6 % 1- B% 1-10 1-11 " 1- 6 r , 1- B" 1-ll 'A. 2- 1 14 1- 9% 1- 1 1% 2- 1'•¡1¡ 2- 4 \4 1-11 % 2 - 2 % 2- 4 u¡1¡ 2- 7 ~ 2- l'•JI. 2 - 4" 2 - 7''A• 2-10% 2- 4 \4 2 - 7 ~ 2 - 10% J - 111 2 - 6 % 2 - 1O'A. J - 1 ~ J. 4 1% 2- 9 J. 0 % J . 4 •¡1¡ J. B 2- 1 1'¡\¡ J - J \I. J - 7 % J-11 Yo J . 1'\.i. J- s r . J - 101!1. 4- 2 v. J.11 v. 4. 4 'fo 4. 9 % s. 21¡.¡. 4- B% s s - 9 Yo 6- J 'fo S- 6 6 - l •JI. 6- B'fo 76 - J 'fo 6 - ll :Y. 7 - BYo 8 7- 01% 7 - lO V. 8 - 7 11 9 7-10 \4 B- 8 11 9- 7 % 108 - 711!1. 9 - 7 % 10119 - S \lt 10- S"A. 111210- 2\12 11 - 4 Yo 1210-11'• 12 - 2 % lJ11 - 9 'fo lJ- 11,.i, 14By, 17- 0 % lB- J" 12- 6 " lJ-11 % lS- 4s¡1¡ 16- 9 \.i. lB -1" 19- 6~, lJ - 4 \1. 14- 10 16- JUti. 17- 9 •fa 19- J ~ 20- 9 \1, 14 - 1'/t lS- By, 17- J•1t 118-10'11• 20- S 1¡1¡ 21 - ll r, 14 - 1 l 'Ao 16- 6 "ti. lB- 2 r, 19-lO:Y. 21 - 61'A. 2J- 2 % is - a y, 17 - s ;¡. 19- 2 y, 20. 11 1-i. 22. Bv. 24- s•¡1¡ 2 :y, 411¡1¡ 7 \.16
2 :y,
J 14 6 •¡1¡
2r. S:Y.
7- 5_
1_ _ 80_ , _ _8_5_
.,__9_0 _
J 1i.i.
4 '116 4~ 4 ' \.16 7 r, B'fo B% 9~ ll :Y. 1- 0 % 1- l 'fo 1- 214 1- J 1ló. 1- 4 :y, 1- s 1~ 1- 6 r, 1- 7 % 1- B1% 1- 10\4 1- 11 % 1- 11 % 2 - 1 Yo 2- 2 11-1. 2- 4 \4 2 - J y, 2- S•JI. 2- 7 Yo 2 - 9 2 - 7 ~ 2- 9 \12 2- 11'/a J. l''A. 2 - 1 ]>JI¡ J. 111¡\¡ J- 4 \.i. J. 6 ~ J - J V. J. SV. J- BY, J-11 Yo J. 7 % J - 10\.i. 4- 0 "JI. 4- J 1% J - 11 Yo 4 - 2 \4 4- s ~ 4- B% 4 - J \.i. 4 - 6 '11. 4- 9 V1 S- 1 \I• 4- 7 4 - 10% S- 2 % S- 6 S- 21% S- 6 :Y. S- 101\.i. s- 7 S-1 1% 6 - J 'fo 6 - 1 l :Y. 7 - s 7.1o v. B- 4 y, B-1 0 " 9- s v. 9- 9 s¡1¡ 10 - 4 % 10- 11'% ll-21!1. ll -1 0 '11. 12-6' % 12- 6 " IJ- 4 \1• 14- 1% lJ-11 % 14-10 l S- BY, 1S- 4•¡1¡ 16- J U 17- J 'fo By, 16- 9 \.i. 17- 9 % lB-10% 0 % lB - l " 19- J '!í. 20- S'A. J u 19 -6% 20- 9 \4 2 1-ll Vt 19- 7 % 20- 11 % 22- J 'Ao 2J- 6 :Y. 20-11 1-i. 22- 41,.i, 2J- 8 1% 2S- 1% 2 2- J \.i. 2J- B" 2S- 2'/t 2 6- B'!í. 2J- 6 '1• 2 S- 1% 26- B'!í. 28- J •ll6 24-10~ 26- 6 '11 2B- 2 \4 29-l OYo 26- 2•¡1¡ 27-11 v. 29- B'A. Jl- s
Table 2 • lnclined length ( J) of straight track sections for double vertical curves • K,
Angle
f cet
o nd
5
inc.hes
,_
10
~
20
25
1
40
O. degrees
45
--1% l '!í.
1
11 y, J r. 2 'fo S:Y. 2'1-i. 1- 1Q1Sfi. 11 y, 7 :y. s r. 4 :Y. 11 % 7 14 B:Y. 2- 10'!1. 1- s v. J . 9 r . 1- 1 1'Ao 1- J '!í. 11 1',i, 9 '11. 0-S 4- 9 'fo 2- 4 "11. 1- 71-i. 1- 2 % 11 "A. 0-6 S- B"A. 2 - 10% 1- 11 % 1- S% 1- 2% 0-7 6- Bi.i. J . 4 5116 2 - J ló. 1- B'!í. 1- 4 % 0-8 7- 71¡.¡. J - 101¡1¡ 2 - 6 "11. 1-1 l 'fo 1- 6 1% B- 7 \4 4 - J 1% 2 - lO:Y. 2 - 21-i. 1- 91-i. 0 -9 0-10 9 - 6 :Y. 4 - 9 % J - 2 % 2 - s v. 1-11'',i, 0 -11 10- 6 Y, S- J 'fo J - 6 Y, 2 - 8 % 2- 2 1- o 11 - s1111. S- 9 Yo J - 10'fo 2 - 1 l'A. 2- 4 '11 2- o 22 - 11 'fo 11 - 6 111. 7- B•;. S - 10 ~. 4 - B1% J - o J4- S'A. 17- J •JI¡ 11 - 7 1ti. B- 9\4 7- 1% 4 - o 4S-1 o v. 2J- o;¡. lS- s ;¡. 11- B•JI¡ 9- S% S- o S7- 4 '11. 2B- 9 Y, 19- J1% 14- 7 '11. 11-10 6 - o 6B-1 OYo J4- 6 'fo 2J- 21¡1¡ 17- 6Y, 14- 2:Yt 7 - o BO- J l'Ji. 40- J :Y. 27- º'116 20- S% 16- 6 :Y. B- o 91- 9 '11. 46- 0 1% J0- 10'% 2J- 411¡1¡ 18-11 Yo 9- o lOJ- J I¡\¡ S1 - 9 "¡\¡ J4- 9 \4 26- J :Y. 21 - J % 10- o 1 14- B% S7- 7 1JI. JB- 7 % 29- 2 % 2J- 7 1511. 0- 1 0 -2 0-J 0 -4
35
30
1 y. 2 4 J Y, J l4 41',i, 6 s v. B 7 6 \4 1o Bll-1. 7 Y. 9s¡1¡ 1- o 10'!1. 1- 2 1- 0 % 10 r . 1- 4 1- 1"A. 1- o ;¡. 1- 6 1- JllJI. 1- 2 1- 8 1- s ;¡. 1- J % 1- 10 1- 7 % 1- SYo 2- o 1- 81% 1- 6•i,¡. 4- o J . S•J.i. J - 1•¡1¡ 6- o S- 2 :Y. 4 - B B- o 6 - 1 ll ';i. 6- 2 1111, 10- o 8 - B'fo 7- 9•ti. 12 - O 1Q. SY, 9 - 4 14- o 12- 2 '11. 10-101111. 16- o lJ- 1 l 'fo 12- S :Yt 1 B- o 1S- B•¡I¡ 14- o 20- 017- S•JI. 1S- 6 1'11<
21% 4 \4 s1111. 7 \.i. a y,
50
55
70
75
85
80
90
1
1
J '!í. 4%
1 14 2% J i.i. 4 '11.
l \,io 2 Yo J •ll6 4 v.
l \,io 21¡1¡ J Y, 4 Yo
1 2 J 1ti. 4 111o
6 14
S:Y.
SY,
S•JI.
S•A.
S•ll6
s
s
7 •A.
6"11. B1JI. 9 \4 lO 'fo
6%
6 'fo
6%
6 \.16
6
6
7 Y.
7~
7 V.
7 Yo
7
7
l't i. 2% J 1%
1 v. 2 '11. J llfi<
s v.
4 r.
6 \12 7 "11. 9 Yo
8•¡1¡ 9:y, 107,io l H'. 11 1- llti. 1- 0 % l 2 '!t 1- 1 '11. 1- Jllll 1- 2 % 2- 7 •ti. 2- S•JI¡ J-11 J . 7 1% s- 7 r . S- 2 1\.16 4-10'/e 7- o r . 6- 6 •11. 6- 1 v. 7 - J r, B- S 1% 7-10 9 - 101% 9- 1 'lt B- 6% 11 - J :Y. 10- S•¡\¡ 9- 9 1¡\¡ 12- B:Y. 11- 9 10-11 "A. 14- 11111. lJ- O'/t 12- 2 Y, 9% 11 1-i. 1- O:Y. 1- 2 \lt 1- J •JI¡ 1- s 2- 9"11. 4- 2"11.
65
60
1
1 Yo 2~
11 ~.
112J. 4-
Q11Ji. 1 J 11A.
v.
S% 7~
S- 9 5116 6 - 11 v.
B9101 1-
1 2r,
41 i,¡. 6%
1 2 J 4
1 2 J 4
B1% 9 "11. 11'¡\¡
B\11 8 B\12 B•A. 9% 9 •A. 9 Yo 9 \.io 1 O'Ao 10 '/o lO'fo 1OYo 111111. 11 % 11 'Ao 1- o v. 1 l 'fo 1- 1 v. 1. o :y, 1- 0 '11. 1- O•A. 1- Oló. 2- 2 Y, 2- 1% 2. o r . 2 - O'fo 2- 0 \.16 J. J :y. J. 2 •11. J. l v. J - 0 % J - OYa 4 - 4"JI. 4- J ',.i, 4- ll';i. 4- O:Y. 4- 0 % S- 6 % S- J r. S- 2 Yo S- QISJI. S- o v. 6 - 7 '11. 6 - 4 '/t 6- 2% 6 - l Yo 6- o v. 7 - B1\.i. 7 - S'la 7- 2"JI. 7- 1•116 7- 0 % B- 9 "116 B- 6 % B- J 'fo 8- 1 y, B- 0 '/1 9-11 % 9 - 6 ' % 9 - J 1% 9 - 1'\,lo 9 - 0 '11. 11- 0 % 10- 7 1i,¡. 10- 4 \4 10- i r . 10- o ;¡.
8 9 10 11 1-0 2 -0 J-0 4-0 S-0
6 -0 7-0 8-0 9-0 10-0
Table 3 • Drop (C) for single vertical curves,. Angle
20
J-0 1 14 4-0 %
%
S-0
"A.
6 -0 7 -0 B-0 9 -0 10-0 11 -0 12-0 14 -0 16-0 lB-0 20 -0
v. v.
'fo
1 14 'JI. 1 v. % 1'11. 'ti. 1% 'ti. 11% y, 2 % 2 •¡\¡ '/1 2•11. :y. 2"JI. ' '1-16 J •A. ' 'A. J Y,
1v. l 'fo 2 \.io 2 '11. 2 r. J V. J 1\,io 41¡1¡ 4 y, 4 u¡1¡ s v.
6% 7 'fo
B•JI.
25
2%
J '/a
2 r.
4Y, S'fo
J 'fo 4 1-i. S'Ao S•%
6 Y, 7 \4 71% B11¡1¡ 10 \lt 11 % 1- 1 1- 2Y,
6 :Y. 7 r.
9 10 Yo 11 v. 1- O'fo 1- 1 y, 1- J :y. 1- 6 1- a v. 1- 1Oy,
30
4 1'11. 6 '11. B'Ao 9% 11 v. 1- 0 % 1- 2 Y, 1- 4 \.io 1- s 11¡1¡ 1- 7 '11• 1- lO Y, 2- 1 y, 2- 4 "116 2 - BYo
35
40
6 Y, Bl\,io
B'!í. 11 v. 1o r . 1- 2 \.io 1- 1 1- 4 r. 1- J •JI¡ 1- 7 % 1- S'fo 1-10'!1. 1- 7 % 2 - 1 v. 1- 9 1\.io 2- 4 \,io 1- 11 r. 2 - 6 r. 2- 21¡\¡ 2- 9 1111, 2- 6 \11 J. J •ll• 2- lO:Y. J. J . J 1¡1¡ 4 - 2 % J . 73/1 4 - B\la
ª"A.
O. degrees
45
10% 1- 2\,io 1- S% 1- 9 14 2- 0 % 2 - 4 Ya 2- 7 % 2 - 11 Yo J . 2 1\.i, J . 6 111, 4- 1'11• 4- BV. S- J v. S -10•¡1¡
50
1- o v. 1- Sl4 1- 9 '11. 2- 1 y. 2- 6 2 - 10•¡1¡ J - 2 '116 J - 6 Vt J - 11 Ya 4SS-
67-
65
55
¡1-1- B'!í. J 'fo
1-6 2-0 2 -6 J-0 J-6
2- 1% 2- 6 1111. 2-11'% J. 4 "116 4-0 4-6 J-10 111• 4- J 'A. S-0 4 - B•JI. S-6 6-0 J ~. S- l :Y, S-1 1'/1 7-0 o B•¡I¡ 6 - 9 r . B-0 S•¡\¡ 7 - BYa 9-0 1 :y. B- 6 •¡1¡ 10-0
70
1- 8 "11. 1- 11'1!1. 2 - JllJI. 2- 7 % J - J Y, 2-10 % J- S% J - 11 'fo 4 - OY, 4 - 7 V. 4- 7 '11. S- J •A. S- 2 'fo S- 1 llA. S- 9 5¡\¡ 6- 6 1SJI. 6- 2 15ti. 7 - 2 v. 6-11 \11 7-1 o v. 9 - 2•¡1¡ B- 1 9- 2 r. 10- 6 •¡1¡ 10- 4'\.i. 11 - 1 OYa 11 - 6 % lJ- l "JI.
75
2 - 2 1\.io 2-11 % J. BY, 4- S% s - 2 v. S-11 Ya 6 - 8 \.io 7 - 4"¡\¡ B- 1'% B- lO :Y. 1 O- 4 Y, 11-10% lJ- 4 Ya 14- 9 r .
80
2 - SY. J - J 11A. 4- 1% 4-11 y, S- 9 '11. 6- 7 511. 7- s v. 8 - J I¡\¡ 9 - ]'JI¡ 9 - 11 11 - 6"116 1 J- 2• \.i. 14- lOY, 16- 6 5116
85
1 90
2- B% J. 71'11. 4- 6 :Y. S- B% 6- 411¡1¡ 7- J 'fo B- 2 ~. 9- 1% 1O- OY, 10- 11 '!1. 12- 9 3/t 14- 7 \4 16- S% 1 B- J \.i,
J -0 4-0 S-0
6 -0 7-0 B-0 9 -0 10-0 11 -0 12-0 14- 0
16-0 lB-0 20-0
• Tobuloted to neo resl !A•."
L 1 N K - B E L T • 581
subsidiary com pani es
U .n kll!!Belt Speeder :
••
·:
•
•
#
~¡. -~·
.; .
Corpora'lion Modern monufocturing facilities ot Ceder Ropids, lowo produce the odvonced-design line of Link-Belt Speeder shovel-crones ovoiloble os crowler, truck, or rubber-tired models in the 1/2 to 3-yord, 8 to 75-ton copocity ronges. All these mochines ore full y convertible ond con be used os shovels, hoes, cron es, droglines, clomshells, or os piledrivers. link-Belt Speeder olso offers o complete line of diese l pile driv ing ho mmers. Link-Belt Speeder shovel-crones offer o true powe r hydroulic control system, torque converters for oll models, ond greoter usoble horsepower. Link-Belt Speeder products set high p roduction stondords in mony fle ld s-
1
building roods, setting steel, pouring ce ment, snoking logs, mining, quorrying, digg in g pipeline tre nches, excovoting for foundotions, driving p iles, ond industria l plont looding, unlooding, ond stockpiling. As pedestolmounted versions of stondord models, Link-Belt Speeder Seo-Crones ore serving off-shore drilling rigs ond supply croft. Over 150 distri butors loc oted throughout the world stock replocement ports ond offer soles ond service facilities. Cotologs ond speciflcotions on oll models ore ovoiloble from these distributors or from the moin office in Cedo r Ropids, lowo.
58
68
se rie !!.
.se ries
models
models
...
1
...
¡
1 series series series I models " 1models " '" I models
...
...
...
K-300 ser ies models
o
K-608 se ries
models 1
o
Sh ove l ratings, cubic y ard s Dragline and clam sh e ll
\/2
:y.
:y.
1 --
...
1 \/2- l 3¡..
3
Standard boom length, feel Capacity, cubic yards
30 \/2
30 Y,-%
30 % -1
40 1-1 y.
40
50
60 3-4
30 10
30 10
30 10
40 10
40 10
Lifting cran e Standard boom length, feel Minimum rod ius, feet
... 1 \/2-2 ---- -50 12
60 12 0
Capocity rotings in tons al minimum radius
8.2-12.5 11.2-1 7.5 16-30 22-35 35-40 26.6-36.6 68.4-74.5 0
.A Series includes crowle r, truck ond wheel-mounted models.
Bu lk mate rlals handllng - Because a link-Bel! Speeder clomshell is cont ro lled with minimum effort, the operotor is less prone to fa tigue ond con mointoin o high output throughout the day.
582 • L 1 N K - B E L T
o Series includes crawler -mounted models only. O Fer comparotive roling purposes.
General lndustrial -link· Belt Speeder lruck-crones travel anywhere, provide p o sitive control over lift and swing of load a l ali times to increose speed o nd accuracy, promote sofety.
subsidiary companies
)(ARCONA MINlNG Co. RROll:CVRD
-
IUll ~H
1
J SllP'lt
.
Cons truction -With power hydroulic controls, Link-Bel! Speeder truck-cranes quickly ond safely position heavy, unwieldy loads during plan! conslruction-offer odded utility for plan! maintenance.
Yord storage - Rubber-tired, one-man operated yard cranes roll quickly, easily through narrow aisles. lndependenl swing and trove! eliminates shifting, increoses mobility ond moneuverobility.
Quarrylng- Designed o nd built for extra strength ond stamino, Link-Bel! Speeder shovels loke full odvontoge of ovoiloble engine power to deliver greoter usoble horsepower.
L 1 N K - B E L T • 583
subsidiary companies
Synl'ron Company The Syntron Company manufactures widely diversified fines of products. The Syntron electromagnetic d rive is used to produce the vibratory action in bin vibrators, feeders, jolters, packers, p icking tables, screens, paper joggers and sieve shakers, with re lated automatic electronic control equipment-all engineered and produced b y Syntron. Other equipment in the wide range of Syntron products is listed ot the bottom of the next page. These products contribute greatly to the vita l o re o of automotic operation in modern industries- in handling, processing, ond pockog ing ports and bulk moteriols efficiently ond economically. District soles offices, locoted in principal cities, handle the sa le of Syntron products in the United States. Cotalogs illustrating and descri bing Syntron equipment ore ovoilable from these offices or from the ma in office in Homer City, Pennsylvonio.
Vibr a- Flow vibratory fee ders
Vibra- Flow d ry feed er machines
Weigh-Flow gravimetric feed ers
Vibralory feeders provide inslanlaneous regulatian of !he role of bulk material Aow-hot or cald, dry or damp, fine powders to large lumpsfrom pounds ta hundreds of tons per hour. A single dial control increases or decreases the flow eilher manualiy or automaticaliy lo crushers, bali milis, mixers, and other processing equipment. Refer to page 100 of this catalog.
Dry feeder machines ore used extensively far !he controlied low rote feeding of dry chemical reogenls in water and sewage treatment processes, and controliing !he feed af additives and other bulk materials to processing equipment such os pulverizers, dryers, separators, cookers and mixers. Refer to page 447 of this catalog.
ous weigh feeding of bulk material al a constan! weig ht. Setting of the scale automaticaliy maintains desired flow per unit of ti me. Models ore available with maximum capacities from pounds to 100 tons per hour. Refer to page 106 af this catalog.
Grovimetric feeders provide occurote, continu-
Vibra ting screens The complete line of Syntron vibroting screens includes types and models far caerse scalping, medium and fine dry separation, and wet screening. The grizzly bar and scree ning feeder types provide both controlled feeding and screening. Ali types use the Syntron electromagnetic drive. Refer to page 418 of t his cata log.
584 • L 1 N K - B E L T
subsidiary companies
Transfer and storage parts feeders
Vertical vibratory parts feeders Ports feeders provide far the oriented position, controlled rote, single line feed ing o f portsfrom o tiny balance wheel to on cylinder heod ba h - to vorious outomotic mochines. Feeders con be furni shed with grovity feed trocks far dischorging ports to plocing de vices, indexing tables, dies ond covities. Refer to p oge 506 of thls cotolog.
a•
Ve r tical vibratory splral feede r s
Designed to elimino le the manual handling o f ports between processing operations ond to increose production, these p orts feeders receive ports ot one level from one o peration, orient a r p osition the p orts, ond dischorge a t another level above o r below, to o sub sequent o peration. The helix ond the bowl provide live storage far ports being transferre d . Refer to poge 507 o f this cotolog.
This opplicot1on of vibratory motion provides fa r the elevating or lowering of bulk materio ls ond p o rts in bulk. The rote of flow con be inflnitely reguloted from minimum to moximum. Because of the large surface oreo of the spiral ramp, efficient conveclion or forced oir cooling
of bulk moteriols con be accomplished. Refer to poge 507 of this catalog.
ºº
Iris flow control valves These volves provide far the p ositive flow control ond shut-off o f free -flowing bulk moteriols from bins, hoppers, ond chutes-ar controlling eddy-free oir far heoting, ventiloting, ond drying. The flexible diophrogm farms concentric opertures when opening a r closing, without jomming ar clogging. Refer to poges 75 ond 81 of this coto log.
Pulsating magnet electric bin vibrators
Re ctifier powe r conve rsion units
Electric bin vibrotors promote a free flow of bulk moterials from the smallest hopper, large storoge bunkers, inclined chutes, or hopper bottom roilroad cors. The controlled, e lectromag ne tic vibrotions break down orching ond plugging. A variety of sizes is avoilable.
Rectifler power conversion units con be furnished with mognetic amplifler controlled voltoge ond current output. Stepless voltoge voriotion ond close curren! control ore extremely vo luoble fo r mony industrial applicotions requiring direct current power.
Other Syntron products packers and jol ters
selenium rectiflers
portable electric saws
test sieve shakers
selenium rectifler battery chargers
gasoline hammer paving breakers
vi~rating
electric heating elements
lapping machines
hopper level switches
infra-red heating panels
vibrating paper joggers
sinuated electric heating element wire
mechanical shaft sea ls
electric hammers and hammer drills
gasoline hammer rock drills gasoline hammer spike drivers co ncrete vibrators, el ectroma gnetic form type concrete vib rators, flexibl e shaft ma ss typ e vibrating floats and compactors
L 1 N K - B E L T • 585
subsidiary companies
Power Screwdriver Company
The Detroit Power Screwdriver Compony designs
Company in conjunction with conveyors facilitates
and manufactures highly specia l ized automated
the automatic assembl y of small parts. In the fleld
equipment used in a ssembly operations. The com-
of mechanical parts o ssembly , hand opera tions ore
pony's customers include the automotive industry,
reduced a nd substantial savings in a ssembl y costs
monufacturers of aircraft, pharmoceuticals, toys,
ore realize d.
hardware, photographic and electrical equi pment,
Sales ond serv ice representatives for !he Detroit
and many other producls. A line of st and ard screw
Power Screwd river Company are located in the
and nut driving machines and p e ris feeding de-
majar industrial oreas of !he United States a nd
vices are built into special machines that outo-
Cenada. Catalogs are available from these rep -
matically assemble a great vori ety of parts. Th e equipment made by Detroit Power Screwd river
resent atives or from !he main o ffice in De troit,
Supe r-size scr e wdrive r • Ooub le -spindle se tup outomotico lly feeds ond drives wing nuts in cellulose mop heod ossemblies.
Triple -spindle • Three screwdriving heod s o p erote simultoneously to inserl odjusling screws into outomobile heodlight ossembly.
586 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Michigan.
Automotive osse mbly • Three hop p ers, each with o feeding mechonism lo insert leed b o lls to seol corbureto r peris prior to final ossembly.
Hopper feeding d evice • Assembly mochine places split lock woshers on outomo tive body bolts ond preloods ossemblies into mogozines.
Automatic rotary feed e r s in action • Feeders outomoticolly sor! ond fee d nuts to outo mo tic to p ping mochines. O p erotors move from mochine to mochine, checking equipment ond supplying nut blonks when required.
index
index Subject
Po ge
A Aeroted grit collectors, Stroightline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... .... . . . 444 Aeropoise refuse control. . . . . .. .....•.. . .. . .. . .. ........ 4 58 Air-pulsoted wosh box . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . .. .... . . .. 457-459 Angle Aonged troughs, screw conveyor .. . ........ , . . . . . . . . . . 272 Anti-runowoys, tro lley conveyor . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517-538 Apron conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .... . . . .. . . . .. 248-258 Apron feeders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . • . . .... . .. .. . .. . .. 87-95 Apron pons, casi . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. .. . . .. 251 Archimedes-type conveyors . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . 292 Are lengths ond inclined lengths of trock for trolley conveyors ond Trukveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580-58 1 Arm ond troy elevotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500-505 Automotic power shovels, power unlooding scoops . . . .. . .. 60-6 1 Automotic vertical grovity tokeups, belt conveyor .. . . . . . .... 198, 235
B Bockstops, belt conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ..... . 200, 225 Bockstops, bucket elevotors . . . . . . . . . 351 Bockstops, trolley conveyors. .. . . . . . . 517, 538 Boll beoring rollers for roller turns, trolley conveyors . . . 514 Bar !light feeders . . . . . . . . . 1 10- 1 11 Borrel elevotors, orm ond tro y .. . . . . . . . . . 500-505 Bar screen, Stroightline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Bar screen, Thru-Cleon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 BA vibroting screens . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. .. . . 406, 4 1 6 Beoring ond shoft load colculotions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570-572 Belt conveyors . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127-235 Contents . . . •• . . . . ...... 1 27 lntroduction ond instollotions .. . . . .. . ... . .•. . .... • . . .... . 127-136 Typicol orrongements . . . .... . . . . . .. . ...•... . . ..• .. ... 137-138 Typicol cross sections . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 139 Eng ineering . . . .. . .. . .. . ... ..... .. ....... ... .. . .. . . .. 140- 174 Components . . .. ... . . . .. . . .. • . . ... . .. .. . .•. . . .. .. 175-200 Auxiliory e quipment . .. . . . . . .. . ... . .... .. . ...• .... ... 201-212 Pre-seleé:ted termino Is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213-22 1 Pre-Bilt sectionol be lt conveyors .. .... . .. . . .... . . .. . ... .. 222-235 Belt conveyor idlers, see belt idlers Belt conveyors, Aot . . . .... . . .. .. . ...• . .... . .. . . . . • . . . .. . 497-499 Belt conveyor stockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . 209-21 O Belt conveyo r brid ges . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . 211 Belt conveyor plows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • .. ... . .. . . . . •. . . . . . .. . 209 Belt conveyor vesse l looders ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . 211 Belt conveyor vesse l unlooders . . . ....... . . . .. . •. ....•.... . ... 211 Belt elevators, see bucket e levotors, types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309-3 1 2 Belt feeders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 96-97 Belt idlers ..... . . . . .. .• .... . . . .. .. . .. . ....... 148-149, 175- 195 Selection ...... • ..... ... .... ..... • . . ... • . .. ... . .. ... 146-150 Types .. .... . . . , ...... • .. ..•.. . . . .. . . .. • ... . . . ...... 175- 180 Dimensions . . .. . . .. . . . .... . ..•.. .. . . .......... . . . .... 181 - 195 Belts, conveyor . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 155-158 Belt slingers . . .. . . .. .. .. . .•.......... • . . . .. . .. . ... .. ... . . .. 21 2 Be lt tripper chutes .... ..... . . . . . .. .. .. ..•.. . .• ... .. .... . 207-208 Belt trippers ... . .... .. .. . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . .. . ....... . .... 201-208 Bin goles . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... . . .. . . . ... .. . .. . ... .. . .... 7 4, 77 Booms, belt conveyor looding . .. ....... . . . .. . . . .• .. . .. . . ...... 2 1 1 Boxear unlooders, Kor-Flo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-65 Boxear unlooders, tilting type . ... .. . . ... . . . . . .. .... . ... .. 62, 66-67 Box ends, screw conveyor, see screw conveyor,
troug h ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . .. . . . . . 261, 269-271 Brid ges, belt conveyor .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 BS foundry shokeoul vibroting screens. . . . . . . 406, 4 1 7 Bucket conveyors, see g rovit y- dischorge conveyor-elevators,
olso Peck corriers
Subject
Po ge
Buckel elevolors .... . ... ... . .. . ... . . .. . .. ... ... .. .. . . ... 307-351 Conlenls .. .. . • .... ... ... .. . , . . . . . . . . 307 lntroduction ond instollotions . .... .. . .. . .. • .. . ... .. ... .. 307 -308 Types .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ......... .. • ... .. .. . 309-312 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . . . .. • . . . .... 3 1 3-3 17 Types 1 ond 2 cenlrifugol dischorge . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . 318-323 Types 3 ond 4 centrifugo! dischorge .. . . .... . . . .. . .. 324-326 Type 5 centrifugo ! dischorge . . . . .. . . . •. . ... • . .. . ... 327 -331 Type 6 positive dischorge .. . ..... . . .... . .. • .. . .. , .. . . .. 332-334 Types 7 ond 8 continuous buckets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335-338 Type 9 continuous buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 339-342 Types 1 O ond 1 1 continuous buckets .... .. . . ... . .. . . .. . .. 343-347 Typ es 1 2 ond 13 interno! dischorge .. ... ... . . .. .. .. ..... 348-350 Service plotforms .. ........ . .... . . . . . ... . ... 351 Orive orrongements ...... . . . . . ..... . . .. . . . . .. . .. 351 Bockstops.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 351 Bulk-Flo conveyor-elevotors ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357-370 Buckets, grovity-dischorge conveyor-elevotor .. . .... . , . . . . . . . . . . 374 Buckets, Peck corrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 378 Buckets, skip hoist . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 356 Bulk handling . .. .. . . ..• . ... . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . .. •. ...... 34-385 Contenls . . .. . . .. . .. . • , . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 lntroduction ... .. .. . . . . ........ . ...... . . .. .. . . . ...... . . 34-37 Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ... . . .. .. . . • ... . . . .... 37 Unlooding equipmenl, introduction . .•.... . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. .. . 38-40 Feeding equip ment, introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-86 Conveying ond elevoting equipment, introduction ....... . . . 123-126 Bulk material closses ond weights .. . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . 563-565 Bunker icers, ice crushers ond slingers ..... . ...... .. ...... . ...... 390
e Copslon type cor sp otters . . .... . . . • . . . . .... .. . . .. . ........ 43-49 Cor dumpers . . . . . . . . .. . ... . ... • . .... ... . . ... .. ... . .. 52-59 Cor houls, for cor dumpers . . ... . .. • . .. . .. . .. . .... . ......... . . 57 Cor icers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. ... .. . . . . .... . .. . . . ... 391 -393 Cor pullers . . . . ......... . .. .. . ..... . . .... . . ....... ... ... . 41-49 Cor shokers, roilrood .. . . .. . .. . . .. ... . .. . .. . .... ........ .. 50-51 Corriers, circular ... . ...• . . . . ..•.. . . . .. . . . . . ... . ... . . . .. 304-305 Corrier, Peck .. ... . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . ... . . . ....•.. . ... 376-385 Cor spotlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 41-49 Cor-type conveyors, pollel·type conveyors ... .. . . . ..... . . ... 494-496 Cor unlooders, boxear. . . . . . . . . . . ... . ..... . . •. .... . .. 62-67 Corriers ond hooks, lrolley conveyor . . . . .. .. . . . • ... . . . .. . . ... .. 520 Corrier choin conveyors . . . . . . . . .. . • ..... •. .. . • . . .... 489-490 Corriers, Peck . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . .•... . . •. . . .... . . .... 376-385 Casi troughs, screw conveyor . . . . . ..•. . . . .. . . .. . . . .... .. . ... 273 Caterpillar d rives, trolley conveyors ..... . .. . . . . . . , .. . . , . . ...... 5 18 CA vibroting screens . . .. .. ...... .... . ... . •... .. ... . . .. . 405, 4 1 3 CA vibroting screens, totolly enclosed . . . .... . .. • .....• . ... . .. . . 414 CB vibroting screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 406, 4 1 5 Centrifugo ! dischorge bucket elevotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318-331 Choin conveyor colculotions . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . .. . . ... . 566-569 Choin conveyors, see peris ond package handling . .. . . ... . .. .484-491 Choin driven cool crusher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 -469 Chonnel si de troughs, screw conveyor . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Chonnel top opron conveyors . . . . . ... . . . .. . .. . .. . . . ... .. . 251, 257 Chemico l industries, instollotion photos . . . . .. . . ...•. .... . . ..... 22·23 Chutes, belt conveyor lripper . . .. ... . . . . . .. . •... . . . .. . . .. . 207-208 Circular corriers .. .. . .. .. . .. . . . . .. . .. . . .. .. . . . . .... . . ... 304-305 Circuline slud ge collectors . . . . . .. .... ... . .. • . . . .. .. . . . . 450-451 Clossiflers, seporotors, woshers ... .. . . . .. . .. .. . • . . . ... . . .. . 4 23-428 Clomps, cover, for screw conveyor troughs. . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 274 Closses o nd weights, bulk material .... . . . . . .. . .. ..... . .... 563-565 Clossifler-seporotors, Show .......... . .. ..... • ..... • .... .. . .. . 427 CL vibroting screens ................ . . . ............. . .. 406, 4 1 6 Coo l cleoners ... . ......... . . . ............. . .... . ...... . 4 54 -460 Cool cleoners, oir-pulsoled wosh box . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 4 5 7 -459 Cool cleoners, Heovy-medio . .. ......... . . . .. 454-456
L 1 N K - B E L T • 587
index
index Subjecl
Page
Coal crushers ...... ..•. .. . 462-469 Coal p reparation equipment . ..... ... . .. . 4 53-469 Coal p reparation industry, installation photos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Coal sep arotors ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 454 -460 Coa l weig h larries.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 306 Coilmaunt oscillating canveyors ...........•........... 237, 241-243 Collectors, grit, Straightline . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 42-444 Collectars. sludge, Circuline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450-451 Colleclars. sludge, Straightline . . . . 448-449 Cambina tion trough separators and air-pulsated washers, coal cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . 457-460 Concentrators, tank-type Aoat-sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455-456 Concentrators, drum-type Aoot-sink .. .. .. ... .. ... 454 Construction materia Is industry, installation photos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.35 Continuous bucket eleva tors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335-347 Conventional formulas . . . . . . . .. .. ..... .. 572 Conveyor belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 155- 1 58 Conveyor-elevators, gravity-dischorge .. . .. . .....•........ 373-375 Conveyor belt trippers ond tripper chutes ... .. • .. .. . .. . . .... 20 1-208 Canveyor-eleva tors Bul k-Flo .... ........... . . .....• ............... 357-370 G rovity-dischorge ... ..... . . ..... .... . .. . ....... 373-375 Peck carrier ........... . .. • . . . . ...... 376-385 Conveyors for bulk materials Apíon conveyor:io. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 4 8-258
Belt conveyors . .... .... . ... . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127-235 Flight conveyors . . . .. .. .. ..... . 294 -300 Oscillating conveyors... ..... . . .. ..... . 236-2 4 7 Screw conveyors . .. ....... . .... •. ........... . ...•. ... 259-293 Sidekar-K,;rrier . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. .. ... 302-303 Weigh lo rries . .. .. ...... . .. .•.. ......... . 306 Wide cha in drag conveyors . . .. . • . ..... • ..... , . ....... 301 Conveyors for parts and p ockages Contents 476 lntroduction and installations .. ..... .... 476-479 Types . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 480-482 Arm ond troy elevotors ....... , .....••.... . . . . . . ....... 500-505 Carrier chain conveyors .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 489-490 Crossbar cho in conveyors . . .. .. .. .. .. . .... .. ... ... 491 Fiel belt conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 497-499 Pollet-typ e and car-type conveyors . . .. .... , . . . . . . . 494-496 Plain cho in conveyors . 484-486 Power ond free conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539-545 Pusher cha in conveyors. . . .......... .. .... . 487-488 Sial conveyors . . ... ... .. .. . 492-493 Syntron peris feeders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506-507 Trolley conveyors . .. .... ...... .. ........ .. ... ... 508 -538 Trukveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . 546-561 Cover clamps, screw conveyor trough . . . . . . . . . . . 27 4 .... ......• 27 4 Covers for screw conveyor troughs . 396-404 Coolers ond dryers, see dryers ond coolers .... . . . . . . . . Couplings, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . .... .... . .. . 267 Countershaft trough ends, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . 271 Crushers, coal. . . . . . . . . . .. .. ..... .•.. . .... . 462-469 Crusher slingers, ice.
.... .. ...... .
Cut and folded Aight conveyor screws. . . . . . . . . • . . . Cut Aight screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . Cutoff vol ves, rotory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . .
. .. 390
263 263 7 6, 8 1
D Descending run of inclined bucket elevotors . Detroit Power Screwdriver Comp o ny Dewotering conveyors, sond ..
. . .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. .
. .... ... ......... .
580 586 424
Discharge goles for bins, see gales 261, 275 441 Dock-mounted cor icer . . . . . .... ... ......................... . 392 394 Dock-mounted salting machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Double Aight conveyor scre ws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 264 Double flight short pitch conveyor screws ....... .. . . ... . 301 Drag conveyors, wid e cha in . . . ... ..... .... .... ... Orive shaft lrough e nds, screw conveyor ... .......•............ 270 Orives, indexed under sp ecific product Drop bottom trough, screw conve yor ............• .. .......... .. 2 7 3 . ... ..... . . . . . . • ..... •• . ...... 44 1 Drum screens . . . . . . . . Dischorge spouts and gates, screw conveyor . .... .
Disc screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .
588 • L 1 N K - B E L T
Subject
Page
Drum-lype Aoat-sink concentrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 54 Drum-lype pullers . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4-4 9 4 47 Dry feede r machines. Syntron Vibro-Flow . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . Dryers and coolers . . . . . . . . . . ........ .. .. .. . . .. • .. . .... 396-404 Types . . ....... .. . .. .. . ... .. .. • . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ... 397 Typical installotions . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Roto-louvre . . . ....... .... . .. ...... . . .. . . . . . • •.. .... . 399-4 01 Multi-louvre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 402-403 Monotube .... . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 404 OS foundry shakeout vibroting screens. . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 406, 4 17 Dua l bed air- p ulsoted wosh box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458-459 Duol-flow troveling water screens ... .. . . . • . . . . • . . . • . 434-435 Dumpers, car . . . . .. ......... .. .. ... .. ... .. . 52-59 Dumpers, hydraulic tr uck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • 68-69 Oump€.rs, mine car rotory
. .. .. . . . .. .. . . •.. . . . .. . . .. . .
Dumpers, railroad car ro tary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Duplex goles .. .... .... .. .. ... ... .. D us t seol trough, screw conv~yor
.
.. .. . .. . . . . . .
55-56
52-54 74, 78-79 272
E ElevoTors, orm ond Troy . . . . .
500·505
Elevators, bucket, see bucket e levalors . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 307-351 Elevotors, Bulk-Flo . . . . .... ...... ... . .... . . 357-370 Elevato r-conveyors, Bulk-Flo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357-370 Elevator-conveyors, gravity-discharge . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 373. 375 Elevalor-conveyors, Peck carrier . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . 37 6 -385 Elevalors, Rotor-lift ......... . .... . ... . ..... . 37 1-372 Elevotors, skip hoist ... . .... . ..... 352 -356 Enclosed countershoft trough ends, screw conveyor . . . . . . • . . . . . 27 1 Enclosed rack and pinion gotes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 79
End fl anges, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 27 4 End thrust bearings, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Equivalents . . . . . 577 -579 Expansion joints, track, takeup type, trolley conveyor . 516 Expansion joint track seclions, in-the-Aoor Trukveyor. 549
F Feeding equipment . . . . ............... . 84-122 Feeder machines, Synlron Vibra-Flow ............ • . .. 447 Feeders for peris, Syntron . .. .. . ........ . .. . ... . .. . . .. . . 506-507 Feeders lntroduction ond instollations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 84 Types . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . .. .. . . . .. . . .. •. 85-86 Apron ... . . . . . . . . . . ... ... .. .. ....•.. . .. .. ... .. . 87-95 Belt............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 96-97 Reciprocoting ... . . . . •. . . . . . . . 98-99 Vibrotory, Syntron Vibra-Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 1QQ. 105 Vibratory, special engineered, Syntron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Grovimetric, Syntron Weigh-Flow .. . . . . . . 106- 107 Gravimetric feede r mochines, Syntron Weigh-Flo w ......... 106-107 Mechonicol vibro ting . 108- 1 09 Bar flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1Q. 1 1 1 Screw . 112-115 Rotary table . . . . . . ... .. .. ..... . 1 16- 11 8 Ro tory plow . . . . . . .... .. ... ..... ... . 1 19· 1 21 .... ....... .. ... .. .•. 1 22 Rotory vane . . . Spirol peris, Syntron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • • . . 506-5 07 Flanged troug h, screw conveyo r . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 4 272 Flore d trough, screw conveyo r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flash mixer . . . . . .. .. . . .. •. . .. •. . . . . . . .. .. . .. . 446 Flat belt conveyors . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497- 499 Flexmounl o scilloting conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236-240 Flight conveyors . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294-3 0 0 Flighting, helicoid, screw conv1>yor . .............•......... 262· 264 Flighting, seclionol, screw co nveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262-264 Flight separolors, sond d e watering . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 4 454 Float-sink concenlrator, d rum-type . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . Floot-sink concentrato r, ta nk-type .. . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 4 5 5-456 Flocculo tio n e quip menl . . . . . . .. .. . .... .... . . .... .. .. . 446 Flow contro l va lve, iris, Synlron .. . ......••. . . ...... ....... .. 7 5, 81
index
index Subject
Po ge
Food industries, instollotion photos . .. , .....•................ . 28 · 29 Formulas, conventionol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 Foundry equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • • . . . 470-47 5 18-19 Foundry industry, instollotion photos . . . . . . . . . Foundry sond Reviviflers ond Sep-Aerotors ... ... .... 474-475 Foundry shokeouts . . . . . 405, 4 1 3, 406, 4 17 Four whee l load bar trolleys, trolley conveyors .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 511
G Goles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73-83 lntroduction ond instollotions . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4-76 Bin. . . ..... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 74, 77 Duplex . . . . . . . . . ........... ... ........... . 7 4, 78-79 Enclosed rock ond pin ion .... . ............ • •. ... • ..... ... 7 4, 79 Heovy duty undcrcut . . . . . . ... ........ .. ....... .. 75, 80 Motor operoted heovy duty undercut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5, 81 One-woy swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 82 Rock ond pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 7 4, 79 Segmento) sond ond grovel. ....... . .. . . .. ........ .. ... 76, 83 Tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 80 Und ercut .......................•.. . . . . • • .... . ... 7 4, 77, 78 Universal swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 7 6, 8 2 Vertica l slide . . .. . .... . ... ... .. . . 75, 80 Goles ond spouts, screw conveyor dischorge ....... 261, 275 Geor driven cool crusher . . . 462 -465, 466, 468 Geor guords, screw conveyor . 271 General monufacturing industries, instollotion photos .. . ...... , 32 -33 Gro in cor unlooders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 -67 Grotings, hoppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • • . . . 70-72 Grave! ond sond goles, see goles Grovimetric feeders, Syntron Weigh-Flow ...... . .....• .... . 106-107 Grovimetric feeder mochines, Syntron Weigh-Flow ........... 106-107 Grovity-discharge conveyor-elevators . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7 3-37 5 Grovity takeups, outomotic, vertical belt conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Grit collectors, Stroightline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442-444 Ground-mounted cor icers . . . . . . . • . . . . 391, 393 Guords far countershoft trough ends, screw conveyor .. . . . . . . . . 271 Guords, trolle y conveyor ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 -532
Po ge
Subject
389-393 lcers, cor . .. .. . ... .... , . . . . . . . . . . ............ . . lcing equipment . . 389-395 ldlers ond pushers, Trukveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . 548 ldlers, belt conveyor, see belt idlers ln·lhe-floor Trukveyors .. .. . .... ... ... • ...... . 546-561 lnclined lengths ond ore lengths of trock far trolley conveyors ond Trukveyors . . .. . .. ..... . . ........ 585 lnclined screw conveyors .. .. ... .. .•.. .. ... 292 lntoke water screens, troveling water screens . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 429-436 Interno! d ischarge bucket elevotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348-350 Interno! ribbon lype conveyors . ... .. .. .. .. ... .. 292 Iris flow control valve, Syntron .. . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . • . 75, 81
J Jocketed lrough, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . .
• . . . . • . • . . . . 293
K Kor- Flo boxear unlooders . . . ... ... .. , . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . 62-65 Keg elevotors, orm ond troy . . . . . • . . . • . • . . . . . 500-505 Keyseoting ond keys . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 576
L loborotory ond reseorch facilities . . . . . ... • .......• . . . . . . .... 8 -9 lorries, weigh .. . . . . . . • •. •......•. . ...... . .. . 306 link-Belt history. . . . . . . ......... ••. ....•............. 3 link-Bel!, industries served .. . .... •.. .. •• ........... •. .. 10-33 link-Bel! monufacturing facilities . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . 6-7 l ink-Bel! reseorch ond loborotory . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • • . 8-9 link-Bel! soles facil itie s .. .. .. ..... .•.. ..•.. 4-5 l ink-Be lt Speeder Corporotion . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 582-583 liquid vibroting screens, NRM . . . . • • • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 405, 4 11 loaders, skip hoisl . .. .........•..... 352-356 looders, vessel, belt conveyor . . . . ..................... 21 1 looding booms, roilrood cor, b e lt conveyor . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . .. 211 looding hoppers, troveling, belt conve yor . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 21 2 long pitch conveyor screws . . . . . . . . .. .. , ............... 264
H Hongers, screw conveyor . . ...• , ....•... . .•.. . .• • .. ... . . . 261, 268 Houloge mochines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Typ icol loyouts .. ... . ....... . ... . ......•. . ... .•. ........ 45-46 Selection ...............• • . ......... .. . .. ....•........ 47-48 lnsto llotions ...... ............... . ... . •. . ....•... . .... 41 -4 2 Cor spotte rs. . . ...........•. ... . ....... •. . . ..... ... 43, 49 Drum type pullers . . . ................. .... • ..... . .. .... 44, 49 Houls, mine cor . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Heat d ryers . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 396-404 Heovy duty undercut goles . . . . . . 75, 80 Heovy duty undercut goles, motor operoted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5, 81 Heovy-medio cool cleoning . . . . . . . •.. •. . . . 454-456 Helicoid flight conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262-264 Hoists, skip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352-356 Hooks ond corriers, trolley conveyors ...... . . . . ........ ... . ... 520 Hopper goles, see goles Hoppers, trock receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-72 Hoppers, troveling looding, belt conveyor .. . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . 212 Hoppers, truck receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . .. 70-72 Ho rizontal slow mixers. . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Hydroulic truck dumper .... . • • .. . . • •..... • .... ............. 68-69
M Mongonese sleel opron feeders • . . . . . .. . . . . . 87-88, 93-95 Moteriols, bulk, closses ond weights ....•.. •. ... ...... . 563-565 Moteriols hondled by bucket elevotors . . . .... . ... .... ..... 315-316 Mecho nícol vib roting feeders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108-1 09 Metal mining industries, instollotion photos . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 12- 13 Metal producing industries, instollotion pholos . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . 14-1 5 •, •••. .. •• 55-56 Mine cor dumpers, rotory . . . . . . . . . Mine cor houls . . . . . . ... ...................•. , . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Mixers, flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . .. 446 Mixers, horizontal slow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Mixers, poddle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Mixers, Stroightline ......... • . . . . •......•............ •• .... 446 Mixers, vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. 446 Monotube dryer . . . . . . .. ....•... .. ..... 404 Motor operoted heovy duty unde rcul goles ........ . .......... 75, 81 Multi-louvre dryer ... . . . . .........•. .... ..... 402-403 Multiple rihbon flight conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
N
1 Ice crusher slingers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 lcers, bunker .. . .. . . .. .. ..... ... .... . .. . . . .. . . . . ....... 391 -393
No-l eok opron conveyors.. . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 256 NRM liquid vibroting screens . . ... . .................... 405, 411 NRM liquid vibroting screens, with feed flume, collecting tonk ond motor support ............. ..... .... . ........ .... 405, 411
L 1 N K - B E L T • 589
index
index Subject
Po ge
o
Subject
405-420 421 -422 s.. porotors, clossiflers ond wo shers .................. . 423-428 Traveling water screens . .... 429-436 Water, sewage, ond industrial waste equipment 437-452 Cool preporolion equipment ....... . 453-461 462-469 Cool crushers . . . . . . . ....... . .. . 470-475 Foundry equipmenl .. Pull.,rs, car. . . . . . . . . ..•....•. 41-49 Pulp and paper industrie s, instollotion photos ........... . 17 Pulsating magnet grizzly bar screens 407,418 Pulsoting magnet scr eening feeders 407, 419 Pulsating mognet vibrating screens . . . . , .•...... 407, 420 Pulverizers, ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . 389-395 Pusher cho in conveyors .. . ............ . 480, 487-488 . 548 Pushers and idlers, Trukveyor . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .. Vibrating screens ....... . . . . . .................. .
Revolving screens . . . . .
One·way swing gotes
Open countershoft trough ends, screw conveyor
. . . . . . . . 76, 82 ...•.. . .. . 271
Open top corriers, see o pron conveyors, Peck carriers,
grovity-dischorge conveyor-elevolors . ........ . 248-258 O scillo ting conveyors . . . . ........ _ ..... . 236-247 f l.,xmounl .. . ................... _ ............. . 237-240 Coilmount ... . ........... . 237, 241-243 . ........... . 237, 244-246 Torqmount........... . Outsid e dischorge lrough ends, screw conveyor ... . .. . 296 Overheod lrolley conveyors . 508-538 Overheod Trukveyors .. 546-561 Overlopping pivoted bucket corrier, Peck co rrier .. . 376-385
Ore and rock corriers, opron conveyors ..... . . . .
Quik·link con veyor screw s
Package handling, see peris ond package handling Poddle conveyor screws, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Poddle mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 293 Pon conveyors, opron . . . . ... . . . • ..... • .. , , .... 248-258 .. .... .. ..... .. .. .. ..
251
Pollet-type ond cor-lype conveyors . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 494-496 Peris feeders, Synlron vertical vi b rolory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506-507 Porollel keys . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 57 6 Peris ond package handling . . . . . . . . . . .•... . • . . . ..... 476-56 1 Conlenls . . . . . . . . .......•.. . ..• _. . . . . • . . . . . . 476 lnlroduction ...............•.....•. . ..•..... . ........ 476-482 ln5tollotions . .................... • ..........•....... 476-479 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 483 Ploin choin conveyors .... . .....• . . . .. • . ... . , . 480, 484 -486 Pusher choin conveyors .. . ..... . .... . . . •... . •... 480, 487-488 Corrier choin conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . 480, 489-490 Cros• bor choin conveyors ...........•...••... . , . . 480, 491 Slot conveyors. ... . . .. .. . .. . 481, 492 -493 Pollet-type ond cor-lype conveyors . . . . • . . . . . . 481, 494-496 fl ol belt conveyor. . . . . . . . . . . 48 1, 497-499 Arm ond troy elevolors ... .. .. .. . 48 1, 500-505 Synlron peris fee d ers . .. .. .. ..• . 481, 506-507 Trolley conveyors . 482, 508-538 Power ond free conveyors 482, 539-545 Trukveyors 482, 546-561 Porls feeders, lronsfer ond storoge, Syntron . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506-507 Peck corriers . . . . . .. ................. 37 6-38 5 Peck corrier buckets . . . . . . .. .. .. • .....•.......... 378 Picking lo bles, see opron conveyors .. . .. .. ... .. .. . 376-385 Pivoted bucket corrier, Peck Ploin choin conveyors ..• _ . . . . . . • 480, 484-486 Plotform•, service, bucket ell!votors . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Plow•, belt conveyor . .. . . .•. . . . . •. .. .. .. . . 209 Porlobl" cor spotters . . . . •. .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 43, 49 Positive dischorge bucket l!levotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 332-334 Power ond free conveyors . . .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... . 539-545 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . • • . . . . . . 540-54 1 Typicol loyouts .... .•. .. .• .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. . ... 542 Operoling fe o tures . . . . . . . . . . •• . . . . 543-544 Other lypes ..•.... .. .. .. .. . .... 5 45 Powl!r plonls, instollotion photos 24-25 Pow.,rshovels . .. .. . .. . . . . • . . . 60-61 Power unlooding scoops ond occessoril!s 60-61 Pre-Bilt sectionol belt convl!yors 222-235 Contenls 222 lntroduction ond instollotions ... . . .. 222-224 Components . .. .... .•..... 225-227 Selection 228-229 Prl!-selected terminols, belt conveyor . .. .. . .. .. . . 213-221 Procl!ssing equipment . ... . .. .... .. 386-475 Contenls . • •. . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . 386 lntroduction ond inslollotions . .. . .. . . .••. .. .•. . . 386-388 lcing equipmenl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389-395 Dry.,rs ond coolers .......•.. _ .... .... . . '. . . . . . . . . . . . . 396-404
590 • l 1 N K - B E l T
.
.
.....
........ .. .. •.
. ..
Q
p
Pons, cost, opron conveyors . .
Po ge
260, 262
R Rock ond pinion dischorge goles, screw conveyor .......... . . . . 275 Rack and pinion gales . . . .. .. ... .. ... .... 7 4 , 79 Rock and pinion gales. enclosl!d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 7 4 , 79 Rock and pinion gafe•, flight conveyor ........•........•........ 300 Ro ilroad car dumpers, rolory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-54 Railrood car load ing booms, belt conveyor .. . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Railroad car shokers . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . 50-51 Ro il-type car icers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........•... 391-393 Rec.,iving hoppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-72 Reciprocating feede rs . . . .... 98-99 Rl!ctangulor tank sludge collectors, see grit collectars and sludge collectors Rectangular trough, screw conveyor . 273 Refrigerotor cor icing equipment . . 389-395 Rl!fuse car dumpers. . . . . . . . . .. 58 Revivifiers, sond . . ....... . 474 -475 Revolving screens . .. 421 -422 Ribbon flight conveyor screws 263, 265 265 Ribbon flight conveyor screw with poddles Rock ond ore conveyors, opron conveyors . . . . ....... . 248-258 Roller turns, trolley conveyors . . . . . ••.......... 514,535 Roller turns, Trukveyor ......... . _ ...........•........ 550, 552 Rolling pallet-type conveyors . . ...•...... • .....•.... . 494 Rotary cutoff volves . . . . .......••.................... 76, 81 Ratary mini! car dumpers . . . . . .....•......•............. 55-56 Rotary plow feeders ...••..... _ ............... . 119-121 52-54 Rotary railrood cor dumpl!rs . . . . . ..................... . Rotory tabl" feeders. ... . . . .................•.......• 116-118 122 Ratary van" feeders . . . . . . . . . . . ......•..... . .......... 452 Roto-line skimmers . . . . . . . . . . ...............•...... 371-372 Rotor-lifl vertical screw conveyor .. Roto-Louvre dryer . 399-401 Rotoscoop seporotors . . . . . . . . . 425-426
5 Sales facilities . . . . . ......................... 4-5 Solting machines, dock-mounted ........................ 394 Sand and grave! goles, sl!e goles Sond preparolion equipment, separa tors, clossiflers, washers 42 3-428 Sand Reviviflers . . . . . . . . . 474-475 Sond Sep-Aerators . . . ....... _ . 47 4 Scalping screens, vibraling, CB and BA .... . . . . . . . . . . 406, 415-416 Scrapl!r or Aight conv.,yors ... . ................•... .. ..... 294-300
index
index Subject
Po ge
Screening feeder, pulsoting mognet . . . ...•.... . .•... . .. 407, 4 19 Screens, cable operoted bor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439-440 Screens, chain and rake bar screens ....... ............. ... 4 39-441 Screens, disc ... . . ... . . .............. .... 441 Screens, drum . . . . . . .. .. .. ..... 4 41 Screens, pulsating magnel grizzly bar, vibrating ... , .... • . ... 407, 418 Screens, revalving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ........... . 421-422 Screens, sewage, bar screens .... ... •. .... .. ... . .. ... • .. .. 439-441 Screens, shaker . . ........... ..•. ....•.............. 4 61 Screens, Straightline bar ............. . ............ ... . ....... 4 39 Screens, Thru-Clean bar .... . . •.... .•. ... • ............ . ..... . 4 39 Screens, lrash . . . . . .. . ..........• • .... • ..... ......... 440 Screens, lraveling water _ . . • . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 29-4 36 Screens, Trilor . . . . ..•• ... .•... . .•... .. • ..... ........ 44 1 Screens, vibraling, BA. . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 06, 4 1 6 Screens, vibroting, CA .....•.. ........ . •... ... . . . . . . 4 05, 4 13-4 14 Screens, vibroting, CB ... . ..... ................ . ..... . __ . 406, 4 1 5 Screens, vibrating, Cl . . . ___ .... . . . ...... .. .... . . 406, 41 6 Screens, vibrating, foundry shakeoul, BS ... . • .......... . . ... 4 06, 4 17 Screens, vibroting, foundry shakeout, OS .... . . •.... . ... . .... 4 06, 4 17 Screens, vibrating, liquid, NRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 05, 411 Screens, vibraling, pulsaling magnet ......... ... . • . . . . 4 0 7 , 4 20 Screens, vibroling, UP .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 4 05, 4 13-4 14 Screw conveyors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 259-293 Contents .. .... . . ........ . . . . • ... ..... ... . • .............. 259 lntroduction and installations . .. . _. _ ........ •• .. ...•. ..... . 259 Canveyar screws ... ...... ....• .... . .. 262 Orive shafts, end shafts and couplings. . . . ... • .. . ...•..... .. 267 Hangers . . .. ..... . . .... ... • ..... .. .....• ..... 268 Traugh ends ........... . ............ . •.....•... . .. • ...... 269 Trough end sea Is . . . . . ............ ... . ........ .... .. ... .. 270 Traughs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ......• • .... ... .... 272 Trough d ischarge spauls and gales .. .. . . ............... . .... 275 Typical drive arrangemenls .. .... . . . . ... .. • .... .. .. ... 276 Typical inlet arrangements . . . ... . .... • . . . . . .. .. .... • _. _ . 278 Typical discharge arrangemenls .... • .. . ..•.. . .. .. ...... •... . 279 Selection . . . . . . .• •... .•• .... . .•.... . .. ... 280 General layout data .......... . ........•............. . .... 290 Other lypes . . . . . . . . . . .... .•............... ... 292 Screw conveyors without interno! bearings .... . , . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. 293
Screw feeders . . ... . .. ......... • • . ... .. .. .. . 112 -1 1 5 Screw washer-sep aralors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 428 Seclional bel! conveyors, Pre-Bill. . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 222-235 Sectional !light conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262-264 Segmenta( sand and grave! ga les .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 6 , 83 Self-conlained apron feeders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 87-95 Sep-Aeralar . . . .. .. . . . . . •. . . .•. . . .. .. .. . . 47 4 Separolors, classiflers, washers ...... ... . . .. .. • .. . . .... ... 4 23-428 Separalors, coal .. . . ... _....... .. ...... .. . .. ... • . . . .. 454-460 Separators, fligh l ................ .. .. . •... .. . .. . . •. .... ..... 424 Separalors, Rotascoop . . . . .......... .............. . ... 4 25-4 26 Service p latforms, buckel elevalors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Settling equipmenl, gril and sludge colleclors .. .. .... 442-445, 4 4 8-452 Settling lanks ... .. .... ...... . .. ........... ..... 449 Sewage bar screens . . . . . ... . .• ........ ... .. 4 39-4 41 Sewage, water, industrial wasle equipmenl . .... ..•. ... . ... . . 437 -452 Shakeauts, foundry, BS .. _ . . . .. .. .. ... .... 4 06, 417 Shakeauts, foundry, OS .... . ... . ... • • .... . .... .. . . 406, 417 Shaft and bearing load calculations ... ........... ... .. .. . .. 570-572 Shafl diameter calculotions . . . .. .... ........ . .. ....... . ... 573-575 Shakers, railraad car .. ........ . . .....•. . .........• .. ...... 50-5 1 Sha ker screens . . . . . . ...........•. .... .•... .... ..... . ... 4 6 l Show classifler-separators .... .. ............ . . .. ..... . . ..... .. 427 Shell clasing machine . . . . .. . .. . ........... .. .. .. . • . . .... . ... . 473 Shell molding mochine .. . . ... ....... ........ ....•... . ... 471 -473 Shorl pitch conveyor screws . . ... .. .. .. ..... 263 Shovels, power unlooding scoops and accessories .... . . ... .... .. 60-6 1 Shuttle bel! conveyors . . . . . . . . ........ ......... .. . . .... ... 209 Side dischorge cor dumpers . .... . ........ • ........ . ......... .. 59 Sidekar-Karrier . . . . . . . . . ...... . ...• .... • .....••. .. .... 302-303 Single bed air-pulsated wash box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . 458 Single-rol! coal crusher ........ .. .. .... . . . ......•....... . 462-467 Skimmers, Ro to-line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Skip hoisls ... . . . ...... ..... .. .... . . .... .. ............ . 352-356 Slat conveyors. .. . . .... . ... .. ...... 481, 492-493 Slide ,gales, rack ond pinion, flighl conveyar .. . ........ .... .. .... 300 Slide gales, screw conveyor ...... .... .. .... . • ...... . ... ... .. . 275 Slide goles, vertical. .... ... .......... .. .............. . ... 75, 80
Po ge
Subject
Slingers, belt . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . Slingers, ice crusher . . . . . . . . . . . • . . Slow mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sludge collectors, Circuline. . . . . . . . Sludge colleclors, link-Bel! Meider .. Sludge collectors, Stroightline . . . . Speciol flight conveyor screws
.. .. .. .. ..
.. . . .. .•. .. . ... .. .
.... .... .. .. .... .... ... .
. .. .. .. . . ... . 21 2 . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 390 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 .. .. .... . 450-451 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448-449 . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Spiro l conveyors, see screw conveyors
Spira l porls feeders . . Sp lil flight couplings, screw conveyor
. ..... . ... . . . . . ... . . 506-507 .. ....... .. ... 267
Spotters ond p ullers, cor, see hauloge mochines
Sp outs, bel! conveyor lripper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207-208 Spouls, see gales Stackers, bel! conveyor .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 209-21 O Stainless steel conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 263, 266 Stationary car spotters . . . .......... . . .. 4 3, 45, 4 9 Steel piole lrough ends, screw canveyor .. . ... ... . ..•. . . ........ 269 Stepped dio meter conveyor screws . . . 264 Stepped pitch conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 264 Stoker spoul goles, see gales Stroightline bor screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 439 Stroightline flosh mixers. . . ... .. .. .. ..•. .. .. ... 446 Stroig htline g ril washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 5 Straighlline g rit collectars . . .. . . . . .. ... . .. . •.. . ..... . . . 442 -4 44 Straightline horizontal slaw mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 6 Straighlline sludge collectors . . .. . ...........• . .. . . .... ... 448-44 9 Straightline slow mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 6 Stroightline vertical slow mixer . . . . . .... .... ... .. .. 446 Supports ond superslruclure, lrolley conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529-53 1 . 76, 82 Swing goles, one woy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swing goles, universal. ............ ..... .. . ...... . . . ..... 76, 82 Syntron Compony . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584-585
T Table feeders, rolory .. ... .........• .. ... . • .... . ... ... .. 116- l 18 Takeups, bel! co.n veyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . 198, 235 Tokeups, overheod Trukveyor ..... . .... • .. ...••....•.. . . . . . . 552 Takeups, lrolley conveyor .... . . . .. .. ... .... • . .. . . . . .... . 516, 536 Tanks, setlling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 4 4 9 Tank-typ e floot-sink concentralor . . ....... . .. _. _... . • . .. . .. 455-4 56 Tapering flig hl conveyor screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Technicol informatian. .. ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 562-58 1 Terminals, pre-selected, bel! conveyor . . . . . . . . • . . 2 13-221 Thickeners, Circuline sludge colleclor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 Thru-Cleon bar screen. . ... .. .. . ... ... .. 4 39 Thru-flow traveling water screens .............. . ... .. . ... . 4°29-4 33 Thrust beorings, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. • .... ..... 269 Tilting type boxea r unloader . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 66-67 Top icers, see ice crusher slinger s, bunker icers
Torqmounl oscillating conveyors .. . . . . • . .. . 237, 244-24 6 Trock expansion joints, trolley conveyor. . . . . . . ... . • .. . . ... 516, 538 Track happers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 70-72 Trock, lrolley conveyor . ... ... _. . . . . . . .....• . .. ..... 517, 538 Track, Trukveyor ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... •• ..... . . 549, 552 Troclion wheel turns, lrolley conveyors . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . 51 5, 535 Transfer and storoge peris feeders, Synlr:>n . .... . . •. ...... . 481, 507 Tronsfer car dumpers. . . . . .. .. ......... .. . . .. . 58 Tronsporlolion industry, instollotion p hotos .. . .....•• .... •. .. . . . 30-3 1 Trosh screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .•...... •.... . .. .. . . 440 Tro veling looding hoppers, belt conveyor . .. . . ... ............ .. . 212 Troveling slockers, bel! conveyor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1O Troveling water screens .... . _ ... ... • . . . . ..• ....... .... .. 4 29-436 Troy ond orm elevotors . . ..• . . ...•..... . . . . . . . .. 481, 500-505 Trip per chutes, bel! conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207-208 Trippers, bel! conveyor ... . .. . ..... ...... . . . ....•. . ... . . . 201 -208 Trilor screen . . .. .... . . ... . • ....... . ... •... .. . . ....... ... 441 Trolley conveyars ...... . ........ .• ....... . ..... ......... 508-538 Conlenls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •• . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 509 lntroductian and instollotions . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 508-509 Sizes................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 51 O Choins . . . . . . . .. ...... . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . .. . 510, 532 Trolleys ....... . ... ......... . .... . ... .. ... . . S 11 -513, 533-534 Roller turns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . ............... 514, 535
L 1 N K - B E L T • 591
index
index Subjed
Page
Traclian wheel turns .. . ... . ....... . .. . .... ... ... . .... 515, 535 Takeup track type expansion jainls ........... ... . . ...... 516, 536 Straight track, vertical curves and safety devices .. . ... ..... 517, 538 Orives. . . . ...... .. .. .......................... 518-519, 537 Hoaks and carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520 Sefection . . . . . . . ...... .. ... .. .... ... • ...... .. .. . 521-532 Supparls and superslructure. . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529-53 l Guards .. . ..... . . . ............•.. . ............... . 531-532 Tralfeys, Trukveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . • . . . . . . 552 Trough connections, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 4 Trough covers, screw conveyor . . ... .. . .. .. ....... 27 4 Trough discharge spouts ond goles, screw conveyor . . . . . 261, 275 Trough ends, screw conve yor . . . . ............. 261, 269-271 Trough end se a fs, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Trough end thrusl beorings, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Troughs far oscilfaling conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Trough separators . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. .••. . . . .. . . . . . . 460 Troughs, screw conveyor .......... ....................... 272-273 Truck dumper, hydraufic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 68-69 Truck hoppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 70-72 Trucks and lruck accessories, Trukveyar . . . . . • . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . 553 Trukveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 546-561 Contenls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547 fntroductian .. .... ... . . . . . . . . .. .......... . ........ .... 546-547 fn·lhe·Aoor Trukve yo rs Camponenls . . . . . . . . . .. ................ . ..... .. . 548-551 Sefection and dimensions .... • ......•...... . .. ••. . . . .. 554-559 Overhead Trukveyors Componenls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 552 Selection and dimensions . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. 555-556, 560-56 1 Trucks and truck accessories . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553 Trunnion lype revofving screens. . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . 421-422 Tru-Trac car-type canveyors ... ... . ... . .... .... . . . . ..... 494-496 Tunnel gales . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5 , 80 Twa-rolf caal crushers .. . . ... . .. . . . .. . ... .. . . . ......... 462-469
Subjecl
Page
Vertical slow mixers ... . . . . . . . . . . ... .. .. .. . 446 Vertical vibratory parts feeders, Syntron ............... . .. 506-507 Vessef foaders, beh conveyar . ...............••....... ... . .. . . 211 Vessef unloaders, belt conveyor . . ............. . . . ... . . 211 Vibra-Flow dry feeder machines, Syntron . . . . .. ... ..... 447 Vibra-Flow vibratary feeders, extra heavy duty, Syntron . ... . ..... . 1 03 Vibra-Flow vibratory feeders, heavy duty, Syntron ....... . . . ..... . 102 Vibra-Flow vibratory fee ders, special engineered, Synlron .. . .. . . . . 1 05 Vibra-Flow vibra tory feeders, Syntron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-1 05 Vibrating screens ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 405-420 Types .............. . . •... ...........•.... . ... ..... 4 05-407 Sefection . ..... ...... .. . • ............... . ...... . .. .. 408-41 O lnsta lfations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 4 05-407 NRM fiquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ... ..... .... 4 05, 4 1 1 NRM fiquid wilh leed flume, collecting lank and motor supporl . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 05, 4 11 UP ...................... ... . .. .... 4 05, 411 UP totalfy enclosed . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 41 2 CA .... ... . ..••............... ... . .. . ...... 405, 413 CA lotalfy enclosed . . ...........•.. ...• . . . . .... .. .. .. . . .. 4 14 ca scafping ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 406, 4 15 BA ..... . ..... . ....... • •. . ... . .. .... . . ... 406, 416 OS faundry shakeouls . .... .....•....• .... . ... . .. ... . . . 406, 4 17 BS faundry shakeouts ....•.....•..... .• .. . . .. . ... ... .. 406, 4 17 Cl .. . . . .. ...... ... . . . . . . . . ... • . . . . .. . . . .. 406, 416 Pulsating magnet .... .. . ... .. ......•.....•••....•. . .. 407, 420 Pufsating magnet grizzly bar ........... ............ . .. . 407, 4 18 Pulsating magnet screening feede rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... 407, 419 Vibratory feeders, extra heavy duty, Syntron Vibra-Ffow . .... . .. . . 1 03 Vibratory feeders, heavy d uty, Syntron Vibra-Ffow ........•...... 102 Vibratory feeders, speciaf engineered, Syntron . . . . . . . ..... . .. . . 1 05
w
u
Wash boxes, coaf washers, coaf cleaners ... . . ...• ....•..... 453-460 Washers, classifiers, separalars . . . . . . .......... . ..... .. . 423-428 Washer-separatars, screw . . . . ........... ........ .. . . . . . 428 Washers, Straighlline gril . ... . . ........ .. . 445
Undercul gales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... •. .... . 74, 77, 78 Undercul gales, heavy duty motor operated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5, 8 1 Uniflaw settling lank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 449 Unit brackets, lrolfey canveyar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 4 Universal swing gales . . ................... .......... ..... 7 6, 8 2 UP vibrating screens . .. . . . . . ......... . .. . .. . .... . .... 405, 411 UP vibrating screens, tolally enclosed . . ... . . . . .. . . •. ... . . ...... 4 1 2 Unloaders, boxear, Kar-Flo . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-65 Unfoaders, boxear, fitting type .... . .......••..... . ... ... 62, 66-67 Unloaders, grain ca r . . . . . . ....... ... ... . . .. .. ..... .... . .. 62-67 Unloaders, vessef, belt conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 l Unfoading shovels, power unfoading scaaps and accessorie s ....... 60-61
Water, sew oge, ond industrial wa ste equipment,
V Vafves Iris flaw control, Syntron .... . ....... • .•. ............. ... . 75, 81 Rotary cutaff . . . . . ....... . ............ . . ......... .. 7 6, 81 Va ne feeders, rotary ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 22 Vertical automatic gravity takeups, bell conveyor . . ....• •. . .. 198, 235 Vertical curves, trolfey conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581 Vertical screw conveyors, Rotor-Lift ....•....... . ......... . . 371 · 372 Vertical slide gales ............ ......... . . ...... ... ... ... . 75, 80
592 • L 1 N K - B E L T
instalfation pholos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 26-27 Water screens, travefing .. . .. . ........ 429-436 Water, sewage and industrial wasle equipment ....... . . . .... 437-452 Contenls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . .437 lntroduclion and inslalfations .... . . ......... . .. • ........ 437 -438 Thru-Cfean bar scree n. . .. . ....... • ....••• . .. . ........... 439 Straightline bar screen ........ .... .....•...........••.. . .. 439 Trash screens ....... .... , .........................• .. .... 440 Trilor screen . ... ......... .. . ...••.. .. . , . . ...• . . ....• . .... 44 1 Orum screen . .. . . . . .... . . . .. . .• . .... . •..... ... . .. ....... . 44 1 Oisc screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 1 Slraighlfine grit colfectors .........•...•.•.............. 442-444 Straighlfine grit washers .. . . . . ...•.... . •....... .. .......... 445 Straightfine mixers .................... , ....... .. .......... 446 Flash mixer . . . . . . . . .............• • ................... 446 Horizontal sfow mixer . . ............ . •................... 446 Vertical sfaw mixer . . . . . .... •... ..... .... . ....... 446 Vibra-Ffow dry feeder machines . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . 447 Straighlfine sfudge collectors ... . . . . ................. 448-449 Circufine sfudge colfecto rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450-451 Weigh·Ffow gravimetric feeder machines, Syntron ............ 106· 1 07 Weigh-Flow gravimetric feeders, Syntron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-107 Weigh larries .. .. ... .. .... ....... ... .. ..... . •. ... • ,... . 306 Weighls and cfasses, bufk mate rial .. . . •. ........ ...•... ... 563-565 Wide cha in drag canveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Winding machines far skip hoisls . . . ..... . •.... . . . . . ... .. ...... 354
1
First edition March 1958 Printed in U. S. A.
LINK-BELT
catalog
1000
MATERIAL& HAN·D LING AND is one of two bóoks covering the Below is a summary of the
LINK-BELT
catalo g
1050
FOR MATERIALS
Catalog 10 5 0 • ..
lntroductlon
contains detailed information on the entire
Chains
link-Belt line of power transmission prod-
ge nera l c hains
ucts . lt also contains a complete presenta-
casi sprockets
tion of many components of the materials
silent cha in o nd sprockets
handling and processing equipment shown
chain a cc essories
in Catalog 1000. In many instances components ore shown p ictorially in Catalog 1000, while Catolog 1050 contains detailed information for these components .
R C rolle r chain and sprockets
chain cosings chain tightene rs chain lubricolion wing ond swivel a ttachme nls
